diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
94 files changed, 204 insertions, 31387 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/bibtex/bibtex-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/bibtex/bibtex-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..afd86ab0614 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/bibtex/bibtex-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/bibtex/bibtex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/bibtex/bibtex.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4717a8d4d48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/bibtex/bibtex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/ctie/ctie-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/ctie/ctie-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8bad8e03264 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/ctie/ctie-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/ctie/ctie.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/ctie/ctie.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..82631a892f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/ctie/ctie.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/common-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/common-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b3f19ba4d66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/common-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/common.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/common.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..62e75b5a8df --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/common.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/ctangle-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/ctangle-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..876af8527ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/ctangle-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/ctangle.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/ctangle.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b68c1bacf9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/ctangle.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/ctwill.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/ctwill.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e5629b83483 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/ctwill.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/cweave-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/cweave-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06d2f2bf92f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/cweave-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/cweave.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/cweave.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..143a38b8737 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/cweave.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/cwebman.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/cwebman.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..92feb676b4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/cweb/cwebman.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/cm85.bug b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/cm85.bug deleted file mode 100644 index d8cbea6442d..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/cm85.bug +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1906 +0,0 @@ -This file is a log of changes made to the "new generation" of Computer Modern -fonts, after the first output proofs were ready. I had a great deal of -advice from Neenie Billawala, Matthew Carter, and Richard Southall while -I was making these revisions. - -Entries are in chronological order; thus the most recent news appears -at the bottom of the file. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Changes based on the proofsheets of April 26, 1985 -ACCENT.MF: - lower the idots, umlauts, and tilde (MC) - Polish ell cross: longer stroke in bold -CMBASE.MF: -COMLIG.MF: - double quotes too close together in bold (MC) -CSCSPU.MF: - SS made from two S's -GREEKU.MF: - Gamma: .25u longer arm - Lambda: too narrow (MC,NB) - Xi: 1u wider; shorten middle serifs (MC) - top and bottom strokes to be arms (NB) - Psi: more super; thin the lower curve (MC) - add points 3' and 7' for crisp sans - Omega: redo the bottom, curl 0 becomes vertical (MC) - thin from hair to vair at points 3 and 5 -PUNCT.MF: - Monospace period, comma, colon, semicolon made heavier (MC) -ROMAN.MF: - ligs=2 gets ff, fi, etc.; ligs=1 gets only --, '', etc. - II kerning introduced - kern between a and ' in csc -ROMAND.MF: - 0: med_curve decreased to curve; y2l and y4l raised - 1: cap_bar changed to bar in the top stroke - sans-serif serifs also use bar as the slab height - 2: lighten cap_curve and cap_stem slightly (RS) - move point 3 down by .5vair (MC) - 4: thin the diagonal still more (NB) - bar line moves up one pixel when there's a serif below it - 6: move bulb to the right (MC) - make the lower left curve more_super (RS,NB) - 9: make the upper right curve more_super (RS,NB) -ROMANL.MF: - a: bulb positioned by its center rather than the left (MC) - c: right terminals moved closer to the edge (MC,NB) - more pull on the inside left (RS) - e: less left sidebar in monospace (MC) - bold versions to be wider (MC) - more pull on inside left (MC,RS) - g: lower edge of loop goes one pixel lower - varg: point 6 raised above baseline (MC) - y0 calculated so that it works when x7l=stem_edge - lower arc goes one pixel lower - i: monospace version gets more left sidebar (MC) - dot moves slightly right (NB) - stem'' increased to stem' (MC,RS,NB) - slab replaces tiny in correction for dot-too-close - j: diminish monospace sidebars (MC) - shift slightly to right (MC) - k: serif right_jut decreased .8 to .6 - bug fixed in alpha2 (had y1 not y11)(MC,RS,NB) - decreased diagonal weights - "if abs(angle(z3-z4)-45)<2:y4:=y3-(x3-x4);fi" rejected; moves y4 down too much - n: omit pull inside the arch (MC,RS) - introduce stem_shift, shifts this character and others slightly right (MC) - o: raise y2l and y4l (RS) - s: reduced sidebearing in sans (MC) - increased thickness at edges (.35 to .5) (RS) - changed to super_arc, and made it more_super (RS) - raised the top of upper barb to equal top of the character (RS) - removed typo (`tiny' for `fine') - reduced flare in upper terminal of sans, and rounded it properly - t: width to grow in bold case - height made independent of bar_height - slightly longer bar (MC) - v: decreased left stem (RS) - w: decreased stems (MC,RS) - monospace version drops middle from 2/3 to .6 and lengthens inner serifs - x: decreased left stem - y: decreased left stem - z: lighter diagonal, longer upper arm (MC,RS,NB) -ROMANP.MF: - $: tau eliminated -ROMANU.MF: - A: decrease right stem (MC) - make the bar thinner (MC,NB) - bar position based on y0 rather than bar_height - C: use cap_band instead of vair' at top and bottom (RS) - correct typo: x2l to be reset, not y2l - E: middle arm .35u longer, but beak reduced from .7 to .6 (MC) - F: top arm .25u longer; middle arm as E (MC) - G: same as C; also the bar is raised one pixel - J: slightly longer upper left serif - K: lower diagonal thinned and moved outward - M: monospace version raised still more in middle - N: diagonal thinned (MC,RS) - O: y2l and y4l raised - R: tail should move to the right (MC,RS,NB) - bold case gets wider (RS,NB) - S: changed as s (RS) - V: took stem_corr off the left stem (MC) - W: monospace version takes center down from 2/3 to .6, lengthens inner jut - X: took stem_corr off the left stem (MC) - Y: took stem_corr off the left stem (MC) - Z: diagonal made lighter in sans (MC) - upper arm made longer (MC,RS) -ROMLIG.MF: - equalize stem weights (RS,NB) -ROMSPL.MF: - ae, oe: incorporate changes of a and e and o - ss: more stem weight, less curve weight, less bulb (MC,NB) - dotless i,j: see i,j -ROMSPU.MF: - AE: middle arm changes as E (MC) - if hefty and monospace, avoid the serif on middle arm - bars not aligned if hefty - if monospace, middle stem moves to right - OE: middle arm changes as in AE (MC) - middle stem lightened -ROMSUB.MF: - blankspace: not so close to sides -SYM.MF: -CMR10.MF etc: - bar_height raised in the quote and bold fonts (MC,NB) - comma_depth in cmtt10 increased from 40 to 50 (MC) - cap_notch_cut decreased in cmsc10, cmsx10 - apex_o decreased in cmr10, cmb10, cmbx10, cmbx5, cmcsc10, cmtt10 - o decreased in cmb10 - cap_jut decreased from 39 to 34 in cmb10; cap_serif_fit increased 5 to 6 - cmbx5 gets smaller beak, fudge, cap_ess; more apex_corr -GENERAL: - "robustness" added when points like x8r of "a" are calculated - (this affects a,b,d,varg,j,p,q,t,u,dj,ae,6,9,f_stroke) - "robustness" also added to avoid curl at end of paths - (this affects c,e,s,C,G,S,1,5,ae,oe,breve,parens) - "term" subroutine adds robustness for sans-serif terminals - (this affects C,G,J,S,f_stroke,j,ss,ae,oe,2,3,5,6,9,$,&,?,@) - code revised to use "pos" instead of "penpos" when possible - Changes based on the proofsheets of May and June, 1985 -ROMAND.MF: - 1: use o instead of apex_o - 4: bar line height shouldn't depend on bar_height - 5: sans-serif lower terminal position raised; depends on upper left edge - bug in arm at top (0 for 90) made all hefty arms too small - 9: disappears at link -ROMANU.MF: - B: middle bar positioned by its middle, not its bottom (RS) - serifed lobes thickened slightly at bottom (RS) - C: lower terminal is tilted the other way - C,G: upper terminal in sans-serif is tilted slightly - upper barb is darkened - J: tilt the lower terminal - K: lighten the main diagonal (serif case) (RS) - lighten the upper diagonal (sans-serif case) (RS) - M: remove apex_corr (RS) - N: lighten the diagonal - P: too light below counter (RS) - Q: sharpen upper right corner of sans-serif tail (RS) - top of tail thickened and moved slightly left - S: less super at upper left and lower right (MC) - barb to go below baseline - barbs darkened - add weight at top, bottom in sans_serif version (RS) - tilt the lower terminal like the upper one - top weight needs to be maxed with fine.breadth - W: top middle stems allowed to overlap in serifed case - second inner serif made no longer than left outer serif (MC) - ceiling must become floor, to ensure that x5r>=x4r-mid_corr - Z: diagonal still too heavy, because previous change was ineffective - beaks made darker - better positioning of y2 and y3 when tiny is zero -CSCSPU.MF: - J,SS: changes from J and S -ROMANL.MF: - a: inappropriate uses of "fine" are removed - bh introduced to guard against "wild" bar heights - thin_join introduced at point 9 - robustness logic changed so that x8l-x8r<=u - c: too much weight constrast between strokes in sans_serif (RS) - top terminal lowered to match a - bottom terminal tilted the other way - d: fine.breadth should have been thin_join as in b, p, q - e: 1+xpart changed to xpart - bottom terminal tilted the other way - g: sans-serif ear to use z0l and z0r - h,m,n: left inner serifs stay at jut length - i,l: mod_width for better fit at lowres - j: reposition stem for better fit (use .5w+2.5u, not w-2.5u) - remove bug in "pos" change - k: upper diagonal serif lengthened from 1.2jut to 1.4jut (RS) - diagonals made still lighter - r: thin_join introduced - s: barb to go below baseline - barbs darkened - add weight at top, bottom in sans_serif version (RS) - tilt the lower terminal like the upper one (RS) - top weight needs to be maxed with fine.breadth - t: bar extended still more at right (RS) - v: decreased the width by .25width_adj# - w: overlap allowed as in W - second inner serif made no longer than left outer serif (MC) - ceiling must become floor, to ensure that x5r>=x4r-mid_corr - x: decreased the width by .5width_adj# (RS) - y: sans-serif tail curls up too far (RS) - z: beaks too light; decrease the diagonal to compensate (RS) - better positioning of y2 and y3 when tiny is zero -ROMSPL.MF: - dotless i and j: as i and j - ae and oe: bottom terminal tilted the other way - ae: corrected as a -ROMSPU.MF: - AE: x12 based on x1l rather than x1, works better in bold cases (RS) - OE: left curve not to be pulled -GREEKU.MF: - Phi and Psi: middle parts must keep away from the serifs -ROMANP.MF: - $: strengthened the terminals in sans-serif case, and tilted them - &: opened the eye by moving point 8 left .5u (RS) - ?: tilted the sans-serif terminal and moved it down a little more -PUNCT.MF: - %: move the diagonal a bit left at the top - ( and ): 3.5( changed to 3(. - [ and ]: round changed to ceiling and floor, avoids disappearing brackets - @: inner a placed by its edges instead of its stem centers (RS) -ITALL.MF: - f: lower bulb moved left; .5 changed to .6 between bulb and stem - k: bug in lower right stroke (missing e's) - l: bug in italic correction for math fitting (u not u#) - m: avoid hooks in monospace version - p: lengthed left serif at bottom from .5jut to .75jut - x: bulbs moved .25u further out; .5 used between bulb and stem - w: avoid hook in monospace version -ITALIG.MF: - all five: changed like f - fi: made 1u less wide - fl,ffl: made .5u less wide, bulb now touches the l stem - ffi: made .75u less wide -GREEKL.MF: - beta, gamma, zeta, xi, omega, varepsilon: +eps at the tight turns - gamma: final diagonal should be more slanted (MC) - zeta: as tall as xi, shallower diagonal slant (MC) - kappa: bug in lower right stroke (missing e's) - xi: raise the bottom diagonal and distort arc slightly (MC) - chi: introduce slight curve in main diagonal stroke - varphi: too wide at right half bowl (MC) -ITALMS.MF: - wp: bulb smaller, bottom a little more open -ITALD.MF: - 5: changed like 5 in ROMAND -OLDDIG.MF: - 2: top a bit narrower, bottom a bit wider (MC) - 5: changed like 5 in ROMAND -SYM.MF: - plus-minus: shift depends on u not asc_height -SYMBOL.MF: - minus-plus: shift depends on u not asc_height - up-and-down arrows (characters '154 and '155): taller and deeper - clubsuit: wider - spadesuit: y1+1 changed to y1+.75 (also in clubsuit) -ROMAN.MF: - eliminated kerning between L and O,C,G,Q,U (also in TEXTIT and CSC) -MATHEX.MF: - font_x_height needed to be set, for positioning of accents -CMB10.MF: - dishing is too much (on all bold fonts) -CMR5.MF: - letter_fit decreased 10 to 5 -CMBX5.MF: - fudge should be 1 (cap_stem 8=:7 in aps mode was too much) - decrease letter_fit drastically; this means f-ligatures must come back - lowercase parameters increased by 2/36 -CMBI10.MF: - lowercase serifs too short. (same change to all the italic fonts) -CMSX10.MF: - decrease `ess' (RS) -CMTC10.MF: - fudge is too much in lowercase -CMCC10.MF: - lowercase more extended - much less letterspace in caps - increase lower.cap_curve, decrease lower.o -CMSQI8.MF: - slope shouldn't be so much (RS) - increase `ess' (RS) - -GENERAL: - serif-abutment corrections changed to +1 instead of +2 - vround used for vertical rounding - -CMBASE.MF: - new way to set shrink_fit (0,1,2) for monotonicity with letter_fit - letter_fit not included in mono_charwd - fine must be positive (else we lose barbs) - thin_join must be positive (else h_stroke gives a bad pos) - Changes based on the `version 0' test fonts of July 12 -[not showing hundreds of changes to the `typography' of the programs] - -Driver files in general: -Frequency info (from MANUAL.TEX[tex,dek]) was used to order the ligtables -font_xheight changed to font_x_height (a change to PLAIN.MF) - -Program files in general: - use `hround' instead of `round' wherever granularity might be wanted - less_rounded was taken out; autorounded occasionally put in - arm($,$$,...), the value of y$$ was adjusted by eps (lower) or -eps (upper) - -Parameter files in general: - new 12pt and 17+pt fonts; more sans serif fonts - new comment at bottom of all parameter files: `switch to the driver file' - -ACCENT.MF: - ^: eps subtracted from y1 (helps avoid degenerate equations in ultralowres) - '`: eps added to y1 - -ROMAN.MF: - kern entry for gj had the wrong sign - kerns for v removed in sans serif - new kern for aj in serif case - new kern for ar in sans serif - -ROMAND.MF: - 3: pos3 needed to be maxed with fine.breadth - y1r,y9r needed to be adjusted by eps - 6,9: keep x1 on the correct side of x2 at lowlowres - (this change also affects OLDDIG, ITALD, and ITALMS partial sign) - -ROMANP.MF: - $: less_tense bulbs - -ROMSPL.MF: - ss: ensure x5 not > x4l at low resolutions - -ROMLIG.MF: - itc shouldn't include the slant... - -COMLIG.MF: - em dash should be one em wide (add letter_fit# to the adjustments) - -BIGOP.MF: - \displaystyle coproduct sign had 1.2bracket instead of 1.8bracket - charlist syntax changed from commas to colons - -BIGDEL.MF: - extensible double arrow: position wasn't computed as in top and bottom - charlist syntax changed from commas to colons - -BIGACC.MF: - charlist syntax changed from commas to colons - -ITALL.MF: - c: point 1 made definitely greater than point 2, for lowlowres - q: x4 increased by eps, for lowlowres path intersection - r: x4 based on w, not 5u - s: max(ess,fine.breadth) - add eps and 2eps for lowlowres case (cmmi6 at 100/in) - -ITALMS.MF: - wp: x6r must not be less than x1r at lowlowres - -TSETSL.MF: - gamma: last time's bugfix from GREEKL needs to be here too - -GREEKL.MF: - omega: add 2eps to x4-x6 - lambda: make sure that y3>y4 at lowlowres - zeta: make sure that x2>x0 at lowlowres - varsigma: make sure that x1>x2 at lowlowres - -CMFIB8.MF: - decreased serif_fit, cap_serif_fit; increased curve, cap_curve - -CMBASE.MF: - l,r made newinternals - serif darkness and skew switches now done with boolean variables - comma and ammoc: 2eps addedto/subtractedfrom position of x@2 - mod_width now called change_width - ess and cap_ess initialized to preserve ratios with stem and cap_stem - mode="string" had to be handled properly - ^ and ! changed to t_ and o_, as per new PLAIN conventions - make cmchar "outer" - t_ is now `relaxed' if it is useless - soft is now softjoin in PLAIN (we must set join_radius:=u) - eps is now in PLAIN - vair is vrounded but at least 1; also slab, etc. - cal nibs, yscaled by cap_hair not vair - autorounding and smoothing turned off - -ROMANL.MF: - a: `footed' version is .25u tighter at the right - b,d,varg,p,q: x4l position relative to .5(w-serif_fit) not 5u - e: testpath uses .r not .l (because of cmss10) - f: added 1 at right for monospace lowres versions - varg: robust sans-serif terminal at tail - m: missing `round' in r adjustment caused noninteger chardx - r: x4 based on w, not 5.25u - s: watch out that ess isn't so small that badpos error occurs (also ROMANU) - barbs made longer; based on middle stroke not just h - t: sans-serif terminal made more robust in extreme cases - w: in non-monospace hefty serif case, the middle point comes to .8h not h - y: robust sans-serif terminal at tail - -ROMANU.MF: - E: good.y used in y9 - -PUNCT.MF: - []: side_thickness needed to be maxed with crisp.breadth - +1 or -1 makes lowres versions more distinctive - #: tricky part lost at low resolution - -SYMBOL.MF: - angle brackets: +1 and -1 to make lowres versions more distinctive - aleph: eps added so that y5 will be well defined at lowlowres - -SYM.MF: - integral sign: bulbs need to be in right direction at lowlowres - -CALU.MF: - A: apex moved slightly down - D: less flat at top, slightly lower lobe - F: u less right sidebar - H: soft corner at upper left - I: middle stroke more like J, upper bar a little further right - K: introduce t_ in case of aspect_ratio - L: darker - M: lighter first diagonal; clean the joins - N: lighter diagonal; clean bottom right; .5u less right sidebar - O: shortened the inner stroke - P: stem comes lower - Q: tail not so long at left - R: not so flat at top; diagonal less tense; tail less high - T: narrower, also changed like I, .5u less right sidebar, - heavier, not so high at right - U: less extreme curve at lower left - V: cleaned up at bottom; lighter first diagonal; slightly wider - W: changed like V, but double - X: new design, less rigid - Y: new design based more on V than U - Z: tighter at right, heavier at top and bottom - -CMSS10.MF: - decreased notch_cut and bar_height - -%Note: The following can presumably be deleted; I removed it from CMBASE because -% I don't think it is used any more: -vardef parallel_pos(expr d,u,v,w) = % point at distance $d$ from $u$, - % on the line through $w$ that's parallel to |u..v| - pair p_; p_=w+whatever*(u-v)=u+whatever*(u-v) rotated 90; - numeric d_; d_=length(u-p_); % distance from $w$ to |u..v| - if d_>=d: p_ else: p_+(d+-+d_)*unitvector(v-u) fi enddef; - Changes subsequent to `Version 1' as released on October 7, 1985. - -1. thin_join should be subject to blacker: -@x in CMBASE.MF, the font_setup routine - define_whole_pixels(letter_fit,thin_join,fine,crisp,tiny); - define_whole_vertical_pixels(body_height,asc_height, - cap_height,fig_height,x_height,comma_depth,desc_depth,serif_drop); - define_whole_blacker_pixels(hair,stem,curve,flare, -@y - define_whole_pixels(letter_fit,fine,crisp,tiny); - define_whole_vertical_pixels(body_height,asc_height, - cap_height,fig_height,x_height,comma_depth,desc_depth,serif_drop); - define_whole_blacker_pixels(thin_join,hair,stem,curve,flare, -@z -@x - if thin_join=0: thin_join:=1; fi -@y -@z -[Note, December 11: My first correction also introduced the statement - if fine<thin_join: fine:=thin_join; fi -in place of - if fine=0: fine:=1; fi -but I can't understand why I would do such a stupid thing!] - -2. A new subroutine needed in CMBASE.MF (for cases with aspect_ratio<>1): -vardef Vround primary y = y_:=vround y; - if y_<min_Vround: min_Vround else: y_ fi enddef; -newinternal y_,min_Vround; - -@x related changes to the font_setup routine (in CMBASE.MF): - forsuffixes $=vair,bar,slab,cap_bar,cap_band: - $:=vround($.#*hppp+blacker); if $<=1: $:=1; fi endfor -@y - define_whole_vertical_blacker_pixels(vair,bar,slab,cap_bar,cap_band); -@z -@x - vair':=max(1,vround(vair+vair_corr)); - vstem:=max(1,vround .8[vair,stem]); - cap_vstem:=max(1,vround .8[vair,cap_stem]); -@y - vair':=vround(vair+vair_corr); - vstem:=vround .8[vair,stem]; cap_vstem:=vround .8[vair,cap_stem]; -@z -@x - pickup pencircle scaled rule_thickness; rule.nib:=savepen; -@y - min_Vround:=max(fine.breadth,crisp.breadth,tiny.breadth); - forsuffixes $=vair,bar,slab,cap_bar,cap_band,vair',vstem,cap_vstem: - if $<min_Vround: $:=min_Vround; fi endfor - pickup pencircle scaled rule_thickness; rule.nib:=savepen; -@z - -The Vround routine is substituted for vround in the programs for - Macron, line 6 (in ACCENT.MF) - Variant epsilon, line 5 (in GREEKL.MF) - Sigma, line 6 (in GREEKU.MF) - Omega, line 14 (in GREEKU.MF) - 2, line 6 (in OLDDIG.MF and ROMAND.MF) - 7, lines 6 and 8 (in OLDDIG.MF and ROMAND.MF) - g, lines 6 and 8 (in ROMANL.MF) - s, line 6 (in ROMANL.MF) - y, line 9 (in ROMANL.MF) - z, line 6 (in ROMANL.MF) - &, line 39 (in ROMANP.MF) - ?, line 18 (in ROMANP.MF) - Spanish open ?, line 17 (in ROMANP.MF) - Z, line 6 (in ROMANU.MF) - smile and frown, line 4 (in ROMMS.MF) - -3. Typo in program for oe ligature. -@x in file ROMSPL.MF -else: left_curve=max(tiny.breadth,hround(curve-2stem_corr)); -@y -else: left_curve=max(fine.breadth,hround(curve-2stem_corr)); -@z - -4. Forgotten update to program for SS. -@x in file CSCSPU.MF -pickup fine.nib; pos2(max(fine.breadth,s_slab-vround vair_corr),-90); -pos0(cap_ess,theta); pos7(s_slab,-90); -x2+x7=2x0=w; x7-x2=if serifs: u else: 0 fi; top y2l=h+o; bot y7r=-o; -y0=.52h; lft x3l=hround u; rt x6r=hround(w-u); -x3r-x3l=x6r-x6l=hround .5[s_slab,cap_ess] -fine; -@y -numeric ess'; ess'=max(fine.breadth,cap_ess); -pickup fine.nib; pos2(max(fine.breadth,s_slab-vround vair_corr),-90); -pos0(ess',theta); pos7(s_slab,-90); -x2+x7=2x0=w; x7-x2=if serifs: u else: 0 fi; top y2l=h+o; bot y7r=-o; -y0=.52h; lft x3l=hround u; rt x6r=hround(w-u); -x3r-x3l=x6r-x6l=hround .5[s_slab,ess']-fine; -@z - -5. Hairline in `k' was overcorrected. (Pavel Curtis) -@x in file ROMANL.MF -stem3=max(tiny.breadth,hround(fudged.hair-4stem_corr)); -@y -stem3=max(tiny.breadth,hround(fudged.hair if hefty:-\\4stem_corr fi)); -@z - -6. Too much kerning in "We", etc., in sans-serif fonts -@x in file ROMAN.MF and TEXSET.MF - ligtable "F": "V": "W": "o" kern kk#, "e" kern kk#, "u" kern kk#, - "r" kern kk#, "a" kern kk#, "A" kern kkk#, -@y - ligtable "F": "V": "W": if serifs: "o" kern kk#, "e" kern kk#, "u" kern kk#, - "r" kern kk#, "a" kern kk#, "A" kern kkk#, - else: "o" kern k#, "e" kern k#, "u" kern k#, - "r" kern k#, "a" kern k#, "A" kern kk#, fi -@z -@x in file TITLE.MF - ligtable "F": "V": "W": "A" kern kkk#, -@y - ligtable "F": "V": "W": "A" kern if serifs: kkk# else: kk#\\fi, -@z -@x in file CSC.MF - ligtable "F": "V": "W": "a" kern kkk#, "A" kern kkk#, -@y - ligtable "F": "V": "W": if serifs: "a" kern kkk#, "A" kern kkk#, - else: "a" kern kk#, "A" kern kk#, fi -@z -@x in file CSC.MF - ligtable "f": "v": "w": "a" kern kkk#, -@y - ligtable "f": "v": "w": "a" kern if serifs: kkk# else: kk#\\fi, -@z - -7. dish serifs need to be more robust when dishing is very small. -@x in file CMBASE.MF - if y$<y$$: dish_out=bot y$; dish_in=dish_out+dish; - else: dish_out=top y$; dish_in=dish_out-dish; fi - erase fill\\(x@1,dish_out)..(x$,dish_in){right}..(x@@1,dish_out)--cycle; -@y - if y$<y$$: dish_out=bot y$; dish_in=dish_out+dish; let rev_=reverse; - else: dish_out=top y$; dish_in=dish_out-dish; let rev_=relax; fi - erase fill rev_ - ((x@1,dish_out)..(x$,dish_in){right}..(x@@1,dish_out)--cycle); -@z - -8. more robustness in case thin_join is too big -@x in file ROMANL.MF, program for "b" -pos4(vair,90); pos5(curve,0); -pos6(vair,-90); penpos7(x3l-x3r,-180); -rt x3l=1/3[rt x2,edge]; y3=1/8[bar_height,x_height]; -@y -pos4(vair,90); pos5(curve,0); pos6(vair,-90); penpos7(x3l-x3r,-180); -rt x3l=max(rt x3l-(lft x3r-tiny.lft x2l),1/3[rt x2,edge]); -y3=1/8[bar_height,x_height]; -@z -@x ibid, program for "d" -pos4(vair,90); pos5(curve,180); -pos6(vair,270); penpos7(x3r-x3l,360); -lft x3l=1/3[lft x2,edge]; y3=1/8[bar_height,x_height]; -@y -pos4(vair,90); pos5(curve,180); pos6(vair,270); penpos7(x3r-x3l,360); -lft x3l=min(lft x3l-(rt x3r-tiny.rt x2r),1/3[lft x2,edge]); -y3=1/8[bar_height,x_height]; -@z -@x ibid, program for variant "g" -pos4(vair,90); pos5(curve,180); -pos6(vair,270); penpos7(x3r-x3l,360); -lft x3l=2/3[lft x2,edge]; y3=bar_height; -@y -pos4(vair,90); pos5(curve,180); pos6(vair,270); penpos7(x3r-x3l,360); -lft x3l=min(lft x3l-(rt x3r-tiny.rt x2r),2/3[lft x2,edge]); y3=bar_height; -@z -@x ibid, program for "p" -rt x3l=1/3[rt x2,edge]; y3=1/8[bar_height,x_height]; -@y -rt x3l=max(rt x3l-(lft x3r-tiny.lft x2l), 1/3[rt x2,edge]); -y3=1/8[bar_height,x_height]; -@z -@x ibid, program for "q" -lft x3l=2/3[lft x2,edge]; y3=bar_height; -@y -lft x3l=min(lft x3l-(rt x3r-tiny.rt x2r),2/3[lft x2,edge]); y3=bar_height; -@z -@x ibid, proram for "q" -x6l=x4l-.2u; bot y6r=-oo; -lft x7l=1/3[lft x2,edge]; y7=min(y3,y6+y4-y3+.6vair); -@y -x6l=x4l-.2u; bot y6r=-oo; y7=min(y3,y6+y4-y3+.6vair); -lft x7l=min(lft x7l-(rt x7r-tiny.rt x2r),1/3[lft x2,edge]); -@z - -9. More robust "c" and "e" and "C" -@x in file ROMANL.MF, program for "c" - (x,y4l)=whatever[z4r,z5l]; x4l:=x; -@y - (x,y4l)=whatever[z4r,z5l]; x4l:=min(x,x4l+.5u); -@z -@x ibid, program for "e" - (x,y4l)=whatever[z4r,z5]; x4l:=x; -@y - (x,y4l)=whatever[z4r,z5]; x4l:=min(x,x4l+.5u); -@z -@x in file ROMSPL.MF, programs for "ae" and "oe" - (x,y14l)=whatever[z14r,z15]; x14l:=x; -@y - (x,y14l)=whatever[z14r,z15]; x14l:=min(x,x14l+.5u); -@z -@x in file ROMANU.MF, programs for "C" and "G" - (x2l',y2l)=whatever[z2r,z1l]; x2l:=x2l'; - (x4l',y4l)=whatever[z4r,z5l]; x4l:=x4l'; -@y - (x2l',y2l)=whatever[z2r,z1l]; x2l:=min(x2l',x2l+.5u); - (x4l',y4l)=whatever[z4r,z5l]; x4l:=min(x4l',x4l+.5u); -@z - -10. More robust foot in "a" -@x in file ROMANL.MF - filldraw stroke z5'e---z10e...z11e{right}; % foot -@y - pos12(shaved_stem,0); x11=x12; top y12=slab+eps; - filldraw z5'l---z10l...z11l{right}--z11r - --z12r{left}...z10r+.75(z12-z11)---z5'r--cycle; % foot -@z - -11. Barbs less sharp -@x in file ROMANU.MF, programs for "C" and "G" - x6=x1r; top y6=h+o; x1r-x1'=2cap_curve-fine; y1'=y1; - path upper_arc; upper_arc=z1{x2-x1,10(y2-y1)}..z2{left}; - numeric t; t=xpart(upper_arc intersectiontimes (z6--z1')); - filldraw z1r--z6--subpath(t,0) of upper_arc--cycle; % barb -@y [actually "G" had something similar but not identical] - pos6(.3[fine.breadth,cap_hair],0); x6r=x1r; top y6=h+o; - x1r-x1'=2cap_curve-fine; y1'=y1; - path upper_arc; upper_arc=z1{x2-x1,10(y2-y1)}..z2{left}; - numeric t; t=xpart(upper_arc intersectiontimes (z6l--z1')); - filldraw z1r--z6r--z6l--subpath(t,0) of upper_arc--cycle; % barb -@z -@x ibid, program for "S" - x10=x1l; top y10=top y2l; x9=x8r; bot y9=bot y7r; - x1l-x1'=x8'-x8r=1.6cap_curve-fine; y1'=y1; y8'=y8; - numeric t; t=xpart(upper_arc intersectiontimes(z10--z1')); - filldraw z1l--z10--subpath(t,0) of upper_arc--cycle; % upper barb - t:=xpart(lower_arc intersectiontimes(z9--z8')); - filldraw z8r--z9--subpath(t,1) of lower_arc--cycle; % lower barb -@y - pos10(.3[fine.breadth,cap_hair],0); pos9(.3[fine.breadth,cap_hair],0); - x10r=x1l; top y10=top y2l; x9l=x8r; bot y9=bot y7r; - x1l-x1'=x8'-x8r=1.6cap_curve-fine; y1'=y1; y8'=y8; - numeric t; t=xpart(upper_arc intersectiontimes(z10l--z1')); - filldraw z1l--z10r--z10l--subpath(t,0) of upper_arc--cycle; % upper barb - t:=xpart(lower_arc intersectiontimes(z9r--z8')); - filldraw z8r--z9l--z9r--subpath(t,1) of lower_arc--cycle; % lower barb -@z [the same change goes into file CSCSPU.MF, the program for two S's] -@x in file ROMANL.MF, program for "s" - x10=x1l; top y10=top y2l; x9=x8r; bot y9=bot y7r; - x1l-x1'=x8'-x8r=1.6curve-fine; y1'=y1; y8'=y8; - numeric t; t=xpart(upper_arc intersectiontimes(z10--z1')); - filldraw z1l--z10--subpath(t,0) of upper_arc--cycle; % upper barb - t:=xpart(lower_arc intersectiontimes(z9--z8')); - filldraw z8r--z9--subpath(t,1) of lower_arc--cycle; % lower barb -@y - pos10(.3[fine.breadth,cap_hair],0); pos9(.3[fine.breadth,cap_hair],0); - x10r=x1l; top y10=top y2l; x9l=x8r; bot y9=bot y7r; - x1l-x1'=x8'-x8r=1.6cap_curve-fine; y1'=y1; y8'=y8; - numeric t; t=xpart(upper_arc intersectiontimes(z10l--z1')); - filldraw z1l--z10r--z10l--subpath(t,0) of upper_arc--cycle; % upper barb - t:=xpart(lower_arc intersectiontimes(z9r--z8')); - filldraw z8r--z9l--z9r--subpath(t,1) of lower_arc--cycle; % lower barb -@z - -12. Italic ampersand more robust -@x in file ITALP - & pulled_arc.e(9,10)...{dir(theta+90)}z11e; % bowls, loop, and stem -@y - & {{interim superness:=more_super; pulled_arc.e(9,10)}} - ..tension .9 and 1..{dir(theta+100)}z11e; % bowls, loop, and stem -@z - -13. h_stroke more robust (esp in case of typewriter-style m) -@x in file CMBASE - pickup fine.nib; pos@0(thin_join,180); -@y - penpos@0(min(rt x$r-lft x$l,thin_join)-fine,180); pickup fine.nib; -@z - -14. eliminate dishing in conflict with arm. -Put a new subroutine into CMBASE.MF: -def nodish_serif(suffix $,$$,@)(expr left_darkness,left_jut) - (suffix @@)(expr right_darkness,right_jut) suffix modifier = - serif($,$$,@,left_darkness,-left_jut) modifier; - serif($,$$,@@,right_darkness,right_jut) modifier; enddef; - -Now use this instead of dish_serif in the following places: -GREEKU: Gamma, upper serif - Pi, both upper serifs (fix erroneous comments!) -SYMBOL: Amalgamation, both lower serifs (fix erroneous comments!) -ROMANU: B, both serifs - D, both serifs - E, both serifs - F, upper serif - L, lower serif - P, upper serif - R, upper serif - T, upper bracketing -ROMSPU: AE, upper and lower middle serifs - -15. Change #2 wasn't quite good enough! -@x in CMBASE - min_Vround:=max(fine.breadth,crisp.breadth,tiny.breadth); -@y - min_Vround:=max(fine.breadth,crisp.breadth,tiny.breadth); - if min_Vround<vround min_Vround: min_Vround:=vround min_Vround; fi - if flare<vround flare: flare:=vround flare; fi -@z - -16. body_depth# is now called paren_depth#, since body_depth is -computed differently. (This is a cosmetic change only; it affects -files CMBASE, PUNCT, SYM, SYMBOL, and ROMMS.) - -17. more robust Sigma -@x in GREEKU, page 9 -top y1=h; bot y2=h-slab; bot y4=0; x3l-x1l=4/11(w-2u); y3=.5h; -@y -top y1=h; bot y2=h-slab-eps; bot y4=0; x3l-x1l=4/11(w-2u); y3=.5h; -@z -@x in BIGOP, page 7 -top_arm_thickness=rule_thickness; -@y -top_arm_thickness=Vround rule_thickness; -@z -@x in BIGOP, page 7 (this change needed twice) -top y1=0; bot y2=-top_arm_thickness; bot y4=-d; y3=-.5d; -@y -top y1=0; bot y2=-top_arm_thickness-eps; bot y4=-d; y3=-.5d; -@z - -18. yet another refinement of change #2 -@x in CMBASE - forsuffixes $=vair,bar,slab,cap_bar,cap_band,vair',vstem,cap_vstem: -@y - forsuffixes $=vair,bar,slab,cap_bar,cap_band,vair',vstem,cap_vstem,bold: -@z - -19. slightly more robust `k' -@x in ROMANL -top y3=x_height; rt x3r=hround(r-letter_fit-.7u-right_jut); -bot y6=0; rt x6r=hround(r-letter_fit-.3u-right_jut); -@y -top y3=x_height; rt x3r=hround(r-letter_fit-.7u-right_jut)+eps; -bot y6=0; rt x6r=hround(r-letter_fit-.3u-right_jut)+eps; -@z - -20. small parameter changes for consistency -@x in CMBX6 -dish#:=.9/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs -@y -dish#:=.8/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs -@z -@x in CMBX5 -dish#:=.75/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs -@y -dish#:=.7/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs -@z -@x in CMSS9 and CMSSI9 [these two lines are not consecutive in the files!] -notch_cut#:=23/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches -cap_notch_cut#:=29/36pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches -@y -notch_cut#:=17/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches -cap_notch_cut#:=24/36pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches -@z -@x in CMSS8 and CMSSI8 [these two lines are not consecutive in the files!] -notch_cut#:=21/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches -cap_notch_cut#:=27/36pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches -@y -notch_cut#:=16/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches -cap_notch_cut#:=22/36pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches -@z -@x in CMTI9 -cap_hair#:=10/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth -@y -cap_hair#:=11/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth -@z -@x in CMTI8 -cap_hair#:=9.5/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth -@y -cap_hair#:=11/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth -@z -@x in CMTI7 -cap_hair#:=9/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth -@y -cap_hair#:=10.5/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth -@z -@x in CMTCSC10 -lower.cap_notch_cut#:=24pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches -@y -lower.cap_notch_cut#:=24/36pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches -@z - -21. New parameter file CMFI10 was added; font_identifier is "CMFI". -Also changed the name `cmit10' to `cmitt10'; font_identifier is "CMITT". - -22. Still more changes for robustness (based on resolution h120 x v108). -@x in ROMAND and ITALD, "5" -bot y5=vround(.53h-vair); top y6r=vround .61803h+o; -@y -bot y5=vround(.53h-vair); top y6r=max(vround .61803h+o,top y6r+y5+eps-y6l); -@z -@x in OLDDIG, "5" -bot y5=vround(.53[-d,h]-vair); top y6r=(vround .61803[-d,h])+o; -@y -bot y5=vround(.53[-d,h]-vair); -top y6r=max((vround .61803[-d,h])+o,top y6r+y5+eps-y6l); -@z -@x in ROMANU, "C" - bot y1=vround max(.6h,x_height-.5vair); y5=good.y .95(h-y1); -@y - bot y1=min(vround max(.6h,x_height-.5vair),bot y2l-eps); - y5=max(good.y .95(h-y1),y4l+eps); -@z -@x in ROMANU, "G" - bot y1=vround max(.6h,x_height-.5vair); -@y - bot y1=min(vround max(.6h,x_height-.5vair),bot y2l-eps); -@z -@x in GREEKL page 6 and TSETSL page 8 -y1=.9h; top y2l=h+oo; top y8r=x_height+oo; y4=y8; -@y -top y2l=h+oo; y1=min(.9h,y2r-eps); top y8r=x_height+oo; y4=y8; -@z -@x in GREEKL page 16 -x6=x7=w-2u; x8=.5w+.5u; y6=-.3d; y8=-3/4d-oo; bot y7r=-d-oo; -@y -x6=x7=w-2u; x8=.5w+.5u; y6=-.3d; bot y7r=-d-oo; y8=max(-3/4d-oo,y7l); -@z -@x in ITALL page 12, ITALMS page 6, ITALSP page 4 -lft x5r=hround-.5u; x4=1/3(w-u); -@y -x4=1/3(w-u); lft x5r=min(hround-.5u,lft x5r+x4-x5l-eps); -@z -@x in ROMANL, "g" -x11=x13=.5w; bot y13r=-d-oo-1; x14=w-x12; z10'l=z10l; -@y -x11=x13=max(.5w,x10+eps); bot y13r=-d-oo-1; x14=w-x12; z10'l=z10l; -@z -@x in ROMANL, "s" - filldraw stroke z1e..tension.9..{left}z2e; % upper arc and terminal - filldraw stroke z7e{left}..z8e; fi % lower arc and terminal -@y - filldraw stroke term.e(2,1,right,.9,4); % upper arc and terminal - filldraw stroke term.e(7,8,left,1,4); fi % lower arc and terminal -@z -@x in ROMANL, "c" - filldraw stroke pulled_super_arc.e(2,3)(.7superpull) - & pulled_super_arc.e(3,4)(.5superpull) - ..tension .9 and 1..z5e; fi % arc and lower terminal -@y - forsuffixes e=l,r: path p.e; p.e=z4e{right}..tension .9 and 1..z5e; - if angle direction 1 of p.e>75: - p.e:=z4e{right}..tension atleast.9 and 1..{dir 75}z5e; fi endfor - filldraw stroke pulled_super_arc.e(2,3)(.7superpull) - & pulled_super_arc.e(3,4)(.5superpull) & p.e; fi % arc and lower terminal -@z -@x in ROMSPL, page 5 -lft x8r=hround(stem_edge+.5u+1); x7=max(x8l+eps,.4[lft x8r,x6]); -@y -lft x8r=min(hround(stem_edge+.5u+1),lft x8r+x6r-2eps-x8l); -x7=max(x8l+eps,.4[lft x8r,x6]); -@z -@x in ROMAND and OLDDIG, "2" - lft x1r=hround .75u; bot y1l=vround .7h; y1r:=good.y y1r; x1l:=good.x x1l; -@y - lft x1r=hround .75u; bot y1l=vround .7h; y1r:=good.y y1r+eps; x1l:=good.x x1l; -@z -@x in SYMBOL, page 42 (Fraktur R) -z=(z20{up}...{right}z21)intersectionpoint(z22l--z22l+(h,0) rotated theta); -@y -path p; p=z20{up}...(z21--(w,y21)); -z=p intersectionpoint(z22l--z22l+(h,0) rotated theta); -@z - -23. Another consequence of change 2: -"vround" should be "Vround" in the BIGDEL programs for extensible arrows -(five times). -Also five times in the BIGOP programs for summation, product, coproduct. - -24. Cosmetic change to bring CMBASE in line with PLAIN. -@x in CMBASE.MF -def pickup secondary q = - if numeric q: currentpen:=pen_[q]; - pen_top:=pen_top_[q]; pen_bot:=pen_bot_[q]; - pen_lft:=pen_lft_[q]; pen_rt:=pen_rt_[q]; - currentpen_path:=pen_path_[q]; - if known breadth_[q]: currentbreadth:=breadth_[q]; fi - else: currentpen:=q yscaled aspect_ratio; - pen_top:=(ypart penoffset left of currentpen)_o_; - pen_bot:=(ypart penoffset right of currentpen)_o_; - pen_lft:=xpart penoffset down of currentpen; - pen_rt:=xpart penoffset up of currentpen; - path currentpen_path; - fi enddef; -@y -def numeric_pickup_ primary q = - currentpen:=pen_[q]; - pen_lft:=pen_lft_[q]; pen_rt:=pen_rt_[q]; - pen_top:=pen_top_[q]; pen_bot:=pen_bot_[q]; - currentpen_path:=pen_path_[q]; - if known breadth_[q]: currentbreadth:=breadth_[q]; fi enddef; -@z - -25. false italic correction in lambda of texset fonts (Feb 25, 1986) -@x in TEXSET -mode_setup; font_setup; -@y -mode_setup; font_setup; mono_charic#:=0; -@z -@x ibid -slant:=mono_charic#:=0; % the remaining characters will not be slanted -@y -slant:=0; % the remaining characters will not be slanted -@z -[now remove the occurrences of `charic:=0;' in TSETSL, as they are unnecessary] - -*** The above changes are incorporated into the published book, -*** Computer Modern Typefaces; this is "Version 2" (released March 5, 1986). - Changes subsequent to `Version 2' as published in C&T, Volume E: - -@x in GREEKU -numeric shaved_stem; shaved_stem=hround .9[vair,.85cap_stem]; -@y -numeric shaved_stem; shaved_stem=hround .9[vair,.85cap_stem]; -if shaved_stem<crisp.breadth: shaved_stem:=crisp.breadth; fi -@z - -@x in CMSS9 [this affects the TFM file to a small extent!] -fig_height#:=236/36pt#; % height of numerals -@y -fig_height#:=212/36pt#; % height of numerals -@z - -@x in CMSSI9 [this affects the TFM file in ten hts and eleven italcorrs] -fig_height#:=236/36pt#; % height of numerals -@y -fig_height#:=212/36pt#; % height of numerals -@z - -@x in CMR17 [no change to TFM file] -curve#:=41/36pt#; % lowercase curve breadth -@y -curve#:=40/36pt#; % lowercase curve breadth -@z -@x -cap_stem#:=40/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth -cap_curve#:=48/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth -@y -cap_stem#:=41/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth -cap_curve#:=47/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth -@z -@x -serif_drop#:=17/36pt#; % vertical drop of sloped serifs -@y -serif_drop#:=7/36pt#; % vertical drop of sloped serifs -@z - -@x in ROMAND [this fixes the `disappearing hairline' in some lowres 8's] - lower_side=hround(.5[hair,stem]+stem_corr); -@y - lower_side=hround(.5[hair,stem]+stem_corr); - if lower_side>1.2upper_side: upper_side:=lower_side; fi -@z -% Note: the SAME change should also be made in files ITALD and OLDDIG - -@x in ITALL [this fixes italic ell especially at low resolutions] -top y1=h; x1=x2; filldraw stroke z1e--z2e; % stem -@y -top y1=h; x1=x2; filldraw stroke z1e--z2'e; % stem -@z - -@x in SYM, the plus-or-minus character -x1=x2=.5w; lft x3=lft=x5=hround u-eps; x4=x6=w-x3; -@y -x1=x2=.5w; lft x3=lft x5=hround u-eps; x4=x6=w-x3; -@z actually the code worked but it was "infelicitous" - -@x in SYMBOL, the minus-or-plus character -x1=x2=.5w; lft x3=lft=x5=hround u-eps; x4=x6=w-x3; -@y -x1=x2=.5w; lft x3=lft x5=hround u-eps; x4=x6=w-x3; -@z actually the code worked but it was "infelicitous" - -@x in ROMANU, letter J [fixes a bug if dish=0 and crisp<tiny and serifs] - bulb(3,4,5); % bulb -@y - pickup tiny.nib; bulb(3,4,5); % bulb -@z - -@x in ROMANL, letter w [makes notch_cut more useful] - else: fill diag_end(6r,5r,1,1,5l,6l)--.5[z5l,z6l] - --.5[z5r,z6r]--cycle;% middle stem -@y - else: fill diag_end(6r,5r,1,1,5l,6l)--.9[z5l,z6l] - ..{z5-z6}.1[z5r,z6r]--cycle; % middle stem -@z the same change applies also to letter W in ROMANU - -@x in CMBASE, makes lowres types (especially TT) look better - define_blacker_pixels(notch_cut,cap_notch_cut); -@y - define_blacker_pixels(notch_cut,cap_notch_cut); - forsuffixes $=notch_cut,cap_notch_cut: if $<3: $:=3; fi endfor -@z - -@x in BIGOP, the \displaystyle coproduct sign -lft x11=hround u; x1l-x11=x2l-x12=x22-x2r=hround cap_jut; -@y -lft x11=hround u; x1l-x11=x2l-x12=x22-x2r=hround 1.6cap_jut; -@z - -@x in ROMANL, the letter m -lft x1l=hround(2.5u-.5stem); x1l=x1'l=x2l=x2'l; -lft x3l=hround(.5w-.5stem); x5-x3=x3-x1; -if not monospace: r:=hround(x5+x1)-l; fi % change width for better fit -@y -lft x1l=hround(2.5u-.5stem); x1l=x1'l=x2l=x2'l; % stem, sic -lft x3l=hround(.5w-.5mfudged.stem); x5-x3=x3-x1; -if not monospace: r:=hround(x5+x1)+r-w; fi % change width for better fit -@z - -@x a new routine for CMBASE, following change_width -@y -def center_on(expr x) = if not monospace: % change width for symmetric fit - r:=r+2x-w; w:=2x; fi enddef; -@z -@x in SYMBOL, the elementary division operator -x3-.5dot_size=hround(.5w-.5dot_size); w:=r:=2x3; -@y -x3-.5dot_size=hround(.5w-.5dot_size); center_on(x3); -@z -Similarly, whenever the construction "w:=r:=2x*" appears, change it to -"center_on(x*)". This happens in the programs for elementary division operator -(as noted above), large triangle, large inverted triangle, lattice top, -lattice bottom, dagger mark, double dagger mark, club/diamond/heart/spade suit -(all in SYMBOL), plus the diamond operator and universal quantifier in SYM. -The following additional change needs to be made in the programs -for lattice top and lattice bottom: -@x -x1=x2=good.x .5w; center_on(x1); lft x3=hround u; x4=r-x3; -@y -x1=x2=good.x .5w; center_on(x1); lft x3=hround u; x4=w-x3; -@z - -@x in SYMBOL, at end of zero-width slash -labels(1,2); zero_width; endchar; -@y -labels(5,6); zero_width; endchar; -@z - -@x in ROMANU, the letter Q (this change simply labels point 8 on proofs) -math_fit(-.3cap_height#*slant-.5u#,ic#); penlabels(1,2,3,4,5,6,7); endchar; -@y -math_fit(-.3cap_height#*slant-.5u#,ic#); -penlabels(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8); endchar; -@z - -@x in ROMANL, the letter i (this change by Jonathan Kew makes the dot rounder) -if serifs: x3r=max(x1r,x1+.5(dot_diam-tiny)-.2jut) else: x3=x1-.5 fi; -@y -if serifs: x3r=max(x1r,hround(x1+.5dot_diam-.2jut)-.5tiny) -else: x3=x1-.5 fi; -@z - ------------Improvements made in January 1992 -[No change to TFM files] -@x in cmbase (improve lowres as suggested by John Hobby) -def normal_adjust_fit(expr left_adjustment,right_adjustment) = - l:=-hround(left_adjustment*hppp)-letter_fit; - interim xoffset:=-l; - charwd:=charwd+2letter_fit#+left_adjustment+right_adjustment; - r:=l+hround(charwd*hppp)-shrink_fit; - w:=r-hround(right_adjustment*hppp)-letter_fit; - enddef; - -def mono_adjust_fit(expr left_adjustment,right_adjustment) = - numeric expansion_factor; - mono_charwd#=2letter_fit# - +expansion_factor*(charwd+left_adjustment+right_adjustment); - forsuffixes $=u,jut,cap_jut,beak_jut,apex_corr: - $:=$.#*expansion_factor*hppp; endfor - l:=-hround(left_adjustment*expansion_factor*hppp)-letter_fit; - interim xoffset:=-l; - r:=l+mono_charwd-shrink_fit; - w:=r-hround(right_adjustment*expansion_factor*hppp)-letter_fit; - charwd:=mono_charwd#; charic:=mono_charic#; - enddef; -@y -def do_expansion(expr expansion_factor) = - forsuffixes $=u,jut,cap_jut,beak_jut,apex_corr: - $:=$.#*expansion_factor*hppp; endfor -enddef; - -def normal_adjust_fit(expr left_adjustment,right_adjustment) = - numeric charwd_in; charwd_in=charwd; - l:=-hround(left_adjustment*hppp)-letter_fit; - interim xoffset:=-l; - charwd:=charwd+2letter_fit#+left_adjustment+right_adjustment; - r:=l+hround(charwd*hppp)-shrink_fit; - w:=r-hround(right_adjustment*hppp)-letter_fit; - do_expansion(w/(charwd_in*hppp)); - enddef; - -def mono_adjust_fit(expr left_adjustment,right_adjustment) = - numeric charwd_in; charwd_in=charwd; - numeric expansion_factor; - mono_charwd#=2letter_fit# - +expansion_factor*(charwd+left_adjustment+right_adjustment); - l:=-hround(left_adjustment*expansion_factor*hppp)-letter_fit; - interim xoffset:=-l; - r:=l+mono_charwd-shrink_fit; - w:=r-hround(right_adjustment*expansion_factor*hppp)-letter_fit; - charwd:=mono_charwd#; charic:=mono_charic#; - do_expansion(w/(charwd_in*hppp)); - enddef; -@z -@x in SYM, Downward arrow -pos3(bar,90); pos4(bar,90); -lft x1l=hround(.5w-.5rule_thickness); y1+.5rule_thickness=h; -x0=x1=x2; bot y0=-d; x0-x3=x4-x0=3u+eps; -y3=y4=y0+.24asc_height+eps; -pos5(bar,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(bar,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.381966[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@y (make arrowheads heavier, as suggested by Zapf) -pos3(rule_thickness,90); pos4(rule_thickness,90); -lft x1l=hround(.5w-.5rule_thickness); y1+.5rule_thickness=h; -x0=x1=x2; bot y0=-d; x0-x3=x4-x0=if monospace:3u else:4u fi+eps; -y3=y4=y0+if monospace:.24 else:.36 fi asc_height+eps; -pos5(rule_thickness,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(rule_thickness,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.2[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@z -@x in SYM, Upward arrow -pos3(bar,90); pos4(bar,90); -lft x1l=hround(.5w-.5rule_thickness); y1-.5rule_thickness=-d; -x0=x1=x2; top y0=h; x0-x3=x4-x0=3u+eps; -y3=y4=y0-.24asc_height-eps; -pos5(bar,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(bar,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.381966[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@y -pos3(rule_thickness,90); pos4(rule_thickness,90); -lft x1l=hround(.5w-.5rule_thickness); y1-.5rule_thickness=-d; -x0=x1=x2; top y0=h; x0-x3=x4-x0=if monospace:3u else:4u fi+eps; -y3=y4=y0-if monospace:.24 else:.36 fi asc_height-eps; -pos5(rule_thickness,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(rule_thickness,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.2[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@z -@x in SYM, Leftward arrow -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); pos3(bar,0); pos4(bar,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1+.5rule_thickness=hround(w-u); lft x0=hround u; -y3-y0=y0-y4=.24asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0+3u+eps; -pos5(bar,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.381966[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@y -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); -pos3(rule_thickness,0); pos4(rule_thickness,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1+.5rule_thickness=hround(w-u); lft x0=hround u; -y3-y0=y0-y4=if monospace:.24 else:.36 fi asc_height+eps; -x3=x4=x0+if monospace:3u else:4u fi+eps; -pos5(rule_thickness,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(rule_thickness,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.2[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@z -@x in SYM, Rightward arrow -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); pos3(bar,0); pos4(bar,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1-.5rule_thickness=hround u; rt x0=hround(w-u); -y3-y0=y0-y4=.24asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0-4u-eps; -pos5(bar,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.381966[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@y -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); -pos3(rule_thickness,0); pos4(rule_thickness,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1-.5rule_thickness=hround u; rt x0=hround(w-u); -y3-y0=y0-y4=if monospace:.24 else:.36 fi asc_height+eps; -x3=x4=x0-if monospace:3u else:4u fi-eps; -pos5(rule_thickness,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(rule_thickness,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.2[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@z -@x in SYM, Left-and-right arrow -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); pos3(bar,0); pos4(bar,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis if monospace:+vround.3asc_height fi; lft x0=hround u; -if monospace: x1+.5rule_thickness=hround(w-u) else: x1=.5w fi; -y3-y0=y0-y4=.24asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0+3u+eps; -pos5(bar,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.381966[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@y -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); -pos3(rule_thickness,0); pos4(rule_thickness,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis if monospace:+vround.3asc_height fi; lft x0=hround u; -if monospace: x1+.5rule_thickness=hround(w-u) else: x1=.5w fi; -y3-y0=y0-y4=if monospace:.24 else:.36 fi asc_height+eps; -x3=x4=x0+if monospace:3u else:4u fi+eps; -pos5(rule_thickness,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(rule_thickness,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.2[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@z -@x ibid -pos11(rule_thickness,90); pos12(rule_thickness,90); pos13(bar,0); pos14(bar,0); -y10=y11=y12=math_axis if monospace:-vround.3asc_height fi; -rt x10=hround(w-u); -if monospace: x11-.5rule_thickness=hround u else: x11=.5w fi; -y13-y10=y10-y14=.24asc_height+eps; x13=x14=x10-3u-eps; -pos15(bar,angle(z14-z10)); z15l=z10; pos16(bar,angle(z13-z10)); z16l=z10; -z19=.381966[.5[z13,z14],z10]; -@y -pos11(rule_thickness,90); pos12(rule_thickness,90); -pos13(rule_thickness,0); pos14(rule_thickness,0); -y10=y11=y12=math_axis if monospace:-vround.3asc_height fi; -rt x10=hround(w-u); -if monospace: x11-.5rule_thickness=hround u else: x11=.5w fi; -y13-y10=y10-y14=if monospace:.24 else:.36 fi asc_height+eps; -x13=x14=x10-if monospace:3u else:4u fi-eps; -pos15(rule_thickness,angle(z14-z10)); z15l=z10; -pos16(rule_thickness,angle(z13-z10)); z16l=z10; -z19=.2[.5[z13,z14],z10]; -@z -@x in SYMBOL, Up-and-down arrow -pos3(bar,90); pos4(bar,90); -lft x1l=hround(.5w-.5rule_thickness); y1=.5[-d,h]; -x0=x1=x2; bot y0=-d-o; x0-x3=x4-x0=3u+eps; -y3=y4=y0+.24asc_height+eps; -pos5(bar,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.381966[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@y -pos3(rule_thickness,90); pos4(rule_thickness,90); -lft x1l=hround(.5w-.5rule_thickness); y1=.5[-d,h]; -x0=x1=x2; bot y0=-d-o; x0-x3=x4-x0=4u+eps; -y3=y4=y0+.36asc_height+eps; -pos5(rule_thickness,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(rule_thickness,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -z9=.2[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@z -@x ibid -pos13(bar,90); pos14(bar,90); -x10=x11=x12; top y10=h+o; x10-x13=x14-x10=3u+eps; -y13=y14=y10-.36asc_height-eps; -pos15(bar,angle(z14-z10)); z15l=z10; -pos16(bar,angle(z13-z10)); z16l=z10; -z19=.381966[.5[z13,z14],z10]; -@y -pos13(rule_thickness,90); pos14(rule_thickness,90); -x10=x11=x12; top y10=h+o; x10-x13=x14-x10=4u+eps; -y13=y14=y10-.24asc_height-eps; -pos15(rule_thickness,angle(z14-z10)); z15l=z10; -pos16(rule_thickness,angle(z13-z10)); z16l=z10; -z19=.2[.5[z13,z14],z10]; -@z -@x in SYMBOL, Northeast arrow -pos3(bar,theta); pos4(bar,theta); -y3=y0; x4=x0; x0-x3=y0-y4=delta+eps; -pos5(bar,-90); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,-180); z6l=z0; -z9=.381966[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@y -pos3(rule_thickness,theta); pos4(rule_thickness,theta); -z3-z0=(-4u,.36asc_height) rotated theta; -z4-z0=(-4u,-.36asc_height) rotated theta; -pos5(rule_thickness,-90); z5l=z0; pos6(rule_thickness,-180); z6l=z0; -z9=.2[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@z -@x in SYMBOL, Southeast arrow -pos3(bar,theta); pos4(bar,theta); -x3=x0; y4=y0; y3-y0=x0-x4=delta+eps; -pos5(bar,180); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,90); z6l=z0; -z9=.381966[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@y -pos3(rule_thickness,theta); pos4(rule_thickness,theta); -z3-z0=(-4u,.36asc_height) rotated theta; -z4-z0=(-4u,-.36asc_height) rotated theta; -pos5(rule_thickness,180); z5l=z0; pos6(rule_thickness,90); z6l=z0; -z9=.2[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@z -@x in SYMBOL, Northwest arrow -pos3(bar,-180+theta); pos4(bar,-180+theta); -x3=x0; y4=y0; x4-x0=y0-y3=delta+eps; -pos5(bar,0); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,-90); z6l=z0; -z9=.381966[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@y -pos3(rule_thickness,-180+theta); pos4(rule_thickness,-180+theta); -z4-z0=(4u,.36asc_height) rotated theta; -z3-z0=(4u,-.36asc_height) rotated theta; -pos5(rule_thickness,0); z5l=z0; pos6(rule_thickness,-90); z6l=z0; -z9=.2[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@z -@x in SYMBOL, Southwest arrow -pos3(bar,-180+theta); pos4(bar,-180+theta); -y3=y0; x4=x0; x3-x0=y4-y0=delta+eps; -pos5(bar,90); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,0); z6l=z0; -z9=.381966[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@y -pos3(rule_thickness,-180+theta); pos4(rule_thickness,-180+theta); -z4-z0=(4u,.36asc_height) rotated theta; -z3-z0=(4u,-.36asc_height) rotated theta; -pos5(rule_thickness,90); z5l=z0; pos6(rule_thickness,0); z6l=z0; -z9=.2[.5[z3,z4],z0]; -@z -@x in ROMMS, Leftward top half arrow -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); pos3(bar,0); pos4(bar,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1+.5rule_thickness=hround(w-u); lft x0=hround u; -y3-y0=y0-y4=.24asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0+3u+eps; -pos5(bar,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -@y -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); -pos3(rule_thickness,0); pos4(rule_thickness,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1+.5rule_thickness=hround(w-u); lft x0=hround u; -y3-y0=y0-y4=.36asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0+4u+eps; -pos5(rule_thickness,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(rule_thickness,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -@z -@x in ROMMS, Leftward bottom half arrow -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); pos3(bar,0); pos4(bar,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1+.5rule_thickness=hround(w-u); lft x0=hround u; -y3-y0=y0-y4=.24asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0+3u+eps; -pos5(bar,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -@y -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); -pos3(rule_thickness,0); pos4(rule_thickness,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1+.5rule_thickness=hround(w-u); lft x0=hround u; -y3-y0=y0-y4=.36asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0+4u+eps; -pos5(rule_thickness,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(rule_thickness,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -@z -@x in ROMMS, Rightward top half arrow -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); pos3(bar,0); pos4(bar,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1-.5rule_thickness=hround u; rt x0=hround(w-u); -y3-y0=y0-y4=.24asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0-3u-eps; -pos5(bar,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -@y -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); -pos3(rule_thickness,0); pos4(rule_thickness,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1-.5rule_thickness=hround u; rt x0=hround(w-u); -y3-y0=y0-y4=.36asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0-4u-eps; -pos5(rule_thickness,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(rule_thickness,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -@z -@x in ROMMS, Rightward bottom half arrow -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); pos3(bar,0); pos4(bar,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1-.5rule_thickness=hround u; rt x0=hround(w-u); -y3-y0=y0-y4=.asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0-3u-eps; -pos5(bar,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; pos6(bar,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -@y -pos1(rule_thickness,90); pos2(rule_thickness,90); -pos3(rule_thickness,0); pos4(rule_thickness,0); -y0=y1=y2=math_axis; x1-.5rule_thickness=hround u; rt x0=hround(w-u); -y3-y0=y0-y4=.36asc_height+eps; x3=x4=x0-4u-eps; -pos5(rule_thickness,angle(z4-z0)); z5l=z0; -pos6(rule_thickness,angle(z3-z0)); z6l=z0; -@z -@x in CALU, Calligraphic F -top y1=top y6=h; z2=.5[z3,z1]+bend; -bot y3=-o; y4=.1h; y5=y2; y7=.9h; -draw flex(z1,z2,z3) softjoin (z3...{x4-x3,5(y4-y3)}z4); % stem -draw z1-flourish_change{up}...z1---z6...{down}z7; % upper bar -@y -top y1=top y6=h; z2=.5[z3,z1]+1.2bend; -bot y3=-o; y4=.1h; y5=y2; y7=.9h; -draw flex(z1,z2,z3) softjoin (z3...{x4-x3,5(y4-y3)}z4); % stem -draw z1-flourish_change{up}...(z1-(u,0))---z6...{down}z7; % upper bar -@z -@x in CALU, Calligraphic H -lft x1=lft x3=0; rt x4=rt x6=.8w; rt x9=w; -top y1=top y4=h; bot y3=-o; bot y6=bot_flourish_line; y9=y6+.1h; -z2=.6[z3,z1]+bend; z5=.4[z6,z4]-2bend; -path p[]; p1=flex(z1,z2,z3); p2=flex(z4,z5,z6); -p3=(-w,.55h)--(2w,.55h); -lft z7=p3 intersectionpoint p1; rt z8=p3 intersectionpoint p2; -draw (z1-flourish_change{up}....z1-(u,0)---z1) softjoin p1; % left stem -@y -lft x1=lft x3=.5u; rt x4=rt x6=.8w-.6u; rt x9=w; -top y1=top y4=h; bot y3=-.06h; bot y6=bot_flourish_line; y9=y6+.1h; -z2=.6[z3,z1]+bend; z5=.4[z6,z4]-bend; -path p[]; p1=flex(z1,z2,z3); p2=flex(z4,z5,z6); -p3=(-w,.45h)--(2w,.45h); -rt z7+2bend=p3 intersectionpoint p1; rt z8=p3 intersectionpoint p2; -draw (z1-flourish_change-bend{curl2}....z1-(u,0)---z1) softjoin p1; % left stem -@z -@x in CALU, Calligraphic I -lft x0=0; x1=.9w; x2=x4=.5w; x5=.2w; x6=.75w; rt x7=w; -@y -lft x0=0; x1=.9w; x2=x4=.5w; x5=.2w; x6=.8w; rt x7=1.05w; -@z -@x in CALU, Calligraphic T -x1=x3=.5w; lft x4=0; x5=w-x6=.25w; rt x7=w; -x1=.47w; x3=.5w; lft x4=0; x5=w-x6=.25w; rt x7=1.05w; -z2=.5[z3,z1]+bend; -x1-x8=x9-x1=2u; y8=y9=y3; -z0=1/3[z1,z6]; -draw z0{left}...z2{down}...{left}z8; % stem -draw z8--z9; % foot -draw z4{up}...z5{right}...z6{right}...{up}z7; % arms -math_fit(.5u#-5/7h#*slant,-u#); labels(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9); endchar; -@y -x1=.47w; x3=.5w; lft x4=0; x5=.25w; x6=.85w; rt x7=1.05w; -top y1=h; bot y3=-.1h; y4=3/4h; top y5=top y6=h; top y7=1.05h; -z2=.3[z3,z1]+bend; -top y0=y1; x0=x2; -z8=(2u,.2h); -draw z0---z2...z3; % stem -draw z4{curl 2}...z5{right}...z6{right}...{up}z7; % arms -math_fit(.5u#-5/7h#*slant,-u#); labels(1,2,3,4,5,6,7); endchar; -@z -@x in GREEKL, lowercase delta -pos1(hair,-180); pos2(vair,-90); -numeric theta; theta=angle(18u,-h); -pos3(stem,theta+90); pos4(stem,theta+90); pos5(1/4[hair,stem],20); -pos6(vair,-90); pos7(curve,-180); pos8(vair,-270); -rt x1l=hround(w-2u+.5hair); x2=.5w; x3r=3u; rt x5r=hround(w-u); -x4=x6=x8=.5w+.5u; lft x7r=hround(1.5u-.5curve); -top y2l=h+oo; y1=min(.9h,y2r-eps); top y8r=x_height+oo; y4=y8; -z4-z3=whatever*(18u,-h); y5=y7=.5[y6,y8]; bot y6=-oo; -filldraw stroke z1e{x2-x1,3(y2-y1)}...z2e{left}...z3e---z4e - ....z5e{down}...pulled_arc.e(6,7) & pulled_arc.e(7,8); % hook and bowl -math_fit(-.3x_height#*slant+.5curve#-u#,.7x_height#*slant-.5u#); -penlabels(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8); endchar; -@y -x0=-u; y0=1.1h; -numeric light_flare; light_flare=2/3[vair,flare]; -x1=w-2u-.5light_flare; y1=h-.5light_flare; -numeric theta; theta=angle (z1-z0); -pos1(light_flare,theta-90); pos2(.2[vair,light_flare],-90); pos3(vair,theta); -x2=x3+u; y2=h; -x4=x6=.5w+.5u; top y8r=x_height+oo; z4=z8; -pos6(vair,-90); pos7(stem,-180); pos8(vair,-270); -pos4(stem,angle(z4-z0)+90); pos5(stem,30); -z3=.5[.5[z1,z4],z0]; -y5+.1x_height=y7=.5[y6,y8]; bot y6=-oo; -lft x7r=hround(1.4u-.5stem); rt x5r=hround(w-u); -filldraw stroke z1e{z0-z1e}....z2e....z3e{(z0-z1)rotated 90} - ...z4e{z4e-.8[z4,z0]} - ....z5e{down}...pulled_arc.e(6,7) & pulled_arc.e(7,8); % hook and bowl -filldraw z1r{z1r-z0}...z1l{z0-z1l}--cycle; % bulb -math_fit(-.3x_height#*slant+.5curve#-u#,.7x_height#*slant-.5u#); -penlabels(0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8); endchar; -@z -@x in TSETSL, lowercase delta for extended ASCII -pos1(hair,-180); pos2(vair,-90); -numeric theta; theta=angle(18u,-h); -pos3(stem,theta+90); pos4(stem,theta+90); pos5(1/4[hair,stem],20); -pos6(vair,-90); pos7(curve,-180); pos8(vair,-270); -rt x1l=hround(w-2u+.5hair); x2=.5w; x3r=3u; rt x5r=hround(w-u); -x4=x6=x8=.5w+.5u; lft x7r=hround(1.5u-.5curve); -top y2l=h+oo; y1=min(.9h,y2r-eps); top y8r=x_height+oo; y4=y8; -z4-z3=whatever*(18u,-h); y5=y7=.5[y6,y8]; bot y6=-oo; -filldraw stroke z1e{x2-x1,3(y2-y1)}...z2e{left}...z3e---z4e - ....z5e{down}...pulled_arc.e(6,7) & pulled_arc.e(7,8); % hook and bowl -penlabels(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8); endchar; -@y this next line differs from GREEKL, but the other lines agree -x0=-u; y0=1.05h; -numeric light_flare; light_flare=2/3[vair,flare]; -x1=w-2u-.5light_flare; y1=h-.5light_flare; -numeric theta; theta=angle (z1-z0); -pos1(light_flare,theta-90); pos2(.2[vair,light_flare],-90); pos3(vair,theta); -x2=x3+u; y2=h; -x4=x6=.5w+.5u; top y8r=x_height+oo; z4=z8; -pos6(vair,-90); pos7(stem,-180); pos8(vair,-270); -pos4(stem,angle(z4-z0)+90); pos5(stem,30); -z3=.5[.5[z1,z4],z0]; -y5+.1x_height=y7=.5[y6,y8]; bot y6=-oo; -lft x7r=hround(1.4u-.5stem); rt x5r=hround(w-u); -filldraw stroke z1e{z0-z1e}....z2e....z3e{(z0-z1)rotated 90} - ...z4e{z4e-.8[z4,z0]} - ....z5e{down}...pulled_arc.e(6,7) & pulled_arc.e(7,8); % hook and bowl -filldraw z1r{z1r-z0}...z1l{z0-z1l}--cycle; % bulb -penlabels(0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8); endchar; -@z - ------------ Changes made after the fourth printing (1993) of Volume E - -@x in CSCSPU, letter J [fixes a bug if dish=0 and crisp<tiny and serifs] - bulb(3,4,5); % bulb -@y - pickup tiny.nib; bulb(3,4,5); % bulb -@z - -@x in BIGDEL, two harmless bugs caught by Robert Hunt -"Extensible vertical arrow--extension module"; -@y -cmchar "Extensible vertical arrow--extension module"; -@z -@x -"Extensible double vertical arrow--extension module"; -@y -cmchar "Extensible double vertical arrow--extension module"; -@z - -@x in GREEKU, letter Phi (hi-res glitch found by Robert Hunt) -lft x1l=lft x2l=hround(.5w-.5cap_stem); top y1=h; bot y2=0; -@y -lft x1l=lft x2l=hround(.5w-.5shaved_stem); top y1=h; bot y2=0; -@z -@x in GREEKU, letter Psi similarly -lft x1l=lft x2l=hround(.5w-.5cap_stem); top y1=h; bot y2=0; -@y -lft x1l=lft x2l=hround(.5w-.5shaved_stem); top y1=h; bot y2=0; -@z - -@x in BIGOP, teststyle integral sign -x5=.5[x4,x6]; x4-x6=1.2u; lft x5r=hround(.5w-.5stem); -@y -x5=.5[x4,x6]; x4-x6=1.2u; lft x5r=hround(.5w-.5curve); -@z -@x same, displaystyle integral sign -x5=.5[x4,x6]; x4-x6=4.8u; lft x5r=hround(.5w-.5stem); -@y -x5=.5[x4,x6]; x4-x6=4.8u; lft x5r=hround(.5w-.5max_size); -@z -@x same, textstyle contour integral sign -x5=.5[x4,x6]; x4-x6=1.2u; lft x5r=hround(.5w-.5stem); -@y -x5=.5[x4,x6]; x4-x6=1.2u; lft x5r=hround(.5w-.5curve); -@z -@x same, displaystyle contour integral sign -x5=.5[x4,x6]; x4-x6=4.8u; lft x5r=hround(.5w-.5stem); -@y -x5=.5[x4,x6]; x4-x6=4.8u; lft x5r=hround(.5w-.5max_size); -@z - -@x in ITALMS, the partial differential sign -path p; p=pulled_super_arc.l(3,4)(pull); -@y -path p; {{interim superness:=more_super; p=pulled_super_arc.l(3,4)(pull)}}; -@z - -@x in SYMBOL, the elementary division operator -beginarithchar(oct"004"); pickup rule.nib; -x3-.5dot_size=hround(.5w-.5dot_size); center_on(x3); -y3+.5dot_size=vround(math_axis+math_spread[.5x_height,.6x_height]+.5dot_size); -@y note that pickup rule.nib leaves currentbreadth unchanged -beginarithchar(oct"004"); pickup fine.nib; pickup rule.nib; -numeric del; del=dot_size-currentbreadth; % currentbreadth=fine -x3-.5del=good.x(.5w-.5del); center_on(x3); -y3+.5del=good.y(math_axis+math_spread[.5x_height,.6x_height]+.5del); -@z - -@x in CMBASE, compute_spread can force even spreads for better rounding - spread:=ceiling(spread#*hppp)+eps; enddef; -@y - spread:=2ceiling(spread#*hppp/2)+eps; enddef; -@z - -@x in CMBASE, better diag_ratio routine avoids overflow in hi-res chars - numeric a_,b_; b_=b/y; a_=a*a-b_*b_; - (a*(c++y*sqrt a_)-b_*c)/a_/y enddef; -@y - numeric a_,b_,c_; b_=b/y; c_=c/y; a_=a*a-b_*b_; - (a*(c_++sqrt a_)-b_*c_)/a_ enddef; -@z - -@x in ROMAND, numeral 3, allow hi-res cminch to run without overflow (MacKay) -x4=1/3[x5,x3l]; z4=z5+whatever*(150u,h); -@y -x4=1/3[x5,x3l]; z4=z5+whatever*(15u,.1h); -@z - -@x in ITALP, the Sterling sign (bug caught by Yannis Haralambous) -lft x6r=hround u; x7=3u; x8=w-3.5u; rt x9r=hround(w-u); -@y -lft x6r=hround u; x7=3u; x8=w-3.5u; rt x9l=hround(w-u); -@z - -@x in GREEKL, lowercase omega, I made minor changes for new edition of TAOCP: -y1+.5hair=h; x1=x2+.75u; pos1(hair,angle(2(x1-x2),y1-y2)+90); -@y -y1+.5hair=h; x1=x2+.75u; pos1(hair+dw,angle(2(x1-x2),y1-y2)+90); -@z -@x -x3=.5[x2,x4]; x7+.25u=.5[x6,x8]; rt x8r=hround(w-.5u); -@y -x3=.5[x2,x4]; x7-.25u=.5[x6,x8]; rt x8r=hround(w-.5u); -@z - -@x in GREEKL, lowercase beta, I made minor changes for new edition of TAOCP: -pos3(stem,0); pos4(vair,-90); pos5(hair,-180); -pos6(vair,-270); pos7(curve,-360); pos8(vair,-450); pos9(hair,-540); -x0=x1=x9; lft x0l=hround(1.5u-.5hair); x2=x4=x6=x8=.5w+.25u; -rt x3r=hround(w-1.5u); rt x7r=hround(w-1.5u+.5curve); rt x5l=hround(x4-u); -bot y0=-d; y1=top y6r=x_height; top y2r=h+oo; y3=.5[y2,y4]; -y5=.5[y4,y6]; top y6r-bot y4r=vstem+eps; bot y8=-oo; y7=y9=.5[y6,y8]; -@y (this change also is made in TSETSL) -pos3(.8[hair,stem],0); pos4(vair,-90); pos5(hair,-180); -pos6(vair,-270); pos7(stem,-360); pos8(vair,-450); pos9(hair,-540); -x0=x1=x9; lft x0l=hround(1.5u-.5hair); x2=x4=x6=x8=.5w-.25u; -rt x3r=hround(w-1.75u); rt x7r=hround(w-u); rt x5l=hround(x4-u); -bot y0=-d; y1=top y6r=x_height; top y2r=h+oo; y3=.5[y2,y4]; -y5=.5[y4,y6]; top y6r-bot y4r=vstem+eps; bot y8=-oo; y7=y9=.55[y6,y8]; -@z - -@x in ROMANU, less overshoot on uppercase sans serif C (for Vol 2 of TAOCP) - top y1r=vround .95h+o; top y2r=h+o; y3=.5h; - bot y4r=-o; bot y5r=vround .08h-o; y5l:=good.y y5l; x5l:=good.x x5l; -@y - top y1r=vround .95h+oo; top y2r=h+oo; y3=.5h; - bot y4r=-oo; bot y5r=vround .08h-oo; y5l:=good.y y5l; x5l:=good.x x5l; -@z - -@x in ROMANU, likewise for G - top y1r=vround .93h+o; top y2r=h+o; y3=.5h; - bot y4r=-o; bot y5r=vround .07h-o; -@y - top y1r=vround .93h+oo; top y2r=h+oo; y3=.5h; - bot y4r=-oo; bot y5r=vround .07h-oo; -@z - -@x in SYMBOL, spade suit, a cosmetic change that doesn't affect any fonts: -labels(1,2,3,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15); endchar; -@y -labels(1,2,3,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15); endchar; -@z - -@x in CMBASE, sloped_serif.l never used $$ except rarely in letter p - y@0=max(y@2l-bracket,y$$)-eps; -@y and in letter p, it was wrong to do so! (but not in any normal font) - y@0=y@2l-bracket-eps; -@z -@x sloped_serif.r never used $$ in any reasonable way at all - y@0=min(y@2l+bracket,y$$)+eps; -@y - y@0=y@2l+bracket+eps; -@z - -in ITALD, programs for 6 and 9: same change as above for partial derivative -in OLDDIG, programs for 6 and 9: same change as above for partial derivative -in ROMAND, programs for 6 and 9: same change as above for partial derivative -in TSETSL, program for partial derivative: same change as above - -@x in ROMANL, slight change to cmss10 and cmssbx10 `g' improves meta-ness -loop_top=Vround .77[vair,fudged.stem]; -@y -loop_top=if serifs: Vround .77[vair,fudged.stem] else: vair fi; -@z - -@x in CMBASE, recent change shouldn't clobber a_, b_, and c_ of plain.mf - numeric a_,b_,c_; b_=b/y; c_=c/y; a_=a*a-b_*b_; - (a*(c_++sqrt a_)-b_*c_)/a_ enddef; -@y - numeric aa_,bb_,cc_; bb_=b/y; cc_=c/y; aa_=a*a-bb_*bb_; - (a*(cc_++sqrt aa_)-bb_*cc_)/aa_ enddef; -@z - -@x in ITALMS, Arrow (vector) accent -lft x1=hround .5u; x2=w-x1; y1=y2=good.x .7[x_height,asc_height]; -@y a correction of almost purely academic interest -lft x1=hround .5u; x2=w-x1; y1=y2=good.y .7[x_height,asc_height]; -@z - -the following patches make the arrows more robust, but essentially unchanged -@x in SYM, Downward arrow - --z2r---z1r..z1l---z2l--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - ---z1r..z1l---subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x in SYM, Upward arrow - --z2r---z1r..z1l---z2l--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - ---z1r..z1l---subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x in SYM, Leftward arrow - --z2l---z1l..z1r---z2r--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - ---z1l..z1r---subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x in SYM, Rightward arrow - --z2l---z1l..z1r---z2r--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - ---z1l..z1r---subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x in SYM, Left-and-right arrow - --z2l---z1l..z1r---z2r--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - ---z1l..z1r---subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x ibid - --z12l---z11l..z11r---z12r--subpath (t,0) of\\(z13l{z19-z13}..z15r) -@y - ---z11l..z11r---subpath (t,0) of\\(z13l{z19-z13}..z15r) -@z -@x in SYMBOL, Up-and-down arrow - --z2r---z1r..z1l---z2l--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - ---z1r..z1l---subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x ibid - --z12r---z11r..z11l---z12l--subpath (t,0) of\\(z13l{z19-z13}..z15r) -@y - ---z11r..z11l---subpath (t,0) of\\(z13l{z19-z13}..z15r) -@z -@x in SYMBOL, Northeast arrow - --z2l---z1l..z1r---z2r--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - ---z1l..z1r---subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x in SYMBOL, Southeast arrow - --z2l---z1l..z1r---z2r - --subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - ---z1l..z1r---subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x in SYMBOL, Northwest arrow - --z2l---z1l..z1r---z2r--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - ---z1l..z1r---subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x in SYMBOL, Southwest arrow - --z2l---z1l..z1r---z2r - --subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - ---z1l..z1r---subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x in ROMMS, Leftward top half arrow -filldraw z0--(x0,y2l)---z1l..z1r---z2r - ..subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r..{2(x0-x3),y0-y3}z5r) -@y -filldraw z0--(x0,y2l)--z1l{right}..{left}z1r - --subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r..{2(x0-x3),y0-y3}z5r) -@z -@x in ROMMS, Leftward bottom half arrow -filldraw z0{2(x4-x0),y4-y0}..z4l - --subpath (0,t) of\\(z4r..{2(x0-x4),y0-y4}z6r) -@y - --z1l{right}..{left}z1r--(x0,y2r)--cycle; % arrowhead and stem -@z -@x in ROMMS, Rightward top half arrow -filldraw z0--(x0,y2l)---z1l..z1r---z2r - ..subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l..{2(x0-x3),y0-y3}z5r) -@y -filldraw z0--(x0,y2l)--z1l{left}..{right}z1r - --subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l..{2(x0-x3),y0-y3}z5r) -@z -@x in ROMMS, Rightward bottom half arrow - ..z2l---z1l..z1r---(x0,y2r)--cycle; % arrowhead and stem -@y - --z1l{left}..{right}z1r--(x0,y2r)--cycle; % arrowhead and stem -@z -@x in BIGDEL, Extensible vertical arrow--top - --z2r---z1r--z1l---z2l--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - --z1r--z1l--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3l{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z -@x in BIGDEL, Extensible vertical arrow--bottom - --z2r---z1r--z1l---z2l--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r{z9-z3}..z5r) -@y - --z1r--z1l--subpath (t,0) of\\(z3r{z9-z3}..z5r) -@z - -@x in ROMLIG, the ligature fi - x13=x11-.5; top y14r=min(2x_height,h+1); top y11=x_height; -@y make the center of the dot consistent with ordinary i, in sans-serif fonts - x13=x11-.5; top y14r=min(10/7x_height+.5bulb_diam,h)+1; top y11=x_height; -@z -@x in ROMLIG, the ligature ffi - x23=x21-.5; top y24r=min(2x_height,h+1); top y21=x_height; -@y same corrections as to fi - x23=x21-.5; top y24r=min(10/7x_height+.5bulb_diam,h)+1; top y21=x_height; -@z - -@x in SYMBOL, the circle operator -lft x6=hround u; x2=w-x6; top y8=h; y2=math_axis; -@y this correction makes it a circle even at small size, low resolution -lft x6=hround u; x2=w-x6; top y8=h; y8-y4=x2-x6; -@z -@x in SYMBOL, the bullet -lft x6=hround u; x2=w-x6; top y8=h; y2=math_axis; circle_points; -@y likewise -lft x6=hround u; x2=w-x6; top y8=h; y8-y4=x2-x6; circle_points; -@z - -@x in ROMAND, the numeral 2 - ..z3e{down}.. z4e---z5e--z6e; % stroke -@y it's more robust to avoid --- next to -- (in case of tiny loops) - ..z3e{down}..{z5e-z4e}z4e--z5e--z6e; % stroke -@z -@x in OLDDIG, oldstyle numeral 2 - ..z3e{down}.. z4e---z5e--z6e; % stroke -@y likewise - ..z3e{down}..{z5e-z4e}z4e--z5e--z6e; % stroke -@z - -@x in CSC, after the second font_setup -extra_endchar:=extra_endchar&"charcode:=charcode+code_offset"; -@y -extra_endchar:=extra_endchar&"charcode:=charcode+code_offset;"; -@z - -@x in ACCENT, in program for Breve -numeric mid_thickness; mid_thickness=vround 1/3[vair,stem]; -@y -numeric mid_thickness; mid_thickness=Vround 1/3[vair,stem]; -@z - -@x in CMBASE, a more robust arm routine fixes the 7 in cmbx5,6,7,8 - filldraw z$$l{z@1-z$$l}...darkness[z@1,.5[z@2,z$$l] ]...z@2 - ---z$l--z$r--z@0--z$$r--cycle; % arm and beak -@y - path p_; p_= z$$l{z@1-z$$l}...darkness[z@1,.5[z@2,z$$l] ]...z@2 - ---z$l--z$r--z@0--z$$r--cycle; - if (y$$>y$) <> (ypart precontrol 1 of p_ > ypart postcontrol 1 of p_): - p_:=z$$l{z@1-z$$l}...darkness[z@1,.5[z@2,z$$l] ] - ---z$l--z$r--z@0--z$$r--cycle; fi - filldraw p_; % arm and beak -@z - -@x in CALU, I decided in July 2005 that I really wanted a less swashy F -top y1=top y6=h; z2=.5[z3,z1]+1.2bend; -bot y3=-o; y4=.1h; y5=y2; y7=.9h; -draw flex(z1,z2,z3) softjoin (z3...{x4-x3,5(y4-y3)}z4); % stem -draw z1-flourish_change{up}...(z1-(u,0))---z6...{down}z7; % upper bar -@y -top y1=top y6=h; z2=.5[z3,z1]+bend; -bot y3=-o; y4=.1h; y5=y2; y7=.9h; -draw flex(z1,z2,z3) softjoin (z3...{x4-x3,5(y4-y3)}z4); % stem -draw z1-flourish_change+(0,.15asc_height){up}...{right}(z1-(2u,0)) - ---z6...{down}z7; % upper bar -@z - -@x in SYMBOL, two points of Hardy's asymptotic equivalence sign were unlabeled -labels(1,2,3,4); endchar; -@y -labels(1,2,3,4,5,6); endchar; -@z - -@x in GREEKL, correct a tiny notch that can show up at hires (Charles Duan) -filldraw z1l--z2l--z--z1r--cycle; % stem -@y -filldraw z1l--z2l...(x3,y2l)...z--z1r--cycle; % stem -@z - -@x in GREEKL, make almost-invisible semantic corrections to beta -x0=x1=x9; lft x0l=hround(1.5u-.5hair); x2=x4=x6=x8=.5w-.25u; -@y -x0=x1=x9; lft x0r=hround(1.5u-.5hair); x2=x4=x6=x8=.5w-.25u; -@z -@x -y5=.5[y4,y6]; top y6r-bot y4r=vstem+eps; bot y8=-oo; y7=y9=.55[y6,y8]; -@y -y5=.5[y4,y6]; top y6r-bot y4r=vstem+eps; bot y8r=-oo; y7=y9=.55[y6,y8]; -@z -@x and also to delta -y5+.1x_height=y7=.5[y6,y8]; bot y6=-oo; -@y -y5+.1x_height=y7=.5[y6,y8]; bot y6r=-oo; -@z -@x and also to phi -top y1=x_height+oo; y2=y4=.5[y1,y3]; bot y3=-oo; -@y -top y1r=x_height+oo; y2=y4=.5[y1,y3]; bot y3r=-oo; -@z - ------------Here I draw the line with respect to further changes - -(I sincerely believe there won't be any more!) - -I absolutely guarantee that the TFM files will never change again. -(Otherwise I would consider zeroing the depth of italic 7, -which I admit is strange... we can live with it.) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eight.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eight.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c53fd591d68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eight.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eleven.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eleven.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e241e452d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eleven.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.five.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.five.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..726a5a46b35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.five.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.four.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.four.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..83ea64bbf04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.four.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.nine.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.nine.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7db022678e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.nine.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.one.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.one.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d149cacad54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.one.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.pdf Binary files differindex 1b815338734..c5f79810e29 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.seven.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.seven.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ab635db356d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.seven.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.six.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.six.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee218fe024d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.six.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.ten.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.ten.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3c4d0ea3988 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.ten.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.three.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.three.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..85410281747 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.three.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.twelve.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.twelve.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc5db2dd9b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.twelve.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.two.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.two.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1916f261bad --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errata.two.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errorlog.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errorlog.pdf Binary files differindex 9ca8e54aabc..c2ec05463ad 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errorlog.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/errorlog.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/mf84.bug b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/mf84.bug deleted file mode 100644 index c6349b896da..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/mf84.bug +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2443 +0,0 @@ -This file has been updated periodically ever since METAFONT84 was born. -What you are about to read is "authentic source material" from the -early days before the program converged. Module numbers on the first -entries may bear little relation to those in Volume D. - -Entries are in chronological order; thus the most recent news appears -at the bottom of the file. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -(rough list of all bugs found in MF after it passed syntax check) -Starting with Version -100.0: [Mar 27, first run, about 00:30] -1. fix_date_and_time was badly patched in INIMF. -2. cur_tok function forgot "cur_tok:=p" at the end; PASCAL doesn't catch that. -3. "multiletter control sequences" msgs should say "symbolic tokens". -Version -99.0: [still Mar 27, done while waiting for WEAVE/TeX output] -4. do_statement should initialize cur_type:=vacuous. -5. find_variable has misplaced p:=equiv(p). -6. one-character primitives shouldn't decrease str_ptr. -7. clear_symbol had "q" at end where I meant to say "p". -8. help message for extra token flushing improved. -9. "buffer[k]" should be "buffer[j]" for 1-character id_lookup. -10. def_delims forgot to get_next afterwards. -11. type_command at beginning of statement wasn't diverted. -12. menu always came out after help message. -13. forgot to return after getting num/str token from token list. - Version -98.0: [March 28] -14. scan_declared_variable flushes too much. -15. ordered pairs: one level of indirection was forgotten. -16. type declarations must add "unknown" bit. -17. semicolon+ added to do_statement cases. -18. base_ident should get max_str_ref. -19. "internal[...]" missing in date for base_ident. -20. do_binary(p,c) should be do_binary(p,d) after continue_path -21. in scan_def after get_clear_symbol I need to get_next. -22. get_next needed at end of scan_def. -23. get_next needed at end of mode_command processing. -24. randomseed missing error typo: `;' for `:='. -25. print_nl("") at beginning of show. -26. refcounts on macro calls were incremented twice. -27. forgot to advance loc after getting num/str token from token list. -28. "/" has the wrong command code. -29. get_x_next needed after, e.g., "1/2" in scan_primary. -30. take_fraction should be make_fraction in call of frac_mult. -31. v:=dep_list(v) forgotten in dep+dep branch of add_or_subtract. -32. q:=link(q) etc misplaced and omitted in p_plus_fq and p_plus_q. -33. dep_finish recycled a dependency list twice. -34. call of dep_finish should use null not cur_exp. -35. decided that "3 3" shouldn't equal 9. -[also put in new code for the addto command] - Version -97.0: [March 29] -36. forget to set q:=qq in scan_expression. -37. first line of print_path: forgot print_ln. -38. typo in set_controls: right_y should be left_y. -39. toss_knot_list forgot that it has a circular list to toss. -40. print_exp shows big nodes backwards. -41. angle brackets didn't look good in print_exp; took them out. -42. left_brace must be between min_tertiary and max_tertiary. -43. prev_dep should point back to tail, not head, of previous list. - (that error was in encapsulate and <Copy the big node>) -44. nonlinear_eq should leave node p vacant, sometimes. -45. conditional routine forgot that get_boolean starts with get_x_next. -46. forgot get_x_next in processing of else. -47. str_ref not initialized by make_string. -48. param_start not initialized properly. -49. "%EXPR" didn't look good in token list. -50. "{loop}" not necessary in forever loops; there's already enough. -51. macro name didn't come out right when tracing macros. -52. macro parameters weren't shown when tracing macros. -53. quote marks missing when displaying strings. -54. parameter names on macro call trace should look nicer. -55. statement beginning with bad token: error message needed. -56. `->' desired in context lines of macro. -57. forgot q:=loop_list_loc(s) in begin_iteration. -[also put in new code for shipout] - Version -96.0: [March 30] -58. forgot loop_type(s):=null in begin_iteration. -59. forgot value(p):=null after type(p):=type(pp) in find_variable. -60. forgot to delete_pen_ref after filling a contour. -61. check that it's a cycle before calling make_spec. -62. "if tracing_stats>0" should be "if internal[tracing_stats]>0"! -63. forgot get_next after showdependencies. -64. forgot link(r):=p at end of dependency list addition. -65. extra `get_x_next' in <Scan a direction...>. -66. typos in last half of <Remove open types...>: mind the p's and q's. -67. take_fraction should be make_fraction in simple case of two givens. -68. in print_exp of unknown type, stop if v=null. -69. showtoken forgot to stop; also should be consistent with TeX. -70. "continue" label needed in error routine, after all. -71. id_lookup should treat length-one identifiers by simpler method. - (in particular, this allows it to find unprintable ones!) -72. need psi[n+1]:=psi[1] in cyclic case of make_choices. -73. tension/controls take primaries as arguments, not expressions. -74. print_spec didn't initialize octant. -75. print_spec: break lines into two, since they are quite long. -76. smooth_moves not called in fill_spec. -77. typo < for > in edge_prep. -78. edge tracing misses half the corners, and forgot to set trace_y. -79. edge_prep needs extra logic when rover=head. -80. make_good should compute cur_d based on good values, not original values; - but we sometimes need the other alternative too. -81. valid_sum: the test was backwards. -82. print_weight blunder: ho(q) should be ho(info(q)). -83. forgot init_gf in shipout. -84. typo in <Finish the GF file>: if total_chars<>1 then print("s"). -85. initializations of ww, prev_w, and m were forgotten in ship_out. -86. typos in initialization of prev_m and gf_min_x. -87. forgot to update prev_n in ship_out. -88. relax becomes "expandable". -89. internal[x]>1 should be internal[x]>unity! -90. forgot to restore normal scanner_status in pass_text. -91. (end occurred when if...) was inevitable. -[also put in new code for openwindow, display] - Version -95.0: [April 1] -92. forgot to unscale the window numbers in that new code. -93. had w<0 test instead of w<=0 in <Record a possible transition...>. -94. prev_w:=w should be done in all cases of <Record a possible...>. -95. forgot get_x_next after scanning `1/2'. -96. in do_assignment, after recycle_value(p) I need to set type(p):=something. -97. omit `.' after the equivalent in showtoken. -98. in <Copy the big node p>, I said "until q=p"; I meant "until q=value(p)". -99. print_macro_name said "info(link(a))"; meant "text(info(info(link(a))))". -100. forgot get_x_next after macro_call in scan_primary. -101. scan_primary installed dependent components badly (data structure error). -102. new_structure failed in case of generic_subscript (data structure error). -103. param_type case of print_cmd_mod had bad if/else nesting (language error). -104. null_path forgot to return a value (language error). -105. p_with_x_becoming_q had typos (q and f for x). -106. <Copy the big node...> should end with cur_exp:=t, not r. -107. subscripted definitions: out of sync; scan_primary loop needs revision. -108. secondarydef went through scan_def instead of make_op_def. -109. make_op_def forgot the final get_next. -110. make_op_def also forgot to insert the general_macro preface. -111. showvar shows too much of macro variables. - Version -94.0: [April 4] -112. single_dependency needs to take account of the scale factor. -113. add_or_subtract starts out with wrong v value. [bug 31 was fixed wrong] -114. print_exp needs a case for t=independent. -115. also numeric_type, and case v=null of pair_type, transform_type. -116. end_token_list thought identity_macro and insertions had ref counts. -117. disp_var should display also in case of generic subscripts. -118. find_var should put value(pp):=null when it sets type(pp):=numeric_type. -119. yet another problem in <Copy the big...>: copy_dep_list(dep_list(q)). -120. scan_primary should flush_node_list(q) before make_exp_copy(p). -121. make_scaled arguments reversed in p_over_v. -[also added code for new internals: smoothing, autorounding] -[also added code for showstats] - Version -90.0: [April 5] -122. Should check range of variables when they become known. -123. <Exclaim about...> should include begin...end (WEB language error). -124. forever should be followed by a colon. -125. dangling else problem in make_eq: "abc"="abc" considered false. -126. showstats, showtoken should read the semicolon before stopping. -127. print_variable_name balked at, e.g., xpart of a capsule. - Version -89.0: [April 6] -128. after &foo, shouldn't assume there's an input file present. -129. forever forgot get_next. -130. pair=path and path=pair should coerce the pair to be a path. -131. similarly in the operand to `addto'. -[added new code for cull command] -[minor revision of internal quantities; e.g., labeling is out, fontmaking is in] - Version -88.0: [April 7] -132. "string" operator is renamed "str". -133. min/max coordinates added to boc command. -134. labeling_command removed; it will be implemented in macros. -135. info(p) should be attr_loc(p) in flush_variable. -136. make_spec didn't realize the need for xh and yh. -137. gf_new_row parameters had sign reversed. -138. the "numeric" case was left out of recycle_value. -[added new code for special/numspecial] - Version -87.0: [April 13] -139. q:=qq should apply also after <Splice...>, in scan_expr. -140. param_size: better defined than a constant. -141. surprise: back_input fails when cur_cmd=expr_arg, as it changes limit. -142. <Subdivide...second time wrt x'-y'> forgot to change right_type(r). -143. show <path> shows the whole path. -144. expr like 0..1 leads to <Determine the path join...> with q undefined. -145. typos in <Decide...clockwise>, clobbered dx2 and used right_type(p) twice. -146. need to adjust expr_arg when macro is inside a macro! -147. expr_arg forbidden to be in a text argument. -148. frozen_relax added to prevent premature termination. -[I took out the code used for debugging the screen interface] -[added "cycle", a unary operator taking path to boolean] -[added the code for concatenation and for str and for xpart..yypart] - Version -86.0: [April 25] -149. not_scolded_yet was never set false after scolding. -150. Missing "q:=s" at the end of <Make variable q known>. -151. In @<Worry...@>, add get_next after back_error. -152. New xpart routine didn't recycle other components of the big node. -[added the "hard_times" case of multiplication] -[added the complete set of boolean expressions] -[added the eight transformations, applied to three kinds of expressions] -[added the save command] -[added the interim command] -[added the let command] -[added the pen operations] -153. Incomplete help message on "Not a variable". -154. forgot begin...end in the last section of materialize_pen. -155. blunder <Insert a new line...>: length(p,s,q) should be length(s,q,r). -156. <Construct the offset...>: forgot begin...end here too. -157. "(newly created)" shd be " (newly created)". -158. path_trans: forgot to unstash the capsule p. -159. set_up_trans: transform_type should be transformed_by, in one place. -160. <Install sines...>: had p instead of q, in several places. -161. edges_trans: an edges variable isn't in a capsule. - Version -85.0: [May 2] -162. begingroup ... endgroup should be allowed as compound statement. -163. pausing shouldn't clobber "showit". (WAITS version only) -164. Improved help message for isolated expressions. -165. Bad error recovery after "Not a variable" in showvar. -166. Typo in clear_symbol: name_type(p) instead of name_type(q). -167. "%" and ";" to be left out of file names being input. -168. dep_finish used v for two purposes; wrong declared type. -169. autorounding 2 suppresses correction when the derivative isn't critical. -170. tab characters should be changed to spaces on input. (WAITS version) -171. harmful goto: Forgot to |return| after path_trans and edge_trans. -[added ord, hex, oct, length, char, decimal, and jobname] - Version -80.0: [May 4] -172. showvar still screwed up. -173. don't clobber screen for prompt_input (WAITS only). -174. length of non-cyclic path is one too high. -175. <Evoke an error message...> evoked the wrong message. -176. better error message needed on `Equation cannot be performed'. -177. ">> " inserted before expression displays. -178. <Finish linking...> should dup_offset also when n=0. -179. pencircle was a factor of 2 too big. -180. cosine of 180 should be -1 exactly. -181. ord "" should be -1. -182. shipout should allow expressions as well as variables. -183. "mod outer_tag" needed in various tests on eq_type. -184. merge_edges forgot to adjust for changes in m_offsets. -185. typo, ww for w in print_pen. -186. typo, "outer" for "errhelp" in print_cmd_mod (message case). -[added "also"] -[added "message", "errmessage", "errhelp"] -[added "outer", "inner"] -[added "readterminal", "readstring"] - Version -79.0: [May 6] -187. read_toks forgot to include the general_macro token. -188. offset_prep should treat n=0 like n=1. -189. cusp transitions (from change 169) must be suppressed in envelope case. -190. <Record a line segment...> shouldn't change xp or yp. -191. <Find the initial slope...> was used too late. -192. <Find the index...> had a redundant test (a relic of old code). -193. <Compute test coeff...> wastefully made the same fraction three times. -194. doublepath <cycle> should split the cycle. -195. `if k=0' in fin_offset_prep should have been `if k=1'. -196. `done:' misplaced in <Make the envelope moves...>. -197. also move[move_ptr] should be initialized to 1 there, not 0. -198. skew is used with p=q in fill_envelope. -199. it's no use tracing subdivision for offsets, since everything is skewed. -200. in <Record a line...>, round_unscaled should be floor_unscaled. -201. unskewing: wrong formula (x was .5 too large). -202. elliptical pens: better correction for the case gamma<=abs(alpha). -203. dual env_move was updated badly, in both <Transfer...> and <Record...>. -204. dual env_move to move: subscripts were off by 1. -205. <Insert...dually...> should set ww:=knil(link(h)), not link(h). -[added ++] - Version -70.0: [May 9] -206. suppressed cusp rounding in envelope case too. -207. `show' should use `>> ' when it shows an expression. -208. streamlined the test for bad lambda and mu in |skew|. -209. after linear_eq, must check if type(cur_exp)=known. -210. print_spec surprise: contours might never travel toward the first octant! -211. t0,t1,t2 sign was reversed in <Complete the offset splitting...>. - Version -69.0: [May 10] -212. "showvar" changed to "showvariable". -213. typo: r for r_delim in <Scan a text parameter...>. -214. "newinternal" feature added. -215. <Record a line...dually...> needs to update envmove at end of loop. -216. smooth_moves shouldn't affect the extreme points. -217. floor(unity*(n-1)/n) is unity when n is large; need to be more careful. -218. major improvements to rounding, based on new theory of (x+eps,y+eps^2). -219. pen offsets made symmetrical about the origin. -220. p:=half(p+q) overflow problem in take_fraction, take_scaled. -221. cull_edges now updates the max/min values too. -222. make_spec needs to be more bullet-proof to rounding errors; added `dest's. -223. xmult/ymult/zmult changed to xscaled/yscaled/zscaled. -224. elliptical pens improved by temporarily allowing zero-length lines. -[added edge transposition algorithm] - Version -67.0: [May 17] -225. copy can encounter a vacuous expression, e.g. in a parameter. -226. xy_swap_edges mustn't change w when inserting a large weight. -227. in #222, had typo pp for r in <split ... second time ... x'-y'>. -228. in #222, incorrectly assumed local max = global max of cubic. - Version -66.0: [May 19] -229. bad_binary(c,p) should have been bad_binary(p,c). -230. enabled comparison of unknown strings. -231. fixed ring_delete to avoid unexpected scolding. -232. should store character width info even when proofing<0. -[added all the TFM commands and output routines] -[added the `substring' operation] -[added `point', `precontrol', `postcontrol'; deleted `direction'] - Version -65.0: [May 24] -233. Change error message `(t)point(u)' to `point(t)of(u)'. -234. newinternal to allow a list of tokens. -235. In <Feed...>, should check for overflow before begin_token_list. -236. scan_def didn't allow for the case warning_info=null. - Version -60.0: [May 25] -237. increased param_size. -238. added <boolean><relation><boolean>. -239. <Remove dead cubics> stopped too early if the first cubic was dead. -240. bad_unary, bad_binary should distinguish pair from unknown pair. -241. yet another "m<env_move[move_ptr]" test needs to be inserted. -242. newinternal names need to go in the dump file. -243. delete_mac_ref(v) should be delete_mac_ref(value(p)) in recycle_value. -244. constant in <Decide...clockwise> was scaled instead of fraction. - Version -59.0: [May 27] -245. break up initialize routine into two parts (cf init_prim in TeX) - Version -58.0: [May 28] -246. do_ship_out should scan_expression, not scan_primary. -247. offset_prep might clobber node q, so we need to search for q again. -248. pair "1" = true! (blunder in type_test) -249. allow strings x in `def f(expr x)=def g=x enddef enddef'. -250. allow exprs in text parameters, in sufficiently easy cases. -251. check right delimiters in macro_call. -252. "Bad window number" message gave unscaled value. -253. turnaround feature improves automatic rounding slightly. -254. primaries changed to expressions in window and cull commands. -255. scan_expression should make (0,0){0,0} a path, not a future path. -256. showvariable and showtoken to allow lists; all shows made consistent. -257. new internal quantity "windingcheck". -258. delete warning message about edges never used. -259. vardef: group the righthand side. -260. show commands stop once each. -261. cur_type should be vacuous after equation or assignment on outer level. - Version -57.0: [June 4] -262. added xyzzy diagnostic about effect of autorounding. -263. make_moves now puts xi_corr,eta_corr into halving. -[otherwise "draw (0,0)..(9,-.00002)" and "draw (0,-.00002)..(9,0)" fail badly!] - Version -56.0: [June 6] -264. smooth_moves changed completely; now is LR symmetric, cleaner. -265. changed "unknown" to "known". -266. pair to path conversion now done on length, makepen, reverse, etc. -267. cycle now defined on arguments of any type. -268. (re 218) sign was flipped in ceiling correction of <insert downward...>. -[added union, subpath, penoffset, directiontime, intersectiontimes] - -Note: the first two draw statements in PENS.mf show an interesting effect. -With autorounding, the curves are noticeably better, esp the small one. -But there are two "holes", because of tiny discrepancies that I believe -are unavoidable. -Added later: Actually these are avoided by the new smooth_moves, but -certain others will not be. - Version -50.0 [June 30] -269. smoothing to be shut off at the retrograde transitions -270. more care needed in the rootfinding part of find_direction_time. -271. improved error recovery after "Isolated expression". - Version -40.0 [July 3] --- the first version to be "complete"! -272. trivial change in <Exit...if the derivative $B(x_1,x_2,x_3;t)$...>. -273. check that halfwords are large enough to hold edge/weight data. -274. `path reverse (0,1)' should be true. -275. xy_swap_edges might empty the structure; then x_reflect will fail! -276. fix_offset was being done too often, due to improper range test. -277. parameters come out even when tracingonline=0. -278. step-until wasted r and didn't check syntax carefully. -279. <Scan a group...> had typo: `line' for `group_line'. -280. "You can't dump in a group" error was impossible. -281. need better ETC cutoff in showmacro. -282. print_exp needs to handle independents, because it's used by disp_var. -283. suppress `#### xpart %CAPSULEnnnn' printouts. -[added code for everyjob; this version wasn't complete after all!] - Version -30.0 [July 9] -284. need better error/help after ` if s1=s2' when the strings are unknown. -285. removed autorounding>2; it was leading to more glitches than it was worth. -286. envelope filling of a cycle to be done by two calls of fill_envelope. -287. "null" changed to "vacuous". -288. cyclic path inserted in another path should retain its last arc. -289. introduce several dozen "put_get" errors for improved recovery. -290. suppress "with autorounding" when autorounding hasn't been set. -291. {loop value} came out even when tracingonline=0. -292. show commands should wake up the terminal before showing their output. -293. forgot error message in `if true else'. - Version -20.0 [July 14] -294. need to catch pens that are too large. -295. make_eq dassn't change lhs (because this clobbers the memory links later). -296. string usage is reported too high by showstats. -297. bilin1 and add_mult_dep can call p_plus_fq with type(q)=proto_dependent. -298. <Transform a known big node> forgot to recycle pp. -299. in change number 286, the weight of the two paths should be the same. -300. print_ln sometimes changed to print_nl("") in order to avoid blank lines. -301. xyzzy to be combined with tracingedges. -302. good3 entries should be 1 and 2 (not 1 and 0), to give desired symmetry. - Version -10.0 [July 17] -303. had to add `new_if_limit' to `conditional'. -304. `else' can be incomplete as well as `if' and `elseif'. -305. new help "You can't redefine a parameter." -306. print_edges should use cur_edges, because print_weight does. -307. cull shouldn't round; it should use ordinary inequalities. -308. obliterated variable left `0' token hanging in scan_primary. -309. forgot recycle_value(p) in <Evoke...>. -310. forgot to check improper culling amounts. -311. `on' to be changed to `inwindow'. -312. >=max_tfm_dimen should be simply >. - Version -9.0 [July 19] -313. max_tfm_dimen needs to be decreased by design_size div 2^21. -314. merge test data reporting into the screen display routines. -315. use @# in printout at time of macro expansion tracing. -316. bad recovery after "Incomplete string" error. -317. @ should be usable as a parameter. -318. spacing bad on `missing of' and `too many parameters' errors messages. -319. keep track of largest str_ptr and pool_ptr values; showstats on two lines. - Version -8.0 [July 26] [introduced new test routines to study memory usage] -320. make_pen doesn't recycle the knots -321. flush_below often says free_node(2) on node of size 3. -322. make_eq should recycle and free; do_equation shouldn't -323. re #298 and #309: should also free the value nodes! -324. the replacement text of a bad_var definition should be recycled. -325. token lists left unrecycled in error recovery of addto, cull, display. - Version -7.0 [July 27] -326. showall to put "(see the transcript file)" after >> if not tracingonline. -327. remove redundant code: hex in print_the_digs; second l=1 in idlookup. -328. procedures never called: b_open_in; round_scaled. -329. need to zero cur_mod after back_expr in <Put the left bracket...>. -330. <Print the coefficient...> now catches also numbers that round to 1.0. -331. known_pair logic was obsolete; now it is massively simpler. -332. fix_check_sum now zeroes the negative bytes; this simplifies other code. -333. show_dependencies not to show parts of capsules. -334. forgot to set fix_needed:=false! -335. move fix_needed from add_or_subtract to dep_finish. -336. test fix_needed in bilin1 and add_mult_dep. -337. after back_expr in <Scan a mediation...>, forgot to unstash p. - Version 0.0 [July 28] [Hurray! The preliminary TRAP test is fully passed.] -338. corrected blunder in definition of trans_spec type. (found by Karney) -339. less extreme starting values of gf_min_x and its cousins. -340. uninitialized left_curl was possible. (found by John Hobby) -341. In <Reduce...straight line...>, need to test sign before the `div 3' ops. -342. In pyth_add, remove `+2' when dividing by 4, to prevent overflow. -343. "Not a variable" changed to "Not a suitable variable". -344. known_pair forgot to reset cur_type. -345. round and floor procedures need to work in the presence of huge arguments. -346. major revision to allow independent variables to disappear silently: -346a. delete null_path and <Declare the null value routines>. -346b. delete the hard part of ring_delete, and delete <Scold...for using...>. -346c. stash/unstash/flush_cur_exp routines to allow independent type. -346d. print_exp to allow a ring that contains only capsules. -346e. <Zero out...> becomes <Recycle an independent variable> (major new code). -346f. stash_in needs code to handle the case cur_type=independent. -346g. negation needs code to handle the case cur_type=independent. -346h. take_part needs code to handle the case cur_type=independent. -346i. do_binary needs code to handle either or both operands independent. -346j. frac_mult needs code to handle the case cur_type=independent. -346k. make_eq and try_eq too. -346l. linear_eq needs to check if cur_exp=x and cur_type=independent. -346m. linear_eq displays new dependency only when lhs is interesting. -347. minor improvement for coding style/brevity: the "interesting" function. -348. test `if t<independent' had been left out of print_exp (was dirty PASCAL). -349. (begingroup save x;x+1000 endgroup,0) caused subtle bug during unsave. -350. print_type(known) changed to "known numeric" for consistency. -351. In <Change...to proto_dependent>, didn't watch for coefficients zeroed. -352. check_mem now checks also the links in the dependency lists. -353. null_pen initialization belongs in <Initialize tab...>, not <Set init...>. -354. fix_dependencies has to worry about coefficients dropping to zero. -355. add tracing to frac_mult. -356. need cur_sym>0 at the time of end_read_terminal. (found by S Robinson) - Version 0.1 [August 30] -357. Don't complain about winding_number<=0 when doing a doublepath. -358. Need to test for max_coef=0 in offset_prep. -359. Cusp detection should allow for more rounding error. -360. Major change to path syntax, allowing {dir}..{dir} path joins. -360a. `Fragments' disappear; new_fragment becomes new_knot. -360b. print_path has simpler conventions. -360c. future_path type disappears. -360d. left_brace renumbered and removed from scan_tertiary. -360e. some scan_tertiary code moves to new subroutine scan_direction. -360f. scan_expression has a bunch of new code. -361. scan_expression shouldn't have returned after cycle_hit. -362. abort_path, scrap_knot logic removed from scan_expression. - Version 0.2 [September 12] -363. new operator: makepath <pen primary>. -364. define point/precontrol/postcontrol at endpoints and beyond. (JDH) -365. union replaced by +; negation and subtraction allowed on edges. -366. another new operator: totalweight <edges primary>. (JDH's idea) -367. undelimited parameters may be preceded by an optional = or :=. -368. base_area_length was wrong. (affects CH files)(found by Pavel) -369. internal names to be allowable in suffixes. -370. label not_found was misplaced in do_add_to. (found by PasMESA translator) -371. progress report should be given at time of shipout. -372. procedures make_choices, make_spec,fill_envelope split into shorter pieces. -373. locals of cubic_intersection made global so that people could split it. - Version 0.3 [September 27] -374. allow <future pen> ::= <pen> <transform> -375. equation that's off by .0001 shouldn't be called inconsistent. -376. bug in skew: must compute x_coord(q) and y_coord(q) exactly. -377. right/left/up/down to be assigned to octants 1/5/2/6; was 1/4/2/7. -378. boundedness to be allowed with any tension, and one-sidedly. -379. eliminate coordinate nodes in path lists by passing angles instead (JDH). -380. known_pair to free cur_exp after error msgs that might showdependencies. -381. scan_primary sometimes accessed num before it had a value (found by Pavel). -382. invalid characters should cause error message (suggested by PMB). - Version 0.4 [October 12] -383. allow `0' in response to error prompts. -384. put loop value on error context lines. -385. change `ord' to `ASCII'. -386. scantokens <string primary> to be permitted; readterminal goes away. -387. expandafter <token> to be permitted. -388. improved overflow conventions on make_fraction, make_scaled. -389. variable=<value over 4096> should get its own error message. -390. nice_pair first argument can be any integer. -391. new feature, shortshow commands that don't pause. -392. "harmless" bug in negate_edges, the sorted list can get out of sorts. -393. ni too skimpy (15 instead of 63). (JDH) -394. loop_ptr not initialized. (found by Paul Richards) -395. bug in <Find the approximate type...>, q=null should goto done1. (Richards) -396. empty_edges macro added for readability. -397. x_reflect_edges might as well fix the offset as it goes. -398. blunder: frozen_bad_vardef had the wrong eq_type. -399. "name" changed to "tag". -400. check_arith inserted after division of numeric tokens. -401. stop_bit was not initialized in <Compile a ligature/kern...>. -402. char 127 to be a string of length 1; slow_print added (therefore). -403. pyth_sub added to the repertoire. -404. minor change to calls on "confusion" in make_fraction, make_scaled. (JJW) - Version 0.5 [November 9] -405. 4095.999999 should be erroneous. -406. length <pair> to give the absolute value; argd changed to "angle". -407. get_next changed to get_x_next wherever possible. -408. z1..z2{curl 0} should be equivalent to z1..{curl 0}z2. -409. scantokens "" should be fast. -410. allow undelimited suffix and text parameters. -411. warningcheck to allow large variable values passed over silently. -412. "edges" changed to "picture". -413. "winding" changed to "turning". -414. <If consecutive knots...> had typo, "p" for "q". -415. elliptical pens should have axis symmetry. -416. slow_add introduced to catch arithmetic overflow on addition. -417. add a turningnumber primitive. -418. no carriage return between ">>" and "Edge structure...". -419. install new memory management routines (from TeX version 1.3). -420. generalized cull command. (suggested by Bruce Leban) -421. bad goto: `x..' reports that x is vacuous, loses value of x. -422. shortshows replaced by an internal variable "showstopping". -423. major change, capsule tokens: lots of code and restrictions gone! (JDH) -424. substring(a,b), subpath(a,b) to reverse the result when a>b. -425. new GF format: z goes away. (suggested by ALS) -426. another GF mod: chardw replaced by chardx/chardy, which are scaled. (PMB) -427. make `&' have the same precedence always (not different for strings). -428. wrong error message for 2"s" (bug introduced in change 369). -429. variable l in show_context has to be declared type integer. -430. bug in chop_path when both limits are large. - Version 0.6 [December 10] -431. xoffset and yoffset to be added by shipout. [this affects GF comments] -432. wake_up_terminal, not t_open_out, before "Ouch..." (Scott Robinson) -433. undelimited suffix parameters to allow an optional delimiter, disallow =. -434. showall... to be eliminated; tracingcapsules added. -435. allow undelimited parameters after delimited ones. -436. nullpen test in addto should test for any one-point pen. -437. granularity parameter to affect autorounding (Bruce Leban) -[this leads to major improvements suggested by JDH; lots of code changes!] -[basically, make_spec is now responsible for autorounding; fill_spec just fills] -438. node_size overflow problem must be prevented. (Paul Richards) -439. allow unary + with a picture. -440. nullpen should transform quickly to itself, if not shifted. -441. print_edges should skip over null rows, if it doesn't already. -442. open_base_file improved (following TeX's change number 302). -443. output initialization improved (following TeX's change number 303). -444. operators shouldn't fail because future pen isn't a pen. (JDH) -445. intersection routine to quit in hard cases. (DRF) -446. angle routine was off by epsilon on negative arguments. (Karney) -447. octant assignment should look ahead further in ambiguous cases. (JDH) -448. <Compute the incoming...> forgot that right_type(r)=endpoint could happen. -449. turning_number calculated directly, not times 8. -450. floor_scaled made more efficient by trading subtraction for multiplication. -451. doublepath autorounding to compromise between east and west. (JDH) -452. codes of picture_type and path_type interchanged, to simplify a "case". - Version 0.7 [January 17, 1985] -453. def to allow both := and =. (NB) -454. "keeping" and "dropping" instead of "including" and "excluding". (HWT) -455. (see the transcript...): why, when tracingonline>0? -456. dead cubics need to be removed also before xy_round. (NB) -457. [re 433] I said get_x_next twice; a blunder. - Version 0.75 [January 23, 1985] -458. Abbreviated boc command makes GF format more attractive for lowres. (GusF) - Version 0.76 [February 2] -459. known and unknown might as well both be primitive. -460. ab_vs_cd(a-d,b,c-b,d) simplifies to ab_vs_cd(a,b,c,d). (JDH) -461. (from change 435) <Absorb undelimited...> must use k, not n. -462. (from change 458) max_new_row added, since 165 wasn't updated to 164. - Version 0.77 [February 16] -463. abbreviated version of tracingspecs is desired for turning number errors. -464. improved octant number in pathological cases of quadrant_subdivide (JDH) -465. xoffset,yoffset communicated to GF file when proofing>0. -466. Poirot changed to Marple. -467. reverse<cycle> starts the reversed path at the wrong time. -468. Extra help given after `undefined coordinate' errors. -469. Keep segment numbers from overflowing max_halfword. (JDH) -470. Ditto for pen offset slope numbers. -471. n_magic had min_halfword with wrong sign. (John Johnson) - Version 0.80 [April 1] -472. In errhelp, % means <return>, %% means %. (BPL) -473. tracing of envelopes should give symbolic octant names. -474. (-x mod y) should be ((-x) mod y) in good_val. -475. crossingpoint could overflow on 32-bit machines. (BPL) -476. Improvements to abbreviated format of number 463. - Version 0.81 [April 4] -477. `I hide(showdependencies)' in hint to become `I ???'. -478. print_strange shouldn't wake up the terminal in scroll mode. (cf 463) -479. flush_list procedure made a bit faster. (DRF) -480. bounded velocities to be multiplied by .999 for safety. -481. Detect error in declaration that tries to extend a vardef. -482. print_strange puts turns in parentheses (cf 463). -483. make_name_string shouldn't ever cause string space overflow. -484. allow <picture primary> xscaled m yscaled n. -485. checksum should consider values relative to designsize. (DRF) -[I also increased max_strings to 2000.] - -[Note: Neenie found a case where missing pixels can occur, due to -inconsistent rounding between left-to-right and right-to-left subdivision: -pickup pencircle; draw -(0,126)..controls (130.29451,126) and (288,126.00002) - ..(288,36)..controls (288,143.99998) and (132.97438,144) - ..(0,144)..controls (0,138) and (0,132) - ..cycle; -The "right" way to fix this would be to develop a make_spec routine for -non-cycles, and to copy a reversed spec, so that double paths would be -guaranteed self-inverse. However, my later experiments showed that -autorounding wasn't nearly as useful as I had expected it to be, hence I -decided not to waste time beefing up this routine; no satisfactory -automatic approach to rounding occurs to me.] - Version 0.90 [May 10] -486. 180-degree turns to be clockwise for half of doublepath cycles. -487. introduce fillin parameter. -488. `numeric_type' moved before `known', so that print_exp works (Richards). -489. numeric_type as unary op should include independent in its range (cf 346). - Version 0.91 [May 13] -490. show_token_list gets null_tally parameter. -491. if bad>0, change the code as in TeX changes 315, 316. -492. batchmode change as in TeX 317. -493. "and double autorounding" to be traced, if appropriate. -494. introduce tracingrestores. - *`restoring a bad variable'? -495. put decimal number into gf extension -496. mediation put into scan_primary, so that round .5[a,b] works properly. -497. cubic_intersection now has |tol| to compensate for rounding errors. -498. find_direction_time needs to worry about degenerate case x3=y3=0. -499. crossing_point(a,b,0) now yields fraction_one if a,b>0. -500. diag_round shouldn't insist that b-a is even (see below). -501. macro_call will show_macro with much larger limit. -502. TFM file statistics are logged too. - -* Here's an example (found by Neenie) explaining bugfix 500: -autorounding:=2; draw -(7.03159,-9.31831)..controls (12.14732,-9.4386) and (17.4299,-6.82948) - ..(21.60132,0)..controls (27.47417,9.61507) and (37.87402,15.58647) - ..(43.74687,25.20154)..controls (51.16223,37.34201) and (57.31,50.171) - ..(63.45776,63.00002) withpen pencircle; -The missing pixels are due to the following curious circumstances: (1) the -middle cubic splits into three, when subdividing into octants; (2) the reverse -curve splits too but with slightly different rounding, off by 1; (3) the old -diag_round routine, when it ensures that b-a is even, computes aa=a+1 on -one side of the curve, but aa=a-1 on the other side, thus making the -rounding "safe" on only one side. (Namely, on one side we have consecutive -values - b=1317666 a=1310720 - b=1329617 a=1310721 -and on the other side, - b=-1329618 a=-1310720 - b=-1317667 a=-1310721.) - -* Here's an example (by JDH) showing the necessary of bugfix 497: -path p[]; -p1 = (1,0)..controls (1,0.10493) and (0.98347,0.20921) - ..(0.95105,0.30902)..controls (0.91862,0.40881) and (0.8707,0.50288) - ..(0.80902,0.58778); -p2 = (0,0)..controls (0.63403,0.20601) and (1.26807,0.41203) - ..(1.9021,0.61804); -show p1 intersectiontimes p2; % (-1,-1), without `tol' -pickup pencircle; -currenttransform := identity scaled 150; -draw p1; draw p2; -showit; % but they clearly intersect - Version 0.95 [Aug 12] -503. `Se' changed to `SSE', etc. (suggested by RFS) -504. Inconsisting diagonal rounding was introduced in bugfix 500. - -[the following lines from @<Determine the before...@> in diag_round: - if aa>bb then cc:=dd-half(aa-bb-1)@+else cc:=dd-half(aa-bb+1) - if a>b then c:=d-half(a-b-1)@+else c:=d-half(a-b+1) -were replaced respectively by: - if right_type(p)>switch_x_and_y then cc:=dd-half(aa-bb+1) - else cc:=dd-half(aa-bb-1) - if right_type(p)>switch_x_and_y then c:=d-half(a-b-1) - else c:=d-half(a-b+1) -in order to make the rounding consistent on adjacent octants; -the following command caused `this can't happen': -fill (33,7)..controls (32.63094,5.70827) and (32.06163,3.716) - ..(31.59488,3.36667)..controls (31.10509,3.00009) and (29.14824,3) - ..(27.85318,3)..controls (27.85286,3) and (23.84952,3) - ..(23.8492,3)..controls (23.73282,2) and (23.61646,1) - ..(23.50008,0)..controls (26.66672,0) and (29.83336,0) - ..(33,0)..controls (33.66667,2.33333) and (34.33333,4.66667) - ..(35,7)..controls (34.33333,7) and (33.66667,7) - ..cycle;] - Version 0.96 [Aug 17] -505. allow comparison of transforms. [test by trying t=t when t is new...] -506. {restoring...} shouldn't get through when tracingonline=0. -507. better error message needed on `interim alpha:=0', `interim 0:=0'. -508. make_op_def should put parameters in the other order. -509. <Worry about...> should say get_x_next, not get_next. -510. unif_rand to allow negative x, save on error messages. -511. tidy up chop_string when b<0 and/or a>l. -512. randomseed is automatically logged. -513. change 495 messed up if gf file couldn't be opened. (found by DRF) -[In INIMF.CH, 3-character extensions now have 0--9 or A--Z as leading digit.] - Version 0.97 [Sep 5] -514. a[b,c] to be tried only if a is numeric type. -515. simplified the code for length_op(string_type). -516. citations of `Chapter xx' now replaced by correct references. -517. <Log the subfile sizes...> to be in stat...tats version only. -518. remove extra space after <insert> and <scantokens>. -519. offsets should be included in the tracingoutput output. -520. a vacuous expression should be considered known. -521. charlist syntax changed from commas to colons. -[also the WAITS version command-line reader was fixed to handle `^^W'] - Version 0.99 [Sep 24] -522. vardef's begingroup...endgroup should be accessible. -523. allow an empty expression in for loops. - Version 0.999 [Oct 1] -524. "charfam" changed to "charext". -525. variable tt makes get_node slightly faster. (PROFILE suggests this) -526. cur_cmd<=max should be tested before cur_cmd>=min. (PROFILE) -527. fast_get_avail used in cur_tok and scan_primary. (PROFILE) - Version 0.9999 [Oct 27] -528. Major change to representation of independent variables - ("serial number" added so that MF's equation solving doesn't depend - on vagaries of storage allocation) - [module number change: new module between old 585 and 586] - [in terms of new numbering, modules 232, 585--587, 589, 594, 597, - 601, 608, 610, 816--817, 855, 1198--1199 were affected] -[I also reordered some of the cases in print_op, module 189, -so that the program could be condensed in published version] - Version 0.99999 [Nov 13] -529. forgot to decrease three_l in change 497! -530. cubic_intersection to give approximation if max_patience exceeded. -[the following example, found by NB, motivated this change: - show ( - (36.00104,26.99951)..controls (36.00131,26.99979) and (36.00146,27.00017) - ..(36.00146,27.00055) - )intersectiontimes( - (36,27.00055)..controls (45.17148,21.12364) and (55.83588,18) - ..(66.72873,18) - );] - Version 0.999999 [Dec 2] -531. hold_head needed (scan_toks calls cur_tok calls copy_edges). (D. Kosower) - Version 1.0 [January 4, 1986] -532. Optimization in module 1174, suggested by LER (3 Feb 86) -@x - if delta=0 then gf_out(skip0) - else begin gf_out(skip1); gf_out(delta); - end -@y - begin gf_out(skip1); gf_out(delta); - end -@z -*** Late copies of version 1.0 include this correction; -in particular, the program listing in Volume D was updated (with scissors)! - Changes subsequent to `Version 1.0' as published in C&T, Volume D: -533. Inconsistent punctuation in user messages (found by Karl Berry, June 86) -@x module 1134 -print_nl("Font metrics written on "); print(metric_file_name); -@y -print_nl("Font metrics written on "); print(metric_file_name); print_char("."); -@z (that was installed in version 1.1) - -534. Possible arithmetic overflows (found by Klaus Guntermann, July 86) -@x module 496 -while max_coef<fraction_one do -@y -while max_coef<fraction_half do -@z (that was installed in version 1.2) - -535. Possible loop in nonstopmode (found by Chris Thompson, July 86) -@x module 1206 - @<Finish the \.{TFM} file@>; -@y - internal[fontmaking]:=0; {avoid loop in case of fatal error} - @<Finish the \.{TFM} file@>; -@z (that too was installed in version 1.2) - -536. Double rounding error should be avoided in make_ellipse (JDH, 22 Nov 86) -@x module 533 -d:=take_fraction(d,delta); -alpha:=abs(u); beta:=abs(v); -if alpha<beta then - begin delta:=alpha; alpha:=beta; beta:=delta; - end; {now $\alpha=\max(\vert u\vert,\vert v\vert)$, - $\beta=\min(\vert u\vert,\vert v\vert)$} -if internal[fillin]<>0 then d:=d-take_fraction(internal[fillin],beta+beta); -d:=(d+4) div 8; alpha:=alpha div half_unit; -@y -alpha:=abs(u); beta:=abs(v); -if alpha<beta then - begin alpha:=abs(v); beta:=abs(u); - end; {now $\alpha=\max(\vert u\vert,\vert v\vert)$, - $\beta=\min(\vert u\vert,\vert v\vert)$} -if internal[fillin]<>0 then - d:=d-take_fraction(internal[fillin],make_fraction(beta+beta,delta)); -d:=take_fraction((d+4) div 8,delta); alpha:=alpha div half_unit; -@z (That was the reason for version 1.3) - -537. Trivial change to a help message (version number is still 1.3). -@x module 1086 - ("Pretend that you're Miss Marple, examine all clues,")@/ -@y - ("Pretend that you're Miss Marple: Examine all clues,")@/ -@z - -538. Storage allocation can be more elegant and efficient (4/21/87) -@x module 169 -if r=p then if ((rlink(p)<>rover) or (llink(p)<>rover)) then -@y -if r=p then if rlink(p)<>p then -@z - -539. Unused variables can be eliminated. (Found by John Sauter, 5/5/87) -@x module 158 -@<Glob...@>= -@!temp_ptr:pointer; {a pointer variable for occasional emergency use} - -@y (I used it only in my change file!) -@z -@x module 280 -@!r,@!s,@!t:pointer; {registers for list traversal} -@y -@!s,@!t:pointer; {registers for list traversal} -@z -@x module 284 -@!sine,@!cosine:fraction; {trig functions of various angles} -@y (the declarations in module 281 are correct, but in 284 they're superfluous) -@z -@x module 497 -var @!q,@!ww:pointer; {for list manipulation} -@!du,@!dv:scaled; {for slope calculation} -@!t0,@!t1,@!t2:integer; {test coefficients} -@!t:fraction; {place where the derivative passes a critical slope} -@!s:fraction; {slope or reciprocal slope} -@!v:integer; {intermediate value for updating |x0..y2|} -begin loop - begin q:=link(p); right_type(p):=k; -@y -var @!ww:pointer; {for list manipulation} -@!du,@!dv:scaled; {for slope calculation} -@!t0,@!t1,@!t2:integer; {test coefficients} -@!t:fraction; {place where the derivative passes a critical slope} -@!s:fraction; {slope or reciprocal slope} -@!v:integer; {intermediate value for updating |x0..y2|} -begin loop - begin right_type(p):=k; -@z -@x module 652 -@!s:0..param_size; {value of |param_start| on the current level} -@y who knows why that line was there? -@z -@x module 862 -var @!p,@!q,@!r:pointer; {for list manipulation} -@y -var @!p:pointer; {for list manipulation} -@z -@x module 985 -@!vv:scaled; {initial value of |v|} -@!q:pointer; {successor of |p|} -begin vv:=v; p:=cur_exp;@/ -@y -@!q:pointer; {successor of |p|} -begin p:=cur_exp;@/ -@z -@x module 1059 -@!t:small_number; {variant of |with_option|} -@y -@z - -540. Typo suppresses an error detection (Chris Thompson, 2May88) -@x module 963 - if txy mod unity=0 then if tyy mod unity=0 then -@y - if txx mod unity=0 then if tyy mod unity=0 then -@z - -541. get_x_token can lose a scanned declared variable (Chris Thompson, 4May88) -@x module 1011 -if equiv(x)=null then new_root(x); -@y -@z -@x module 1011 -done:scan_declared_variable:=h; -@y -done: if eq_type(x)<>tag_token then clear_symbol(x,false); -if equiv(x)=null then new_root(x); -scan_declared_variable:=h; -@z - -542. Avoid negative divisor rounding upward (Chris Thompson, fixed 19Jun88) -@x module 168 -else t:=(lo_mem_max+hi_mem_min+2) div 2; {|lo_mem_max+2<=t<hi_mem_min|} -@y -else t:=lo_mem_max+1+(hi_mem_min-lo_mem_max)div 2; {|lo_mem_max+2<=t<hi_mem_min|} -@z - -543. Better strategy when near memory overflow (Chris Thompson) -@x module 168 -begin if lo_mem_max+1000<hi_mem_min then t:=lo_mem_max+1000 -@y -begin if hi_mem_min-lo_mem_max>=1998 then t:=lo_mem_max+1000 -@z - -544. Avoid fatal_error after terminal eof (Tim Morgan, reported 25Oct88) -@x module 66 [serious problem occurred if this was called in open_log_file] -if not input_ln(term_in,true) then fatal_error("End of file on the terminal!"); -@y -if not input_ln(term_in,true) then t_open_in; -@z - -545. Force terminal output when open_log_file aborts (6Nov88) -@x module 789 - begin print_err("I can't write on file `"); -@y - begin selector:=term_only; print_err("I can't write on file `"); -@z - -546. By popular request, undo #544 and fix the bug a more complex way. -@x module 66 [this undoes change #544] -if not input_ln(term_in,true) then t_open_in; -@y -if not input_ln(term_in,true) then fatal_error("End of file on the terminal!"); -@z -@x module 87 [now we get to the new stuff] -begin if job_name>0 then selector:=term_and_log -@y -begin if log_opened then selector:=term_and_log -@z -@x module 88 - error; -@y - if log_opened then error; -@z -@x module 782 -@!job_name:str_number; {principal file name} -@y -@!job_name:str_number; {principal file name} -@!log_opened:boolean; {has the transcript file been opened?} -@z -@x module 783 -@<Initialize the output...@>=job_name:=0; -@y -@<Initialize the output...@>=job_name:=0; log_opened:=false; -@z -@x module 788 -selector:=log_only; -@y -selector:=log_only; log_opened:=true; -@z -@x module 789 -begin if interaction<scroll_mode then {bypass |fatal_error|} - begin selector:=term_only; print_err("I can't write on file `"); -@.I can't write on file x@> - print_file_name(cur_name,cur_area,cur_ext); print("'.");@/ - job_name:=0; history:=fatal_error_stop; jump_out; - end; {abort the program without a log file} -@y -begin selector:=term_only; -@z -@x module 1023 [this change is optional, but it's a slight improvement] - if job_name<>0 then selector:=selector+2; -@y - if log_opened then selector:=selector+2; -@z -@x module 1205 -if job_name>0 then -@y -if log_opened then -@z -@x module 1208 -if job_name>0 then {the log file is open} -@y -if log_opened then -@z - -547. String startup problems corresponding to TeX change 355 (17 Jul 89) -@x module 30 (Warning: This affects most change files!) - overflow("buffer size",buf_size); -@:METAFONT capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@> -@y - @<Report overflow of the input buffer, and abort@>; -@z -@x module 34 -consist of the remainder of the command line, after the part that invoked \MF. -@y -consist of the remainder of the command line, after the part that invoked \MF. - -The first line is special also because it may be read before \MF\ has -input a base file. In such cases, normal error messages cannot yet -be given. The following code uses concepts that will be explained later. - -@<Report overflow of the input buffer, and abort@>= -if base_ident=0 then - begin write_ln(term_out,'Buffer size exceeded!'); goto final_end; -@.Buffer size exceeded@> - end -else begin cur_input.loc_field:=first; cur_input.limit_field:=last-1; - overflow("buffer size",buf_size); -@:METAFONT capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@> - end -@z -@x module 1193 -k:=pool_ptr-4; undump_four_ASCII -@y -k:=pool_ptr-4; undump_four_ASCII; -init_str_ptr:=str_ptr; init_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr;@/ -max_str_ptr:=str_ptr; max_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr -@z -@x module 1204 -tini@/ -@y -init_str_ptr:=str_ptr; init_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr;@/ -max_str_ptr:=str_ptr; max_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr; fix_date_and_time; -tini@/ -@z -@x module 1204 -init_str_ptr:=str_ptr; init_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr;@/ -max_str_ptr:=str_ptr; max_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr;@/ -@y -@z - -548. Major changes to allow 8-bit input, cf. TeX82 #359 (11 Sep 89). -@x module 18 -@!ASCII_code=0..127; {seven-bit numbers} -@y -@!ASCII_code=0..255; {eight-bit numbers} -@z -@x module 19 -@d last_text_char=127 {ordinal number of the largest element of |text_char|} - -@<Local variables for init...@>= -@!i:0..last_text_char; -@y -@d last_text_char=255 {ordinal number of the largest element of |text_char|} - -@<Local variables for init...@>= -@!i:integer; -@z -@x module 21 -xchr[0]:=' '; xchr[@'177]:=' '; - {ASCII codes 0 and |@'177| do not appear in text} -@y -@z -@x module 22 -for i:=1 to @'37 do xchr[i]:=' '; -@y changing ' ' to chr(i) here will allow all 8-bit characters to get in -for i:=0 to @'37 do xchr[i]:=' '; -for i:=@'177 to @'377 do xchr[i]:=' '; -@z -@x module 23 -for i:=1 to @'176 do xord[xchr[i]]:=i; -@y -for i:=@'200 to @'377 do xord[xchr[i]]:=i; -for i:=0 to @'176 do xord[xchr[i]]:=i; -@z -@x module 37 -@<Types...@>= -@!pool_pointer = 0..pool_size; {for variables that point into |str_pool|} -@!str_number = 0..max_strings; {for variables that point into |str_start|} - -@ @<Glob...@>= -@!str_pool:packed array[pool_pointer] of ASCII_code; {the characters} -@y [OK to make si(#)==#-128 and so(#)==#+128 (without parens) in change files] -Some \PASCAL\ compilers won't pack integers into a single byte unless the -integers lie in the range |-128..127|. To accommodate such systems -we access the string pool only via macros that can easily be redefined. - -@d si(#) == # {convert from |ASCII_code| to |packed_ASCII_code|} -@d so(#) == # {convert from |packed_ASCII_code| to |ASCII_code|} - -@<Types...@>= -@!pool_pointer = 0..pool_size; {for variables that point into |str_pool|} -@!str_number = 0..max_strings; {for variables that point into |str_start|} -@!packed_ASCII_code = 0..255; {elements of |str_pool| array} - -@ @<Glob...@>= -@!str_pool:packed array[pool_pointer] of packed_ASCII_code; {the characters} -@z -@x module 41 -begin str_pool[pool_ptr]:=#; incr(pool_ptr); -@y -begin str_pool[pool_ptr]:=si(#); incr(pool_ptr); -@z -@x module 45 - begin if str_pool[j]<>buffer[k] then -@y - begin if so(str_pool[j])<>buffer[k] then -@z -@x module 47 -var k,@!l:0..127; {small indices or counters} -@y -var k,@!l:0..255; {small indices or counters} -@z -@x module 47 -@<Make the first 128 strings@>; -@y -@<Make the first 256 strings@>; -@z -@x module 48 -@ @<Make the first 128...@>= -for k:=0 to 127 do - begin if (@<Character |k| cannot be printed@>) then - begin append_char("^"); append_char("^"); - if k<@'100 then append_char(k+@'100) - else append_char(k-@'100); -@y -@ @d app_lc_hex(#)==l:=#; - if l<10 then append_char(l+"0)@+else append_char(l-10+"a") - -@<Make the first 256...@>= -for k:=0 to 255 do - begin if (@<Character |k| cannot be printed@>) then - begin append_char("^"); append_char("^"); - if k<@'100 then append_char(k+@'100) - else if k<@'200 then append_char(k-@'100) - else begin app_lc_hex(k div 16); app_lc_hex(k mod 16); - end; -@z -@x module 59 - begin print_char(str_pool[j]); incr(j); -@y - begin print_char(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); -@z -@x module 60 - begin print(str_pool[j]); incr(j); -@y - begin print(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); -@z -@x module 85 - begin if str_pool[j]<>"%" then print(str_pool[j]) - else if j+1=str_start[err_help+1] then print_ln - else if str_pool[j+1]<>"%" then print_ln -@y - begin if str_pool[j]<>si("%") then print(so(str_pool[j])) - else if j+1=str_start[err_help+1] then print_ln - else if str_pool[j+1]<>si("%") then print_ln -@z -@x module 199 -char_class[127]:=invalid_class; -@y -for k:=127 to 255 do char_class[k]:=invalid_class; -@z -@x module 200 -@d hash_is_full == (hash_used=1) {test if all positions are occupied} -@d eq_type(#) == eqtb[#].lh {the current ``meaning'' of a symbolic token} -@d equiv(#) == eqtb[#].rh {parametric part of a token's meaning} -@d hash_base=129 {hashing actually starts here} -@y [incidentally I fixed a bug re hash overflow here] -@d eq_type(#) == eqtb[#].lh {the current ``meaning'' of a symbolic token} -@d equiv(#) == eqtb[#].rh {parametric part of a token's meaning} -@d hash_base=257 {hashing actually starts here} -@d hash_is_full == (hash_used=hash_base) {are all positions occupied?} -@z -@x module 210 -for j:=0 to l-1 do buffer[j]:=str_pool[k+j]; -cur_sym:=id_lookup(0,l);@/ -if s>=128 then {we don't want to have the string twice} -@y -for j:=0 to l-1 do buffer[j]:=so(str_pool[k+j]); -cur_sym:=id_lookup(0,l);@/ -if s>=256 then {we don't want to have the string twice} -@z -@x module 223 -begin c:=char_class[str_pool[str_start[r]]]; -@y -begin c:=char_class[so(str_pool[str_start[r]])]; -@z -@x module 717 - begin buffer[first]:=str_pool[j]; incr(j); incr(first); -@y - begin buffer[first]:=so(str_pool[j]); incr(j); incr(first); -@z -@x module 774 -for j:=str_start[a] to str_start[a+1]-1 do append_to_name(str_pool[j]); -for j:=str_start[n] to str_start[n+1]-1 do append_to_name(str_pool[j]); -for j:=str_start[e] to str_start[e+1]-1 do append_to_name(str_pool[j]); -@y -for j:=str_start[a] to str_start[a+1]-1 do append_to_name(so(str_pool[j])); -for j:=str_start[n] to str_start[n+1]-1 do append_to_name(so(str_pool[j])); -for j:=str_start[e] to str_start[e+1]-1 do append_to_name(so(str_pool[j])); -@z -@x module 912 - else begin cur_exp:=round_unscaled(cur_exp) mod 128; cur_type:=string_type; - if cur_exp<0 then cur_exp:=cur_exp+128; -@y - else begin cur_exp:=round_unscaled(cur_exp) mod 256; cur_type:=string_type; - if cur_exp<0 then cur_exp:=cur_exp+256; -@z -@x module 913 - else n:=str_pool[str_start[cur_exp]] -@y - else n:=so(str_pool[str_start[cur_exp]]) -@z -@x ibid - begin m:=str_pool[k]; -@y - begin m:=so(str_pool[k]); -@z -@x module 976 -for k:=str_start[a] to str_start[a+1]-1 do append_char(str_pool[k]); -for k:=str_start[b] to str_start[b+1]-1 do append_char(str_pool[k]); -@y -for k:=str_start[a] to str_start[a+1]-1 do append_char(so(str_pool[k])); -for k:=str_start[b] to str_start[b+1]-1 do append_char(so(str_pool[k])); -@z -@x module 977 - for k:=str_start[s]+b-1 downto str_start[s]+a do append_char(str_pool[k]) -else for k:=str_start[s]+a to str_start[s]+b-1 do append_char(str_pool[k]); -@y - for k:=str_start[s]+b-1 downto str_start[s]+a do append_char(so(str_pool[k])) -else for k:=str_start[s]+a to str_start[s]+b-1 do append_char(so(str_pool[k])); -@z -@x module 1103 - begin c:=str_pool[str_start[cur_exp]]; goto found; -@y - begin c:=so(str_pool[str_start[cur_exp]]); goto found; -@z -@x module 1160 - for k:=str_start[s] to str_start[s+1]-1 do gf_out(str_pool[k]); - end; -if t<>0 then for k:=str_start[t] to str_start[t+1]-1 do gf_out(str_pool[k]); -@y - for k:=str_start[s] to str_start[s+1]-1 do gf_out(so(str_pool[k])); - end; -if t<>0 then for k:=str_start[t] to str_start[t+1]-1 do gf_out(so(str_pool[k])); -@z -@x module 1192 - w.b0:=str_pool[k]; w.b1:=str_pool[k+1]; - w.b2:=str_pool[k+2]; w.b3:=str_pool[k+3]; -@y [often qi(so(x))=x, but not e.g. when "quarterwords" are two bytes] - w.b0:=qi(so(str_pool[k])); w.b1:=qi(so(str_pool[k+1])); - w.b2:=qi(so(str_pool[k+2])); w.b3:=qi(so(str_pool[k+3])); -@z -@x module 1193 - str_pool[k]:=w.b0; str_pool[k+1]:=w.b1; - str_pool[k+2]:=w.b2; str_pool[k+3]:=w.b3 -@y - str_pool[k]:=si(qo(w.b0)); str_pool[k+1]:=si(qo(w.b1)); - str_pool[k+2]:=si(qo(w.b2)); str_pool[k+3]:=si(qo(w.b3)) -@z - -549. Make ".base" more easily switchable (see TeX82 log #369). -@x module 775 gets a new definition -@y -@d base_extension=".base" {the extension, as a \.{WEB} constant} -@z now replace ".base" by base_extension in modules 784 and 1200. - -550. "This can't happen" happened because of nonmonotonic rounding - (bug found by Mark Eklof, fixed 7 Oct 89) -@x module 411 -left_x(r):=x_coord(r); -@y -left_x(r):=x_coord(r); -if right_x(p)>x_coord(r) then right_x(p):=x_coord(r); - {we always have |x_coord(p)<=right_x(p)|} -@z -@x ibid -else if x_coord(r)>dest_x then x_coord(r):=dest_x; -@y -else begin if x_coord(r)>dest_x then - begin x_coord(r):=dest_x; left_x(r):=-x_coord(r); right_x(r):=x_coord(r); - end; - if left_x(q)>dest_x then left_x(q):=dest_x - else if left_x(q)<x_coord(r) then left_x(q):=x_coord(r); - end; -@z -@x module 412 -left_x(s):=x_coord(s); -negate(x_coord(s)); right_x(s):=x_coord(s); -negate(left_x(q)); -@y -left_x(s):=x_coord(s); {now |x_coord(r)=right_x(r)<=left_x(s)|} -if left_x(q)<dest_x then left_x(q):=-dest_x -else if left_x(q)>x_coord(s) then left_x(q):=-x_coord(s) -else negate(left_x(q)); -negate(x_coord(s)); right_x(s):=x_coord(s); -@z -@x module 415 -if x_coord(r)>dest_x then x_coord(r):=dest_x -else if x_coord(r)<x_coord(pp) then x_coord(r):=x_coord(pp); -if y_coord(r)<y_coord(pp) then y_coord(r):=y_coord(pp); -left_y(r):=y_coord(r); -@y -if y_coord(r)<y_coord(pp) then y_coord(r):=y_coord(pp); -left_y(r):=y_coord(r); -if right_y(pp)>y_coord(r) then right_y(pp):=y_coord(r); - {we always have |y_coord(pp)<=right_y(pp)|} -@z -@x ibid -else if y_coord(r)>dest_y then y_coord(r):=dest_y; -@y -else begin if y_coord(r)>dest_y then - begin y_coord(r):=dest_y; left_y(r):=-y_coord(r); right_y(r):=y_coord(r); - end; - if left_y(qq)>dest_y then left_y(qq):=dest_y - else if left_y(qq)<y_coord(r) then left_y(qq):=y_coord(r); - end; -@z -@x module 416 -if x_coord(s)>dest_x then x_coord(s):=dest_x -else if x_coord(s)<x_coord(r) then x_coord(s):=x_coord(r); -if y_coord(s)<dest_y then y_coord(s):=dest_y; -if y_coord(s)<y_coord(r) then y_coord(s):=y_coord(r); -right_type(s):=right_type(pp); -left_y(s):=y_coord(s); -negate(y_coord(s)); right_y(s):=y_coord(s); -negate(left_y(qq)); -@y -if y_coord(s)<dest_y then y_coord(s):=dest_y; -if y_coord(s)<y_coord(r) then y_coord(s):=y_coord(r); -right_type(s):=right_type(pp); -left_y(s):=y_coord(s); {now |y_coord(r)=right_y(r)<=left_y(s)|} -if left_y(qq)<dest_y then left_y(qq):=-dest_y -else if left_y(qq)>y_coord(s) then left_y(qq):=-y_coord(s) -else negate(left_y(qq)); -negate(y_coord(s)); right_y(s):=y_coord(s); -@z -@x module 424 -if y_coord(r)>dest_y then y_coord(r):=dest_y -else if y_coord(r)<y_coord(p) then y_coord(r):=y_coord(p); -if x_coord(r)<x_coord(p) then x_coord(r):=x_coord(p); -left_x(r):=x_coord(r);@/ -y_coord(r):=y_coord(r)+x_coord(r); negate(x_coord(r));@/ -right_x(r):=x_coord(r); right_y(r):=right_y(r)-right_x(r);@/ -left_y(q):=left_y(q)+left_x(q); negate(left_x(q));@/ -dest_y:=dest_y+dest_x; negate(dest_x); -@y -if x_coord(p)+y_coord(r)>dest_x+dest_y then - begin y_coord(r):=dest_x+dest_y-x_coord(p); - if left_y(r)>y_coord(r) then - begin left_y(r):=y_coord(r); - if right_y(p)>y_coord(r) then right_y(p):=y_coord(r); - end; - end; -if x_coord(r)<x_coord(p) then x_coord(r):=x_coord(p) -else if x_coord(r)+y_coord(r)>dest_x+dest_y then - x_coord(r):=dest_x+dest_y-y_coord(r); -left_x(r):=x_coord(r); -if right_x(p)>x_coord(r) then right_x(p):=x_coord(r); - {we always have |x_coord(p)<=right_x(p)|} -y_coord(r):=y_coord(r)+x_coord(r); right_y(r):=right_y(r)+x_coord(r);@/ -negate(x_coord(r)); right_x(r):=x_coord(r);@/ -left_y(q):=left_y(q)+left_x(q); negate(left_x(q));@/ -dest_y:=dest_y+dest_x; negate(dest_x); -if right_y(r)>dest_y then right_y(r):=dest_y; -if left_y(q)>dest_y then left_y(q):=dest_y -else if left_y(q)<y_coord(r) then left_y(q):=y_coord(r); -if right_y(r)>left_y(q) then right_y(r):=left_y(q); -@z -@x ibid -else if x_coord(r)>dest_x then x_coord(r):=dest_x -@y -else begin if x_coord(r)>dest_x then - begin x_coord(r):=dest_x; left_x(r):=-x_coord(r); right_x(r):=x_coord(r); - end; - if left_x(q)>dest_x then left_x(q):=dest_x - else if left_x(q)<x_coord(r) then left_x(q):=x_coord(r); - end; -@z -@x module 425 is entirely replaced -@y by the following code: -@ @<Subdivide the cubic a second time with respect to $x'-y'$@>= -begin split_cubic(r,t,dest_x,dest_y); s:=link(r);@/ -if x_coord(r)+y_coord(s)>dest_x+dest_y then - begin y_coord(s):=dest_x+dest_y-x_coord(r); - if left_y(s)>y_coord(s) then - begin left_y(s):=y_coord(s); - if right_y(r)>y_coord(s) then right_y(r):=y_coord(s); - end; - end; -if x_coord(s)+y_coord(s)>dest_x+dest_y then x_coord(s):=dest_x+dest_y-y_coord(s) -else begin if x_coord(s)<dest_x then x_coord(s):=dest_x; - if x_coord(s)<x_coord(r) then x_coord(s):=x_coord(r); - end; -right_type(s):=right_type(p); -left_x(s):=x_coord(s); {now |x_coord(r)=right_x(r)<=left_x(s)|} -if left_x(q)<dest_x then - begin left_y(q):=left_y(q)+dest_x; left_x(q):=-dest_x;@+end -else if left_x(q)>x_coord(s) then - begin left_y(q):=left_y(q)+x_coord(s); left_x(q):=-x_coord(s);@+end -else begin left_y(q):=left_y(q)+left_x(q); negate(left_x(q));@+end; -y_coord(s):=y_coord(s)+x_coord(s); right_y(s):=right_y(s)+x_coord(s);@/ -negate(x_coord(s)); right_x(s):=x_coord(s);@/ -dest_y:=dest_y+dest_x; -if right_y(s)>dest_y then right_y(s):=dest_y; -if left_y(q)>dest_y then left_y(q):=dest_y -else if left_y(q)<y_coord(s) then left_y(q):=y_coord(s); -if right_y(s)>left_y(q) then right_y(s):=left_y(q); -end -@z - -551. Major change for extended ligatures. -@x module 11 (this may affect change files) -@!lig_table_size=300; {maximum number of ligature/kern steps} -@y -@!lig_table_size=5000; {maximum number of ligature/kern steps, must be - at least 255 and at most 32510} -@!max_kerns=500; {maximum number of distinct kern amounts} -@z -@x module 14 gets a new line of code -@y -if(lig_table_size<255)or(lig_table_size>32510)then bad:=7; -@z -@x module 186 -@d lig_kern_token=76 {the operators `\&{kern}' and `\.{=:}'} -@d assignment=77 {the operator `\.{:=}'} -@d colon=78 {the operator `\.:'} -@# -@d comma=79 {the operator `\.,'} -@d end_of_statement==cur_cmd>comma -@d semicolon=80 {the operator `\.;', must be |comma+1|} -@d end_group=81 {end a group (\&{endgroup}), must be |semicolon+1|} -@d stop=82 {end a job (\&{end}, \&{dump}), must be |end_group+1|} -@y -@d lig_kern_token=76 - {the operators `\&{kern}' and `\.{=:}' and `\.{=:\char'174}, etc.} -@d assignment=77 {the operator `\.{:=}'} -@d skip_to=78 {the operation `\&{skipto}'} -@d bchar_label=79 {the operator `\.{\char'174\char'174:}'} -@d double_colon=80 {the operator `\.{::}'} -@d colon=81 {the operator `\.:'} -@# -@d comma=82 {the operator `\.,', must be |colon+1|} -@d end_of_statement==cur_cmd>comma -@d semicolon=83 {the operator `\.;', must be |comma+1|} -@d end_group=84 {end a group (\&{endgroup}), must be |semicolon+1|} -@d stop=85 {end a job (\&{end}, \&{dump}), must be |end_group+1|} -@z -@x module 190 -@d max_given_internal=warning_check -@y -@d boundary_char=41 {the right boundary character for ligatures} -@d max_given_internal=41 -@z -@x module 192 gets two new lines of code -@y -primitive("boundarychar",internal_quantity,boundary_char);@/ -@!@:boundary_char_}{\&{boundarychar} primitive@> -@z -@x and module 193 gets one too -@y -int_name[boundary_char]:="boundarychar"; -@z -@x and module 211 gets several -@y (to be inserted in appropriate places) -primitive("::",double_colon,0); -@!@::: }{\.{::} primitive@> -primitive("||:",bchar_label,0); -@!@:::: }{\.{\char'174\char'174:} primitive@> -primitive("skipto",skip_to,0);@/ -@!@:skip_to_}{\&{skipto} primitive@> -@z -@x as does module 212 -@y -bchar_label:print("||:"); -double_colon:print("::"); -skip_to:print("skipto"); -@z -@x module 1093 has new text (see TeX change 362 for module 545) and also this: -@d stop_bit(#)==lig_kern[#].b0 -@d next_char(#)==lig_kern[#].b1 -@d op_bit(#)==lig_kern[#].b2 -@y -@d skip_byte(#)==lig_kern[#].b0 -@d next_char(#)==lig_kern[#].b1 -@d op_byte(#)==lig_kern[#].b2 -@z -@x module 1096 gets a new definition -@y -@d undefined_label==lig_table_size {an undefined local label} -@z -@x ...and some changed declarations -@!char_remainder:array[eight_bits] of eight_bits; {the |remainder| byte} -@!header_byte:array[1..header_size] of -1..255; - {bytes of the \.{TFM} header, or $-1$ if unset} -@!lig_kern:array[0..lig_table_size] of four_quarters; {the ligature/kern table} -@!nl:0..lig_table_size; {the number of ligature/kern steps so far} -@!kern:array[eight_bits] of scaled; {distinct kerning amounts} -@!nk:0..256; {the number of distinct kerns so far} -@y -@!char_remainder:array[eight_bits] of 0..lig_table_size; {the |remainder| byte} -@!header_byte:array[1..header_size] of -1..255; - {bytes of the \.{TFM} header, or $-1$ if unset} -@!lig_kern:array[0..lig_table_size] of four_quarters; {the ligature/kern table} -@!nl:0..32767-256; {the number of ligature/kern steps so far} -@!kern:array[0..max_kerns] of scaled; {distinct kerning amounts} -@!nk:0..max_kerns; {the number of distinct kerns so far} -@z -@x ...and some new declarations -@y -@!skip_table:array[eight_bits] of 0..lig_table_size; {local label status} -@!lk_started:boolean; {has there been a lig/kern step in this command yet?} -@!bchar:integer; {right boundary character} -@!bch_label:0..lig_table_size; {left boundary starting location} -@!ll,@!lll:0..lig_table_size; {registers used for lig/kern processing} -@!label_loc:array[0..256] of -1..lig_table_size; {lig/kern starting addresses} -@!label_char:array[1..256] of eight_bits; {characters for |label_loc|} -@!label_ptr:0..256; {highest position occupied in |label_loc|} -@z -@x module 1097 - end; -for k:=1 to header_size do header_byte[k]:=-1; -bc:=255; ec:=0; nl:=0; nk:=0; ne:=0; np:=0; -@y - skip_table[k]:=undefined_label; - end; -for k:=1 to header_size do header_byte[k]:=-1; -bc:=255; ec:=0; nl:=0; nk:=0; ne:=0; np:=0;@/ -internal[boundary_char]:=-unity; -bch_label:=undefined_label;@/ -label_loc[0]:=-1; label_ptr:=0; -@z -@x module 1104 -procedure set_tag(@!c:eight_bits;@!t:small_number;@!r:eight_bits); -begin if char_tag[c]=no_tag then - begin char_tag[c]:=t; char_remainder[c]:=r; -@y -procedure set_tag(@!c:halfword;@!t:small_number;@!r:halfword); -begin if char_tag[c]=no_tag then - begin char_tag[c]:=t; char_remainder[c]:=r; - if t=lig_tag then - begin incr(label_ptr); label_loc[label_ptr]:=r; label_char[label_ptr]:=c; - end; -@z -@x module 1105 -if (c>" ")and(c<128) then print(c) -@y -if (c>" ")and(c<127) then print(c) -else if c=256 then print("||") -@z -@x module 1106 -label continue; -var @!c,@!cc:eight_bits; {character codes} -@!k:0..256; {index into the |kern| array} -@y -label continue,done; -var @!c,@!cc:0..256; {character codes} -@!k:0..max_kerns; {index into the |kern| array} -@z -% also the previous code of module 1107 is inserted into 1106 -@x modules 1107--1111 are completely replaced -@y by the following new code: -@ @<Store a list of ligature/kern steps@>= -begin lk_started:=false; -continue: get_x_next; -if(cur_cmd=skip_to)and lk_started then - @<Process a |skip_to| command and |goto done|@>; -if cur_cmd=bchar_label then - begin c:=256; cur_cmd:=colon;@+end -else begin back_input; c:=get_code;@+end; -if(cur_cmd=colon)or(cur_cmd=double_colon)then - @<Record a label in a lig/kern subprogram and |goto continue|@>; -if cur_cmd=lig_kern_token then @<Compile a ligature/kern command@> -else begin print_err("Illegal ligtable step"); -@.Illegal ligtable step@> - help1("I was looking for `=:' or `kern' here."); - back_error; next_char(nl):=qi(0); op_byte(nl):=qi(0); rem_byte(nl):=qi(0);@/ - skip_byte(nl):=stop_flag+1; {this specifies an unconditional stop} - end; -if nl=lig_table_size then overflow("ligtable size",lig_table_size); -@:METAFONT capacity exceeded ligtable size}{\quad ligtable size@> -incr(nl); -if cur_cmd=comma then goto continue; -if skip_byte(nl-1)<stop_flag then skip_byte(nl-1):=stop_flag; -done:end - -@ @<Put each...@>= -primitive("=:",lig_kern_token,0); -@!@:=:_}{\.{=:} primitive@> -primitive("=:|",lig_kern_token,1); -@!@:=:/_}{\.{=:\char'174} primitive@> -primitive("=:|>",lig_kern_token,5); -@!@:=:/>_}{\.{=:\char'174>} primitive@> -primitive("|=:",lig_kern_token,2); -@!@:=:/_}{\.{\char'174=:} primitive@> -primitive("|=:>",lig_kern_token,6); -@!@:=:/>_}{\.{\char'174=:>} primitive@> -primitive("|=:|",lig_kern_token,3); -@!@:=:/_}{\.{\char'174=:\char'174} primitive@> -primitive("|=:|>",lig_kern_token,7); -@!@:=:/>_}{\.{\char'174=:\char'174>} primitive@> -primitive("|=:|>>",lig_kern_token,11); -@!@:=:/>_}{\.{\char'174=:\char'174>>} primitive@> -primitive("kern",lig_kern_token,128); -@!@:kern_}{\&{kern} primitive@> - -@ @<Cases of |print_cmd...@>= -lig_kern_token: case m of -0:print("=:"); -1:print("=:|"); -2:print("|=:"); -3:print("|=:|"); -5:print("=:|>"); -6:print("|=:>"); -7:print("|=:|>"); -11:print("|=:|>>"); -othercases print("kern") -endcases; - -@ Local labels are implemented by maintaining the |skip_table| array, -where |skip_table[c]| is either |undefined_label| or the address of the -most recent lig/kern instruction that skips to local label~|c|. In the -latter case, the |skip_byte| in that instruction will (temporarily) -be zero if there were no prior skips to this label, or it will be the -distance to the prior skip. - -We may need to cancel skips that span more than 127 lig/kern steps. - -@d cancel_skips(#)==ll:=#; - repeat lll:=qo(skip_byte(ll)); skip_byte(ll):=stop_flag; ll:=ll-lll; - until lll=0 -@d skip_error(#)==begin print_err("Too far to skip"); -@.Too far to skip@> - help1("At most 127 lig/kern steps can separate skipto1 from 1::."); - error; cancel_skips(#); - end - -@<Process a |skip_to| command and |goto done|@>= -begin c:=get_code; -if nl-skip_table[c]>128 then {|skip_table[c]<<nl<=undefined_label|} - begin skip_error(skip_table[c]); skip_table[c]:=undefined_label; - end; -if skip_table[c]=undefined_label then skip_byte(nl-1):=qi(0) -else skip_byte(nl-1):=qi(nl-skip_table[c]-1); -skip_table[c]:=nl-1; goto done; -end - -@ @<Record a label in a lig/kern subprogram and |goto continue|@>= -begin if cur_cmd=colon then - if c=256 then bch_label:=nl - else set_tag(c,lig_tag,nl) -else if skip_table[c]<undefined_label then - begin ll:=skip_table[c]; skip_table[c]:=undefined_label; - repeat lll:=qo(skip_byte(ll)); - if nl-ll>128 then - begin skip_error(ll); goto continue; - end; - skip_byte(ll):=qi(nl-ll-1); ll:=ll-lll; - until lll=0; - end; -goto continue; -end -@x module 1112 -next_char(nl):=qi(c); op_bit(nl):=qi(cur_mod); stop_bit(nl):=qi(0); -if cur_mod=0 then rem_byte(nl):=qi(get_code) -@y -begin next_char(nl):=qi(c); skip_byte(nl):=qi(0); -if cur_mod<128 then {ligature op} - begin op_byte(nl):=qi(cur_mod); rem_byte(nl):=qi(get_code); - end -@z -@x ibid - begin if nk=256 then overflow("kern",256); -@:METAFONT capacity exceeded kern}{\quad kern@> - incr(nk); - end; - rem_byte(nl):=qi(k); - end -@y - begin if nk=max_kerns then overflow("kern",max_kerns); -@:METAFONT capacity exceeded kern}{\quad kern@> - incr(nk); - end; - op_byte(nl):=kern_flag+(k div 256); - rem_byte(nl):=qi((k mod 256)); - end; -lk_started:=true; -end -@z -@x module 1135 -tfm_two(6+lh+(ec-bc+1)+nw+nh+nd+ni+nl+nk+ne+np); - {this is the total number of file words that will be output} -tfm_two(lh); tfm_two(bc); tfm_two(ec); tfm_two(nw); tfm_two(nh); -tfm_two(nd); tfm_two(ni); tfm_two(nl); tfm_two(nk); tfm_two(ne); tfm_two(np); -@y -@<Compute the ligature/kern program offset and implant the - left boundary label@>; -tfm_two(6+lh+(ec-bc+1)+nw+nh+nd+ni+nl+lk_offset+nk+ne+np); - {this is the total number of file words that will be output} -tfm_two(lh); tfm_two(bc); tfm_two(ec); tfm_two(nw); tfm_two(nh); -tfm_two(nd); tfm_two(ni); tfm_two(nl+lk_offset); tfm_two(nk); tfm_two(ne); -tfm_two(np); -@z -% modules 1137&1138 are combined into a single module -% and so are modules 1140--1141, to make room for two new modules. -@x module 1136 is moved to after old module 1141 -@y and changed to the following code: -@ @<Log the subfile sizes of the \.{TFM} file@>= -if bch_label<undefined_label then decr(nl); -wlog_ln('(You used ',nw:1,'w,',@| nh:1,'h,',@| nd:1,'d,',@| ni:1,'i,',@| - nl:1,'l,',@| nk:1,'k,',@| ne:1,'e,',@| - np:1,'p metric file positions'); -wlog_ln(' out of ',@| '256w,16h,16d,64i,',@| - lig_table_size:1,'l,',max_kerns:1,'k,256e,',@| - max_font_dimen:1,'p)'); -end -@z -@x module 1139 is completely replaced -@y by the following three modules: -@ We need to output special instructions at the beginning of the -|lig_kern| array in order to specify the right boundary character -and/or to handle starting addresses that exceed 255. The |label_loc| -and |label_char| arrays have been set up to record all the -starting addesses; we have $-1=|label_loc|[0]<|label_loc|[1]\le\cdots -\le|label_loc|[|label_ptr]|$. - -@<Compute the ligature/kern program offset...@>= -bchar:=round_unscaled(internal[boundary_char]); -if(bchar<0)or(bchar>255)then - begin bchar:=-1; lk_started:=false; lk_offset:=0;@+end -else begin lk_started:=true; lk_offset:=1;@+end; -@<Find the minimum |lk_offset| and adjust all remainders@>; -if bch_label<undefined_label then - begin skip_byte(nl):=qi(255); next_char(nl):=qi(0); - op_byte(nl):=qi(((bch_label+lk_offset)div 256)); - rem_byte(nl):=qi(((bch_label+lk_offset)mod 256)); - incr(nl); {possibly |nl=lig_table_size+1|} - end - -@ @<Find the minimum |lk_offset|...@>= -k:=label_ptr; {pointer to the largest unallocated label} -if label_loc[k]+lk_offset>255 then - begin lk_offset:=0; lk_started:=false; {location 0 can do double duty} - repeat char_remainder[label_char[k]]:=lk_offset; - while label_loc[k-1]=label_loc[k] do - begin decr(k); char_remainder[label_char[k]]:=lk_offset; - end; - incr(lk_offset); decr(k); - until lk_offset+label_loc[k]<256; - {N.B.: |lk_offset=256| satisfies this when |k=0|} - end; -if lk_offset>0 then - while k>0 do - begin char_remainder[label_char[k]] - :=char_remainder[label_char[k]]+lk_offset; - decr(k); - end - -@ @<Output the ligature/kern program@>= -for k:=0 to 255 do if skip_table[k]<undefined_label then - begin print_nl("(local label "); print_int(k); print(":: was missing)"); -@.local label l:: was missing@> - cancel_skips(skip_table[k]); - end; -if lk_started then {|lk_offset=1| for the special |bchar|} - begin tfm_out(255); tfm_out(bchar); tfm_two(0); - end -else for k:=1 to lk_offset do {output the redirection specs} - begin ll:=label_loc[label_ptr]; - if bchar<0 then - begin tfm_out(254); tfm_out(0); - end - else begin tfm_out(255); tfm_out(bchar); - end; - tfm_two(ll+lk_offset); - repeat decr(label_ptr); - until label_loc[label_ptr]<ll; - end; -for k:=0 to nl-1 do tfm_qqqq(lig_kern[k]); -for k:=0 to nk-1 do tfm_four(dimen_out(kern[k])) -@z -@x module 1205 gets a new declaration -@y -@!lk_offset:0..256; {extra words inserted at beginning of |lig_kern| array} -@z - -552. Improved the covering/shortening routines. (18 Dec 89) -@x module 1119 gets a new global variable -@y -@!excess:integer; {the list is this much too long} -@z -@x module 1120 gives it a value -begin if min_cover(0)<=m then threshold:=0 -@y -begin excess:=min_cover(0)-m; -if excess<=0 then threshold:=0 -@z -@x and module 1122 uses it -begin repeat p:=link(p); info(p):=m; -@y -begin repeat p:=link(p); info(p):=m; -decr(excess);@+if excess=0 then d:=0; -@z -@x and module 1122 also avoids overflow/ambiguous halving -v:=half(l+value(p)); -@y -v:=l+half(value(p)-l); -@z - -553. Global variable used prematurely in do_add_to (Alan Jeffrey, 9 Feb 90) -@x module 403 -@!cur_path_type:double_path_code..also_code; {likewise} -@y -@!cur_path_type:double_path_code..contour_code; {likewise} -@z -@x module 1059 -begin get_x_next; var_flag:=thing_to_add; scan_primary; -if cur_type<>token_list then - @<Abandon edges command because there's no variable@> -else begin lhs:=cur_exp; cur_path_type:=cur_mod;@/ - cur_type:=vacuous; get_x_next; scan_expression; - if cur_path_type=also_code then @<Augment some edges by others@> -@y -@!add_to_type:double_path_code..also_code; {modifier of \&{addto}} -begin get_x_next; var_flag:=thing_to_add; scan_primary; -if cur_type<>token_list then - @<Abandon edges command because there's no variable@> -else begin lhs:=cur_exp; add_to_type:=cur_mod;@/ - cur_type:=vacuous; get_x_next; scan_expression; - if add_to_type=also_code then @<Augment some edges by others@> -@z -@x module 1064 -else begin lhs:=null; -@y -else begin lhs:=null; cur_path_type:=add_to_type; -@z - -554. Balance the parens showing on the terminal (for Lispers). -@x module 631 -@!in_open : 0..max_in_open; {the number of lines in the buffer, less one} -@y -@!in_open : 0..max_in_open; {the number of lines in the buffer, less one} -@!open_parens : 0..max_in_open; {the number of open text files} -@z -@x module 657 -in_open:=0; max_buf_stack:=0; -@y -in_open:=0; open_parens:=0; max_buf_stack:=0; -@z -@x module 681 - begin print_char(")"); force_eof:=false; - update_terminal; {show user that file has been read} -@y - begin print_char(")"); decr(open_parens); - update_terminal; {show user that file has been read} - force_eof:=false; -@z -@x module 793 -print_char("("); print(name); update_terminal; -@y -print_char("("); incr(open_parens); print(name); update_terminal; -@z -@x module 1209 -if job_name=0 then open_log_file; -@y -if job_name=0 then open_log_file; -while open_parens>0 do - begin print(" )"); decr(open_parens); - end; -@z - ------------Here I draw the line with respect to further changes - -555. Don't try system area if an area was given (see tex82.bug number 312; -found by Jonathan Kew, May 1990) -@x module 793 - pack_file_name(cur_name,MF_area,cur_ext); - if a_open_in(cur_file) then goto done; -@y - if cur_area="" then - begin pack_file_name(cur_name,MF_area,cur_ext); - if a_open_in(cur_file) then goto done; - end; -@z - -556. Report correct line number when buffer overflows (CET, Jul 90). -@x module 794 -begin if not input_ln(cur_file,false) then do_nothing; -firm_up_the_line; -buffer[limit]:="%"; first:=limit+1; loc:=start; line:=1; -@y -begin line:=1; -if input_ln(cur_file,false) then do_nothing; -firm_up_the_line; -buffer[limit]:="%"; first:=limit+1; loc:=start; -@z - -557. TeX82 bug 308, corrected in 1985, is also in MF! (Lutz Birkhahn, May91) -@x module 176 -var_used:=lo_mem_stat_max+1-mem_min; dyn_used:=mem_top+1-hi_mem_stat_min; -@y -var_used:=lo_mem_stat_max+1-mem_min; dyn_used:=mem_top+1-hi_mem_min; -@z - -558. Allow unprintable file names, as in TeX change 396 (19 Sep 91) -(Much of this is redundant except for people who make nonportable -versions that allow other 8-bit codes to be in variable names---and for -those people only if they allow input of more codes than they can print! -Still, it seems best to make the programs for TeX and MF as alike as possible.) -@x module 59 -j:=str_start[s]; -while j<str_start[s+1] do - begin print_char(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); - end; -@y -if (s<256)and(selector>pseudo) then print_char(s) -else begin j:=str_start[s]; - while j<str_start[s+1] do - begin print_char(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); - end; - end; -@z -@x module 60 -j:=str_start[s]; -while j<str_start[s+1] do - begin print(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); - end; -@y -if (s<256)and(selector>pseudo) then print_char(s) -else begin j:=str_start[s]; - while j<str_start[s+1] do - begin print(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); - end; - end; -@z -@x module 61 -else begin print(base_ident); print_ln; -@y -else begin slow_print(base_ident); print_ln; -@z -@x module 79 - print(input_stack[file_ptr].name_field); -@y - slow_print(input_stack[file_ptr].name_field); -@z -@x module 223 -print(r); -@y -slow_print(r); -@z -@x module 254 - print(int_name[q-(hash_end)]); print_char("="); -@y - slow_print(int_name[q-(hash_end)]); print_char("="); -@z -@x module 254 again - print(text(q)); print_char("}"); -@y - slow_print(text(q)); print_char("}"); -@z -@x module 638 - if name<>null then print(text(name)) -@y - if name<>null then slow_print(text(name)) -@z -@x module 664 - if scanner_status=op_defining then print(text(warning_info)) -@y - if scanner_status=op_defining then slow_print(text(warning_info)) -@z -@x module 664 again -loop_defining: begin print("the text of a "); print(text(warning_info)); -@y -loop_defining: begin print("the text of a "); slow_print(text(warning_info)); -@z -@x module 722 -begin if n<>null then print(text(n)) -@y -begin if n<>null then slow_print(text(n)) -@z -@x module 722 again - if p=null then print(text(info(info(link(a))))) -@y - if p=null then slow_print(text(info(info(link(a))))) -@z -@x module 725 - print_nl(" Missing `"); print(text(r_delim)); -@y - print_nl(" Missing `"); slow_print(text(r_delim)); -@z -@x module 773 -begin print(a); print(n); print(e); -@y -begin slow_print(a); slow_print(n); slow_print(e); -@z -@x module 790 -print(base_ident); print(" "); -@y -slow_print(base_ident); print(" "); -@z -@x module 793 -print_char("("); incr(open_parens); print(name); update_terminal; -@y -print_char("("); incr(open_parens); slow_print(name); update_terminal; -@z -@x module 998 -if info(lhs)>hash_end then print(int_name[info(lhs)-(hash_end)]) -@y -if info(lhs)>hash_end then slow_print(int_name[info(lhs)-(hash_end)]) -@z -@x module 999 - print(int_name[info(lhs)-(hash_end)]); -@y - slow_print(int_name[info(lhs)-(hash_end)]); -@z -@x module 1032 -else begin print_err("The token `"); print(text(r_delim)); -@y -else begin print_err("The token `"); slow_print(text(r_delim)); -@z -@x module 1034 - else print(text(cur_sym)); -@y - else slow_print(text(cur_sym)); -@z -@x module 1041 -else begin print(text(cur_sym)); print_char("="); -@y -else begin slow_print(text(cur_sym)); print_char("="); -@z -@x module 1042 -else begin print_char(""""); print(cur_mod); print_char(""""); -@y -else begin print_char(""""); slow_print(cur_mod); print_char(""""); -@z -@x module 1043 - print("t delimiter that matches "); print(text(m)); -@y - print("t delimiter that matches "); slow_print(text(m)); -@z -@x module 1043 again -internal_quantity:print(int_name[m]); -@y -internal_quantity:slow_print(int_name[m]); -@z -@x module 1134 -print_nl("Font metrics written on "); print(metric_file_name); print_char("."); -@y -print_nl("Font metrics written on "); slow_print(metric_file_name); -print_char("."); -@z -@x module 1182 -print_nl("Output written on "); print(output_file_name); -@y -print_nl("Output written on "); slow_print(output_file_name); -@z -@x module 1200 -print(w_make_name_string(base_file)); flush_string(str_ptr-1); -print_nl(base_ident) -@y -slow_print(w_make_name_string(base_file)); flush_string(str_ptr-1); -print_nl(""); slow_print(base_ident) -@z -@x module 1205 - print(log_name); print_char("."); -@y - slow_print(log_name); print_char("."); -@z -@x module 1213 -10: print(n); -@y -10: slow_print(n); -@z - ------- The third printing of Volume D (October 1991) incorporated the above. - -559. Debugging routine never used since change 528; needed update then (JDH). -@x module 617 - p:=dep_list(p); r:=hi_mem_min; - repeat if info(p)>=r then -@y - p:=dep_list(p); r:=inf_val; - repeat if value(info(p))>=value(r) then -@z - -560. Corrections to blunders in change 550 (noted by B Jackowski, Jul 91). -@x module 415 can use more paranoia even though no problems have occurred yet -negate(left_y(qq)); negate(dest_y);@/ -@y -negate(left_y(qq)); negate(dest_y);@/ -if x_coord(r)<x_coord(pp) then x_coord(r):=x_coord(pp) -else if x_coord(r)>dest_x then x_coord(r):=dest_x; -if left_x(r)>x_coord(r) then - begin left_x(r):=x_coord(r); - if right_x(pp)>x_coord(r) then right_x(pp):=x_coord(r); - end; -if right_x(r)<x_coord(r) then - begin right_x(r):=x_coord(r); - if left_x(qq)<x_coord(r) then left_x(qq):=x_coord(r); - end; -@z -@x module 416 similarly -negate(y_coord(s)); right_y(s):=y_coord(s); -@y -negate(y_coord(s)); right_y(s):=y_coord(s); -if x_coord(s)<x_coord(r) then x_coord(s):=x_coord(r) -else if x_coord(s)>dest_x then x_coord(s):=dest_x; -if left_x(s)>x_coord(s) then - begin left_x(s):=x_coord(s); - if right_x(r)>x_coord(s) then right_x(r):=x_coord(s); - end; -if right_x(s)<x_coord(s) then - begin right_x(s):=x_coord(s); - if left_x(qq)<x_coord(s) then left_x(qq):=x_coord(s); - end; -@z -@x module 424 similarly -if x_coord(p)+y_coord(r)>dest_x+dest_y then - begin y_coord(r):=dest_x+dest_y-x_coord(p); - if left_y(r)>y_coord(r) then - begin left_y(r):=y_coord(r); - if right_y(p)>y_coord(r) then right_y(p):=y_coord(r); - end; - end; -@y -if y_coord(r)<y_coord(p) then y_coord(r):=y_coord(p) -else if y_coord(r)>dest_y then y_coord(r):=dest_y; -if x_coord(p)+y_coord(r)>dest_x+dest_y then - y_coord(r):=dest_x+dest_y-x_coord(p); -if left_y(r)>y_coord(r) then - begin left_y(r):=y_coord(r); - if right_y(p)>y_coord(r) then right_y(p):=y_coord(r); - end; -if right_y(r)<y_coord(r) then - begin right_y(r):=y_coord(r); - if left_y(q)<y_coord(r) then left_y(q):=y_coord(r); - end; -@z -@x in module 424, here's the serious bug introduced in change #550. -if right_y(r)>dest_y then right_y(r):=dest_y; -if left_y(q)>dest_y then left_y(q):=dest_y -else if left_y(q)<y_coord(r) then left_y(q):=y_coord(r); -if right_y(r)>left_y(q) then right_y(r):=left_y(q); -@y -if right_y(r)<y_coord(r) then - begin right_y(r):=y_coord(r); - if left_y(q)<y_coord(r) then left_y(q):=y_coord(r); - end; -@z -@x module 425 is analogous -if x_coord(r)+y_coord(s)>dest_x+dest_y then - begin y_coord(s):=dest_x+dest_y-x_coord(r); - if left_y(s)>y_coord(s) then - begin left_y(s):=y_coord(s); - if right_y(r)>y_coord(s) then right_y(r):=y_coord(s); - end; - end; -@y -if y_coord(s)<y_coord(r) then y_coord(s):=y_coord(r) -else if y_coord(s)>dest_y then y_coord(s):=dest_y; -if x_coord(r)+y_coord(s)>dest_x+dest_y then - y_coord(s):=dest_x+dest_y-x_coord(r); -if left_y(s)>y_coord(s) then - begin left_y(s):=y_coord(s); - if right_y(r)>y_coord(s) then right_y(r):=y_coord(s); - end; -if right_y(s)<y_coord(s) then - begin right_y(s):=y_coord(s); - if left_y(q)<y_coord(s) then left_y(q):=y_coord(s); - end; -@z -@x module 425, the analogous bug -dest_y:=dest_y+dest_x; -if right_y(s)>dest_y then right_y(s):=dest_y; -if left_y(q)>dest_y then left_y(q):=dest_y -else if left_y(q)<y_coord(s) then left_y(q):=y_coord(s); -if right_y(s)>left_y(q) then right_y(s):=left_y(q); -@y -if right_y(s)<y_coord(s) then - begin right_y(s):=y_coord(s); - if left_y(q)<y_coord(s) then left_y(q):=y_coord(s); - end; -@z - -561. serious longstanding bug caused overflows and bad rounding (1 Mar 95) -@x module 815 -begin if (max_c[dependent]>=fraction_one)or@| - (max_c[dependent] div @'10000 >= max_c[proto_dependent]) then -@y -begin if (max_c[dependent] div @'10000 >= - max_c[proto_dependent]) then -@z - -562. final cleanup should not retain spurious reference counts (20 Mar 95) -@x module 1209 -while open_parens>0 do -@y -while input_ptr>0 do - if token_state then end_token_list@+else end_file_reading; -while loop_ptr<>null do stop_iteration; -while open_parens>0 do -@z -@x module 1209 - cur_if:=name_type(cond_ptr); cond_ptr:=link(cond_ptr); -@y - cur_if:=name_type(cond_ptr); loop_ptr:=cond_ptr; - cond_ptr:=link(cond_ptr); free_node(loop_ptr,if_node_size); -@z - -563. unprintable strings of length 1 need to be truly length 1 (27 Nov 95, -pointed out by Ulrik Vieth) -@x module 671 - if loc=k+1 then cur_mod:=buffer[k] -@y - if (loc=k+1) and (length(buffer[k])=1) then cur_mod:=buffer[k] -@z - -564. minor improvement to pythagorean addition (22 Jan 97) -@x module 124 -if a>0 then -@y -if b>0 then -@z - -565. we need not raise hackles about two-digit years (23 Nov 98) -@x module 1200 -print_int(round_unscaled(internal[year]) mod 100); print_char("."); -@y -print_int(round_unscaled(internal[year])); print_char("."); -@z - -566. "this can't happen" can happen if coordinates are half vast - (Julian Gilbey, January 2001) -@x module 402 -@!chopped:boolean; {have we truncated any of the data?} -@y -@!chopped:integer; {positive if data truncated, - negative if data dangerously large} -@z -@x module 402 -if internal[autorounding]>0 then xy_round; -octant_subdivide; {complete the subdivision} -if internal[autorounding]>unity then diag_round; -@<Remove dead cubics@>; -@<Insert octant boundaries and compute the turning number@>; -while left_type(cur_spec)<>endpoint do cur_spec:=link(cur_spec); -if tracing>0 then - if internal[autorounding]<=0 then print_spec(", after subdivision") -@y -if (internal[autorounding]>0)and(chopped=0) then xy_round; -octant_subdivide; {complete the subdivision} -if (internal[autorounding]>unity)and(chopped=0) then diag_round; -@<Remove dead cubics@>; -@<Insert octant boundaries and compute the turning number@>; -while left_type(cur_spec)<>endpoint do cur_spec:=link(cur_spec); -if tracing>0 then - if (internal[autorounding]<=0)or(chopped<>0) then - print_spec(", after subdivision") -@z -@x module 404 -@d procrustes(#)==if abs(#)>max_allowed then - begin chopped:=true; - if #>0 then #:=max_allowed@+else #:=-max_allowed; - end - -@<Truncate the values of all coordinates that exceed...@>= -p:=cur_spec; k:=1; chopped:=false; -@y -@d procrustes(#)==if abs(#)>=dmax then - if abs(#)>max_allowed then - begin chopped:=1; - if #>0 then #:=max_allowed@+else #:=-max_allowed; - end - else if chopped=0 then chopped:=-1 - -@<Truncate the values of all coordinates that exceed...@>= -p:=cur_spec; k:=1; chopped:=0; dmax:=half(max_allowed); -@z -@x module 404 -if chopped then -@y -if chopped>0 then -@z - -567. I forgot to update curtype in e.g. boolean b[]; b1=true=b2; - (Thorsten Dahlheimer, June 2004) -@x 1003 - begin nonlinear_eq(v,cur_exp,false); goto done; -@y - begin nonlinear_eq(v,cur_exp,false); unstash_cur_exp(cur_exp); goto done; -@z - -568. Wrong handling of extreme TFM values (T. Dahlheimer, June 2004) -@x 1128 -max_tfm_dimen:=16*internal[design_size]-internal[design_size] div @'10000000; -@y -max_tfm_dimen:=16*internal[design_size]-1-internal[design_size] div @'10000000; -@z -@x 1129 - if x>0 then x:=three_bytes-1@+else x:=1-three_bytes; - end -else x:=make_scaled(x*16,internal[design_size]); -@y - if x>0 then x:=max_tfm_param@+else x:=-max_tfm_param; - end; -x:=make_scaled(x*16,internal[design_size]); -@z - -569. Bug in make_ellipse when theta=180 (T. Dahlheimer, June 2004) -@x 530 - else begin beta:=minor_axis; gamma:=major_axis; -@y - else begin beta:=minor_axis; gamma:=major_axis; theta:=0; -@z - -570. Forgot outer_tag in scan_declared variable (T. Dahlheimer, June 2004) -@x 1011 -done: if eq_type(x)<>tag_token then clear_symbol(x,false); -@y -done: if eq_type(x) mod outer_tag<>tag_token then clear_symbol(x,false); -@z - -571. Apparent bug if init_gf called at incredibly unlikely time (T. Dahlheimer, -June 2004); not REALLY a bug, because str_ptr cannot equal max_strings here -(because this was checked by end_name, and area_delimiter=0 there because -cur_area="" in the output file name); but anyway I'll make a patch to be clean -@x 1163 -str_start[str_ptr+1]:=pool_ptr; gf_string(0,str_ptr); -@y -gf_string(0,make_string); decr(str_ptr); -@z - -572. Memory leak in make_ellipse on symmetric pens that don't have -a point on the x-axis (Eberhard Mattes, 03 June 2008) -@x module 536 -done1: link(p):=s; beta:=-y_coord(h); -@y -done1: if (link(p)<>null) then free_node(link(p),knot_node_size); -link(p):=s; beta:=-y_coord(h); -@z - -573. Don't restrict the length of the banner line, leave it system-dependent code -(Udo Wermuth, 02 April 2017) -@x module 61 -incorrect, but the discrepancy is not serious since we assume that the banner -and base identifier together will occupy at most |max_print_line| -character positions. -@y -incorrect, but the discrepancy is not serious since we assume that this -part of the program is system dependent. -@^system dependencies@> -@z - -574. Defeat interactions during batch mode (Xiaosa Zhang, 27 June 2020) -@x module 78 -@ @<Get user's advice...@>= -loop@+begin continue: clear_for_error_prompt; prompt_input("? "); -@y -@ @<Get user's advice...@>= -loop@+begin continue: if interaction<>error_stop_mode then return; - clear_for_error_prompt; prompt_input("? "); -@z - -575. Don't exit to editor if no input file is at the bottom line -(Xiaosa Zhang, 03 July 2020) -@x module 79 -"E": if file_ptr>0 then -@y -"E": if file_ptr>0 then if input_stack[file_ptr].name_field>=256 then -@z -@x module 80 -if file_ptr>0 then print("E to edit your file,"); -@y -if file_ptr>0 then if input_stack[file_ptr].name_field>=256 then - print("E to edit your file,"); -@z - -576. Keep date and time in system variables, use them in opening banner -(Udo Wermuth, 11 December 2020) -@x module 194 -Since standard \PASCAL\ cannot provide such information, something special -is needed. The program here simply specifies July 4, 1776, at noon; but -users probably want a better approximation to the truth. - -Note that the values are |scaled| integers. Hence \MF\ can no longer -be used after the year 32767. - -@p procedure fix_date_and_time; -begin internal[time]:=12*60*unity; {minutes since midnight} -internal[day]:=4*unity; {fourth day of the month} -internal[month]:=7*unity; {seventh month of the year} -internal[year]:=1776*unity; {Anno Domini} -end; -@y -Since standard \PASCAL\ cannot provide such information, something special -is needed. The program here simply assumes that suitable values appear in -the global variables \\{sys\_time}, \\{sys\_day}, \\{sys\_month}, and -\\{sys\_year} (which are initialized to noon on 4 July 1776, -in case the implementor is careless). - -Note that the values are |scaled| integers. Hence \MF\ can no longer -be used after the year 32767. - -@p procedure fix_date_and_time; -begin sys_time:=12*60; -sys_day:=4; sys_month:=7; sys_year:=1776; {self-evident truths} -internal[time]:=sys_time*unity; {minutes since midnight} -internal[day]:=sys_day*unity; {day of the month} -internal[month]:=sys_month*unity; {month of the year} -internal[year]:=sys_year*unity; {Anno Domini} -end; -@z -@x module 196 -@ Of course we had better declare another global variable, if the previous -routines are going to work. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!old_setting:0..max_selector; -@y -@ Of course we had better declare a few more global variables, if the previous -routines are going to work. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!old_setting:0..max_selector; -@!sys_time,@!sys_day,@!sys_month,@!sys_year:integer; - {date and time supplied by external system} -@z -@x module 790 -print_int(round_unscaled(internal[day])); print_char(" "); -months:='JANFEBMARAPRMAYJUNJULAUGSEPOCTNOVDEC'; -m:=round_unscaled(internal[month]); -for k:=3*m-2 to 3*m do wlog(months[k]); -print_char(" "); print_int(round_unscaled(internal[year])); print_char(" "); -m:=round_unscaled(internal[time]); -print_dd(m div 60); print_char(":"); print_dd(m mod 60); -@y -print_int(sys_day); print_char(" "); -months:='JANFEBMARAPRMAYJUNJULAUGSEPOCTNOVDEC'; -for k:=3*sys_month-2 to 3*sys_month do wlog(months[k]); -print_char(" "); print_int(sys_year); print_char(" "); -print_dd(sys_time div 60); print_char(":"); print_dd(sys_time mod 60); -@z -@x module 1211 -fix_date_and_time; init_randoms((internal[time] div unity)+internal[day]);@/ -@y -fix_date_and_time; init_randoms(sys_time+sys_day*unity);@/ -@z - -------------- -999. The absolutely final change (to be made after my death) -@x module 2 -@d banner=='This is METAFONT, Version 2.71828182' {printed when \MF\ starts} -@y -@d banner=='This is METAFONT, Version $e$' {printed when \MF\ starts} -@z -When this change is made, the corresponding line should be changed in -Volume D, and also on page 31 of The METAFONTbook. -My last will and testament for METAFONT is that no further changes be made -under any circumstances. Improved systems should not be called simply -`METAFONT'; that name, unqualified, should refer only to the program for which -I have taken personal responsibility. -- Don Knuth diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/tex82.bug b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/tex82.bug deleted file mode 100644 index 12de105bae8..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/errata/tex82.bug +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9279 +0,0 @@ -This file has been updated periodically ever since TeX82 was born; -it has been summarized in "The errors of TeX," Software Practice & -Experience, July 1989. Entries are in chronological order; -thus the most recent news (including all bugfixes made since -that article was published) appears at the bottom of the file. - -[Add 519 to these entry numbers to get the corresponding number in -the published article. The article also translates all module -numbers to their final form; what you are about to read is -"authentic source material" from the early days before TeX converged.] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -First updates to the TeX82 listing published in September, 1982. -(These changes were included in the original Version 0 of TeX, but they -were discovered after the listing went to press.) - -1. Module 943, line 6 (bug discovered 9/28) -change "if cur_cmd=char_num then" to - if (cur_cmd=letter) or (cur_cmd=other_char) then r:=qi(cur_chr) - else if cur_cmd=char_num then - -2. "pause" changed to "pausing" and "pause_code" to "pausing code", throughout. - -3. Module 719, lines 8 and 11 (bug discovered 9/28) -insert "rule_save:=overfull_rule; overfull_rule:=0;" after "save_ptr-2;" -insert "overfull_rule:=rule_save;" before "q:=p+list_offset;" -and insert a declaration of "overfull_rule: scaled" in module 716. - -4. Module 1128, lines 6 and following (bug discovered 9/28) -change "while n<>0 do" to "loop" -change "goto done" to - begin scan_left_brace; new_save_level(false_group); - goto done; - end -change "... return 1130>;" to - ... return 1130> - else if n=0 then - begin new_save_level(case_group); goto done; - end; -and change "done: ... (false_group);" to "done:". - -5. Module 182, line 10 (suggestion by DRF on 9/30) -change "0.0" to "?.?" - -6. Module 682, new definition of math_spacing (decision of 10/2) -"0234000122*4000133**3**344*0400400*000000234000111*4111112341011" - -7. Module 684, new code for case "4" (decision of 10/2) -"4": if cur_style<script_style then x:=thick_mu_skip_code else x:=0; -[Also in module 682 line 7, say "...a conditional thick space (\nonscript..."] - -8. Module 11, trie_size changed from 7000 to 8000 because of new -improved (but longer) hyphenation patterns (10/4) - -9. Module 453, forgot to change this when 454 changed (noted by DRF 10/6) -format_default_length=20 (not 22) -format_area_length=11 (not 13) - - Changes to TEX.WEB made after Version 0 was released in October, 1982. - -Since copies of TEX.WEB are not supposed to be edited, there are -two ways to make your version of TeX bug-free: - 1. Get a new copy of TEX.WEB. - 2. Put the corrections into your change file(s). -Some people will find (1) easier than (2), except the main TeX sources at -SCORE won't be updated quite as fast as the sources at SAIL (which have to -be translated into ascii before they are sent to the outside world). -Actually (2) will be quite easy, unless the list of changes becomes quite -long, so it is the recommended procedure. In case (2) it would be useful -to include a comment like "this is fix number xx" (using the numbering -scheme in this file), so that the change could readily be deleted at some -future time. - -10. Module 857 line -5 (bug discovered 10/8/82 by HWT) -change it to: if h>0 then decr(h) else h:=trie_op_hash_size; - -11. Module 457 line 3 (typo discovered 10/9/82) -change `\.!' to `\.\&' - -12. Module 1245 line 8 (bug fixed 10/9/82, discovered by MMD) -insert the following between "begin" and "if": -if format_ident<>0 then initialize; {erase preloaded format} - -** Version 0.1 incorporates the above changes. - -13. This is an extension to the language, put in to satisfy people who -objected to the fact that \write (and \openout and \closeout) only -caused action after being deferred to the next \shipout. Some applications -call for immediate output, hence a new feature: \immediate followed by -\openout or \write or \closeout causes the output action to take place -without delay. For example, \immediate\write{x} is equivalent to -\shipout\vbox{\write{x}} except that the latter also puts an empty -page into the DVI file. - -The extension requires the following new code: -13a. Insert `\immediate' after `\closeout' in module 1248. -13b. Define immediate_code=4 and include the following in module 1252: - primitive("immediate",extension,immediate_code); -13c. Include the following in module 1254: - immediate_code:print_esc("immediate"); -13d. And, in module 1256: - immediate_code:@<Implement \.{\\immediate}@>; -13e. Finally, there's a new module inserted after old module 1280. -Here is the WEB coding for this module: - -@ The presence of `\.{\\immediate}' causes the |do_extension| procedure -to descend to one level of recursion. Nothing happens unless \.{\\immediate} -is followed by `\.{\\openout}', `\.{\\write}', or `\.{\\closeout}'. -@^recursion@> - -@<Implement \.{\\immediate}@>= -begin get_nc_token; -if (cur_cmd=extension)and(cur_chr<=close_node) then - begin p:=tail; do_extension; {append a whatsit node} - out_what(tail); {do the action immediately} - flush_node_list(tail); tail:=p; link(p):=null; - end -else back_input; -end; - -** Version 0.2 incorporates the above changes. - -14. Like change 11, this one doesn't affect the program, it just improves -the documentation: Insert the following definitions in module 106: -define set_glue_ratio_zero(#) == #:=0.0 {assign representation of zero ratio} -define set_glue_ratio_one(#) == #:=1.0 {assign representation of unit ratio} - -These macros are now introduced in a dozen or so future modules, thereby -eliminating most of the system-dependent changes needed elsewhere for ratios. -(Note: I also changed 0 to 0.0 in two places of module 182, where a glue_ratio -comparision was being made.) - -15. Change of module 576 (discovered by HWT, 10/14/82) -"hd:quarterword" should be "hd:eight_bits". -(The same error occurs in module 522, but in that module the remedy is -simply to delete the declaration of hd, since this variable is no longer used.) - -16. A most embarrassing bug (discovered by DRF, 10/14/82) -Replace module 531 by: - -@ A mild optimization of the output is performed by the |dvi_pop| -routine, which issues a |pop| unless it is possible to cancel a -`|push| |pop|' pair. The parameter to |dvi_pop| is the byte address -following the old |push| that matches the new |pop|. - -@p procedure dvi_pop(@!l:integer); -begin if (l=dvi_offset+dvi_ptr)and(dvi_ptr>0) then decr(dvi_ptr) -else dvi_out(pop); -end; - -Now we need to make a few changes to subsequent modules: -16a. In 549, after "incr(cur_s)", insert - if cur_s>0 then dvi_out(push); -and before "decr(cur_s)", insert - if cur_s>0 then dvi_pop(save_loc); - -16b. Delete "dvi_out(push);" and "dvi_pop;" from modules 553, 558, 562, 567. - -16c. Change module 559 just as in 16a. - -17. Module 605, line 6 (discovered 10/15/82) -The test should be "prev_depth>ignore_depth" - -** Version 0.3 incorporates the above changes. - -18. Module 11 (noticed by WLS, 10/16/82) -Delete the definition of align_size (it's harmless but never used) - -19. (This change and the next cause major changes to the TRIP output; -file TRIP.LOG and its relatives are being kept up to date on area [tug,dek].) -The change avoids error messages when vpackage is called during output. -Such messages can occur when there was no error, because the page is being -boxed without the \skip glue from its insertions; so they should be omitted. -The user who really wants such messages can still get them by saying -"\setbox255=\vbox to 1ht255{\unbox255}". -In module 903, insert the followng before the declaration of "wait": - save_vbadness:integer; {saved value of |vbadness|} - save_vfuzz: scaled; {saved value of |vfuzz|} -Then in module 924, insert - save_vbadness:=vbadness; vbadness:=inf_bad; - save_vfuzz:=vfuzz; vfuzz:=max_dimen; {inhibit error messages} -before the call on vpackage, and - vbadness:=save_vbadness; vfuzz:=save_vfuzz; -after. - -20. Module 917 computes |page_size| improperly. (Noticed 10/21/82) -Delete the statement "page_so_far[1]:=page_so_far[1]+width(q);" -and change the preceding statement to: - page_size:=page_size-h-width(q); -(The comment about page_so_far in the first paragraph of module 895 is -correct; I mistakenly introduced a bug in module 917 some months after -writing the first draft of the code, believing that I was making the -algorithm more elegant or something.) - -** Version 0.4 incorporates the above changes. - -21. Since TeX82 applied to (the "woven" documentation) TEX.TEX uses -about 11500 words of variable-size memory, I'm increasing hi_mem_size -(in module 12) from 12000 to 13000. Actually, I recommend using considerably -larger values for mem_max and hi_mem_size, whenever possible. - -22. Addition of the \boxmaxdepth parameter (10/22/82): -This involves renumbering hfuzz_code through dimen_pars, in module 234, -to numbers 9 through 18; inserting the lines - @d box_max_depth_code=8 {maximum depth of explicit vboxes} - @d box_max_depth==dimen_par(box_max_depth_code) - box_max_depth_code:print_esc("boxmaxdepth"); -to module 234 and - primitive("boxmaxdepth",assign_dimen,box_max_depth_code); -to module 235; and changing the call on vpack in module 996 to - vpackage(link(head),saved(2),saved(1),box_max_depth); - -** Version 0.5 incorporates the above changes. - -23. Module 1224, line 4 (bug found by GMK/HWT on 10/26/82) -change "(k+x>eqtb_size)" to "(k+x>eqtb_size+1)" - -24. Module 247, line 13 (bug found 10/26/82) -(bug was reflected in TRIP.LOG but not noticed) -change "ch_code(p)" to "ch_code(p-single_base)" - -25. Module 670, line 18 (bug found 10/27/82) -interchange the statements "fetch(...)" and "math_type(...):=..." -(since the fetch routine sometimes has a side-effect of changing math_type) - A major change (Version 0.6) made on October 28: -The following list of changes counts as "number 26" on the list. -Fonts now have identifiers instead of code numbers; the "\:" primitive -has disappeared; and there are associated new features for "\the". - -a. In module 11, delete bad_font_code. -b. In modules 170 and 172, delete print_esc(":"), and change - `print_int(font_code' to `sprint_cs(font_ident'. -c. In module 205, the comment for set_font is revised. -d. In module 217, there are now five locations for control sequences - that are perpetually defined; undefined_control_sequence - is therefore defined to be frozen_control_sequence+5. -e. In module 248, sprint_cs is now included among <Basic printing procedures>. -f. Delete the primitive ":" in modules 250 and 251. -g. Add to module 376: <Declare procedures that scan font-related stuff> -h. In module 377, seven levels are now distinguished; we define - font_val=4, ident_val=5, tok_val=6. -i. In module 380, delete the previous cases for def_family and set_font, - and the following takes the place of case assign_toks: - assign_toks,def_family,set_font,def_font: <Fetch a token list or - font number or font identifier, provided that level=tok_val>; -j. Module 382 (which now has a new name) has this new ending: - else if cur_cmd=assign_toks then scanned_result(equiv(m))(tok_val) - else <Fetch a font number or a font identifier> -k. Module 389 becomes - <Fetch a font number or a font identifier>= - if cur_cmd=set_font then scanned_result(cur_chr)(font_val) - else if cur_cmd=def_font then - scanned_result(font_ident[cur_font])(ident_val) - else begin scan_four_bit_int; - scanned_result(font_ident[equiv(m+cur_val)])(ident_val); - end -l. In module 393, the relation `<>tok_val' becomes `<=mu_val'. -m. In module 426, the relation `=tok_val' becomes '>=ident_val'. - Also add a new case to the case statement: - font_val: begin print(font_name[cur_val]); - if font_size[cur_val]<>font_dsize[cur_val] then - begin print(" at "); print_scaled(font_size[cur_val]); - print("pt"); - end; - end; -n. The body of module 427 becomes: - begin p:=temp_head; link(p):=null; - if cur_val_level=ident_val then store_new_token(cs_token_flag+cur_val) - else if cur_val<>null then - begin r:=link(cur_val); {do not copy the reference count} - while r<>null do - begin store_new_token(info(r)); r:=link(r); - end; - end; - the_toks:=p; - end -o. In module 480, delete user_font_code; there's a new comment: - When the user defines \font\f, say, TeX assigns an internal number - to the user's font \f. For example, if this internal number is 13, - we will have font_ident[13]=p and equiv(p)=13, where p is the eqtb - location of the control sequence \f. -p. In module 481, delete the declaration of font_number, and - replace the declaration of font_code by - font_ident:array[internal_font_number] of pointer; -q. New stuff in module 483 (also delete references to font_number, font_code): - define bad_font_ident=frozen_control_sequence+4 {denotes a null font} - font_name[undefined_font]:="nullfont"; - font_ident[undefined_font]:=bad_font_ident; - text(bad_font_ident):="nullfont"; eq_level(bad_font_ident):=level_one; - eq_type(bad_font_ident):=set_font; - equiv(bad_font_ident):=undefined_font; -r. In module 490, parameter u is new of type pointer, and the - read_font_info subroutine is changed to a function that - returns an internal_font_number. There's a new local variable - g:internal_font_namber; {the number to return} - and we set g:=undefined_font immediately upon entering read_font_info. - Also set read_font_info:=g just before exiting. -s. In module 491, print_int(u) becomes sprint_cs(u). -t. Delete the statements involving font_code and font_number in module 506, - and set g:=f at the end of that module. -u. The body of module 507 becomes: - <Declare procedures that scan font-related stuff>= - procedure scan_font_ident; - var f:internal_font_number; - begin <Get the next non-blank non-call...>; - if cur_cmd=set_font then f:=cur_chr - else begin print_nl("! Missing font identifier"); - help2("I was looking for a control sequence whose") - ("current meaning has been defined by \font."); - back_error; f:=undefined_font; - end; - end; -v. New beginning of module 508: - The following routine is used to implement `\texinfo f n'. - The boolean parameter writing is set true if the calling program - intends to change the parameter value. - <Declare procedures that scan font-related stuff>= -and "scan_font_number" is changed to "scan_font_ident". -w. In module 509, "print_int(font_code" becomes "sprint_cs(font_ident". - Also "font code is defined" becomes "\font is loaded" in the help. -x. In module 940, the first line of help is changed to - "You have to specify a font identifier," -y. The set_font case in module 1138 reduces to - set_font: define(cur_font_loc,data,cur_chr); -z. In module 1153, delete all the complicated stuff starting with "scan_int" - and substitute simply this: - scan_font_ident; define(p,data,cur_val); - end; -aa. Change new_font to new_font(a) in module 1169, and add parameter - (a:small_number) - in module 1170. Also add the label common_ending, and declare - variable u to have type pointer. The code beginning with "scan_int" - is changed to the following: - get_token; - if cs_ptr=0 then - <Complain about the missing control sequence and return>; - u:=cs_ptr; scan_optional_equals; scan_file_name; - <Scan the ``at'' size specification>; - <If this font has already been loaded, set f to the internal - font number and goto common_ending>; - f:=read_font_info(u,cur_name,cur_area,s); - common_ending: define(u,set_font,f); font_ident[f]:=u; - exit:end; -bb. New module 1172: - When the user gives a new identifier to a font that was previously - loaded, the new value becomes the font_ident of record. - Font names `xyz' and `XYZ' are considered to be different. - <If this font has already been loaded...>= - for f:=font_base+1 to font_ptr do - if [the test previously in module 1174] then goto common_ending -cc. New module 1173: - <Complain about the missing control sequence and return>= - begin print_nl("! A font identifier must be a control sequence"); - help2("You should say, e.g., `\font\f=fontfilename'.") - ("(I'm going to ignore the \font command you just gave.)"); - back_error; return; - end -dd. New module 1174: - <Cases of print_cmd_chr...>= - set_font:begin print("select font "); print(font_name[chr_code]); - if font_size[chr_code]<>font_dsize[chr_code] then - begin print(" at "); print_scaled(font_size[chr_code]); - print("pt"); - end; - end; -ee. Delete the comment at the beginning of module 1227, and delete the - loop for k:=0 to bad_font_code-1, and delete dump_int(undefined_font). -ff. Delete the repeat loop in module 1228. -gg. Change font_code to font_ident in module 1229, and change - print_int(font_code to sprint_int(font_ident. -hh. In module 1230, - begin undump(single_base)(undefined_control_sequence)(font_ident[k]); - undump_qqqq(font_check[k]); [and continue as before] - -The changes above have been incorporated into Version 0.6. - The ill-fated Version 0.7 - -27. (Here's a change that I retracted shortly after making it, since I -discovered that the source was flaky after all; and I also found a reliable -source [NBS Circular 570] confirming my original information. I include -the note here only for historical purposes...) - -"After years of searching, I've finally found a definitive definition of -the printer's point; and (unfortunately) my previous conjecture was wrong. -The truth is that 83pc=35cm, exactly; so I am changing TeX to conform. -This means some changes in the comments of modules 101 and 517, and the -following changes to the program: - -"27a. In modules 547 and 571, the appropriate DVI numbers are now: - dvi_four(109375); dvi_four(2039808); {conversion ratio for sp} -"27b. The guts of module 418 become: - if scan_keyword("in") then set_conversion(63246)(875) - else if scan_keyword("pc") then set_conversion(12)(1) - else if scan_keyword("cm") then set_conversion(996)(35) - else if scan_keyword("mm") then set_conversion(498)(175) - else if scan_keyword("bp") then set_conversion(10541)(10500) - else if scan_keyword("dd") then set_conversion(996)(931) - else if scan_keyword("cc") then set_conversion(11952)(931) - else..." - -*** Version 0.7 of TeX incorporated the changes above (82/10/30); -this version was withdrawn on 82/11/2. - Changes subsequent to Version 0.6 - -28. The experience with #27 did lead me to one improvement, thanks -to Chuck Bigelow, with respect to Didot points. (11/4/82) -Add the following comment to module 418: - According to the definitions here, $\rm2660\,dd\approx1000.33297\,mm$; - this agrees well with the value $\rm1000.333/,mm$ cited by Bosshard - in {\sl Technische Grundlagen zur Satzherstellung\/} (Bern, 1980). -And change two lines of the code there as follows: - else if scan_keyword("dd") then set_conversion(1238)(1157) - else if scan_keyword("cc") then set_conversion(14856)(1157) - -29. The new font material is made more robust by ensuring that \the\font -always returns a pointer to a control sequence whose command code is -set_font. (Change 11/4/82) - -29a. The code changed in 26aa is changed again, to the following: - <If the next token isn't a control sequence, issue a complaint and - return; otherwise set u:=cs_ptr, and set hash_used to the - location of a ``frozen'' copy of the new font identifier>; - define(u,set_font,undefined_font); - scan_optional_equals; scan_file_name; - <Scan the ``at'' size specification>; - <If this font has already been loaded, set f to the internal - font number and goto common_ending>; - f:=read_font_info(u,cur_name,cur_area,s); - common_ending: equiv(u):=f; geq_define(hash_used,set_font,f); - font_ident[f]:=hash_used; - exit:end; -29b. Instead of 26cc, here's the new module 1173: - We reserve a special control sequence for the font identifier; - this one cannot be redefined by the user, so it is safe to - return it as a value of \the\font. - <If the next token isn't a control sequence...>= - get_token; - if cs_ptr<hash_base then - begin print_nl( - "! A font identifier must be a multiletter control sequence"); - help2("You should say, e.g., `\font\ffn=fontfilename'.") - ("(I'm going to ignore the \font command you just gave.)"); - back_error; return; - end; - repeat if hash_is_full then overflow("hash size",hash_size); - decr(hash_used); - until text(hash_used)=0; {search for an empty location in hash} - u:=cs_ptr; text(hash_used):=text(u); {copy the name} - stat incr(cs_count); tats - -30. Module 993, replace lines 5 to 7 (11/5/82): -else begin if k=vmode then new_save_level(vbox_group) - else begin new_save_level(vtop_group); k:=vmode; - end; - if looseness<>0 then eq_word_define(int_base+looseness_code,0); - if hanging_indent<>0 then - eq_word_define(dimen_base+hanging_indent_code,0); - if par_shape_ptr<>null then eq_define(par_shape_loc,shape_ref,null); - end; - -31. Module 403, replace line 5 (11/6/82): -if cur_tok<cs_token_flag then - begin cur_val:=cur_chr; - if cur_cmd<=right_brace then - if cur_cmd=right_brace then incr(align_state) - else decr(align_state); - end - -32. Improvements to error recovery for bad alignments (11/6/82): -In module 1039, replace "begin align_error; goto reswitch; end" by "align_error" -In module 1040, delete "cur_cmd:=left_brace;" and "cur_cmd:=right_brace;" - and change "error" to "back_error" -In module 1041, delete "cur_cmd:=relax;" - -33. More power to \let (11/8/82): -33a. Module 1141 becomes: - <Assignments>+= - let: begin get_token; - if cs_ptr<>0 then <Carry out the \let operation> - else begin print_nl - ("! You can use \let only with control sequences"); - help2("I'm not \let-ting anything change here,") - ("since I can only do things like `\let\a=b'."); - back_error; - end; - end; -33b. Module 1142 becomes: - <Carry out the \let...>= - begin p:=cs_ptr; - repeat get_token; - until cur_cmd<>spacer; - if cur_tok=other_token+"=" then - begin get_token; - if cur_cmd=spacer then get_token; - end; - if cur_cmd>=call then add_token_ref(cur_chr); - define(p,cur_cmd,cur_chr); - end - -34. This change helps you see an undefined control sequence -in certain unusual cases (discovered by JDH, 11/8/82): -Add the clause "(base_ptr=input_ptr) or" to module 294, line 2. - -35. Here's an improvement in the formula for demerits; previously -more weight was given to minimizing bad spacing on lines with penalties, -so that (slightly loose hyphenated line)(OK line) was considered worse -than (OK hyphenated line)(quite loose line). (fixed 11/8/82) -Change lines 2--7 of module 772 to the following: - d:=line_penalty+b; d:=d*d; - if pi<>0 then - if pi>0 then d:=d+pi*pi - else if pi>eject_penalty then d:=d-pi*pi; - -36. Minor change to save buffer space in non-INITEX (11/10/82): -Enclose the declaration of pool_file in module 50 by init...tini. - -37. Minor improvement in format for the context of error messages (11/13/82): -37a. Module 289, type "inserted" split into "backed_up=3", "inserted=4" -and the other type numbers increase: "macro=5", etc. -37b. In module 296, backed_up: if loc=null then print_nl("<recently read>") - else print_nl("<to be read again> "); - inserted: print_nl("<inserted text> "); -37c. Minor changes to comments in modules 289 and 293. -37d. Change "inserted" to "backed_up" in module 294. -37e. Add definition "back_list(#)==begin_token_list(#,backed_up)" in module 305. -37f. In module 306, first test should be ">=backed_up", second "<=inserted". -37g. Change ins_list to back_list in modules 307, 318, 375, 1195. -37h. Add definition to module 308: - ins_error==begin back_error; token_type:=inserted; end -37i. Change back_error to ins_error in modules 362, 1040, 1046. -37j. Change "<to be read again>" to "<inserted text>" in module 973 help. - -38. Module 407, the error message is changed (11/11/82) to: -"! Missing number, treated as zero". - -39. Fix anomaly when hbadness or vbadness is small (11/11/82): -Module 593, line 2, "if (-x-total_shrink[normal]>hfuzz) or (hbadness<100)" -Module 603, line 2, "if (-x-total_shrink[normal]>vfuzz) or (vbadness<100)" - -40. Added the \tokens primitive (11/13/82): -In module 223, defined tokens_loc and tokens (analogous to every_par). -In module 225, defined the primitive. -In module 1146, changed the comment to include tokens_loc as a possibility. - -41. Change get_nc_token to get_token in module 374 (11/13/82). -(In particular \def\foo{...}\foo won't say "undefined c.s." now!) -(This change later retracted during debugging; it was found that -"endv" aborts the job, so this cure was worse than the disease. Then -it was re-established as part of the major change to conditionals, -because endv needed to be more robust anyway.) - -42. In module 699, we make \span expand in a preamble (11/13/82). -Change lines -7 through -3 to: - begin get_nc_token; goto reswitch; - end; - -43. Modules 321 and 322 have been altered for better efficiency (11/12/82) -and better exposition; the three conditions of module 322 are now -in separate if tests. - -44. Frozen control sequences are now unredefinable. (11/16/82) -A new procedure get_r_token has been introduced to give uniform error -messages for \def, \let, \read, \font, \mathchardef, and to make them -incapable of changing the frozen equivalents. - -Incidentally, get_nc_token is changed to get_x_token; and ch_code -becomes cat_code. - A major change (Version 0.8) made on November 14--16: -Conditional statements are taken from semantics to syntax. - -This change, which counts as number 45 on the list, made it necessary -to renumber the modules. And it was such a drastic change, the -differences can only be sketched here, using the old module numbers -for reference. A variety of other things were cleaned up because this -change made it more natural for them to be handled differently. - -45a. Module 158, inserted a permanently empty token list called null_list. -45b. Module 204, deleted if_test, case_branch, else_code, convert; - inserted end_cs_name. -45c. Module 206, inserted if_test, fi_or_else, cs_name, convert, and - end_template (the latter comes after long_outer_call). -45d. Module 217, there are now nine frozen control sequences; also null_cs. -45e. Modules 247 and 248, must be able to print a null control sequence. -45f. Module 268 (leave_transparent_group) disappears; comments in the - previous modules also are appropriately simplified. -45g. Module 273, delete endv_token. -45h. Modules 277 and 278, delete references to endv (it no longer appears). -45i. After module 281, a procedure show_cur_cmd_chr takes the - code for tracing commands from module 937. -45j. Module 317 now forbids \outer control sequences when skipping, - and inserts \fi in front of them, for error recovery. -45k. Module 334 now uses null_cs if carriage-return is an escape. -45l. Module 343 no longer has endv test. -45m. Module 344, major extensions to expand_calls make it several modules - longer. It saves global variables like cur_val. It changes - end_template to endv. It processes cs_name and convert. - It processes if_test by calling the "conditional" procedure. - It processes fi_or_else by checking their legality, and (if legal) - updating the if stack. -45n. Module 373 (pass_block) disappears. -45o. After module 400, radix and cur_val and cur_val_level are initialized. -45p. Module 428 changes so that conv_toks is a procedure rather than a - function; this procedure is invoked by expand_calls. -45q. Modules 436 and 1032, delete reference to conv_toks. -45r. After module 443, the entire part 48 moves to this part of the program, - and the parts are renumbered accordingly. \case is changed to - \ifcase, and it resides under the if_test command. - New routines are inserted to maintain a linked stack that records - the current state of conditionals. There's a procedure - pass_text that skips text while looking for \fi or \else or \or - on level zero with respect to \if...\fi nesting. The previous - routines for skip control via handle_right_brace are eliminated, - and the new ones are somewhat simpler. The new \ifcat is mostly - combined with the old \if; they no longer ignore spaces. - The scanner_status is set to normal while processing \ifx. - \ifx will consider \a to equal 0 after \let\a=0. -45s. Modules 701, 707: endv_token is replaced by a token for a frozen - control sequence whose command code end_template makes it behave - like an outer_call. After expand_calls, it is converted to another - frozen control sequence, whose command code is endv. This two-step - facilitates error recovery, instead of giving a fatal error stop. -45t. Module 874, remove "pass_block(1); goto done". -45u. After module 1047, routine for end_cs_name prints an error message. -45v. Module 1049, get_nc_token becomes get_token. (else $\ifmmode fails) -45w. Module 1202 gets another case (end_template). -45x. Module 1243, new warning is printed if the if stack isn't empty. - Changes after version 0.8 - -46. Declare c : ascii_code in module 825 (noted by DRF, 11/21/82) - -47. Module 776 lines 4-6 (suggested by DRF, 11/21/82) -threshold:=pretolerance; -if threshold>=0 then - begin stat if tracing_stats>2 then - begin begin_diagnostic; print_nl("@@firstpass"); - end; tats - second_pass:=false; - end -else begin threshold:=tolerance; second_pass:=true; - end; - -48. Protection for DVI files (added 11/16/82) -Replace lines 2 and 3 of module 570 by: - <Update the values of max_h and max_v; but if the page is too large, - goto done>; -Move the statement "dead_cycles:=0" from module 570 to module 568. -Declare "label done;" in module 568. -And add the following new module after 570: - -@ Sometimes the user will generate a huge page because other error messages -are being ignored. Such pages are not output to the \.{dvi} file, since they -may confuse the printing software. - -@<Update the values of |max_h| and |max_v|; but if the page is too large...@>= -if (height(p)>max_dimen)or(depth(p)>max_dimen)or(width(p)>max_dimen) then - begin print_nl("! Huge page cannot be shipped out"); - help2("The page just created is more than 18 feet tall or")@/ - ("more than 18 feet wide, so I suspect something went wrong."); - error; - if tracing_output=0 then - begin begin_diagnostic; - print_nl("The following box has been deleted:"); - show_box(p); - end_diagnostic(true); - end; - goto done; - end; -if height(p)+depth(p)>max_v then max_v:=height(p)+depth(p); -if width(p)>max_h then max_h:=width(p) - -49. New features \everymath and \everydisplay (12/2/82). -Make changes analogous to those for "\tokens" (see change 40). -Put the following just before the end of module 1050: - if every_math<>null then begin_token_list(every_math,every_math_text); -And put the following just before the end of module 1056: - if every_display<>null then - begin_token_list(every_display,every_display_text); - -50. New feature \futurelet (12/2/82): -Module 1141 changes again. (Also, "let" and "futurelet" share cmd code "let".) -let: begin n:=cur_chr; - get_r_token; p:=cs_ptr; - if n=normal then - begin repeat get_token; - until cur_cmd<>spacer; - if cur_tok=other_token+"=" then - begin get_token; - if cur_cmd=spacer then get_token; - end; - end - else begin get_token; q:=cur_tok; get_token; back_input; - cur_tok:=q; back_input; {look ahead, then back up} - end; {|back_input| doesn't affect |cur_cmd|, |cur_chr|} -and continue with "if cur_cmd>=call", as before. - -*** The changes above have been incorporated into version 0.9 of TeX. - Changes after version 0.9 - -51. new \endinput primitive (suggested by FY, 12/7/82): -\input and \endinput both use the same command code. The cases in module -955 are deleted and replaced by those in module 965 (which disappears), -because \input is now allowed in any mode. The code for any_mode(input) -is "if cur_chr=0 then start_input else force_eof:=true", and it moves from -module 952 to just before module 1197. The global variable force_eof -is initially false, and module 340 becomes (after first:=start;) - if not force_eof then - begin if input_ln.... else force_eof:=true; - end; - if force_eof then begin print_char(")"); force_eof:=false;... - -52. Module 1005, line 4 (12/8/82) -change "if align_state<0" to "if (mode<0)or(align_state<0)" -(This avoids embarrassing case where TeX says "type a command or say \end" -but when you type \end it says "You can't use \end in restricted horiz mode".) - -53. Patch to the new code for \csname (12/21/82) -After eq_type(cs_ptr):=relax, also say equiv(cs_ptr):=256. -(This corrects a bug that would appear only if \csname occurs right -after a file name.) - -54. Change 47 introduced a bug when tracingonline=0 (12/20/82) -when omitting firstpass, also do "if tracing_stats>2 then begin_diagnostic;" - -55. \hskip -1pt plus 2pt was parsed as \hskip -(1pt plus 2pt)! (12/20/82) -In module 421, before line -4, insert the following: - if negative then - begin cur_val:=-cur_val; negative:=false; - end; -But then realize that "negative" is always false on line -2; simplify. - -56. Cosmetic change to paragraph statistics (12/23/82) -tight_fit..very_loose_fit codes have been renumbered very_loose_fit..tight_fit. - -57. Module 729 changes to make TeX language more consistent (12/23/82): -else if type(tail)<>glue_node then tail_append(new_penalty(inf_penalty)) -else begin type(tail):=penalty_node; delete_glue_ref(glue_ptr(tail)); - flush_node_list(leader_ptr(tail)); penalty(tail):=inf_penalty; - -58. Commas are allowed as alternates to radix points. (12/23/82) -define continental_point_token=other_token+"," {decimal point, Eurostyle} -in module 400, and insert the following twice in 409: - if cur_tok=continental_point_token then cur_tok:=point_token; - -59. \hangindent becomes a normal parameter. (12/23/82) -This simplifies the code in obvious ways; for example, module 1148 disappears. -The command code hang_indent goes away too; what was previously called -hanging_indent is then renamed hang_indent. - -60. \prevgraf becomes accessible. (12/23/82) -This involves renaming the "after" field "pg_field" in the nest array; -making a new command code set_prev_graf; -including the following loop into scan_the: - nest[nest_ptr]:=cur_list; p:=nest_ptr; - while abs(nest[p].mode_field)<>vmode do decr(p); - scanned_result(nest[p].pg_field)(int_val); -and including the following active procedure for any_mode(set_prev_graf): - procedure change_prev_graf; - var p:0..nest_size; {index into |nest|} - begin nest[nest_ptr]:=cur_list; p:=nest_ptr; - while abs(nest[p].mode_field)<>vmode do decr(p); - scan_optional_equals; scan_int; - if cur_val<0 then - begin print_nl("! Bad \prevgraf"); - help1("I allow only nonnegative values here."); - int_error(cur_val); - end - else begin nest[p].pg_field:=cur_val; cur_list:=nest[nest_ptr]; - end; - end; - -61. \clubpenalty is split off from \widowpenalty. (12/23/82) - -62. Bad bug in module 1005 (12/24/82) -(must not go to reswitch if \par is a macro!) -Instead of setting cur_cmd and cur_chr and goto reswitch, just back_input -and set token_type:=inserted. - -63. \openin not to prompt if file not present (12/25/82) -Change lines -4 and -3 of module 1183 to: - if a_open_in(read_file[n]) then read_open[n]:=just_open - else read_open[n]:=closed; - -64. New \jobname primitive (12/25/82) -It is added to the "convert" command in the obvious way. -In conv_toks, the relevant code is - if job_name=0 then open_log_file -before "selector" is changed and - print(job_name) -after. - -65. Better error recovery for math-only things (12/25/82): -In module 952, don't goto reswitch after insert_dollar_sign. -In module 954, first back_input, then set cur_tok, and -don't bother to set cur_chr or cur_cmd; ins_error instead of back_error. - -66. Module 1163, line 3, insert "scan_optional_equals" (12/25/82). -Also make \the\parshape allowed. - -67. The location where an \if begins is stacked (12/26/82) -so that a better error message can be given for \end while \if is incomplete. -This means two-word nodes instead of one-word nodes in the if stack. - -68. Change 30 is extended to \insert, \vadjust, \valign, \output (12/26/82) -The one-time-only paragraph parameters are now cleared by a -subroutine called normal_paragraph; hang_after is also set to 1. -The essential change being made now is to call normal_paragraph in modules -704, 932, 1009, and 1076. - -69. \pagetotal and \pagegoal are added (12/27/82) -The changes are analogous to, but simpler than, those for \prevgraf. - -70. Tracing of page-optimization calculations (12/27/82) -A bunch of print commands are added to modules 897, 914, and 918, -activated if tracing_pages>0. Also, \tracingparagraphs is separated -from \tracingstats. - -**** The changes above have been incorporated into version 0.91 of TeX - -71. The build_page procedure is broken in two parts (Dec 31, 1982) -by making module 919 into a procedure called fire_up. - -72. \ifeven1\else is made legal by introducing if_code (Dec 31, 1982) -This improves part of the code in change 45; if_limit has a specific -value that recovers automatically from a former syntax error. - -73. Improvement to alignments when columns don't occur (Dec 31, 1982) -Delete module 711; and where it was used in module 708, say this: - begin fin_col:=true; return; - end; -Also, in module 717, replace the statement "width(q):=0" by -"<Nullify width(q) and the tabskip glue following the current column>" -where that new module has the following code: - begin width(q):=0; r:=link(q); s:=glue_ptr(r); - if s<>zero_glue then - begin add_glue_rel(zero_glue); delete_glue_ref(s); - glue_ptr(r):=zero_glue; - end; - end - -74. Better error message in overfull alignment (Dec 31, 1982) -In module 717, don't set both height and width; set the height zero. -Then in module 719, switch width to height if necessary. (People didn't -understand the previous error messages, and I couldn't blame them.) - -*** The changes above have been incorporated into version 0.92 of TeX82 -*** (which was the last version of 1982, completed 11:59pm on December 31) - The first changes after 1982 - -75. Modules 961 and 962 should be one module. (Jan 3, 1983) -Also, the absolute constant 100 is replaced, and the test becomes - if ((page_head=page_tail)and(head=tail)and(dead_cycles=0))or - (dead_cycles>max_dead_cycles) then - -76. Surprise bug: module 1010. (Jan 3, 1983) -The case "if head<>tail" needs an else clause: else pop_nest. -Also remove the "<Scan an optional space>" in that module. - -77. Improvement to change 22 (Jan 4, 1983) -In module 996, use box_max_depth from inside the \vbox: - @!d:scaled; {maximum depth} - begin d:=box_max_depth; unsave;... vpackage(...,d); - -78. \groupbegin and \groupend changed to \begingroup and \endgroup (Jan 4, 83) - -79. \deadcycles made accessible (Jan 4, 83) - -80. New calculations for split insertions (Jan 4, 83) -In module 918, we now work with natural width, and add in the page depth too: -The line "else w:=x_over_n..." is changed to - else begin w:=page_goal-page_total-page_depth; - if count(n)<>1000 then w:=x_over_n(w,count(n))*1000; - end; -(Note that cur_page_height and cur_page_depth and page_size have been -renamed page_total, page_depth, and page_goal, in accordance with new syntax.) - -*** The changes above have been incorporated into Version 0.93 - -81. Old bug finally unearthed by PHY (Jan 6, 1983) -insert "incompleat_node:=null;" after "push_nest;" in module 1097. - -82. Extension of change 69: \pageshrink, etc. added (Jan 6, 1983) - -83. \floatingpenalty and \insertpenalties added (Jan 6, 1983) -Also, the insertion nodes now have a new format, so that the values of -\floatingpenalty, \splittopskip, and \splitmaxdepth can be stored with -each insertion; this requires the obvious changes in several places: -a) Module 136, ins_node has fields float,depth,height,ins_ptr,split_top_ptr -b) Module 184, these fields are displayed -c) Module 198, ins_node case, also delete_glue_ref(split_top_ptr(p)) -d) Module 202, ins_node case, also add_glue_ref(split_top_ptr(p)) -e) Modules 226-228, new integer parameter \floatingpenalty -f) Module 883, add parameter d to vert_break subroutine -g) Module 885, use d instead of split_max_depth -h) Module 890, argument split_max_depth to call of vert_break -i) Module 894, change width to height (better name) -j) Module 900, initialize insert_penalties here, not in 901 -k) Module 914, cost to be awful_bad if insert_penalties>=10000 -l) Module 916, add float(p) to insert_penalties if type(r)<>inserting -m) Module 916, subtract page_depth from delta -n) Module 918, subtract page_shrink from delta -o) Module 918, argument depth(p) to call of vert_break -p) Module 921, insert_penalties:=0, save split_top_skip before calling 925 -q) Module 921, restore split_top_skip before calling 924 -r) Module 928, set split_top_skip:=split_top_ptr(p) before prune_page_top -s) Module 929, after q:=p, incr(insert_penalties) -t) Module 929, before free_node, delete_glue_ref(split_top_ptr(p)) -u) Module 933, clear insert_penalties before calling 934 -v) Module 978, more local variables needed -w) Module 1010, build the newfangled ins_node - -84. Scanner goes to new_line when <return> is category 13 (Jan 7, 1983) -Insert state:=new_line in module 323 just before the reference to module 339; -and delete "state:=new_line;" from modules 328 and 330 (and their names). - -85. Distinguish between user \kern and font \kern (Jan 9, 1983) -The nontrivial parts of this are to change "type(s)<>kern_node" to -"(type(s)<>kern_node)or(subtype(s)<>normal)" in modules 809 and 810; -and to say "kern_node: if subtype(s)=explicit then goto done4" in module 812. -The \kern primitive now has "explicit" instead of "normal" in 967. - -86. "ignorespace" becomes "ignorespaces" (Jan 9, 1983) - -87. Don't omit a blank space after \def, \message, \mark, etc. (Jan 9, 1983) -<Scan an optional space> is removed from modules 431, 848, 874. -"info(r):=space_token;" and "link(r):=get_avail; r:=link(r);" removed from 1278. - -*** The above changes appear in Version 0.94. - Version 0.95 - -88. New active characters in math mode (Jan 12, 1983) -In module 1062, add a label "restart" and change lines -3 and -2 as follows: -fam(p):=(c div 256) mod 16; -if c>=var_code then - if fam(p)<8 then fam(p):=cur_fam - else begin <Convert c to an active character whose equivalent is - ready to be scanned next>; goto restart; - end; -In module 1064, the body of the procedure becomes -begin if c>='4000 then <Convert c ...> else <the former body>; end -And there's a new module: -<Convert c...>= -begin cs_ptr:=(c mod 128)+active_base; -cur_cmd:=eq_type(cs_ptr); cur_chr:=equiv(cs_ptr); x_token; back_input; -end - -89. Surprise bug: $1-$ treated the - as binary (Jan 15, 1983) -New module <Convert a final bin_noad to an ord_noad>= - if r_type=bin_noad then type(r):=ord_noad -is called in module 649 before the call of 678, and in module 651 -in the place where that code already appears. - -90. Another oversight (Jan 15, 1983) -Add "space_factor:=1000;" after "push_nest" in modules 1027, 1029 - -91. And a more embarrassing one (Jan 16, 1983) -I forgot "spotless:=false;" at the beginning of the procedure in module 80. -But while fixing this, I decided to make it more general since IBMers want -a return code at the end of the job. So there's a history variable that has -four values: spotless, warning_issued, error_message_issued, fatal_error_stop. -a) module 75: declare history, define spotless etc. -b) module 76: initialize history:=spotless -c) module 80: if history<error_mess... then history:=error_mess... -d) 80 and 90: history:=fatal_error_stop before jump_out -e) 92: if history<error_message_issued then -f) 232: if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued -g) 1243: if history=warning_issued then print_nl("(see the log...)") - -92. "This can't happen" could happen, so there's new error recovery (Jan 16, 83) -In module 933, replace the call on confusion by a call of the following module: - @ @<Recover from an unbalanced output routine@>= - begin print_nl("! Unbalanced \output routine"); - help2("Your sneaky output routine has fewer real {'s than }'s.")@/ - ("I can't handle that very well; good luck."); error; - repeat get_token; - until loc=null; - end -In module 1278, replace the call on confusion by a call of: - @ @<Recover from an unbalanced write command@>= - begin print_nl("! Unbalanced \write command"); - help2("On this page there's a \write with fewer real {'s than }'s.")@/ - ("I can't handle that very well; good luck."); error; - repeat get_token; - until cur_tok=end_write_token; - end - -93. String overflow clobbered the log file (Jan 18, 1983) -Also, "confusion" before log file open would cause problems. Also start_input -calling open_log_file calling prompt_file_name calling fatal_error! -To fix these anomalies, open_log_file no longer calls prompt_file_name, -if interaction<scrollmode; instead, it terminates after printing what went -wrong. Also, the fatal_error and overflow and confusion procedures call -the following new subroutine: -procedure normalize_selector; -begin if job_name>0 then selector:=term_and_log else selector:=term_only; -if interaction=batch_mode then decr(selector); -if job_name=0 then open_log_file; -end; - -94. \ifeof\fi loops infinitely (Jan 18, discovered by Lamport) -Change 72 converted such a \fi to <space>\fi. Now it is converted to \relax\fi. - -95. \limitswitch changed to \displaylimits et al. (Jan 18, 1983) -[Incidentally, this fixes a bug in the former positioning of \int\limitswitch] -a) module 608: subtype of Op can be normal, limits, or no_limits. -b) 620: display the subtype if not normal -c) 667: new logic decides limits before looking at the operand (and the operand - is now called the nucleus); the italic correction is removed only if - it should not be put back -d) 1069: subtype(tail):=cur_chr - -96. Minor changes to math in unusual cases (Jan 19, 1983) -a:delete "if height(y)<=0 then height(y):=default_rule_thickness" in module 658 -b:move "if thickness(q)=default..." from module 664 to module 661 -c:delete module 1081, that error message isn't worth the bother -d:in module 1062, char_num case, c:=math_code(cur_val) (if cur_val<128) -e:in module 1064, a similar change - -97. Bad spacing from change 6 is corrected (Jan 19, 1983) -underline, overline, radical, vcenter, and accent noads now revert to type -Ord instead of type Inner. -{...} produces type Ord also. -There's a new primitive \mathinner. -The new_noad function now produces an ord_noad (change its calls accordingly). -And the default is changed in module 679 to t:=ord_noad; the fraction_noad -case sets t:=inner_noad, and the (inner_noad,ord_noad) cases swap places. - -98. New \mathchoice primitive (Jan 19, 1983) -a) module 204: new command -b) 254: math_choice_group -c) 614: style node three words long, so a choice node can be converted to it -d) 614a: choice node has four subfields: display_mlist, text_mlits, etc. -e) 1081a: routines to build a choice_node like 1027-1029 build discretionaries - -99. \input moves to syntax from semantics (Jan 19, 1983) -a) 204, 206: renumber commands -b) When input is to be expanded, if name_in_progress then insert_relax -c) 459,464: name_in_pr:=true; begin_name;...end_name; name_in_pr:=false; -d) 406,461: declare name_in_progress, a global boolean initially false - -100. \chardef joins \mathchardef (Jan 19, 1983) -a) 204: math_only becomes math_given; add new command char_given -b) 205: new command char_def -c) 250,251: new primitive char_def -d) 380: char_given,math_given yield integer after \the -e) 401: char_given,math_given yield integer in context of integer -f) 936,943: char_given treated like other_char -g) 1062,1064: same, if cur_chr<128, else assume math_code(x)=x -h) 1143,1144: char_def is analogous to math_char_def - -101. \unbox becomes \unhbox,\unvbox; also add \unhcopy (Jan 19, 1983) -Module 1020 changes in the obvious way. - -102. \spacefactor, \pagetotal, etc. move to prefixed_command (Jan 20, 1983) - -103. \hrule in horizontal mode, \vrule in vertical mode: switch modes (Jan 20) - -104. \globaldefs parameter, affects prefixed_command (Jan 20, 1983) - -105. After looking at frequency counts, some optimizations made (Jan 21, 1983) -a) "fast_get_avail" and "fast_store_new_token" introduced to speed up the loops -in modules 360 and 431. -b) some procedure call overhead eliminated in begin_token_list, end_token_list, -back_input, and flush_node_list. -c) a few if tests changed from "if a and b then" to "if a then if b then". - -106. Changes for space efficiency in math constructions (Jan 22, 1983) -a) In module 1102, mlist_penalties:=(mode>0) -b) The following code is inserted before "free_node" in module 639 (rebox): - if (is_char_node(p))and(link(p)=null) then - begin f:=font(p); v:=char_width(f)(char_info(f)(character(p))); - if v<>width(b) then link(p):=new_kern(width(b)-v); - end; -c) A new module is called just before clean_box exits: -<Simplify a trivial box>= -q:=list_ptr(x); -if is_char_node(q) then - begin r:=link(q); - if r<>null then if link(r)=null then if type(r)=kern_node then - begin free_node(r,small_node_size); link(q):=null; - end; - end - -107. Oversight in rebox routine (module 639) corrected (Jan 22, 1983) -if type(b)=vlist_node then b:=hpack(b,natural); - -108. Module 217 clobbers eqtb[bad_font_ident] set in change 26q (Jan 22, 1983) -Decided to fix this by making \nullfont a primitive. -This means the procedure missing_font can be deleted, and the test for -undefined font can be removed from the inner loop. -(This reflects a rather dramatic change from TeX80, where -a missing font was a fatal "Whoa" error!) -Note: I thought I could delete module 646, but realized that it still provides -a useful error message. The dump/undump routines (cf. change 26ee) now -dump the null_font information too, as its parameters can be changed. - -109. End of program now lists all incomplete \ifs (Jan 24, 1983) - -110. Alignment preamble setup to allow \halign\lb (Jan 29, 1983) -The statement "align_state:=-1000000;" is inserted near the beginning -of module 695 (and the comment about align_state=-999999 is deleted). -The constant -999999 is changed to -1000000 in modules 700 and 701. - -111. Forgot to test is_char_node(r) (Jan 30, 1983) -in the <Simplify a trivial box> code of change 106c. -By coincidence, this was caught since somebody used font number 11 -in the second character of a list of length 2! - -112. Improved format for stats at end of run (suggested by DRF, Jan 30, 1983) -Module 1242 changes; nothing subtle. - -**** The changes above have been incorporated into version 0.95 - Version 0.96 - -113. space after one-symbol control sequences NOT to be ignored unless -the catcode of that symbol is letter or spacer. (Jan 30, 1983) -The name of module 334 changes slightly; the state is set based -on cat_code(cur_chr), shortly after label start_cs. -A new variable cat is introduced and set to cat_code(cur_chr) in modules -334 and 336. - -114. trailing spaces removed on all lines of input (Jan 30, 1983) -last_nonblank is added to input_ln routine (module 31) - -115. mmode+accent gives error but assumes math_accent (Feb 3, 1983) -This goes into math_ac procedure (module 1075); module 1035 is eliminated. - -116. \iftrue and \iffalse (Feb 5, 1983) -Simple addition of two new conditions. - -117. Bad calculation of size for \left and \right (Feb 6, 1983) -In module 680, the first assignment to delta should be - delta:=(delta1 div 500)*delimiter_factor. - -118. \delimitershortfall (new name) replaces \delimiterlimit. (Feb 12) - -119. \abovewithdelims.. to be equivalent to \above (Feb 12) -Module 1089 revised so that the delimiters are scanned before the dimension. - -120. Remove the kludgy math codes introduced in change 88 (Feb 12) -\fam becomes a normal integer parameter -and \mathcode stored with min_halfword added -and \mathcode allowed to be 32768 -and current family is substituted only when it's in range. -Also the initialization of mathcode for letters now specifies family 1. -(This implies a dozen or so obvious revisions.) - -121. Bug in module 1152: max spacefactor is 32767 (Feb 12) -also module 1013 gets a restricted range - -122. Octal output to be replaced by hexadecimal. (Feb 14) - -123. Forgot to include char_given in module 1037, re change 100 (Feb 14) - -124. vmode+valign,hmode+halign made legal transitions (Feb 17) - -125. \tracingrestores (Feb 18) -This involves a lot of new, rather tedious code that's interspersed with the -eqtb definitions (the body of a procedure called show_eqtb). - -126. New error message for hmode+hrule in -hmode. (Feb 25) -head_for_vmode now suggests \leaders in this case. [improves change 103] - -127. under/overfull boxes in alignment: Better message. (Feb 27) -par_begin_line becomes pack_begin_line, and it is set (negative) in -module 719, read in modules 590 and 601. - -128. New \xcr feature. (suggested by Lamport comments, Mar 4) -align_peek (module 702) ignores it, otherwise it acts like ordinary \cr. - -129. In stats, subtract out TeX's own string requirements (Mar 4) -(cf. change 112) -init_pool_ptr and init_str_ptr variables added in obvious way -(declared in module 39, set in module 1240, used in module 1242) - -130. \everyhbox and \everyvbox. (Mar 6) -The modifications are obvious; for example, module 1076 gets the statement - if every_vbox<>null then begin_token_list(every_vbox,every_vbox_text); -and a similar pair of statements goes into module 993. - -131. Precaution in module 1105 error recovery (March 9, 1983) -Change the first test to "if (a=null)or danger", in order to -avoid accessing math_quad when the symbol fonts aren't known to be present. - -132. Installed float and unfloat to aid portability (suggested by HWT, 3/7/83) - -133. \dispskip becomes \abovedisplayskip and \belowdisplayskip (3/9/83) -Also \dispaskip becomes \abovedisplayshortskip; \dispbskip similar. - -134. \romannumeral separated from \number (suggested by FY, March 10) -Obvious changes; print_roman_int now accepts negative input but gives -no output in such cases (the test in module 68 becomes "if n<=0 then return"). - -135. scan_keyword to ignore leading spaces (Mar 12) -In module 375, change "else begin" to -"else if (cur_cmd<>spacer)or(p<>backup_head) then begin". - -136. Update to change 112 (Mar 14) -Module 1242 now uses write and write_ln directly (saves space and time). - -137. Another change to page-break cost (suggested by Lamport, March 16) -Cf. change 83k above; the relevant lines of module 914 now read - if b<awful_bad then - if pi<=eject_penalty then c:=pi - else if b<inf_bad then c:=b+pi+insert_penalties - else c:=deplorable - else c:=b; - if insert_penalties>=10000 then c:=awful_bad; -and a similar change (but without insert_penalties) occurs in module 887. - -**** The changes above have been incorporated into version 0.96 (March 16, 1983) - Version 0.97 - -138. \everyjob (suggested by FY, March 18) -Module 936: main_control inserts every_job as its first action. - -139. Improved printout of macro definitions (March 19) -In module 278, simply treat left_brace like right_brace. -(This corresponds to the way the manual describes parameter matching.) - -140. Omit blanks as non-delimited parameters (March 19) -In module 360, replace - else store_new_token(cur_tok); -by - else @<Store the current token, but |goto continue| if it is - a blank space that would become an undelimited parameter@>; -Then define @<Store the current token...@> to be: -begin if cur_tok=space_token then - if info(r)<=end_match_token then - if info(r)>=match_token then goto continue; -store_new_token(cur_tok); -end - -141. Minor patch in module 386, catches mu_glue (March 21) -begin cur_val:=zero_glue; cur_val_level:=glue_val; -if not is_char_node(tail)and(mode<>0) then - begin if type(tail)=glue_node then - begin cur_val:=glue_ptr(tail); - if subtype(tail)=mu_glue then cur_val_level:=mu_val; - end; - end -else if (mode=vmode)and(tail=head)and(last_page_glue<>max_halfword) then - cur_val:=last_page_glue; -end - -142. Patch in module 699, \span expands only one level (March 21) -(See previous change #42.) The "get_x_token" in the code -while (cur_chr=span_code)and(cur_cmd=tab_mark) do get_x_token; -should be replaced by: - begin get_token; - if cur_cmd>max_command then - begin expand_calls; get_token; - end; - end - -143. Single # in \tokens, \message, etc. (March 22) -(The previous rule was really bad in connection with \uppercase, -or with \write when #'s had to be given four times!) -Module 437 should be prefaced with "if macro_def then". -And get_token should become get_x_token there, if xpand is true. - -144. Keyword "to" required in \read. (March 22) -This will avoid the common error of a missing space before the \cs. -Also the stream number can be out of range, for terminal input. -The stream number in a \write can be out of range too, for terminal output. -Modules 1145 and 1258 and 1280, etc., change in the obvious ways. - -145. \ifeven<countnumber> replaced by \ifodd<number> (March 26) -This makes the language more consistent. - -146. Big surprise bug relating to \if\if aabc\fi (March 26) -(related to change 45; the possibility that cur_if might not be the -correct one when the conditional is evaluated was discovered today) -The main change is to add the change_if_limit procedure, and to add -the variable save_cond_ptr and the code that now depends on it. - -147. \if and \ifcat should tolerate primitives (March 28) - -148. "absent" becomes "void", a better word (March 28) - -149. Module 990: \lastbox to clear the shift_amount (March 28) -since I don't want to figure out what it means in all cases (\vsplit, etc) - -150. print_err("...") takes the place of print_nl("! ...") (DRF, March 29) -And wake_up_terminal is introduced in module 34, and used in modules -37, 70, 341, 441, 457, 463, 1210, 1240, 1246. - -151. \halign extended to periodic preambles (April 1) -Modules 688--690: cur_loop introduced, stacked/unstacked -Module 695: cur_loop initialized -Module 700: cur_loop set up -Module 708--709: cur_loop used and advanced - -152. \leaders to align by the smallest enclosing box. (April 1) -Module 549: new local variable left_edge, initialized to cur_h -Module 557: cur_h:=left_edge+leader_wd*((cur_h-left_edge) div leader_wd) -Module 559: new local variable top_edge, initialized to cur_v-height(this_box) -Module 566: analogous to 557 - -153. hyphenation after whatsits is OK (April 1) -In module 809, skip past whatsits - -154. \par in vertical mode should build_page (April 2) -vmode+par_end moves from 952 to 1005 - -155. Clear aux to zero in module 703 (April 2) - -156. Digits will switch families (April 4) -(initialize their math codes differently in module 225) - -157. Refinement to correction 83m (April 7) -the test for not splitting should be - if ((h<=0)or(h<=delta))and(height(p)+height(r)<=dimen(n)) then - -158. (re 128) \xcr renamed to \crcr, at Lamport's request. (April 8) - -159. Better error recovery in runaway preamble (April 11) -Module 319, aligning: set align_state:=-1000000 - -160. \read to get balanced braces (April 12) -Module 440 changed to look more like 431. -Module 443 gives error message if the \read goes off end of file. -Module 319 removes \outer from forbidden control sequence that is \read. - -161. Bug found by Jim Sterken (April 14) -Module 798 can make q a char_node, so module 794 needs this patch: - if not is_char_node(q) then -to be inserted just before "if (type(q)=math_node)..." - -162. \uppercase and \lowercase to apply to all characters (April 15) -module 1196 changes; also I put active_base before single_base in eqtb - -**** The changes above have been incorporated into version 0.97 (April 16, 1983) -**** except the part of 144 about \read-1 was forgotten and put in 0.98 later - Version 0.98 - -163. change small_number to 0..65 in module 814 (found by DRF, April 17) - -164. improved error recovery in module 1166 (suggested by DRF, April 17) -after error: repeat get_token; until cur_cmd=right_brace; {flush the patterns} - -165. improved \read from terminal (suggested by Todd Allen at Yale, May 1) -I had forgotten to implement the extended stream numbers in change 144. -Also, the prompt is now omitted if n<0. - -166. \write n writes only to the log file, if n<0. (May 18) - -167. Unified syntax for parameters and registers. (May 18) -a) Command code changes: def_font moved to before prefix; - register eliminated; set_register renamed register and - moved (with adv_register...div_register) to before prefix; - min_internal and max_internal defined. -b) scan_the renamed scan_something_internal, and it acts on cur_tok. -c) scan_int, scan_dimen, scan_glue simplified accordingly; instead of - testing for cur_cmd=the or cur_cmd=register, they now test - cur_cmd versus min_internal and max_internal. -d) ins_the is removed. -e) \minusthe is removed. Consequently "the_toks" needs no parameter. - -168. new parameters \hoffset, \voffset (May 18) - -169. \everycr (suggested by Spivak, installed May 24) - -170. \countdef, \dimendef, etc. (suggested by DRF long ago, installed May 25) -Straightforward change to internal representation of assign_int and similar -commands, so that the chr part is now a pointer to the eqtb location. - -171. \advance, \multiply, \divide (suggested by FY, installed May 25) - -172. \hyphenchar (May 25) -A new command assign_font_int is introduced, and incorporated into -scan_something_internal and prefixed_command in the usual way. -The hyphen_char array entries are initialized in modules 483 and 506, -allocated in 482, used in modules 809 [is hyphenation to be suppressed?], -828 [insert the hyphen character], 946 [insert discretionary node -following hyphen], 1027 [implementation of \-]. -hyphen_char[k] is dumped and undumped in modules 1229 and 1230. - -173. \skewchar (May 25) -Loaded and fetched with the same command code as \hyphenchar. -Module 659 gets a dozen more lines of program, to compute the skew. - -174. \noexpand (May 25) -This involves: introduction of no_expand and dont_expand command codes; -frozen_dont_expand as an internal marker; small change to get_next -when that marker is sensed; change to processing of \if and \ifcat; -implementation of no_expand in the expand_calls subroutine. -I also changed the name of expand_calls to "expand". - -175. \meaning (May 25) -This adds one case to the "convert" command. -print_meaning is a new subroutine, using code that was in show_whatever. - -176. "dm" and "vu" are out, ".5\hsize" is in (May 25) -Straightforward changes to module 416. - -177. \texinfo f n becomes \fontdimen n f (May 25) - -178. \afterassignment (suggested by ARK, May 27) - -179. \chardef\xx=5\xx shouldn't say that \xx is undefined (May 27) - -180. \relax to be ignored like spaces in math mode (May 28) -and in a few other places: <Get next non-blank non-relax non-call token> -is now used in modules 379, 988, 994, 1062, 1070, 1134, 1179 -(i.e., scan_left_brace, scan_box, scan_math, scan_delimiter, prefixed_command, -do_assignments, and just after \leaders). - -181. improve \mathaccent wrt sub/superscripts (sugg by HWT, May 30) - -182. its_all_over: remove dead_cycles>max_dead_cycles (May 30) -Modules 961 and 962 are combined and simplified. - -*** The changes above were installed into version 0.98 on May 31, 1983 *** - Version 0.99 - -183. \mark and \insert and \vadjust allowed in restricted hmode (Jun 3) -also in math; this is a comparatively big change -[at present, \mark in a display causes TeX to crash with "can't happen"!] -modules 652 and 679: mark_node,ins_node,adjust_node now permitted -modules 576 and 578: t becomes a global variable adjust_tail -modules 802 and 1110: new calling sequence to get the adjustments -modules 254, 986, 993, 995, 996: adjusted_hbox_group for the new kind of hbox -modules 698--690: cur_head and cur_tail added to alignment stack -modules 703, 712, 715: adjustments gathered and appended during \halign - -184. \ht, \wd, and \dp (Jun 6) - -185. When displaying noads, use ^ and _ instead of ( and [ (Jun 6) - -186. A..F in hex constants could be otherchar as well as letter (Jun 6) - -187. Remove <scan optional space> from module 417 (Jun 7) -(it was redundant code) - -188. \mkern .5\thinmuskip and \mkern\thinmuskip should be legal (Jun 7) - -189. 2.5\space\space\dimen0 should work (Jun 7) -previously it worked after "plus" or "minus" only! - -190. <font identifier> to allow also \font for current font (Jun 7) -"if cur_cmd=def_font then f:=cur_font else" added to module 507 - -191. \gdef not to be global when \globaldefs<0 (Jun 7) -"and (global_defs>=0)" added to module 1139 - -192. \advance\spaceskip by-\spaceskip should yield zero_glue (Jun 7) -the procedure trap_zero_glue is culled from module 1147 - -193. \show should work with any token (Jun 7) - -194. \tokens to become 256 registers (Jun 8) -\toks and \toksdef added in the straightforward way -(this affects mainly eqtb, scan_something_internal, prefixed_command) - -195. allow \indent in math mode (Jun 8) -also, \valign in math mode to give missing $ error -modules 1001 and 1043 disappear; 1004 is generalized slightly. - -196. remove redundant code (Jun 8) -In module 1044, there's no need to check cur_group and call off_save. -Similarly in module 1053. - -197. new_write_whatsit shouldn't allow \openout-1, \closeout-1 (Jun 8) -(simple change to module 1258) - -198. \lastbox should give error in math mode (Jun 8) -(simple change to module 990) - -199. \leaders not followed by proper glue should be back_error (Jun 9) -[I made the change; TRIP should test this error message!] - -200. Module 702, correction to beginning of \noalign (Jun 9) -if mode=-vmode then normal_paragraph; - -201. After alphabetic constant, expand the optional space (Jun 10) - -202. Set space_factor:=1000 after rule or constructing an accent (Jun 12) -That's in modules 964 and 1036. - -203. blunder in module 783 (caught by Jim Sterken, fixed Jun 14) -disc_width:=0 needs to be set before testing if s=null -(A real bug that existed since the beginning! It showed up on page 37 - of the September 1982 TRIP manual; my hand-checking was incomplete...) - -204. Change to optional spaces after <dimen> (Jun 14) -The optional space will now be analogous to that after <number>. - -205. Fix conflict between \output and \everydisplay (Jun 14) -In change 49, I should have inserted every_display before calling build_page. - -206. Overflow errors to be consistent with statistics reporting (Jun 17) -(See change 129.) - -207. \tracing switches to be all positive vs nonpositive (Jun 17) - -*** The changes above were installed into version 0.99 on June 19, 1983 *** - Version 0.999 - -208. \catcode`\%=14 to be done by INITEX (Jun 20) - -209. \par in vmode to clear parshape etc. (Jun 21) -Module 1005, which contains vmode+par_end, now calls normal_paragraph. - -210. Improvement to change 39 (Jun 21) -Module 593, overfull_rule not appended if solely due to hbadness - -211. Alignment bug allows glue_set to be less than -1! (Jun 21) -Modules 723 and 724 need to be patched. - -212. Correction to change 134 (found by Debby Clark, Jun 22) -Module 68: n to be declared integer, not nonnegative_integer. - -213. "by" to be optional (suggested by Lamport, Jun 22) -Module 1158 disappears - -214. Module 1235, slight change in format_ident message (Jun 24) - -215. New measures needed to thwart trickery (Jun 25) -Glue set values computed by \span could have been brought into -TeX's registers via, e.g., \valign and \vsplit; so the -"kern" idea of module 722 is insufficient and should be abandoned. -Extra boxes and glue are added; this has additional virtue -of perfect accuracy in alignment of vertical rules. -The main change is to introduce a new module after 722, in which s and t -are updated for spans, and to eliminate the "equivalent kern" code from 719 -(the corresponding glue calculations are now done in the new module). - -216. leaders to affect height/width of their boxes (Jun 25) -Module 583 splits into two parts (one for hpack, one for vpack). - -217. \unskip permitted a little more often (Jun 28) -Module 1018 reports error only if last_page_glue<max_halfword. - -218. {\bf A} in math: not to make a box (Jul 1) -Module 1093 changes as follows: info(saved(0)):=fin_mlist(null) becomes -p:=fin_mlist(null); info(saved(0)):=p; if <simple case> then <simplify>. - -219. "scaled" feature added to \font input. - -220. \mathaccent still not working right? (Jul 2) -Change 181, I forgot to correct delta when box x changed. - -221. Remove confusion possible on file of length 1 (found by Lamport) -Correction suggested by DRF, July 2: introduce bypass_eoln - -222. Allow things like ^^b. (July 4) -This simplifies modules 332 and 335; also affects 48 and 49. -And (surprise) 58. - -223. \escapechar \defaulthyphenchar \defaultskewchar \endlinechar (July 4) -to make TeX less dependent on the character set -A lot of error messages are now broken up so that they use print_esc - -224. erstat added for file opening/closing (by DRF, July 7) -That's module 27. - -225. \tracingpages output to show total glue too (July 11) -Added a procedure called print_page_totals, used also by show_activities. -Broke modules 214 and 896 into two modules each. - -226. Guard against insertion into an hbox (July 11) -A new procedure ensure_vbox is called in modules 917 and 925. - -227. <tokenvar>=<tokenvar> allowed (July 11) - -228. \errhelp parameter added (July 11) - -229. get_preamble_token should look at global_defs (July 11) -Module 699 is patched. - -*** The above changes installed in preliminary version 0.999 on July 12, 1983, -but I decided later in the day to do a few more things: - -230. \string, \noexpand, \meaning to allow \outer (Todd Allen, July 12) - -231. \the to be an expandable control sequence (July 12) -Several things in the language are cleaned up: -a) \the\tenrm replaced by \fontname\tenrm [\fontname<font>] -b) when expanding edef, etc., result of \the still expanded only one level -c) expansion after \def not inhibited, since \noexpand is now present -d) \the\the disallowed. - -232. \unhbox and \unhcopy allowed in math mode if the box is void (July 12) -Module 1020 is extended to handle this case. - -233. Value of default_rule was incorrectly rounded (July 16) -Module 424: default_rule=26214 {.39999 pt} - -234. \mathaccent still not right! (July 16) -I need to make the final height the max of (height of accented letter w/o -superscript, height of unaccented letter w superscript). - -235. \newlinechar parameter (July 16) -simple change to print subroutine - -236. boxes and rules to be allowed in discretionaries (sugg by HP man, July 16) -in fact this simply requires omitting of the prohibition (in module 1031) -and a few more cases equivalent to kern_node in modules 754, 755, 784. - -237. \tracingcommands to show all expandable tokens (July 16) - -238. \char to be allowed in \hyphenation list (July 16) -Module 848 changes in the obvious way. - -239. \aftergroup (July 16) -A new save_type. - -240. Curtail running dimensions inside alignments (sugg by ARK, July 16) -Module 720. - -241. Strange pattern data could cause PASCAL error (found July 17) -Put "if hc[1]=127 then hyf[0]:=0;" at beginning of module 878. - -242. hc codes for hyphenation are one lower (July 17) -e.g., hc[...]:=lc_code(...)-1. This makes code 127 impossible to match. - -243. whatsits also allowed after hyphenatable words (July 17) -Module 812. - -244. \/ makes an explicit kern (July 17) -"subtype(tail):=explicit" in module 1023. - -*** Version 0.999 installed July 17, 1983. -But later in the day I decided to do a few more things: - -245. Lowercase letters allowed in file names (July 18) -In module 452, omit the conversion to uppercase. - -246. "No output file" becomes "No pages of output." (July 18) -Module 571. - -247. QRS on error leads to confirmation message (sugg by ARK, July 18) -Module 84. - -*** The real version 0.999 finally installed July 18. - * Version 1.0 - -(Changes made after the Version 0.999 listing of TeX82) -(Henceforth the "final" module numbers are used) - -248. Module 1215, allow space in \read n to \cs (by FY, July 25, 1983) -@x patch in get_r_token routine -begin restart: get_token; -@y -begin restart: repeat get_token; -until cur_tok<>space_token; -@z - -249. Module 498, we must stack the current if type (FY, July 27) -@x patch in conditional routine -begin @<Push the condition stack@>;@+save_cond_ptr:=cond_ptr;@/ -@y -@!this_if:small_number; {type of this conditional} -begin @<Push the condition stack@>;@+save_cond_ptr:=cond_ptr;this_if:=cur_chr;@/ -@z -Also replace cur_if by this_if in modules 501, 503, 506. The following -patches do only what is necessary to make things work: -@x - print_cmd_chr(if_test,cur_if); -@y - print_cmd_chr(if_test,this_if); -@z -@x -if cur_if=if_int_code then scan_int@+else scan_normal_dimen; -@y -if this_if=if_int_code then scan_int@+else scan_normal_dimen; -@z -@x -if cur_if=if_char_code then b:=(n=cur_chr)@+else b:=(m=cur_cmd); -@y -if this_if=if_char_code then b:=(n=cur_chr)@+else b:=(m=cur_cmd); -@z - -250. Module 507, \ifx need not put a control sequence in hash table (July 29) -@x -get_token; n:=cs_ptr; p:=cur_cmd; q:=cur_chr; -get_token; if cur_cmd<>p then b:=false -@y -get_next; n:=cs_ptr; p:=cur_cmd; q:=cur_chr; -get_next; if cur_cmd<>p then b:=false -@z - -251. Module 86, message is lost (noticed by HWT, July 31) -@x -print("..."); print_ln; return; -@y -print("..."); print_ln; update_terminal; return; -@z - -252. Don't put empty at end of \input file! (Aug 1) -[This simplifies the rules and the program, and also gets around a bug -that occurred at the end of files with \endlinechar<0.] -@x Module 362: -@ An empty line is inserted at the end of the file, if the last line -wasn't already empty, because |input_ln| sets |last:=first| when -it discovers an |eof|. -@^empty line at end of file@> - -@<Read next line of file into |buffer|, or - |goto restart| if the file has ended@>= -begin incr(line); first:=start; -if not force_eof then - begin if input_ln(cur_file,true) then {not end of file} - firm_up_the_line {this sets |limit|} - else if limit<>start then firm_up_the_line - {if |pausing|, the user can add more lines} - else force_eof:=true; -@y -@ @<Read next line of file into |buffer|, or - |goto restart| if the file has ended@>= -begin incr(line); first:=start; -if not force_eof then - begin if input_ln(cur_file,true) then {not end of file} - firm_up_the_line {this sets |limit|} - else force_eof:=true; -@z - -*** The changes above went into Version 0.9999, which was widely distributed - -253. Ridiculous blunder made in change 146 (found by FY, August 16) -@x Correction to module 497 -else loop@+begin q:=cond_ptr; - if link(q)=p then - begin type(p):=l; return; - end; - if q=null then confusion("if"); -@:this can't happen if}{\quad if@> - q:=link(q); -@y -else begin q:=cond_ptr; - loop@+ begin if q=null then confusion("if"); -@:this can't happen if}{\quad if@> - if link(q)=p then - begin type(q):=l; return; - end; - q:=link(q); - end; -@z - -254. Minor amendment to stat(s) printing (cf. change 129) (August 16) -@x in module 1334 - wlog_ln(' ',str_ptr-init_str_ptr:1,' strings out of ', - max_strings-init_str_ptr:1);@/ -@y - wlog(' ',str_ptr-init_str_ptr:1,' string'); - if str_ptr<>init_str_ptr+1 then wlog('s'); - wlog_ln(' out of ', -@z - -255. Bug in \xleader computations (found by FY, August 18) -@x in module 592 -@!lq,@!lr:integer; {quantities used in calculations for leaders} -@y -@!lq,@!lr,@!lx:integer; {quantities used in calculations for leaders} -@z -@x in module 626 - begin edge:=cur_h+rule_wd; - @<Let |cur_h| be the position of the first box, and set |leader_wd| - to the spacing between corresponding parts of boxes@>; - while cur_h+leader_wd<=edge do - @<Output a leader box at |cur_h|, - then advance |cur_h| by |leader_wd|@>; -@y - begin edge:=cur_h+rule_wd; lx:=0; - @<Let |cur_h| be the position of the first box, and set |leader_wd+lx| - to the spacing between corresponding parts of boxes@>; - while cur_h+leader_wd<=edge do - @<Output a leader box at |cur_h|, - then advance |cur_h| by |leader_wd+lx|@>; -@z -@x in module 627 - leader_wd:=leader_wd+lx; -@y -@z -@x in module 628 -cur_h:=save_h+leader_wd; -@y -cur_h:=save_h+leader_wd+lx; -@z -@x in module 635 - begin edge:=cur_v+rule_ht; - @<Let |cur_v| be the position of the first box, and set |leader_ht| - to the spacing between corresponding parts of boxes@>; - while cur_v+leader_ht<=edge do - @<Output a leader box at |cur_v|, - then advance |cur_v| by |leader_ht|@>; -@y - begin edge:=cur_v+rule_ht; lx:=0; - @<Let |cur_v| be the position of the first box, and set |leader_ht+lx| - to the spacing between corresponding parts of boxes@>; - while cur_v+leader_ht<=edge do - @<Output a leader box at |cur_v|, - then advance |cur_v| by |leader_ht+lx|@>; -@z -@x in module 636 - leader_ht:=leader_ht+lx; -@y -@z -@x in module 637 -cur_v:=save_v-height(leader_box)+leader_ht; -@y -cur_v:=save_v-height(leader_box)+leader_ht+lx; -@z -Also insert the following in modules 619 and 629: -@!lx:scaled; {extra space between leader boxes} - -256. \/ should apply to ligatures! (August 20) -@x in module 1113 -var f:internal_font_number; {the font in the |char_node|} -begin if is_char_node(tail)and(tail<>head) then - begin f:=font(tail); - tail_append(new_kern(char_italic(f)(char_info(f)(character(tail))))); -@y -label exit; -var p:pointer; {|char_node| at the tail of the current list} -@!f:internal_font_number; {the font in the |char_node|} -begin if tail<>head then - begin if is_char_node(tail) then p:=tail - else if type(tail)=ligature_node then p:=lig_char(tail) - else return; - f:=font(p); - tail_append(new_kern(char_italic(f)(char_info(f)(character(p))))); -@z -@x later in that same module -end; -@y -exit: end; -@z - -257. Another debugging hack. (August 27) -@x module 1339 -15: begin font_in_short_display:=null_font; short_display(n); - end; -@y -15: begin font_in_short_display:=null_font; short_display(n); - end; -16: panicking:=not panicking; -@z - -258. Redundant code eliminated (August 27) -Module 531 needn't set and reset name_in_progress [but it's harmless]. - -259. Bug: \input shouldn't occur during font size spec (Spivak; fixed August 27) -@x module 1258 -@ @<Scan the font size specification@>= -@y -@ @<Scan the font size specification@>= -name_in_progress:=true; {this keeps |cur_name| from being changed} -@z -@x module 1258 -else s:=-1000 -@y -else s:=-1000; -name_in_progress:=false -@z - -260. \ifhbox and \ifvbox introduced. (August 27) -@x module 487 -@d ifx_code=10 { `\.{\\ifx}' } -@d if_eof_code=11 { `\.{\\ifeof}' } -@d if_true_code=12 { `\.{\\iftrue}' } -@d if_false_code=13 { `\.{\\iffalse}' } -@d if_case_code=14 { `\.{\\ifcase}' } -@y -@d if_hbox_code=10 { `\.{\\ifhbox}' } -@d if_vbox_code=11 { `\.{\\ifvbox}' } -@d ifx_code=12 { `\.{\\ifx}' } -@d if_eof_code=13 { `\.{\\ifeof}' } -@d if_true_code=14 { `\.{\\iftrue}' } -@d if_false_code=15 { `\.{\\iffalse}' } -@d if_case_code=16 { `\.{\\ifcase}' } -@z -@x -primitive("ifx",if_test,ifx_code); -@y -primitive("ifhbox",if_test,if_hbox_code); -@!@:if_hbox_}{\.{\\ifhbox} primitive@> -primitive("ifvbox",if_test,if_vbox_code); -@!@:if_vbox_}{\.{\\ifvbox} primitive@> -primitive("ifx",if_test,ifx_code); -@z -@x module 488 - ifx_code:print_esc("ifx"); -@y - if_hbox_code:print_esc("ifhbox"); - if_vbox_code:print_esc("ifvbox"); - ifx_code:print_esc("ifx"); -@z -@x module 501 -if_void_code: @<Test if a box is void@>; -@y -if_void_code, if_hbox_code, if_vbox_code: @<Test box register status@>; -@z -@x module 505 -@ @<Test if a box is void@>= -begin scan_eight_bit_int; b:=(box(cur_val)=null); -end -@y -@ @<Test box register status@>= -begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val); -if this_if=if_void_code then b:=(p=null) -else if p=null then b:=false -else if this_if=if_hbox_code then b:=(type(p)=hlist_node) -else b:=(type(p)=vlist_node); -end - -261. Serious data structure error (found by Todd Allen, August 29) -@x module 478 (an error introduced in change 231) - q:=the_toks; link(p):=link(temp_head); p:=q; -@y - q:=the_toks; - if link(temp_head)<>null then - begin link(p):=link(temp_head); p:=q; - end; -@z - -262. Minor patch for efficiency (August 29) -@x module 466 - begin store_new_token(info(r)); r:=link(r); -@y - begin fast_store_new_token(info(r)); r:=link(r); -@z - -263. Minor patch to error message (August 29) -@module 579 - print(" has "); print_int(font_params[f]); - print(" fontdimen parameters"); -@.Font x has n fontdimen...@> -@y - print(" has only "); print_int(font_params[f]); - print(" fontdimen parameters"); -@.Font x has only...@> -@z - -*** The changes above comprise version 0.99999, used only at SAIL (August 29) - -264. funny blank spaces are showable (August 30) -@x module 298 -spacer: print("blank space"); -@y -spacer: chr_cmd("blank space "); -@z - -265. \newlinechar [change 235] should affect print_char too (August 31) -@x module 58 -procedure print_char(@!c:ascii_code); {prints a single character} -begin case selector of -term_and_log: begin wterm(xchr[c]); write(log_file,xchr[c]); - incr(term_offset); incr(file_offset); - if term_offset=max_print_line then - begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0; - end; - if file_offset=max_print_line then - begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0; - end; - end; -log_only: begin write(log_file,xchr[c]); incr(file_offset); - if file_offset=max_print_line then print_ln; - end; -term_only: begin wterm(xchr[c]); incr(term_offset); - if term_offset=max_print_line then print_ln; - end; -no_print: do_nothing; -pseudo: if tally<trick_count then trick_buf[tally mod error_line]:=c; -new_string: begin if pool_ptr<pool_size then append_char(c); - end; {drop characters if the string space is full} -othercases write(write_file[selector],xchr[c]) -endcases;@/ -incr(tally); -end; -@y -procedure print_char(@!s:ascii_code); {prints a single character} -label exit; -begin if @<Character |s| is the current new-line character@> then - if selector<pseudo then - begin print_ln; return; - end; -case selector of -term_and_log: begin wterm(xchr[s]); wlog(xchr[s]); - incr(term_offset); incr(file_offset); - if term_offset=max_print_line then - begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0; - end; - if file_offset=max_print_line then - begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0; - end; - end; -log_only: begin wlog(xchr[s]); incr(file_offset); - if file_offset=max_print_line then print_ln; - end; -term_only: begin wterm(xchr[s]); incr(term_offset); - if term_offset=max_print_line then print_ln; - end; -no_print: do_nothing; -pseudo: if tally<trick_count then trick_buf[tally mod error_line]:=s; -new_string: begin if pool_ptr<pool_size then append_char(s); - end; {drop characters if the string space is full} -othercases write(write_file[selector],xchr[s]) -endcases;@/ -incr(tally); -exit:end; - -266. \lastkern,\lastpenalty,\unkern,\unpenalty (September 4) -@x module 208 -@d unskip=25 {nullify glue ( \.{\\unskip} )} -@y -@d remove_item=25 {nullify last item ( \.{\\unpenalty}, - \.{\\unkern}, \.{\\unskip} )} -@z -@x module 208 -@d last_skip=69 {most recent glue ( \.{\\lastskip} )} -@y -@d last_item=69 {most recent item ( \.{\\lastpenalty}, - \.{\\lastkern}, \.{\\lastskip} )} -@z -@x module 265 -primitive("lastskip",last_skip,0);@/ -@!@:last_skip_}{\.{\\lastskip} primitive@> -@y -@z -@x module 265 -primitive("the",the,0); -@!@:the_}{\.{\\the} primitive@> -primitive("toks",toks_register,0); -@!@:toks_}{\.{\\toks} primitive@> -primitive("unskip",unskip,0);@/ -@!@:unskip_}{\.{\\unskip} primitive@> -@y -primitive("the",the,0);@/ -@!@:the_}{\.{\\the} primitive@> -primitive("toks",toks_register,0);@/ -@!@:toks_}{\.{\\toks} primitive@> -@z -@x module 266 -last_skip: print_esc("lastskip"); -@y -@z -@x module 266 -unskip: print_esc("unskip"); -@y -@z -@x module 413 -last_skip: @<Fetch the glue in the current node, if any@>; -@y -last_item: @<Fetch an item in the current node, if appropriate@>; -@z -@x module 416 [I also changed the comment] -primitive("dp",set_box_dimen,depth_offset); -@!@:dp_}{\.{\\dp} primitive@> -@y -primitive("dp",set_box_dimen,depth_offset); -@!@:dp_}{\.{\\dp} primitive@> -primitive("lastpenalty",last_item,int_val); -@!@:last_penalty_}{\.{\\lastpenalty} primitive@> -primitive("lastkern",last_item,dimen_val); -@!@:last_kern_}{\.{\\lastkern} primitive@> -primitive("lastskip",last_item,glue_val); -@!@:last_skip_}{\.{\\lastskip} primitive@> -@z -@x module 417 -else print_esc("dp"); -@y -else print_esc("dp"); -last_item: if chr_code=int_val then print_esc("lastpenalty") -else if chr_code=dimen_val then print_esc("lastkern") -else print_esc("lastskip"); -@z -@x module 424 -@ Here is where \.{\\lastskip} is implemented. The reference count will be -updated later. -@:last_skip_}{\.{\\lastskip} primitive@> - -@<Fetch the glue in the current node, if any@>= -begin cur_val:=zero_glue; cur_val_level:=glue_val; -if not is_char_node(tail)and(mode<>0) then - begin if type(tail)=glue_node then - begin cur_val:=glue_ptr(tail); - if subtype(tail)=mu_glue then cur_val_level:=mu_val; - end; - end -else if (mode=vmode)and(tail=head)and(last_page_glue<>max_halfword) then - cur_val:=last_page_glue; -end -@y -@ Here is where \.{\\lastpenalty}, \.{\\lastkern}, and \.{\\lastskip} are -implemented. The reference count for \.{\\lastskip} will be updated later. - -@<Fetch an item in the current node...@>= -begin if cur_chr=glue_val then cur_val:=zero_glue@+else cur_val:=0; -cur_val_level:=cur_chr; -if not is_char_node(tail)and(mode<>0) then - case cur_chr of - int_val: if type(tail)=penalty_node then cur_val:=penalty(tail); - dimen_val: if type(tail)=kern_node then cur_val:=width(tail); - glue_val: if type(tail)=glue_node then - begin cur_val:=glue_ptr(tail); - if subtype(tail)=mu_glue then cur_val_level:=mu_val; - end; - end {there are no other cases} -else if (mode=vmode)and(tail=head) then - case cur_chr of - int_val: cur_val:=last_penalty; - dimen_val: cur_val:=last_kern; - glue_val: if last_glue<>max_halfword then cur_val:=last_glue; - end; {there are no other cases} -end -@z -@x module 982 [also the comment changes] -@!last_page_glue:pointer; {used to implement \.{\\lastskip}} -@y -@!last_glue:pointer; {used to implement \.{\\lastskip}} -@!last_penalty:integer; {used to implement \.{\\lastpenalty}} -@!last_kern:scaled; {used to implement \.{\\lastkern}} -@z -@x module 991 -last_page_glue:=max_halfword; -@y -last_glue:=max_halfword; last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0; -@z -@x module 994 -@<Update the value of |last_page_glue|@>; -@y -@<Update the values of |last_glue|, |last_penalty|, and |last_kern|@>; -@z -@x module 996 -@ @<Update the value of |last_page_glue|@>= -if last_page_glue<>max_halfword then delete_glue_ref(last_page_glue); -if type(p)=glue_node then - begin last_page_glue:=glue_ptr(p); add_glue_ref(last_page_glue); - end -else last_page_glue:=max_halfword -@y -@ @<Update the values of |last_glue|...@>= -if last_glue<>max_halfword then delete_glue_ref(last_glue); -last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0; -if type(p)=glue_node then - begin last_glue:=glue_ptr(p); add_glue_ref(last_glue); - end -else begin last_glue:=max_halfword; - if type(p)=penalty_node then last_penalty:=penalty(p) - else if type(p)=kern_node then last_kern:=width(p); - end -@z -@x module 1017 -if last_page_glue<>max_halfword then delete_glue_ref(last_page_glue); -@<Start a new current page@>; {this sets |last_page_glue:=max_halfword|} -@y -if last_glue<>max_halfword then delete_glue_ref(last_glue); -@<Start a new current page@>; {this sets |last_glue:=max_halfword|} -@z -@x module 1048 -vmode+vmove,hmode+hmove,mmode+hmove,any_mode(last_skip), -@y -vmode+vmove,hmode+hmove,mmode+hmove,any_mode(last_item), -@z -@x module 1104 -any_mode(unskip): delete_skip; -@y -any_mode(remove_item): delete_last; -@z -@x module 1105 -procedure delete_skip; -var p:pointer; {runs through the current list} -begin if (mode=vmode)and(tail=head) then - @<Apologize for inability to do \.{\\unskip} now, - unless the previous node was not glue@> -else begin if not is_char_node(tail) then if type(tail)=glue_node then -@y -procedure delete_last; -var p:pointer; {runs through the current list} -begin if (mode=vmode)and(tail=head) then - @<Apologize for inability to do the operation now, - unless \.{\\unskip} follows non-glue@> -else begin if not is_char_node(tail) then if type(tail)=cur_chr then -@z -@x module 1106 -@ @<Apologize for inability to do \.{\\unskip}...@>= -begin if last_page_glue<>max_halfword then - begin you_cant; - help2("Sorry...I'm usually unable to take things from the current")@/ - ("page. Try `I\vskip-\lastskip' instead."); error; -@y -@ @<Apologize for inability to do the operation...@>= -begin if (cur_chr<>glue_node)or(last_glue<>max_halfword) then - begin you_cant; - help2("Sorry...I'm usually unable to take things from the current")@/ - ("page. Try `I\vskip-\lastskip' instead."); - if cur_chr=kern_node then help_line[0]:= - ("page. Try `I\kern-\lastkern' instead.") - else if cur_chr<>glue_node then help_line[0]:=@| - ("page. Perhaps you can make the output routine do it."); - error; -@z -@x module 1107 -primitive("unhbox",un_hbox,box_code);@/ -@y -primitive("unpenalty",remove_item,penalty_node);@/ -@!@:un_penalty_}{\.{\\unpenalty} primitive@> -primitive("unkern",remove_item,kern_node);@/ -@!@:un_kern_}{\.{\\unkern} primitive@> -primitive("unskip",remove_item,glue_node);@/ -@!@:un_skip_}{\.{\\unskip} primitive@> -primitive("unhbox",un_hbox,box_code);@/ -@z -@x module 1108 -un_hbox: if chr_code=copy_code then print_esc("unhcopy") -@y -remove_item: if chr_code=glue_node then print_esc("unskip") - else if chr_code=kern_node then print_esc("unkern") - else print_esc("unpenalty"); -un_hbox: if chr_code=copy_code then print_esc("unhcopy") -@z - -*** The above changes installed in version 0.999999 (September 5, 1983) - -267. Undo change 29: it was overkill and not needed (Sep 17) -@x module 1257 -label exit, common_ending; -var u:pointer; {user's font identifier} -@!s:scaled; {stated ``at'' size, or negative of scaled magnification} -@!f:internal_font_number; {runs through existing fonts} -begin if job_name=0 then open_log_file; - {avoid confusing \.{texput} with the font name} -@<If the next token isn't a suitable control sequence, issue a complaint - and |return|; otherwise set |u:=cs_ptr|, and set |hash_used| to the - location of a ``frozen'' copy of the new font identifier@>; -define(u,set_font,null_font); scan_optional_equals; scan_file_name; -@<Scan the font size specification@>; -@<If this font has already been loaded, set |f| to the internal - font number and |goto common_ending|@>; -f:=read_font_info(u,cur_name,cur_area,s); -common_ending: equiv(u):=f; geq_define(hash_used,set_font,f); -font_ident[f]:=hash_used; -exit:end; -@y -label common_ending; -var u:pointer; {user's font identifier} -@!s:scaled; {stated ``at'' size, or negative of scaled magnification} -@!f:internal_font_number; {runs through existing fonts} -begin if job_name=0 then open_log_file; - {avoid confusing \.{texput} with the font name} -get_r_token; u:=cs_ptr; -define(u,set_font,null_font); scan_optional_equals; scan_file_name; -@<Scan the font size specification@>; -@<If this font has already been loaded, set |f| to the internal - font number and |goto common_ending|@>; -f:=read_font_info(u,cur_name,cur_area,s); -common_ending: equiv(u):=f; font_ident[f]:=u; -end; -@z -@x module 1260 -@ We reserve a special control sequence for the font identifier; this one -cannot be redefined by the user, so it is safe to return it as a value of -\.{\\the\\font}. - -@<If the next token isn't a suitable control sequence...@>= -get_r_token; -if cs_ptr<hash_base then - begin print_err("A font identifier must be a multiletter control sequence"); -@.A font identifier...@> - help2("You should say, e.g., `\font\ffn=fontfilename'.")@/ - ("(I'm going to ignore the \font command you just gave.)"); - back_error; return; - end; -repeat if hash_is_full then overflow("hash size",hash_size); -@:TeX capacity exceeded hash size}{\quad hash size@> -decr(hash_used); -until text(hash_used)=0; {search for an empty location in |hash|} -u:=cs_ptr; text(hash_used):=text(u); {copy the name} -@!stat incr(cs_count);@+tats@;@/ -@y -@z -Note: Since module 1260 has disappeared, module 1258 has been split into two. - -268. Minor change to diagnostic output format (September 18) -@x module 211 [print_mode] - 2:print("displayed math"); -@y - 2:print("display math"); -@z - -269. Kerns inserted for accents must be explicit (September 20) -@x module 1123 -@!p,@!q: pointer; {character and box nodes} -@y -@!p,@!q,@!r:pointer; {character, box, and kern nodes} -@z -@x module 1125 -link(tail):=new_kern(delta); link(link(tail)):=p; -link(p):=new_kern(-a-delta); tail:=link(p); p:=q; -@y -r:=new_kern(delta); subtype(r):=explicit; link(tail):=r; link(r):=p; -tail:=new_kern(-a-delta); subtype(tail):=explicit; link(p):=tail; p:=q; -@z - -270. "log" changed to "transcript" in a few output messages (Sep 26) -@x module 535 -prompt_file_name("log file name",".log"); -@y -prompt_file_name("transcript file name",".log"); -@z -@x module 1293 - ("lists on your terminal as well as on the log file."); -@y - ("lists on your terminal as well as in the transcript file."); -@z -@x module 1335 - print_nl("(see the log file for additional information)"); -@.see the log file...@> -@y - print_nl("(see the transcript file for additional information)"); -@.see the transcript file...@> -@z - -271. Uninitialized variable bug (found by Bernd Schulze, 1 Oct 83) -@x module 944 - begin if trie_op_ptr>=max_quarterword-1 then {overflow} - begin trie_op_ptr:=max_quarterword; - new_trie_op:=min_quarterword; return; -@y we allow one more trie op (OK since trie_op_hash_size is big enough) - begin if trie_op_ptr=max_quarterword then {overflow} - begin new_trie_op:=min_quarterword; return; -@z - -272. Spaces at end of lines ignored also in TEX.POOL (by DRF, 14 Oct 83) -@x module 52 - begin if eoln(pool_file) then bad_pool('! TEX.POOL line too short.'); -@.TEX.POOL line too short@> - read(pool_file,m); append_char(xord[m]); -@y - begin if eoln(pool_file) then m:=' '@+else read(pool_file,m); - append_char(xord[m]); -@z - -273. |history| updates (by DRF, 14 Oct 83) -@x module 77 -deletions_allowed:=true; history:=spotless; error_count:=0; -@y -deletions_allowed:=true; error_count:=0; {|history| is initialized elsewhere} -@z -@x module 1332 -@p begin {@!|start_here|} -@y -@p begin {@!|start_here|} -history:=fatal_error_stop; {in case we quit during initialization} -@z -@x ibid. -main_control; {come to life} -@y -history:=spotless; {ready to go!} -main_control; {come to life} -@z - -274. improved "runaway" messages (suggested by FY, October 18) -@x module 305 (the introductory comment is changed too) -@d aligning=4 {|scanner_status| when reading an alignment preamble} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!scanner_status : normal..aligning; {can a subfile end now?} -@y -@d aligning=4 {|scanner_status| when reading an alignment preamble} -@d absorbing=5 {|scanner_status| when reading a balanced text} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!scanner_status : normal..absorbing; {can a subfile end now?} -@z -@x module 306 (string space is also now conserved slightly) - defining: begin print("definition?"); p:=def_ref; - end; - matching: begin print("argument?"); p:=temp_head; - end; - aligning: begin print("preamble?"); p:=hold_head; - end; - end; {there are no other cases} - print_ln; show_token_list(link(p),null,error_line-10); -@y - defining: begin print("definition"); p:=def_ref; - end; - matching: begin print("argument"); p:=temp_head; - end; - aligning: begin print("preamble"); p:=hold_head; - end; - absorbing: begin print("text"); p:=def_ref; - end; - end; {there are no other cases} - print_char("?");print_ln; show_token_list(link(p),null,error_line-10); -@x module 339 (I also changed the module name) -end; {there are no other cases} -@y -absorbing:begin print("text"); info(p):=right_brace_token+"}"; - end; -end; {there are no other cases} -@z -@x module 473 -begin scanner_status:=defining; warning_index:=cs_ptr; -def_ref:=get_avail; info(def_ref):=null; -@y -begin if macro_def then scanner_status:=defining -@+else scanner_status:=absorbing; -warning_index:=cs_ptr; def_ref:=get_avail; info(def_ref):=null; -@z - -275. similar, but this corrects a real bug (found by FY, October 18) -@x module 1226 - cs_ptr:=q; - @<Get the next non-blank non-relax non-call token@>; - if cur_cmd<>left_brace then @<If the righthand side is a token parameter - or token register, finish the assignment and |goto done|@>; - back_input; q:=scan_toks(false,false); -@y - @<Get the next non-blank non-relax non-call token@>; - if cur_cmd<>left_brace then @<If the righthand side is a token parameter - or token register, finish the assignment and |goto done|@>; - back_input; cs_ptr:=q; q:=scan_toks(false,false); -@z - -276. Change #119 should have changed module 1090 too (by Barry Smith, Oct 24) -@x module 1183 [which was module 1090 at the time of change 119] -begin if c mod delimited_code=above_code then scan_normal_dimen; -if c>=delimited_code then - begin scan_delimiter(garbage,false); scan_delimiter(garbage,false); - end; -@y -begin if c>=delimited_code then - begin scan_delimiter(garbage,false); scan_delimiter(garbage,false); - end; -if c mod delimited_code=above_code then scan_normal_dimen; -@z - -277. Changes for efficiency, based on empirical frequency data (Nov 9) -@x module 45 [since the result is true almost always] -begin j:=str_start[s]; result:=false; -while j<str_start[s+1] do - begin if str_pool[j]<>buffer[k] then goto not_found; -@y -begin j:=str_start[s]; -while j<str_start[s+1] do - begin if str_pool[j]<>buffer[k] then - begin result:=false; goto not_found; - end; -@z -@x module 380 [many compilers don't handle "while true do" very well] -label done; -begin loop begin get_next; -@^inner loop@> - if cur_cmd<=max_command then goto done; - if cur_cmd>=call then - if cur_cmd<end_template then macro_call - else begin cs_ptr:=frozen_endv; cur_cmd:=endv; - goto done; {|cur_chr=null_list|} - end - else expand; - end; -@y -label restart,done; -begin restart: get_next; -@^inner loop@> -if cur_cmd<=max_command then goto done; -if cur_cmd>=call then - if cur_cmd<end_template then macro_call - else begin cs_ptr:=frozen_endv; cur_cmd:=endv; - goto done; {|cur_chr=null_list|} - end -else expand; -goto restart; -@z -@x module 829 [preparation for change to module 852] -label exit,done,continue,deactivate; -@y -label exit,done,done1,continue,deactivate; -@z -@x module 830 [ditto] -@!save_link:pointer; {temporarily holds value of |link(cur_p)|} -@y -@!save_link:pointer; {temporarily holds value of |link(cur_p)|} -@!shortfall:scaled; {used in badness calculations} -@z -@x modue 851 [ditto] -if cur_active_width[1]<line_width then -@y -shortfall:=line_width-cur_active_width[1]; {we're this much too short} -if shortfall>0 then -@z -@x module 852 [avoid calling |badness| in most common case] -else begin b:=badness(line_width-cur_active_width[1],cur_active_width[2]); -@y -else begin if shortfall>7230584 then if cur_active_width[2]<1663497 then - begin b:=inf_bad; fit_class:=very_loose_fit; goto done1; - end; - b:=badness(shortfall,cur_active_width[2]); -@z -@x module 852, continued - else fit_class:=decent_fit; -@y - else fit_class:=decent_fit; - done1: -@z -@x module 853 [using |shortfall|, since we now have it] -begin if cur_active_width[1]-line_width>cur_active_width[6] then - b:=inf_bad+1 -else b:=badness(cur_active_width[1]-line_width,cur_active_width[6]); -@y -begin if -shortfall>cur_active_width[6] then b:=inf_bad+1 -else b:=badness(-shortfall,cur_active_width[6]); -@z - -278. Forgotten |error| call (noticed by Gabi Kuper, December 3, 1983) -@x module 500 - help1("I'm ignoring this; it doesn't match any \if."); -@y - help1("I'm ignoring this; it doesn't match any \if."); - error; -@z - -*** Version 1.0 released on December 3, 1983 incorporates all of the above. - Version 1.1 - -279. Problem with change 267 (found by Mike Urban, received 2 Feb 84) -(I had overlooked many problems, e.g. `{\font\a=x \global\a}\the\font' -and `\font\a=x \font\b=x \let\b=\undefined \the\a', etc. -The remedy involves removal of the font_ident array, so there's a -sprinkling of corrections in lots of modules. But basically the change -is quite conservative, so it shouldn't spawn any new bugs (it says here).) - -@x module 174 (removing a reference to |font_ident|) - else sprint_cs(font_ident[font(p)]); -@y - else @<Print the font identifier for |font(p)|@>; -@z -@x module 176 (removing a reference to |font_ident|) - else sprint_cs(font_ident[font(p)]); -@y - else @<Print the font identifier for |font(p)|@>; -@z -@x module 222 (redefining and expanding the `frozen' area) -@d frozen_null_font=frozen_control_sequence+9 {permanent `\.{\\nullfont}'} -@d frozen_dont_expand=frozen_control_sequence+10 - {permanent `\.{\\notexpanded:}'} -@d undefined_control_sequence=frozen_control_sequence+11 {dummy location} -@y -@d frozen_dont_expand=frozen_control_sequence+9 - {permanent `\.{\\notexpanded:}'} -@d frozen_null_font=frozen_control_sequence+10 - {permanent `\.{\\nullfont}'} -@d font_id_base=frozen_null_font-font_base - {begins table of 257 permanent font identifiers} -@d undefined_control_sequence=frozen_null_font+257 {dummy location} -@z -@x module 234 (removing a reference to |font_ident|, awkwardly) -print_char("="); sprint_cs(font_ident[equiv(n)]); -@y -print_char("=");@/ -print_esc(hash[font_id_base+equiv(n)].rh); - {that's |text(font_id_base+equiv(n))|} -@z -@x module 256 (adding a new macro, font_id_text) -@d hash_is_full == (hash_used=hash_base) {test if all positions are occupied} -@y -@d hash_is_full == (hash_used=hash_base) {test if all positions are occupied} -@d font_id_text(#) == text(font_id_base+#) {a frozen font identifier's name} -@z -@x module 262 (relaxing a former restriction) -else if (text(p)<128)or(text(p)>=str_ptr) then print_esc("NONEXISTENT.") -@y -else if (text(p)<0)or(text(p)>=str_ptr) then print_esc("NONEXISTENT.") -@z -@x module 267 (pick up the changes from 174 and 176) -@!@^Single-character primitives@> -@y -@!@^Single-character primitives@> - -Meanwhile, this is a convenient place to catch up on something we were unable -to do before the hash table was defined: - -@<Print the font identifier for |font(p)|@>= -print_esc(font_id_text(font(p))) -@z -@x module 415 (removing another reference to font_ident) - scanned_result(font_ident[cur_val])(ident_val); -@y - scanned_result(font_id_base+cur_val)(ident_val); -@z -@x module 548 (change to the comment only) -to the user's font~\.{\\f}. For example, if this internal number is 13, -we will have |font_ident[13]=p| and |equiv(p)=13|, where |p| is the |eqtb| -location of the control sequence~\.{\\f}. -@y -to the user's font~\.{\\f}. Adding this number to |font_id_base| gives the -|eqtb| location of a ``frozen'' control sequence that will always select -the font. -@z -@x module 549 (deleting the declaration of font_ident) -@!font_ident:array[internal_font_number] of pointer; {the most recent user - font identifier corresponding to an internal font number} -@y -@z -@x module 552 (deleting an unnecessary initialization of font_ident) -font_ident[null_font]:=frozen_null_font; -@y -@z -@x module 579 (removing another reference to font_ident) - begin print_err("Font "); sprint_cs(font_ident[f]); -@y - begin print_err("Font "); print_esc(font_id_text(f)); -@z -@x module 1257 (this is the real change!) -begin if job_name=0 then open_log_file; - {avoid confusing \.{texput} with the font name} -get_r_token; u:=cs_ptr; -define(u,set_font,null_font); scan_optional_equals; scan_file_name; -@<Scan the font size specification@>; -@<If this font has already been loaded, set |f| to the internal - font number and |goto common_ending|@>; -f:=read_font_info(u,cur_name,cur_area,s); -common_ending: equiv(u):=f; font_ident[f]:=u; -@y -@!t:str_number; {name for the frozen font identifier} -@!old_setting:0..max_selector; {holds |selector| setting} -begin if job_name=0 then open_log_file; - {avoid confusing \.{texput} with the font name} -get_r_token; u:=cs_ptr; -if u>=hash_base then t:=text(u) -else if u>=single_base then - if u=null_cs then t:="FONT"@+else t:=u-single_base -else begin old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string; - print("FONT"); print(u-active_base); selector:=old_setting; -@.FONTx@> - str_room(1); t:=make_string; - end; -define(u,set_font,null_font); scan_optional_equals; scan_file_name; -@<Scan the font size specification@>; -@<If this font has already been loaded, set |f| to the internal - font number and |goto common_ending|@>; -f:=read_font_info(u,cur_name,cur_area,s); -common_ending: equiv(u):=f; eqtb[font_id_base+f]:=eqtb[u]; font_id_text(f):=t; -@z -@x module 1260 (change to the comment only) -the new value becomes the |font_ident| of record. Font names `\.{xyz}' and -@y -the new name becomes the font identifier of record. Font names `\.{xyz}' and -@z -@x module 1322 (no need to dump font_ident) -begin dump_int(font_ident[k]); -dump_qqqq(font_check[k]); -@y -begin dump_qqqq(font_check[k]); -@z -@x module 1322 (or to print from it) -print_nl("\font"); sprint_cs(font_ident[k]); print_char("="); -@y -print_nl("\font"); print_esc(font_id_text(k)); print_char("="); -@z -@x module 1323 (or to undump it) -begin undump(active_base)(undefined_control_sequence)(font_ident[k]); -undump_qqqq(font_check[k]);@/ -@y -begin undump_qqqq(font_check[k]);@/ -@z - -280. Double interrupt possibility (found by Clint Cuzzo, received 9 Feb 84) -@x module 1031 -if interrupt>0 then if OK_to_interrupt then - begin back_input; pause_for_instructions; goto big_switch; -@y -if interrupt<>0 then if OK_to_interrupt then - begin back_input; check_interrupt; goto big_switch; -@z - -281. Improve spacing in $(A,<)$. (12 Feb 84) -@x module 764 -"0234000122*4000133**3**344*0400400*000000234000111*4111112341011" -@y -"0234000122*4000133**3**344*0400400*000000234000111*1111112341011" -@z - -282. Bad goto! (diagnosis by Clint Cuzzo and George O'Connor, recd 13 Feb 84) -@x module 344 (here we simply change the name of module 346) -any_state_plus(invalid_char): @<Decry the invalid character and - |goto switch|@>; -@y -any_state_plus(invalid_char): @<Decry the invalid character and - |goto restart|@>; -@z -@x module 346 (because clear_for_error_prompt might make state=token_list) -goto switch; -@y -goto restart; -@z - -283. String pool economy (suggested by DRF, 13 Feb 84) -@x module 537 -@<Read the first line of the new file@>; -@y -if name=str_ptr-1 then {we can conserve string pool space now} - begin flush_string; name:=cur_name; - end; -@<Read the first line of the new file@>; -@z - -284. Nicer scaled output (suggested by METAFONT development, 26 Feb 84) -@x module 103 -be reproduced exactly. [{\sl Proof:\/} If round$(x)=\lfloor -x+{1\over2}\rfloor$ and if $\alpha<1$, it is not difficult to verify that -round$(\alpha\,\hbox{round}( \alpha^{-1}n))=n$ for all integers |n|. In -our case $\alpha=2^{16}/10^5$.] - -@p procedure print_scaled(@!s:scaled); {prints scaled real, rounded to five - digits} -begin if s<0 then - begin print_char("-"); negate(s); {print the sign, if negative} - end; -print_int(s div unity); {print the integer part} -s:=((s mod unity) * 3125 + 1024) div 2048; - {now |0<=s<100000| is the fraction part} -print_char("."); -repeat print_char("0"+(s div 10000)); s:=10*(s mod 10000); -until s=0; -end; -@y -be reproduced exactly; the ``simplest'' such decimal number is output, -but there is always at least one digit following the decimal point. - -The invariant relation in the \&{repeat} loop is that a sequence of -decimal digits yet to be printed will yield the original number if and only if -they form a fraction~$f$ in the range $s-\delta\L10\cdot2^{16}f<s$. -We can stop if and only if $f=0$ satisfies this condition; the loop will -terminate before $s$ can possibly become zero. - -@p procedure print_scaled(@!s:scaled); {prints scaled real, rounded to five - digits} -var delta:scaled; {amount of allowable inaccuracy} -begin if s<0 then - begin print_char("-"); negate(s); {print the sign, if negative} - end; -print_int(s div unity); {print the integer part} -print_char("."); -s:=10*(s mod unity)+5; delta:=10; -repeat if delta>unity then s:=s+@'100000-(delta div 2); {round the last digit} -print_char("0"+(s div unity)); s:=10*(s mod unity); delta:=delta*10; -until s<=delta; -end; -@z - -*** Those six changes account for version 1.1 (February 29, 1984). -*** And we put the following change in too, at the last minute: - -285. ".00000762939453126pt" didn't round correctly! (March 2, 1984) -@x module 452 - if k<16 then {digits for |k>=16| cannot affect the result} -@y (Note, I also changed the comment in module 102: 16 -> 17) - if k<17 then {digits for |k>=17| cannot affect the result} -@z - -*** Note: I changed "cs_ptr" to "cur_cs", since the name change is more -indicative of the fact that this variable makes a trio with cur_cmd -and cur_chr. The TEX.WEB source changed 78 times, as a result, but -none of the author's change files were affected. -(But note: "save_cs_ptr" was not changed to "save_cur_cs", because -of a name conflict.) - -*** And the following two were slipped in at the last second: - -286. loophole permitted get_next recursion (March 16, 1984) -@x module 336 - begin @<Back up an outer control sequence so that it can be reread@>; -@y - begin deletions_allowed:=false; - @<Back up an outer control sequence so that it can be reread@>; -@z -@x ibid - end; -@y - deletions_allowed:=true; - end; -@z [the changes to deletions_allowed in module 338 can now be removed] - -287. terminal not open when the program starts bad (March 24, 1984) -@x module 1332 -initialize; {set global variables to their starting values} -@<Check the ``constant'' values...@>@; -if bad>0 then - begin wake_up_terminal; - wterm('Ouch---my internal constants have been', - ' clobbered!---case ',bad:1); -@.Ouch...clobbered@> - goto final_end; - end; -@y -@<Check the ``constant'' values...@>@; -if bad>0 then - begin t_open_out; - wterm('Ouch---my internal constants have been', - ' clobbered!---case ',bad:1); -@.Ouch...clobbered@> - goto final_end; - end; -initialize; {set global variables to their starting values} -@z - -*** Note: "Cosmetic" changes were also made in module 363 ("print_ln" -moved to after "wake_up_terminal") and in some commentary. - -*** Another last-minute correction: -288. \patterns{xxx...xxxdxxxdxxx} anomaly found by JRD (Mar 27, 1984) -@x module 962 -else begin hyf[k]:=cur_chr-"0"; digit_sensed:=true; -@y -else begin hyf[k]:=cur_chr-"0"; - if k<63 then digit_sensed:=true; -@z - -*** Yoicks, yet ANOTHER: -289. a whole case of copy_node_list forgotten (Apr 11, 1984) -@x module 206 -othercases confusion("copying") -@y -adjust_node: begin r:=get_node(small_node_size); - adjust_ptr(r):=copy_node_list(adjust_ptr(p)); - end; {|words=1=small_node_size-1|} -othercases confusion("copying") -@z - -*** And "finally"... -290. uninitialized variables could be accessed (found by Nick Briggs, June 11) -@x module 552 -font_size[null_font]:=0; font_dsize[null_font]:=0; -@y -font_size[null_font]:=0; font_dsize[null_font]:=0; -char_base[null_font]:=0; width_base[null_font]:=0; -height_base[null_font]:=0; depth_base[null_font]:=0; -italic_base[null_font]:=0; lig_kern_base[null_font]:=0; -kern_base[null_font]:=0; exten_base[null_font]:=0; -@z (actual values are immaterial except for debugging safeguards) - -291. same, cf. modules 355 and 389 (Nick Briggs, June 11) -@x module 331 -scanner_status:=normal; first:=1; -@y -for first:=0 to buf_size do buffer[first]:=0; -scanner_status:=normal; warning_index:=null; first:=1; -@z (error was harmless except that it might trigger debugging checks) - -292. missing ligature/kern (found by JRD, June 21) -@x module 1036 - if (cur_cmd=letter)or(cur_cmd=other_char) then r:=qi(cur_chr) -@y - if (cur_cmd=letter)or(cur_cmd=other_char)or(cur_cmd=char_given) then - r:=qi(cur_chr) -@z - -293. quarterword constraint is made explicit (July 4) -@x module 111 -if (buf_size>max_halfword) then bad:=18; -@y -if buf_size>max_halfword then bad:=18; -if max_quarterword-min_quarterword<255 then bad:=19; -@z - -294. trivial optimization made for consistency with MF (July 7) -@x module 363 -if (pausing>0)and(interaction>nonstop_mode) then -@y -if pausing>0 then if interaction>nonstop_mode then -@z - -295. \tracingmacros>1 for more diagnostics (July 8) -@x module 323 - if t=macro then param_start:=param_ptr@+else loc:=link(p); -@y - if t=macro then param_start:=param_ptr - else begin loc:=link(p); - if tracing_macros>1 then - begin begin_diagnostic; print_nl(""); - case t of - mark_text:print_esc("mark"); - write_text:print_esc("write"); - othercases print_cmd_chr(assign_toks,t-output_text+output_routine_loc) - endcases;@/ - print("->"); token_show(p); end_diagnostic(false); - end; - end; -@z - -*** The changes above were incorporated in Version 1.1, released July 9, 1984. - Version 1.2 - -296. "see the transcript file" on offline show commands. (July 27, 1984) -@x module 1293 -@ @d show_error==@;@/ - if interaction<error_stop_mode then - begin help0; decr(error_count); - end - else if tracing_online>0 then - begin@t@>@;@/ - help3("This isn't an error message; I'm just \showing something.") - @t\4\4@>@/ - ("Type `I\show...' to show more (e.g., \show\cs,")@/ - ("\showthe\count10, \showbox255, \showlists)."); - end - else begin@t@>@;@/ - help5("This isn't an error message; I'm just \showing something.") - @t\4\4@>@/ - ("Type `I\show...' to show more (e.g., \show\cs,")@/ - ("\showthe\count10, \showbox255, \showlists).")@/ - ("And type `I\tracingonline=1\show...' to show boxes and")@/ - ("lists on your terminal as well as in the transcript file."); - end; - error - -@<Declare act...@>= -procedure show_whatever; -var p:pointer; {tail of a token list to show} -begin case cur_chr of -show_code: @<Show the current meaning of a token@>; -show_box_code: @<Show the current contents of a box@>; -show_the_code: @<Show the current value of some parameter or register@>; -othercases @<Show the current semantic nest@> -endcases; -end; -@y -@ @<Declare act...@>= -procedure show_whatever; -label common_ending; -var p:pointer; {tail of a token list to show} -begin case cur_chr of -show_lists: begin begin_diagnostic; show_activities; - end; -show_box_code: @<Show the current contents of a box@>; -show_code: @<Show the current meaning of a token, then |goto common_ending|@>; -othercases @<Show the current value of some parameter or register, - then |goto common_ending|@> -endcases;@/ -@<Complete a potentially long \.{\\show} command@>; -common_ending: if interaction<error_stop_mode then - begin help0; decr(error_count); - end -else if tracing_online>0 then - begin@t@>@;@/ - help3("This isn't an error message; I'm just \showing something.")@/ - ("Type `I\show...' to show more (e.g., \show\cs,")@/ - ("\showthe\count10, \showbox255, \showlists)."); - end -else begin@t@>@;@/ - help5("This isn't an error message; I'm just \showing something.") - ("Type `I\show...' to show more (e.g., \show\cs,")@/ - ("\showthe\count10, \showbox255, \showlists).")@/ - ("And type `I\tracingonline=1\show...' to show boxes and")@/ - ("lists on your terminal as well as in the transcript file."); - end; -error; -end; -@z -@x module 1294 -@ @<Show the current meaning of a token@>= -begin get_token; print_nl("> "); -if cur_cs<>0 then - begin sprint_cs(cur_cs); print_char("="); - end; -print_meaning; show_error; -@y -@ @<Show the current meaning of a token...@>= -begin get_token; print_nl("> "); -if cur_cs<>0 then - begin sprint_cs(cur_cs); print_char("="); - end; -print_meaning; goto common_ending; -@z -@x module 1296 -end_diagnostic(true); -print_err("OK"); -@.OK@> -show_error; -@y -@z -@x module 1297 -flush_list(link(temp_head)); show_error; -@y -flush_list(link(temp_head)); goto common_ending; -@z -@x module 1298 -@ @<Show the current semantic nest@>= -begin begin_diagnostic; show_activities; end_diagnostic(true); -print_err("OK"); -show_error; -@.OK@> -end -@y -@ @<Complete a potentially long \.{\\show} command@>= -end_diagnostic(true); print_err("OK"); -@.OK@> -if selector=term_and_log then if tracing_online<=0 then - begin selector:=term_only; print(" (see the transcript file)"); - selector:=term_and_log; - end -@z - -297. allow `0' in response to error prompts (October 20, 1984) -@x module 84 -"1","2","3","4","5","6","7","8","9": if deletions_allowed then -@y -"0","1","2","3","4","5","6","7","8","9": if deletions_allowed then -@z - Versions 1.3 and 1.4 - -298. Dirty PASCAL (two quarterword 0's were read as a halfword) (25 Nov 84) -@x module 846 -print(" -> @@@@"); print_int(serial(prev_break(passive))); -@y -print(" -> @@@@"); -if prev_break(passive)=null then print_char("0") -else print_int(serial(prev_break(passive))); -@z - -299. Ditto! (25 Nov 84) -@x module 934 -label reswitch, exit, found, not_found; -@y -label reswitch, exit, found, not_found, done; -@z -@x module 939 -while info(p)>n-3 do {eliminate hyphens \TeX\ doesn't like} - begin q:=link(p); free_avail(p); p:=q; - end; -@<Insert the \(p)pair |(s,p)| into the exception table@>; -@y -loop@+ begin if p=null then goto done; - if info(p)<n-2 then goto done; - q:=link(p); free_avail(p); p:=q; {eliminate hyphens that \TeX\ doesn't like} - end; -done: @<Insert the \(p)pair |(s,p)| into the exception table@>; -@z - -300. Major change to memory management (25 Nov 84) -[The following changes have two main merits: (1) TeX should run faster on -virtual-memory systems when the jobs are small; (2) it should be possible -to use the same production version of TeX both for jobs with lots of macros -and few boxes as well as for jobs with lots of boxes and few macros, because -the boundary line between the two types of storage is now chosen dynamically.] -[The user is unaffected, except that there's only one "memory size" overflow -error now instead of two.] -[The TRIP test is now changed slightly: The correct settings of memory -size parameters are now mem_min=mem_bot=1, mem_top=mem_max=3000.] - -@x module 11 -@!mem_max=30000; {greatest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array; - must be strictly less than |max_halfword|} -@y -@!mem_max=30000; {greatest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array; - must be strictly less than |max_halfword|; - must be equal to |mem_top| in \.{INITEX}, otherwise |>=mem_top|} -@!mem_min=0; {smallest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array; - must be |min_halfword| or more; - must be equal to |mem_bot| in \.{INITEX}, otherwise |<=mem_bot|} -@z -@x module 12 -@d mem_base=0 {smallest index in the |mem| array; must not be less - than |min_halfword|} -@d hi_mem_base=13000 {smallest index in the single-word area of |mem|; - must be substantially larger than |mem_base| and smaller than |mem_max|} -@y -@d mem_bot=0 {smallest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.{INITEX}; - must not be less than |mem_min|} -@d mem_top==30000 {largest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.{INITEX}; - must be substantially larger than |mem_bot| - and not greater than |mem_max|} -@z -@x module 12 - about |(mem_max-hi_mem_base)/6|, but 2100 is already quite generous} -@y - about |(mem_max-mem_min)/10|, but 2100 is already quite generous} -@z -@x module 14 -if (hi_mem_base<mem_base+100)or(hi_mem_base+100>mem_max) then bad:=4; -@y -if mem_bot+1100>mem_top then bad:=4; -@z -@x module 111 -if (min_quarterword>0)or(max_quarterword<127) then bad:=11; -@y -init if (mem_min<>mem_bot)or(mem_max<>mem_top) then bad:=10;@+tini@;@/ -if (mem_min>mem_bot)or(mem_max<mem_top) then bad:=10; -if (min_quarterword>0)or(max_quarterword<127) then bad:=11; -@z -@x module 111 -if (mem_base<min_halfword)or(mem_max>=max_halfword) then bad:=14; -@y -if (mem_min<min_halfword)or(mem_max>=max_halfword) then bad:=14; -@z -@x module 115 -value represents a null pointer. - -@d pointer==halfword {a flag or a location in |mem| or |eqtb|} -@d null==mem_base {the null pointer} -@y -value represents a null pointer. \TeX\ does not assume that |mem[null]| exists. - -@d pointer==halfword {a flag or a location in |mem| or |eqtb|} -@d null==min_halfword {the null pointer} -@z -@x module 116 -@ The |mem| array is divided once and for all into two regions that are -allocated separately. Locations less than |hi_mem_base| are used for storing -@y -@ The |mem| array is divided into two regions that are allocated separately, -but the dividing line between these two regions is not fixed; they grow -together until finding their ``natural'' size in a particular job. -Locations less than or equal to |lo_mem_max| are used for storing -@z -@x module 116 -relevant size when a node is freed. The remaining region of |mem| is -allocated in single words using a conventional \.{AVAIL} stack. - -Incidentally, it would be feasible to construct implementations of \TeX\ that -are based on 16-bit words instead of 32-bit words, for machines having -comparatively small memories. In such cases it might be desirable to have -two parallel arrays for the upper part of memory, called say \\{mem\_link}|[p]| -and \\{mem\_info}|[p]|, -since the single-word region in the present implementation -consists entirely of |memory_word| items of type |two_halves|. -@^small computers@> -@y -relevant size when a node is freed. Locations greater than or equal to -|hi_mem_min| are used for storing one-word records; a conventional -\.{AVAIL} stack is used for allocation in this region. - -Locations of |mem| between |mem_bot| and |mem_top| may be dumped as part -of preloaded format files, by the \.{INITEX} preprocessor. -@.INITEX@> -Production versions of \TeX\ may extend the memory at both ends in order to -provide more space; locations between |mem_min| and |mem_bot| are always -used for variable-size nodes, and locations between |mem_top| and |mem_max| -are always used for single-word nodes. - -The key pointers that govern |mem| allocation have a prescribed order: -$$\hbox{|null<=mem_min<=mem_bot<lo_mem_max< - hi_mem_min<mem_top<=mem_end<=mem_max|.}$$ -@z -@x module 116 -@!mem : array[mem_base..mem_max] of memory_word; {the big dynamic storage area} -@y -@!mem : array[mem_min..mem_max] of memory_word; {the big dynamic storage area} -@!lo_mem_max : pointer; {the largest location of variable-size memory in use} -@!hi_mem_min : pointer; {the smallest location of one-word memory in use} -@z -@x module 117 -@!max_var_used : integer; {how much memory was in use} -@y -@z -@x module 118 -occur between |hi_mem_base| and |mem_end|, inclusive, are of type -@y -occur between |hi_mem_min| and |mem_end|, inclusive, are of type -@z -@x module 120 -else begin runaway; {if memory is exhausted, display possible runaway text} - overflow("macro memory size",mem_max+1-hi_mem_base); - {quit; all one-word nodes are busy} -@:TeX capacity exceeded macro memory size}{\quad macro memory size@> - end; -@y -else begin decr(hi_mem_min); p:=hi_mem_min; - if hi_mem_min<=lo_mem_max then - begin runaway; {if memory is exhausted, display possible runaway text} - overflow("main memory size",mem_max+1-mem_min); - {quit; all one-word nodes are busy} -@:TeX capacity exceeded main memory size}{\quad main memory size@> - end; - end; -@z -@x module 125 -label found,exit; -@y -label found,exit,restart; -@z -@x module 125 -begin p:=rover; {start at some free node in the ring} -@y -begin restart: p:=rover; {start at some free node in the ring} -@z -@x module 125 -overflow("box memory size",hi_mem_base-mem_base); - {sorry, nothing satisfactory is left} -@:TeX capacity exceeded box memory size}{\quad box memory size@> -found: link(r):=null; {this node is now nonempty} -@!stat var_used:=var_used+s; {maintain usage statistics} -if var_used>max_var_used then max_var_used:=var_used; -@y -if lo_mem_max+2<hi_mem_min then - @<Grow more variable-size memory and |goto restart|@>; -overflow("main memory size",mem_max+1-mem_min); - {sorry, nothing satisfactory is left} -@:TeX capacity exceeded main memory size}{\quad main memory size@> -found: link(r):=null; {this node is now nonempty} -@!stat var_used:=var_used+s; {maintain usage statistics} -@z -@x modules 126--127 -@ Empirical tests show that the routine in this section performs a -|remove_node| operation about 0.75 times per allocation, on the average, -after which it finds that |r>p+1| about 95\% of the time. - -@<Try to allocate...@>= -q:=p+node_size(p); {find the physical successor} -@^inner loop@> -while is_empty(q) do @<Merge node |p| with node |q|@>; -r:=q-s; -if r>p+1 then @<Allocate from the top of node |p| and |goto found|@>; -if r=p then if ((rlink(p)<>rover) or (llink(p)<>rover)) then - @<Allocate entire node |p| and |goto found|@>; -node_size(p):=q-p {reset the size in case it grew} - -@ @<Merge node |p| with node |q|@>= -begin t:=rlink(q); -@^inner loop@> -if q=rover then rover:=t; -llink(t):=llink(q); rlink(llink(q)):=t;@/ -q:=q+node_size(q); -end -@y -@ The lower part of |mem| grows by 1000 words at a time, unless -we are very close to going under. When it grows, we simply link -a new node into the available-space list. This method of controlled -growth helps to keep the |mem| usage consecutive when \TeX\ is -implemented on ``virtual memory'' systems. -@^virtual memory@> - -@<Grow more variable-size memory and |goto restart|@>= -begin if lo_mem_max+1000<hi_mem_min then t:=lo_mem_max+1000 -else t:=(lo_mem_max+hi_mem_min+2) div 2; {|lo_mem_max+2<=t<hi_mem_min|} -p:=llink(rover); q:=lo_mem_max; rlink(p):=q; llink(rover):=q;@/ -rlink(q):=rover; llink(q):=p; link(q):=empty_flag; node_size(q):=t-lo_mem_max;@/ -lo_mem_max:=t; link(lo_mem_max):=null; info(lo_mem_max):=null; -rover:=q; goto restart; -end - -@ Empirical tests show that the routine in this section performs a -node-merging operation about 0.75 times per allocation, on the average, -after which it finds that |r>p+1| about 95\% of the time. - -@<Try to allocate...@>= -q:=p+node_size(p); {find the physical successor} -@^inner loop@> -while is_empty(q) do {merge node |p| with node |q|} - begin t:=rlink(q); - if q=rover then rover:=t; - llink(t):=llink(q); rlink(llink(q)):=t;@/ - q:=q+node_size(q); - end; -r:=q-s; -if r>p+1 then @<Allocate from the top of node |p| and |goto found|@>; -if r=p then if ((rlink(p)<>rover) or (llink(p)<>rover)) then - @<Allocate entire node |p| and |goto found|@>; -node_size(p):=q-p {reset the size in case it grew} -@z -% module 129 no longer refers to remove_node; I don't recall when it changed! -@x module 134 -@d is_char_node(#) == (#>hi_mem_base) -@y -@d is_char_node(#) == (#>=hi_mem_min) -@z -@x module 162 -example, locations |mem_base| to |mem_base+3| are always used to store the -specification for glue that is `\.{0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}'. The -following macro definitions accomplish the static allocation by giving -symbolic names to the fixed positions. Dynamic allocation of variable-size -nodes is restricted to locations |first_mem| through |(hi_mem_base-1)|, -and single-word nodes are dynamically allocated in locations |second_mem| -through |mem_max|, inclusive. It is harmless to let |lig_trick|, |garbage|, -and |backup_head| share the same location of |mem|. - -@d zero_glue==mem_base {specification for \.{0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}} -@y -example, locations |mem_bot| to |mem_bot+3| are always used to store the -specification for glue that is `\.{0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}'. The -following macro definitions accomplish the static allocation by giving -symbolic names to the fixed positions. Static variable-size nodes appear -in locations |mem_bot| through |lo_mem_stat_max|, and static single-word nodes -appear in locations |hi_mem_stat_min| through |mem_top|, inclusive. It is -harmless to let |lig_trick|, |garbage|, and |backup_head| share the same -location of |mem|. - -@d zero_glue==mem_bot {specification for \.{0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}} -@z -@x module 162 -@d first_mem==fil_neg_glue+glue_spec_size {first dynamically allocatable word - in the variable-size |mem|} -@# -@d page_ins_head==hi_mem_base {list of insertion data for current page} -@d contrib_head==hi_mem_base+1 {vlist of items not yet on current page} -@d page_head==hi_mem_base+2 {vlist for current page} -@d temp_head==hi_mem_base+3 {head of a temporary list of some kind} -@d hold_head==hi_mem_base+4 {head of a temporary list of another kind} -@d adjust_head==hi_mem_base+5 {head of adjustment list returned by |hpack|} -@d active==hi_mem_base+6 {head of active list in |line_break|, needs two words} -@d align_head==hi_mem_base+8 {head of preamble list for alignments} -@d end_span==hi_mem_base+9 {tail of spanned-width lists} -@d omit_template==hi_mem_base+10 {a constant token list} -@d null_list==hi_mem_base+11 {permanently empty list} -@d lig_trick==hi_mem_base+12 {a ligature masquerading as a |char_node|} -@d garbage==hi_mem_base+12 {used for scrap information} -@d backup_head==hi_mem_base+13 {head of token list built by |scan_keyword|} -@d second_mem==hi_mem_base+14 {first dynamically allocatable word in - the one-word |mem|} -@y -@d lo_mem_stat_max==fil_neg_glue+glue_spec_size-1 {largest statically - allocated word in the variable-size |mem|} -@# -@d page_ins_head==mem_top {list of insertion data for current page} -@d contrib_head==mem_top-1 {vlist of items not yet on current page} -@d page_head==mem_top-2 {vlist for current page} -@d temp_head==mem_top-3 {head of a temporary list of some kind} -@d hold_head==mem_top-4 {head of a temporary list of another kind} -@d adjust_head==mem_top-5 {head of adjustment list returned by |hpack|} -@d active==mem_top-6 {head of active list in |line_break|, needs two words} -@d align_head==mem_top-8 {head of preamble list for alignments} -@d end_span==mem_top-9 {tail of spanned-width lists} -@d omit_template==mem_top-10 {a constant token list} -@d null_list==mem_top-11 {permanently empty list} -@d lig_trick==mem_top-12 {a ligature masquerading as a |char_node|} -@d garbage==mem_top-12 {used for scrap information} -@d backup_head==mem_top-13 {head of token list built by |scan_keyword|} -@d hi_mem_stat_min==mem_top-13 {smallest statically allocated word in - the one-word |mem|} -@z -@x module 164 -for k:=mem_base+1 to first_mem-1 do mem[k].sc:=0; - {all glue dimensions are zeroed} -@^data structure assumptions@> -k:=mem_base;@+while k<first_mem do {set first words of glue specifications} -@y -for k:=mem_bot+1 to lo_mem_stat_max do mem[k].sc:=0; - {all glue dimensions are zeroed} -@^data structure assumptions@> -k:=mem_bot;@+while k<=lo_mem_stat_max do - {set first words of glue specifications} -@z -@x module 164 -rover:=first_mem; link(rover):=empty_flag; {now initialize the dynamic memory} -node_size(rover):=hi_mem_base-rover; {which is one big available node} -llink(rover):=rover; rlink(rover):=rover;@/ -link(hi_mem_base):=null; info(hi_mem_base):=null; -for k:=hi_mem_base+1 to second_mem-1 do - mem[k]:=mem[hi_mem_base];{clear list heads} -@<Initialize the special list heads and constant nodes@>; -avail:=null; mem_end:=second_mem-1; {initialize the one-word memory} -var_used:=first_mem-mem_base; dyn_used:=second_mem-hi_mem_base; -max_var_used:=var_used; {initialize statistics} -@y -rover:=lo_mem_stat_max+1; -link(rover):=empty_flag; {now initialize the dynamic memory} -node_size(rover):=1000; {which is a 1000-word available node} -llink(rover):=rover; rlink(rover):=rover;@/ -lo_mem_max:=rover+1000; link(lo_mem_max):=null; info(lo_mem_max):=null;@/ -for k:=hi_mem_stat_min to mem_top do - mem[k]:=mem[lo_mem_max]; {clear list heads} -@<Initialize the special list heads and constant nodes@>; -avail:=null; mem_end:=mem_top; -hi_mem_min:=hi_mem_stat_min; {initialize the one-word memory} -var_used:=lo_mem_stat_max+1-mem_bot; dyn_used:=mem_top+1-hi_mem_stat_min; - {initialize statistics} -@z -@x module 165 -@t\hskip1em@>@!was_mem_end: pointer; {previous |mem_end|} -@y -@t\hskip1em@>@!was_mem_end,@!was_lo_max,@!was_hi_min: pointer; - {previous |mem_end|, |lo_mem_max|,and |hi_mem_min|} -@z -@x module 166 -@!debug was_mem_end:=mem_base; {indicate that everything was previously free} -@y -@!debug was_mem_end:=mem_min; {indicate that everything was previously free} -was_lo_max:=mem_min; was_hi_min:=mem_max; -@z -@x module 167 -begin for p:=mem_base to mem_end do free[p]:=false; {you can probably - do this faster} -@y -begin for p:=mem_min to lo_mem_max do free[p]:=false; {you can probably - do this faster} -for p:=hi_mem_min to mem_end do free[p]:=false; {ditto} -@z -@x module 167 -for p:=0 to mem_end do was_free[p]:=free[p]; {|was_free:=free| might be faster} -was_mem_end:=mem_end; -@y -for p:=mem_min to lo_mem_max do was_free[p]:=free[p]; -for p:=hi_mem_min to mem_end do was_free[p]:=free[p]; - {|was_free:=free| might be faster} -was_mem_end:=mem_end; was_lo_max:=lo_mem_max; was_hi_min:=hi_mem_min; -@z -@x module 168 - begin if (p>mem_end)or(p<second_mem) then clobbered:=true -@y - begin if (p>mem_end)or(p<hi_mem_min) then clobbered:=true -@z -@x module 169 -repeat if (p>=hi_mem_base)or(p<first_mem) then clobbered:=true - else if (rlink(p)>=hi_mem_base)or(rlink(p)<first_mem) then clobbered:=true - else if not(is_empty(p))or(node_size(p)<2)or@| - (p+node_size(p)>hi_mem_base)or@| (llink(rlink(p))<>p) then clobbered:=true; -@y -repeat if (p>=lo_mem_max)or(p<mem_min) then clobbered:=true - else if (rlink(p)>=lo_mem_max)or(rlink(p)<mem_min) then clobbered:=true - else if not(is_empty(p))or(node_size(p)<2)or@| - (p+node_size(p)>lo_mem_max)or@| (llink(rlink(p))<>p) then clobbered:=true; -@z -@x module 170 -p:=mem_base; -while p<=hi_mem_base do {node |p| should not be empty} -@y -p:=mem_min; -while p<=lo_mem_max do {node |p| should not be empty} -@z -@x module 170 - while (p<=hi_mem_base) and not free[p] do incr(p); - while (p<=hi_mem_base) and free[p] do incr(p); -@y - while (p<=lo_mem_max) and not free[p] do incr(p); - while (p<=lo_mem_max) and free[p] do incr(p); -@z -@x module 171 -for p:=mem_base to mem_end do - if not free[p] and ((p>was_mem_end) or was_free[p]) then -@y -for p:=mem_min to lo_mem_max do - if not free[p] and ((p>was_lo_max) or was_free[p]) then - begin print_char(" "); print_int(p); - end; -for p:=hi_mem_min to mem_end do - if not free[p] and - ((p<was_hi_min) or (p>was_mem_end) or was_free[p]) then -@z -@x module 172 -begin for q:=mem_base to mem_end do -@y -begin for q:=mem_min to lo_mem_max do -@z -@x module 172 -@<Search |eqtb| for equivalents equal to |p|@>; -@y -for q:=hi_mem_min to mem_end do - begin if link(q)=p then - begin print_nl("LINK("); print_int(q); print_char(")"); - end; - if info(q)=p then - begin print_nl("INFO("); print_int(q); print_char(")"); - end; - end; -@<Search |eqtb| for equivalents equal to |p|@>; -@z -@x module 176 -if (p<hi_mem_base)or(p>mem_end) then print_esc("CLOBBERED.") -@y -if (p<hi_mem_min)or(p>mem_end) then print_esc("CLOBBERED.") -@z -@x module 178 -begin if (p<mem_base)or(p>=hi_mem_base) then print_char("*") -@y -begin if (p<mem_min)or(p>=lo_mem_max) then print_char("*") -@z -@x module 293 -if (p<hi_mem_base) or (p>mem_end) then -@y -if (p<hi_mem_min) or (p>mem_end) then -@z -@x module 639 - print_int(dyn_used); print("; max so far: "); - print_int(max_var_used); print_char("&"); - print_int(mem_end+1-hi_mem_base); print_ln; -@y - print_int(dyn_used); print("; still untouched: "); - print_int(hi_mem_min-lo_mem_max-1); print_ln; -@z -@x module 857 -begin save_link:=link(cur_p); {this is OK even if |cur_p=null|} -link(cur_p):=null; print_nl(""); short_display(link(printed_node)); -link(cur_p):=save_link; printed_node:=cur_p; -@y -begin print_nl(""); -if cur_p=null then short_display(link(printed_node)) -else begin save_link:=link(cur_p); - link(cur_p):=null; print_nl(""); short_display(link(printed_node)); - link(cur_p):=save_link; - end; -printed_node:=cur_p; -@z -@x module 1249 -if 2*max_halfword<hi_mem_base-mem_base then bad:=41; -@y -if 2*max_halfword<mem_top-mem_min then bad:=41; -@z -@x module 1307 -dump_int(hi_mem_base);@/ -@y -dump_int(mem_bot);@/ -dump_int(mem_top);@/ -@z -@x module 1308 -if x<>hi_mem_base then goto bad_fmt; -@y -if x<>mem_bot then goto bad_fmt; -undump_int(x); -if x<>mem_top then goto bad_fmt; -@z -@x module 1311 -dump_int(rover); -p:=mem_base; q:=rover; x:=0; -@y -dump_int(lo_mem_max); dump_int(rover); -p:=mem_bot; q:=rover; x:=0; -@z -@x module 1311 -var_used:=var_used+hi_mem_base-p; dyn_used:=mem_end+1-hi_mem_base;@/ -dump_int(mem_end); dump_int(avail); -for k:=p to mem_end do dump_wd(mem[k]); -x:=x+mem_end+1-p; -@y -var_used:=var_used+lo_mem_max-p; dyn_used:=mem_end+1-hi_mem_min;@/ -for k:=p to lo_mem_max do dump_wd(mem[k]); -x:=x+lo_mem_max+1-p; -dump_int(hi_mem_min); dump_int(avail); -for k:=hi_mem_min to mem_end do dump_wd(mem[k]); -x:=x+mem_end+1-hi_mem_min; -@z -@x module 1312 -undump(min_halfword)(hi_mem_base)(rover); -p:=mem_base; q:=rover; x:=0; -repeat for k:=p to q+1 do undump_wd(mem[k]); -p:=q+node_size(q); -if (p>hi_mem_base)or((q>=rlink(q))and(rlink(q)<>rover)) then goto bad_fmt; -q:=rlink(q); -until q=rover; -undump_size(hi_mem_base)(mem_max)('mem max')(mem_end); -undump(null)(mem_end)(avail); -for k:=p to mem_end do undump_wd(mem[k]); -undump_int(var_used); undump_int(dyn_used); -max_var_used:=var_used -@y -undump(lo_mem_stat_max+1000)(hi_mem_stat_min-1)(lo_mem_max); -undump(lo_mem_stat_max+1)(lo_mem_max)(rover); -p:=mem_bot; q:=rover; x:=0; -repeat for k:=p to q+1 do undump_wd(mem[k]); -p:=q+node_size(q); -if (p>lo_mem_max)or((q>=rlink(q))and(rlink(q)<>rover)) then goto bad_fmt; -q:=rlink(q); -until q=rover; -for k:=p to lo_mem_max do undump_wd(mem[k]); -if mem_min<mem_bot-2 then {make more low memory available} - begin p:=llink(rover); q:=mem_min+1; - link(mem_min):=null; info(mem_min):=null; {we don't use the bottom word} - rlink(p):=q; llink(rover):=q;@/ - rlink(q):=rover; llink(q):=p; link(q):=empty_flag; - node_size(q):=mem_bot-q; - end; -undump(lo_mem_max+1)(hi_mem_stat_min)(hi_mem_min); -undump(null)(mem_top)(avail); mem_end:=mem_top; -for k:=hi_mem_min to mem_end do undump_wd(mem[k]); -undump_int(var_used); undump_int(dyn_used) -@z -@x module 1323 -undump(min_halfword)(hi_mem_base)(font_glue[k]); -@y -undump(min_halfword)(lo_mem_max)(font_glue[k]); -@z -@x module 1334 - wlog_ln(' ',max_var_used:1,'&',mem_end+1-hi_mem_base:1,@| - ' words of memory out of ', - hi_mem_base-mem_base:1,'&',mem_max+1-hi_mem_base:1);@/ -@y - wlog_ln(' ',lo_mem_max-mem_min+mem_end-hi_mem_min+2:1,@| - ' words of memory out of ',mem_end+1-mem_min:1);@/ -@z that's the end of change number 300! - -301. node_size field could overflow if low mem was too large (Dec 20, 1984) -[This bug existed from the beginning, if hi_mem_base-first_mem>max_halfword!] -@x module 111 -if (mem_min<min_halfword)or(mem_max>=max_halfword) then bad:=14; -@y -if (mem_min<min_halfword)or(mem_max>=max_halfword)or@| - (mem_bot-mem_min>max_halfword+1) then bad:=14; -@z -@x module 125 -@!t:pointer; {temporary register} -@y -@!t:integer; {temporary register} -@z -@x module 125 -if lo_mem_max+2<hi_mem_min then -@y -if lo_mem_max+2<hi_mem_min then if lo_mem_max+2<=mem_bot+max_halfword then -@z -@x module 126 -rlink(q):=rover; llink(q):=p; link(q):=empty_flag; node_size(q):=t-lo_mem_max;@/ -@y -if t>mem_bot+max_halfword then t:=mem_bot+max_halfword; -rlink(q):=rover; llink(q):=p; link(q):=empty_flag; node_size(q):=t-lo_mem_max;@/ -@z - -302. Improvement to missing-format-file error (DRF, 5 Jan 85) -@x module 524 -var j:0..buf_size; {the first space after the file name} -begin if buffer[loc]="&" then - begin incr(loc); j:=loc; buffer[last]:=" "; - while buffer[j]<>" " do incr(j); - pack_buffered_name(0,loc,j-1); {try first without the system file area} - if w_open_in(fmt_file) then - begin loc:=j; goto found; - end;@/ - pack_buffered_name(format_area_length,loc,j-1); - {now try the system format file area} - if w_open_in(fmt_file) then - begin loc:=j; goto found; - end; - wake_up_terminal; - wterm_ln('Sorry, I can''t find that format;',' will try PLAIN.'); -@.Sorry, I can't find...@> - end; - {now pull out all the stops: try for the system \.{PLAIN} file} -pack_buffered_name(format_default_length-format_ext_length,1,0); -if not w_open_in(fmt_file) then - begin wake_up_terminal; - wterm_ln('I can''t find the PLAIN format file!'); -@.I can't find PLAIN...@> -@.PLAIN@> - open_fmt_file:=false; return; - end; -found:open_fmt_file:=true; -@y -var j:0..buf_size; {the first space after the format file name} -begin j:=loc; -if buffer[loc]="&" then - begin incr(loc); j:=loc; buffer[last]:=" "; - while buffer[j]<>" " do incr(j); - pack_buffered_name(0,loc,j-1); {try first without the system file area} - if w_open_in(fmt_file) then goto found; - pack_buffered_name(format_area_length,loc,j-1); - {now try the system format file area} - if w_open_in(fmt_file) then goto found; - wake_up_terminal; - wterm_ln('Sorry, I can''t find that format;',' will try PLAIN.'); -@.Sorry, I can't find...@> - update_terminal; - end; - {now pull out all the stops: try for the system \.{PLAIN} file} -pack_buffered_name(format_default_length-format_ext_length,1,0); -if not w_open_in(fmt_file) then - begin wake_up_terminal; - wterm_ln('I can''t find the PLAIN format file!'); -@.I can't find PLAIN...@> -@.PLAIN@> - open_fmt_file:=false; return; - end; -found:loc:=j; open_fmt_file:=true; -@z - -303. Welcoming message appears sooner (DRF, Jan 7) -@x module 61 -else begin print(format_ident); print_ln; - end; -@y -else begin print(format_ident); print_ln; - end; -update_terminal; -@z - -304. Minor change to help message in "confusion" (Jan 23) -@x module 95 - help2("One of your earlier faux pas has wounded me deeply,")@/ - ("so I'm barely conscious. Please fix it and try again."); -@y - help2("One of your faux pas seems to have wounded me deeply...")@/ - ("in fact, I'm barely conscious. Please fix it and try again."); -@z - -305. Improved logic for `(see the transcript file...)' (Jan 23) -@x module 245 -if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued; -if (tracing_online<=0)and(selector=term_and_log) then decr(selector); -@y -if (tracing_online<=0)and(selector=term_and_log) then - begin decr(selector); - if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued; - end; -@z - -306. Change 291 violated standard PASCAL (CET1, Feb 18) -@x module 331 -for first:=0 to buf_size do buffer[first]:=0; -@y since some procedures `threaten' |first| globally [BS/6192 sec 6.8.3.9] -first:=buf_size; repeat buffer[first]:=0; decr(first); until first=0; -@z - -307. Nonexistent character could be output via ligature hyphenation (April 11) -@x module 582 (slight inefficiency removed while correcting this) -begin if (font_bc[f]<=c)and(font_ec[f]>=c) then -@y -begin if font_bc[f]<=c then if font_ec[f]>=c then -@z -@x module 892 (likewise) -@!hu:array[1..63] of ASCII_code; {like |hc|, before conversion to lowercase} -@y -@!hu:array[1..63] of ASCII_code; {like |hc|, before conversion to lowercase} -@!hyf_char:integer; {hyphen character of the relevant font} -@z -@x module 896 (likewise) -done2: if hyphen_char[hf]<0 then goto done1; -if hyphen_char[hf]>255 then goto done1; -@y -done2: hyf_char:=hyphen_char[hf]; -if hyf_char<0 then goto done1; -if hyf_char>255 then goto done1; -@z -@x module 912 and another local variable -@!c:ASCII_code; {character temporarily replaced by a hyphen} -@y -@!c:ASCII_code; {character temporarily replaced by a hyphen} -@!hyf_node:pointer; {the hyphen, if it exists} -@z -@x module 915 (this is the real bugfix) -minor_tail:=null; c:=hu[i+1]; hu[i+1]:=hyphen_char[hf]; -repeat l:=reconstitute(l+1,i+1); -if minor_tail=null then pre_break(r):=link(hold_head) -else link(minor_tail):=link(hold_head); -minor_tail:=link(hold_head); -if link(minor_tail)<>null then minor_tail:=link(minor_tail); -until l>i; -hu[i+1]:=c; {restore the character in the hyphen position} -decr(l); hyf[l]:=0 -@y -minor_tail:=null; hyf_node:=new_character(hf,hyf_char); -if hyf_node<>null then - begin incr(i); c:=hu[i]; hu[i]:=hyf_char; - end; -repeat l:=reconstitute(l+1,i); -if minor_tail=null then pre_break(r):=link(hold_head) -else link(minor_tail):=link(hold_head); -minor_tail:=link(hold_head); -if link(minor_tail)<>null then minor_tail:=link(minor_tail); -until l=i; -if hyf_node<>null then - begin hu[i]:=c; {restore the character in the hyphen position} - free_avail(hyf_node); decr(i); l:=i; - end; -hyf[i]:=0 -@z -@x module 918 -begin r:=new_disc; pre_break(r):=new_character(hf,hyphen_char[hf]); -@y -begin r:=new_disc; pre_break(r):=new_character(hf,hyf_char); -@z - -308. Improper memory usage computed by INITEX in change 300. (DRF, April 15) -@x module 162 -@d hi_mem_stat_min==mem_top-13 {smallest statically allocated word in - the one-word |mem|} -@y -@d hi_mem_stat_min==mem_top-13 {smallest statically allocated word in - the one-word |mem|} -@d hi_mem_stat_usage=14 {the number of one-word nodes always present} -@z -@x module 164 (text macro without parentheses strikes again!) -var_used:=lo_mem_stat_max+1-mem_bot; dyn_used:=mem_top+1-hi_mem_stat_min; -@y -var_used:=lo_mem_stat_max+1-mem_bot; dyn_used:=hi_mem_stat_usage; -@z - -309. A faster |flush_list| routine for the inner loop. (DRF, April 16) -@x module 123 -var q:pointer; {the successor of node |p|} -begin while p<>null do - begin q:=link(p); free_avail(p); p:=q; - end; -@y -var @!q,@!r:pointer; {list traversers} -begin if p<>null then - begin r:=p; - repeat q:=r; r:=link(r); @!stat decr(dyn_used);@+tats@/ - until r=null; {now |q| is the last node on the list} - link(q):=avail; avail:=p; - end; -@z - -310. Kern for accent positioning could disappear after a line break (April 17) -(Change 269 fixed only part of the problem!) -@x module 155 -@d explicit=1 {|subtype| of kern nodes from \.{\\kern} and \.{\\/} and accents} -@y -@d explicit=1 {|subtype| of kern nodes from \.{\\kern} and \.{\\/}} -@d acc_kern=2 {|subtype| of kern nodes from accents} -@z -@x module 191 -if subtype(p)<=explicit then - begin print_esc("kern"); - if subtype(p)=explicit then print_char(" "); - print_scaled(width(p)); -@y -if subtype(p)<>mu_glue then - begin print_esc("kern"); - if subtype(p)<>normal then print_char(" "); - print_scaled(width(p)); - if subtype(p)=acc_kern then print(" (for accent)"); -@.for accent@> -@z -@x module 837 - math_node,kern_node: break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-width(s); -@y - math_node,kern_node: if subtype(s)=acc_kern then goto done - else break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-width(s); -@z -@x module 879 - if non_discardable(q) then goto done1; -@y - if non_discardable(q) then goto done1; - if subtype(q)=acc_kern then if type(q)=kern_node then goto done1; -@z -@x module 1125 -r:=new_kern(delta); subtype(r):=explicit; link(tail):=r; link(r):=p; -tail:=new_kern(-a-delta); subtype(tail):=explicit; link(p):=tail; p:=q; -@y -r:=new_kern(delta); subtype(r):=acc_kern; link(tail):=r; link(r):=p; -tail:=new_kern(-a-delta); subtype(tail):=acc_kern; link(p):=tail; p:=q; -@z - -311. \lastbox and \unkern must not remove discretionary replacements (April 18) -(Change 236 introduced this bug!) -@x module 1079 -label exit; -var p:pointer; {runs through the current list} -@y -label exit, done; -var @!p,@!q:pointer; {run through the current list} -@!m:quarterword; {the length of a replacement list} -@z -@x modules 1080 and 1081 - @<Apologize for inability to do \.{\\lastbox} now@> -else begin if not is_char_node(tail) then - if (type(tail)=hlist_node)or(type(tail)=vlist_node) then - begin p:=head; cur_box:=tail; shift_amount(cur_box):=0; - while link(p)<>tail do p:=link(p); - tail:=p; link(p):=null; - end; - end; -end - -@ @<Apologize for inability to do \.{\\lastbox} now@>= -begin you_cant; -help2("Sorry...I'm usually unable to take things from the current")@/ - ("page. This \lastbox will therefore be void."); error; -end -@y - begin you_cant; - help2("Sorry...I usually can't take things from the current page.")@/ - ("This \lastbox will therefore be void."); error; - end -else begin if not is_char_node(tail) then - if (type(tail)=hlist_node)or(type(tail)=vlist_node) then - @<Remove the last box, unless it's part of a discretionary@>; - end; -end - -@ @<Remove the last box...@>= -begin q:=head; -repeat p:=q; -if not is_char_node(q) then if type(q)=disc_node then - begin for m:=1 to replace_count(q) do p:=link(p); - if p=tail then goto done; - end; -q:=link(p); -until q=tail; -cur_box:=tail; shift_amount(cur_box):=0; -tail:=p; link(p):=null; -done: end -@z -@x module 1105 -var p:pointer; {runs through the current list} -@y -label exit; -var @!p,@!q:pointer; {run through the current list} -@!m:quarterword; {the length of a replacement list} -@z -@x module 1105 - begin p:=head; - while link(p)<>tail do p:=link(p); - link(p):=null; flush_node_list(tail); tail:=p; - end; - end; -end; -@y - begin q:=head; - repeat p:=q; - if not is_char_node(q) then if type(q)=disc_node then - begin for m:=1 to replace_count(q) do p:=link(p); - if p=tail then return; - end; - q:=link(p); - until q=tail; - link(p):=null; flush_node_list(tail); tail:=p; - end; - end; -exit:end; -@z -@x module 1106 - help2("Sorry...I'm usually unable to take things from the current")@/ - ("page. Try `I\vskip-\lastskip' instead."); - if cur_chr=kern_node then help_line[0]:= - ("page. Try `I\kern-\lastkern' instead.") - else if cur_chr<>glue_node then help_line[0]:=@| - ("page. Perhaps you can make the output routine do it."); -@y - help2("Sorry...I usually can't take things from the current page.")@/ - ("Try `I\vskip-\lastskip' instead."); - if cur_chr=kern_node then help_line[0]:= - ("Try `I\kern-\lastkern' instead.") - else if cur_chr<>glue_node then help_line[0]:=@| - ("Perhaps you can make the output routine do it."); -@z -@x module 1120 -if n<128 then replace_count(tail):=n -@y -if n<=max_quarterword then replace_count(tail):=n -@z - - -*** Note by DEK, 18 Apr 1985 -(The code for version 1.3 has been published by Addison-Wesley under the -title "TeX: The Program". It was phototypeset on our APS, but does not -contain changes > 300. Some of those changes have been made in versions -of TeX called 1.3; but the exact definition of version 1.3 is somewhat -vague. Version 1.4 was released on April 18, 1985, after -making change 311. At present I believe Version 1.4 will be identical -to Version 2.0 except perhaps for things like index entries in the -documentation and slightly revised help messages. Version 2.0 will -coincide with the publication of Volume 1 of Computers and Typesetting, -which will come out when METAFONT and Computer Modern are both finished.) - Version 1.5 -312. if nonstandard area specified, don't try TEX_area too. (DRF, 26 Apr 85) -@x module 537 - pack_file_name(cur_name,TEX_area,cur_ext); - if a_open_in(cur_file) then goto done; -@y - if cur_area="" then - begin pack_file_name(cur_name,TEX_area,cur_ext); - if a_open_in(cur_file) then goto done; - end; -@z - -313. length of \write need no longer be limited (cf 235). (NBT, 30 Apr 85) -@x module 1370 -show_token_list(link(def_ref),null,buf_size-10); print_ln; -@y -show_token_list(link(def_ref),null,10000000); print_ln; -@z - -314. bug introduced in #300, just lucky it didn't cause trouble (CET1, 8 May 85) -@x module 162 -@d active==mem_top-6 {head of active list in |line_break|, needs two words} -@y -@d active==mem_top-7 {head of active list in |line_break|, needs two words} -@z - -315. Missing eoln after last typeout (Gropp, 11 May 85) -@x module 1332 - wterm('Ouch---my internal constants have been', -@y - wterm_ln('Ouch---my internal constants have been', -@z - -316. Redundancy (CET1, 17 May 85) -[Change 287 was apparently introduced because of a faulty assumption, -although its change to the calling of "initialize" was valid.] -@x module 1332 - begin t_open_out; - wterm_ln('Ouch---my internal constants have been', - ' clobbered!---case ',bad:1); -@y - begin wterm_ln('Ouch---my internal constants have been clobbered!', - '---case ',bad:1); -@z - -317. batchmode to see if log file couldn't be opened (DRF, 22 May 85) -@x module 92 -if interaction=batch_mode then decr(selector); -if job_name=0 then open_log_file; -@y -if job_name=0 then open_log_file; -if interaction=batch_mode then decr(selector); -@z - -318. If the string pool overflows while reading the command line... (22 May 85) -[This bug was first found in METAFONT, when it could occur more easily] -@x module 525 -begin str_room(name_length); -for k:=1 to name_length do append_char(xord[name_of_file[k]]); -make_name_string:=make_string; -@y -begin if (pool_ptr+name_length>pool_size)or(str_ptr=max_strings) then - make_name_string:="?" -else begin for k:=1 to name_length do append_char(xord[name_of_file[k]]); - make_name_string:=make_string; - end; -@z - -319. Bug in \edef\foo{\iffalse\fi\the\toks0} (found by Dan Brotsky, 7 Aug 85) -@x module 478 - if cur_cmd<>the then goto done2; - q:=the_toks; - if link(temp_head)<>null then - begin link(p):=link(temp_head); p:=q; - end; -@y - if cur_cmd<=max_command then goto done2; - if cur_cmd<>the then expand - else begin q:=the_toks; - if link(temp_head)<>null then - begin link(p):=link(temp_head); p:=q; - end; - end; -@z - -*** Version 1.5 was released on August 7, 1985. - -320. Lowercase `plain' for consistency with the manual -@x module 521 -TEX_format_default:='TeXformats:PLAIN.fmt'; -@.TeXformats@> -@.PLAIN@> -@y -TEX_format_default:='TeXformats:plain.fmt'; -@.TeXformats@> -@.plain@> -@z (index entries also changed to lowercase in modules 524, 1331) - -321. Terminal woken up by \show and \showthe (November 27, 1985) -@x module 1294 -begin get_token; print_nl("> "); -@y -begin get_token; -if interaction=error_stop_mode then wake_up_terminal; -print_nl("> "); -@z -@x module 1297 -begin p:=the_toks; print_nl("> "); token_show(temp_head); -@y -begin p:=the_toks; -if interaction=error_stop_mode then wake_up_terminal; -print_nl("> "); token_show(temp_head); -@z - Changes subsequent to `Version 2.0' as published in C&T, Volume B: - -322. Trivial change to a help message. -@x module 1283 - ("Pretend that you're Hercule Poirot, examine all clues,")@/ -@y - ("Pretend that you're Hercule Poirot: Examine all clues,")@/ -@z - -323. Precaution since |index| can be as high as |max_in_open|. (DRF) -@x module 14 -if hash_prime>hash_size then bad:=5; -@y -if hash_prime>hash_size then bad:=5; -if max_in_open>=128 then bad:=6; -@z - -324. \kern clobbered at end of pre-break list in discretionary break. -@x module 881 - |disc_break:=true|@>; - if not is_char_node(q) then - if (type(q)=math_node)or(type(q)=kern_node) then width(q):=0; -@y - |disc_break:=true|@> - else if (type(q)=math_node)or(type(q)=kern_node) then width(q):=0; -@z - -325. width after discretionary didn't take account of discarded nodes. -@x module 830 (slight redefinition) -@!t:quarterword; {replacement count, if |cur_p| is a discretionary node} -@y -@!t:integer; {node count, if |cur_p| is a discretionary node} -@z -@x module 837 (slight rearrangement) -if (break_type=unhyphenated)or(cur_p=null) then - begin s:=cur_p; - while s<>null do - begin if is_char_node(s) then goto done; - case type(s) of - glue_node:@<Subtract glue from |break_width|@>; - penalty_node: do_nothing; - math_node,kern_node: if subtype(s)=acc_kern then goto done - else break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-width(s); - othercases goto done - endcases;@/ - s:=link(s); - end; - end -else @<Compute the discretionary |break_width| values@>; -@y -s:=cur_p; -if break_type>unhyphenated then if cur_p<>null then - @<Compute the discretionary |break_width| values@>; -while s<>null do - begin if is_char_node(s) then goto done; - case type(s) of - glue_node:@<Subtract glue from |break_width|@>; - penalty_node: do_nothing; - math_node,kern_node: if subtype(s)=acc_kern then goto done - else break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-width(s); - othercases goto done - endcases;@/ - s:=link(s); - end; -@z -@x module 840 (this is the main change to fix the bug) -begin t:=replace_count(cur_p); s:=cur_p; -while t>0 do - begin decr(t); s:=link(s); - @<Subtract the width of node |s| from |break_width|@>; - end; -s:=post_break(cur_p); -while s<>null do - begin @<Add the width of node |s| to |break_width|@>; -@y -begin t:=replace_count(cur_p); v:=cur_p; s:=post_break(cur_p); -while t>0 do - begin decr(t); v:=link(v); - @<Subtract the width of node |v| from |break_width|@>; - end; -while s<>null do - begin @<Add the width of node |s| to |break_width| and increase |t|, - unless it's discardable@>; -@z -@x module 840, continued -break_width[1]:=break_width[1]+disc_width; -@y -break_width[1]:=break_width[1]+disc_width; -if t=0 then s:=link(v); {more nodes may also be discardable after the break} -@z -@x module 841 (here we just change |s| to |v|) -@<Subtract the width of node |s|...@>= -if is_char_node(s) then - begin f:=font(s); - break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-char_width(f)(char_info(f)(character(s))); - end -else case type(s) of - ligature_node: begin f:=font(lig_char(s));@/ - break_width[1]:=@|break_width[1]- - char_width(f)(char_info(f)(character(lig_char(s)))); - end; - hlist_node,vlist_node,rule_node,kern_node: - break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-width(s); -@y -@<Subtract the width of node |v|...@>= -if is_char_node(v) then - begin f:=font(v); - break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-char_width(f)(char_info(f)(character(v))); - end -else case type(v) of - ligature_node: begin f:=font(lig_char(v));@/ - break_width[1]:=@|break_width[1]- - char_width(f)(char_info(f)(character(lig_char(v)))); - end; - hlist_node,vlist_node,rule_node,kern_node: - break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-width(v); -@z -@x module 842 - hlist_node,vlist_node,rule_node,kern_node: - break_width[1]:=break_width[1]+width(s); - othercases confusion("disc2") -@:this can't happen disc2}{\quad disc2@> - endcases -@y - hlist_node,vlist_node,rule_node:break_width[1]:=break_width[1]+width(s); - kern_node: if (t=0)and(subtype(s)<>acc_kern) then t:=-1 {discardable} - else break_width[1]:=break_width[1]+width(s); - othercases confusion("disc2") -@:this can't happen disc2}{\quad disc2@> - endcases; -incr(t) -@z - -*** Version 2.1 was released on January 26, 1987. - -326. Removal of redundant code (found by Pat Monardo, 5 Feb 87) -@x module 1224 [this change need not be made, since it has no effect] - char_def_code: define(p,char_given,cur_val); - math_char_def_code: define(p,math_given,cur_val); -@y the cases cannot occur, so we simply don't list them -@z - -327. More robustness is needed when debugging (Ronaldo Am\'a, 14 Apr 87) -@x module 174 -begin while p>null do -@y maybe mem_min>null (but nodes shouldn't be put in location mem_min exactly) -begin while p>mem_min do -@z -@x module 182 -@p procedure show_node_list(@!p:pointer); {prints a node list symbolically} -@y -@p procedure show_node_list(@!p:integer); {prints a node list symbolically} -@z -@x module 182, continued -while p>null do -@y -while p>mem_min do -@z - -328. Storage allocation can be more elegant and efficient (4/21/87) -@x module 127 -if r=p then if ((rlink(p)<>rover) or (llink(p)<>rover)) then -@y -if r=p then if rlink(p)<>p then -@z - -329. Miscalculation of empty-line condition (April 22, 1987) -@x module 360 - begin if limit=start then {previous line was empty} -@y - begin if (end_line_char<0)or(end_line_char>127) then incr(limit); - if limit=start then {previous line was empty} -@z - -330. A case where we don't have to assume system bookkeeping (April 28, 1987) -@x module 560 -done: b_close(tfm_file); read_font_info:=g; -@y [suggested by Jim Sterken] -done: if file_opened then b_close(tfm_file); -read_font_info:=g; -@z [this was not a bug, according to the comment in module 28] - -331. jump_out must fix unfinished output (Found by Klaus Gunterman, 3 Aug 87) -@x module 593 -doing_leaders:=false; dead_cycles:=0; -@y -doing_leaders:=false; dead_cycles:=0; cur_s:=-1; -@z -@x module 617 -cur_s:=-1; ensure_dvi_open; -@y -ensure_dvi_open; -@z -@x module 640 -dvi_out(eop); incr(total_pages); -@y -dvi_out(eop); incr(total_pages); cur_s:=-1; -@z -@x module 642 -if total_pages=0 then print_nl("No pages of output.") -@y -while cur_s>-1 do - begin if cur_s>0 then dvi_out(pop) - else begin dvi_out(eop); incr(total_pages); - end; - decr(cur_s); - end; -if total_pages=0 then print_nl("No pages of output.") -@z - -332. \hangindent=1pt$$\halign{...\cr\noalign{\hrule}}$$ problem (19 Aug 87) -@x module 805 -q:=link(head); -@y -q:=link(head); s:=head; -@z -@x module 805, continued - q:=link(q); -@y - s:=q; q:=link(q); -@z -@x module 806 -if is_running(depth(q)) then depth(q):=depth(p); -@y -if is_running(depth(q)) then depth(q):=depth(p); -if o<>0 then - begin r:=link(q); link(q):=null; q:=hpack(q,natural); - shift_amount(q):=o; link(q):=r; link(s):=q; - end; -@z - -333. \hskip 0pt plus 1fil\ifdim problem (found by Alan Guth, 20 Aug 87) -@x module 366 -@!cvl_backup,@!radix_backup:small_number; {to save |cur_val_level| and |radix|} -@y -@!cvl_backup,@!radix_backup,@!co_backup:small_number; - {to save |cur_val_level|, etc.} -@z -@x -backup_backup:=link(backup_head); -@y -co_backup:=cur_order; backup_backup:=link(backup_head); -@z -@x -link(backup_head):=backup_backup; -@y -cur_order:=co_backup; link(backup_head):=backup_backup; -@z - -334. leaders too sensitive near exact multiples (M. F. Bridgland, 9 Nov 87) -@x module 626 - begin edge:=cur_h+rule_wd; lx:=0; -@y - begin rule_wd:=rule_wd+10; {compensate for floating-point rounding} - edge:=cur_h+rule_wd; lx:=0; -@z -@x ibid - cur_h:=edge; goto next_p; -@y - cur_h:=edge-10; goto next_p; -@z -@x module 635 - begin edge:=cur_v+rule_ht; lx:=0; -@y - begin rule_ht:=rule_ht+10; {compensate for floating-point rounding} - edge:=cur_v+rule_ht; lx:=0; -@z -@x ibid - cur_v:=edge; goto next_p; -@y - cur_v:=edge-10; goto next_p; -@z - -335. Glitch in fixed-point multiplication of negatives (W.G. Sullivan, 17Nov87) -@x module 572 -begin alpha:=16*z; beta:=16; -while z>=@'40000000 do - begin z:=z div 2; beta:=beta div 2; - end; -@y -begin alpha:=16; -while z>=@'40000000 do - begin z:=z div 2; alpha:=alpha+alpha; - end; -beta:=256 div alpha; alpha:=alpha*z; -@z - -336. If there are no \patterns and some \lccode is 1 (Breitenlohner, 12Dec87) -@x module 952 -trie_link(0):=0; trie_char(0):=0; trie_op(0):=0; -@y -trie_link(0):=0; trie_char(0):=0; trie_op(0):=min_quarterword; -@z - -337. \csname might encounter undefined_cs in a group (Chris Thompson, 23Dec87) -@x module 372 - begin eqtb[cur_cs]:=eqtb[frozen_relax]; -@y - begin eq_define(cur_cs,relax,256); -@z - -338. \outer\def\a0{}\a\a shows temp_head list garbage (Silvio Levy, 20Apr88) -@x module 391 -repeat if (info(r)>match_token+127)or(info(r)<match_token) then s:=null -else begin match_chr:=info(r)-match_token; s:=link(r); r:=s; - p:=temp_head; link(p):=null; m:=0; -@y -repeat link(temp_head):=null; -if (info(r)>match_token+127)or(info(r)<match_token) then s:=null -else begin match_chr:=info(r)-match_token; s:=link(r); r:=s; - p:=temp_head; m:=0; -@z - -339. \def\\#1{}\input a\\\z failed (Robert Messer, 24Apr88) -@x module 259 -var h:integer; {hash code} -@y -var h:integer; {hash code} -@!d:integer; {number of characters in incomplete current string} -@z -@x module 260 -str_room(l); -for k:=j to j+l-1 do append_char(buffer[k]); -text(p):=make_string; -@y -str_room(l); d:=cur_length; -while pool_ptr>str_start[str_ptr] do - begin decr(pool_ptr); str_pool[pool_ptr+l]:=str_pool[pool_ptr]; - end; {move current string up to make room for another} -for k:=j to j+l-1 do append_char(buffer[k]); -text(p):=make_string; pool_ptr:=pool_ptr+d; -@z - -340. Make patterns work when trie_min=0 (Peter Breitenlohner, 10May88) -@x module 951 -trie_max:=128; trie_min:=128; trie_link(0):=1; trie_taken[0]:=false; -@y -trie_max:=128; trie_min:=128; trie_link(0):=1; trie_taken[0]:=false; -trie_link(trie_size):=0; trie_back(0):=trie_size; {wrap around} -@z -@x module 953 -begin c:=trie_c[p]; {we have |c>0|} -if c<trie_min then trie_min:=c; -z:=trie_link(trie_min-1); {get the first conceivably good hole} -@y -begin c:=trie_c[p]; -if c<trie_min then trie_min:=c; -if trie_min=0 then z:=trie_link(trie_size) -else z:=trie_link(trie_min-1); {get the first conceivably good hole} -@z -@x module 966 -r:=0; {finally, we will zero out the holes} -@y -r:=trie_size; {finally, we will zero out the holes} -@z - -341. Avoid possible trie_pointer out of range (24May88) -@x module 923 -hc[0]:=127; hc[hn+1]:=127; hc[hn+2]:=256; {insert delimiters} -@y -hc[0]:=127; hc[hn+1]:=127; hc[hn+2]:=128; {insert delimiters} -@z - -342. \input a\romannumeral1 etc.; similar to bug 339. (25May88) -@x module 464 -@p function str_toks:pointer; {changes the current string to a token list} -@y -@p function str_toks(@!b:pool_pointer):pointer; - {changes the string |str_pool[b..pool_ptr]| to a token list} -@z -@x module 464, continued -p:=temp_head; link(p):=null; k:=str_start[str_ptr]; -@y -p:=temp_head; link(p):=null; k:=b; -@z -@x module 464, concluded -pool_ptr:=str_start[str_ptr]; str_toks:=p; -@y -pool_ptr:=b; str_toks:=p; -@z -@x module 465 -begin get_x_token; scan_something_internal(tok_val,false); -if cur_val_level>=ident_val then @<Copy the token list@> -else begin old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string; -@y -@!b:pool_pointer; {base of temporary string} -begin get_x_token; scan_something_internal(tok_val,false); -if cur_val_level>=ident_val then @<Copy the token list@> -else begin old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string; b:=pool_ptr; -@z -@x module 465, continued - selector:=old_setting; the_toks:=str_toks; -@y - selector:=old_setting; the_toks:=str_toks(b); -@z -@x module 470 -begin c:=cur_chr; @<Scan the argument for command |c|@>; -old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string; -@<Print the result of command |c|@>; -selector:=old_setting; link(garbage):=str_toks; ins_list(link(temp_head)); -@y -@!b:pool_pointer; {base of temporary string} -begin c:=cur_chr; @<Scan the argument for command |c|@>; -old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string; b:=pool_ptr; -@<Print the result of command |c|@>; -selector:=old_setting; link(garbage):=str_toks(b); ins_list(link(temp_head)); -@z - -343. **\input\romannumeral6 confusion bypassed (25May88) -@x module 525 -begin if (pool_ptr+name_length>pool_size)or(str_ptr=max_strings) then -@y -begin if (pool_ptr+name_length>pool_size)or(str_ptr=max_strings)or - (cur_length>0) then -@z - -344. Avoid negative dividend rounding upward (Chris Thompson, fixed 19Jun88) -@x module 126 -else t:=(lo_mem_max+hi_mem_min+2) div 2; {|lo_mem_max+2<=t<hi_mem_min|} -@y -else t:=lo_mem_max+1+(hi_mem_min-lo_mem_max)div 2; {|lo_mem_max+2<=t<hi_mem_min|} -@z - -345. Better strategy when near memory overflow (Chris Thompson) -@x module 126 -begin if lo_mem_max+1000<hi_mem_min then t:=lo_mem_max+1000 -@y -begin if hi_mem_min-lo_mem_max>=1998 then t:=lo_mem_max+1000 -@z - -346. An omission from change 333 (Tsunetoshi Hayashi, reported 20June88) -@x module 439 -cur_val:=0; cur_val_level:=int_val; radix:=0; -@y -cur_val:=0; cur_val_level:=int_val; radix:=0; cur_order:=0; -@z - -347. Avoid fatal_error after terminal eof (Tim Morgan, reported 25Oct88) -@x module 71 [serious problem occurred if this was called in open_log_file] -if not input_ln(term_in,true) then fatal_error("End of file on the terminal!"); -@y -if not input_ln(term_in,true) then t_open_in; -@z - -348. Force terminal output when open_log_file aborts (6Nov88) -@x module 535 - begin print_err("I can't write on file `"); -@y - begin selector:=term_only; print_err("I can't write on file `"); -@z - -349. By popular request, undo #347 and fix the bug a more complex way. -@x module 71 [this undoes change #347] -if not input_ln(term_in,true) then t_open_in; -@y -if not input_ln(term_in,true) then fatal_error("End of file on the terminal!"); -@z -@x module 92 [now we get to the new stuff] -begin if job_name>0 then selector:=term_and_log -@y -begin if log_opened then selector:=term_and_log -@z -@x module 93 - error; -@y - if log_opened then error; -@z -@x module 527 -@!job_name:str_number; {principal file name} -@y -@!job_name:str_number; {principal file name} -@!log_opened:boolean; {has the transcript file been opened?} -@z -@x module 528 -@<Initialize the output...@>=job_name:=0; name_in_progress:=false; -@y -@<Initialize the output...@>= -job_name:=0; name_in_progress:=false; log_opened:=false; -@z -@x module 534 -selector:=log_only; -@y -selector:=log_only; log_opened:=true; -@z -@x module 535 -begin if interaction<scroll_mode then {bypass |fatal_error|} - begin selector:=term_only; print_err("I can't write on file `"); -@.I can't write on file x@> - print_file_name(cur_name,cur_area,cur_ext); print("'.");@/ - job_name:=0; history:=fatal_error_stop; jump_out; - end; {abort the program without a log file} -@y -begin selector:=term_only; -@z -@x module 1265 [this change is optional, but it's a slight improvement] -if job_name<>0 then selector:=selector+2; -@y -if log_opened then selector:=selector+2; -@z -@x module 1333 -if job_name>0 then -@y -if log_opened then -@z -@x module 1334 -if job_name>0 then {the log file is open} -@y -if log_opened then -@z - -350. Forgotten update in error recovery (Breitenlohner, 20 Jan 89) -@x module 976 - glue_ptr(p):=r; -@y - glue_ptr(p):=r; q:=r; -@z -@x module 1004 - glue_ptr(p):=r; -@y - glue_ptr(p):=r; q:=r; -@z - -351. Avoid error \aftergroup\relax\dump (Mittelbach&Schoepf, 17 Feb 89) -@x module 280 -begin check_full_save_stack; -save_type(save_ptr):=insert_token; save_level(save_ptr):=level_zero; -save_index(save_ptr):=t; incr(save_ptr); -@y -begin if cur_level>level_one then - begin check_full_save_stack; - save_type(save_ptr):=insert_token; save_level(save_ptr):=level_zero; - save_index(save_ptr):=t; incr(save_ptr); - end; -@z - -352. Cosmetic change to validate comment in 115 (Breitenlohner, 20 Mar 89) -@x module 791 -begin q:=link(cur_align); -if (cur_align=null)or(q=null) then confusion("endv"); -@y -begin if cur_align=null then confusion("endv"); -q:=link(cur_align);@+if q=null then confusion("endv"); -@z - -353. $$\begingroup\halign{#\cr}$$ caused confusion (Mittelbach, 7 Jun 89) -@x module 1130 -mmode+halign: if privileged then init_align; -@y -mmode+halign: if privileged then - if cur_group=math_shift_group then init_align - else off_save; -@z - -354. Conflict in global array dig with .5\ifdim.6 (Mittelbach, 20 Jun 89) -@x module 450 -@!k:small_number; {number of digits in a decimal fraction} -@y -@!k,@!kk:small_number; {number of digits in a decimal fraction} -@!p,@!q:pointer; {top of decimal digit stack} -@z -@x module 452 -begin k:=0; get_token; {|point_token| is being re-scanned} -loop@+ begin get_x_token; - if (cur_tok>zero_token+9)or(cur_tok<zero_token) then goto done1; - if k<17 then {digits for |k>=17| cannot affect the result} - begin dig[k]:=cur_tok-zero_token; incr(k); - end; - end; -done1: f:=round_decimals(k); -@y -begin k:=0; p:=null; get_token; {|point_token| is being re-scanned} -loop@+ begin get_x_token; - if (cur_tok>zero_token+9)or(cur_tok<zero_token) then goto done1; - if k<17 then {digits for |k>=17| cannot affect the result} - begin q:=get_avail; link(q):=p; info(q):=cur_tok-zero_token; - p:=q; incr(k); - end; - end; -done1: for kk:=k downto 1 do - begin dig[kk-1]:=info(p); q:=p; p:=link(p); free_avail(q); - end; -f:=round_decimals(k); -@z - -355. String startup problems (Wayne Sullivan, 17 Jul 89) -@x module 31 (Warning: This affects most change files!) - overflow("buffer size",buf_size); -@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@> -@y - @<Report overflow of the input buffer, and abort@>; -@z -@x module 35 -consist of the remainder of the command line, after the part that invoked -\TeX. -@y -consist of the remainder of the command line, after the part that invoked -\TeX. - -The first line is special also because it may be read before \TeX\ has -input a format file. In such cases, normal error messages cannot yet -be given. The following code uses concepts that will be explained later. - -@<Report overflow of the input buffer, and abort@>= -if format_ident=0 then - begin write_ln(term_out,'Buffer size exceeded!'); goto final_end; -@.Buffer size exceeded@> - end -else begin cur_input.loc_field:=first; cur_input.limit_field:=last-1; - overflow("buffer size",buf_size); -@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@> - end -@z -@x module 1310 -k:=pool_ptr-4; undump_four_ASCII -@y -k:=pool_ptr-4; undump_four_ASCII; -init_str_ptr:=str_ptr; init_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr -@z -@x module 1332 -tini@/ -@y -init_str_ptr:=str_ptr; init_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr; fix_date_and_time; -tini@/ -@z -@x module 1332 -init_str_ptr:=str_ptr; init_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr;@/ -@y -@z - -356. Allow integer products to be 31 bits long (Mittelbach, 16 Aug 89) -@x module 105 -@p function nx_plus_y(@!n:integer;@!x,@!y:scaled):scaled; -begin if n<0 then - begin negate(x); negate(n); - end; -if n=0 then nx_plus_y:=y -else if ((x<=(@'7777777777-y) div n)and(-x<=(@'7777777777+y) div n)) then - nx_plus_y:=n*x+y -else begin arith_error:=true; nx_plus_y:=0; - end; -end; -@y -@d nx_plus_y(#)==mult_and_add(#,@'7777777777) -@d mult_integers(#)==mult_and_add(#,0,@'17777777777) - -@p function mult_and_add(@!n:integer;@!x,@!y,@!max_answer:scaled):scaled; -begin if n<0 then - begin negate(x); negate(n); - end; -if n=0 then mult_and_add:=y -else if ((x<=(max_answer-y) div n)and(-x<=(max_answer+y) div n)) then - mult_and_add:=n*x+y -else begin arith_error:=true; mult_and_add:=0; - end; -end; -@z -@x module 1240 - if q=multiply then cur_val:=nx_plus_y(eqtb[l].int,cur_val,0) -@y - if q=multiply then - if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(eqtb[l].int,cur_val) - else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(eqtb[l].int,cur_val,0) -@z - -357. Raise the maximum number of tokens normally shown (pointed out by -John Lavagnino in TeXhax on 19 May 89; corrected on 31 Aug 89). -@x module 295 -begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,1000); -@y -begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,10000000); -@z -@x module 1370 (this part of the change is cosmetic only) -show_token_list(link(def_ref),null,10000000); print_ln; -@y -token_show(def_ref); print_ln; -@z - -358. Like 353, but with $$\begingroup\eqno$$ (Mittelbach, 25 Jul 89) -@x module 1140 -mmode+eq_no: if privileged then start_eq_no; -@y -mmode+eq_no: if privileged then - if cur_group=math_shift_group then start_eq_no - else off_save; -@z - -359. Major extension to 8-bit character input. (These changes, and a few that -follow, were discussed during the 10th TUG meeting and installed during -the week of 10 Sep 1989. They bring the implementation of TeX82 up to date with -international developments and experience, and I believe they mark the -final development of this program into a completely stable system.) -Several changes to the documentation (not the program) are omitted here. -@x module 18 -@!ASCII_code=0..127; {seven-bit numbers} -@y -@!ASCII_code=0..255; {eight-bit numbers} -@z -@x module 19 -@d last_text_char=127 {ordinal number of the largest element of |text_char|} - -@<Local variables for init...@>= -@!i:0..last_text_char; -@y -@d last_text_char=255 {ordinal number of the largest element of |text_char|} - -@<Local variables for init...@>= -@!i:integer; -@z -@x module 21 -xchr[0]:=' '; xchr[@'177]:=' '; - {ASCII codes 0 and |@'177| do not appear in text} -@y -@z -@x module 23 -for i:=1 to @'37 do xchr[i]:=' '; -@y changing ' ' to chr(i) here will allow all 8-bit characters to get in -for i:=0 to @'37 do xchr[i]:=' '; -for i:=@'177 to @'377 do xchr[i]:=' '; -@z -@x module 24 -for i:=1 to @'176 do xord[xchr[i]]:=i; -@y -for i:=@'200 to @'377 do xord[xchr[i]]:=i; -for i:=0 to @'176 do xord[xchr[i]]:=i; -@z -@x module 38 -@<Types...@>= -@!pool_pointer = 0..pool_size; {for variables that point into |str_pool|} -@!str_number = 0..max_strings; {for variables that point into |str_start|} - -@ @<Glob...@>= -@!str_pool:packed array[pool_pointer] of ASCII_code; {the characters} -@y [OK to make si(#)==#-128 and so(#)==#+128 (without parens) in change files] -Some \PASCAL\ compilers won't pack integers into a single byte unless the -integers lie in the range |-128..127|. To accommodate such systems -we access the string pool only via macros that can easily be redefined. - -@d si(#) == # {convert from |ASCII_code| to |packed_ASCII_code|} -@d so(#) == # {convert from |packed_ASCII_code| to |ASCII_code|} - -@<Types...@>= -@!pool_pointer = 0..pool_size; {for variables that point into |str_pool|} -@!str_number = 0..max_strings; {for variables that point into |str_start|} -@!packed_ASCII_code = 0..255; {elements of |str_pool| array} - -@ @<Glob...@>= -@!str_pool:packed array[pool_pointer] of packed_ASCII_code; {the characters} -@z -@x module 42 -begin str_pool[pool_ptr]:=#; incr(pool_ptr); -@y -begin str_pool[pool_ptr]:=si(#); incr(pool_ptr); -@z -@x module 45 - begin if str_pool[j]<>buffer[k] then -@y - begin if so(str_pool[j])<>buffer[k] then -@z -@x module 47 -var k,@!l:0..127; {small indices or counters} -@y -var k,@!l:0..255; {small indices or counters} -@z -@x module 47 -@<Make the first 128 strings@>; -@y -@<Make the first 256 strings@>; -@z -@x module 48 -@ @<Make the first 128...@>= -for k:=0 to 127 do - begin if (@<Character |k| cannot be printed@>) then - begin append_char("^"); append_char("^"); - if k<@'100 then append_char(k+@'100) - else append_char(k-@'100); -@y -@ @d app_lc_hex(#)==l:=#; - if l<10 then append_char(l+"0)@+else append_char(l-10+"a") - -@<Make the first 256...@>= -for k:=0 to 255 do - begin if (@<Character |k| cannot be printed@>) then - begin append_char("^"); append_char("^"); - if k<@'100 then append_char(k+@'100) - else if k<@'200 then append_char(k-@'100) - else begin app_lc_hex(k div 16); app_lc_hex(k mod 16); - end; -@z -@x module 59 - begin print_char(str_pool[j]); incr(j); -@y - begin print_char(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); -@z -@x modules 59 and 60 -else if s<128 then -@y -else if s<256 then -@z -@x module 60 - begin print(str_pool[j]); incr(j); -@y - begin print(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); -@z -@x module 63 -if c>=0 then if c<128 then print(c); -@y -if c>=0 then if c<256 then print(c); -@z -@x module 68 -@ In certain situations, \TeX\ prints either a standard visible ASCII -character or its hexadecimal ASCII code. - -@p procedure print_ASCII(@!c:integer); {prints a character or its code} -begin if (c>=0) and (c<=127) then print(c) -else begin print_char("["); - if c<0 then print_int(c)@+else print_hex(c); - print_char("]"); - end; -end; -@y -@ Old versions of \TeX\ needed a procedure called |print_ASCII| whose function -is now subsumed by |print|. We retain the old name here as a possible aid to -future software arch\ae ologists. - -@d print_ASCII == print -@z -@x module 69 - begin print_char(str_pool[j]); n:=n-v; - end; - if n<=0 then return; {nonpositive input produces no output} - k:=j+2; u:=v div (str_pool[k-1]-"0"); - if str_pool[k-1]="2" then - begin k:=k+2; u:=u div (str_pool[k-1]-"0"); - end; - if n+u>=v then - begin print_char(str_pool[k]); n:=n+u; - end - else begin j:=j+2; v:=v div (str_pool[j-1]-"0"); -@y - begin print_char(so(str_pool[j])); n:=n-v; - end; - if n<=0 then return; {nonpositive input produces no output} - k:=j+2; u:=v div (so(str_pool[k-1])-"0"); - if str_pool[k-1]=si("2") then - begin k:=k+2; u:=u div (so(str_pool[k-1])-"0"); - end; - if n+u>=v then - begin print_char(so(str_pool[k])); n:=n+u; - end - else begin j:=j+2; v:=v div (so(str_pool[j-1])-"0"); -@z -@x module 70 - begin print_char(str_pool[j]); incr(j); -@y - begin print_char(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); -@z -@x module 222 -@d single_base=active_base+128 {equivalents of one-letter control sequences} -@d null_cs=single_base+128 {equivalent of \.{\\csname\\endcsname}} -@y -@d single_base=active_base+256 {equivalents of one-character control sequences} -@d null_cs=single_base+256 {equivalent of \.{\\csname\\endcsname}} -@z -@x module 230 - {table of 128 command codes (the ``catcodes'')} -@d lc_code_base=cat_code_base+128 {table of 128 lowercase mappings} -@d uc_code_base=lc_code_base+128 {table of 128 uppercase mappings} -@d sf_code_base=uc_code_base+128 {table of 128 spacefactor mappings} -@d math_code_base=sf_code_base+128 {table of 128 math mode mappings} -@d int_base=math_code_base+128 {beginning of region 5} -@y - {table of 256 command codes (the ``catcodes'')} -@d lc_code_base=cat_code_base+256 {table of 256 lowercase mappings} -@d uc_code_base=lc_code_base+256 {table of 256 uppercase mappings} -@d sf_code_base=uc_code_base+256 {table of 256 spacefactor mappings} -@d math_code_base=sf_code_base+256 {table of 256 math mode mappings} -@d int_base=math_code_base+256 {beginning of region 5} -@z -@x module 232 -for k:=0 to 127 do -@y -for k:=0 to 255 do -@z -@x module 236 -@d del_code_base=count_base+256 {128 delimiter code mappings} -@d dimen_base=del_code_base+128 {beginning of region 6} -@y -@d del_code_base=count_base+256 {256 delimiter code mappings} -@d dimen_base=del_code_base+256 {beginning of region 6} -@z -@x module 240 -for k:=0 to 127 do del_code(k):=-1; -@y -for k:=0 to 255 do del_code(k):=-1; -@z -@x module 264 -begin if s<128 then cur_val:=s+single_base -@y -begin if s<256 then cur_val:=s+single_base -@z -@x ibid - for j:=0 to l-1 do buffer[j]:=str_pool[k+j]; -@y - for j:=0 to l-1 do buffer[j]:=so(str_pool[k+j]); -@z -@x module 289 -@d cs_token_flag==@'10000 {amount added to the |eqtb| location in a - token that stands for a control sequence; is a multiple of~256} -@y -@d cs_token_flag==@'7777 {amount added to the |eqtb| location in a - token that stands for a control sequence; is a multiple of~256, less~1} -@z -@x module 293 - if (info(p)<0)or(c>127) then print_esc("BAD.") -@y - if info(p)<0 then print_esc("BAD.") -@z -@x module 341 -@!cat:0..15; {|cat_code(cur_chr)|, usually} -@y -@!cat:0..15; {|cat_code(cur_chr)|, usually} -@!c,@!cc:ASCII_code; {constituents of a possible expanded code} -@!d:2..3; {number of excess characters in an expanded code} -@z -@x module 352 -@<If this |sup_mark| starts a control character...@>= -begin if (cur_chr=buffer[loc])and(loc<limit) then - begin if buffer[loc+1]<@'100 then cur_chr:=buffer[loc+1]+@'100 - else cur_chr:=buffer[loc+1]-@'100; - loc:=loc+2; goto reswitch; - end; -@y -@ Notice that a code like \.{\^\^8} becomes \.x if not followed by a hex digit. - -@d is_hex(#)==(((#>="0")and(#<="9"))or((#>="a")and(#<="f"))) -@d hex_to_cur_chr== - if c<="9" then cur_chr:=c-"0" @+else cur_chr:=c-"a"+10; - if cc<="9" then cur_chr:=16*cur_chr+cc-"0" - else cur_chr:=16*cur_chr+cc-"a"+10 - -@<If this |sup_mark| starts an expanded character...@>= -begin if cur_chr=buffer[loc] then if loc<limit then - begin c:=buffer[loc+1]; @+if c<@'200 then {yes we have an expanded char} - begin loc:=loc+2; - if is_hex(c) then if loc<=limit then - begin cc:=buffer[loc]; @+if is_hex(cc) then - begin incr(loc); hex_to_cur_chr; goto reswitch; - end; - end; - if c<@'100 then cur_chr:=c+@'100 @+else cur_chr:=c-@'100; - goto reswitch; - end; - end; -@z -@x module 355 - begin cur_chr:=buffer[k+1]; - if cur_chr<@'100 then buffer[k-1]:=cur_chr+@'100 - else buffer[k-1]:=cur_chr-@'100; - limit:=limit-2; first:=first-2; - while k<=limit do - begin buffer[k]:=buffer[k+2]; incr(k); - end; - goto start_cs; - end; -@y -begin c:=buffer[k+1]; @+if c<@'200 then {yes, one is indeed present} - begin d:=2; - if is_hex(c) then @+if k+2<=limit then - begin cc:=buffer[k+2]; @+if is_hex(cc) then incr(d); - end; - if d>2 then - begin hex_to_cur_chr; buffer[k-1]:=cur_chr; - end - else if c<@'100 then buffer[k-1]:=c+@'100 - else buffer[k-1]:=c-@'100; - limit:=limit-d; first:=first-d; - while k<=limit do - begin buffer[k]:=buffer[k+d]; incr(k); - end; - goto start_cs; - end; - end; -@z -@x module 360 -There is one more branch. -@y -There is one more branch. - -@d end_line_char_inactive == (end_line_char<0)or(end_line_char>255) -@z -@x ibid - if (end_line_char<0)or(end_line_char>127) then decr(limit) -@y - if end_line_char_inactive then decr(limit) -@z -@x modules 362 and 483 and 538 and 1337 -if (end_line_char<0)or(end_line_char>127) then decr(limit) -@y -if end_line_char_inactive then decr(limit) -@z -@x module 391 -if (info(r)>match_token+127)or(info(r)<match_token) then s:=null -@y -if (info(r)>match_token+255)or(info(r)<match_token) then s:=null -@z -@x module 407 - ((cur_chr=str_pool[k])or(cur_chr=str_pool[k]-"a"+"A")) then -@y - ((cur_chr=so(str_pool[k]))or(cur_chr=so(str_pool[k])-"a"+"A")) then -@z -@x module 414 -begin scan_seven_bit_int; -@y -begin scan_char_num; -@z -@x module 432 -|scan_something_internal|: - -@<Declare procedures that scan restricted classes of integers@>= -procedure scan_seven_bit_int; -begin scan_int; -if (cur_val<0)or(cur_val>127) then - begin print_err("Bad character code"); -@.Bad character code@> - help2("The numeric code for a character must be between 0 and 127.")@/ - ("I changed this one to zero."); int_error(cur_val); cur_val:=0; - end; -end; -@y -|scan_something_internal|. -@z (and I'll interchange modules 434 and 435) -@x module 442 -if cur_val>127 then -@y -if cur_val>255 then -@z -@x module 464 - begin t:=str_pool[k]; -@y - begin t:=so(str_pool[k]); -@z -@x module 506 (correction needed twice) -if (cur_cmd>active_char)or(cur_chr>127) then -@y -if (cur_cmd>active_char)or(cur_chr>255) then -@z -@x module 519 -for j:=str_start[a] to str_start[a+1]-1 do append_to_name(str_pool[j]); -for j:=str_start[n] to str_start[n+1]-1 do append_to_name(str_pool[j]); -for j:=str_start[e] to str_start[e+1]-1 do append_to_name(str_pool[j]); -@y -for j:=str_start[a] to str_start[a+1]-1 do append_to_name(so(str_pool[j])); -for j:=str_start[n] to str_start[n+1]-1 do append_to_name(so(str_pool[j])); -for j:=str_start[e] to str_start[e+1]-1 do append_to_name(so(str_pool[j])); -@z -@x module 526 -if (cur_cmd>active_char)or(cur_chr>127) then -@y -if (cur_cmd>active_char)or(cur_chr>255) then -@z -@x module 603 (change to be made twice) - dvi_out(str_pool[k]); -@y - dvi_out(so(str_pool[k])); -@z -@x module 617 - for s:=str_start[str_ptr] to pool_ptr-1 do dvi_out(str_pool[s]); -@y - for s:=str_start[str_ptr] to pool_ptr-1 do dvi_out(so(str_pool[s])); -@z -@x module 766 - begin case str_pool[r_type*8+t+magic_offset] of -@y - begin case so(str_pool[r_type*8+t+magic_offset]) of -@z -@x module 780 -@d span_code=128 {distinct from any character} -@d cr_code=129 {distinct from |span_code| and from any character} -@y -@d span_code=256 {distinct from any character} -@d cr_code=257 {distinct from |span_code| and from any character} -@z -@x module 815 -label done,done1,done2,done3,done4; -@y -label done,done1,done2,done3,done4,continue; -@z -@x module 896 - else if (type(s)=kern_node)and(subtype(s)=normal) then c:=128 - else if type(s)=whatsit_node then c:=128 - else goto done1; - if c<128 then if lc_code(c)<>0 then - if (lc_code(c)=c)or(uc_hyph>0) then goto done2 - else goto done1; - s:=link(s); -@y - else if (type(s)=kern_node)and(subtype(s)=normal) then goto continue - else if type(s)=whatsit_node then goto continue - else goto done1; - if lc_code(c)<>0 then - if (lc_code(c)=c)or(uc_hyph>0) then goto done2 - else goto done1; -continue: s:=link(s); -@z -@x module 897 - if c>=128 then goto done3; - if (lc_code(c)=0)or(hn=63) then goto done3; - hb:=s; incr(hn); hu[hn]:=c; hc[hn]:=lc_code(c)-1; -@y - if lc_code(c)=0 then goto done3; - if hn=63 then goto done3; - hb:=s; incr(hn); hu[hn]:=c; hc[hn]:=lc_code(c); -@z -@x module 898 -if c>=128 then goto done3; -if (lc_code(c)=0)or(j=63) then goto done3; -incr(j); hu[j]:=c; hc[j]:=lc_code(c)-1;@/ -@y -if lc_code(c)=0 then goto done3; -if j=63 then goto done3; -incr(j); hu[j]:=c; hc[j]:=lc_code(c);@/ -@z -@x module 923 -hc[0]:=127; hc[hn+1]:=127; hc[hn+2]:=128; {insert delimiters} -@y -hc[0]:=0; hc[hn+1]:=0; hc[hn+2]:=256; {insert delimiters} -@z -@x ibid - while hc[l]=trie_char(z) do -@y - while hc[l]=qo(trie_char(z)) do -@z -@x module 931 - repeat if str_pool[u]<hc[j] then goto not_found; - if str_pool[u]>hc[j] then goto done; -@y - repeat if so(str_pool[u])<hc[j] then goto not_found; - if so(str_pool[u])>hc[j] then goto done; -@z -@x module 937 -else begin if (cur_chr>127)or(lc_code(cur_chr)=0) then -@y -else begin if lc_code(cur_chr)=0 then -@z -@x ibid - begin incr(n); hc[n]:=lc_code(cur_chr)-1; -@y - begin incr(n); hc[n]:=lc_code(cur_chr); -@z -@x module 945 -@!init @!trie_c:packed array[trie_pointer] of ASCII_code; {characters to match} -@y -@!init @!trie_c:packed array[trie_pointer] of packed_ASCII_code; - {characters to match} -@z -% In modules 951--954, change "127" to "255" and "128" to "256" -@x module 952 -trie_link(0):=0; trie_char(0):=0; trie_op(0):=min_quarterword; -@y -trie_link(0):=0; trie_char(0):=min_quarterword; trie_op(0):=min_quarterword; -@z -@x module 953 -begin c:=trie_c[p]; -@y -begin c:=so(trie_c[p]); -@z -@x module 955 - begin if trie_link(h+trie_c[q])=0 then goto not_found; -@y - begin if trie_link(h+so(trie_c[q]))=0 then goto not_found; -@z -@x module 956 -repeat z:=h+trie_c[q]; trie_back(trie_link(z)):=trie_back(z); -@y -repeat z:=h+so(trie_c[q]); trie_back(trie_link(z)):=trie_back(z); -@z -@x module 959 - begin q:=trie_l[p]; c:=trie_c[p]; - trie_link(z+c):=trie_ref[q]; trie_char(z+c):=c; trie_op(z+c):=trie_o[p]; -@y - begin q:=trie_l[p]; c:=so(trie_c[p]); - trie_link(z+c):=trie_ref[q]; trie_char(z+c):=qi(c); trie_op(z+c):=trie_o[p]; -@z -@x module 962 - begin if cur_chr="." then cur_chr:=128 {edge-of-word delimiter} - else begin cur_chr:=lc_code(cur_chr); - if cur_chr=0 then - begin print_err("Nonletter"); -@.Nonletter@> - help1("(See Appendix H.)"); error; cur_chr:=128; - end; - end; - if k<63 then - begin incr(k); hc[k]:=cur_chr-1; hyf[k]:=0; digit_sensed:=false; - end; - end -else begin hyf[k]:=cur_chr-"0"; - if k<63 then digit_sensed:=true; - end -@y - begin if cur_chr="." then cur_chr:=0 {edge-of-word delimiter} - else begin cur_chr:=lc_code(cur_chr); - if cur_chr=0 then - begin print_err("Nonletter"); -@.Nonletter@> - help1("(See Appendix H.)"); error; - end; - end; - if k<63 then - begin incr(k); hc[k]:=cur_chr; hyf[k]:=0; digit_sensed:=false; - end; - end - else if k<63 then - begin hyf[k]:=cur_chr-"0"; digit_sensed:=true; - end; - end -@z -@x module 963 - while (p>0)and(c>trie_c[p]) do -@y - while (p>0)and(c>so(trie_c[p])) do -@z -@x ibid - if (p=0)or(c<trie_c[p]) then -@y - if (p=0)or(c<so(trie_c[p])) then -@z -@x module 964 -trie_c[p]:=c; trie_o[p]:=min_quarterword; -@y -trie_c[p]:=si(c); trie_o[p]:=min_quarterword; -@z -@x module 965 -if hc[1]=127 then hyf[0]:=0; -if hc[k]=127 then hyf[k]:=0; -@y -if hc[1]=0 then hyf[0]:=0; -if hc[k]=0 then hyf[k]:=0; -@z -@x module 966 -h.rh:=0; h.b0:=min_quarterword; h.b1:=0; {|trie_link:=0|, - |trie_op:=min_quarterword|, |trie_char:=0|} -@y -h.rh:=0; h.b0:=min_quarterword; h.b1:=min_quarterword; {|trie_link:=0|, - |trie_op:=min_quarterword|, |trie_char:=qi(0)|} -@z -@x module 1034 -if c<128 then -@y -@z -@x ibid -else space_factor:=1000 -@y -@z -@x module 1151 -letter,other_char,char_given: if cur_chr>=128 then c:=cur_chr - else begin c:=ho(math_code(cur_chr)); -@y -letter,other_char,char_given: begin c:=ho(math_code(cur_chr)); -@z -@x module 1154 -mmode+letter,mmode+other_char,mmode+char_given: if cur_chr<128 then - set_math_char(ho(math_code(cur_chr))) - else set_math_char(cur_chr); -mmode+char_num: begin scan_char_num; cur_chr:=cur_val; - if cur_chr<128 then set_math_char(ho(math_code(cur_chr))) - else set_math_char(cur_chr); -@y -mmode+letter,mmode+other_char,mmode+char_given: - set_math_char(ho(math_code(cur_chr))); -mmode+char_num: begin scan_char_num; cur_chr:=cur_val; - set_math_char(ho(math_code(cur_chr))); -@z -@x module 1232 - p:=cur_chr; scan_seven_bit_int; p:=p+cur_val; scan_optional_equals; -@y - p:=cur_chr; scan_char_num; p:=p+cur_val; scan_optional_equals; -@z -@x module 1233 -else n:=127 -@y -else n:=255 -@z -@x module 1289 - begin if t>=cs_token_flag then t:=t-active_base; - c:=t mod 256; - if c<128 then if equiv(b+c)<>0 then t:=256*(t div 256)+equiv(b+c); - if t>=cs_token_flag then info(p):=t+active_base - else info(p):=t; -@y - begin c:=t mod 256; - if equiv(b+c)<>0 then info(p):=t-c+equiv(b+c); -@z -@x module 1309 - w.b0:=str_pool[k]; w.b1:=str_pool[k+1]; - w.b2:=str_pool[k+2]; w.b3:=str_pool[k+3]; -@y [often qi(so(x))=x, but not e.g. when "quarterwords" are two bytes] - w.b0:=qi(so(str_pool[k])); w.b1:=qi(so(str_pool[k+1])); - w.b2:=qi(so(str_pool[k+2])); w.b3:=qi(so(str_pool[k+3])); -@z -@x module 1310 - str_pool[k]:=w.b0; str_pool[k+1]:=w.b1; - str_pool[k+2]:=w.b2; str_pool[k+3]:=w.b3 -@y - str_pool[k]:=si(qo(w.b0)); str_pool[k+1]:=si(qo(w.b1)); - str_pool[k+2]:=si(qo(w.b2)); str_pool[k+3]:=si(qo(w.b3)) -@z -@x module 1368 -for k:=str_start[str_ptr] to pool_ptr-1 do dvi_out(str_pool[k]); -@y -for k:=str_start[str_ptr] to pool_ptr-1 do dvi_out(so(str_pool[k])); -@z - -360. Major change to allow multiple hyphenation tables. -I've combined this with the code for a minor change: -361. New parameters \lefthyphenmin and \righthyphenmin. -@x module 11 (affects most change files!) -@!trie_size=8000; {space for hyphenation patterns; should be larger for - \.{INITEX} than it is in production versions of \TeX} -@y -@!trie_size=8000; {space for hyphenation patterns; should be larger for - \.{INITEX} than it is in production versions of \TeX} -@!trie_op_size=500; {space for ``opcodes'' in the hyphenation patterns} -@z -@x module 212 -known as |space_factor|; it holds the current space factor used in spacing -calculations. In math mode, |aux| is also known as |incompleat_noad|; if -@y -known as |space_factor| and |clang|; it holds the current space factor used in -spacing calculations, and the current language used for hyphenation. -(The value of |clang| is undefined in restricted horizontal mode.) -In math mode, |aux| is also known as |incompleat_noad|; if -@z -@x ibid - @!pg_field,@!aux_field,@!ml_field: integer; -@y - @!pg_field,@!ml_field: integer; - @!aux_field: memory_word; -@z -@x module 213 -@d prev_depth==aux {the name of |aux| in vertical mode} -@d space_factor==aux {the name of |aux| in horizontal mode} -@d incompleat_noad==aux {the name of |aux| in math mode} -@y -@d prev_depth==aux.sc {the name of |aux| in vertical mode} -@d space_factor==aux.hh.lh {part of |aux| in horizontal mode} -@d clang==aux.hh.rh {the other part of |aux| in horizontal mode} -@d incompleat_noad==aux.int {the name of |aux| in math mode} -@z -@x module 218 -@!a:integer; {auxiliary} -@y -@!a:memory_word; {auxiliary} -@z -@x module 219 - if a<=ignore_depth then print("ignored") - else print_scaled(a); - if nest[p].pg_field<>0 then - begin print(", prevgraf "); - print_int(nest[p].pg_field); print(" line"); - if nest[p].pg_field<>1 then print_char("s"); - end; - end; -1: begin print_nl("spacefactor "); print_int(a); - end; -2: if a<>null then - begin print("this will be denominator of:"); show_box(a); -@y - if a.sc<=ignore_depth then print("ignored") - else print_scaled(a.sc); - if nest[p].pg_field<>0 then - begin print(", prevgraf "); - print_int(nest[p].pg_field); print(" line"); - if nest[p].pg_field<>1 then print_char("s"); - end; - end; -1: begin print_nl("spacefactor "); print_int(a.hh.lh); - if m>0 then if a.hh.rh>0 then - begin print(", current language "); print_int(a.hh.rh); - end; - end; -2: if a.int<>null then - begin print("this will be denominator of:"); show_box(a.int); -@z -@x modules 236--238 -@d int_pars=50 {total number of integer parameters} -@y -@d language_code=50 {current hyphenation table} -@d left_hyphen_min_code=51 {minimum left hyphenation fragment size} -@d right_hyphen_min_code=52 {minimum right hyphenation fragment size} -@d int_pars=53 {total number of integer parameters} -@z and define/print these new parameters appropriately (mimicking new_line_char) -@x module 418 -else begin cur_val:=aux; - if m=vmode then cur_val_level:=dimen_val@+else cur_val_level:=int_val; - end -@y -else if m=vmode then - begin cur_val:=prev_depth; cur_val_level:=dimen_val; - end -else begin cur_val:=space_factor; cur_val_level:=int_val; - end -@z -@x module 775 - begin mode:=-vmode; prev_depth:=nest[nest_ptr-2].aux_field; -@y - begin mode:=-vmode; prev_depth:=nest[nest_ptr-2].aux_field.sc; -@z -@x module 786 -begin push_nest; mode:=(-hmode-vmode)-mode; aux:=0; -@y -begin push_nest; mode:=(-hmode-vmode)-mode; -if mode=-hmode then space_factor:=0 @+else prev_depth:=0; -@z -@x module 863 -loop@+ begin @<Create an active breakpoint representing the beginning of - the paragraph@>; -@y -loop@+ begin if threshold>inf_bad then threshold:=inf_bad; - if second_pass then @<Initialize for hyphenating a paragraph@>; - @<Create an active breakpoint representing the beginning of the paragraph@>; -@z -@x module 891 -passes on only about 5 per cent of the paragraphs. -@y -passes on only about 5 per cent of the paragraphs. - -@<Initialize for hyphenating...@>= -begin @!init if trie_not_ready then init_trie; @+tini@;@/ -l_hyf:=left_hyphen_min-1;@+if l_hyf<0 then l_hyf:=0; -r_hyf:=right_hyphen_min-1;@+if r_hyf<0 then r_hyf:=0; -min_hyf:=l_hyf+r_hyf+2; cur_lang:=0; -end -@z -@x module 892 -@!hyf_char:integer; {hyphen character of the relevant font} -@y -@!hyf_char:integer; {hyphen character of the relevant font} -@!cur_lang:ASCII_code; {current hyphenation table of interest} -@!l_hyf,@!r_hyf,@!min_hyf:integer; {limits on fragment sizes} -@z -@x module 894 -begin s:=link(cur_p); -@y -begin if min_hyf>63 then goto done1; -s:=link(cur_p); -@z -@x module 896 - else if type(s)=whatsit_node then goto continue -@y - else if type(s)=whatsit_node then - begin @<Advance \(p)past a whatsit node in the \(p)pre-hyphenation loop@>; - goto continue; - end -@z -@x module 899 (title of this module also changes appropriately) -if hn<5 then goto done1; -@y -if hn<min_hyf then goto done1; -@z -@x module 902 -for j:=2 to hn-3 do if odd(hyf[j]) then goto found1; -@y -for j:=l_hyf+1 to hn-r_hyf-1 do if odd(hyf[j]) then goto found1; -@z -@x module 920 -$p_1\ldots p_k$ by setting |@t$z_1$@>:=@t$p_1$@>| and then, for |1<i<=k|, -@y -$p_1\ldots p_k$ by letting $z_0$ be one greater than the relevant language index -and then, for |1<=i<=k|, -@z -@x ibid -the letters in |hc[(l-k+1)..l@,]|, we perform all of the required operations -for this pattern by carrying out the following little program: Set -|v:=trie_op(@t$z_k$@>)|. Then set |hyf[l-hyf_distance[v]]:=@tmax@>( -hyf[l-hyf_distance[v]], hyf_num[v])|, and |v:=hyf_next[v]|; repeat, if -necessary, until |v=min_quarterword|. -@y -the letters in |hc[(l-k+1)..l@,]| of language |t|, -we perform all of the required operations -for this pattern by carrying out the following little program: Set -|v:=trie_op(@t$z_k$@>)|. Then set |v:=v+op_start[t]|, -|hyf[l-hyf_distance[v]]:=@tmax@>(hyf[l-hyf_distance[v]], hyf_num[v])|, -and |v:=hyf_next[v]|; repeat, if necessary, until |v=min_quarterword|. -@z -@x module 921 -@!hyf_distance:array[quarterword] of small_number; {position |k-j| of $n_j$} -@!hyf_num:array[quarterword] of small_number; {value of $n_j$} -@!hyf_next:array[quarterword] of quarterword; {continuation of this |trie_op|} -@y -@!hyf_distance:array[1..trie_op_size] of small_number; {position |k-j| of $n_j$} -@!hyf_num:array[1..trie_op_size] of small_number; {value of $n_j$} -@!hyf_next:array[1..trie_op_size] of quarterword; {continuation code} -@!op_start:array[ASCII_code] of 0..trie_op_size; {offset for current language} -@z -@x module 922 -@!v:quarterword; {an index into |hyf_distance|, etc.} -@y -@!v:integer; {an index into |hyf_distance|, etc.} -@z -@x module 923 -for j:=0 to hn-2 do - begin z:=hc[j]; l:=j; -@y -if trie_char(cur_lang+1)<>qi(cur_lang) then return; {no patterns for |cur_lang|} -for j:=0 to hn-r_hyf do - begin z:=trie_link(cur_lang+1)+hc[j]; l:=j; -@z -@x ibid -found: hyf[1]:=0; hyf[hn-2]:=0; hyf[hn-1]:=0; hyf[hn]:=0 -@y -found: for j:=0 to l_hyf do hyf[j]:=0; -for j:=0 to r_hyf do hyf[hn-j]:=0 -@z -@x module 924 -repeat i:=l-hyf_distance[v]; -@y -repeat v:=v+op_start[cur_lang]; i:=l-hyf_distance[v]; -@z -@x module 930 -h:=hc[1]; -@y -h:=hc[1]; incr(hn); hc[hn]:=cur_lang; -@z -@x ibid -not_found: -@y -not_found: decr(hn) -@z -@x module 931 - goto found; -@y - decr(hn); goto found; -@z -@x module 934 -@p procedure new_hyph_exceptions; {enters new exceptions} -label reswitch, exit, found, not_found, done; -@y -@d set_cur_lang==if language<=0 then cur_lang:=0 - else if language>255 then cur_lang:=0 - else cur_lang:=language - -@p procedure new_hyph_exceptions; {enters new exceptions} -label reswitch, exit, found, not_found; -@z -@x ibid -begin scan_left_brace; {a left brace must follow \.{\\hyphenation}} -@y -begin scan_left_brace; {a left brace must follow \.{\\hyphenation}} -set_cur_lang; -@z -@x module 935 - spacer,right_brace: begin if n>4 then @<Enter a hyphenation exception@>; -@y - spacer,right_brace: begin if n>1 then @<Enter a hyphenation exception@>; -@z -@x module 938 -begin if n>1 then -@y -begin if n<63 then -@z -@x module 939 -begin str_room(n); h:=0; -@y -begin incr(n); hc[n]:=cur_lang; str_room(n); h:=0; -@z -@x ibid -loop@+ begin if p=null then goto done; - if info(p)<n-2 then goto done; - q:=link(p); free_avail(p); p:=q; {eliminate hyphens that \TeX\ doesn't like} - end; -done: @<Insert the \(p)pair |(s,p)| into the exception table@>; -@y -@<Insert the \(p)pair |(s,p)| into the exception table@>; -@z -@x module 942 -@p@!init @<Declare procedures for preprocessing hyphenation patterns@>@; -@y -@<Declare subprocedures for |line_break|@>= -@!init @<Declare procedures for preprocessing hyphenation patterns@>@; -@z -@x module 943 -@d quarterword_diff=max_quarterword-min_quarterword -@d trie_op_hash_size=quarterword_diff+quarterword_diff {double} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!init@! trie_op_hash:array[0..trie_op_hash_size] of quarterword; - {trie op codes for triples} -tini@;@/ -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_op_ptr:quarterword; {highest |trie_op| assigned} -@y -@<Glob...@>= -@!init@! trie_op_hash:array[-trie_op_size..trie_op_size] of 0..trie_op_size; - {trie op codes for quadruples} -@!trie_used:array[ASCII_code] of quarterword; - {largest opcode used so far for this language} -@!trie_op_lang:array[1..trie_op_size] of ASCII_code; - {language part of a hashed quadruple} -@!trie_op_val:array[1..trie_op_size] of quarterword; - {opcode corresponding to a hashed quadruple} -@!trie_op_ptr:0..trie_op_size; {number of stored ops so far} -tini -@z -@x module 944 should be entirely replaced -@y by the following code: -@ It's tempting to remove the |overflow| stops in the following procedure; -|new_trie_op| could return |min_quarterword| (thereby simply ignoring -part of a hyphenation pattern) instead of aborting the job. However, that would -lead to different hyphenation results on different installations of \TeX\ -using the same patterns. The |overflow| stops are necessary for portability -of patterns. - -@<Declare procedures for preprocessing hyph...@>= -function new_trie_op(@!d,@!n:small_number;@!v:quarterword):quarterword; -label exit; -var h:-trie_op_size..trie_op_size; {trial hash location} -@!u:quarterword; {trial op code} -@!l:0..trie_op_size; {pointer to stored data} -begin h:=abs(n+313*d+361*v+1009*cur_lang) mod (trie_op_size+trie_op_size) - - trie_op_size; -loop@+ begin l:=trie_op_hash[h]; - if l=0 then {empty position found for a new op} - begin if trie_op_ptr=trie_op_size then - overflow("pattern memory ops",trie_op_size); - u:=trie_used[cur_lang]; - if u=max_quarterword then - overflow("pattern memory ops per language", - max_quarterword-min_quarterword); - incr(trie_op_ptr); incr(u); trie_used[cur_lang]:=u; - hyf_distance[trie_op_ptr]:=d; - hyf_num[trie_op_ptr]:=n; hyf_next[trie_op_ptr]:=v; - trie_op_lang[trie_op_ptr]:=cur_lang; trie_op_hash[h]:=trie_op_ptr; - trie_op_val[trie_op_ptr]:=u; new_trie_op:=u; return; - end; - if (hyf_distance[l]=d)and(hyf_num[l]=n)and(hyf_next[l]=v) - and(trie_op_lang[l]=cur_lang) then - begin new_trie_op:=trie_op_val[l]; return; - end; - if h>-trie_op_size then decr(h)@+else h:=trie_op_size; - end; -exit:end; -@z -@x module 945: move the code from this module into 946, and introduce new code: -@y -@ After |new_trie_op| has compressed the necessary opcode information, -plenty of information is available to unscramble the data into the -final form needed by our hyphenation algorithm. - -@<Sort the hyphenation op tables into proper order@>= -op_start[0]:=-min_quarterword; -for j:=1 to 255 do op_start[j]:=op_start[j-1]+qo(trie_used[j-1]); -for j:=1 to trie_op_ptr do - trie_op_hash[j]:=op_start[trie_op_lang[j]]+trie_op_val[j]; {destination} -for j:=1 to trie_op_ptr do while trie_op_hash[j]>j do - begin k:=trie_op_hash[j];@/ - t:=hyf_distance[k]; hyf_distance[k]:=hyf_distance[j]; hyf_distance[j]:=t;@/ - t:=hyf_num[k]; hyf_num[k]:=hyf_num[j]; hyf_num[j]:=t;@/ - t:=hyf_next[k]; hyf_next[k]:=hyf_next[j]; hyf_next[j]:=t;@/ - trie_op_hash[j]:=trie_op_hash[k]; trie_op_hash[k]:=k; - end -@z -@x module 949: Move this code to just after the new module 945! -mentioned so far, let's write a procedure that does the initialization. - -@<Declare procedures for preprocessing hyph...@>= -procedure init_pattern_memory; {gets ready to build a linked trie} -var h:0..trie_op_hash_size; {an index into |trie_op_hash|} -@!p:trie_pointer; {an index into |trie_hash|} -begin for h:=0 to trie_op_hash_size do trie_op_hash[h]:=min_quarterword; -trie_op_ptr:=min_quarterword; trie_root:=0; trie_c[0]:=0; trie_ptr:=0; -for p:=0 to trie_size do trie_hash[p]:=0; -end; -@y -mentioned so far, let's write down the code that gets them started. - -@<Initialize table entries...@>= -for k:=-trie_op_size to trie_op_size do trie_op_hash[k]:=0; -for k:=0 to 255 do trie_used[k]:=min_quarterword; -trie_op_ptr:=0; -@z -@x module 950 -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_min:trie_pointer; - {all locations |<=trie_min| are vacant in |trie|} -tini@;@/ -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_max:trie_pointer; {largest location used in |trie|} -@y -@t\hskip10pt@>@!trie_min:array[ASCII_code] of trie_pointer; - {the first possible slot for each character} -@t\hskip10pt@>@!trie_max:trie_pointer; {largest location used in |trie|} -@t\hskip10pt@>@!trie_not_ready:boolean; {is the trie still in linked form?} -tini -@z -@x modules 951 and 952 -@ Here is how these data structures are initialized. - -@<Declare procedures for preprocessing hyph...@>= -procedure init_trie_memory; {gets ready to pack into |trie|} -var p:trie_pointer; {index into |trie_ref|, |trie|, |trie_taken|} -begin for p:=0 to trie_ptr do trie_ref[p]:=0; -trie_max:=256; trie_min:=256; trie_link(0):=1; trie_taken[0]:=false; -trie_link(trie_size):=0; trie_back(0):=trie_size; {wrap around} -for p:=1 to 256 do - begin trie_back(p):=p-1; trie_link(p):=p+1; trie_taken[p]:=false; - end; -end; - -@ Each time \.{\\patterns} appears, it overrides any patterns that were -entered earlier, so the arrays are not initialized until \TeX\ sees -\.{\\patterns}. However, some of the global variables must be -initialized when \.{INITEX} is loaded, in case the user never mentions -any \.{\\patterns}. - -@<Initialize table entries...@>= -trie_op_ptr:=min_quarterword;@/ -trie_link(0):=0; trie_char(0):=min_quarterword; trie_op(0):=min_quarterword; -for k:=1 to 255 do trie[k]:=trie[0]; -trie_max:=255; -@y -@ Each time \.{\\patterns} appears, it contributes further patterns to -the future trie, which will be built only when hyphenation is attempted or -when a format file is dumped. The boolean variable |trie_not_ready| -will change to |false| when the trie is compressed; this will disable -further patterns. - -@<Initialize table entries...@>= -trie_not_ready:=true; trie_root:=0; trie_c[0]:=si(0); trie_ptr:=0; - -@ Here is how the trie-compression data structures are initialized. -If storage is tight, it would be possible to overlap |trie_op_hash|, -|trie_op_lang|, and |trie_op_val| with |trie|, |trie_hash|, and |trie_taken|, -because we finish with the former just before we need the latter. - -@<Get ready to compress the trie@>= -@<Sort the hyphenation...@>; -for p:=0 to trie_size do trie_hash[p]:=0; -trie_root:=compress_trie(trie_root); {identify equivalent subtries} -for p:=0 to trie_ptr do trie_ref[p]:=0; -for p:=0 to 255 do trie_min[p]:=p+1; -trie_link(0):=1; trie_max:=0 -@z -@x module 953 -begin c:=so(trie_c[p]); -if c<trie_min then trie_min:=c; -if trie_min=0 then z:=trie_link(trie_size) -else z:=trie_link(trie_min-1); {get the first conceivably good hole} -loop@+ begin if z<c then goto not_found; - h:=z-c;@/ -@y -@!l,@!r:trie_pointer; {left and right neighbors} -@!ll:1..256; {upper limit of |trie_min| updating} -begin c:=so(trie_c[p]); -z:=trie_min[c]; {get the first conceivably good hole} -loop@+ begin h:=z-c;@/ -@z -@x module 956 -repeat z:=h+so(trie_c[q]); trie_back(trie_link(z)):=trie_back(z); -trie_link(trie_back(z)):=trie_link(z); trie_link(z):=0; q:=trie_r[q]; -@y -repeat z:=h+so(trie_c[q]); l:=trie_back(z); r:=trie_link(z); -trie_back(r):=l; trie_link(l):=r; trie_link(z):=0; -if l<256 then - begin if z<256 then ll:=z @+else ll:=256; - repeat trie_min[l]:=r; incr(l); - until l=ll; - end; -q:=trie_r[q]; -@z -@x module 958 is entirely replaced -@y by the following new code: -@ When the whole trie has been allocated into the sequential table, we -must go through it once again so that |trie| contains the correct -information. Null pointers in the linked trie will be represented by the -value~0, which properly implements an ``empty'' family. - -@<Move the data into |trie|@>= -h.rh:=0; h.b0:=min_quarterword; h.b1:=min_quarterword; {|trie_link:=0|, - |trie_op:=min_quarterword|, |trie_char:=qi(0)|} -if trie_root=0 then {no patterns were given} - begin for r:=0 to 256 do trie[r]:=h; - trie_max:=256; - end -else begin trie_fix(trie_root); {this fixes the non-holes in |trie|} - r:=0; {now we will zero out all the holes} - repeat s:=trie_link(r); trie[r]:=h; r:=s; - until r>trie_max; - end; -trie_char(0):=qi("?"); {make |trie_char(c)<>c| for all |c|} -@z -@x module 960 -@!r,@!s:trie_pointer; {used to clean up the packed |trie|} -@!h:two_halves; {template used to zero out |trie|'s holes} -begin scan_left_brace; {a left brace must follow \.{\\patterns}} -init_pattern_memory;@/ -@<Enter all of the patterns into a linked trie, until coming to a right - brace@>; -trie_root:=compress_trie(trie_root); {compress the trie} -@<Pack the trie@>; -end; -@y -begin if trie_not_ready then - begin set_cur_lang; scan_left_brace; {a left brace must follow \.{\\patterns}} - @<Enter all of the patterns into a linked trie, until coming to a right - brace@>; - end -else begin print_err("Too late for "); print_esc("patterns"); - help1("All patterns must be given before typesetting begins."); - error; link(garbage):=scan_toks(false,false); flush_list(def_ref); - end; -end; -@z -@x module 963 -q:=0; -while l<k do - begin incr(l); c:=hc[l]; p:=trie_l[q]; first_child:=true; -@y -q:=0; hc[0]:=cur_lang; -while l<=k do - begin c:=hc[l]; incr(l); p:=trie_l[q]; first_child:=true; -@z -@x module 966 now says that the first call ``takes'' location 1, -@y and the Pascal code in this module is entirely replaced by the following: -@<Declare procedures for preprocessing hyphenation patterns@>= -procedure init_trie; -var @!p:trie_pointer; {pointer for initialization} -@!j,@!k,@!t:integer; {all-purpose registers for initialization} -@!r,@!s:trie_pointer; {used to clean up the packed |trie|} -@!h:two_halves; {template used to zero out |trie|'s holes} -begin @<Get ready to compress the trie@>; -if trie_root<>0 then - begin first_fit(trie_root); trie_pack(trie_root); - end; -@<Move the data into |trie|@>; -trie_not_ready:=false; -end; -@z -@x module 1033 gets new code before main_loop_1 -@y -if mode>0 then if language<>clang then fix_language; -@z -@x modules 1091 and 1200 -push_nest; mode:=hmode; space_factor:=1000; -@y -push_nest; mode:=hmode; space_factor:=1000; clang:=0; -@z -@x module 1324 -for k:=0 to trie_max do dump_hh(trie[k]); -dump_int(trie_op_ptr); -for k:=min_quarterword+1 to trie_op_ptr do - begin dump_int(hyf_distance[k]); - dump_int(hyf_num[k]); - dump_int(hyf_next[k]); - end; -print_ln; print_int(hyph_count); print(" hyphenation exception"); -if hyph_count<>1 then print_char("s"); -print_nl("Hyphenation trie of length "); print_int(trie_max); -@.Hyphenation trie...@> -print(" has "); print_int(qo(trie_op_ptr)); print(" op"); -if trie_op_ptr<>min_quarterword+1 then print_char("s") -@y -print_ln; print_int(hyph_count); print(" hyphenation exception"); -if hyph_count<>1 then print_char("s"); -if trie_not_ready then init_trie; -dump_int(trie_max); -for k:=0 to trie_max do dump_hh(trie[k]); -dump_int(trie_op_ptr); -for k:=1 to trie_op_ptr do - begin dump_int(hyf_distance[k]); - dump_int(hyf_num[k]); - dump_int(hyf_next[k]); - end; -print_nl("Hyphenation trie of length "); print_int(trie_max); -@.Hyphenation trie...@> -print(" has "); print_int(trie_op_ptr); print(" op"); -if trie_op_ptr<>1 then print_char("s"); -print(" out of "); print_int(trie_op_size); -for k:=255 downto 0 do if trie_used[k]>min_quarterword then - begin print_nl(" "); print_int(qo(trie_used[k])); - print(" for language "); print_int(k); - dump_int(k); dump_int(qo(trie_used[k])); - end -@z -@x module 1325 -undump_size(0)(trie_size)('trie size')(trie_max); -for k:=0 to trie_max do undump_hh(trie[k]); -undump(min_quarterword)(max_quarterword)(trie_op_ptr); -for k:=min_quarterword+1 to trie_op_ptr do - begin undump(0)(63)(hyf_distance[k]); {a |small_number|} - undump(0)(63)(hyf_num[k]); - undump(min_quarterword)(max_quarterword)(hyf_next[k]); - end -@y -undump_size(0)(trie_size)('trie size')(j); {|trie_max|} -for k:=0 to j do undump_hh(trie[k]); -undump_size(0)(trie_op_size)('trie op size')(j); {|trie_op_ptr|} -for k:=1 to j do - begin undump(0)(63)(hyf_distance[k]); {a |small_number|} - undump(0)(63)(hyf_num[k]); - undump(min_quarterword)(max_quarterword)(hyf_next[k]); - end; -k:=256; -while j>0 do - begin undump(0)(k-1)(k); undump(1)(j)(x); j:=j-x; op_start[k]:=qo(j); - end; -@!init trie_not_ready:=false @+tini -@z -@x module 1341 gets two new definitions -@y -@d language_node=4 {|subtype| in whatsits that change the current language} -@d stored_language(#)==mem[#+1].int {language number, in the range |0..255|} -@z -@x module 1344 gets a new definition and a new Pascal statement -@y -@d set_language_code=5 {command modifier for \.{\\setlanguage}} -primitive("setlanguage",extension,set_language_code);@/ -@!@:set_language_}{\.{\\setlanguage} primitive@> -@z -@x module 1346 gets a new case -@y - set_language_code:print_esc("setlanguage"); -@z -@x module 1348 gets a new case -@y -set_language_code:@<Implement \.{\\setlanguage}@>; -@z -@x module 1356 gets a new case -@y -language_node:begin print_esc("setlanguage"); - print_int(stored_language(p)); - end; -@z -% in modules 1357 and 1358, change "close_node" to "close_node,language_node". -@x module 1362 becomes two modules -@ @<Advance \(p)past a whatsit node in the |line_break| loop@>=do_nothing -@y -@ @<Advance \(p)past a whatsit node in the \(l)|line_break| loop@>= -if subtype(cur_p)=language_node then cur_lang:=stored_language(cur_p) - -@ @<Advance \(p)past a whatsit node in the \(p)pre-hyphenation loop@>= -if subtype(s)=language_node then cur_lang:=stored_language(s) -@z and old module 1367 is moved to just before the old module 1378 -@x module 1373 gets a new case -@y -language_node:do_nothing; -@z -@x new modules before the system-dependent changes (i.e. before the old 1376) -@y -@ @<Implement \.{\\setlanguage}@>= -if abs(mode)<>hmode then report_illegal_case -else begin new_whatsit(language_node,small_node_size); - scan_int; - if cur_val<=0 then clang:=0 - else if cur_val>255 then clang:=0 - else clang:=cur_val; - stored_language(tail):=clang; - end - -@ Finally, we need a subroutine that comes into play when a character of -a non-|clang| language is being appended to the current paragraph. - -@<Declare action...@>= -procedure fix_language; -var @!l:ASCII_code; {the new current language} -begin if language<=0 then l:=0 -else if language>255 then l:=0 -else l:=language; -if l<>clang then - begin new_whatsit(language_node,small_node_size); - stored_language(tail):=l; clang:=l; - end; -end; -@z - -362. Major extension to ligature capability. -@x module 143 -a linked list of character nodes for those characters. -@y -a linked list of character nodes for all original characters that have been -deleted. (This list might be empty if the characters that generated the -ligature were retained in other nodes.) - -The |subtype| field is 0, plus 2 and/or 1 if the original source of the -ligature included implicit left and/or right boundaries. -@z -@x in module 144 add the following procedure to the existing code -@y -function new_lig_item(@!c:quarterword):pointer; -var p:pointer; {the new node} -begin p:=get_node(small_node_size); character(p):=c; lig_ptr(p):=null; -new_lig_item:=p; -end; -@z -@x module 193 -font_in_short_display:=font(lig_char(p)); -short_display(lig_ptr(p)); print_char(")"); -@y -if subtype(p)>1 then print_char("|"); -font_in_short_display:=font(lig_char(p)); short_display(lig_ptr(p)); -if odd(subtype(p)) then print_char("|"); -print_char(")"); -end -@z -@x modules 208 and 209 -@d radical=65 {square root and similar signs ( \.{\\radical} )} -@y -@d no_boundary=65 {suppress boundary ligatures ( \.{\\noboundary} )} -@d radical=66 {square root and similar signs ( \.{\\radical} )} -@z and so on, adding 1 to each definition until getting to max_command=100 -@x module 265 gets a new statement -@y -primitive("noboundary",no_boundary,0);@/ -@!@:no_boundary_}{\.{\\noboundary} primitive@> -@z -@x module 266 gets a new case -@y -no_boundary:print_esc("noboundary"); -@z -@x module 545 is entirely replaced -@y by the following new specifications: -@ The |lig_kern| array contains instructions in a simple programming language -that explains what to do for special letter pairs. Each word in this array is a -|@!lig_kern_command| of four bytes. - -\yskip\hang first byte: |skip_byte|, indicates that this is the final program - step if the byte is 128 or more, otherwise the next step is obtained by - skipping this number of intervening steps.\par -\hang second byte: |next_char|, ``if |next_char| follows the current character, - then perform the operation and stop, otherwise continue.''\par -\hang third byte: |op_byte|, indicates a ligature step if less than~128, - a kern step otherwise.\par -\hang fourth byte: |remainder|.\par -\yskip\noindent -In a kern step, an -additional space equal to |kern[256*(op_byte-128)+remainder]| is inserted -between the current character and |next_char|. This amount is -often negative, so that the characters are brought closer together -by kerning; but it might be positive. - -There are eight kinds of ligature steps, having |op_byte| codes $4a+2b+c$ where -$0\le a\le b+c$ and $0\le b,c\le1$. The character whose code is -|remainder| is inserted between the current character and |next_char|; -then the current character is deleted if $b=0$, and |next_char| is -deleted if $c=0$; then we pass over $a$~characters to reach the next -current character (which may have a ligature/kerning program of its own). - -If the very first instruction of the |lig_kern| array has |skip_byte=255|, -the |next_char| byte is the so-called right boundary character of this font; -the value of |next_char| need not lie between |bc| and~|ec|. -If the very last instruction of the |lig_kern| array has |skip_byte=255|, -there is a special ligature/kerning program for a left boundary character, -beginning at location |256*op_byte+remainder|. -The interpretation is that \TeX\ puts implicit boundary characters -before and after each consecutive string of characters from the same font. -These implicit characters do not appear in the output, but they can affect -ligatures and kerning. - -If the very first instruction of a character's |lig_kern| program has -|skip_byte>128|, the program actually begins in location -|256*op_byte+remainder|. This feature allows access to large |lig_kern| -arrays, because the first instruction must otherwise -appear in a location |<=255|. - -Any instruction with |skip_byte>128| in the |lig_kern| array must have -|256*op_byte+remainder<nl|. If such an instruction is encountered during -normal program execution, it denotes an unconditional halt; no ligature -command is performed. - -@d stop_flag=qi(128) {value indicating `\.{STOP}' in a lig/kern program} -@d kern_flag=qi(128) {op code for a kern step} -@d skip_byte(#)==#.b0 -@d next_char(#)==#.b1 -@d op_byte(#)==#.b2 -@d rem_byte(#)==#.b3 -@z -@x module 549 -@<Glob...@>= -@y -@d non_char==qi(256) {a |halfword| code that can't match a real character} -@d non_address==font_mem_size {a spurious |font_index|} - -@<Glob...@>= -@z -@x module 548 gets a new type definition -@y -@!font_index=0..font_mem_size; -@z -@x module 549 - {current \.{\\skewchar} values} -@y - {current \.{\\skewchar} values} -@!bchar_label:array[internal_font_number] of font_index; - {start of |lig_kern| program for left boundary character, - |non_address| if there is none} -@!font_bchar:array[internal_font_number] of min_quarterword..non_char; - {right boundary character, |non_char| if there is none} -@!font_false_bchar:array[internal_font_number] of min_quarterword..non_char; - {|font_bchar| if it doesn't exist in the font, otherwise |non_char|} -@z -@x module 557 -@d char_kern_end(#)==rem_byte(#)].sc -@y NOTE: Optimize kern_base_offset in your change file! It's a constant. -@d char_kern_end(#)==256*op_byte(#)+rem_byte(#)].sc -@d kern_base_offset==256*(kern_flag) -@d lig_kern_restart_end(#)==256*op_byte(#)+rem_byte(#)+32768-kern_base_offset -@d lig_kern_restart(#)==lig_kern_base[#]+lig_kern_restart_end -@z -@x module 560 -@!z:scaled; {the design size or the ``at'' size} -@y -@!bch_label:integer; {left boundary start location, or infinity} -@!bchar:0..256; {right boundary character, or 256} -@!z:scaled; {the design size or the ``at'' size} -@z -@x module 566 -kern_base[f]:=lig_kern_base[f]+nl; -exten_base[f]:=kern_base[f]+nk; -@y -kern_base[f]:=lig_kern_base[f]+nl-kern_base_offset; -exten_base[f]:=kern_base[f]+kern_base_offset+nk; -@z -@x module 573: The entire module is replaced -@y by the following code. -@ @d check_existence(#)==@t@>@;@/ - begin check_byte_range(#); - qw:=char_info(f)(#); {N.B.: not |qi(#)|} - if not char_exists(qw) then abort; - end - -@<Read ligature/kern program@>= -bch_label:=@'77777; bchar:=256; -if nl>0 then - begin for k:=lig_kern_base[f] to kern_base[f]+kern_base_offset-1 do - begin store_four_quarters(font_info[k].qqqq); - if a>128 then - begin if 256*c+d>=nl then abort; - if a=255 then if k=lig_kern_base[f] then bchar:=b; - end - else begin if b<>bchar then check_existence(b); - if c<128 then check_existence(d) {check ligature} - else if 256*(c-128)+d>=nk then abort; {check kern} - if a<128 then if k-lig_kern_base[f]+a+1>=nl then abort; - end; - end; - if a=255 then bch_label:=256*c+d; - end; -for k:=kern_base[f]+kern_base_offset to exten_base[f]-1 do - store_scaled(font_info[k].sc); -@z -@x module 574 (actually a bugfix) - if a<>0 then check_byte_range(a); - if b<>0 then check_byte_range(b); - if c<>0 then check_byte_range(c); - check_byte_range(d); -@y - if a<>0 then check_existence(a); - if b<>0 then check_existence(b); - if c<>0 then check_existence(c); - check_existence(d); -@z -@x module 576 -font_name[f]:=nom; -@y -if bch_label<nl then bchar_label[f]:=bch_label+lig_kern_base[f] -else bchar_label[f]:=non_address; -font_bchar[f]:=qi(bchar); -font_false_bchar[f]:=qi(bchar); -if bchar<=ec then if bchar>=bc then - begin qw:=char_info(f)(bchar); {N.B.: not |qi(bchar)|} - if char_exists(qw) then font_false_bchar[f]:=non_char; - end; -font_name[f]:=nom; -@z -@x module 708 (slight but optional optimization) -continue: if (qo(y)>=font_bc[g])and(qo(y)<=font_ec[g]) then - begin q:=char_info(g)(y); -@y -if (qo(y)>=font_bc[g])and(qo(y)<=font_ec[g]) then - begin continue: q:=char_info(g)(y); -@z -@x module 740 (another bugfix) - i:=char_info(f)(y); -@y - i:=char_info(f)(y); - if not char_exists(i) then goto done; -@z -@x module 741 - repeat cur_i:=font_info[a].qqqq; - if qo(next_char(cur_i))=skew_char[cur_f] then - begin if op_bit(cur_i)>=kern_flag then - s:=char_kern(cur_f)(cur_i); - goto done1; - end; - incr(a); - until stop_bit(cur_i)>=stop_flag; -@y - cur_i:=font_info[a].qqqq; - if skip_byte(cur_i)>stop_flag then - begin a:=256*(qo(op_byte(cur_i)))+rem_byte(cur_i); - cur_i:=font_info[a].qqqq; - end; - loop begin if qo(next_char(cur_i))=skew_char[cur_f] then - begin if op_byte(cur_i)>=kern_flag then - if skip_byte(cur_i)<=stop_flag then s:=char_kern(cur_f)(cur_i); - goto done1; - end; - if skip_byte(cur_i)>=stop_flag then goto done1 - else a:=a+qo(skip_byte(cur_i))+1; - cur_i:=font_info[a].qqqq; - end; -@z -@x module 749 (yet another bugfix of the same type!) -@!p,@!v,@!x,@!y,@!z:pointer; {temporary registers for box construction} -@y -@!p,@!v,@!x,@!y,@!z:pointer; {temporary registers for box construction} -@!c:quarterword;@+@!i:four_quarters; {registers for character examination} -@z -@x ibid - begin cur_c:=rem_byte(cur_i); character(nucleus(q)):=cur_c; - cur_i:=char_info(cur_f)(cur_c); -@y - begin c:=rem_byte(cur_i); i:=char_info(cur_f)(c); - if char_exists(i) then - begin cur_c:=c; cur_i:=i; character(nucleus(q)):=c; - end; -@z -@x module 752 -@!p:pointer; {temporary register for list manipulation} -@y -@!p,@!r:pointer; {temporary registers for list manipulation} -@z -@x ibid - repeat cur_i:=font_info[a].qqqq;@/ - @<If instruction |cur_i| is a kern with |cur_c|, - attach the kern after |q| and |return|; - or if it is a ligature with |cur_c|, combine - noads |q| and |p| and |goto restart|@>; - incr(a); - until stop_bit(cur_i)>=stop_flag; -@y - cur_i:=font_info[a].qqqq; - if skip_byte(cur_i)>stop_flag then - begin a:=lig_kern_restart(cur_f)(cur_i); - cur_i:=font_info[a].qqqq; - end; - loop@+ begin @<If instruction |cur_i| is a kern with |cur_c|, attach - the kern after~|q|; or if it is a ligature with |cur_c|, combine - noads |q| and~|p| appropriately; then |return| if the cursor has - moved past a noad, or |goto restart|@>; - if skip_byte(cur_i)>=stop_flag then return; - a:=a+qo(skip_byte(cur_i))+1; - cur_i:=font_info[a].qqqq; - end; -@z -@x The entire code of module 753 is revised -@y and should be replaced by the following: -@ Note that a ligature between an |ord_noad| and another kind of noad -is replaced by an |ord_noad|, when the two noads collapse into one. -But we could make a parenthesis (say) change shape when it follows -certain letters. Presumably a font designer will define such -ligatures only when this convention makes sense. - -\chardef\?='174 % vertical line to indicate character retention - -@<If instruction |cur_i| is a kern with |cur_c|, ...@>= -if next_char(cur_i)=cur_c then if skip_byte(cur_i)<=stop_flag then - if op_byte(cur_i)>=kern_flag then - begin p:=new_kern(char_kern(cur_f)(cur_i)); - link(p):=link(q); link(q):=p; return; - end - else begin check_interrupt; {allow a way out of infinite ligature loop} - case op_byte(cur_i) of - qi(1),qi(5): character(nucleus(q)):=rem_byte(cur_i); {\.{=:\?}, \.{=:\?>}} - qi(2),qi(6): character(nucleus(p)):=rem_byte(cur_i); {\.{\?=:}, \.{\?=:>}} - qi(3),qi(7),qi(11):begin r:=new_noad; {\.{\?=:\?}, \.{\?=:\?>}, \.{\?=:\?>>}} - character(nucleus(r)):=rem_byte(cur_i); - fam(nucleus(r)):=fam(nucleus(q));@/ - link(q):=r; link(r):=p; - if op_byte(cur_i)<qi(11) then math_type(nucleus(r)):=math_char - else math_type(nucleus(r)):=math_text_char; {prevent combination} - end; - othercases begin link(q):=link(p); - character(nucleus(q)):=rem_byte(cur_i); {\.{=:}} - mem[subscr(q)]:=mem[subscr(p)]; mem[supscr(q)]:=mem[supscr(p)];@/ - free_node(p,noad_size); - end - endcases; - if op_byte(cur_i)>qi(3) then return; - math_type(nucleus(q)):=math_char; goto restart; - end -@z -@x module 862 -@!q,@!r,@!s:pointer; {miscellaneous nodes of temporary interest} -@y -@!q,@!r,@!s,@!prev_s:pointer; {miscellaneous nodes of temporary interest} -@z -@x module 892 -nodes $p_a$ and~$p_b$ in the description above are placed into variables -@y -nodes $p_{a-1}$ and~$p_b$ in the description above are placed into variables -@z -@x ibid -@!hc:array[0..65] of halfword; {word to be hyphenated} -@y -@!hc:array[0..65] of 0..256; {word to be hyphenated} -@z -@x ibid -@!hu:array[1..63] of ASCII_code; {like |hc|, before conversion to lowercase} -@y -@!hu:array[0..63] of 0..256; {like |hc|, before conversion to lowercase} -@z -@x module 894 -s:=link(cur_p); -@y -prev_s:=cur_p; s:=link(prev_s); -@z -@x module 895 -label done,found,not_found,found1,exit; -@y -label common_ending,done,found,found1,not_found,not_found+1,exit; -@z -@x module 896 - else if type(s)=ligature_node then - begin q:=lig_ptr(s); c:=qo(character(q)); hf:=font(q); - end -@y - else if type(s)=ligature_node then - if lig_ptr(s)=null then goto continue - else begin q:=lig_ptr(s); c:=qo(character(q)); hf:=font(q); - end -@z -@x ibid -continue: s:=link(s); -@y -continue: prev_s:=s; s:=link(prev_s); -@z -@x ibid -ha:=s -@y -ha:=prev_s -@z -@x module 898 -begin j:=hn; q:=lig_ptr(s); -if font(q)<>hf then goto done3; -repeat c:=qo(character(q)); -if lc_code(c)=0 then goto done3; -if j=63 then goto done3; -incr(j); hu[j]:=c; hc[j]:=lc_code(c);@/ -q:=link(q); -until q=null; -@y -begin if font(lig_char(s))<>hf then goto done3; -j:=hn; q:=lig_ptr(s); -while q>null do - begin c:=qo(character(q)); - if lc_code(c)=0 then goto done3; - if j=63 then goto done3; - incr(j); hu[j]:=c; hc[j]:=lc_code(c);@/ - q:=link(q); - end; -@z -@x module 900 gets three new global variables -@y -@!init_list:pointer; {list of punctuation characters preceding the word} -@!init_lig:boolean; {does |init_list| represent a ligature?} -@!init_lft:boolean; {if so, did the ligature involve a left boundary?} -@z -@x module 901 -@!q,@!r,@!s:pointer; {temporary registers for list manipulation} -@y -@!p,@!q,@!r,@!s:pointer; {temporary registers for list manipulation} -@!bchar:halfword; {right boundary character of hyphenated word, or |non_char|} -@z -@x module 903 should be entirely replaced -@y by the following: -@ If hyphens are in fact going to be inserted, \TeX\ first deletes the -subsequence of nodes between |ha| and~|hb|. An attempt is made to -preserve the effect that implicit boundary characters and punctuation marks -had on ligatures inside the hyphenated word, by storing a left boundary or -preceding character in |hu[0]| and by storing a possible right boundary -in |bchar|. We set |j:=0| if |hu[0]| is to be part of the reconstruction; -otherwise |j:=1|. -The variable |s| will point to the tail of the current hlist, and -|q| will point to the node following |hb|, so that -things can be hooked up after we reconstitute the hyphenated word. - -@<Replace nodes |ha..hb| by a sequence of nodes...@>= -q:=link(hb); link(hb):=null; r:=link(ha); link(ha):=null; bchar:=non_char; -if type(hb)=ligature_node then if odd(subtype(hb)) then - bchar:=font_bchar[hf]; -if is_char_node(ha) then - begin init_list:=ha; init_lig:=false; hu[0]:=qo(character(ha)); - end -else if type(ha)=ligature_node then - begin init_list:=lig_ptr(ha); init_lig:=true; init_lft:=(subtype(ha)>1); - hu[0]:=qo(character(lig_char(ha))); - if init_list=null then if init_lft then - begin hu[0]:=256; init_lig:=false; - end; {in this case a ligature will be reconstructed from scratch} - free_node(ha,small_node_size); - end -else goto not_found+1; {no punctuation found} -s:=cur_p; {we have |cur_p<>ha| because |type(cur_p)=glue_node|} -while link(s)<>ha do s:=link(s); -j:=0; goto common_ending; -not_found+1: j:=1; s:=ha; init_list:=null; -if not is_char_node(r) then if type(r)=ligature_node then - if subtype(r)>1 then - begin j:=0; hu[0]:=256; init_lig:=false; - end; -common_ending: flush_node_list(r); -@<Reconstitute nodes for the hyphenated word, inserting discretionary hyphens@>; -flush_list(init_list) -@z -@x modules 905--911 are entirely replaced -@y by the following new code: -Still further complications arise in the presence of ligatures that do not -delete the original characters. When punctuation precedes the word being -hyphenated, \TeX's method is not perfect under all possible scenarios, -because punctuation marks and letters can propagate information back and forth. -For example, suppose the original pre-hyphenation pair -\.{*a} changes to \.{*y} via a \.{\?=:} ligature, which changes to \.{xy} -via a \.{=:\?} ligature; if $p_{a-1}=\.x$ and $p_a=\.y$, the reconstitution -procedure isn't smart enough to obtain \.{xy} again. In such cases the -font designer should include a ligature that goes from \.{xa} to \.{xy}. - -@ The processing is facilitated by a subroutine called |reconstitute|. Given -a string of characters $x_j\ldots x_n$, there is a smallest index $m\ge j$ -such that the ``translation'' of $x_j\ldots x_n$ by ligatures and kerning -has the form $y_1\ldots y_t$ followed by the translation of $x_{m+1}\ldots x_n$, -where $y_1\ldots y_t$ is some nonempty sequence of character, ligature, and -kern nodes. We call $x_j\ldots x_m$ a ``cut prefix'' of $x_j\ldots x_n$. -For example, if $x_1x_2x_3=\.{fly}$, and if the font contains `fl' as a -ligature and a kern between `fl' and `y', then $m=2$, $y=2$, and $y_1$ will -be a ligature node for `fl' followed by an appropriate kern node~$y_2$. -In the most common case, $x_j$~forms no ligature with $x_{j+1}$ and we -simply have $m=j$, $y_1=x_j$. If $m<n$ we can repeat the procedure on -$x_{m+1}\ldots x_n$ until the entire translation has been found. - -The |reconstitute| function returns the integer $m$ and puts the nodes -$y_1\ldots y_t$ into a linked list starting at |link(hold_head)|, -getting the input $x_j\ldots x_n$ from the |hu| array. If $x_j=256$, -we consider $x_j$ to be an implicit left boundary character; in this -case |j| must be strictly less than~|n|. There is a -parameter |bchar|, which is either 256 or an implicit right boundary character -assumed to be present just following~$x_n$. (The value |hu[n+1]| is never -explicitly examined, but the algorithm imagines that |bchar| is there.) - -If there exists an index |k| in the range $j\le k\le m$ such that |hyf[k]| -is odd and such that the result of reconstitute would have been different -if $x_{k+1}$ had been |hchar|, then |reconstitute| sets |hyphen_passed| -to the smallest such~|k|. Otherwise it sets |hyphen_passed| to zero. - -A special convention is used in the case |j=0|: Then we assume that the -translation of |hu[0]| appears in a special list of charnodes starting at -|init_list|; moreover, if |init_lig| is |true|, then |hu[0]| will be -a ligature character, involving a left boundary if |init_lft| is |true|. -This facility is provided for cases when a hyphenated -word is preceded by punctuation (like single or double quotes) that might -affect the translation of the beginning of the word. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!hyphen_passed:small_number; {first hyphen in a ligature, if any} - -@ @<Declare the function called |reconstitute|@>= -function reconstitute(@!j,@!n:small_number;@!bchar,@!hchar:halfword): - small_number; -label continue,done; -var @!p:pointer; {temporary register for list manipulation} -@!t:pointer; {a node being appended to} -@!q:four_quarters; {character information or a lig/kern instruction} -@!cur_rh:halfword; {hyphen character for ligature testing} -@!test_char:halfword; {hyphen or other character for ligature testing} -@!w:scaled; {amount of kerning} -@!k:font_index; {position of current lig/kern instruction} -begin hyphen_passed:=0; t:=hold_head; w:=0; link(hold_head):=null; - {at this point |ligature_present=lft_hit=rt_hit=false|} -@<Set up data structures with the cursor following position |j|@>; -continue:@<If there's a ligature or kern at the cursor position, update the data - structures, possibly advancing~|j|; continue until the cursor moves@>; -@<Append a ligature and/or kern to the translation; - |goto continue| if the stack of inserted ligatures is nonempty@>; -reconstitute:=j; -end; - -@ The reconstitution procedure shares many of the global data structures -by which \TeX\ has processed the words before they were hyphenated. -There is an implied ``cursor'' between characters |cur_l| and |cur_r|; -these characters will be tested for possible ligature activity. If -|ligature_present| then |cur_l| is a ligature character formed from the -original characters following |cur_q| in the current translation list. -There is a ``ligature stack'' between the cursor and character |j+1|, -consisting of pseudo-ligature nodes linked together by their |link| fields. -This stack is normally empty unless a ligature command has created a new -character that will need to be processed later. A pseudo-ligature is -a special node having a |character| field that represents a potential -ligature and a |lig_ptr| field that points to a |char_node| or is |null|. -We have -$$|cur_r|=\cases{|character(lig_stack)|,&if |lig_stack>null|;\cr - |qi(hu[j+1])|,&if |lig_stack=null| and |j<n|;\cr - bchar,&if |lig_stack=null| and |j=n|.\cr}$$ - -@<Glob...@>= -@!cur_l,@!cur_r:halfword; {characters before and after the cursor} -@!cur_q:pointer; {where a ligature should be detached} -@!lig_stack:pointer; {unfinished business to the right of the cursor} -@!ligature_present:boolean; {should a ligature node be made for |cur_l|?} -@!lft_hit,@!rt_hit:boolean; {did we hit a ligature with a boundary character?} - -@ @d append_charnode_to_t(#)== begin link(t):=get_avail; t:=link(t); - font(t):=hf; character(t):=#; - end -@d set_cur_r==begin if j<n then cur_r:=qi(hu[j+1])@+else cur_r:=bchar; - if odd(hyf[j]) then cur_rh:=hchar@+else cur_rh:=non_char; - end - -@<Set up data structures with the cursor following position |j|@>= -cur_l:=qi(hu[j]); cur_q:=t; -if j=0 then - begin ligature_present:=init_lig; p:=init_list; - if ligature_present then lft_hit:=init_lft; - while p>null do - begin append_charnode_to_t(character(p)); p:=link(p); - end; - end -else if cur_l<non_char then append_charnode_to_t(cur_l); -lig_stack:=null; set_cur_r - -@ We may want to look at the lig/kern program twice, once for a hyphen -and once for a normal letter. (The hyphen might appear after the letter -in the program, so we'd better not try to look for both at once.) - -@<If there's a ligature or kern at the cursor position, update...@>= -if cur_l=non_char then - begin k:=bchar_label[hf]; - if k=non_address then goto done@+else q:=font_info[k].qqqq; - end -else begin q:=char_info(hf)(cur_l); - if char_tag(q)<>lig_tag then goto done; - k:=lig_kern_start(hf)(q); q:=font_info[k].qqqq; - if skip_byte(q)>stop_flag then - begin k:=lig_kern_restart(hf)(q); q:=font_info[k].qqqq; - end; - end; {now |k| is the starting address of the lig/kern program} -if cur_rh<non_char then test_char:=cur_rh@+else test_char:=cur_r; -loop@+begin if next_char(q)=test_char then if skip_byte(q)<=stop_flag then - if cur_rh<non_char then - begin hyphen_passed:=j; hchar:=non_char; cur_rh:=non_char; - goto continue; - end - else begin if hchar<non_char then if odd(hyf[j]) then - begin hyphen_passed:=j; hchar:=non_char; - end; - if op_byte(q)<kern_flag then - @<Carry out a ligature replacement, updating the cursor structure - and possibly advancing~|j|; |goto continue| if the cursor doesn't - advance, otherwise |goto done|@>; - w:=char_kern(hf)(q); goto done; {this kern will be inserted below} - end; - if skip_byte(q)>=stop_flag then - if cur_rh=non_char then goto done - else begin cur_rh:=non_char; goto continue; - end; - k:=k+qo(skip_byte(q))+1; q:=font_info[k].qqqq; - end; -done: - -@ @d wrap_lig(#)==if ligature_present then - begin p:=new_ligature(hf,cur_l,link(cur_q)); - if lft_hit then - begin subtype(p):=2; lft_hit:=false; - end; - if # then if lig_stack=null then - begin incr(subtype(p)); rt_hit:=false; - end; - link(cur_q):=p; t:=p; ligature_present:=false; - end -@d pop_lig_stack==begin if lig_ptr(lig_stack)>null then - begin link(t):=lig_ptr(lig_stack); {this is a charnode for |hu[j+1]|} - t:=link(t); incr(j); - end; - p:=lig_stack; lig_stack:=link(p); free_node(p,small_node_size); - if lig_stack=null then set_cur_r@+else cur_r:=character(lig_stack); - end {if |lig_stack| isn't |null| we have |cur_rh=non_char|} - -@<Append a ligature and/or kern to the translation...@>= -wrap_lig(rt_hit); -if w<>0 then - begin link(t):=new_kern(w); t:=link(t); w:=0; - end; -if lig_stack>null then - begin cur_q:=t; cur_l:=character(lig_stack); ligature_present:=true; - pop_lig_stack; goto continue; - end - -@ @<Carry out a ligature replacement, updating the cursor structure...@>= -begin if cur_l=non_char then lft_hit:=true; -if j=n then if lig_stack=null then rt_hit:=true; -check_interrupt; {allow a way out in case there's an infinite ligature loop} -case op_byte(q) of -qi(1),qi(5):begin cur_l:=rem_byte(q); {\.{=:\?}, \.{=:\?>}} - ligature_present:=true; - end; -qi(2),qi(6):begin cur_r:=rem_byte(q); {\.{\?=:}. \.{\?=:>}} - if lig_stack>null then character(lig_stack):=cur_r - else begin lig_stack:=new_lig_item(cur_r); - if j=n then bchar:=non_char - else begin p:=get_avail; lig_ptr(lig_stack):=p; - character(p):=qi(hu[j+1]); font(p):=hf; - end; - end; - end; -qi(3):begin cur_r:=rem_byte(q); {\.{\?=:\?}} - p:=lig_stack; lig_stack:=new_lig_item(cur_r); link(lig_stack):=p; - end; -qi(7),qi(11):begin wrap_lig(false); {\.{\?=:\?>}, \.{\?=:\?>>}} - cur_q:=t; cur_l:=rem_byte(q); ligature_present:=true; - end; -othercases begin cur_l:=rem_byte(q); ligature_present:=true; {\.{=:}} - if lig_stack>null then pop_lig_stack - else if j=n then goto done - else begin append_charnode_to_t(cur_r); incr(j); set_cur_r; - end; - end -endcases; -if op_byte(q)>qi(4) then if op_byte(q)<>qi(7) then goto done; -goto continue; -end -@z -@x module 912 -@!c:ASCII_code; {character temporarily replaced by a hyphen} -@y -@!c:ASCII_code; {character temporarily replaced by a hyphen} -@!c_loc:0..63; {where that character came from} -@!r_count:integer; {replacement count for discretionary} -@z -@x modules 913--918 are to be completely replaced -@y by the following code: -@ When the following code is performed, |hyf[0]| and |hyf[hn]| will be zero. - -@<Reconstitute nodes for the hyphenated word...@>= -repeat l:=j; j:=reconstitute(j,hn,bchar,qi(hyf_char))+1; -if hyphen_passed=0 then - begin link(s):=link(hold_head); - while link(s)>null do s:=link(s); - if odd(hyf[j-1]) then - begin l:=j; hyphen_passed:=j-1; link(hold_head):=null; - end; - end; -if hyphen_passed>0 then - @<Create and append a discretionary node as an alternative to the - unhyphenated word, and continue to develop both branches until they - become equivalent@>; -until j>hn; -link(s):=q - -@ @d advance_major_tail==begin major_tail:=link(major_tail); incr(r_count); - end - -@<Create and append a discretionary node as an alternative...@>= -begin r:=get_node(small_node_size); -link(r):=link(hold_head); type(r):=disc_node; -major_tail:=r; r_count:=0; -while link(major_tail)>null do advance_major_tail; -i:=hyphen_passed; -@<Put the \(c)characters |hu[l..i]| and a hyphen into |pre_break(r)|@>; -@<Put the \(c)characters |hu[i+1..@,]| into |post_break(r)|, appending to this - list and to |major_tail| until synchronization has been achieved@>; -@<Move pointer |s| to the end of the current list, and set |replace_count(r)| - appropriately@>; -end - -@ The new hyphen might combine with the previous character via ligature -or kern. At this point we have |l-1<=i<=j| and |i<hn|. - -@<Put the \(c)characters |hu[l..i]| and a hyphen into |pre_break(r)|@>= -minor_tail:=null; pre_break(r):=null; hyf_node:=new_character(hf,hyf_char); -if hyf_node<>null then - begin incr(i); c:=hu[i]; hu[i]:=hyf_char; free_avail(hyf_node); - end; -while l<=i do - begin l:=reconstitute(l,i,font_bchar[hf],non_char)+1; - if link(hold_head)>null then - begin if minor_tail=null then pre_break(r):=link(hold_head) - else link(minor_tail):=link(hold_head); - minor_tail:=link(hold_head); - while link(minor_tail)>null do minor_tail:=link(minor_tail); - end; - end; -if hyf_node<>null then - begin hu[i]:=c; {restore the character in the hyphen position} - l:=i; decr(i); - end - -@ The synchronization algorithm begins with |l=i+1<=j|. - -@<Put the \(c)characters |hu[i+1..@,]| into |post_break(r)|...@>= -minor_tail:=null; post_break(r):=null; c_loc:=0; -if bchar_label[hf]<non_address then {put left boundary at beginning of new line} - begin decr(l); c:=hu[l]; c_loc:=l; hu[l]:=256; - end; -while l<j do - begin repeat l:=reconstitute(l,hn,bchar,non_char)+1; - if c_loc>0 then - begin hu[c_loc]:=c; c_loc:=0; - end; - if link(hold_head)>null then - begin if minor_tail=null then post_break(r):=link(hold_head) - else link(minor_tail):=link(hold_head); - minor_tail:=link(hold_head); - while link(minor_tail)>null do minor_tail:=link(minor_tail); - end; - until l>=j; - while l>j do - @<Append characters of |hu[j..@,]| to |major_tail|, advancing~|j|@>; - end - -@ @<Append characters of |hu[j..@,]|...@>= -begin j:=reconstitute(j,hn,bchar,non_char)+1; -link(major_tail):=link(hold_head); -while link(major_tail)>null do advance_major_tail; -end - -@ Ligature insertion can cause a word to grow exponentially in size. Therefore -we must test the size of |r_count| here, even though the hyphenated text -was at most 63 characters long. - -@<Move pointer |s| to the end of the current list...@>= -if r_count>127 then {we have to forget the discretionary hyphen} - begin link(s):=link(r); link(r):=null; flush_node_list(r); - end -else begin link(s):=r; replace_count(r):=r_count; - end; -s:=major_tail -@z -@x module 1030 -@d main_loop=70 {go here to typeset |cur_chr| in the current font} -@d main_loop_1=71 {like |main_loop|, but |(f,c)| = current font and char} -@d main_loop_2=72 {like |main_loop_1|, but |c| is known to be in range} -@d main_loop_3=73 {like |main_loop_2|, but several variables are set up} -@d append_normal_space=74 {go here to append a normal space between words} -@y -@d main_loop=70 {go here to typeset a string of consecutive characters} -@d main_loop_wrapup=80 {go here to finish a character or ligature} -@d main_loop_move=90 {go here to advance the ligature cursor} -@d main_loop_move_lig=95 {same, when advancing past a generated ligature} -@d main_loop_lookahead=100 {go here to bring in another character, if any} -@d main_lig_loop=110 {go here to check for ligatures or kerning} -@d append_normal_space=120 {go here to append a normal space between words} -@z -@x ibid -label big_switch,reswitch,main_loop,main_loop_1,main_loop_2,main_loop_3, -@y -label big_switch,reswitch,main_loop,main_loop_wrapup, - main_loop_move,main_loop_move+1,main_loop_move+2,main_loop_move_lig, - main_loop_lookahead,main_loop_lookahead+1, - main_lig_loop,main_lig_loop+1,main_lig_loop+2, -@z -@x ibid -@<Local variables for the inner loop of |main_control|@>@; -@y -@z -@x ibid -hmode+char_num: begin scan_char_num; cur_chr:=cur_val; goto main_loop; - end; -@y -hmode+char_num: begin scan_char_num; cur_chr:=cur_val; goto main_loop;@+end; -hmode+no_boundary: begin get_x_token; - if (cur_cmd=letter)or(cur_cmd=other_char)or(cur_cmd=char_given)or - (cur_cmd=char_num) then cancel_boundary:=true; - goto reswitch; - end; -@z -@x modules 1032--1040 are all to be replaced -@y by the following code: -@ The following part of the program was first written in a structured -manner, according to the philosophy that ``premature optimization is -the root of all evil.'' Then it was rearranged into pieces of -spaghetti so that the most common actions could proceed with little or -no redundancy. - -The original unoptimized form of this algorithm resembles the -|reconstitute| procedure, which was described earlier in connection with -hyphenation. Again we have an implied ``cursor`` between characters -|cur_l| and |cur_r|. The main difference is that the |lig_stack| can now -contain a charnode as well as pseudo-ligatures; that stack is now -usually nonempty, because the next character of input (if any) has been -appended to it. In |main_control| we have -$$|cur_r|=\cases{|character(lig_stack)|,&if |lig_stack>null|;\cr - |font_bchar[cur_font]|,&otherwise.\cr}$$ -Several additional global variables are needed. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!main_f:internal_font_number; {the current font} -@!main_i:four_quarters; {character information bytes for |cur_l|} -@!main_j:four_quarters; {ligature/kern command} -@!main_k:font_index; {index into |font_info|} -@!main_p:pointer; {temporary register for list manipulation} -@!main_s:integer; {space factor value} -@!bchar:halfword; {right boundary character of current font, or |non_char|} -@!false_bchar:halfword; {nonexistent character matching |bchar|, or |non_char|} -@!cancel_boundary:boolean; {should the left boundary be ignored?} -@!ins_disc:boolean; {should we insert a discretionary node?} - -@ The boolean variables of the main loop are normally false, and always reset -to false before the loop is left. That saves us the extra work of initializing -each time. - -@<Set init...@>= -ligature_present:=false; cancel_boundary:=false; lft_hit:=false; rt_hit:=false; -ins_disc:=false; - -@ We leave |space_factor| unchanged if |sf_code(cur_chr)=0|; otherwise we -set it to |sf_code(cur_chr)|, except that the space factor never changes -from a value less than 1000 to a value exceeding 1000. The most common -case is |sf_code(cur_chr)=1000|, so we want that case to be fast. - -The overall structure of the main loop is presented here. Some program labels -are inside the individual sections. - -@d adjust_space_factor==@t@>@;@/ - main_s:=sf_code(cur_chr); - if main_s=1000 then space_factor:=1000 - else if main_s<1000 then - begin if main_s>0 then space_factor:=main_s; - end - else if space_factor<1000 then space_factor:=1000 - else space_factor:=main_s - -@<Append character |cur_chr|...@>= -adjust_space_factor;@/ -main_f:=cur_font; -bchar:=font_bchar[main_f]; false_bchar:=font_false_bchar[main_f]; -if mode>0 then if language<>clang then fix_language; -fast_get_avail(lig_stack); font(lig_stack):=main_f; cur_l:=qi(cur_chr); -character(lig_stack):=cur_l;@/ -cur_q:=tail; -if cancel_boundary then - begin cancel_boundary:=false; main_k:=non_address; - end -else main_k:=bchar_label[main_f]; -if main_k=non_address then goto main_loop_move+2; {no left boundary processing} -cur_r:=cur_l; cur_l:=non_char; -goto main_lig_loop+1; {begin with cursor after left boundary} -@# -main_loop_wrapup:@<Make a ligature node, if |ligature_present|; - insert a null discretionary, if appropriate@>; -main_loop_move:@<If the cursor is immediately followed by the right boundary, - |goto reswitch|; if it's followed by an invalid character, |goto big_switch|; - otherwise move the cursor one step to the right and |goto main_lig_loop|@>; -main_loop_lookahead:@<Look ahead for another character, or leave |lig_stack| - empty if there's none there@>; -main_lig_loop:@<If there's a ligature/kern command relevant to |cur_l| and - |cur_r|, adjust the text appropriately; exit to |main_loop_wrapup|@>; -main_loop_move_lig:@<Move the cursor past a pseudo-ligature, then - |goto main_loop_lookahead| or |main_lig_loop|@> - -@ If the current horizontal list is empty, the reference to |character(tail)| -here is not strictly legal, since |tail| will be a node freshly returned by -|get_avail|. But this should cause no problem on most implementations, and we -do want the inner loop to be fast. -@^dirty Pascal@> - -A discretionary break is not inserted for an explicit hyphen when we are in -restricted horizontal mode. In particular, this avoids putting discretionary -nodes inside of other discretionaries. - -@d pack_lig(#)== {the parameter is either |rt_hit| or |false|} - begin main_p:=new_ligature(main_f,cur_l,link(cur_q)); - if lft_hit then - begin subtype(main_p):=2; lft_hit:=false; - end; - if # then if lig_stack=null then - begin incr(subtype(main_p)); rt_hit:=false; - end; - link(cur_q):=main_p; tail:=main_p; ligature_present:=false; - end - -@d wrapup(#)==if cur_l<non_char then - begin if character(tail)=qi(hyphen_char[main_f]) then if link(cur_q)>null then - ins_disc:=true; - if ligature_present then pack_lig(#); - if ins_disc then - begin ins_disc:=false; - if mode>0 then tail_append(new_disc); - end; - end - -@<Make a ligature node, if |ligature_present|;...@>= -wrapup(rt_hit) - -@ @<If the cursor is immediately followed by the right boundary...@>= -if lig_stack=null then goto reswitch; -cur_q:=tail; cur_l:=cur_r; {or |character(lig_stack)|} -main_loop_move+1:if not is_char_node(lig_stack) then goto main_loop_move_lig; -main_loop_move+2:if(cur_chr<font_bc[main_f])or(cur_chr>font_ec[main_f]) then - begin char_warning(main_f,cur_chr); free_avail(lig_stack); goto big_switch; - end; -main_i:=char_info(main_f)(cur_l); -if not char_exists(main_i) then - begin char_warning(main_f,cur_chr); free_avail(lig_stack); goto big_switch; - end; -tail_append(lig_stack) {|main_loop_lookahead| is next} - -@ Here we are at |main_loop_move_lig|. -When we begin this code we have |cur_l=character(lig_stack)| and |cur_q=tail|. - -@<Move the cursor past a pseudo-ligature...@>= -main_p:=lig_ptr(lig_stack); -if main_p>null then tail_append(main_p); -temp_ptr:=lig_stack; lig_stack:=link(temp_ptr); -free_node(temp_ptr,small_node_size); -main_i:=char_info(main_f)(cur_l); ligature_present:=true; -if lig_stack=null then - if main_p>null then goto main_loop_lookahead - else cur_r:=bchar -else cur_r:=character(lig_stack); -goto main_lig_loop - -@ The result of \.{\\char} can participate in a ligature or kern, so we must -look ahead for it. - -@<Look ahead for another character...@>= -get_next; {set only |cur_cmd| and |cur_chr|, for speed} -if cur_cmd=letter then goto main_loop_lookahead+1; -if cur_cmd=other_char then goto main_loop_lookahead+1; -if cur_cmd=char_given then goto main_loop_lookahead+1; -x_token; {now expand and set |cur_cmd|, |cur_chr|, |cur_tok|} -if cur_cmd=letter then goto main_loop_lookahead+1; -if cur_cmd=other_char then goto main_loop_lookahead+1; -if cur_cmd=char_given then goto main_loop_lookahead+1; -if cur_cmd=char_num then - begin scan_char_num; cur_chr:=cur_val; goto main_loop_lookahead+1; - end; -if cur_cmd=no_boundary then bchar:=non_char; -cur_r:=bchar; lig_stack:=null; goto main_lig_loop; -main_loop_lookahead+1: adjust_space_factor; -fast_get_avail(lig_stack); font(lig_stack):=main_f; -cur_r:=qi(cur_chr); character(lig_stack):=cur_r; -if cur_r=false_bchar then cur_r:=non_char {this prevents spurious ligatures} - -@ Even though comparatively few characters have a lig/kern program, several -of the instructions here count as part of \TeX's inner loop, since a -potentially long sequential search must be performed. For example, tests with -Computer Modern Roman showed that about 40 per cent of all characters -actually encountered in practice had a lig/kern program, and that about four -lig/kern commands were investigated for every such character. - -At the beginning of this code we have |main_i=char_info(main_f)(cur_l)|. - -@<If there's a ligature/kern command...@>= -if char_tag(main_i)<>lig_tag then goto main_loop_wrapup; -main_k:=lig_kern_start(main_f)(main_i); main_j:=font_info[main_k].qqqq; -if skip_byte(main_j)<=stop_flag then goto main_lig_loop+2; -main_k:=lig_kern_restart(main_f)(main_j); -main_lig_loop+1:main_j:=font_info[main_k].qqqq; -main_lig_loop+2:if next_char(main_j)=cur_r then - if skip_byte(main_j)<=stop_flag then - @<Do ligature or kern command, returning to |main_lig_loop| - or |main_loop_wrapup| or |main_loop_move|@>; -if skip_byte(main_j)=qi(0) then incr(main_k) -else begin if skip_byte(main_j)>=stop_flag then goto main_loop_wrapup; - main_k:=main_k+qo(skip_byte(main_j))+1; - end; -goto main_lig_loop+1 - -@ When a ligature or kern instruction matches a character, we know from -|read_font_info| that the character exists in the font, even though we -haven't verified its existence in the normal way. - -This section could be made into a subroutine, if the code inside -|main_control| needs to be shortened. - -\chardef\?='174 % vertical line to indicate character retention - -@<Do ligature or kern command...@>= -begin if op_byte(main_j)>=kern_flag then - begin wrapup(rt_hit); - tail_append(new_kern(char_kern(main_f)(main_j))); goto main_loop_move; - end; -if cur_l=non_char then lft_hit:=true -else if lig_stack=null then rt_hit:=true; -check_interrupt; {allow a way out in case there's an infinite ligature loop} -case op_byte(main_j) of -qi(1),qi(5):begin cur_l:=rem_byte(main_j); {\.{=:\?}, \.{=:\?>}} - main_i:=char_info(main_f)(cur_l); ligature_present:=true; - end; -qi(2),qi(6):begin cur_r:=rem_byte(main_j); {\.{\?=:}, \.{\?=:>}} - if lig_stack=null then {right boundary character is being consumed} - begin lig_stack:=new_lig_item(cur_r); bchar:=non_char; - end - else if is_char_node(lig_stack) then {|link(lig_stack)=null|} - begin main_p:=lig_stack; lig_stack:=new_lig_item(cur_r); - lig_ptr(lig_stack):=main_p; - end - else character(lig_stack):=cur_r; - end; -qi(3):begin cur_r:=rem_byte(main_j); {\.{\?=:\?}} - main_p:=lig_stack; lig_stack:=new_lig_item(cur_r); - link(lig_stack):=main_p; - end; -qi(7),qi(11):begin wrapup(false); {\.{\?=:\?>}, \.{\?=:\?>>}} - cur_q:=tail; cur_l:=rem_byte(main_j); - main_i:=char_info(main_f)(cur_l); ligature_present:=true; - end; -othercases begin cur_l:=rem_byte(main_j); ligature_present:=true; {\.{=:}} - if lig_stack=null then goto main_loop_wrapup - else goto main_loop_move+1; - end -endcases; -if op_byte(main_j)>qi(4) then - if op_byte(main_j)<>qi(7) then goto main_loop_wrapup; -if cur_l<non_char then goto main_lig_loop; -main_k:=bchar_label[main_f]; goto main_lig_loop+1; -end -@z -% HINTS for making main_control shorter if you need to conserve space: -% (1) make pack_lig(#) a procedure call instead of a macro call -% (2) make the code of @<Do ligature...@> a function that returns one of -% four values; you goto a label based on the value returned. -@x module 1042 -begin p:=font_glue[cur_font]; -if p=null then - begin f:=cur_font; p:=new_spec(zero_glue); k:=param_base[f]+space_code; - width(p):=font_info[k].sc; {that's |space(f)|} - stretch(p):=font_info[k+1].sc; {and |space_stretch(f)|} - shrink(p):=font_info[k+2].sc; {and |space_shrink(f)|} - font_glue[f]:=p; -@y -begin main_p:=font_glue[cur_font]; -if main_p=null then - begin main_p:=new_spec(zero_glue); main_k:=param_base[cur_font]+space_code; - width(main_p):=font_info[main_k].sc; {that's |space(cur_font)|} - stretch(main_p):=font_info[main_k+1].sc; {and |space_stretch(cur_font)|} - shrink(main_p):=font_info[main_k+2].sc; {and |space_shrink(cur_font)|} - font_glue[cur_font]:=main_p; -@z -@x module 1045 -any_mode(relax),vmode+spacer,mmode+spacer,mmode+no_boundary:do_nothing; -@y -any_mode(relax),vmode+spacer,mmode+spacer:do_nothing; -@z -@x module 1090 - vmode+ex_space:@t@>@;@/ -@y - vmode+ex_space,vmode+no_boundary:@t@>@;@/ -@z -@x module 1322 -dump_int(font_glue[k]);@/ -@y -dump_int(font_glue[k]);@/ -dump_int(bchar_label[k]); -dump_int(font_bchar[k]); -dump_int(font_false_bchar[k]);@/ -@z -@x module 1323 -undump(min_halfword)(lo_mem_max)(font_glue[k]);@/ -@y -undump(min_halfword)(lo_mem_max)(font_glue[k]);@/ -undump(0)(font_mem_size)(bchar_label[k]); -undump(min_quarterword)(non_char)(font_bchar[k]); -undump(min_quarterword)(non_char)(font_false_bchar[k]); -@z - -363. New \inputlineno feature desired by Spivak -@x module 416 gets a new definition and a new statement -@y -@d input_line_no_code=glue_val+1 {code for \.{\\inputlineno}} -primitive("inputlineno",last_item,input_line_no_code); -@!@:input_line_no_}{\.{\\inputlineno} primitive@> -@z and module 417 changes in the obvious way -@x module 424 gets new code at the beginning -@y -if cur_chr>glue_val then - begin cur_val:=line; cur_val_level:=int_val; - end -else -@z - -364. New feature \holdinginserts suggested by Mittelbach. -@x modules 236--238 get a new integer parameter -@d int_pars=53 {total number of integer parameters} -@y -@d holding_inserts_code=53 {do not remove insertion nodes from \.{\\box255}} -@d int_pars=54 {total number of integer parameters} -@z and appropriate further lines are added to match all the other parameters -@x module 1014 -@<Prepare all the boxes involved in insertions to act as queues@>; -q:=hold_head; link(q):=null; prev_p:=page_head; p:=link(prev_p); -while p<>best_page_break do - begin if type(p)=ins_node then @<Either insert the material - specified by node |p| into the appropriate box, or - hold it for the next page; also delete node |p| from - the current page@> -@y -if holding_inserts<=0 then - @<Prepare all the boxes involved in insertions to act as queues@>; -q:=hold_head; link(q):=null; prev_p:=page_head; p:=link(prev_p); -while p<>best_page_break do - begin if type(p)=ins_node then - begin if holding_inserts<=0 then - @<Either insert the material specified by node |p| into the - appropriate box, or hold it for the next page; - also delete node |p| from the current page@>; - end -@z -% also insert begin...end around the Pascal code of module 1018 - -365. New \badness feature (which I'd been resisting for years) -@x module 416 gets a new definition and a new statement -@y -@d badness_code=glue_val+2 {code for \.{\\badness}} -primitive("badness",last_item,badness_code); -@!@:badness_}{\.{\\badness} primitive@> -@z and module 417 changes in the obvious way -@x module 424 (the new code just added in #363) - begin cur_val:=line; cur_val_level:=int_val; -@y - begin if cur_chr=input_line_no_code then cur_val:=line - else cur_val:=last_badness; {|cur_chr=badness_code|} - cur_val_level:=int_val; -@z -@x module 646 gets a new global variable -@y -@!last_badness:integer; {badness of the most recently packaged box} -@z -@x module 648 -@ @<Set init...@>=adjust_tail:=null; -@y -@ @<Set init...@>=adjust_tail:=null; last_badness:=0; -@z -@x modules 649 and 668 -@!b:integer; {badness of the new box} -begin r:=get_node(box_node_size); type(r):=hlist_node; -@y (except it's vlist_node in 668) -begin last_badness:=0; r:=get_node(box_node_size); type(r):=hlist_node; -@z (except it's vlist_node in 668) -% change b to last_badness in modules 660&674 (4 times), 667&678 (3 times) -@x modules 658 and 673 -if (hbadness<inf_bad)and(o=normal)and(list_ptr(r)<>null) then -@y (except it's vbadness in 673) -if o=normal then if list_ptr(r)<>null then -@z -@x modules 664 and 676 - begin set_glue_ratio_one(glue_set(r)); {this is the maximum shrinkage} -@y - begin last_badness:=1000000; - set_glue_ratio_one(glue_set(r)); {use the maximum shrinkage} -@z -@x ibid -else if (hbadness<100)and(o=normal)and(list_ptr(r)<>null) then -@y (except it's vbadness in 676) -else if o=normal then if list_ptr(r)<>null then -@z - -366. New \emergencystretch feature -@x modules 247--248 get a new dimen parameter -@d dimen_pars=20 {total number of dimension parameters} -@y -@d emergency_stretch_code=20 {reduces badnesses on final pass of line-breaking} -@d dimen_pars=21 {total number of dimension parameters} -@z and appropriate further lines are added to match all the other parameters -@x module 828 -@!second_pass:boolean; {is this our second attempt to break this paragraph?} -@y -@!second_pass:boolean; {is this our second attempt to break this paragraph?} -@!final_pass:boolean; {is this our final attempt to break this paragraph?} -@z -% change second_pass to final_pass in modules 854 and 873 -@x module 863 - second_pass:=false; - end -else begin threshold:=tolerance; second_pass:=true; -@y - second_pass:=false; final_pass:=false; - end -else begin threshold:=tolerance; second_pass:=true; - final_pass:=(emergency_stretch<=0); -@z -@x ibid - @!stat if tracing_paragraphs>0 then print_nl("@@secondpass");@;@+tats@/ - threshold:=tolerance; second_pass:=true; {if at first you don't - succeed, \dots} -@y - if not second_pass then - begin@!stat if tracing_paragraphs>0 then print_nl("@@secondpass");@;@+tats@/ - threshold:=tolerance; second_pass:=true; final_pass:=(emergency_stretch<=0); - end {if at first you don't succeed, \dots} - else begin @!stat if tracing_paragraphs>0 then - print_nl("@@finalpass");@;@+tats@/ - background[2]:=background[2]+emergency_stretch; final_pass:=true; - end; -@z - -367. New \errorcontextlines feature suggested by a TUG participant -@x modules 236--238 get a new integer parameter -@d int_pars=54 {total number of integer parameters} -@y -@d error_context_lines_code=54 {maximum intermediate line pairs shown} -@d int_pars=55 {total number of integer parameters} -@z and appropriate further lines are added to match all the other parameters -@x module 311 -@<Local variables for formatting calculations@>@/ -begin base_ptr:=input_ptr; input_stack[base_ptr]:=cur_input; - {store current state} -loop@+begin cur_input:=input_stack[base_ptr]; {enter into the context} - @<Display the current context@>; - if (state<>token_list) then - if (name>17) or (base_ptr=0) then goto done; -@y -@!nn:integer; {number of contexts shown so far, less one} -@!bottom_line:boolean; {have we reached the final context to be shown?} -@<Local variables for formatting calculations@>@/ -begin base_ptr:=input_ptr; input_stack[base_ptr]:=cur_input; - {store current state} -nn:=-1; bottom_line:=false; -loop@+begin cur_input:=input_stack[base_ptr]; {enter into the context} - if (state<>token_list) then - if (name>17) or (base_ptr=0) then bottom_line:=true; - if (base_ptr=input_ptr)or bottom_line or(nn<error_context_lines) then - @<Display the current context@> - else if nn=error_context_lines then - begin print_nl("..."); incr(nn); {omitted if |error_context_lines<0|} - end; - if bottom_line then goto done; -@z -% also insert begin...end around the Pascal code of module 312 -% and add the statement "incr(nn)" to that module - -368. char_warning inside hyphenation could clobber old_setting -@x module 863 -done: @!stat if tracing_paragraphs>0 then end_diagnostic(true);@;@+tats@/ -@y -done: @!stat if tracing_paragraphs>0 then - begin end_diagnostic(true); normalize_selector; - end;@+tats@/ -@z - -369. Make ".fmt" more easily switchable (Don Hosek). -@x module 520 gets a new definition -@y -@d format_extension=".fmt" {the extension, as a \.{WEB} constant} -@z now replace ".fmt" by format_extension in modules 529 and 1328. - -370. Possible range check on weird nullfont (Breitenlohner, 16 Oct 89). -@x module 565 -if (bc>ec+1)or(ec>255) then abort; -@y -if (bc>ec+1)or(ec>255) then abort; -if bc>255 then {|bc=256| and |ec=255|} - begin bc:=1; ec:=0; - end; -@z - -371. Prevent save_stack conflicts, e.g. in {\hbox\expandafter{\csname - \endcsname}} (found by Sullivan). -@x module 645 -@p procedure scan_spec; {scans a box specification and left brace} -label found; -begin if scan_keyword("to") then saved(0):=exactly -@.to@> -else if scan_keyword("spread") then saved(0):=additional -@.spread@> -else begin saved(0):=additional; saved(1):=0; - goto found; - end; -scan_normal_dimen; saved(1):=cur_val; -found: save_ptr:=save_ptr+2; scan_left_brace; -@y -@p procedure scan_spec(@!c:group_code;@!three_codes:boolean); - {scans a box specification and left brace} -label found; -var @!s:integer; {temporarily saved value} -@!spec_code:exactly..additional; -begin if three_codes then s:=saved(0); -if scan_keyword("to") then spec_code:=exactly -@.to@> -else if scan_keyword("spread") then spec_code:=additional -@.spread@> -else begin spec_code:=additional; cur_val:=0; - goto found; - end; -scan_normal_dimen; -found: if three_codes then - begin saved(0):=s; incr(save_ptr); - end; -saved(0):=spec_code; saved(1):=cur_val; save_ptr:=save_ptr+2; -new_save_level(c); scan_left_brace; -@z -@x module 774 -scan_spec; new_save_level(align_group);@/ -@y -scan_spec(align_group,false);@/ -@z -@x module 1073 - if t=0 then saved(0):=cur_val@+else saved(0):=-cur_val; - scan_box; - end; -any_mode(leader_ship): begin saved(0):=leader_flag-a_leaders+cur_chr; scan_box; - end; -any_mode(make_box): begin saved(0):=0; begin_box; - end; -@y - if t=0 then scan_box(cur_val)@+else scan_box(-cur_val); - end; -any_mode(leader_ship): scan_box(leader_flag-a_leaders+cur_chr); -any_mode(make_box): begin_box(0); -@z -@x module 1075 -procedure box_end; -var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode} -begin if saved(0)<box_flag then @<Append box |cur_box| to the current list, - shifted by |saved(0)|@> -else if saved(0)<ship_out_flag then @<Store \(c)|cur_box| in a box register@> -else if cur_box<>null then - if saved(0)>ship_out_flag then @<Append a new leader node that - uses |cur_box|@> -@y -procedure box_end(@!box_context:integer); -var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode} -begin if box_context<box_flag then @<Append box |cur_box| to the current list, - shifted by |box_context|@> -else if box_context<ship_out_flag then @<Store \(c)|cur_box| in a box register@> -else if cur_box<>null then - if box_context>ship_out_flag then @<Append a new leader node that - uses |cur_box|@> -@z -@x module 1076 - begin shift_amount(cur_box):=saved(0); -@y - begin shift_amount(cur_box):=box_context; -@z -@x module 1077 -if saved(0)<box_flag+256 then - eq_define(box_base-box_flag+saved(0),box_ref,cur_box) -else geq_define(box_base-box_flag-256+saved(0),box_ref,cur_box) -@y -if box_context<box_flag+256 then - eq_define(box_base-box_flag+box_context,box_ref,cur_box) -else geq_define(box_base-box_flag-256+box_context,box_ref,cur_box) -@z -@x module 1078 - begin append_glue; subtype(tail):=saved(0)-(leader_flag-a_leaders); -@y - begin append_glue; subtype(tail):=box_context-(leader_flag-a_leaders); -@z -@x module 1079 -procedure begin_box; -@y -procedure begin_box(@!box_context:integer); -@z -@x ibid -box_end; {in simple cases, we use the box immediately} -@y -box_end(box_context); {in simple cases, we use the box immediately} -@z -@x module 1083 -incr(save_ptr); scan_spec; -if k=hmode then - if (saved(-3)<box_flag)and(abs(mode)=vmode) then - new_save_level(adjusted_hbox_group) - else new_save_level(hbox_group) -else begin if k=vmode then new_save_level(vbox_group) - else begin new_save_level(vtop_group); k:=vmode; -@y -saved(0):=box_context; -if k=hmode then - if (box_context<box_flag)and(abs(mode)=vmode) then - scan_spec(adjusted_hbox_group,true) - else scan_spec(hbox_group,true) -else begin if k=vmode then scan_spec(vbox_group,true) - else begin scan_spec(vtop_group,true); k:=vmode; -@z -@x module 1084 -procedure scan_box; {the next input should specify a box or perhaps a rule} -begin @<Get the next non-blank non-relax...@>; -if cur_cmd=make_box then begin_box -else if (saved(0)>=leader_flag)and((cur_cmd=hrule)or(cur_cmd=vrule)) then - begin cur_box:=scan_rule_spec; box_end; -@y -procedure scan_box(@!box_context:integer); - {the next input should specify a box or perhaps a rule} -begin @<Get the next non-blank non-relax...@>; -if cur_cmd=make_box then begin_box(box_context) -else if (box_context>=leader_flag)and((cur_cmd=hrule)or(cur_cmd=vrule)) then - begin cur_box:=scan_rule_spec; box_end(box_context); -@z -@x module 1086 -pop_nest; box_end; -@y -pop_nest; box_end(saved(0)); -@z -@x module 1117 -else begin incr(save_ptr); saved(-1):=0; scan_left_brace; - new_save_level(disc_group); push_nest; mode:=-hmode; space_factor:=1000; -@y -else begin incr(save_ptr); saved(-1):=0; new_save_level(disc_group); - scan_left_brace; push_nest; mode:=-hmode; space_factor:=1000; -@z -@x module 1119 -incr(saved(-1)); scan_left_brace; new_save_level(disc_group); -@y -incr(saved(-1)); new_save_level(disc_group); scan_left_brace; -@z -@x module 1167 -mmode+vcenter: begin scan_spec; new_save_level(vcenter_group); normal_paragraph; -@y -mmode+vcenter: begin scan_spec(vcenter_group,false); normal_paragraph; -@z -@x module 1172 -scan_left_brace; push_math(math_choice_group); -@y -push_math(math_choice_group); scan_left_brace; -@z -@x module 1174 -incr(saved(-1)); scan_left_brace; push_math(math_choice_group); -@y -incr(saved(-1)); push_math(math_choice_group); scan_left_brace; -@z -@x module 1241 - if global then saved(0):=box_flag+256+cur_val - else saved(0):=box_flag+cur_val; - scan_optional_equals; scan_box; -@y - if global then n:=256+cur_val@+else n:=cur_val; - scan_optional_equals; scan_box(box_flag+n); -@z - -372. Bugfix 339 didn't go far enough (found by Sch\"opf and Mittelbach). -@x module 516 [NOTE: THIS AFFECTS ALMOST ALL CHANGE FILES!] -@ And here's the second. -@^system dependencies@> - -@p function more_name(@!c:ASCII_code):boolean; -begin if c=" " then more_name:=false -else begin if (c=">")or(c=":") then - begin area_delimiter:=pool_ptr; ext_delimiter:=0; - end - else if (c=".")and(ext_delimiter=0) then ext_delimiter:=pool_ptr; - str_room(1); append_char(c); {contribute |c| to the current string} -@y -@ And here's the second. The string pool might change as the file name is -being scanned, since a new \.{\\csname} might be entered; therefore we keep -|area_delimiter| and |ext_delimiter| relative to the beginning of the current -string, instead of assigning an absolute address like |pool_ptr| to them. -@^system dependencies@> - -@p function more_name(@!c:ASCII_code):boolean; -begin if c=" " then more_name:=false -else begin str_room(1); append_char(c); {contribute |c| to the current string} - if (c=">")or(c=":") then - begin area_delimiter:=cur_length; ext_delimiter:=0; - end - else if (c=".")and(ext_delimiter=0) then ext_delimiter:=cur_length; -@z -@x module 517 [NOTE: THIS DOES TOO, AND SO DOES THE NEXT!] -else begin cur_area:=str_ptr; incr(str_ptr); - str_start[str_ptr]:=area_delimiter+1; -@y -else begin cur_area:=str_ptr; - str_start[str_ptr+1]:=str_start[str_ptr]+area_delimiter; incr(str_ptr); -@z -@x ibid -else begin cur_name:=str_ptr; incr(str_ptr); - str_start[str_ptr]:=ext_delimiter; cur_ext:=make_string; -@y -else begin cur_name:=str_ptr; - str_start[str_ptr+1]:=str_start[str_ptr]+ext_delimiter-area_delimiter-1; - incr(str_ptr); cur_ext:=make_string; -@z - -373. Allow multiple hyphenmins in the same paragraph (Mike Ferguson). -@x module 212, two new fields for list_state_record -@y - @!lhm_field,@!rhm_field: quarterword; -@z -@x module 213, two new macros to access those fields -@y -@d lhmin==cur_list.lhm_field {\.{\\lefthyphenmin} at start of paragraph} -@d rhmin==cur_list.rhm_field {\.{\\righthyphenmin} at start of paragraph} -@z -@x module 215, two new initializations -@y -lhmin:=0; rhmin:=0; -@z -@x module 218 - if nest[p].ml_field<0 then print(" (\output routine)"); -@y - if m=hmode then@+if(nest[p].lhm_field<>2)or(nest[p].rhm_field<>3)then - begin print(" (hyphenmin "); print_int(nest[p].lhm_field); print_char(","); - print_int(nest[p].rhm_field); print_char(")"); - end; - if nest[p].ml_field<0 then print(" (\output routine)"); -@z -@x module 891 -l_hyf:=left_hyphen_min-1;@+if l_hyf<0 then l_hyf:=0; -r_hyf:=right_hyphen_min-1;@+if r_hyf<0 then r_hyf:=0; -min_hyf:=l_hyf+r_hyf+2; cur_lang:=0; -@y -l_hyf:=lhmin; r_hyf:=rhmin; cur_lang:=0; -@z -@x module 892 -@!l_hyf,@!r_hyf,@!min_hyf:integer; {limits on fragment sizes} -@y -@!l_hyf,@!r_hyf:integer; {limits on fragment sizes} -@z -@x module 894 -begin if min_hyf>63 then goto done1; -prev_s:=cur_p; s:=link(prev_s); -if s<>null then - begin @<Skip to node |ha|, or |goto done1| if no hyphenation - should be attempted@>; - @<Skip to node |hb|, putting letters into |hu| and |hc|@>; - @<Check that the nodes following |hb| permit hyphenation and that at least - |min_hyf| letters have been found, otherwise |goto done1|@>; -@y -begin prev_s:=cur_p; s:=link(prev_s); -if s<>null then - begin @<Skip to node |ha|, or |goto done1| if no hyphenation - should be attempted@>; - if l_hyf+r_hyf>63 then goto done1; - @<Skip to node |hb|, putting letters into |hu| and |hc|@>; - @<Check that the nodes following |hb| permit hyphenation and that at least - |l_hyf+r_hyf| letters have been found, otherwise |goto done1|@>; -@z -@x module 899 -if hn<min_hyf then goto done1; -@y -if hn<l_hyf+r_hyf then goto done1; -@z -@x module 902 -for j:=l_hyf+1 to hn-r_hyf-1 do if odd(hyf[j]) then goto found1; -@y -for j:=l_hyf to hn-r_hyf do if odd(hyf[j]) then goto found1; -@z -@x module 923 -for j:=0 to hn-r_hyf do -@y -for j:=0 to hn-r_hyf+1 do -@z -@x ibid -found: for j:=0 to l_hyf do hyf[j]:=0; -for j:=0 to r_hyf do hyf[hn-j]:=0 -@y -found: for j:=0 to l_hyf-1 do hyf[j]:=0; -for j:=0 to r_hyf-1 do hyf[hn-j]:=0 -@z -@x module 1091 begins with a new subroutine -@y -function norm_min(@!h:integer):small_number; -begin if h<=0 then norm_min:=1@+else if h>=63 then norm_min:=63@+ -else norm_min:=h; -end; -@z -@x module 1091 then uses the new subroutine -push_nest; mode:=hmode; space_factor:=1000; clang:=0; -@y -lhmin:=norm_min(left_hyphen_min); rhmin:=norm_min(right_hyphen_min); -push_nest; mode:=hmode; space_factor:=1000; clang:=0; -@z -@x module 1341 -@d stored_language(#)==mem[#+1].int {language number, in the range |0..255|} -@y -@d what_lang(#)==link(#+1) {language number, in the range |0..255|} -@d what_lhm(#)==type(#+1) {minimum left fragment, in the range |1..63|} -@d what_rhm(#)==subtype(#+1) {minimum right fragment, in the range |1..63|} -@z -@x module 1356 - print_int(stored_language(p)); -@y - print_int(what_lang(p)); print(" (hyphenmin "); - print_int(what_lhm(p)); print_char(","); - print_int(what_rhm(p)); print_char(")"); -@z -@x modules 1362 and 1363 -@ @<Advance \(p)past a whatsit node in the \(l)|line_break| loop@>= -if subtype(cur_p)=language_node then cur_lang:=stored_language(cur_p) - -@ @<Advance \(p)past a whatsit node in the \(p)pre-hyphenation loop@>= -if subtype(s)=language_node then cur_lang:=stored_language(s) -@y -@ @d adv_past(#)==@+if subtype(#)=language_node then - begin cur_lang:=what_lang(#); l_hyf:=what_lhm(#); r_hyf:=what_rhm(#);@+end - -@<Advance \(p)past a whatsit node in the \(l)|line_break| loop@>=@+ -adv_past(cur_p) - -@ @<Advance \(p)past a whatsit node in the \(p)pre-hyphenation loop@>=@+ -adv_past(s) -@z -@x module 1376 - stored_language(tail):=l; clang:=l; -@y - what_lang(tail):=l; clang:=l;@/ - what_lhm(tail):=norm_min(left_hyphen_min); - what_rhm(tail):=norm_min(right_hyphen_min); -@z -@x module 1377 - stored_language(tail):=clang; -@y - what_lang(tail):=clang; - what_lhm(tail):=norm_min(left_hyphen_min); - what_rhm(tail):=norm_min(right_hyphen_min); -@z - -374. Make \par and end_template definitely non-character (Marc van Leeuwen) -@x module 14 gets a new line -@y -if mem_top<256+11 then bad:=7; {we will want |null_list>255|} -@z -@x module 334 -primitive("par",par_end,0); par_loc:=cur_val; par_token:=cs_token_flag+par_loc; -@y -primitive("par",par_end,256); {cf. |scan_file_name|} -par_loc:=cur_val; par_token:=cs_token_flag+par_loc; -@z - -375. Alignments must be more robust to prevent crashes (Marc van Leeuwen) -@x module 324 -else if token_type=u_template then align_state:=0; -@y -else if token_type=u_template then - if align_state>500000 then align_state:=0 - else fatal_error("(interwoven alignment preambles are not allowed)"); -@.interwoven alignment preambles...@> -@z -@x module 782 -if (cur_cmd=assign_glue)and(cur_chr=glue_base+tab_skip_code) then -@y -if cur_cmd=endv then - fatal_error("(interwoven alignment preambles are not allowed)"); -@.interwoven alignment preambles...@> -if (cur_cmd=assign_glue)and(cur_chr=glue_base+tab_skip_code) then -@z -@x module 791 -p:=link(q); -@y -if align_state<500000 then - fatal_error("(interwoven alignment preambles are not allowed)"); -@.interwoven alignment preambles...@> -p:=link(q); -@z - -376. Avoid kern removal in discretionary breaks (Marc van Leeuwen) -@x module 815 -label done,done1,done2,done3,done4,continue; -@y -label done,done1,done2,done3,done4,done5,continue; -@z -@x module 866 -glue_node: begin @<If node |cur_p| is a legal breakpoint, call |try_break|@>; - @<Update the active widths by including the glue in |glue_ptr(cur_p)|@>; -@y -glue_node: begin @<If node |cur_p| is a legal breakpoint, call |try_break|; - then update the active widths by including the glue in |glue_ptr(cur_p)|@>; -@z -@x ibid -disc_node: @<Try to break after a discretionary fragment@>; -@y -disc_node: @<Try to break after a discretionary fragment, then |goto done5|@>; -@z -@x ibid -end -@y -done5:end -@z -Combine modules 868 and 869 into a single module, with a semicolon between. -@x module 870 (which becomes module 869) gets ... in its title -@y and the following new code just before its final "end": -r:=replace_count(cur_p); s:=link(cur_p); -while r>0 do - begin @<Add the width of node |s| to |act_width|@>; - decr(r); s:=link(s); - end; -prev_p:=cur_p; cur_p:=s; goto done5; -@z -@x Now module 871 becomes 870, and we add a new (very similar) module 871: -@y -@ @<Add the width of node |s| to |act_width|@>= -if is_char_node(s) then - begin f:=font(s); - act_width:=act_width+char_width(f)(char_info(f)(character(s))); - end -else case type(s) of - ligature_node: begin f:=font(lig_char(s)); - act_width:=act_width+ - char_width(f)(char_info(f)(character(lig_char(s)))); - end; - hlist_node,vlist_node,rule_node,kern_node: - act_width:=act_width+width(s); - othercases confusion("disc4") -@:this can't happen disc4}{\quad disc4@> - endcases -@z -@x module 877 -@!disc_break:boolean; {was the current break at a discretionary node?} -@y -@!disc_break:boolean; {was the current break at a discretionary node?} -@!post_disc_break:boolean; {and did it have a nonempty post-break part?} -@z -@x ibid -if cur_p<>null then @<Prune unwanted nodes at the beginning of the next line@>; -@y -if cur_p<>null then if not post_disc_break then - @<Prune unwanted nodes at the beginning of the next line@>; -@z -@x module 881 -q:=cur_break(cur_p); disc_break:=false; -@y -q:=cur_break(cur_p); disc_break:=false; post_disc_break:=false; -@z -@x module 883 - if not is_char_node(s) then if next_break(cur_p)<>null then - if cur_break(next_break(cur_p))=s then s:=r; -@y that subtle bug is no longer possible so we can remove the code -@z -@x module 884 -link(s):=r; r:=post_break(q); post_break(q):=null; -@y -link(s):=r; r:=post_break(q); post_break(q):=null; post_disc_break:=true; -@z - -377. Pick up a few discretionary hyphens that were lost because of -the new (cautious) algorithm. -@x module 914 -@ @d advance_major_tail==begin major_tail:=link(major_tail); incr(r_count); - end - -@<Create and append a discretionary node as an alternative...@>= -begin r:=get_node(small_node_size); -@y -@ In this repeat loop we will insert another discretionary if |hyf[j-1]| is -odd, after both branches of the previous discretionary end at position |j-1|. -Strictly speaking, we aren't justified in doing this, because we don't know -that a hyphen after |j-1| is truly independent of those branches. But in almost -all applications we would rather not lose a potentially valuable hyphenation -point. (Consider the word `difficult', where the letter `c' is in position |j|.) - -@d advance_major_tail==begin major_tail:=link(major_tail); incr(r_count); - end - -@<Create and append a discretionary node as an alternative...@>= -repeat r:=get_node(small_node_size); -@z -@x ibid -i:=hyphen_passed; -@y -i:=hyphen_passed; hyf[i]:=0; -@z -@x ibid -end -@y -hyphen_passed:=j-1; link(hold_head):=null; -until not odd(hyf[j-1]) -@z - -378. Undumped trie must also be dumpable again (Breitenlohner, 11 Dec 89) -@x module 1325 -undump_size(0)(trie_size)('trie size')(j); {|trie_max|} -for k:=0 to j do undump_hh(trie[k]); -undump_size(0)(trie_op_size)('trie op size')(j); {|trie_op_ptr|} -@y -undump_size(0)(trie_size)('trie size')(j); @+init trie_max:=j;@+tini -for k:=0 to j do undump_hh(trie[k]); -undump_size(0)(trie_op_size)('trie op size')(j); @+init trie_op_ptr:=j;@+tini -@z -@x ibid -k:=256; -while j>0 do - begin undump(0)(k-1)(k); undump(1)(j)(x); j:=j-x; op_start[k]:=qo(j); -@y -init for k:=0 to 255 do trie_used[k]:=min_quarterword;@+tini -k:=256; -while j>0 do - begin undump(0)(k-1)(k); undump(1)(j)(x);@+init trie_used[k]:=qi(x);@+tini - j:=j-x; op_start[k]:=qo(j); -@z - -379. Allow output routine to access page totals. (Suggested by Frank -Mittelbach and Chris Rowley, December 1989) -@x module 421 -begin if page_contents=empty then -@y -begin if (page_contents=empty) and (not output_active) then -@z - -380. Slightly more robust recovery and detection of \output anomalies. -(Suggested by Chris Thompson, provoked by George Russell, January 1990) -@x module 1026 -begin if loc<>null then @<Recover from an unbalanced output routine@>; -@y -begin if (loc<>null) or - ((token_type<>output_text)and(token_type<>backed_up)) then - @<Recover from an unbalanced output routine@>; -@z -@x module 1027 -help2("Your sneaky output routine has fewer real {'s than }'s.")@/ -@y -help2("Your sneaky output routine has problematic {'s and/or }'s.")@/ -@z - -381. \eqno\aftergroup*$$ should yield * after the $$ (Michael Downes, 29 Jan 90) -@x module 1194 - begin cur_mlist:=p; cur_style:=text_style; mlist_penalties:=false; -@y - begin @<Check that another \.\$ follows@>; - cur_mlist:=p; cur_style:=text_style; mlist_penalties:=false; -@z -@x ibid -else begin @<Check that another \.\$ follows@>; -@y -else begin if a=null then @<Check that another \.\$ follows@>; -@z - -382. Missed a case in the 8-bit change (Wayne Sullivan, 1 Feb 1990) -@x module 360 - begin if (end_line_char<0)or(end_line_char>127) then incr(limit); -@y - begin if end_line_char_inactive then incr(limit); -@z - -383. Linebreaking needs to be more robust when total demerits get -very high (Frank Mittelbach, 22 Feb 1990) -@x module 830 -@!artificial_badness:boolean; {has |b| been forced to zero?} -@y -@!artificial_demerits:boolean; {has |d| been forced to zero?} -@z -@x module 833 (this change is cosmetic only) -@!minimal_demerits:array[very_loose_fit..tight_fit] of scaled; {best total - demerits known for current line class and position, given the fitness} -@!minimum_demerits:scaled; {best total demerits known for current line class -@y -@!minimal_demerits:array[very_loose_fit..tight_fit] of integer; {best total - demerits known for current line class and position, given the fitness} -@!minimum_demerits:integer; {best total demerits known for current line class -@z -@x module 836 here we want to ensure that total_demerits < awful_bad -minimum_demerits:=minimum_demerits+abs(adj_demerits); -@y -if abs(adj_demerits)>=awful_bad-minimum_demerits then - minimum_demerits:=awful_bad-1 -else minimum_demerits:=minimum_demerits+abs(adj_demerits); -@z -@x module 851 -begin @!stat artificial_badness:=false;@+tats@/ -@y -begin artificial_demerits:=false;@/ -@z -@x module 854 - begin b:=0; {set badness zero, this break is forced} - @!stat artificial_badness:=true;@+tats - end -@y - artificial_demerits:=true {set demerits zero, this break is forced} -@z -@x module 855 -@<Compute the demerits, |d|, from |r| to |cur_p|@>; -@y -if artificial_demerits then d:=0 -else @<Compute the demerits, |d|, from |r| to |cur_p|@>; -@z -@x module 856 -if artificial_badness then print_char("*")@+else print_int(b); -@.*\relax@> -print(" p="); print_int(pi); -print(" d="); print_int(d); -@y -if b>inf_bad then print_char("*")@+else print_int(b); -@.*\relax@> -print(" p="); print_int(pi); print(" d="); -if artificial_demerits then print_char("*")@+else print_int(d); -@z -@x module 859 -d:=line_penalty+b; d:=d*d; -@y -begin d:=line_penalty+b; -if abs(d)>=10000 then d:=100000000@+else d:=d*d; -@z -@x ibid -if abs(fit_class-fitness(r))>1 then d:=d+adj_demerits -@y -if abs(fit_class-fitness(r))>1 then d:=d+adj_demerits; -end -@z - -384. Math fonts may disappear outside of \eqno (Marc van Leeuwen). -@x module 1194 - if danger then flush_math; -@y - danger:=false; - @<Check that the necessary fonts for math symbols are present; - if not, flush the current math lists and set |danger:=true|@>; -@z - -385. Forgot to rule out charnode when testing for node type (Marc van Leeuwen). -@x module 805 - begin if type(q)=unset_node then - @<Set the unset box |q| and the unset boxes in it@> - else if type(q)=rule_node then - @<Make the running dimensions in rule |q| extend to the - boundaries of the alignment@>; -@y - begin if not is_char_node(q) then - if type(q)=unset_node then - @<Set the unset box |q| and the unset boxes in it@> - else if type(q)=rule_node then - @<Make the running dimensions in rule |q| extend to the - boundaries of the alignment@>; -@z -@x module 903 -if type(hb)=ligature_node then if odd(subtype(hb)) then -@y -if not is_char_node(hb) then - if type(hb)=ligature_node then if odd(subtype(hb)) then -@z -@x module 1202 - if p<>null then if type(p)=glue_node then d:=0; -@y - if p<>null then if not is_char_node(p) then if type(p)=glue_node then d:=0; -@z - -386. Don't change the font of punctuation before a hyphenated word - (Scott Allendorf, reported 7 Mar 90) -@x module 895 -label common_ending,done,found,found1,not_found,not_found+1,exit; -@y -label common_ending,done,found,found1,found2,not_found,exit; -@z -@x module 903 -if is_char_node(ha) then - begin init_list:=ha; init_lig:=false; hu[0]:=qo(character(ha)); - end -else if type(ha)=ligature_node then - begin init_list:=lig_ptr(ha); init_lig:=true; init_lft:=(subtype(ha)>1); - hu[0]:=qo(character(lig_char(ha))); - if init_list=null then if init_lft then - begin hu[0]:=256; init_lig:=false; - end; {in this case a ligature will be reconstructed from scratch} - free_node(ha,small_node_size); - end -else goto not_found+1; {no punctuation found} -s:=cur_p; {we have |cur_p<>ha| because |type(cur_p)=glue_node|} -while link(s)<>ha do s:=link(s); -j:=0; goto common_ending; -not_found+1: j:=1; s:=ha; init_list:=null; -if not is_char_node(r) then if type(r)=ligature_node then - if subtype(r)>1 then - begin j:=0; hu[0]:=256; init_lig:=false; - end; -@y -if is_char_node(ha) then - if font(ha)<>hf then goto found2 - else begin init_list:=ha; init_lig:=false; hu[0]:=qo(character(ha)); - end -else if type(ha)=ligature_node then - if font(lig_char(ha))<>hf then goto found2 - else begin init_list:=lig_ptr(ha); init_lig:=true; init_lft:=(subtype(ha)>1); - hu[0]:=qo(character(lig_char(ha))); - if init_list=null then if init_lft then - begin hu[0]:=256; init_lig:=false; - end; {in this case a ligature will be reconstructed from scratch} - free_node(ha,small_node_size); - end -else begin {no punctuation found; look for left boundary} - if not is_char_node(r) then if type(r)=ligature_node then - if subtype(r)>1 then goto found2; - j:=1; s:=ha; init_list:=null; goto common_ending; - end; -s:=cur_p; {we have |cur_p<>ha| because |type(cur_p)=glue_node|} -while link(s)<>ha do s:=link(s); -j:=0; goto common_ending; -found2: s:=ha; j:=0; hu[0]:=256; init_lig:=false; init_list:=null; -@z - -387. Balance the parens showing on the terminal (for Lispers). -@x module 304 -@!in_open : 0..max_in_open; {the number of lines in the buffer, less one} -@y -@!in_open : 0..max_in_open; {the number of lines in the buffer, less one} -@!open_parens : 0..max_in_open; {the number of open text files} -@z -@x module 331 -in_open:=0; max_buf_stack:=0; -@y -in_open:=0; open_parens:=0; max_buf_stack:=0; -@z -@x module 362 - begin print_char(")"); force_eof:=false; - update_terminal; {show user that file has been read} -@y - begin print_char(")"); decr(open_parens); - update_terminal; {show user that file has been read} - force_eof:=false; -@z -@x module 537 -print_char("("); print(name); update_terminal; state:=new_line; -@y -print_char("("); incr(open_parens); print(name); update_terminal; -state:=new_line; -@z -@x module 1334 -if job_name=0 then open_log_file; -@y -if job_name=0 then open_log_file; -while open_parens>0 do - begin print(" )"); decr(open_parens); - end; -@z - -388. Optimize \ifx\p\q after \let\p=\q (Marc van Leeuwen says that - AmS-TeX uses this a lot). -@x module 508 - while (p<>null)and(q<>null) do - if info(p)<>info(q) then p:=null - else begin p:=link(p); q:=link(q); - end; -b:=((p=null)and(q=null)); -@y -if p=q then b:=true -else begin while (p<>null)and(q<>null) do - if info(p)<>info(q) then p:=null - else begin p:=link(p); q:=link(q); - end; - b:=((p=null)and(q=null)); - end; -@z -@x module 538 (while we're at it, might as well optimize this too) -begin if not input_ln(cur_file,false) then do_nothing; -@y -begin if input_ln(cur_file,false) then do_nothing; -@z -@x module 1020 (and this) -else begin wait:=false; s:=ins_ptr(p); - link(last_ins_ptr(r)):=s; s:=last_ins_ptr(r); -@y -else begin wait:=false; s:=last_ins_ptr(r); link(s):=ins_ptr(p); -@z - -389. Treat migration properly in displays (Marc van Leeuwen). -@x module 1199 (a bad bug that really has bitten) -adjust_tail:=adjust_head; b:=hpack(p,natural); -@y -adjust_tail:=adjust_head; b:=hpack(p,natural); p:=list_ptr(b); -@z -@x module 1204 -shift_amount(b):=s+d; append_to_vlist(b); -if t<>adjust_head then - begin link(tail):=link(adjust_head); tail:=t; - end -@y -shift_amount(b):=s+d; append_to_vlist(b) -@z -@x module 1205 - tail_append(new_penalty(post_display_penalty)); - end -else begin tail_append(new_penalty(post_display_penalty)); - tail_append(new_param_glue(g2)); - end -@y - g2:=0; - end; -if t<>adjust_head then {migrating material comes after equation number} - begin link(tail):=link(adjust_head); tail:=t; - end; -tail_append(new_penalty(post_display_penalty)); -if g2>0 then tail_append(new_param_glue(g2)) -@z - ------------Here I draw the line with respect to further changes - -390. Uninitialized nullfont parameters (found by Lance Carnes, 11 May 90). -@x module 552 -hyphen_char[null_font]:="-"; skew_char[null_font]:=-1; -@y -hyphen_char[null_font]:="-"; skew_char[null_font]:=-1; -bchar_label[null_font]:=non_address; -font_bchar[null_font]:=non_char; font_false_bchar[null_font]:=non_char; -@z - -391. Disable \write{\the\prevgraf} (B. Jackowski, July 1990). -@x module 422 -begin nest[nest_ptr]:=cur_list; p:=nest_ptr; -while abs(nest[p].mode_field)<>vmode do decr(p); -scanned_result(nest[p].pg_field)(int_val); -end -@y -if mode=0 then scanned_result(0)(int_val) {|prev_graf=0| within \.{\\write}} -else begin nest[nest_ptr]:=cur_list; p:=nest_ptr; - while abs(nest[p].mode_field)<>vmode do decr(p); - scanned_result(nest[p].pg_field)(int_val); - end -@z - -392. Report correct line number when buffer overflows (George Russell). -@x module 538 -begin if input_ln(cur_file,false) then do_nothing; -firm_up_the_line; -if end_line_char_inactive then decr(limit) -else buffer[limit]:=end_line_char; -first:=limit+1; loc:=start; line:=1; -@y -begin line:=1; -if input_ln(cur_file,false) then do_nothing; -firm_up_the_line; -if end_line_char_inactive then decr(limit) -else buffer[limit]:=end_line_char; -first:=limit+1; loc:=start; -@z - -------------- -Note: When making change 376, I forgot to delete the redundant -code in module 883, and I should also have changed the name of that -module. These cosmetic changes (and some changes to the comments) -were made in version 3.14, in addition to the following two changes. -------------- - -393. Show unprintable characters in font id's (Wayne Sullivan, Dec 1990) -@x module 63 -print(s); -@y -slow_print(s); -@z -@x module 262 can now be spruced up -else begin print_esc(""); slow_print(text(p)); -@y -else begin print_esc(text(p)); -@z -@x and module 263 likewise -else begin print_esc(""); slow_print(text(p)); - end; -@y -else print_esc(text(p)); -@z - -394. Avoid range check if total_pages>65535 (Eberhard Mattes, Dec 1990) -@x module 642 - dvi_out(total_pages div 256); dvi_out(total_pages mod 256);@/ -@y - dvi_out((total_pages div 256) mod 256); dvi_out(total_pages mod 256);@/ -@z - -395. Less confusing error message (18 Sep 91) -@x module 436 - begin print_err("Bad math code"); -@.Bad math code@> - help2("A numeric math code must be between 0 and 32767.")@/ -@y (because a \mathcode can be 32768, but not a \mathchar) - begin print_err("Bad mathchar"); -@.Bad mathchar@> - help2("A mathchar number must be between 0 and 32767.")@/ -@z - -396. Internal strings should not be expanded even if unprintable; -i.e., selector=new_string => print(c)==print_char(c), print(s)==slow_print(s). -This change completes what I began with number 393 (18 Sep 91). -@x modules 59 and 60 (same change to both) - else if (@<Character |s| is the current new-line character@>) then - if selector<pseudo then - begin print_ln; return; - end; -@y - else if selector>pseudo then - begin print_char(s); return; {internal strings are not expanded} - end - else if (@<Character |s| is the current new-line character@>) then - if selector<pseudo then - begin print_ln; return; - end; -@z -@x module 61 -else begin print(format_ident); print_ln; -@y -else begin slow_print(format_ident); print_ln; -@z -@x module 84 - print(input_stack[base_ptr].name_field); -@y - slow_print(input_stack[base_ptr].name_field); -@z -@x module 518 -begin print(a); print(n); print(e); -@y -begin slow_print(a); slow_print(n); slow_print(e); -@z -@x module 536 -print(format_ident); print(" "); -@y -slow_print(format_ident); print(" "); -@z -@x module 537 -print_char("("); incr(open_parens); print(name); update_terminal; -@y -print_char("("); incr(open_parens); slow_print(name); update_terminal; -@z -@x module 581 - print(font_name[f]); print_char("!"); end_diagnostic(false); -@y - slow_print(font_name[f]); print_char("!"); end_diagnostic(false); -@z -@x module 642 - print_nl("Output written on "); print(output_file_name); -@y - print_nl("Output written on "); slow_print(output_file_name); -@z -@x module 1261 -set_font:begin print("select font "); print(font_name[chr_code]); -@y -set_font:begin print("select font "); slow_print(font_name[chr_code]); -@z -@x module 1280 -print(s); update_terminal; -@y -slow_print(s); update_terminal; -@z -@x module 1283 -begin print_err(s); -@y -begin print_err(""); slow_print(s); -@z -@x module 1328 -print(w_make_name_string(fmt_file)); flush_string; -print_nl(format_ident) -@y -slow_print(w_make_name_string(fmt_file)); flush_string; -print_nl(""); slow_print(format_ident) -@z -@x module 1333 - print(log_name); print_char("."); -@y - slow_print(log_name); print_char("."); -@z -@x module 1339 -10: print(n); -@y -10: slow_print(n); -@z - -397. Retain more right context for reconstructing ligatures (19 Sep 91) -@x module 892 -@!l_hyf,@!r_hyf:integer; {limits on fragment sizes} -@y -@!l_hyf,@!r_hyf:integer; {limits on fragment sizes} -@!hyf_bchar:halfword; {boundary character after $c_n$} -@z -@x module 897 - c:=qo(character(s)); -@y - hyf_bchar:=character(s); c:=qo(hyf_bchar); -@z -@x module 897 again - s:=link(s); -@y - s:=link(s); hyf_bchar:=non_char; -@z -@x module 898 -j:=hn; q:=lig_ptr(s); -@y -j:=hn; q:=lig_ptr(s);@+if q>null then hyf_bchar:=character(q); -@z -@x module 903 -q:=link(hb); link(hb):=null; r:=link(ha); link(ha):=null; bchar:=non_char; -@y -q:=link(hb); link(hb):=null; r:=link(ha); link(ha):=null; bchar:=hyf_bchar; -@z - -398. Patch the previous code, which could cause double kerning (CET1, 29 Sep 91) -@x module 897 - hb:=s; incr(hn); hu[hn]:=c; hc[hn]:=lc_code(c); - end - else if type(s)=ligature_node then - @<Move the characters of a ligature node to |hu| and |hc|; - but |goto done3| if they are not all letters@> - else if (type(s)<>kern_node)or(subtype(s)<>normal) then goto done3; - s:=link(s); hyf_bchar:=non_char; -@y - hb:=s; incr(hn); hu[hn]:=c; hc[hn]:=lc_code(c); hyf_bchar:=non_char; - end - else if type(s)=ligature_node then - @<Move the characters of a ligature node to |hu| and |hc|; - but |goto done3| if they are not all letters@> - else if (type(s)=kern_node)and(subtype(s)=normal) then hb:=s - else goto done3; - s:=link(s); -@z -@x module 898 -hb:=s; hn:=j; -@y -hb:=s; hn:=j; -if odd(subtype(s)) then hyf_bchar:=font_bchar[hf]@+else hyf_bchar:=non_char; -@z -@x module 903 -if not is_char_node(hb) then - if type(hb)=ligature_node then if odd(subtype(hb)) then - bchar:=font_bchar[hf]; -@y -@z - -399. Disallow \setbox in do_assignments (problem found by Robert Hunt, Nov 91) -@x module 76 -@!deletions_allowed:boolean; {is it safe for |error| to call |get_token|?} -@y -@!deletions_allowed:boolean; {is it safe for |error| to call |get_token|?} -@!set_box_allowed:boolean; {is it safe to do a \.{\\setbox} assignment?} -@z -@x module 77 -deletions_allowed:=true; error_count:=0; {|history| is initialized elsewhere} -@y -deletions_allowed:=true; set_box_allowed:=true; -error_count:=0; {|history| is initialized elsewhere} -@z -@x module 1241 - scan_optional_equals; scan_box(box_flag+n); -@y - if set_box_allowed then scan_box(box_flag+n) - else begin print_err("Improper "); print_esc("setbox"); -@.Improper \\setbox@> - help2("Sorry, \setbox is not allowed after \halign in a display,")@/ - ("or between \accent and an accented character."); error; - end; -@z -@x module 1270 - prefixed_command; -@y - set_box_allowed:=false; prefixed_command; set_box_allowed:=true; -@z - -400. Defend against negative cur_mu (Wayne Sullivan, Nov 91) -@x module 716 -begin n:=x_over_n(m,@'200000); f:=remainder;@/ -@y -begin n:=x_over_n(m,@'200000); f:=remainder;@/ -if f<0 then - begin decr(n); f:=f+@'200000; - end; -@z -@x module 717 - begin n:=x_over_n(m,@'200000); f:=remainder;@/ -@y - begin n:=x_over_n(m,@'200000); f:=remainder;@/ - if f<0 then - begin decr(n); f:=f+@'200000; - end; -@z - -401. Defend against `|}{|' in |\read| (Michael Downes). -@x module 483 - store_new_token(cur_tok); -@y - if align_state<1000000 then {unmatched `\.\}' aborts the line} - begin repeat get_token; until cur_tok=0; - align_state:=1000000; goto done; - end; - store_new_token(cur_tok); -@z - -402. Economize string storage under multiple \font defs (B. Jackowski) -@x module 1257 -@!old_setting:0..max_selector; {holds |selector| setting} -@y -@!old_setting:0..max_selector; {holds |selector| setting} -@!flushable_string:str_number; {string not yet referenced} -@z -@x module 1260 -for f:=font_base+1 to font_ptr do - if str_eq_str(font_name[f],cur_name)and str_eq_str(font_area[f],cur_area) then - begin if s>0 then -@y -flushable_string:=str_ptr-1; -for f:=font_base+1 to font_ptr do - if str_eq_str(font_name[f],cur_name)and str_eq_str(font_area[f],cur_area) then - begin if cur_name=flushable_string then - begin flush_string; cur_name:=font_name[f]; - end; - if s>0 then -@z - -403. Don't look for \newlinechar within unprintable chars (B. Raichle, Nov 91) -@x module 59 -var j:pool_pointer; {current character code position} -@y -var j:pool_pointer; {current character code position} -@!nl:integer; {new-line character to restore} -@z -@x - else if selector>pseudo then - begin print_char(s); return; {internal strings are not expanded} - end - else if (@<Character |s| is the current new-line character@>) then - if selector<pseudo then - begin print_ln; return; - end; -@y - else begin if selector>pseudo then - begin print_char(s); return; {internal strings are not expanded} - end; - if (@<Character |s| is the current new-line character@>) then - if selector<pseudo then - begin print_ln; return; - end; - nl:=new_line_char; new_line_char:=-1; - {temporarily disable new-line character} - j:=str_start[s]; - while j<str_start[s+1] do - begin print_char(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); - end; - new_line_char:=nl; return; - end; -@z -@x module 60 -label exit; -var j:pool_pointer; {current character code position} -begin if s>=str_ptr then s:="???" {this can't happen} -@.???@> -else if s<256 then - if s<0 then s:="???" {can't happen} - else if selector>pseudo then - begin print_char(s); return; {internal strings are not expanded} - end - else if (@<Character |s| is the current new-line character@>) then - if selector<pseudo then - begin print_ln; return; - end; -j:=str_start[s]; -while j<str_start[s+1] do - begin print(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); - end; -exit:end; -label exit; -var j:pool_pointer; {current character code position} -begin if s>=str_ptr then s:="???" {this can't happen} -@.???@> -else if s<256 then - if s<0 then s:="???" {can't happen} - else if selector>pseudo then - begin print_char(s); return; {internal strings are not expanded} - end - else if (@<Character |s| is the current new-line character@>) then - if selector<pseudo then - begin print_ln; return; - end; -j:=str_start[s]; -while j<str_start[s+1] do - begin print(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); - end; -exit:end; -@y -var j:pool_pointer; {current character code position} -begin if (s>=str_ptr) or (s<256) then print(s) -else begin j:=str_start[s]; - while j<str_start[s+1] do - begin print(so(str_pool[j])); incr(j); - end; - end; -end; -@z - -404. False boundary character logic was incorrect (found by Eberhard - Mattes and Bernd Raichle, 6 Feb 92) -@x module 1036 -cur_q:=tail; cur_l:=cur_r; {or |character(lig_stack)|} -@y the following is needed since cur_r might have been changed to non_char -cur_q:=tail; cur_l:=character(lig_stack); -@z - -405. New paragraph and resume-after-display should continue current - \language (Sch\"opf and Thompson, 17 July 92) -@@@ Undo the changes to modules 212, 213, 215 in change number 373. -@x module 218 - if m=hmode then@+if(nest[p].lhm_field<>2)or(nest[p].rhm_field<>3)then - begin print(" (hyphenmin "); print_int(nest[p].lhm_field); print_char(","); - print_int(nest[p].rhm_field); print_char(")"); - end; -@y - if m=hmode then if (nest[p].pg_field <> @'40600000) then - begin print(" (language"); print_int(nest[p].pg_field mod @'200000); - print(":hyphenmin"); print_int(nest[p].pg_field div @'20000000); - print_char(","); print_int((nest[p].pg_field div @'200000) mod @'100); - print_char(")"); - end; -@z -@x module 816 -pop_nest; -@y prev_graf now carries the language parameters at start of horizontal mode -init_cur_lang:=prev_graf mod @'200000; -init_l_hyf:=prev_graf div @'20000000; -init_r_hyf:=(prev_graf div @'200000) mod @'100; -pop_nest; -@z -@x module 891 -l_hyf:=lhmin; r_hyf:=rhmin; cur_lang:=0; -@y -cur_lang:=init_cur_lang; l_hyf:=init_l_hyf; r_hyf:=init_r_hyf; -@z -@x module 892 -@!cur_lang:ASCII_code; {current hyphenation table of interest} -@!l_hyf,@!r_hyf:integer; {limits on fragment sizes} -@y -@!cur_lang,@!init_cur_lang:ASCII_code; {current hyphenation table of interest} -@!l_hyf,@!r_hyf,@!init_l_hyf,@!init_r_hyf:integer; {limits on fragment sizes} -@z -@x module 1091 -lhmin:=norm_min(left_hyphen_min); rhmin:=norm_min(right_hyphen_min); -push_nest; mode:=hmode; space_factor:=1000; clang:=0;@/ -@y -push_nest; mode:=hmode; space_factor:=1000; set_cur_lang; clang:=cur_lang; -prev_graf:=(norm_min(left_hyphen_min)*@'100+norm_min(right_hyphen_min)) - *@'200000+cur_lang; -@z -@x module 1200 -push_nest; mode:=hmode; space_factor:=1000; clang:=0; -@y -push_nest; mode:=hmode; space_factor:=1000; set_cur_lang; clang:=cur_lang; -prev_graf:=(norm_min(left_hyphen_min)*@'100+norm_min(right_hyphen_min)) - *@'200000+cur_lang; -@z - -406. Avoid (harmless) range errors (Philip Taylor and CET1, 17 Dec 92). -@x module 934 -var n:small_number; {length of current word} -@!j:small_number; {an index into |hc|} -@y -var n:0..64; {length of current word; not always a |small_number|} -@!j:0..64; {an index into |hc|} -@z -@x module 960 -var k,@!l:small_number; {indices into |hc| and |hyf|} -@y -var k,@!l:0..64; {indices into |hc| and |hyf|; - not always in |small_number| range} -@z - -407. Kerns inserted via boundary chars should not disappear (William E. Baxter, - 25 Feb 93) -@x module 837 -Kern nodes for accents are treated specially: They do not -disappear at a line break. -@y -Kern nodes do not disappear at a line break unless they are |explicit|. -@z -@x ibid - math_node,kern_node: if subtype(s)=acc_kern then goto done - else break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-width(s); -@y - math_node: break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-width(s); - kern_node: if subtype(s)<>explicit then goto done - else break_width[1]:=break_width[1]-width(s); -@z -@x module 839 -plus $l_1$, so the length from |cur_p| to |cur_p| should be $\gamma+l_0+l_1-l$, -minus the length of nodes that will be discarded after the discretionary break. -@y (this change and the next two should have been made long ago, with #376!) -plus $l_1$, so the length from |cur_p| to |cur_p| should be $\gamma+l_0+l_1-l$. -If the post-break text of the discretionary is empty, a break may also -discard~|q|; in that unusual case we subtract the length of~|q| and any -other nodes that will be discarded after the discretionary break. -@z -@x module 840 - begin @<Add the width of node |s| to |break_width| and increase |t|, - unless it's discardable@>; - s:=link(s); - end; -break_width[1]:=break_width[1]+disc_width; -if t=0 then s:=link(v); {more nodes may also be discardable after the break} -@y - begin @<Add the width of node |s| to |break_width|@>; - s:=link(s); - end; -break_width[1]:=break_width[1]+disc_width; -if post_break(cur_p)=null then s:=link(v); - {nodes may be discardable after the break} -@z -@x module 842 (which now has a new title) - hlist_node,vlist_node,rule_node:break_width[1]:=break_width[1]+width(s); - kern_node: if (t=0)and(subtype(s)<>acc_kern) then t:=-1 {discardable} - othercases confusion("disc2") -@:this can't happen disc2}{\quad disc2@> - endcases; -incr(t) -@y - hlist_node,vlist_node,rule_node,kern_node: - break_width[1]:=break_width[1]+width(s); - othercases confusion("disc2") -@:this can't happen disc2}{\quad disc2@> - endcases -@z -@x module 866 -kern_node: kern_break; -@y -kern_node: if subtype(cur_p)=explicit then kern_break - else act_width:=act_width+width(cur_p); -@z -@x module 868 - else if precedes_break(prev_p) then try_break(0,unhyphenated); -@y - else if precedes_break(prev_p) then try_break(0,unhyphenated) - else if (type(prev_p)=kern_node)and(subtype(prev_p)<>explicit) then - try_break(0,unhyphenated); -@z -@x module 879 - if subtype(q)=acc_kern then if type(q)=kern_node then goto done1; -@y - if type(q)=kern_node then if subtype(q)<>explicit then goto done1; -@z - -408. Prevent boundary kern from disappearing after hyphenation (25 Feb 93) -@x module 897 - else if (type(s)=kern_node)and(subtype(s)=normal) then hb:=s -@y - else if (type(s)=kern_node)and(subtype(s)=normal) then - begin hb:=s; - hyf_bchar:=font_bchar[hf]; - end -@z - -409. Avoid potential future bug [P Breitenlohner] (26 Jun 93) -@x module 628 [shift_amount(leader_box)=0 now but maybe not in extensions] -dvi_v:=save_v; dvi_h:=save_h; cur_v:=save_v; -@y -dvi_v:=save_v; dvi_h:=save_h; cur_v:=base_line; -@z -@x module 637 -dvi_v:=save_v; dvi_h:=save_h; cur_h:=save_h; -@y -dvi_v:=save_v; dvi_h:=save_h; cur_h:=left_edge; -@z - -410. Mustn't let |non-address| depend on |font_mem_size| -@x module 549 -@d non_address==font_mem_size {a spurious |font_index|} -@y -@d non_address=0 {a spurious |bchar_label|} -@z -@x module 916 -if bchar_label[hf]<non_address then {put left boundary at beginning of new line} -@y -if bchar_label[hf]<>non_address then {put left boundary at beginning of new line} -@z -@x module 1323, this will detect obsolete format files -undump(0)(font_mem_size)(bchar_label[k]); -@y -undump(0)(fmem_ptr-1)(bchar_label[k]); -@z - -411. Allow large |font_mem_size|, many font parameters. -@x module 549 -@!font_params:array[internal_font_number] of halfword; {how many font -@y -@!font_params:array[internal_font_number] of font_index; {how many font -@z - -412. Math kerns are explicit; this matters, after change 405 (W Carlip, Sep 94) -@x module 717 - width(p):=mu_mult(width(p)); subtype(p):=normal; -@y - width(p):=mu_mult(width(p)); subtype(p):=explicit; -@z - -413. Avoid overflow on real-to-integer conversion -@x module 619 -@!edge:scaled; {left edge of sub-box, or right edge of leader space} -@y -@!edge:scaled; {left edge of sub-box, or right edge of leader space} -@!glue_temp:real; {glue value before rounding} -@z -@x module 625 -@ @<Move right or output leaders@>= -begin g:=glue_ptr(p); rule_wd:=width(g); -if g_sign<>normal then - begin if g_sign=stretching then - begin if stretch_order(g)=g_order then - rule_wd:=rule_wd+round(float(glue_set(this_box))*stretch(g)); -@^real multiplication@> - end - else begin if shrink_order(g)=g_order then - rule_wd:=rule_wd-round(float(glue_set(this_box))*shrink(g)); -@y -@ @d vet_glue(#)== glue_temp:=#; - if glue_temp>float_constant(1000000000) then - glue_temp:=float_constant(1000000000) - else if glue_temp<-float_constant(1000000000) then - glue_temp:=-float_constant(1000000000) - -@<Move right or output leaders@>= -begin g:=glue_ptr(p); rule_wd:=width(g); -if g_sign<>normal then - begin if g_sign=stretching then - begin if stretch_order(g)=g_order then - begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*stretch(g)); -@^real multiplication@> - rule_wd:=rule_wd+round(glue_temp); - end; - end - else if shrink_order(g)=g_order then - begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*shrink(g)); - rule_wd:=rule_wd-round(glue_temp); -@z -@x module 629 -@!edge:scaled; {bottom boundary of leader space} -@y -@!edge:scaled; {bottom boundary of leader space} -@!glue_temp:real; {glue value before rounding} -@z -@x module 634 - rule_ht:=rule_ht+round(float(glue_set(this_box))*stretch(g)); -@^real multiplication@> - end - else begin if shrink_order(g)=g_order then - rule_ht:=rule_ht-round(float(glue_set(this_box))*shrink(g)); -@y - begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*stretch(g)); -@^real multiplication@> - rule_ht:=rule_ht+round(glue_temp); - end; - end - else if shrink_order(g)=g_order then - begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*shrink(g)); - rule_ht:=rule_ht-round(glue_temp); -@z - -414. final cleanup should not retain spurious reference counts (20 Mar 95) -@x module 1335 -while open_parens>0 do -@y -while input_ptr>0 do - if state=token_list then end_token_list@+else end_file_reading; -while open_parens>0 do -@z -@x module 1335, continued - cur_if:=subtype(cond_ptr); cond_ptr:=link(cond_ptr); -@y - cur_if:=subtype(cond_ptr); temp_ptr:=cond_ptr; - cond_ptr:=link(cond_ptr); free_node(temp_ptr,if_node_size); -@z -@x module 1335, concluded - begin @!init store_fmt_file; return;@+tini@/ -@y - begin @!init for c:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do - if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]); - store_fmt_file; return;@+tini@/ -@z - -415. we need not raise hassles about two-digit years (23 Nov 98) -@x module 1328 -print_int(year mod 100); print_char("."); -@y -print_int(year); print_char("."); -@z - -416. \xleaders often drops the final box (Hiroshi Nakashima, 12 July 99) -@x modules 627 and 636 - else begin lx:=(2*lr+lq+1) div (2*lq+2); {round|(lr/(lq+1))|} -@y - else begin lx:=lr div (lq+1); -@z - -417. disallow 100000 unbalanced }s outside of alignment (Ralf Roth, 30 Aug 01) -@x module 789 -to another alignment is being scanned. - -@<Insert the \(v)\<v_j>...@>= -begin if scanner_status=aligning then -@y -to another alignment is being scanned, or when no alignment preamble is active. - -@<Insert the \(v)\<v_j>...@>= -begin if (scanner_status=aligning) or (cur_align=null) then -@z - -418. don't allow end-template except at end of template (Roth, 30 Aug 01) -@x module 325 -while (state=token_list)and(loc=null) do end_token_list; {conserve stack space} -@y -while (state=token_list)and(loc=null)and(token_type<>v_template) do - end_token_list; {conserve stack space} -@z -@x module 390 -while (state=token_list)and(loc=null) do end_token_list; {conserve stack space} -@y -while (state=token_list)and(loc=null)and(token_type<>v_template) do - end_token_list; {conserve stack space} -@z -@x module 1131 -during an entire alignment, until |fin_align| removes it. - -@<Declare act...@>= -procedure do_endv; -begin if cur_group=align_group then -@y -during an entire alignment, until |fin_align| removes it. - -A devious user might force an |endv| command to occur just about anywhere; -we must defeat such hacks. - -@<Declare act...@>= -procedure do_endv; -begin base_ptr:=input_ptr; input_stack[base_ptr]:=cur_input; -while (input_stack[base_ptr].index_field<>v_template) and - (input_stack[base_ptr].loc_field=null) and - (input_stack[base_ptr].state_field=token_list) do decr(base_ptr); -if (input_stack[base_ptr].index_field<>v_template) or - (input_stack[base_ptr].loc_field<>null) or - (input_stack[base_ptr].state_field<>token_list) then - fatal_error("(interwoven alignment preambles are not allowed)"); -@.interwoven alignment preambles...@> - if cur_group=align_group then -@z - -419. Improve rounding of glue during output. -@x module 3 -@!@^dirty \PASCAL@> -@y -@!@^dirty \PASCAL@> - -Incidentally, \PASCAL's standard |round| function can be problematical, -because it disagrees with the IEEE floating-point standard. -Many implementors have -therefore chosen to substitute their own home-grown rounding procedure. -@z -@x module 619 -begin this_box:=temp_ptr; g_order:=glue_order(this_box); -@y -@!cur_glue:real; {glue seen so far} -@!cur_g:scaled; {rounded equivalent of |cur_glue| times the glue ratio} -begin cur_g:=0; cur_glue:=float_constant(0); -this_box:=temp_ptr; g_order:=glue_order(this_box); -@z -@x module 625 -begin g:=glue_ptr(p); rule_wd:=width(g); -if g_sign<>normal then - begin if g_sign=stretching then - begin if stretch_order(g)=g_order then - begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*stretch(g)); -@^real multiplication@> - rule_wd:=rule_wd+round(glue_temp); - end; - end - else if shrink_order(g)=g_order then - begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*shrink(g)); - rule_wd:=rule_wd-round(glue_temp); - end; - end; -@y -begin g:=glue_ptr(p); rule_wd:=width(g)-cur_g; -if g_sign<>normal then - begin if g_sign=stretching then - begin if stretch_order(g)=g_order then - begin cur_glue:=cur_glue+stretch(g); - vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*cur_glue); -@^real multiplication@> - cur_g:=round(glue_temp); - end; - end - else if shrink_order(g)=g_order then - begin cur_glue:=cur_glue-shrink(g); - vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*cur_glue); - cur_g:=round(glue_temp); - end; - end; -rule_wd:=rule_wd+cur_g; -@z -@x module 629 -begin this_box:=temp_ptr; g_order:=glue_order(this_box); -@y -@!cur_glue:real; {glue seen so far} -@!cur_g:scaled; {rounded equivalent of |cur_glue| times the glue ratio} -begin cur_g:=0; cur_glue:=float_constant(0); -this_box:=temp_ptr; g_order:=glue_order(this_box); -@z -@x module 634 -begin g:=glue_ptr(p); rule_ht:=width(g); -if g_sign<>normal then - begin if g_sign=stretching then - begin if stretch_order(g)=g_order then - begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*stretch(g)); -@^real multiplication@> - rule_ht:=rule_ht+round(glue_temp); - end; - end - else if shrink_order(g)=g_order then - begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*shrink(g)); - rule_ht:=rule_ht-round(glue_temp); - end; - end; -@y -begin g:=glue_ptr(p); rule_ht:=width(g)-cur_g; -if g_sign<>normal then - begin if g_sign=stretching then - begin if stretch_order(g)=g_order then - begin cur_glue:=cur_glue+stretch(g); - vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*cur_glue); -@^real multiplication@> - cur_g:=round(glue_temp); - end; - end - else if shrink_order(g)=g_order then - begin cur_glue:=cur_glue-shrink(g); - vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*cur_glue); - cur_g:=round(glue_temp); - end; - end; -rule_ht:=rule_ht+cur_g; -@z - -420. Error recovery hindered by missing goto statement (reported by -David Fuchs, September 2007) - -@x module 395 -incr(align_state); long_state:=call; cur_tok:=par_token; ins_error; -@y -incr(align_state); long_state:=call; cur_tok:=par_token; ins_error; -goto continue; -@z - -421. Slight improvement to inner loop speed also eliminates a case -of "dirty Pascal" - -@x module 1035 - begin if character(tail)=qi(hyphen_char[main_f]) then if link(cur_q)>null then -@y - begin if link(cur_q)>null then - if character(tail)=qi(hyphen_char[main_f]) then ins_disc:=true; -@z - -422. Amendment to bugfix 414 (reported by David Fuchs, September 2007) - -@x module 1335 - store_fmt_file; return;@+tini@/ -@y - if last_glue<>max_halfword then delete_glue_ref(last_glue); - store_fmt_file; return;@+tini@/ -@z - -423. Remove leaking glue reference after error (DRF, September 2007) - -@x module 1236 - help2("I can't carry out that multiplication or division,")@/ - ("since the result is out of range."); -@y - help2("I can't carry out that multiplication or division,")@/ - ("since the result is out of range."); - if p>=glue_val then delete_glue_ref(cur_val); -@z - -424. Leaders with muglue is henceforth disallowed (indeed, David Fuchs -observed that it has never worked, except in 180pt fonts!) - -@x module 1078 -if ((cur_cmd=hskip)and(abs(mode)<>vmode))or@| - ((cur_cmd=vskip)and(abs(mode)=vmode))or@| - ((cur_cmd=mskip)and(abs(mode)=mmode)) then -@y -if ((cur_cmd=hskip)and(abs(mode)<>vmode))or@| - ((cur_cmd=vskip)and(abs(mode)=vmode)) then -@z - -425. An optimization suggested by Fuchs that I couldn't resist, because -it improves the inner loop whenever the last letter of a word -has a lig/kern program. Also another twiddle for the inner loop. - -@x module 1039 -if char_tag(main_i)<>lig_tag then goto main_loop_wrapup; -@y -if char_tag(main_i)<>lig_tag then goto main_loop_wrapup; -if cur_r=non_char then goto main_loop_wrapup; -@z -@x module 1036 -tail_append(lig_stack) {|main_loop_lookahead| is next} -@y -link(tail):=lig_stack; tail:=lig_stack {|main_loop_lookahead| is next} -@z - -426. For robustness, enforce a restriction checked by TFtoPL (suggested -by DRF) - -@x module 365 -if lf<>6+lh+(ec-bc+1)+nw+nh+nd+ni+nl+nk+ne+np then abort; -@y -if lf<>6+lh+(ec-bc+1)+nw+nh+nd+ni+nl+nk+ne+np then abort; -if (nw=0)or(nh=0)or(nd=0)or(ni=0) then abort; -@z - -427. Tell more precisely the effective size of 1:1 insertions (DEK, 27 Feb 08) - -@x module 986 - t:=x_over_n(height(r),1000)*count(t); print_scaled(t); -@y - if count(t)=1000 then t:=height(r) - else t:=x_over_n(height(r),1000)*count(t); - print_scaled(t); -@z - -428. \csname\endcsname should be followed by space in print_cs, just as all -other multiletter control sequences are (found by Oleg Bulatov, 14 Sep 2008) - -@x module 262 - begin print_esc("csname"); print_esc("endcsname"); -@y - begin print_esc("csname"); print_esc("endcsname"); print_char(" "); -@z - -429. Don't echo error message to terminal when tracing paragraphs -(Udo Wermuth, 15 January 2017) -@x module 826 - begin no_shrink_error_yet:=false; -@y - begin no_shrink_error_yet:=false; - @!stat if tracing_paragraphs>0 then end_diagnostic(true);@+tats@; -@z -@x - error; -@y - error; - @!stat if tracing_paragraphs>0 then begin_diagnostic;@+tats@; -@z - -430. Defeat interactions during batch mode (Xiaosa Zhang, 27 June 2020) -@x module 83 -@ @<Get user's advice...@>= -loop@+begin continue: clear_for_error_prompt; prompt_input("? "); -@y -@ @<Get user's advice...@>= -loop@+begin continue: if interaction<>error_stop_mode then return; - clear_for_error_prompt; prompt_input("? "); -@z - -431. Don't exit to editor if no input file is at the bottom line -(Xiaosa Zhang, 03 July 2020) -@x module 84 -"E": if base_ptr>0 then -@y -"E": if base_ptr>0 then if input_stack[base_ptr].name_field>=256 then -@z -@x module 85 -if base_ptr>0 then print("E to edit your file,"); -@y -if base_ptr>0 then if input_stack[base_ptr].name_field>=256 then - print("E to edit your file,"); -@z - -432. Keep date and time in system variables, use them in opening banner -(Udo Wermuth, 11 December 2020) -@x module 241 -Since standard \PASCAL\ cannot provide such information, something special -is needed. The program here simply specifies July 4, 1776, at noon; but -users probably want a better approximation to the truth. - -@p procedure fix_date_and_time; -begin time:=12*60; {minutes since midnight} -day:=4; {fourth day of the month} -month:=7; {seventh month of the year} -year:=1776; {Anno Domini} -@y -Since standard \PASCAL\ cannot provide such information, something special -is needed. The program here simply assumes that suitable values appear in -the global variables \\{sys\_time}, \\{sys\_day}, \\{sys\_month}, and -\\{sys\_year} (which are initialized to noon on 4 July 1776, -in case the implementor is careless). - -@p procedure fix_date_and_time; -begin sys_time:=12*60; -sys_day:=4; sys_month:=7; sys_year:=1776; {self-evident truths} -time:=sys_time; {minutes since midnight} -day:=sys_day; {day of the month} -month:=sys_month; {month of the year} -year:=sys_year; {Anno Domini} -@z -@x module 246 -@ Of course we had better declare another global variable, if the previous -routines are going to work. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!old_setting:0..max_selector; -@y -@ Of course we had better declare a few more global variables, if the previous -routines are going to work. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!old_setting:0..max_selector; -@!sys_time,@!sys_day,@!sys_month,@!sys_year:integer; - {date and time supplied by external system} -@z -@x module 536 -print_int(day); print_char(" "); -months:='JANFEBMARAPRMAYJUNJULAUGSEPOCTNOVDEC'; -for k:=3*month-2 to 3*month do wlog(months[k]); -print_char(" "); print_int(year); print_char(" "); -print_two(time div 60); print_char(":"); print_two(time mod 60); -@y -print_int(sys_day); print_char(" "); -months:='JANFEBMARAPRMAYJUNJULAUGSEPOCTNOVDEC'; -for k:=3*sys_month-2 to 3*sys_month do wlog(months[k]); -print_char(" "); print_int(sys_year); print_char(" "); -print_two(sys_time div 60); print_char(":"); print_two(sys_time mod 60); -@z - -433. After nine parameters, delete both # and the token that follows -(Bruno Le Floch, 22 October 2020) -@x module 473 -label found,done,done1,done2; -@y -label found,continue,done,done1,done2; -@z -@x module 474 -begin loop begin get_token; {set |cur_cmd|, |cur_chr|, |cur_tok|} -@y -begin loop begin continue: get_token; {set |cur_cmd|, |cur_chr|, |cur_tok|} -@z -@x module 476 - help1("I'm going to ignore the # sign you just used."); error; -@y - help2("I'm going to ignore the # sign you just used,")@/ - ("as well as the token that followed it."); error; goto continue; -@z - -434. Don't accept an implicit left brace after # in macro head -(Udo Wermuth, 20 May 2020) -@x module 476 -if cur_cmd=left_brace then -@y -if cur_tok<left_brace_limit then -@z - -435. Keep garbage out of the buffer if a |\read| end unexpectedly -(DRF, 17 February 2018) -@x module 486 - align_state:=1000000; error; -@y - align_state:=1000000; limit:=0; error; -@z - -436. Zero out nonexistent chars, to prevent rogue TFM files -(DRF, 06 October 2020) -@x module 722 - math_type(a):=empty; -@y - math_type(a):=empty; cur_i:=null_character; -@z - -437. Don't classify fraction noads as inner noads (DRF, 25 March 2019) -@x module 761 -fraction_noad: begin t:=inner_noad; s:=fraction_noad_size; - end; -@y -fraction_noad: s:=fraction_noad_size; -@z - -438. Properly identify tabskip glue when tracing repeated templates -(Igor Liferenko, 10 January 2020) -@x module 793 -link(p):=new_glue(glue_ptr(cur_loop)); -@y -link(p):=new_glue(glue_ptr(cur_loop)); -subtype(link(p)):=tab_skip_code+1; -@z - -439. Use the correct range for local variable hn (DRF, 31 October 2020) -@x module 892 -@!hn:small_number; {the number of positions occupied in |hc|} -@y -@!hn:0..64; {the number of positions occupied in |hc|; - not always a |small_number|} -@z - -440. Normalize newlinechar when printing the final stats -(Udo Wermuth, 29 November 2020) -@x module 1333 -begin @<Finish the extensions@>; -@y -begin @<Finish the extensions@>; new_line_char:=-1; -@z -@x module 1335 -begin c:=cur_chr; -@y -begin c:=cur_chr; if c<>1 then new_line_char:=-1; -@z - ------------ -999. The absolutely final change (to be made after my death) -@x module 2 -@d banner=='This is TeX, Version 3.141592653' {printed when \TeX\ starts} -@y -@d banner=='This is TeX, Version $\pi$' {printed when \TeX\ starts} -@z -When this change is made, the corresponding line should be changed in -Volume B, and also on page 23 of The TeXbook. -My last will and testament for TeX is that no further changes be made -under any circumstances. Improved systems should not be called simply `TeX'; -that name, unqualified, should refer only to the program for which I have -taken personal responsibility. -- Don Knuth - - * Possibly nice ideas that will not be implemented - -. classes of marks analogous to classes of insertions - -. \showcontext to show the current location without stopping for error - -. \show commands to be less like errors - -. \everyeof to insert tokens before an \input file ends - (strange example: \everyeof{\noexpand} will allow things - like \xdef\a{\input foo}!) - -. generalize \leftskip and \rightskip to token lists (problems with - displayed math then) - -. generalize \widowline and \clubline to go further into a paragraph - -. \lastbox to remove and box a charnode if one is there - -. \lastbox to set a new quantity \lastboxshift, to preserve info now lost - -. \posttolerance for third pass of line breaking - -* Design errors that are too late to fix - -. additional parameters should be in symbol fonts to govern the space between - rules and text in \over, \sqrt, etc. - -. multilingual typesetting doesn't work properly when the \lccode changes - within a paragraph - -. large accents cannot be brought close to small letters in math mode - -. \hyphenation is not sensitive to \language - -* Bad ideas that will not be implemented - -. several people want to be able to remove arbitrary elements of lists, - but that must never be done because some of those elements (e.g. kerns - for accents) depend on floating point arithmetic - -. if anybody wants letter spacing desperately they should put it in their own - private version (e.g. generalize the hpack routine) and NOT call it TeX. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vftovp-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vftovp-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a800bffff72 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vftovp-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vftovp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vftovp.pdf Binary files differindex 21ad7e1dc02..b284a6f6bea 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vftovp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vftovp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vptovf-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vptovf-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49b6d717e03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vptovf-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vptovf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vptovf.pdf Binary files differindex 57343b64dd7..53c70c0b31f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vptovf.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/etc/vptovf.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/index.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b0dc7c3544f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="" xml:lang=""> +<head> + <meta charset="utf-8" /> + <meta name="generator" content="pandoc" /> + <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes" /> + <title>C/WEB programs in “TeX Live 2021”</title> + <style> + html { + line-height: 1.5; + font-family: Georgia, serif; + font-size: 20px; + color: #1a1a1a; + background-color: #fdfdfd; + } + body { + margin: 0 auto; + max-width: 36em; + padding-left: 50px; + padding-right: 50px; + padding-top: 50px; + padding-bottom: 50px; + hyphens: auto; + word-wrap: break-word; + text-rendering: optimizeLegibility; + font-kerning: normal; + } + @media (max-width: 600px) { + body { + font-size: 0.9em; + padding: 1em; + } + } + @media print { + body { + background-color: transparent; + color: black; + font-size: 12pt; + } + p, h2, h3 { + orphans: 3; + widows: 3; + } + h2, h3, h4 { + page-break-after: avoid; + } + } + p { + margin: 1em 0; + } + a { + color: #1a1a1a; + } + a:visited { + color: #1a1a1a; + } + img { + max-width: 100%; + } + h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { + margin-top: 1.4em; + } + h5, h6 { + font-size: 1em; + font-style: italic; + } + h6 { + font-weight: normal; + } + ol, ul { + padding-left: 1.7em; + margin-top: 1em; + } + li > ol, li > ul { + margin-top: 0; + } + blockquote { + margin: 1em 0 1em 1.7em; + padding-left: 1em; + border-left: 2px solid #e6e6e6; + color: #606060; + } + code { + font-family: Menlo, Monaco, 'Lucida Console', Consolas, monospace; + font-size: 85%; + margin: 0; + } + pre { + margin: 1em 0; + overflow: auto; + } + pre code { + padding: 0; + overflow: visible; + } + .sourceCode { + background-color: transparent; + overflow: visible; + } + hr { + background-color: #1a1a1a; + border: none; + height: 1px; + margin: 1em 0; + } + table { + margin: 1em 0; + border-collapse: collapse; + width: 100%; + overflow-x: auto; + display: block; + font-variant-numeric: lining-nums tabular-nums; + } + table caption { + margin-bottom: 0.75em; + } + tbody { + margin-top: 0.5em; + border-top: 1px solid #1a1a1a; + border-bottom: 1px solid #1a1a1a; + } + th { + border-top: 1px solid #1a1a1a; + padding: 0.25em 0.5em 0.25em 0.5em; + } + td { + padding: 0.125em 0.5em 0.25em 0.5em; + } + header { + margin-bottom: 4em; + text-align: center; + } + #TOC li { + list-style: none; + } + #TOC a:not(:hover) { + text-decoration: none; + } + code{white-space: pre-wrap;} + span.smallcaps{font-variant: small-caps;} + span.underline{text-decoration: underline;} + div.column{display: inline-block; vertical-align: top; width: 50%;} + div.hanging-indent{margin-left: 1.5em; text-indent: -1.5em;} + ul.task-list{list-style: none;} + .display.math{display: block; text-align: center; margin: 0.5rem auto;} + </style> + <!--[if lt IE 9]> + <script src="//cdnjs.cloudflare.com/ajax/libs/html5shiv/3.7.3/html5shiv-printshiv.min.js"></script> + <![endif]--> +</head> +<body> +<header id="title-block-header"> +<h1 class="title">C/WEB programs in “TeX Live 2021”</h1> +</header> +<h2 id="introduction">Introduction</h2> +<p>Welcome to “All Things <code>WEB</code>” in “TeX Live.”</p> +<p>Here you find the documented source code of all major <code>WEB</code> and <code>CWEB</code> programs in readable format. The “named” entries represent the unmodified base sources, the attached “<code>chg</code>” links point to “only the changed sections (or modules),” so you may want to study these pairs in parallel. Care has been taken to keep the section numbers for the main parts intact.</p> +<p>Note that all <code>WEB</code> programs are mogrified from Pascal code to C code before compilation, so further modifications and amendments will occur “for the real thing,” i.e., the production of the executable <code>WEB</code> programs. (The <code>CWEB</code> programs do not require these extra modifications, they get linked directly to the external runtime environment.)</p> +<p>If you believe to have found anything that remains technically, historically, typographically, or politically incorrect, please notify the maintainers on <a href="mailto:tex-k@tug.org">the tex-k mailing list</a>.</p> +<h2 id="canonical-knuthian-web-programs">Canonical Knuthian WEB programs</h2> +<ul> +<li><p><code>etc/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="etc/vftovp.pdf"><code>VFtoVP</code></a> <sub><a href="etc/vftovp-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="etc/vptovf.pdf"><code>VPtoVF</code></a> <sub><a href="etc/vptovf-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <span>]</span></p></li> +<li><p><code>mf/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="mf/mf.pdf"><code>Metafont</code></a> <sub><a href="mf/mf-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="mf/trapman.pdf"><code>TRAPMAN</code></a> <span>]</span></p></li> +<li><p><code>mfware/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="mfware/gftype.pdf"><code>GFtype</code></a> <sub><a href="mfware/gftype-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="mfware/gftopk.pdf"><code>GFtoPK</code></a> <sub><a href="mfware/gftopk-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="mfware/gftodvi.pdf"><code>GFtoDVI</code></a> <sub><a href="mfware/gftodvi-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="mfware/mft.pdf"><code>MFT</code></a> <sub><a href="mfware/mft-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <span>]</span></p></li> +<li><p><code>tex/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="tex/glue.pdf"><code>GLUE</code></a> <a href="tex/tex.pdf"><code>TeX</code></a> <sub><a href="tex/tex-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="tex/tripman.pdf"><code>TRIPMAN</code></a> <span>]</span></p></li> +<li><p><code>texware/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="texware/pooltype.pdf"><code>POOLtype</code></a> <sub><a href="texware/pooltype-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="texware/tftopl.pdf"><code>TFtoPL</code></a> <sub><a href="texware/tftopl-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="texware/pltotf.pdf"><code>PLtoTF</code></a> <sub><a href="texware/pltotf-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="texware/dvitype.pdf"><code>DVItype</code></a> <sub><a href="texware/dvitype-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <span>]</span></p></li> +<li><p><code>web/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="web/webman.pdf"><code>WEBMAN</code></a> <a href="web/weave.pdf"><code>WEAVE</code></a> <sub><a href="web/weave-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="web/tangle.pdf"><code>TANGLE</code></a> <sub><a href="web/tangle-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <span>]</span></p></li> +</ul> +<h2 id="complementary-web-programs">Complementary WEB programs</h2> +<ul> +<li><p><code>other/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="other/dvicopy.pdf"><code>DVIcopy</code></a> <sub><a href="other/dvicopy-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="other/patgen.pdf"><code>PatGen</code></a> <sub><a href="other/patgen-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="other/pktogf.pdf"><code>PKtoGF</code></a> <sub><a href="other/pktogf-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="other/pktype.pdf"><code>PKtype</code></a> <sub><a href="other/pktype-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <span>]</span></p></li> +<li><p><code>bibtex/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="bibtex/bibtex.pdf"><code>BibTeX</code></a> <sub><a href="bibtex/bibtex-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <span>]</span></p></li> +<li><p><code>pdftex/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="pdftex/pdftex.pdf"><code>pdfTeX</code></a> <sub><a href="pdftex/pdftex-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <span>]</span></p></li> +<li><p><code>xetex/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="xetex/xetex.pdf"><code>XeTeX</code></a> <sub><a href="xetex/xetex-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <span>]</span></p></li> +</ul> +<h2 id="cweb-programs">CWEB programs</h2> +<ul> +<li><p><code>cweb/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="cweb/cwebman.pdf"><code>CWEBMAN</code></a> <a href="cweb/common.pdf"><code>COMMON</code></a> <sub><a href="cweb/common-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="cweb/ctangle.pdf"><code>CTANGLE</code></a> <sub><a href="cweb/ctangle-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="cweb/cweave.pdf"><code>CWEAVE</code></a> <sub><a href="cweb/cweave-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <a href="cweb/ctwill.pdf"><code>CTWILL</code></a> <span>]</span></p></li> +<li><p><code>ctie/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="ctie/ctie.pdf"><code>CTIE</code></a> <sub><a href="ctie/ctie-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <span>]</span></p></li> +<li><p><code>tie/</code> <span>[</span> <a href="tie/tie.pdf"><code>TIE</code></a> <sub><a href="tie/tie-changes.pdf"><code>chg</code></a></sub> <span>]</span></p></li> +</ul> +<h2 id="errata-for-computers-typesetting">Errata for “Computers & Typesetting”</h2> +<ul> +<li><p><code>errata/</code></p> +<ul> +<li><p><a href="errata/errorlog.pdf">The Errors of TeX</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.one.pdf">The TeXbook, 1<sup>st</sup> printing</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.two.pdf">The TeXbook, 2<sup>nd</sup> printing</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.three.pdf">Computers & Typesetting, 15 June 1987</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.four.pdf">Computers & Typesetting, 20 February 1989</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.five.pdf">Computers & Typesetting, 30 September 1989</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.six.pdf">Computers & Typesetting, 31 December 1990</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.seven.pdf">Computers & Typesetting, 15 March 1992</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.eight.pdf">Computers & Typesetting, pre-Millennium ed.</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.nine.pdf">The TeXbook, September 1996</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.ten.pdf">Computers & Typesetting, 1<sup>st</sup> Millennium ed.</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.eleven.pdf">Computers & Typesetting, 2<sup>nd</sup> Millennium ed.</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.twelve.pdf">Computers & Typesetting, early 2014</a></p></li> +<li><p><a href="errata/errata.pdf">Computers & Typesetting, 31 January 2021</a></p></li> +</ul></li> +</ul> +<h2 id="happy-cweb-programming">Happy C/WEB Programming!</h2> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/index.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/index.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..29c74676474 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/index.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/mf-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/mf-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93309d474bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/mf-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/mf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/mf.pdf Binary files differindex c8e5afbb7fe..dd6d0f6eecd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/mf.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/mf.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/trapman.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/trapman.pdf Binary files differindex f4e60df8bfc..316f2741695 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/trapman.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mf/trapman.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftodvi-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftodvi-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c34dad85fd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftodvi-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftodvi.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftodvi.pdf Binary files differindex 94ace296772..a5c0f52e9b9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftodvi.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftodvi.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftopk-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftopk-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1c2ce811847 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftopk-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftopk.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftopk.pdf Binary files differindex c17841c80da..6b2d5debe52 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftopk.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftopk.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftype-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftype-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e16be2298e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftype-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftype.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftype.pdf Binary files differindex 8933e248d7e..c0c835ecd80 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftype.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/gftype.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/mft-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/mft-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f7c951970c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/mft-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/mft.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/mft.pdf Binary files differindex 73ee2e3bd48..cacc723c47f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/mft.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/mfware/mft.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/dvicopy-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/dvicopy-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc96e0022c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/dvicopy-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/dvicopy.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/dvicopy.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc30c5cee02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/dvicopy.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/patgen-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/patgen-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f3880afaa1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/patgen-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/patgen.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/patgen.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e9ba6d7c1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/patgen.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktogf-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktogf-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..268467de17d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktogf-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktogf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktogf.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a60f29da45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktogf.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktype-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktype-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ddf1dcae98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktype-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktype.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktype.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e6057ef46eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/other/pktype.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/pdftex/pdftex-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/pdftex/pdftex-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a8867870e53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/pdftex/pdftex-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/pdftex/pdftex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/pdftex/pdftex.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e3c3eb770cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/pdftex/pdftex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/glue.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/glue.pdf Binary files differindex ba814ca8def..211d85143e1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/glue.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/glue.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tex-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tex-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..afdf169114b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tex-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tex.pdf Binary files differindex a57729a9696..a59cbe22ce2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tex.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tripman.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tripman.pdf Binary files differindex 11b3363b843..b0b1021ecb3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tripman.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tripman.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/dvitype-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/dvitype-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..037f45ea084 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/dvitype-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/dvitype.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/dvitype.pdf Binary files differindex ac3a2ef3c3a..0f2fba14605 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/dvitype.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/dvitype.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pltotf-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pltotf-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d59a4016ecb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pltotf-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pltotf.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pltotf.pdf Binary files differindex 1d7967e4091..47bfa51dc5a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pltotf.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pltotf.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pooltype-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pooltype-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e7d5970efea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pooltype-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pooltype.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pooltype.pdf Binary files differindex f6b8ad492f8..f09d485c97d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pooltype.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/pooltype.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/tftopl-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/tftopl-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6153a5a2468 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/tftopl-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/tftopl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/tftopl.pdf Binary files differindex 1d5803b8039..a5346c1a4b5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/tftopl.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/texware/tftopl.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tie/tie-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tie/tie-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..068d76ce60f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tie/tie-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tie/tie.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tie/tie.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..99a6bad137f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tie/tie.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/tangle-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/tangle-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e18c8d99750 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/tangle-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/tangle.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/tangle.pdf Binary files differindex ff5fd57a722..19be12f56f5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/tangle.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/tangle.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/weave-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/weave-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..24b1f6615d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/weave-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/weave.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/weave.pdf Binary files differindex 78a60495b75..a59790ee30e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/weave.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/weave.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/webman.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/webman.pdf Binary files differindex b0306db4dbf..bf5cbb6faf5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/webman.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/web/webman.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/xetex/xetex-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/xetex/xetex-changes.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a2887352bfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/xetex/xetex-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/xetex/xetex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/xetex/xetex.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f71e7c2e7ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/xetex/xetex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eight b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eight deleted file mode 100644 index f7ceafd9f69..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eight +++ /dev/null @@ -1,610 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting - -\input manmac -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\today{\number\day\ - \ifcase\month\or - Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or - Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - \ \number\year} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\par}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting, 1992}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\tenpoint -\noindent This is a list of all corrections made to {\sl Computers \& -Typesetting\/} between 15 March 1992 and the publication of the final -printed versions of those books. -Corrections made to the softcover version of {\sl The \TeX book\/} are -the same as corrections to Volume~A\null. Corrections to the softcover -version of {\sl The \slMF\kern1ptbook\/} are the same as corrections -to Volume~C\null. Changes to Volume~B refer to the fourth printing -(1991), which differs markedly from earlier printings because it includes -all the revisions for \TeX3.0. Changes to Volume~D refer to the third -printing (1991), which differs markedly from earlier printings because -it includes all the revisions for \MF\kern1pt2.0. Changes to the mini-indexes -and master indexes of Volumes B and~D are not shown here unless they are -not obviously derivable from what has been shown. -\looseness=-1 - - % volume A - -\bugonpage A23, line 14 (9/1/92) - -\tenpoint\noindent -a command and you type `|tex|' or `|run| |tex|' or something like that.) - -\bugonpage A53, line 23 (7/7/92) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\sl scientiarum imperialis petropolitan\ae\/} -became {\sl Akademi\t\i a Nauk SSSR, Doklady}. - -\bugonpage A146, line 2 from the bottom (2/25/93) - -|$\bigl|\|| |\||x|\||-|\||y|\|| \bigr|\||$|\hskip1.25in - $\bigl\vert\vert x\vert-\vert y\vert\bigr\vert$ - -\bugonpage A149, lines 3--5 (2/25/93) - -\noindent -example, we used |\bigl| and |\bigr| to produce $\bigl\vert\vert x\vert- -\vert y\vert\bigr\vert$ in one of the previous illustrations; |\left| and -|\right| don't make things any bigger than necessary, so -`|$\left|\||\left|\||x\right|\||-\left|\||y\right|\||\right|\||$|' -yields only `$\left\vert - \left\vert x\right\vert -\left\vert y\right\vert \right\vert$'.\cutpar - -\bugonpage A158, line 18 from the bottom (2/25/93) - -\ninepoint -are four possibilities for each of these fields. -A field can be - -\bugonpage A282, line 9 from the bottom (7/8/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent -category~4) are intercepted by the alignment -process, en route to \TeX's stomach, so\cutpar - -\bugonpage A293, new paragraph after line 15 (4/9/92) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{$\bull$}|\unhbox|\<8-bit number>, |\unhcopy|\<8-bit number>.\enskip -The specified box register must be void. Nothing happens. - -\bugonpage A309, line 23 (7/7/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|petropolitan\ae\/} became {\sl Akademi\t\i a Nauk SSSR, Doklady}.| - -\bugonpage A320, line 11 (1/26/93) - -\ninepoint -\ansno17.12: -|$\bigl(x+f(x)\bigr) \big/ \bigl(x-f(x)\bigr)$|. \ Notice especially the\cutpar - -\bugonpage A349, second line from the bottom (7/8/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent -expand to a ^\<number> en route to \TeX's -``stomach''; |\multiply| wouldn't work, because\cutpar - -\bugonpage A358, bottom line (2/3/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -it is easy to define ^|\ldots| and ^|\cdots| macros that -give the proper spacing in most\cutpar - -\bugonpage A370, lines 28 and 29 (9/1/92) - -\def\Russiantt#1{{\tt\hbox to.5em{\hss\eighttt\char#1\hss}}} -\ninepoint\noindent -example, if \TeX\ is implemented for -a purely ^{Cyrillic} ^^{Russian} keyboard, the letter `\Russiantt5' should be -assigned to code \oct{160} and `\Russiantt{`T}' to code \oct{164}, so that -`\Russiantt5\Russiantt{`T}' still means `|pt|'; or else control\cutpar - -\bugonpage A377, lines 17--24 (5/4/92) - -\ninepoint -\begintt -\def\sanswitch{\let\n@xt\endsanity \ifx\next\endsanity - \else\ifcat\noexpand\next\stoken\aftergroup\space\let\n@xt=\eat - \else\ifcat\noexpand\next\bgroup\aftergroup{\let\n@xt=\eat - \else\ifcat\noexpand\next\egroup\aftergroup}\let\n@xt=\eat - \else\let\n@xt=\copytok\fi\fi\fi\fi \n@xt} -\def\eat{\afterassignment\sanitize \let\next= } -\long\def\copytok#1{\ifcat\noexpand#1\relax\aftergroup\noexpand\fi - \ifcat\noexpand#1\noexpand~\aftergroup\noexpand\fi -\endtt - -\bugonpage A455, line 25 (2/26/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -rent language'' is set equal to |\language|. Whenever a -character is added to the cur-\cutpar - -\bugonpage A459, second line of entry for ampersand (3/22/92) - -\eightpoint\indent\qquad -{\it231--248}, $\underline{282}$, {\it339}, 344, 385--386, 428. - -\bugonpage A461, right column (2/19/93) - -\eightpoint -\newbox\astbox \setbox\astbox=\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}} -\def\prim#1{\par\indent\copy\astbox{\tt\char`\\#1}} -\prim{chardef}, 44, 121, 155, 210, 214, 215, 271,\par -\indent\qquad $\underline{277}$, 336, {\it343}, {\it345}, {\it356}, 452.\par -\indent\<chardef token>, $\underline{271}$, 283, 286, 289. - -\bugonpage A467, left column (2/25/93) - -\eightpoint -Greek, 127--128, 137, 156, 164, 319,\par -\indent\qquad 358, 430, 434. - -\bugonpage A470, left column (2/25/93) - -\eightpoint -margins, {\sl see\/} |\hoffset|, |\hsize|, |\narrower|. - -\bugonpage A471, left column (2/19/93) - -\eightpoint -\prim{mathchardef}, 155, 199, 214, 215, 271,\par -\indent\qquad 277, 289, 336, {\it358}, {\it394}.\par -\indent\<mathchardef token>, $\underline{271}$, 289. - -\bugonpage A474, right column (3/22/92) - -\eightpoint -pound sterling, 54, {\it339}, 428. - -\bugonpage A477, right column (3/22/92) - -\eightpoint -sterling, 54, {\it339}, 428. - -\bugonpage A480, left column (4/9/92) - -\eightpoint -\prim{unhbox}, 120, 283, $\underline{285}$, 293, {\it354}, {\it356}, - {\it399}.\par -\prim{unhcopy}, 120, 283, $\underline{285}$, 293, {\it353}. - -\bugonpage A481, left column (2/25/93) - -\eightpoint -whatsits, 95, 110, 157, 226--229, 455. - -\bugonpage A483, lines 15--21 (2/25/93) - -{\tt P.O. Box 869\par -Santa Barbara, CA 93102-0869 USA.\par -|}|} -\smallskip\noindent -Don't delay, write today! That number again is - -\smallskip -{\obeylines -\TeX\ Users Group -P.O. Box 869 -Santa Barbara, CA 93102-0869 USA. -} - - % volume B -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage B2, line 10 from the bottom (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]TeX,\]Version\]3.1415\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \TeX\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B89, line 12 (2/27/93) - -\tenpoint -\noindent\hskip10pt -In horizontal mode, the \\{prev\_graf} field is used for initial language data. - -\bugonpage B89, line 20 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{pg\_field}, \\{ml\_field}: \\{integer}; \ \\{aux\_field}: \\{memory\_word}; -\par -\noindent [Also delete the definitions of \\{lhmin} and \\{rhmin}, lines -32 and 33.] - -\bugonpage B90, line 13 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{prev\_depth}\gets\\{ignore\_depth}$; \ $\\{mode\_line}\gets0$; \ -$\\{prev\_graf}\gets0$; - -\bugonpage B91, top three lines (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf if\/} $m=\\{hmode}$ {\bf then if\/} $\\{nest}[p].\\{pg\_field}\ne - \oct{40600000}$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip40pt -{\bf begin} \\{print}({\tt\char`\"\](language\char`\"}); \ - \\{print\_int}(\\{nest}[$p$].\\{pg\_field} {\bf mod} \oct{200000});\par -\noindent\hskip40pt - \\{print}({\tt\char`\":hyphenmin\char`\"}); \ - \\{print\_int}(\\{nest}[$p$].\\{pg\_field} {\bf div} \oct{20000000}); \ - \\{print\_char}({\tt\char`\",\char`\"});\par\noindent\hskip40pt -\\{print\_int}((\\{nest}[$p$].\\{pg\_field} {\bf div} \oct{200000}) - {\bf mod} \oct{100}); \ \\{print\_char}({\tt\char`\")\char`\"}); - -\bugonpage B344, lines 21 and 22 (2/27/93) - -\tenpoint\noindent\hskip10pt -This code assumes that a \\{glue\_node} and a \\{penalty\_node} occupy the -same number of \\{mem}~words. - -\bugonpage B344, line 30 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{link}(\\{tail})\gets\\{new\_param\_glue}(\\{par\_fill\_skip\_code})$; \ - $\\{init\_cur\_lang}\gets\\{prev\_graf}$ {\bf mod} \oct{200000};\par -\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{init\_l\_hyf}\gets\\{prev\_graf}$ {\bf div} \oct{20000000}; \ -$\\{init\_r\_hyf}\gets(\\{prev\_graf}$ {\bf div} \oct{200000}) {\bf mod} - \oct{100}; \ -\\{pop\_nest}; - -\bugonpage B353, line 4 (2/27/93) - -\tenpoint\noindent\hskip10pt -Kern nodes do not disappear at a line break unless they are \\{explicit}. - -\bugonpage B353, lines 15 and 16 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{math\_node}: $\\{break\_width}[1]\gets\\{break\_width}[1]-\\{width}(s)$;\par -\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{kern\_node}: {\bf if\/} $\\{subtype}(s)\ne\\{explicit}$ - {\bf then goto} \\{done}\par\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf else} $\\{break\_width}[1]\gets\\{break\_width}[1]-\\{width}(s)$; - -\bugonpage B354, lines 6 and 7 (2/27/93) - -\tenpoint\noindent -will be the background -plus $l_1$, so the length from \\{cur\_p} to \\{cur\_p} should be -$\gamma+l_0+l_1-l$. -If the post-break text of the discretionary is empty, a break may also -discard~$q$; in that unusual case we subtract the length of~$q$ and any -other nodes that will be discarded after the discretionary break. - -\bugonpage B354, line 18 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\langle\,$Add the width of node $s$ to \\{break\_width}{\sevenrm - \kern.5em842}$\,\rangle$; - -\bugonpage B354, line 22 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{post\_break}(\\{cur\_p})=\\{null}$ {\bf then} - $s\gets\\{link}(v)$;\quad$\{\,$nodes may be discardable after the break$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B355, top line (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\tenbf842.\quad}$\langle\,$Add the width of node $s$ to - \\{break\_width}{\sevenrm\kern.5em842}$\,\rangle\equiv$ - -\bugonpage B355, lines 9--14 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -$\\{hlist\_node},\\{vlist\_node},\\{rule\_node},\\{kern\_node}$: - $\\{break\_width}[1]\gets\\{break\_width}[1]+\\{width}(s)$;\par -\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf othercases} \\{confusion}({\tt\char`\"disc2\char`\"})\par -\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf endcases} - -\bugonpage B364, line 10 (2/27/93) - -\tenpoint\noindent -a glue node, penalty node, explicit kern node, or math node. - -\bugonpage B366, line 11 from the bottom (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{kern\_node}: {\bf if\/} $\\{subtype}(\\{cur\_p})=\\{explicit}$ - {\bf then} \\{kern\_break}\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf else} $\\{act\_width}\gets\\{act\_width}+\\{width}(\\{cur\_p})$; - -\bugonpage B367, line 21 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf else if\/} \\{precedes\_break}(\\{prev\_p}) {\bf then} - $\\{try\_break}(0,\\{unhyphenated})$\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf else if\/} $(\\{type}(\\{prev\_p})=\\{kern\_node})\land - (\\{subtype}(\\{prev\_p})\ne\\{explicit})$ {\bf then} - $\\{try\_break}(0,\\{unhyphenated})$; - -\bugonpage B372, lines 12 and 13 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{type}(q)=\\{kern\_node}$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{subtype}(q)\ne\\{explicit}$ {\bf then goto} \\{done1}; - -\bugonpage B376, line 3 from the bottom (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{cur\_lang}\gets\\{init\_cur\_lang}$; \ -$\\{l\_hyf}\gets\\{init\_l\_hyf}$; \ -$\\{r\_hyf}\gets\\{init\_r\_hyf}$; - -\bugonpage B377, lines 11 and 12 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{cur\_lang},\\{init\_cur\_lang}$: \\{ASCII\_code};\quad - $\{\,$current hyphenation table of interest$\,\}$\par\noindent -$\\{l\_hyf},\\{r\_hyf},\\{init\_l\_hyf},\\{init\_r\_hyf}$: \\{integer};\quad - $\{\,$limits on fragment sizes$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B378, line 5 from the bottom, overriding earlier change (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf else if} $(\\{type}(s)=\\{kern\_node})\land(\\{subtype}(s)=\\{normal})$ - {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip50pt -{\bf begin} $\\{hb}\gets s$; \ $\\{hyf\_bchar}\gets\\{font\_bchar}[\\{hf}]$; \ - {\bf end}\par\noindent\hskip40pt -{\bf else goto} \\{done3}; - - -\bugonpage B394, lines 12 and 13 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf var} $n$: $0\to64$;\quad$\{\,$length of current word; not always - a \\{small\_number}$\,\}$\par\noindent\hskip20pt -$j$: $0\to64$;\quad$\{\,$an index into \\{hc}$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B404, line 21 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf var} $k,l$: $0\to64$;\quad$\{\,$indices into \\{hc} and \\{hyf}; - not always in \\{small\_number} range$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B460, lines 21 and 22 (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -\\{push\_nest}; \ $\\{mode}\gets\\{hmode}$; \ $\\{space\_factor}\gets1000$; \ - \\{set\_cur\_lang}; \ $\\{clang}\gets\\{cur\_lang}$;\par\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{prev\_graf}\gets(\\{norm\_min}(\\{left\_hyphen\_min})\ast\oct{100}+ - \\{norm\_min}(\\{right\_hyphen\_min}))\ast\oct{200000}+\\{cur\_lang}$; - -\bugonpage B492, line 6 from the bottom (2/27/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -\\{unsave}; \ $\\{prev\_graf}\gets\\{prev\_graf}+3$;\par\noindent\hskip10pt -\\{push\_nest}; \ $\\{mode}\gets\\{hmode}$; \ $\\{space\_factor}\gets1000$; \ - \\{set\_cur\_lang}; \ $\\{clang}\gets\\{cur\_lang}$;\par\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{prev\_graf}\gets(\\{norm\_min}(\\{left\_hyphen\_min})\ast\oct{100}+ - \\{norm\_min}(\\{right\_hyphen\_min}))\ast\oct{200000}+\\{cur\_lang}$; - - % volume C -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers - -\bugonpage C151, line 11 from the bottom (6/26/93) - -\ninepoint\indent -\qquad scaled $1.42(1+\max(-\\{pen\_lft},\\{pen\_rt},\\{pen\_top}, - -\\{pen\_bot}))$ - -\bugonpage C262, line 15 (6/26/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|string base_name, base_version; base_name="plain"; base_version="2.71";| - -\bugonpage C262, line 29 (6/26/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|def |^|gobble|| primary g = enddef; def |^|killtext|| text t = enddef;| - -\bugonpage C271, bottom line (6/26/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| culldraw p enddef;| - -\bugonpage C272, three new lines for top of page (6/26/93) - -{\ninepoint\parindent=0pt -|def |^|culldraw|| expr p = addto pic_ doublepath p.t_ withpen currentpen;|\par -| cull pic_ dropping(-infinity,0) withweight default_wt_;|\par -| addto_currentpicture also pic_; pic_:=nullpicture; killtext enddef;|\par -} - -\bugonpage C272, replacement for former line 5 (6/26/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| (cut_ scaled (1+max(-pen_lft,pen_rt,pen_top,-pen_bot))| - -\bugonpage C296, line 24 (2/3/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -the definition of |rp| is changed to `|]..tension 4..|', -and if `|scaled|~|5pt|' is inserted\cutpar - -\bugonpage C299, line 3 (5/15/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent -a Bernshte{\u\i}n polynomial of order $n-1$.) - -\bugonpage C347, left column (5/15/92) - -\eightpoint -Bernshte{\u\i}n, Serge{\u\i} \thinspace Natanovich, 14. - -\bugonpage C348, left column (6/26/93) - -\eightpoint -|culldraw|, {\it271}, $\underline{272}$. - -\bugonpage C350, left column (6/26/93) - -\eightpoint -exponential, {\sl see\/} |mexp|. - -\bugonpage C352, left column (6/26/93) - -\eightpoint -|killtext|, $\underline{262}$, {\it 272}. - -\bugonpage C352, right column (6/26/93) - -\eightpoint -logarithm, {\sl see\/} |mlog|. - -\bugonpage C361, lines 14 and 15 (2/25/93) - -P.O. Box 869\par -Santa Barbara, CA 93102-0869 USA. - - - % Volume D -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage Dxiv, line 13 (4/19/96) - -\noindent preprocessor converts these into numeric constants that are -256 or more. This\cutpar - -\bugonpage Dxiv, line $-1$ (4/19/96) - -\ninepoint\noindent This file contains one line per string, starting with -string number 256, then number 257,\cutpar - -\bugonpage Dxv, lines 10 and 11 (4/19/96) - -\ninepoint\noindent -In this case, occurrences of |""| in the |WEB| program will be replaced by -256; occurrences of |"This longer string"| will be replaced by 257. -The symbol |@$| stands for the numeric\cutpar - -\hsize=35pc -\bugonpage D2, line $-17$ (8/7/98) - -\def\RQ/{{\char'23}} % right quote in a string -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\RQ/This\]is\]METAFONT,\]% - Version\]2.7182\RQ/}$\quad$\{\,$printed when \MF\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D50, line 26 (8/7/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $b>0$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage D138, line 14 from the bottom (3/6/95) - -\tenpoint -\textindent{$2'$)} Let $Z_k^{(j+1)}={1\over2}(Z_k^{(j)}+Z_{k+1}^{(j)})$, for -$1\le k\le n-j$, for $1\le j<n$. - -\bugonpage D190, D191, D194, D195 (6/26/93) - -\noindent[Several changes to the code in sections 415, 416, 424, and 425 -were made to \MF\ version 2.71 in July~1991, too numerous to mention here. -They are documented in file {\tt mf84.bug} as bug number 560. We also -delete lines 4 and~5 of page D194.] - -\bugonpage D216, line 10 from the bottom (7/15/92) - -\tenpoint\noindent -will be offset by $w_1$ or $w_2$, unless its slope drops to zero -en route to the eighth octant; in the latter\cutpar - -\bugonpage D289, lines 9 and 10 (6/26/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -$p\gets\\{dep\_list}(p)$; \ $r\gets\\{inf\_val}$;\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf repeat if\/} $\\{value}(\\{info}(p))\ge\\{value}(r)$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage D296, lines 8 and 9 from the bottom (9/13/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent[Delete these spurious lines.] - -\bugonpage D297, mini-index (6/6/98) - -\eightpoint the meaning of {\it loc\/} should be `macro' - -\bugonpage D310, line 7 (8/7/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $(\\{loc}=k+1)\land(\\{length}(\\{buffer}[k])=1)$ - {\bf then} $\\{cur\_mod}:=\\{buffer}[k]$ - -\bugonpage D363, lines 10 and 11 (3/1/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad {\bf begin if\/} $(\\{max\_c}[\\{dependent}]$ {\bf div} - $\oct{10000}\ge\\{max\_c}[\\{proto\_dependent}])$ {\bf then} - $t\gets\\{dependent}$ - -\bugonpage D512, line 13 (11/23/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad \\{print\_int}(\\{round\_unscaled}(\\{internal}[\\{year}])); \ - \\{print\_char}(|"."|); - -\bugonpage D518, insert new material between lines 7 and 8 (3/20/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad {\bf while} $\\{input\_ptr}>0$ {\bf do}\par\noindent -\qquad {\bf if\/} \\{token\_state} {\bf then} \\{end\_token\_list} - {\bf else} \\{end\_file\_reading};\par\noindent -\quad {\bf while} $\\{loop\_ptr}\ne\\{null}$ {\bf do} \\{stop\_iteration}; - -\bugonpage D518, line 18 (3/20/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad $\\{loop\_ptr}\gets\\{cond\_ptr}$; \ - $\\{cond\_ptr}\gets\\{link}(\\{cond\_ptr})$; \ - $\\{free\_node}(\\{loop\_ptr},\\{if\_node\_size})$; - -\bugonpage D546, left column (4/11/96) - -\eightpoint -Stern, Moritz Abraham: \ 526. - - % volume E -\hsize=29pc -\def\dashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\kern-.05em}\mkern3.9mu\hbox{-\kern-.05em}}} - - - \bye - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eleven b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eleven deleted file mode 100644 index 64d9f8ab457..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.eleven +++ /dev/null @@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting - -\input manmac -\def\curl{\mathop{\rm curl}} -\def\cycle{{\rm cycle}}\indent -\def\dashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\thinspace-\kern-.05em}}} -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\today{\number\day\ - \ifcase\month\or - Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or - Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - \ \number\year} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\par}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting, 2001}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\tenpoint -\noindent This is a list of all substantial corrections made to {\sl Computers -\& Typesetting\/} between the first ``Millennium edition'' of 2000 and the -second such edition, which appeared late in 2001. -(More precisely, it lists errors to the 16th, 7th, 6th, 4th, and 5th -printings of Volumes A, B, C, D, and E, respectively, that were corrected -in the 17th, 8th, 7th, 5th, and 6th printings.) -Changes to the mini-indexes -and master indexes of Volumes B, D, and~E are not shown here unless they are -not obviously derivable from what has been shown. -\looseness=-1 - - % volume A - -\bugonpage A16, line 7 from the bottom (06/30/01) - -\font\magnifiedfiverm=cmr5 at 10pt -\tenpoint\indent -Ten-point type is different from% - \magnifiedfiverm\ magnif{}ied f{}ive-point type. - -\bugonpage A17, line 7 (06/30/01) - -\ninepoint\indent -fications that grow in geometric ratios---something like equal-tempered -tuning\cutpar - -\bugonpage A51, lines 18--20 (06/30/01) - -\tenpoint\kern-6pt\noindent -$$\openup1pt\halign{\indent#\hfil\cr -|ff| yields ff\thinspace;$\!$\quad |fi| yields fi\thinspace;$\!$\quad -|fl| yields fl\thinspace;$\!$\quad -|ffi| yields ffi\thinspace;$\!$\quad |ffl| yields ffl\thinspace;\cr -|``| yields``\thinspace;\qquad |''| yields ''\thinspace;\qquad -|!||`| yields !`\thinspace;\qquad |?||`| yields ?`\thinspace;\cr -|--| yields --\thinspace;\qquad |---| yields ---\thinspace.\cr}$$ - -\bugonpage A52, line 7 from the bottom (06/30/01) - -\tenpoint\kern-6pt\noindent -$$\halign{\indent\hbox to 50pt{#\hfil}&\hbox to 35pt{#\hfil}&#\hfil\cr -|\ae,\AE|&\ae,\thinspace\AE&(Latin ligature and Scandinavian letter AE)\cr}$$ - -\bugonpage A71, line 15 (06/30/01) - -\tenpoint\indent -One of the interesting things that can happen when glue stretches and\cutpar - -\bugonpage A180, line 20 (06/30/01) - -\ninepoint\indent -Challenge number 5:\enspace -$\qquad\tenmath k=1.38065\times10^{-16}\rm\,erg\,K^{-1}$. - -\bugonpage A254, line 12 from the bottom becomes two lines (04/09/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\begintt -\output={\unvbox255 - \ifnum\outputpenalty<10000 \penalty\outputpenalty\fi} -\endtt - -\bugonpage A292, lines 13--16 (06/30/01) - -\def\s{\hskip0pt plus1pt} -\ninepoint\textindent{$\bull$}|\mathchoice|\s -$\langle$filler$\rangle$\s|{|\s$\langle$math mode material$\rangle$\s|}|\s -$\langle$filler$\rangle$\s|{|\s$\langle$math mode material$\rangle$\s|}|\break -$\langle$filler$\rangle$|{|$\langle$math mode material$\rangle$|}| -$\langle$filler$\rangle$|{|$\langle$math mode material$\rangle$|}|. -Four math lists, which are defined as in the -second alternative of a \<math field>, are -recorded in a ``choice item'' that is appended to the current list. - -\bugonpage A306, line 7 (06/30/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -instead of a shelf{\kern0pt}ful. -In fact, the latter idea---to -insert an italic correction---is prefer-\cutpar - -\bugonpage A323, line 12 from the bottom (06/30/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss18.31.\enspace}% -|$k=1.38065\times10^{-16}\rm\,erg\,K^{-1}$|. - -\bugonpage A451, line 15 (01/30/01) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\sl Connecticut Yankee\/} come out with only nine or -ten bad hyphens: - -\bugonpage A451, line 23 (01/30/01) - -\tenpoint\noindent\begintt - mo-er-der-mohren-mut-ter-mar-mor-mon-u-menten-macher. -\endtt - -\bugonpage A454, lines 23--30 (06/30/01) - -\begingroup -\hyphenpenalty=-1000 \pretolerance=-1 \tolerance=1000 -\doublehyphendemerits=-100000 \finalhyphendemerits=-100000 -\ddanger If a suitable starting letter is found, let it be in font~$f$. -Hyphenation is abandoned unless the |\hyphenchar| of~$f$ is a number -between 0 and~255, inclusive. -If this test is passed, \TeX\ continues to scan forward -until coming to something that's not one of the following three -``admissible items'': (1)~a character in font~$f$ whose |\lccode| -is nonzero; (2)~a ligature formed entirely from characters of type~(1); -(3)~an implicit kern. The first inadmissible item terminates this part of -the process; the trial word consists of all the letters found in admissible -items. Notice that all of these letters are in font~$f$. -\par\endgroup - -\bugonpage A461, right column (07/08/01) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\llap{*}|\char|, {\it 43--45}, 76, 86, 155, 283, $\underline{286}$, - -\bugonpage A466, left column (07/09/01) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\llap{*}|\floatingpenalty|, $\underline{123}$--$\underline{124}$, - 272, 281, {\it 363}. - -\bugonpage A473, left column (06/30/01) - -\eightpoint\noindent -orphans, {\sl see\/} widow words. - - % volume B -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\hsize=35pc - -\bugonpage B8, line 2 (05/04/01) - -\tenpoint\noindent -statements will be meaningful. We insert the label -`\\{exit}' just before the `{\bf end}' of a procedure in\cutpar - -\bugonpage B30, line $-4$ (05/04/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf begin} \\{update\_terminal};\quad$\{\,$now the user sees - the prompt for sure$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B84, lines 22 and 27 (05/04/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{ignore}=9$\quad$\{\,$characters to ignore ( |^^@| )$\,\}$\par -\noindent -\quad$\\{active\_char}=13$\quad$\{\,$characters that invoke - macros ( |~| )$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B280, lines 23 and 24 (04/08/01) - -\tenpoint\noindent -or unset nodes; in particular, each mlist item appears in the -variable-size part of \\{mem}, so the \\{type} field is always present. - -\bugonpage B382, line 6 (01/01/01) - -\tenpoint\noindent -between `fl' and `y', then $m=2$, $t=2$, and $y_1$ will -be a ligature node for `fl' followed by an\cutpar - -\bugonpage B386, line 11 (04/08/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{qi}(2),\\{qi}(6)$: {\bf begin} $\\{cur\_r}\gets\\{rem\_byte}(q)$;% - \quad$\{\,$\||=:|, \||=:>|$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B475, line 12 (07/01/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad{\bf end};\quad$\{\,$now we are in vertical mode, - working on the list that will contain the display$\,\}$ - - % volume C -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\ddashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\thinspace-\thinspace-\kern-.05em}}} -\def\tension{\mathop{\rm tension}} -\def\controls{\mathop{\rm controls}} -\def\and{\,{\rm and}\,} - -\bugonpage C204, line 3 from the bottom (07/08/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -slightly. If $\\{autorounding}>1$, -you get even more changes: Paths are perturbed slightly\cutpar - -\bugonpage C238, lines 9 and 8 from the bottom (07/08/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -tance is ${\rm length}(z_4-z_1)$. But there's a slicker solution: -Just calculate -$$\hbox{abs ypart$((z_1-z_2)\mathbin{\rm rotated}-{\rm angle}(z_3-z_2))$.}$$ - -\bugonpage C313, bottom line (06/30/01) - -\rightline{\eightss--- LA ROCHEFOUCAULD, {\eightssi Maximes\/}\enspace(1665)} - -\bugonpage C352, left column (06/30/01) - -\eightpoint\noindent -La Rochefoucauld, Fran\c cois VI, 313. - -\bugonpage C357, right column (07/08/01) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\llap{*}|true|, 55, {\it64\/}--{\it65}, 170, 210. - - % Volume D -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\hsize=35pc - -\bugonpage D8, line 2 (05/04/01) - -\tenpoint\noindent -statements will be meaningful. We insert the label -`\\{exit}' just before the `{\bf end}' of a procedure in\cutpar - -\bugonpage D28, line $-8$ (05/04/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf begin} \\{update\_terminal};\quad$\{\,$now the user sees - the prompt for sure$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D101, line 21 (07/08/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf define} $\\{subscr\_head\_loc}(\hbox{\tt\#})\equiv\hbox{\tt\#}+1$ -\quad$\{\,$where \\{value}, \\{subscr\_head}, and \\{attr\_head} are$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D180, lines 22 and 23 (01/26/01) - -\tenpoint\noindent -$(y,-x)$ will appear in node~$p$. Similarly, a fourth-octant -transformation will have been applied after the transition, so -we will have $\\{x\_coord}(q)=\hbox{$-x$}$ and $\\{y\_coord}(q)=y$. - -\bugonpage D196, lines 7 and 8 (01/26/01) - -\tenpoint\noindent -where $x'(t)\ge0$ we have $\\{right\_type}=% -\\{first\_octant}$ or $\\{right\_type}=\\{eighth\_octant}$; in regions where -$x'(t)\le0$, -we have $\\{right\_type}=\\{fifth\_octant}$ or $\\{right\_type}=\\{fourth% -\_octant}$. - -\bugonpage D511, line 17 (07/03/01) - -\tenpoint\noindent -from appearing again. - - % volume E -\hsize=29pc - -\newbox\shorthyf \setbox\shorthyf=\hbox{-\kern-.05em} -\mathchardef\period=`\. -{\catcode`\-=\active \global\def-{\copy\shorthyf\mkern3.9mu} - \catcode`\.=\active \global\def.{\period\mkern3mu}} -\def\8#1{\mathrel{\mathcode`\.="8000 \mathcode`\-="8000 - #1\unkern}} % `..' and `--' - -\bugonpage E9, line 9 (07/03/01) - -\tenpoint\indent -|[92] [123] [124]) ) )| - - \bye - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.five b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.five deleted file mode 100644 index 4e2982f109a..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.five +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1108 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting - -\input manmac -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\today{\number\day\ - \ifcase\month\or - Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or - Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - \ \number\year} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\par}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting, 1989}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\tenpoint -\noindent This is a list of all corrections made to {\sl Computers \& -Typesetting}, Volumes \hbox{A--E}, between 20 February 1989 and -30 September 1989 (when \TeX\ Version 3.0 and \MF\ Version 2.0 were -fully defined). Corrections made to -the softcover version of {\sl The \TeX book\/} are the same as corrections to -Volume~A\null. Corrections to the softcover version of {\sl The -\slMF\kern1ptbook\/} are the same as corrections to Volume~C\null. -Some of these corrections have already been made in reprintings -of the books. Several minor changes -to Volumes A~and~C are not shown here because they simply -make room for the more substantive changes needed to describe the new -features of \TeX\ Version 3.0 and \MF\ Version 2.0. Hundreds of -changes will soon be made to Volumes B~and~D because of the upgrades -to \TeX\ and \MF\/; it will unfortunately be impossible to document all of those -changes. Therefore, readers who need up-to-date information on the \TeX\ and -\MF\ programs should refer to the |WEB| source files until new -printings of Volumes B~and~D are issued. - - % volume A - -\buginvol A, in general (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Change `127' to `255' and `128' to `256' in contexts referring to character -codes. This happens on pages 37(twice), 39, 41, 43, 44(twice), 48, 93, 154, -277, 305(twice), 308(twice), 313, and 343. Also change `7-bit' to `8-bit' on -pages 214 and 277.] - -\bugonpage A23, line 16 (9/23/89) - -|This is TeX, Version 3.0 (preloaded format=plain 89.7.15)| - -\bugonpage A34, new copy for bottom of page (9/23/89) - -\ddanger If you use \TeX\ format packages designed by others, your -error messages may involve many inscrutable two-line levels of macro -context. By setting ^|\errorcontextlines||=0| at the beginning of your file, -you can reduce the amount of information that is reported; -\TeX\ will show only the top and bottom pairs of context lines -together with up to |\errorcontextlines| additional two-line items. \ (If -anything has thereby been omitted, you'll also see `|...|'.) \ Chances -are good that you can spot the source of an error even when most of a -large context has been suppressed; if not, you can say -`|I\errorcontextlines=100\oops|' and try again. \ (That will usually -give you an undefined control sequence error and plenty of context.) \ -Plain \TeX\ sets |\errorcontextlines=5|. - -\bugonpage A45, lines 9--15 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|^^| has an internal code between 64 and 127, \TeX\ -subtracts 64 from the code; if the code is between 0 and 63, \TeX\ -adds~64. Hence code 127 can be typed |^^?|, and -the dangerous bend sign can be obtained by saying -|{\manual^^?}|. However, you must change the category code of character -127 before using it, since this character ordinarily has category~15 -(^{invalid}); say, e.g., |\catcode`\^^?=12|. -^^{double hat} ^^{hat hat} -The |^^| notation is different from |\char|, because |^^| combinations are -like single characters; for example, it would not be permissible to say -|\catcode`\char127|, but |^^| symbols can even be used as letters within -control words. - -\bugonpage A45, new copy before line 20 (9/23/89) - -\danger There's also a special convention in which |^^| is -followed by {\sl two\/} ``lowercase hexadecimal digits,'' |0|--|9| or |a|--|f|. -With this convention, all 256 characters are obtainable in a uniform -way, from |^^00| to |^^ff|. Character 127 is |^^7f|. - -\noindent -[Also remove one of the two dangerous bend signs on line 20.] - -\bugonpage A45, bottom paragraph and footnote (9/23/89) - -\ddanger People who install \TeX\ systems for use with non-American alphabets -can make \TeX\ conform to any desired standard. For example, suppose -you have a ^{Norwegian keyboard} containing the letter {\tt\ae}, which -^^{Scandinavian letters} ^^{foreign languages} -comes in as code~241 (say). Your local format package should define -|\catcode`|{\tt\ae}|=11|; then you could have control sequences like -|\s|{\tt\ae}|rtrykk|. Your \TeX\ input files could be made readable by -American installations of \TeX\ that don't have your keyboard, by -substituting |^^f1| for character~241. \ (For example, the stated control -sequence would appear as |\s^^f1rtrykk| in the file; your American -friends should also be provided with the format that you used, with its -|\catcode`^^f1=11|.) \ Of course you should also arrange your fonts -so that \TeX's character 241 will print as {\ae}; and you should -change \TeX's hyphenation algorithm so that it will do correct -Norwegian hyphenation. The main point is that such changes are not -extremely difficult; nothing in the design of \TeX\ limits it to the -American alphabet. Fine printing is obtained by fine tuning to the -language or languages being used. -^^{keyboards, non-ASCII} - -\ddanger European languages can also be accommodated effectively with -only a limited character set. -For example, let's consider Norwegian again, but suppose that\parfillskip=0pt - -\noindent [Now continue with the text on line 11 of page 46.] - -\bugonpage A47, lines 9--21 (9/23/89) - -\ddanger If \TeX\ sees a superscript character (category 7) in any state, -and if that character is followed by another identical character, and if -those two equal characters are followed by a character of code -$c<128$, then they -are deleted and 64 is added~to or subtracted from the code~$c$. -\ (Thus, |^^A| is -replaced by a single character whose code is~1, etc., as explained earlier.) \ -However, if the two superscript characters are immediately followed by two -of the lowercase hexadecimal digits |0123456789abcdef|, the -four-character sequence is replaced by a single character having the -specified hexadecimal code. -The replacement is carried out also if such a trio or quartet of -characters is encountered during steps (b) or~(c) of the control-sequence-name -scanning procedure described above. After the replacement is made, \TeX\ -begins again as if the new character had been present all the time. -If a superscript character is not the first of such a trio or quartet, it is -handled by the following rule. - -\ddanger If \TeX\ sees a character of categories 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 11, 12, -or~13, -or a character of category~7 that is not the first of a special -sequence as just -described, it converts the character to a token by attaching the category -code, and goes into state~$M$. This is the normal case; almost every -nonblank character is handled by this rule. - -\bugonpage A48, line 15 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -the input line -`| $x^2$~ \TeX ^^62^^6|'\thinspace? - -\bugonpage A54, third line from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -For example, a well-designed \TeX\ font for ^{French} -might well treat accents as lig-\cutpar - -\bugonpage A76, lines 3--5 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\TeX\ does not assign any value to -|\sfcode'042|. - -\bugonpage A107, new copy for top of page (9/23/89) - -\ddanger If you want to avoid overfull boxes at all costs without -trying to fix them manually, you might be tempted to set -|tolerance=10000|; this allows arbitrarily bad lines to be acceptable -in tough situations. But infinite tolerance is a bad idea, because -\TeX\ doesn't distinguish between terribly bad and preposterously -horrible lines. Indeed, a tolerance of 10000 encourages \TeX\ to -concentrate all the badness in one place, making one truly unsightly -line instead of two moderately bad ones, because a single -``write-off'' produces fewest total demerits according to the rules. -There's a much better way to get the desired effect: \TeX\ has a -parameter called ^|\emergencystretch| that is added to the assumed -stretchability of every line when badness and demerits are computed, -in cases where overfull boxes are otherwise unavoidable. If -|\emergencystretch| is positive, \TeX\ will make a third pass over a -paragraph before choosing the line breaks, when the first passes did -not find a way to satisfy the ^|\pretolerance| and ^|\tolerance|. -The effect of\/ |\emergencystretch| is to scale down the badnesses so -that large infinities are distinguishable from smaller ones. By -setting |\emergencystretch| high enough (based on |\hsize|) you can be -sure that the |\tolerance| is never exceeded; hence overfull boxes -will never occur unless the line-breaking task is truly impossible. - -\bugonpage A116, lines 11--15 (6/7/89) - -\danger If you have two or more |\topinsert| or |\pageinsert| commands in -quick succession, \TeX\ may need to carry them over to several subsequent -pages; but they will retain their relative order when they are -carried over. For example, suppose you have pages that are nine inches -tall, and suppose you have already specified 4~inches of text for some -page, say page~25. Then suppose you make seven topinserts in a row, of% -{\parfillskip=0pt\endgraf}\endgroup - -\bugonpage A125, lines 13--29 (9/23/89) - -\ddanger \looseness=-1 -When the best page break is finally chosen, \TeX\ removes everything after -the chosen breakpoint from the bottom of the ``current page,'' and puts it -all back at the top of the ``recent contributions.'' The -chosen breakpoint itself is placed at the very top of the recent contributions. -If it is a penalty item, the value of the penalty is recorded in -^|\outputpenalty| and the penalty in the contribution list is changed -to $10000$; otherwise |\outputpenalty| is set to 10000. -The insertions that remain on the current page are of three kinds: For -each class~$n$ there are unsplit insertions, followed possibly by -a single split insertion, followed possibly by others. If -^|\holdinginserts|$\null>0$, all insertions remain in place (so that -they might be contributed again); otherwise they are all removed from -the current page list as follows: The unsplit insertions -are appended to |\box|$\,n$, with no interline glue between them. \ -(^{Struts} should be used, as in the |\vfootnote| macro of -Appendix~B\null.) \ -If a split insertion is present, it is effectively |\vsplit| to the size -that was computed previously in Step~4; the top part is treated as an -unsplit insertion, and the remainder (if any) is converted to an insertion -as if it had not been split. This remainder, followed by any other floating -insertions of the same class, is held -over in a separate place. \ (They will show up on the ``current page'' if -^|\showlists| is used while an ^|\output| routine is active; the total -number of such insertions appears in ^|\insertpenalties| during an -|\output| routine.) %\ -Finally, the remaining items before the best break on the current page are put -together in a |\vbox|\parfillskip=0pt - -\bugonpage A131, line 12 (9/22/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -work fine; but sometimes you want to have uniformity -between different members of a\cutpar - -\bugonpage A155, lines 3--5 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -when it encounters a character that -is given explicitly as ^|\char|\<number>. - -\bugonpage A214, lines 19--24 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint -\textindent\bull |\the|\<special register>, where \<special register> is -one of the integer quantities ^|\prevgraf|, ^|\deadcycles|, ^|\insertpenalties|, -^|\inputlineno|, ^|\badness|, -or ^|\parshape| (denoting only the number of lines of\/ |\parshape|); or -one of the dimensions ^|\pagetotal|, ^|\pagegoal|, ^|\pagestretch|, -^|\pagefilstretch|, ^|\pagefillstretch|, ^|\pagefilllstretch|, ^|\pageshrink|, -^|\pagedepth|. In horizontal modes you can also refer to a special integer, -|\the\spacefactor|; in vertical modes there's a special dimension, -|\the\prevdepth|. - -\bugonpage A229, new copy after line 11 (9/23/89) - -\ddanger \TeX\ will report the badness of glue setting in a box if -you ask for the numeric quantity -^|\badness| after making a box. For example, you might say -\begintt -\setbox0=\line{\trialtexta} -\ifnum\badness>250 \setbox0=\line{\trialtextb}\fi -\endtt -The badness is between 0 and 10000 -unless the box is overfull, when |\badness=1000000|. - -\bugonpage A271, lines 17--20 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint -\beginsyntax - \alt<countdef token>\alt^|\count|<8-bit number>\alt<codename><8-bit number> - \alt<chardef token>\alt<mathchardef token>\alt^|\parshape|\alt^|\inputlineno| - \alt^|\hyphenchar|<font>\alt^|\skewchar|<font>\alt^|\badness| -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage A272, lines 3--4 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -value is between 0~and $2^8-1=255$; a ^\<4-bit number> is similar. - -\bugonpage A273, insert after lines 11, 20, 21, 21, 38 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint -\begindisplay -|\holdinginserts|\quad(positive if insertions remain dormant in output box)\cr -|\language|\quad(the current set of hyphenation rules)\cr -|\lefthyphenmin|\quad(smallest fragment at beginning of hyphenated word)\cr -|\righthyphenmin|\quad(smallest fragment at end of hyphenated word)\cr -|\errorcontextlines|\quad(maximum extra context shown when errors occur)\cr -\enddisplay - -\bugonpage A274, insert after line 4 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\emergencystretch|\quad(reduces badnesses on final pass of line-breaking) - -\bugonpage A275, line 13 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -That makes a total of 103 parameters of all five kinds. - -\bugonpage A283, line 14 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint -\beginsyntax - \alt^|\noboundary|\alt^|\unhbox|\alt^|\unhcopy|\alt^|\valign|\alt^|\vrule| -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage A286, lines 3--12 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{$\bull$}% -\<letter>, \<otherchar>, \kern-1pt^|\char|\<8-bit number>, \<chardef token>, -\kern-1pt^|\noboundary|.\enskip -The most common commands of all are the character commands that tell -\TeX\ to append a character to the current horizontal -list, using the current font. -If two or more commands of this type occur in succession, \TeX\ processes -them all as a unit, converting to ligatures and/or -inserting kerns as directed by the font information. \ (Ligatures and -kerns may be influenced by invisible ``boundary'' characters at the left -and right, unless |\noboundary| appears.) \ Each character -command adjusts ^|\spacefactor|, using -the ^|\sfcode| table as described in Chapter~12. -In unrestricted horizontal mode, a -`|\discretionary{}{}{}|' item is appended after a character whose code is -the ^|\hyphenchar| of its font, or after a ligature formed from a sequence -that ends with such a character. - -\bugonpage A287, insert after line 19 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{$\bull$}% -|\setlanguage|\<number>.\enskip See the conclusion of Appendix H. - -\bugonpage A289, lines 9--14 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$2^{15}-1$. This is done by replacing the character number by its -^|\mathcode| value. If the -|\mathcode| value turns out to be $32768=\null$\hex{8000}, however, - the \<character> -is replaced by an ^{active character} token having the original character -code (0 to~255); \TeX\ forgets the original \<character> and expands this -active character according to the rules of Chapter~20. - -\bugonpage A290, insert before 13th line from bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{$\bull$}% -|\noboundary|. This command is redundant and therefore has no -effect; boundary ligatures are automatically disabled in math modes. - -\bugonpage A296, line 16 from the bottom (9/22/89) - -\noindent[There should be a `|^|' just above the `|3|' in the line below. -This was mistakenly dropped by the printer some time during 1985; it was -correct in the first two printings and it has always been correct inside the -computer!] - -\bugonpage A309, lines 3--5 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss8.4.\enspace}\ignorespaces -|$|$_{3}$ |x|$_{11}$ |^|$_7$ |2|$_{12}$ |$|$_{3}$ |~|$_{13}$ \]$_{10}$ -\cstok{TeX} |b|$_{12}$ |v|$_{12}$ \]$_{10}$. The final space comes from the -\<return> placed at the end of the line. Code |^^6| yields |v| only -when not followed by |0|--|9| or |a|--|f|. -The initial space is ignored, because state~$N$ -governs the beginning of the line. - -\bugonpage A314, line 27 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -The English word `eighteen' might deserve similar treatment. -\TeX's hyphenation algorithm will not make such spelling changes automatically. - -\bugonpage A318, line 19 (3/3/89) - -\ninepoint -|\def\clearnotenumber{\notenumber=0\relax}| - -\bugonpage A330, line 3 (8/25/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss20.10.\enspace}\ignorespaces -|\def\overpaid{{\count0=\balance| - -\bugonpage A336, lines 4--8 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -badness rating of a -box is at most 10000, except that the |\badness| of -an overfull box is 1000000. |INITEX| initializes |\tolerance| to -10000, thereby making all line breaks feasible. Penalties of 10000 or more -prohibit breaks; penalties of $-10000$ or less make breaks mandatory. The -cost of a page break is 100000, if the badness is 10000 and if the -associated penalties are less than 10000 in magnitude (see Chapter~15). - -\bugonpage A337, lines 2--16 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -ifies characters whose codes differ by~64 -from the codes of |?|, |@|, |A|; this convention applies only to -characters with ASCII codes less than~128. There are 256 possible characters, -hence 256 entries in each of the |\catcode|, |\mathcode|, -|\lccode|, |\uccode|, |\sfcode|, and |\delcode| tables. All -|\lccode|, |\uccode|, and |\char| values -must be less than~256. A font has at most 256 characters. There are -256~|\box| registers, 256~|\count| registers, 256~|\dimen| registers, -256~|\skip| registers, 256~|\muskip| registers, 256~|\toks| registers, -256~hyphenation tables. -The ``at size'' of a font must be less than~$2048\pt$, i.e.,~$2^{11}\pt$. -Math delimiters are encoded by multiplying the math~code of the ``small -character'' by~$2^{12}$. The magnitude of -a~\<dimen> value must be less than~$16384\pt$, i.e.,~$2^{14}\pt$; -similarly, the \<factor> in a~\<fil dimen> must be less than~$2^{14}$. -A~|\mathchar| or |\spacefactor| or |\sfcode| value must be less than~$2^{15}$; -a~|\mathcode| or |\mag| value must be less than or equal to~$2^{15}$, -and $2^{15}$ denotes an ``active'' math character. There -are $2^{16}\rm\,sp$ per~pt. A~|\delcode| value -must be less than~$2^{24}$; a~|\delimiter|, less than $2^{27}$. -The |\end| command sometimes contributes -a penalty of $-2^{30}$ to the current page. A~\<dimen> must be less than -$2^{30}\rm\,sp$ in absolute value; a~\<number> must be -less than $2^{31}$ in absolute value. - -\bugonpage A348, line 12 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -^|\showboxbreadth||=5 |^|\showboxdepth||=3 |^|\errorcontextlines||=5| - -\bugonpage A364, insert before line 18 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -^|\lefthyphenmin||=2 |^|\righthyphenmin||=3 % disallow x- or -xx breaks| - -\bugonpage A364, line 5 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def|^|\fmtname||{plain}\def\fmtversion{3.0} % identifies the current format| - -\bugonpage A369, insert before line 5 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint -Modern keyboards allow 256 codes to be input, not just 128; so \TeX\ -represents characters internally as numbers in the range 0--255 (i.e., -\oct{000}--\oct{377}, or \hex{00}--\hex{FF}). Implementations of \TeX\ -differ in which characters they will accept in input files and which -they will transmit to output files; these subsets can be specified -independently. A completely permissive version of \TeX\ allows full -256-character input and output; other versions might ignore all -but the visible characters of ASCII; still other versions might -distinguish the tab character (code \oct{011}) from a space on input, -but might output each tab as a sequence of three characters |^^I|. - -\bugonpage A370, lines 3--7 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -close as possible to the ASCII conventions. -\ (b)~Make sure that codes \oct{041}--\oct{046}, \oct{060}--\oct{071}, -\oct{141}--\oct{146}, and \oct{160}--\oct{171} are present and that -each unrepresentable -internal code $<\null$\oct{200} leads to a representable code when \oct{100} is -added or subtracted; then all 256 codes can be input and output. -\ (c)~Cooperate with everyone else who shares -the same constraints, so that you all adopt the same policy. -\ (See Appendix~J for information about the \TeX\ Users Group.) - -\bugonpage A370, bottom line (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -doesn't matter if these symbols have their plain -\TeX\ meanings or not. \ (6)~There is a special convention for -representing characters 0--255 in the hexadecimal forms -|^^00|--|^^ff|, explained in Chapter~8. This convention is always -acceptable as input, when |^| is any character of catcode~7. Text -output is produced with this convention only when representing -characters of code $\ge128$ that a \TeX\ installer has chosen not to -output directly. - -\bugonpage A385, line 8 (5/14/89) - -\ninepoint -|\def\beginbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}| - -\bugonpage A400, line 18 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -page prematurely if you want to pass a signal. \ (Set -^|\holdinginserts| positive to pass a signal when the contents of\/ -|\box255| will be sent back through the page builder again, if any -insertions are present.) - -\bugonpage A419, lines 4--6 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -shortened or lengthened anyway; -book preparation with \TeX, as with type, encourages interaction between -humans and machines.) \ -The lines of the quotations are set ^{flush right} by using -^|\obeylines| together with a stretchable ^|\leftskip|: - -\bugonpage A444, lines 21--26 (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -following one, using the specified family and the current size, then -insert the ligature character and continue as specified by the font; -two characters may collapse into one, or a new character may appear. -Otherwise if the font information -shows a kern between the current symbol and the next, insert a kern item -after the current Ord atom and move to the next item after that. -Otherwise (i.e., if no ligature or kern is specified between the present -text symbol and the following character), go to Rule~17. - -\bugonpage A453, lines 12--14 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\begingroup -\hyphenpenalty=-1000 \pretolerance=-1 \tolerance=1000 -\doublehyphendemerits=-100000 \finalhyphendemerits=-100000 -\ninepoint\noindent -Exception: The character -`|.|'~is treated as if it were a \<letter> of code~0 -when it appears in a pattern. Code~0 (which obviously cannot match a nonzero -|\lccode|) is used by \TeX\ to represent the -left or right edge of a word when it is being hyphenated. - -\endgroup - -\bugonpage A454, lines 7--15 from the bottom (9/23/89) - -\begingroup -\hyphenpenalty=-1000 \pretolerance=-1 \tolerance=1000 -\doublehyphendemerits=-100000 \finalhyphendemerits=-100000 -\ddanger If a trial word $l_1\ldots l_n$ has been found by this process, -hyphenation will still be abandoned unless $n\ge\lambda+\rho$, where -$\lambda=\max(1,\hbox{|\lefthyphenmin|})$ and -$\rho=\max(1,\hbox{|\righthyphenmin|})$. -\ (Plain \TeX\ takes $\lambda=2$ and $\rho=3$.) \ Furthermore, the items -immediately following the trial word must consist of zero or more -characters, ligatures, and implicit kerns, followed immediately by -either glue or an explicit kern or a penalty item or a whatsit or an -item of vertical mode material from ^|\mark|, ^|\insert|, or ^|\vadjust|. -Thus, a box or rule or math formula or discretionary following too closely -upon the trial word will inhibit hyphenation. (Since \TeX\ inserts -empty discretionaries after ^{explicit hyphens}, these rules imply that -already-hyphenated compound words will not be further hyphenated by -the algorithm.) - -\endgroup - -\bugonpage A455, new copy after line 13 (9/23/89) - -\begingroup -\hyphenpenalty=-1000 \pretolerance=-1 \tolerance=1000 -\doublehyphendemerits=-100000 \finalhyphendemerits=-100000 -\ddanger \looseness=-1 -So far we have assumed that \TeX\ knows only one style of -hyphenation at a time; but in fact \TeX\ can remember up to 256 -distinct sets of rules, if you have enough memory in your computer. An -integer parameter called ^|\language| selects the rules actually used; -every ^|\hyphenation| and ^|\patterns| specification appends new rules -to those previously given for the current value of\/ |\language|. -\ (If\/ |\language| is negative or greater than 255, \TeX\ acts as if -|\language|$\null=0$.) \ All |\patterns| for all languages must be -given before a paragraph is typeset, if |INITEX| is used for -typesetting. - -\ddanger \TeX\ is able to work with several languages in the same -paragraph, because it operates as follows. At the beginning of a -paragraph the ``current language'' is defined to be~0. Whenever a -character is added to the current paragraph (i.e., in unrestricted -horizontal mode), the current language is compared to |\language|; if -they differ, the current language is reset and a whatsit node -specifying the new current language is inserted before the character. -Thus, if you say `|\def\french{\language1...}|' and `|mix| |{\french -franc/ais}| |with| |English|', \TeX\ will put whatsits before the |f| -and the~|w|; hence it will use language~1 rules when hyphenating -|franc/ais|, after which it will revert to language~0. You can insert -the whatsit yourself (even in restricted horizontal mode) by saying -^|\setlanguage|\<number>; this changes the current language but it -does not change |\language|. - -\endgroup - -\bugonpage A459, right column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\badness|, 214, {\it229}, 271. - -\bugonpage A461, right column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint -caron, {\sl see\/} h\'a\v cek. - -\bugonpage A464, line 10 (5/15/89) - -\eightpoint -displays, 87, 103, {\it139--145}, {\it166--167}, - -\bugonpage A464, right column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\emergencystretch|, $\underline{107}$, 274. - -\bugonpage A465, left column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\errorcontextlines|, $\underline{34}$, 273, {\it348}. - -\bugonpage A466, entry for `fractions' (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint[Add page 332 to this entry.] - -\bugonpage A466, entry for `French'' (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint[Add page 455 to this entry.] - -\bugonpage A467, entry for `hexadecimal' (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint[Add pages 45, 47--48 to this entry.] - -\bugonpage A467, right column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\holdinginserts|, $\underline{125}$, 273, 400. - -\bugonpage A467, bottom line (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\hyphenation|, 277, {\it419}, $\underline{452}$--$\underline{453}$, 455. - -\bugonpage A468, right column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint -infinite badness, 97, 107, 111, 229, 317. - -\bugonpage A468, right column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\inputlineno|, 214, 271. - -\bugonpage A469, entry for kerns (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint[Add pages 286 and 444 to this entry.] - -\bugonpage A469, left column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\language| (hyphenation method), 273, $\underline{455}$. - -\bugonpage A469, right column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\lefthyphenmin|, 273, {\it364}, $\underline{454}$. - -\bugonpage A470, entry for ligatures (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint[Add pages 286 and 444 to this entry.] - -\bugonpage A472, left column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\noboundary|, 283, $\underline{286}$, 290. - -\bugonpage A473, right column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint -overfull boxes, 27--30, 94, 229, 238,\par -\indent\qquad 302--303, 307, 400.\par -\indent\quad avoiding, 107. - -\bugonpage A474, left column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\patterns|, 277, $\underline{453}$, 455. - -\bugonpage A476, left column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\righthyphenmin|, 273, {\it364}, $\underline{454}$. - -\bugonpage A476, right column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\setlanguage|, 287, $\underline{455}$. - -\bugonpage A476, right column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\showboxbreadth|, 273, $\underline{302}$, 303, {\it348}.\par -\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\showboxdepth|, 79, 273, $\underline{302}$, 303, {\it348}. - -\bugonpage A479, left column (9/23/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\tolerance|, {\it29--30}, 91, 94, $\underline{96}$, 107, 272,\par -\indent\qquad{\it317}, {\it333}, {\it342}, {\it348}, {\it364}, {\it451}. - -\bugonpage A481, right column, last six entries (9/23/89) - -\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em - \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em - /\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}% -\eightpoint -\frac1/2, 67, 332.\par -1/2, in unslashed form, 141, 186.\par -\<4-bit number>, $\underline{271}$.\par -\<8-bit number>, $\underline{271}$, 276--278.\par -\<15-bit number>, $\underline{271}$, 277, 289, 291.\par -\<27-bit number>, $\underline{271}$, 289, 291.\par - -\bugonpage A483, lines 15 and 21 (9/23/89) - -\noindent[Delete these two lines, as TUG's address is no longer c/o AMS.] - - % volume B -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage Bvii, top two lines (4/21/89) - -{\hsize=29pc -\tenpoint\noindent -{\it {\sltt WEB} documentation for four utility programs that are -often used in conjunction with \TeX: {\sltt POOLtype}, {\sltt TFtoPL}, -{\sltt PLtoTF}, and {\sltt DVItype}.} -\par} - -\bugonpage B2, line 32 (6/20/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]TeX,\]Version\]2.991\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \TeX\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B118, lines 2--4 (3/2/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin if\/} $\\{cur\_level}>\\{level\_one}$ {\bf then}\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf begin} \\{check\_full\_save\_stack}; \ - $\\{save\_type}(\\{save\_ptr})\gets\\{insert\_token}$;\par -\noindent\hskip20pt$\\{save\_level}(\\{save\_ptr})\gets\\{level\_zero}$; \ - $\\{save\_index}(\\{save\_ptr})\gets t$; \ \\{incr}(\\{save\_ptr});\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf end}; - -\bugonpage B182, line 13 becomes two lines (6/20/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$k,\\{kk}$: \\{small\_number};\quad - $\{\,$number of digits in a decimal fraction$\,\}$\par\noindent -$p,q$: \\{pointer};\quad - $\{\,$top of decimal digit stack$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B182, line 15 from the bottom (6/20/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin} $k\gets0$; $p\gets\\{null}$; \\{get\_token};\quad - $\{\,$\\{point\_token} is being re-scanned$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B182, line 11 from the bottom (6/20/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf begin} $q\gets\\{get\_avail}$; $\\{link}(q)\gets p$; - $\\{info}(q)\gets\\{cur\_tok}-\\{zero\_token}$; - $p\gets q$; $\\{incr}(k)$; - -\bugonpage B182, line 8 from the bottom (6/20/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{done1}: {\bf for} $\\{kk}\gets k$ {\bf downto} 1 {\bf do}\par -\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{dig}[kk-1]\gets\\{info}(p)$; $q\gets p$; $p\gets\\{link}(p)$; - $\\{free\_avail}(q)$;\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf end};\par -\noindent\hskip10pt$f\gets\\{round\_decimals}(k)$; - -\bugonpage B332, lines 11 and 12 from the bottom (4/8/89) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin if\/} $\\{cur\_align}=\\{null}$ {\bf then} - \\{confusion}({\tt\char'23endv\char'23});\par\noindent\hskip10pt -$q\gets\\{link}(\\{cur\_align})$; \ {\bf if\/} $q=\\{null}$ {\bf then} - \\{confusion}({\tt\char'23endv\char'23}); - -\bugonpage B466, line 5 becomes three lines (6/7/89) - -\ninepoint -\noindent -$\\{mmode}+\\{halign}$: {\bf if\/} \\{privileged} {\bf then}\par\noindent -\hskip20pt{\bf if\/} $\\{cur\_group}=\\{math\_shift\_group}$ - {\bf then} \\{init\_align}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf else} \\{off\_save}; - -\bugonpage B518, line 25 (8/31/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{undump}(\\{lo\_mem\_stat\_max}+1)(\\{lo\_mem\_max})(\\{rover})$; \ -$p\gets\\{mem\_bot}$; \ $q\gets\\{rover}$; - - % volume C -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers - -\buginvol C, in general (9/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Change `127' to `255' and `128' to `256' in contexts referring to character -codes. This happens on pages 188(thrice) and 251.] - -\bugonpage C91, lines 12 and 13 (8/31/89) - -\begintt -\mode=cheapo; input newface -\endtt -and the same file should also produce a high-resolution font if we start with - -\bugonpage C204, line 4 (8/18/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -so that -\\{currenttransform} multiplies all $y$~coordinates by -\\{aspect\_ratio}, when paths are\cutpar - -\bugonpage C212, lines 24--27 (9/30/89) - -\ninepoint -\begindisplay -{\it boundarychar}\quad&the right boundary character for ligatures and kerns\cr -\enddisplay -All of these quantities are numeric. They are initially zero at the -start of a job, except for {\it year\/}, {\it month\/}, - {\it day\/}, and {\it time\/}, which -are initialized to the time the run began; furthermore, {\it boundarychar\/} is -initially~$-1$. A {\it granularity\/} of zero is equivalent to - $\hbox{\it granularity\/}=1$. -A preloaded base file like plain \MF\ will usually give nonzero values to -several other internal quantities on this list. - -\bugonpage C259, lines 16 and 17 from the bottom (5/14/89) - -\tenpoint -\noindent -|screenchars|; \ |screenstrokes|; \ |imagerules|; \ |gfcorners|; \ -|nodisplays|;\hfil\break -|notransforms|; \ |input| \<filename>. - -\bugonpage C282, the three lines following the chart (9/30/89) - -\tenpoint\noindent -\MF\ can also be configured to accept any or all of the character codes -128--255. -However, \MF\ programs that make use of anything in addition to the 95 -standard ASCII characters cannot be expected to run on other systems, so -the use of extended character sets is discouraged. - -\bugonpage C316, bottom 14 lines and top 30 of page C317 (9/30/89) - -\ninepoint -Ligature information and kerning information is specified in short -``^{ligtable programs}'' of a particularly simple form. Here's an example -that illustrates most of the features (although it is not a serious -example of typographic practice): -\beginlines -^|ligtable|| "f": "f" =: oct"013", "i" |\||=: oct"020", skipto 1;| -|ligtable "o": "b": "p": "e" kern .5u#, "o" kern .5u#, "x" kern-.5u#,| -| 1:: "!" kern u#;| -\endlines -This sequence of instructions can be paraphrased as follows: -\smallskip -\hangindent 3pc -Dear \TeX, when you're typesetting an~`f' with this font, and when the -following character also belongs to this font, look at it closely because -you might need to do something special: If that following character is -another~`f', replace the two f's by character code |oct"013"| -[namely `\char'13'\kern.5pt]; -if it's an `i', retain the `f' but replace the `i' by character code -|oct"020"| [a dotless `\char'20'\kern.5pt]; -otherwise skip down to label `|1::|' for further instructions. -When you're typesetting an `o' or~`b' or~`p', if the next input to \TeX\ is -`e' or~`o', add a half unit -of space between the letters; if it's an `x', subtract a half unit; if it's an -exclamation point, add a full unit. The last instruction applies also -to exclamation points following~`f' (because of the label `|1::|'). -\smallskip\noindent -When a character code appears in front of a colon, the colon ``labels'' -the starting place for that character's ligature and kerning program, -which continues to the end of the ligtable statement. A double colon denotes -a ``local label''; a |skipto| instruction advances to the next matching local -label, which must appear before 128 ligtable steps intervene. The special -label \|\||:| can be used to initiate ligtable instructions for an invisible -``left boundary character'' that is implicitly present just before every -word; an invisible ``right boundary character'' equal to {\it boundarychar\/} is -also implicitly present just after every word, if {\it boundarychar\/} - lies between -0 and~255. - -The general syntax for ligtable programs is pretty easy to guess from -these examples, but we ought to exhibit it for completeness: -\beginsyntax \chardef\\=`\| -<ligtable command>\is[ligtable]<ligtable program><optional skip> -<ligtable program>\is<ligtable step>\alt<ligtable program>[,]<ligtable step> -<optional skip>\is[,] [skipto]<code>\alt<empty> -<ligtable step>\is<code><ligature op><code> - \alt<code>[kern]<numeric expression> - \alt<label><ligtable step> -<ligature op>\is[=:]\alt[\\=:]\alt[\\=:>]\alt[=:\\]\alt[=:\\>]% - \alt[\\=:\\]\alt[\\=:\\>]\alt[\\=:\\>>] -<label>\is<code>[:]\alt<code>[::]\alt[\\\\:] -<code>\is<numeric expression>\alt<string expression> -\endsyntax -A \<code> should have a numeric value between 0 and 255, inclusive, -after having been rounded to the nearest integer; or it should be a -string of length~1, in which case it denotes the corresponding -^{ASCII} code (Appendix~C\null). For example, |"A"| and |64.61| both -specify the code value 65. Vertical bars to the left or right of `|=:|' -tell \TeX\ to retain the original left and/or right character that invoked a -ligature. Additional `|>|' signs tell \TeX\ to advance its focus of attention -instead of doing any further ligtable operations at the current -character position. - -\bugonpage C338, lines 21 and 22 (9/30/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -and 127--255 have to be specified with the `|#|' option, -on non-fancy installations of \TeX, -and so does code 35 (which is the ASCII code of `|#|' itself). - -\bugonpage C346, left column, after line 14 (9/30/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -\||=:|, {\it316}, $\underline{317}$.\par -\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -\||=:>|, $\underline{317}$.\par -\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|=:|\|, $\underline{317}$.\par -\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|=:|\||>|, $\underline{317}$.\par -\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -\||=:|\|, $\underline{317}$.\par -\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -\||=:|\||>|, $\underline{317}$.\par -\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -\||=:|\||>>|, $\underline{317}$.\par - -\bugonpage C346, left column, after line 31 (9/30/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|::| (local label), $\underline{317}$.\par -\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -\|\||:| (left boundary label), $\underline{317}$.\par - -\bugonpage C347, left column (9/30/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|boundarychar|, 212, 317. - -\bugonpage C352, left column (9/30/89) - -\eightpoint[Change `\<ligature replacement>' to `\<ligature op>'.] - -\bugonpage C354, left column (9/30/89) - -\eightpoint -\<optional skip>, 217. - -\bugonpage C356, left column (9/30/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|skipto|, {\it316}, $\underline{317}$. - - % Volume D -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage Dvi, bottom two lines, and top lines of page vii (4/21/89) - -{\hsize=29pc \tenpoint -\textindent\bull ``\MF\/ware'' by Donald~E. Knuth, Tomas~G. Rokicki, and -Ar\-thur~L. Samuel, Stanford Computer Science Report 1255 (Stanford, -California, April 1989), 207~pp. \ {\it The {\sltt WEB} programs for -four utility programs that are often used in conjunction with -\slMF\kern1pt: {\sltt GFtype}, {\sltt GFtoPK}, {\sltt GFtoDVI}, -and {\sltt MFT}.} -\par} - -\bugonpage D63, line 9 (8/31/89) - -\tenpoint\noindent -\\{mem}, so we -allow pointers to assume any \\{halfword} value. The minimum memory -index represents\cutpar - -\bugonpage D63, line 28 (8/31/89) - -\tenpoint\centerline{$\\{null}=\\{mem\_min}<\\{lo\_mem\_max}< -\\{hi\_mem\_min}<\\{mem\_top}\le\\{mem\_end}\le\\{mem\_max}$.} - -\bugonpage D67, in the July 1987 printing (4/7/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Delete line 7, which has a redundant `{\bf if\/} $r=p$ {\bf then}'; - move line 8 to the left 10 points for alignment; and restore the following - line (which was deleted by mistake after line 8): - - \noindent\hskip10pt - $\\{node\_size}(p)\gets q-p$\quad$\{\,$reset the size in case it grew$\,\}$ - - \noindent - These corrections are needed only in the reprinting made July, 1987.] - -\bugonpage D228, in the July 1987 printing (4/7/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Delete lines 14--15, which were inserted erroneously from a previous errata -list; and restore the following lines (which were deleted by mistake): - -\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} \\{double}(\\{max\_coef}); \ -\\{double}(\\{x0}); \ -\\{double}(\\{x1}); \ -\\{double}(\\{x2});\par\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{double}(\\{y0}); \ -\\{double}(\\{y1}); \ -\\{double}(\\{y2});\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf end} - -\noindent -These corrections are needed only in the reprinting made July, 1987.] - -\bugonpage D248, in the July 1987 printing (4/7/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Delete line 16, which begins with `$d\gets\\{take\_fraction}$'; -and restore the following line (which was deleted by mistake after line 22): - -\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $d<\\{alpha}$ {\bf then} $d\gets\\{alpha}$ - -\noindent -These corrections are needed only in the reprinting made July, 1987.] - -\bugonpage D389, line 10 (6/20/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{help1}({\tt\char'23 -The\]expression\]above\]should\]have\]been\]a\]number\]>=3/4.\char'23}); - -\bugonpage D504, line 25 (8/31/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{undump}(\\{lo\_mem\_stat\_max}+1)(\\{lo\_mem\_max})(\\{rover})$; \ -$p\gets\\{mem\_min}$; \ $q\gets\\{rover}$; - -\bugonpage D510, in the July 1987 printing (4/7/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Move the 7th-to-last line, which begins with `\\{internal}[\\{fontmaking}]', -one line down, and indent it to the right by 10 more points. -This correction is needed only in the reprinting made July, 1987.] - - % volume E -\hsize=29pc -\def\dashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\kern-.05em}\mkern3.9mu\hbox{-\kern-.05em}}} - -\bugonpage Exiii, bottom four lines (5/5/89) - -{\hsize=29pc \tenpoint -\textindent\bull ``Metamarks: Preliminary studies for a Pandora's Box of -shapes'' by Neenie Billawala, -Stanford Computer Science Report 1256 (Stanford, -California, May 1989), 132~pp. \ {\it Lavishly illustrated studies in -parameter variation, leading to the design of a new family of -typefaces called Pandora.} -\par} - -\bugonpage E401, bottom line (5/16/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf \def\_{\kern.04em\vbox{\hrule width.3em height .6pt}\kern.08em}% -math\_fit}$(-.3\\{cap\_height}\0*\\{slant}-.5u\0,\\{ic}\0)$;\par\noindent -{\bf penlabels}$(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8)$; {\bf endchar\/}; -\smallskip\noindent -[some points and labels are missing at the tip of the tail on page 400] - \bye - Now here are some that I will make soon! - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.four b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.four deleted file mode 100644 index 11d0435e749..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.four +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1052 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting - -\input manmac -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\today{\number\day\ - \ifcase\month\or - Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or - Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - \ \number\year} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\par}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting, 1987--1988}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\noindent This is a list of all corrections made to {\sl Computers \& -Typesetting}, Volumes A--E\null, between -16 June 1987 and 20 February 1989. Corrections made to -the softcover version of {\sl The \TeX book} are the same as corrections to -Volume~A\null. Corrections to the softcover version of {\sl The -\slMF\kern1ptbook\/} are the same as corrections to Volume~C\null. -Some of these corrections have already been made in reprintings -of the books. Some of these corrections affect the indexes and -mini-indexes of Volumes B~and~D in ways not shown here. Corrections -made up to 15 June 1987 appear in other files. - % volume A - -\bugonpage A159, line 22 (2/15/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -`|\nolimits|' if the normal |\displaylimits| -convention has been overridden; a Rad\cutpar - -\bugonpage A213, lines 34--35 (12/23/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -text will be a single control sequence token, defined to be like |\relax| if -its meaning is currently undefined. - -\bugonpage A299, line 30 (7/6/88) - -\ninepoint\indent\tt -Fatal format file error; I'm stymied. - -\bugonpage A326, line 12 (12/12/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -its natural width. The |\hbox| version also invokes |\everymath|. - -\bugonpage A359, line 2 (11/6/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\mathchardef\ldotp="613A\mathchardef\cdotp="6201\mathchardef\colon="603A| - -\bugonpage A359, lines 35--38 (5/24/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\updownarrow{\delimiter"326C33F } \def\arrowvert{\delimiter"033C000 }|% - \par\noindent -|\def\Updownarrow{\delimiter"326D377 } \def\Arrowvert{\delimiter"033D000 } |% - \par\noindent -|\def\vert{\delimiter"026A30C } \def\Vert{\delimiter"026B30D } |% - \par\noindent -|\def\backslash{\delimiter"026E30F } \def\bracevert{\delimiter"033E000 }| - -\bugonpage A364, line 35 (11/6/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\fmtname{plain}\def\fmtversion{2.94} % identifies the current format| - -\bugonpage A379, line 15 (10/12/87) - -\ninepoint -|\def\deleterightmost#1{\edef#1{\expandafter\xyzzy#1\xyzzy}}| - -\bugonpage A383, lines 7--15 from the bottom (1/4/89) - -\begintt - 209 strings out of 1685 - 1659 string characters out of 17636 - 27618 words of memory out of 52821 - 1172 multiletter control sequences out of 2500 -\endtt -Consequently there was plenty of room for more macros: $52821-27618= -25203$ unused cells of main memory, $2500-1172=1328$ of name memory, -$1685-209=1476$ of string memory, and $17636-1659=15977$ of character memory. -But a fairly large \TeX\ was being used, and only the macros of -Appendices B and~E were loaded; in other circumstances it might have -been necessary to conserve space. - -\bugonpage A454, lines 23--29 (8/13/87) - -\begingroup -\hyphenpenalty=-1000 \pretolerance=-1 \tolerance=1000 -\doublehyphendemerits=-100000 \finalhyphendemerits=-100000 -\ddanger If a suitable starting letter is found, let it be in font~$f$. -Hyphenation is abandoned unless the |\hyphenchar| of~$f$ is between -0 and~255, and unless a character of that number exists in the font. -If this test is passed, \TeX\ continues to scan forward -until coming to something that's not one of the following three -``admissible items'': (1)~a character in font~$f$ whose |\lccode| -is nonzero; (2)~a ligature formed entirely from characters of type~(1); -(3)~an implicit kern. The first inadmissible item terminates this part of -the process; the trial word consists of all the letters found in admissible -items. Notice that all of these letters are in font~$f$. - -\endgroup % end the special hyphenation conventions - -\bugonpage A458, left column, line 19 (2/15/88) - -\eightpoint\indent -|\|\| ( $\Vert$ ), {\it146--147}, {\it171}, $\underline{361}$, 435, 438. - -\bugonpage A462, left column, line 7 (10/9/87) - -\eightpoint\indent\qquad 152, 178, $\underline{360}$. - -\bugonpage A463, left column (4/17/88) - -\eightpoint\indent -\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}|\day|, 273, 349, {\it406}. - -\bugonpage A464, left column, under Displays (12/8/88) - -\eightpoint\indent\quad -non-centered, 186, 326, 375--376, 420--421. - -\bugonpage A465, entry for {\tt\char`\\everymath} (12/12/87) - -\eightpoint\indent[Include also a reference to page 326.] - -\bugonpage A465, right column (7/6/88) - -\eightpoint\indent{\tt Fatal format file error}, 299. - -\bugonpage A473, entry for `page builder' (8/13/87) - -\eightpoint\indent\quad when exercised, 122, 280--283, 286--287. - -\bugonpage A474, left column (12/27/88) - -\eightpoint\indent -\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}|\parshape|, 101--102, 214, 271, 277, 283, - -\bugonpage A480, right column (2/15/88) - -\eightpoint\indent|\vdots| ( $\vdots$ ), {\it177}, $\underline{359}$. - -\bugonpage A481, right column (7/3/87) - -\eightpoint|\z@|, $\underline{347}$, 348.\par -|\z@skip|, $\underline{347}$, 348. - % volume B -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage B2, line 32 (2/20/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]TeX,\]Version\]2.97\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \TeX\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B38, lines 7--9 from the bottom (11/6/88) - -\tenpoint\noindent[Delete this paragraph; it is being moved to page B214.] - -\bugonpage B38, line 5 from the bottom (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf begin if\/} \\{log\_opened} {\bf then} $\\{selector}\gets\\{term\_and\_log}$ - -\bugonpage B39, line 5 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern50pt -{\bf if\/} \\{log\_opened} {\bf then} \\{error}; - -\bugonpage B52, line 5 (8/13/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -cannot be done, i.e., if $\\{hi\_mem\_min}=\\{lo\_mem\_max}+1$, -we have to quit. - -\bugonpage B54, lines 34--35 (7/9/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf begin if\/} $\\{hi\_mem\_min}-\\{lo\_mem\_max}\ge1998$ - {\bf then} $t\gets\\{lo\_mem\_max}+1000$\par\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf else} $t\gets\\{lo\_mem\_max}+1+(\\{hi\_mem\_min}-\\{lo\_mem\_max}) -\,\mathbin{\bf div}\,2$;\quad\kern-4pt -$\{\,\\{lo\_mem\_max}+2\le t<\\{hi\_mem\_min}\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B108, new line after line 8 (5/24/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern20pt -$d$: \\{integer};\quad -$\{\,$number of characters in incomplete current string$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B108, lines 31--33 (5/24/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{str\_room}(l)$; $d\gets\\{cur\_length}$;\par\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf while} $\\{pool\_ptr}>\\{str\_start}[\\{str\_ptr}]$ {\bf do} - \par\noindent\kern20pt -{\bf begin} \\{decr}(\\{pool\_ptr}); - $\\{str\_pool}[\\{pool\_ptr}+l]\gets\\{str\_pool}[\\{pool\_ptr}]$; - \par\noindent\kern20pt -{\bf end};\quad$\{\,$move current string up to make room for another$\,\}$ -\par\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf for} $k\gets j$ {\bf to} $j+l-1$ {\bf do} $\\{append\_char}(\\{buffer}[k])$; -\par\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{text}(p)\gets\\{make\_string}$; $\\{pool\_ptr}\gets\\{pool\_ptr}+d$; - -\bugonpage B115, line 12 (4/28/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{group\_code}=0\to\\{max\_group\_code}$;\quad - $\{\,$\\{save\_level} for a level boundary$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B141, line 19 (4/28/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{par\_token}: \\{halfword};\quad - $\{\,$token representing `|\par|'$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B150, line 24 (4/28/88) - -\tenpoint\noindent{\bf 358.\quad}% -The present point in the program is reached only when the \\{expand} -routine has inserted\cutpar - -\bugonpage B151, mini-index (4/28/88) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Delete the entry for `\\{no\_expand}'; replace it by: - -\indent\\{expand}: {\bf procedure}, \S366. - -\bugonpage B154, lines 25, 29, 34 respectively (9/20/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -$\\{cvl\_backup},\\{radix\_backup},\\{co\_backup}$: \\{small\_number};\quad - $\{\,$to save \\{cur\_val\_level}, etc.$\,\}$\par\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{co\_backup}\gets\\{cur\_order}$; - $\\{backup\_backup}\gets\\{link}(\\{backup\_head})$;\par\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{cur\_order}\gets\\{co\_backup}$; - $\\{link}(\\{backup\_head})\gets\\{backup\_backup}$; - -\bugonpage B155, new entry for mini-index (9/20/87) - -\eightpoint\indent -\\{cur\_order}: \\{glue\_ord}, \S447. - -\bugonpage B156, line 28 (12/23/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin }$\\{eq\_define}(\\{cur\_cs},\\{relax},256)$; - -\bugonpage B157, mini-index (12/23/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Delete the entries for `\\{eqtb}' and `\\{frozen\_relax}'; replace them -by the following: - -\indent\\{eq\_define}: {\bf procedure}, \S227.\par -$\\{relax}=0$, \S207.\par - -\bugonpage B162, lines 12--14 (4/30/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf repeat} $\\{link}(\\{temp\_head})\gets\\{null}$;\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf if\/} $(\\{info}(r)>\\{match\_token}+127)\lor - (\\{info}(r)<\\{match\_token})$ {\bf then} - $s\gets\\{null}$\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf else begin} $\\{match\_chr}\gets\\{info}(r)-\\{match\_token}$; \ - $s\gets\\{link}(r)$; \ $r\gets s$; \ $p\gets\\{temp\_head}$; \ - $m\gets 0$; - -\bugonpage B177, bottom line before mini-index (7/13/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{cur\_val}\gets0$; \ - $\\{cur\_val\_level}\gets\\{int\_val}$; \ - $\\{radix}\gets0$; \ - $\\{cur\_order}\gets0$; - -\bugonpage B181, line 31 (4/28/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Change `$x$ units per sp' to `$x$ sp per unit'! This change also -should be made on line~1 of page B183 and line $-8$ of page B590.] - -\bugonpage B188, line 8 (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf function} $\\{str\_toks}(b:\\{pool\_pointer})$: \\{pointer};\quad - $\{\,$changes the string \\{str\_pool}$[b\to\\{pool\_ptr}]$ to a token list$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B188, line 13 (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf begin} \\{str\_room}(1); $p\gets\\{temp\_head}$; - $\\{link}(p)\gets\\{null}$; $k\gets b$; - -\bugonpage B188, line 20 (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{pool\_ptr}\gets b$; $\\{str\_toks}\gets p$; - -\bugonpage B188, new line after line 28 (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern20pt -$b$: \\{pool\_pointer};\quad$\{\,$base of temporary string$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B188, line 31 (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf else begin} $\\{old\_setting}\gets\\{selector}$; - $\\{selector}\gets\\{new\_string}$; $b\gets\\{pool\_ptr}$; - -\bugonpage B188, line 41 (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern20pt -$\\{selector}\gets\\{old\_setting}$; $\\{the\_toks}\gets\\{str\_toks}(b)$; - -\bugonpage B190, lines 16--18 (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern20pt -$b$: \\{pool\_pointer};\quad$\{\,$base of temporary string$\,\}$\par -\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf begin} $c\gets\\{cur\_chr}$; - $\langle\,$Scan the argument for command $c${\eightrm\kern.5em471}$\,\rangle$; -\par\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{old\_setting}\gets\\{selector}$; -$\\{selector}\gets\\{new\_string}$; $b\gets\\{pool\_ptr}$; -$\langle\,$Print the result of command~$c${\eightrm\kern.5em472}$\,\rangle$; -\par\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{selector}\gets\\{old\_setting}$; -$\\{link}(\\{garbage})\gets\\{str\_toks}(b)$; -$\\{ins\_list}(\\{link}(\\{temp\_head}))$; - -\bugonpage B210, line 36 (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf begin if} $(\\{pool\_ptr}+\\{name\_length}>\\{pool\_size}) - \lor(\\{str\_ptr}=\\{max\_strings})\lor(\\{cur\_length}>0)$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage B211, new line of code before the mini-index (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{log\_opened}: \\{boolean};\quad$\{\,$has the transcript file been opened?$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B212, line 5 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{job\_name}\gets0$; \ $\\{name\_in\_progress}\gets\\{false}$; \ -$\\{log\_opened}\gets\\{false}$; - -\bugonpage B213, line 24 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{log\_name}\gets\\{a\_make\_name\_string}(\\{log\_file})$; \ -$\\{selector}\gets\\{log\_only}$; \ -$\\{log\_opened}\gets\\{true}$; - -\bugonpage B214, lines 2 and 3 (12/14/88) - -\tenpoint\noindent -messages or even to \\{show\_context}. -The \\{prompt\_file\_name} routine can result in a \\{fatal\_error}, -but the \\{error} -routine will not be invoked because \\{log\_opened} will be false. -\par\noindent\hskip10pt -The normal idea of \\{batch\_mode} is that nothing at all should be written -on the terminal. However, in the unusual case that -no log file could be opened, we make an exception and allow -an explanatory message to be seen. - -\bugonpage B214, lines 7--11 reduce to a single line (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin} $\\{selector}\gets\\{term\_only}$; - -\bugonpage B224, second-last line (4/28/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{done}: {\bf if} \\{file\_opened} {\bf then} \\{b\_close}(\\{tfm\_file});\par -\noindent\hskip10pt $\\{read\_font\_info}\gets g$; - -\bugonpage B229, lines 6--8 (11/17/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -than $2^{27}$. -If $z<2^{23}$, the individual multiplications $b\cdot z$, -$c\cdot z$, $d\cdot z$ cannot overflow; otherwise we will divide $z$ by 2, -4, 8, or 16, to obtain a multiplier less than $2^{23}$, and we can -compensate for this later. If $z$ has thereby been replaced by -$z^\prime=z/2^e$, let $\beta=2^{4-e}$; we shall compute - -\bugonpage B229, lines 11--12 (11/17/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -if $a=0$, or the same quantity minus $\alpha=2^{4+e}z^\prime$ if $a=255$. -This calculation must be done exactly, in order to guarantee portability -of \TeX\ between computers. - -\bugonpage B230, lines 2--5 (11/17/87) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip10pt{\bf begin} $\\{alpha}\gets16$;\par -\noindent\hskip10pt{\bf while} $z\ge\oct{40000000}$ {\bf do}\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf begin} $z\gets z\ {\bf div}\ 2$; \ - $\\{alpha}\gets\\{alpha}+\\{alpha}$; \ {\bf end};\par -\noindent\hskip10pt$\\{beta}\gets256\ {\bf div}\ \\{alpha}$; \ - $\\{alpha}\gets\\{alpha}\ast z$;\par - -\bugonpage B245, new entry for mini-index (8/7/87) - -\eightpoint\indent -\\{cur\_s}: \\{integer}, \S616. - -\bugonpage B254, line 29 (8/7/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{cur\_s}: \\{integer};\quad -$\{\,$current depth of output box nesting, initially $-1\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B254, line 31 (8/7/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Remove the statement `$\\{cur\_s}\gets-1$;' and put it on page B244 at the -end of line 31.] - -\bugonpage B259, line 13 (11/9/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin }$\\{rule\_wd}\gets\\{rule\_wd}+10$;\quad -$\{\,$compensate for floating-point rounding$\,\}$\par\noindent\hskip20pt -$\\{edge}\gets\\{cur\_h}+\\{rule\_wd}$; $\\{lx}\gets0$; -$\langle\,$Let \\{cur\_h} be the position of the first box, and set - -\bugonpage B259, line 17 (11/9/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -$\\{cur\_h}\gets\\{edge}-10$; {\bf goto} \\{next\_p}; - -\bugonpage B263, line 21 (11/9/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin }$\\{rule\_ht}\gets\\{rule\_ht}+10$;\quad -$\{\,$compensate for floating-point rounding$\,\}$\par\noindent\hskip20pt -$\\{edge}\gets\\{cur\_v}+\\{rule\_ht}$; $\\{lx}\gets0$; -$\langle\,$Let \\{cur\_v} be the position of the first box, and set - -\bugonpage B263, line 25 (11/9/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -$\\{cur\_v}\gets\\{edge}-10$; {\bf goto} \\{next\_p}; - -\bugonpage B266, line 8 (8/7/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -\\{dvi\_out}(\\{eop}); \\{incr}(\\{total\_pages}); $\\{cur\_s}\gets-1$; - -\bugonpage B266, new code between lines 31 and 32 (8/7/87) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip10pt{\bf while} $\\{cur\_s}>-1$ {\bf do}\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf begin if} $\\{cur\_s}>0$ {\bf then} - \\{dvi\_out}(\\{pop})\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf else begin} \\{dvi\_out}(\\{eop}); - \\{incr}(\\{total\_pages})\par -\noindent\hskip30pt{\bf end};\par -\noindent\hskip20pt\\{decr}(\\{cur\_s});\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf end};\par - -\bugonpage B285, line 21 (4/28/88) - -\noindent\tenpoint -is subsidiary to the \\{nucleus} field of some noad; the dot is replaced by -`|_|' or `|^|' or `|/|' or `|\|' if $p$ is\cutpar - -\bugonpage B338, second-last line (8/19/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$q\gets\\{link}(\\{head})$; $s\gets\\{head}$; - -\bugonpage B339, line 4 (8/19/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern20pt -$s\gets q$; $q\gets\\{link}(q)$; - -\bugonpage B339, new code to insert after line 10 (8/19/87) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\kern10pt{\bf if} $o\ne0$ {\bf then}\par -\noindent\kern20pt{\bf begin} $r\gets\\{link}(q)$; $\\{link}(q)\gets\\{null}$; - $q\gets\\{hpack}(q,\\{natural})$;\par -\noindent\kern20pt$\\{shift\_amount}(q)\gets o$; $\\{link}(q)\gets r$; - $\\{link}(s)\gets q$;\par -\noindent\kern20pt{\bf end};\par -\noindent[These new lines also imply changes to the index that aren't - shown in this errata list.] - -\bugonpage B387, line 2 (5/24/88) - -\tenpoint\noindent -is quite short. In the following code we set \\{hc}$[\\{hn}+2]$ to the -impossible value 128, in order to\cutpar - -\bugonpage B387, line 8 (5/24/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{hc}[0]\gets127$; $\\{hc}[\\{hn}+1]\gets127$; - $\\{hc}[\\{hn}+2]\gets128$;\quad$\{\,$insert delimiters$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B390, lines 17--18 (5/24/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$\langle\,$Enter as many hyphenation exceptions as are listed, until coming - to a right brace; then {\bf return\eightrm\kern.5em961}$\,\rangle$; - -\smallskip[The same change applies to lines 20--21, and -to page~582.] - -\bugonpage B396, new line after line 34 (5/24/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{trie\_link}(\\{trie\_size})\gets0$; -$\\{trie\_back}(0)\gets\\{trie\_size}$;\quad -$\{\,$wrap around$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B396, bottom line (12/12/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{trie\_link}(0)\gets0$; $\\{trie\_char}(0)\gets0$; - $\\{trie\_op}(0)\gets\\{min\_quarterword}$; - -\bugonpage B397, lines 15--17 (5/24/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf begin} $c\gets\\{trie\_c}[p]$;\par\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if} $c<\\{trie\_min}$ {\bf then} $\\{trie\_min}\gets c$;\par\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if} $\\{trie\_min}=0$ {\bf then} $z\gets\\{trie\_link}(\\{trie\_size})$\par -\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf else} $z\gets\\{trie\_link}(\\{trie\_min}-1)$;\quad -$\{\,$get the first conceivably good hole$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B400, lines 3--4 (5/24/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\langle\,$Enter all of the patterns into a linked trie, until coming - to a right brace{\eightrm\kern.5em961}$\,\rangle\equiv$ - -\smallskip[The same change applies to page B399, lines 29--30, and -to page~582.] - -\bugonpage B402, line 10 (5/24/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$r\gets\\{trie\_size}$;\quad -$\{\,$finally, we will zero out the holes$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B406, line 9 from the bottom (1/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern30pt -$\\{shrink\_order}(r)\gets\\{normal}$; \ $\\{delete\_glue\_ref}(q)$; \ -$\\{glue\_ptr}(p)\gets r$; \ $q\gets r$; - -\bugonpage B417, line 10 (1/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$q\gets\\{new\_skip\_param}(\\{top\_skip\_code})$; \quad -$\{\,$now $\\{temp\_ptr}=\\{glue\_ptr}(q)\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B418, line 14 (1/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern30pt -$\\{shrink\_order}(r)\gets\\{normal}$; \ $\\{delete\_glue\_ref}(q)$; \ -$\\{glue\_ptr}(p)\gets r$; \ $q\gets r$; - -\bugonpage B507, line 13 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if\/} \\{log\_opened} {\bf then} $\\{selector}\gets\\{selector}+2$; - -\bugonpage B527, line 21 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if\/} \\{log\_opened} {\bf then} - -\bugonpage B528, line 5 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if\/} \\{log\_opened} {\bf then} - -\bugonpage B547, right column (9/20/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\\{co\_backup}:\quad $\underline{366}$.} - -\bugonpage B548, right column (9/20/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\\{cur\_order}:\quad 366, $\underline{447}$, 448, 454, 462.} - -\bugonpage B548, right column (8/7/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\\{cur\_s}:\quad 593, $\underline{616}$, 619, 629, 640, 642.} - -\bugonpage B551, both columns (12/23/87) - -\eightpoint[Remove `372' from \\{eqtb} and put it into \\{eq\_define}.] - -\bugonpage B552, left column (4/28/88) - -\eightpoint[Insert `358' into \\{expand}.] - -\bugonpage B554, left column (12/23/87) - -\eightpoint[Remove `372' from \\{frozen\_relax}.] - -\bugonpage B559, new entry (12/14/88) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\\{log\_opened}, 92--93, $\underline{527}$, 528, 534--535, 1265, 1333--1334. - -\bugonpage B559, right column (8/13/87) - -\eightpoint[Delete the entry for \\{low\_mem\_max}.] - -\bugonpage B562, left column (4/28/88) - -\eightpoint[Remove `358' from \\{no\_expand}.] - -\bugonpage B565, left column (8/7/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\\{pop}:\quad 584--585, $\underline{586}$, 590, 601, 608, 642.} - -\bugonpage B567, left column (12/23/87) - -\eightpoint[Insert `372' into \\{relax}.] - -\bugonpage B568, left column (4/28/88) - -\eightpoint[Move `269' from \\{save\_index} to \\{save\_level}.] - % volume C -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers - -\bugonpage C26, bottom line (7/18/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -What angle corresponds to the direction North-Northwest? - -\bugonpage C107, line 13 (10/7/87) - -{\bf pickup penrazor} xscaled \\{heavyline} - rotated (angle$(z_{32}-z_{31})+90$); - -\bugonpage C164, line 10 (4/27/88) - -\ninepoint\indent -\quad $y_{\$c}=\\{top}\,y_{\$l}$; \ $y_{\$d}=y_{\$r}$; \ - $x_{\$c}=x_{\$l}-\\{left\_jut}$; \ $x_{\$d}=x_{\$r}+\\{right\_jut}$; - -\bugonpage C175, line 23 (1/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -expand into a sequence of tokens. \ -(The language {\eightrm{SIMULA67}} demonstrated that it is\cutpar - -\bugonpage C241, line 11 (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\indent -{\bf numeric} $\\{ht}\0,\\{dp}\0$; \ - $\\{ht}\0=\\{body\_height}\0$; \ - $.5[\\{ht}\0,-\\{dp}\0]=\\{axis}\0$; - -\bugonpage C248, line 21 becomes two lines (1/24/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -which might not -be numerically stable in the presence of rounding errors.) -Another case, not really desirable, is $\\{left\_jut}=\\{right\_jut}=0$. - -\bugonpage C262, line 15 (12/23/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|string base_name, base_version; base_name="plain"; base_version="1.7";| - -\bugonpage C271, line 12 (1/4/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -the user and \MF's primitive picture commands. -First, some important program\cutpar - -\bugonpage C271, line 4 from the bottom (12/23/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|def |^|cutdraw|| expr p = % caution: you may need autorounding=0| - -\bugonpage C272, lines 5 and 6 (12/23/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| (cut_ scaled (1+max(pen_lft,pen_rt,pen_top,pen_bot))|\par\noindent -| rotated theta shifted z)t_;| - -\bugonpage C273, lines 20 and 22 (9/26/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| (z_+(0,pen_top))t_=round((z+(0,pen_top))t_); z_ enddef;|\par\noindent -| (z_+(0,pen_bot))t_=round((z+(0,pen_bot))t_); z_ enddef;| - -\bugonpage C290, line 6 from the bottom (12/23/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -(2)~A throwaway variable, -`\\{whatever}', nullifies an unwanted equation at the beginning\cutpar - -\bugonpage C331, just below the illustration (7/18/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -Such a pattern is, of course, rather unlikely to occur in a |gf| file, -but |GFtoDVI| would\cutpar - -\bugonpage C337, line 11 (4/28/88) - -\ninepoint -An online ``menu'' of the available test routines will be typed at your -terminal\cutpar - -\bugonpage C346, entry for {\tt autorounding} (12/23/88) - -\eightpoint\indent\hskip20pt -212, {\it262}, {\it264}, 271--272. - -\bugonpage C350, left column (7/6/88) - -\eightpoint\indent -|Fatal| |base| |file| |error|, 226. - -\bugonpage C356, left column (1/11/88) - -\eightpoint -SIMULA67 language, 175. - -\bugonpage C358, right column (2/15/88) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|yoffset|, 212, $\underline{220}$, 315, 324. - % Volume D -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage D2, line 27 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]METAFONT,\]Version\]1.7\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \MF\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D36, lines 3--5 (11/6/88) - -\tenpoint\noindent[Delete this paragraph; it is being moved to page D349.] - -\bugonpage D36, line 7 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf begin if\/} \\{log\_opened} {\bf then} $\\{selector}\gets\\{term\_and\_log}$ - -\bugonpage D36, line 16 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern50pt -{\bf if\/} \\{log\_opened} {\bf then} \\{error}; - -\bugonpage D66, lines 34--35 (7/9/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf begin if\/} $\\{hi\_mem\_min}-\\{lo\_mem\_max}\ge1998$ - {\bf then} $t\gets\\{lo\_mem\_max}+1000$\par\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf else} $t\gets\\{lo\_mem\_max}+1+(\\{hi\_mem\_min}-\\{lo\_mem\_max}) -\,\mathbin{\bf div}\,2$;\quad\kern-4pt -$\{\,\\{lo\_mem\_max}+2\le t<\\{hi\_mem\_min}\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D347, new line of code after line 5 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{log\_opened}: \\{boolean};\quad$\{\,$has the transcript file been opened?$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D347, line 11 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{job\_name}\gets0$; \ -$\\{log\_opened}\gets\\{false}$; - -\bugonpage D348, line 4 from the bottom (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{log\_name}\gets\\{a\_make\_name\_string}(\\{log\_file})$; \ -$\\{selector}\gets\\{log\_only}$; \ -$\\{log\_opened}\gets\\{true}$; - -\bugonpage D349, lines 6 and 7 (12/14/88) - -\tenpoint\noindent -print error messages or even to \\{show\_context}. -The \\{prompt\_file\_name} routine can result in a \\{fatal\_error}, -but the \\{error} -routine will not be invoked because \\{log\_opened} will be false. -\par\noindent\hskip10pt -The normal idea of \\{batch\_mode} is that nothing at all should be written -on the terminal. However, in the unusual case that -no log file could be opened, we make an exception and allow -an explanatory message to be seen. - -\bugonpage D349, lines 11--15 reduce to a single line (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin} $\\{selector}\gets\\{term\_only}$; - -\bugonpage D420, bottom line (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern30pt -{\bf if\/} \\{txx} {\bf mod} $\\{unity}=0$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage D441, delete line 2 and change line 12 as follows (5/25/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{done}: {\bf if} $\\{eq\_type}(x)\ne\\{tag\_token}$ {\bf then} - $\\{clear\_symbol}(x,\\{false})$;\par\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if} $\\{equiv}(x)=\\{null}$ {\bf then} $\\{new\_root}(x)$; -\par\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{scan\_declared\_variable}\gets h$; - -\bugonpage D444, line 8 from the bottom (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if\/} \\{log\_opened} {\bf then} $\\{selector}\gets\\{selector}+2$; - -\bugonpage D510, line 14 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if\/} \\{log\_opened} {\bf then} - -\bugonpage D511, line 11 (12/14/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if\/} \\{log\_opened} {\bf then} - -\bugonpage D530, new entry (12/14/88) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\\{log\_opened}, 87--88, $\underline{782}$, 783, 788--789, 1023, 1205, 1208. - -\bugonpage D545, left column (10/31/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{{\bf zscaled} primitive:\quad $\underline{893}$.} -\leftline{Zabala Salelles, Ignacio Andres:\quad 812.} - - % volume E -\hsize=29pc -\def\dashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\kern-.05em}\mkern3.9mu\hbox{-\kern-.05em}}} - -\bugonpage E32, second-last line (9/20/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -after which comes `\\{math\_axis}\0; {\bf generate} |mathsy|' (which we -won't bother to\cutpar - -\bugonpage E111, line 29 (10/16/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{lft}\,x_{11}={\rm hround}\,u$; \ - $x_{1l}-x_{11}=x_{2l}-x_{12}=x_{22}-x_{2r}={\rm hround}\,1.6\\{cap\_jut}$; - -\bugonpage E285, bottom line (12/1/87) - -\rightline{\eightssi Due to Technical Developments\/\enspace\eightss(1968)} - -\bugonpage E333, lines 9--11 (1/9/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{lft}\,x_{1l}={\rm hround}(2.5u-.5\\{mfudged.stem})$; \ - $x_{1l}=x_{1'l}=x_{2l}=x_{2'l}$;\par\noindent -$\\{lft}\,x_{3l}={\rm hround}(.5w-.5\\{mfudged.stem})$; \ - $x_5-x_3=x_3-x_1$;\par -\line{{\bf if\/} not \\{monospace}: - $r:={\rm hround}(x_5+x_1)+r-w$; {\bf fi}\hfill - \% change width for better fit} - -\bugonpage E353, lines 38--39 (8/12/87) - -\ninepoint -\leftline{\kern10pt{\bf else}: {\bf fill} \\{diag\_end}$(6r,5r,1,1,5l,6l) - \dashto.9[z_{5l},z_{6l}]$} -\line{\kern30pt$.\,.\,\{z_5-z_6\}\,.1[z_{5r},z_{6r}]\dashto\rm cycle$;\hfil - \% middle stem} - -\bugonpage E387, line 13 (8/12/87) - -\ninepoint -\line{\kern10pt{\bf pickup} \\{tiny}.\\{nib}; \ \\{bulb}$(3,4,5)$;\hfil\% bulb} - -\bugonpage E413, lines 37--38 (8/12/87) - -\ninepoint -\leftline{\kern10pt{\bf else}: {\bf fill} \\{diag\_end}$(6r,5r,1,1,5l,6l) - \dashto.9[z_{5l},z_{6l}]$} -\line{\kern30pt$.\,.\,\{z_5-z_6\}\,.1[z_{5r},z_{6r}]\dashto\rm cycle$;\hfil - \% middle stem} - -\bugonpage E459, line 24 (8/7/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent[Delete the `$=$' sign between `\\{lft}' and `$x_5$'.] - -\bugonpage E471, line 5 (12/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_2=\\{good}.x\,.5w$; \ $\\{center\_on}(x_2)$; - -\bugonpage E471, insert two lines below the rule at bottom of page (12/11/88) - -\ninepoint -\line{{\bf def\/} -\\{center\_on}({\bf expr} $x) =\null$ -{\bf if\/} not \\{monospace}:\hfill \% change width for symmetric fit} -\leftline{\kern10pt - $r:=r+2x-w$; \ $w:=2x$; \ {\bf fi} {\bf enddef};} - -\bugonpage E477, line 20 (12/11/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_4=x_8=\\{good}.x\,.5w$; \ $\\{center\_on}(x_4)$; \ -$x_2=w-x_6=\\{good}.x(x_4+a)$; - -\bugonpage E483, third line of elementary division operator (12/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_3-.5\\{dot\_size}={\rm hround}(.5w-.5\\{dot\_size})$; \ -$\\{center\_on}(x_3)$; - -\bugonpage E485, line 4 (8/7/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent[Delete the `$=$' sign between `\\{lft}' and `$x_5$'.] - -\bugonpage E487, line 17 (8/4/88) - -\ninepoint\line{% -{\bf fill} \\{fullcircle} scaled$\,(\\{bold}+3.8\\{dw}+\\{eps})\,$% - shifted$\,(.5[z_4,z_8])$;\hfill\% dot} -\smallskip\noindent[Also remove page 487 from the index entry for -\\{dot\_size}, and add it to the entries for \\{bold} and \\{dw}.] - -\bugonpage E515, lines 5 and 12 (12/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$.5[x_1,x_2]=x_3=\\{good}.x\,.5w$; \ -$\\{center\_on}(x_3)$; \ $\\{lft}\,x_1={\rm hround}(.5w-u*{\rm sqrt}48)$; - -\bugonpage E515, line 21 (1/23/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf labels}$(5,6)$; \ \\{zero\_width}; \ {\bf endchar\/}; -\smallskip\noindent[Also put labels `{\tt5}' and `{\tt6}' on the -upper right figure, page E514.] - -\bugonpage E521, lines 4 and 14 (12/12/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_1=x_2=\\{good}.x\,.5w$; \ -$\\{center\_on}(x_1)$; \ $\\{lft}\,x_3={\rm hround}\,u$; \ $x_4=w-x_3$; - -\bugonpage E537, line 6 (12/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_1=x_2=x_3=x_4$; \ -$x_1-.5\\{stem}={\rm hround}(.5w-.5\\{stem})$; \ -$\\{center\_on}(x_1)$; - -\bugonpage E537, line 19 (12/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_1=x_2=x_3$; \ -$x_1-.5\\{stem}={\rm hround}(.5w-.5\\{stem})$; \ -$\\{center\_on}(x_1)$; - -\bugonpage E539, line 4 (12/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_1=x_4=x_{30}=x_{33}=\\{good}.x\,.5w$; \ $\\{center\_on}(x_1)$; - -\bugonpage E539, line 21 (12/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_1=x_4=\\{good}.x\,.5w$; \ $\\{center\_on}(x_1)$; - -\bugonpage E541, line 4 (12/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_1=x_5=\\{good}.x\,.5w$; \ $\\{center\_on}(x_1)$; - -\bugonpage E541, line 17 (12/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_1=x_{10}=\\{good}.x\,.5w$; \ $\\{center\_on}(x_1)$; - -\bugonpage E550, new line after line 23 (8/15/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf forsuffixes} $\hbox{\$}=\\{notch\_cut},\\{cap\_notch\_cut}$: - {\bf if\/} $\hbox{\$}<3$: $\hbox{\$}:=3$; {\bf fi endfor} -\smallskip\noindent -[To make room for this, combine lines 38 and 39 into a single line.] - -\bugonpage E550, line 29 (7/9/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf \def\_{\kern.04em\vbox{\hrule width.3em height .6pt}\kern.08em}% -define\_whole\_vertical\_blacker\_pixels}$(\\{vair},\\{bar},\\{slab}, - \\{cap\_bar},\\{cap\_band})$; - -\bugonpage E572, new entry at bottom (12/11/88) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\\{center\_on}, $\underline{471}$, 477, 483, 515, 521, 537--541. - \bye - Now here are some that I will make soon! - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.nine b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.nine deleted file mode 100644 index f562cb0bd8a..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.nine +++ /dev/null @@ -1,235 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting - -\input manmac -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\today{\number\day\ - \ifcase\month\or - Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or - Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - \ \number\year} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\par}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting A, 1996}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\tenpoint -\noindent This is a list of all corrections made to {\sl Computers \& -Typesetting}, Volume~A (also known as {\sl The \TeX book}), -between 1992 and the publication of the final printed -version of that book in September 1996. -\looseness=-1 - - % volume A - -\bugonpage A31, line 8 (3/6/95) - -\tenpoint\noindent -\TeX\ begins its error messages with `|!|', and it shows what it was -reading at the\cutpar - -\bugonpage A46, line 8 (1/22/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -out for -the occasional times when the adjacent characters |aa|, |ae|, and |o/| -should not be\cutpar - -\bugonpage A49, top (9/1/96) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[The copy on pages 45 and 46 was significantly shortened -in the seventeenth printing (October 1989 --- see {\tt errata.five}), -and exercise 8.7 moved back to page 48 as a result. But the printer -was not asked to change page 49; hence exercise 8.7 appeared twice, -on pages 48 {\it and\/}~49, during a six-year period.] - -\bugonpage A282, lines 11 and 12 (4/18/96) - -\ninepoint\noindent -unadorned \<box> command, except that the new box -being appended to the vertical list is also shifted left or right by the -specified amount. - -\bugonpage A285, lines 15--17 from the bottom (4/18/96) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{$\bull$}|\raise|\<dimen>\<box>, |\lower|\<dimen>\<box>.\enskip -This acts just like an unadorned \<box> command, except that the new box -being appended to the horizontal list is also shifted up or down by the -specified amount. - -\bugonpage A290, lines 4--6 from the bottom (4/18/96) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{$\bull$}|\raise|\<dimen>\<box>, |\lower|\<dimen>\<box>.\enskip -This acts just like an unadorned \<box> command, except that the new box -being put into the nucleus is also shifted up or down by the specified amount. - -\bugonpage A331, bottom two lines (6/25/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -if you know that the -enclosing box is sufficiently small; and |\leaders\vrule\vfill| works fine in -vertical mode. - -\bugonpage A354, lines 19--22 (3/5/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\sett@b{\ifx\next\+\def\nxt{\afterassignment\s@tt@b\let\nxt}%|\par -\noindent -| \else\let\nxt=\s@tcols\fi|\par\noindent -| \let\next=\relax \nxt} % turn off \outerness|\par\noindent -|\def\s@tt@b{\let\nxt=\relax \us@false\m@ketabbox}| - -\bugonpage A356, lines 13--20 from the bottom (3/5/95) - -\ninepoint -{\parindent=0pt -|\def\oalign#1{\leavevmode\vtop{\baselineskip0pt \lineskip.25ex|\par -| \ialign{##\crcr#1\crcr}}} \def\o@lign{\lineskiplimit=0pt \oalign}|\par -|\def\ooalign{\lineskiplimit=-\maxdimen \oalign} % chars over each other|\par -|\def\sh@ft#1{\dimen0=.00#1ex \multiply\dimen0 by\fontdimen1\font|\par -| \kern-.0156\dimen0} % compensate for slant in lowered accents|\par -|\def|^|\d||#1{{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{10}.\hidewidth}}}|\par -|\def|^|\b||#1{{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{29}%|\par -| \vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char'26}\vss}\hidewidth}}}|\par -} - -\bugonpage A357, lines 7--12 (8/1/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def|^|\rightarrowfill||{$\m@th \smash- \mkern-7mu|\par\noindent -| \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu \smash- \mkern-2mu$}\hfill|\par\noindent -| \mkern-7mu \mathord\rightarrow$}|\par\noindent -|\def|^|\leftarrowfill|% - |{$\m@th \mathord\leftarrow \mkern-7mu|\par\noindent -| \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu \smash- \mkern-2mu$}\hfill|\par\noindent -| \mkern-7mu \smash-$}| - -\bugonpage A357, lines 16--20 (6/25/93) - -\ninepoint -{\parindent=0pt -| \setbox0=\hbox{$\braceld$}%|\par -| \bracelu\leaders\vrule height\ht0 depth0pt\hfill\bracerd|\par -| \braceld\leaders\vrule height\ht0 depth0pt\hfill\braceru$}|\par -|\def|^|\downbracefill||{$\m@th|\par -| \setbox0=\hbox{$\braceld$}%|\par -| \braceld\leaders\vrule height\ht0 depth0pt\hfill\braceru|\par -| \bracelu\leaders\vrule height\ht0 depth0pt\hfill\bracerd$}|\par -\smallskip[Also delete lines 21 and 22, as the usage is no longer restricted.] -} - -\bugonpage A359, line 25 (3/5/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def|^|\skew||#1#2#3{{\muskip0=#1mu \mkern.5\muskip0|\par\noindent -| #2{\mkern-.5\muskip0{#3}\mkern.5\muskip0}\mkern-.5\muskip0}{}}| - -\bugonpage A360, line 5 from the bottom (3/5/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\@vereq#1#2{\lower.5pt\vbox{\lineskiplimit\maxdimen \lineskip-.5pt| - -\bugonpage A361, lines 19 and 20 (3/5/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def|^|\bmod||{\nonscript\mskip-\medmuskip \mkern5mu|\par\noindent -| |^|\mathbin||{\rm mod} \penalty900 \mkern5mu \nonscript\mskip-\medmuskip}| - -\bugonpage A362, lines 14--18 (3/5/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| |^|\everycr||{\noalign{\ifdt@p \global\dt@pfalse|% - | \ifdim\prevdepth>-1000pt|\par\noindent -| \vskip-\lineskiplimit \vskip\normallineskiplimit \fi|\par\noindent -| \else \penalty|^|\interdisplaylinepenalty|| \fi}}}|\par\noindent -|\def\@lign{\tabskip=0pt\everycr={}} % restore inside \displ@y|\par\noindent -|\def|^|\displaylines||#1{\displ@y \tabskip=0pt| - -\bugonpage A363, lines 8--9 from the bottom (12/8/89) - -{\ninepoint\parindent=0pt -| \if@mid \dimen@=\ht0 \advance\dimen@ by\dp\z@ |% - |\advance\dimen@ by12\p@|\parbreak% -| \advance\dimen@ by\pagetotal \advance\dimen@ by-\pageshrink| -\par} - -\bugonpage A364, line 5 from the bottom (4/11/96) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\fmtname{plain}|\par\noindent -|\def\fmtversion{3.141592} % identifies the current format| - -\bugonpage A374, line 3 (3/7/95) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\begingroup\aftergroup\def\aftergroup\asts\aftergroup{| - -\bugonpage A410, line 23 (4/18/96) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| Tema con variazione \(su un tema differente)| -\smallskip\eightpoint\noindent -(This implies a corresponding correction to page 411.) - -\bugonpage A451, line $16$ (8/8/93) - -\ninepoint\noindent -But when plain \TeX\ is tried on the name of a famous ^{Welsh} village, - -\bugonpage A462, right column (3/5/95) - -\def\cong{\mathrel{\mathpalette\OvOreq\sim}} % congruence sign, index version -\def\OvOreq#1#2{\lower.5pt\vbox{\baselineskip0pt\lineskip-.0pt - \ialign{$#1\hfil##\hfil$\crcr#2\crcr=\crcr}}} -\eightpoint -|\cong| ( $\cong$ ), 151, $\underline{360}$, 436. - -\bugonpage A463, right column (6/25/93) - -\eightpoint -direct sum, {\sl see\/} |\oplus|. - -\bugonpage A464, left column (6/25/93) - -\eightpoint -|\downbracefill| (\hbox to 4em{\downbracefill}), 225--226, $\underline{357}$. - -\bugonpage A483, lines 15--21 (4/29/96) - -\tenpoint -\begintt -email: {\tt TUG@tug.org} -internet: {\tt http://www.tug.org/} -} -\endtt -Don't delay, subscribe today! That address again is - -\smallskip -{\obeylines -\TeX\ Users Group -email: {\tt TUG\char`\@ tug.org} -internet: {\tt http://www.tug.org/} -} - -\bye diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.one b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.one deleted file mode 100644 index 471971958c3..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.one +++ /dev/null @@ -1,751 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in The TeXbook - -\input manmac -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\sl The \TeX book}, first printing} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule\line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule\nobreak\medskip} - -\noindent This is a list of all corrections made to {\sl The \TeX book\/} -between the first and second printings. If your copy says `{\sl\kern-1pt Second -printing (October 1984)\/}' on the copyright page, you've already got -all of these things corrected. Otherwise, you're a lucky owner of the -rare first edition; read on. - -\bugonpage 29, lines 31--32 (8/25/84) - -The underfull box that \TeX\ produces in the 1.5-inch case is really bad; -with such narrow limits, an occasional wide space is unavoidable. But try - -\bugonpage 54, lines 5--6 (4/20/84) - -{\parfillskip=0pt -\ddanger Appendix B shows that plain \TeX\ handles most of the accents -by using \TeX's ^|\accent| primitive. For example, |\'#1| is equivalent -to |{\accent19 #1}|, where\par} - -\bugonpage 63, seven lines below the first illustration (2/27/84) - -\line{points, a width of 5.5555 points, and a depth of zero; -the letter `g' has a height} - -\bugonpage 72, line 35 (2/28/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -from |0pt|, but |0.00001filll| is infinitely greater than |16383.99999fill|. - -\bugonpage 79, line 12 (2/28/84) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\hbox(6.25+1.94444)x312.0, glue set 0.5783, shifted 36.0 []| - -\bugonpage 98, line 24 (4/13/84) - -\ninepoint -\line{and |\finalhyphendemerits=5000|. Demerits are in units of - ``badness squared,'' so the} - -\bugonpage 101, lines 29--30 (3/13/84) - -{\parfillskip=0pt -\danger It's possible to control the length of lines in a much more general -way, if simple changes to |\leftskip| and |\rightskip| aren't -flexible enough for your\par} - -\bugonpage 113, bottom two lines (3/13/84) - -{\parfillskip=0pt -\ddanger Notice that the first ``|%| line'' of our example says |t=10.0|; -this is a consequence of another parameter, called ^|\topskip|. Glue -disappears at a page break, but\par} - -\bugonpage 124, eighth-last line (8/25/84) - -\ninepoint -{\parfillskip=0pt\noindent -discarded, |\box100| will -be void after the |\vsplit|. And if\/ |\box100| was void before the\par} - -\bugonpage 131, display in exercise 16.8 (3/16/84) - -\indent -|If$ x = y$, then $x$ is equal to $y.$| - -\bugonpage 170, table in middle of the page (2/12/84) - -\ninepoint -$$\baselineskip0pt\lineskip0pt -\halign to\hsize - {\strut\hbox to\parindent{\it#\hfil}& % for the legend "Left atom" - #\hfil\quad& % for the row labels - #\hfil\tabskip 0pt plus 10pt& % for the rule at the left - \hbox to 25pt{\tt\hss#\hss}& % for column 1 - \hbox to 25pt{\tt\hss#\hss}& % for column 2 - \hbox to 25pt{\tt\hss#\hss}& % for column 3 - \hbox to 25pt{\tt\hss#\hss}& % for column 4 - \hbox to 25pt{\tt\hss#\hss}& % for column 5 - \hbox to 25pt{\tt\hss#\hss}& % for column 6 - \hbox to 25pt{\tt\hss#\hss}& % for column 7 - \hbox to 25pt{\tt\hss#\hss}& % for column 8 - #\hfil\tabskip0pt\cr % for the rule at the right -\noalign{\vskip-6pt} % it just happens that there's extra white space -&&&&\multispan7\hss\it Right atom\hss\cr -\noalign{\vskip3pt} -&&&\rm Ord&\rm Op&\rm Bin&\rm Rel&\rm Open&\rm Close&\rm Punct&\rm Inner\cr -\noalign{\vskip2pt} -\omit&&\multispan{10}\leaders\hrule\hfil\cr -\omit\vbox to 2pt{}&&\vrule&&&&&&&&&\vrule\cr -&Ord&\vrule&0&1&(2)&(3)&0&0&0&(1)&\vrule\cr -&Op&\vrule&1&1&*&(3)&0&0&0&(1)&\vrule\cr -&Bin&\vrule&(2)&(2)&*&*&(2)&*&*&(2)&\vrule\cr -Left&Rel&\vrule&(3)&(3)&*&0&(3)&0&0&(3)&\vrule\cr -atom&Open&\vrule&0&0&*&0&0&0&0&0&\vrule\cr -&Close&\vrule&0&1&(2)&(3)&0&0&0&(1)&\vrule\cr -&Punct&\vrule&(1)&(1)&*&(1)&(1)&(1)&(1)&(1)&\vrule\cr -&Inner&\vrule&(1)&1&(2)&(3)&(1)&0&(1)&(1)&\vrule\cr -\omit\vbox to 2pt{}&&\vrule&&&&&&&&&\vrule\cr -\omit&&\multispan{10}\leaders\hrule\hfil\cr}$$ - -\bugonpage 173, line 11 (1/2/84) - -\indent|Clearly $a_i<b_i$ for~$i=1, 2, \ldots, n$.| - -\bugonpage 176, bottom two lines (7/20/84) - -\def\chapno{ 18} \exno=23 % for exercise 18.24! -\dangerexercise Typeset the display \ \lower12pt\null -$\tenpoint\smash{\displaystyle -\left\lgroup\matrix{a&b&c\cr d&e&f\cr}\right\rgroup - \left\lgroup\matrix{u&x\cr v&y\cr w&z\cr}\right\rgroup -}$, \ -using ^|\lgroup| and ^|\rgroup|. - -\bugonpage 189, line 18 (2/13/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\parfillskip=0pt -when there is an overlap.] \ If $e=0$ and if there is an |\leqno|, -the equation number is\par} - -\bugonpage 204, line 31 (2/13/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -of\/ |\a| is delimited by a left brace. - -\bugonpage 212, line 23 (7/8/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -it equals~2.) \ -Similarly, ^|\tracingmacros||=2| will trace |\output|, |\everypar|, etc. - -\bugonpage 216, first five lines (8/25/84) - -\ddanger Expanded definitions that are made with |\edef| or |\xdef| continue -to expand tokens until only unexpandable tokens remain, except that -token lists produced by `^|\the|' are not expanded further. Furthermore -a token following `^|\noexpand|' will not be expanded, since its ability -to expand has been nullified. These two operations can be used to control -^^{expansion, avoiding} what gets expanded and what doesn't. - -\bugonpage 219, simplification of line 18 (2/15/84) - -\ninepoint\indent -| \advance\count0 by\count2 \hexdigit}}| - -\bugonpage 223, lines 3--4 (3/13/84) - -{\parfillskip=0pt -\ddanger Chapters 24 to 26 present summaries of all \TeX's operations -in all modes, and when those summaries mention a `\<box>' they mean one -of the seven\par} - -\bugonpage 242, line 29 (1/2/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\parfillskip=0pt -a relation, the solution is to insert `|{}|' ^^{lbrace rbrace} -at the beginning of the right-hand formula; \TeX -\par} - -\bugonpage 245, line 24 (2/15/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -of a box that spans columns $i$ through~$j$, -hence the glue in such a box might shrink. - -\bugonpage 248, the fourth dangerous bend (2/15/84) - -{\parfillskip=0pt -\ddanger You have to be careful with the use of |&| and ^|\span| and ^|\cr|, -because these tokens are intercepted by \TeX's scanner even when it is -not expanding macros.\par} - -\bugonpage 249, lines 20--26 (2/15/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -line (see Chapter~9). -If you don't want a~|\cr| at the end of a certain line, -just type `|%|' and the corresponding |\cr| -will be ``commented out.'' ^^{percent} \ (This special mode doesn't -work with ^|\+| lines, since |\+| is a macro whose argument is delimited -by the token `|\cr|', not simply by a token that has the same meaning -as~|\cr|. ^^{delimited arguments} But you can redefine |\+| to overcome -this hurdle, if you want to. For example, define a macro |\alternateplus| -that is just like |\+| except that its argument is delimited by the active -character |^^M|; then include the command `|\let\+=\alternateplus|' as -part of\/ |\obeylines|.) - -\bugonpage 253, lines 28--32 (4/25/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -vertical list at what it thinks is the best place, and at such times -it enters internal vertical mode and begins to read the commands in the -current |\output| routine. When the output routine begins, ^|\box255| -contains the page that \TeX\ has completed; the output routine is supposed to -do something with this vbox. When the output routine ends, the list of -items that it has constructed in internal vertical mode is placed just% -{\parfillskip=0pt\par} - -\bugonpage 254, lines 1--13 (3/13/84) - -\ddanger \TeX's primitive command |\shipout|\<box> is what actually -causes output. It sends the contents of the box to the |dvi| file, -which is \TeX's main output file; after \TeX\ has finished, -the ^|dvi| file will contain a compact device-independent encoding of -instructions that specify exactly what should be printed. When a -box is shipped out, \TeX\ displays the values of\/ |\count0| through -|\count9| on your terminal, ^^|\count0| as explained in Chapter~15; these -ten counters are also recorded in the |dvi| file, where they can be used -to identify the page. All of the ^|\openout|, ^|\closeout|, and ^|\write| -commands that appear inside of the \<box> are performed in their natural -order as that box is being shipped out. Since a |\write| command -expands macros, as explained in Chapter~21, \TeX's scanning mechanism -might detect syntax errors while a |\shipout| is in progress. If -^|\tracingoutput| is nonzero at the time of a |\shipout|, the contents -of the \<box> being shipped are written into your log file in symbolic -form. You can say |\shipout| anywhere, not only in an output routine. - -\bugonpage 255, line 33 (4/25/84) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\nointerlineskip| - - -\bugonpage 256, starting with line $-17$ (11/1/83) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{6)} Finally, the ^|\dosupereject| macro is designed to clear -out any insertions that have been held over, whether they are illustrations -or footnotes or both: ^^|\insertpenalties| ^^|\supereject| -\begintt -\ifnum\insertpenalties>0 - \line{} \kern-\topskip \nobreak - \vfill\supereject\fi -\endtt -The mysterious negative ^|\kern| here cancels out the natural space of the -^|\topskip| glue that goes above the empty |\line|; that empty line box -prevents the ^|\vfill| from disappearing into a page break. The vertical -list that results from |\dosupereject| is placed on \TeX's list of things -to put out next, just after the straggling insertions have been -reconsidered as explained in Chapter~15. Hence another super-eject will -occur, and the process will continue until no insertions remain. - -\bugonpage 262, line 14 (2/12/84) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\def\endindex{\mark{}\break\endgroup}| - -\bugonpage 262, lines 34 and 35 (2/12/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -if\/ |\next| is `|\endindex|', -the next commands executed will be `|\vfill|\allowbreak -|\mark{}|\allowbreak|\break|\allowbreak|\endgroup|'; -otherwise the line will be treated as a main entry. - -\bugonpage 269, line 23 becomes two lines (8/25/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -tokens like |+|$_{12}$; -(3)~keywords like \[pt]; (4)~control sequence names like |\dimen|; -or (5)~the special symbols |{|, |}|, |$|. - -\bugonpage 274, line 24 (2/15/84) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\lineskip|\quad(interline glue if\/ |\baselineskip| isn't feasible) - -\bugonpage 289, slight clarification on lines 39--41 (3/10/84) - -\ninepoint -A \<math character> defines a 15-bit number either by specifying it -directly with ^|\mathchar| or in a previous ^|\mathchardef|, or by -specifying a 27-bit |\delimiter| value; in the latter case, the least -significant 12~bits are discarded. - - -\bugonpage 307, a slightly more explicit answer (11/3/83) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss6.3.\enspace}% -It represents the heavy bar that shows up in -your output. \ (This bar wouldn't be present if\/ ^|\overfullrule| had been -set to |0pt|, nor is it present in an underfull box.) - -\bugonpage 313, first four lines (3/13/84) - -{\ninepoint\parfillskip=0pt -\ansno12.17: - You get `A' at the extreme left and `puzzle.\null' at the extreme right, -because the space between words has the only stretchability that is finite; -the infinite stretchability cancels out. \ (In this case, \TeX's rule -about ^{infinite glue} differs from what you would get in the limit if the -value of $1\,{\rm fil}$ were finite but getting larger and larger. -The true\par} - -\bugonpage 315, first three lines (3/13/84) - -\ninepoint -\ansno14.14: - Just say |\parfillskip|\stretch|=|\stretch|\parindent|. Of course, -\TeX\ will not be able to find appropriate line breaks unless each -paragraph is sufficiently long or sufficiently lucky; but with an -appropriate text, your output will be immaculately -symmetrical.{\parfillskip=\parindent\par} - -\bugonpage 324, line 16 (2/15/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss18.41.\enspace}% -|$$\{\underbrace{\overbrace{\mathstrut a,\ldots,a}| - -\bugonpage 324, first line of answer 18.44 (4/11/84) - -\ninepoint -\ansno18.44: - |$$\mathop{{\sum}'}_{x\in A}f(x)\mathrel{\mathop=^{\rm def}}| - -\bugonpage 333, beginning of the final paragraph (12/19/83) - -\ninepoint -{\sl Note:\/} The stated preamble solves the problem and demonstrates -that \TeX's line-breaking capability can be used within tables. But this -particular table is not really a good example of the use of\/ |\halign|, -because \TeX\ could typeset it directly, using ^|\everypar| in an -appropriate manner to set up the hanging indentation, and using |\par| -instead of\/ |\cr|. For example, one could say - -\bugonpage 341, the bottom line was left out! (2/9/84) - -\line{Footline\quad\dotfill\quad Page 1009} - -\bugonpage 345, top three lines (1/26/84) - -\ninepoint{\noindent\parfillskip=0pt -A mathcode is relevant only when the corresponding category code is -11 or~12; therefore many of these codes will rarely be looked at. For -example, the math code for |^^M| specifies the character |\oplus|, -but it's hard to imagine a user who would want |^^M|\par} - -\bugonpage 345, line 31 (2/29/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\delcode`\<="26830A \delcode`\\="26E30F \delcode`\>="26930B| - -\bugonpage 347, lines 1 and 2 (3/16/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\count18=3 % this counter allocates math families 4, 5, 6, ...|\hfil\break -|\count19=255 % this counter allocates insertions 254, 253, 252, ...| - -\bugonpage 350, line 9 from the bottom (3/16/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -font, whose information does not have to be loaded again. - -\bugonpage 354, line 5 (6/7/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\ialign{\everycr={}\tabskip=0pt \halign} % initialized \halign| - -\bugonpage 355, lines 19--21 (7/3/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -subdivision in a document; to use it, you say -`|\beginsection|\<section title>' followed by a blank line (or~|\par|). -The macro first emits glue and penalties, designed to start a new page -if the present page is nearly full; then it makes a ^|\bigskip| and -puts the section{\parfillskip=0pt\par} - -\bugonpage 355, lines 27--29 (7/3/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\outer\def\beginsection#1\par{\vskip0pt plus.3\vsize\penalty-250| -\par\noindent -| \vskip0pt plus-.3\vsize\bigskip\vskip\parskip| -\par\noindent -| \message{#1}\leftline{\bf#1}\nobreak\smallskip\noindent}| - -\bugonpage 355, line 37 (4/24/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\outer\def\proclaim #1. #2\par{\medbreak| - -\bugonpage 356, seven lines from the bottom (4/11/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def|^|\TeX||{T\kern-.1667em \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125em X}| - -\bugonpage 359, starting with line 2 (11/16/83) - -\ninepoint -\beginlines -|\mathchardef\ldotp="602E\mathchardef\cdotp="6201\mathchardef\colon="603A| -|\def\ldots{\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}| -|\def\cdots{\mathinner{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}}| -|\def\vdots{\vbox{\baselineskip=4pt \lineskiplimit=0pt| -| \kern6pt \hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}}| -|\def\ddots{\mathinner{\mskip1mu\raise7pt\vbox{\kern7pt\hbox{.}}\mskip2mu| -| \raise4pt\hbox{.}\mskip2mu\raise1pt\hbox{.}\mskip1mu}}| -\endlines - -\bugonpage 359, starting with line 19 (11/3/83) - -{\ninepoint\parindent=0pt -|\def|^|\overbrace|% - |#1{\mathop{\vbox{\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3pt}|\parbreak% -| \downbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern3pt\nointerlineskip}|\parbreak% -| $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}|^|\limits||}| - -|\def|^|\underbrace||#1{\mathop{\vtop{\ialign{##\crcr|\parbreak% -| $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr|% - |\noalign{\kern3pt\nointerlineskip}|\parbreak% -| \upbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern3pt}}}}\limits}| -} - -\bugonpage 359, seventh line from the bottom (2/29/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\backslash{\delimiter"026E30F } \def\bracevert{\delimiter"000033E }| - -\bugonpage 361, line 3 (8/17/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent - -|\def\buildrel#1\over#2{\mathrel{\mathop{\null#2}\limits^{#1}}}| - -\bugonpage 363, line 10 (4/26/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor}\/\fi| - -\bugonpage 364, starting with line 10 (11/1/83) - -{\ninepoint\parindent=0pt -|\def\dosupereject{\ifnum\insertpenalties>0 % something is being held over|% -\parbreak -| \line{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak\vfill\supereject\fi}| -} - -\bugonpage 364, line 28 (7/8/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \tracingmacros=2 \tracingparagraphs=1 \tracingrestores=1 | - -\bugonpage 370, line 7 (3/16/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -information about the \TeX\ Users Group.) - -\bugonpage 374, line 23 (7/8/84) - -\ninepoint -\line{log file when |\tracingmacros=2| and - |\tracingcommands=2|. One of the important ways} - -\bugonpage 379, line 1 (1/12/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -A particular item can be selected by its position number from the left: - -\bugonpage 381, line 6 (2/12/84) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\newcount\lineno % the number of file lines listed| - -\bugonpage 381, lines 24 and 25 (12/15/83) - -\ninepoint -{\parfillskip=0pt -Instead of listing a file verbatim, you might want to define a |\verbatim| -macro such that `|\verbatim{$this$|{\tt\ is }|{\it!}}|' yields -`|$this$|{\tt\ is }|{\it!}|'. It's somewhat\par} - -\bugonpage 385, lines 22 and 23 (1/12/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -macro, a parameter, or a token list -variable; (b)~when \TeX\ must determine whether the token -|&|~or ^|\span| ^^{ampersand} -or ^|\cr| or~^|\crcr| is the end of an entry within an ^{alignment}. - -\bugonpage 387, two paragraphs in right column (1/18/84) - -\setbox0=\vbox{ -\eightpoint -\tolerance=9999 -\hbadness=2300 -\finalhyphendemerits=3000000 -\doublehyphendemerits=1000000 -\parskip=1pt -\parindent=1.5em -\frenchspacing -\hsize=166.8125pt -\def\\#1{\raise.5pt\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle - \ifx#1`\langle\!\langle\else\rangle\!\rangle\fi$}% Spanish quote marks - \ifx#1`\nobreak\hskip0pt \fi} % allow hyphenation -\item{A.} Exactamente. Pero los profesores son tan conservadores -que temer\'\i an espantar al tipo de estudiante \\`apisonadora\\' -que hace lo que le proponen para casa, obe\-dien\-te\-mente y de forma -mec\'anica. Adem\'as, no creo que les gustase el trabajo adicional -de calificar respuestas a preguntas abiertas. - -\item{}La forma tradicional es dejar la parte creativa para los cursos -altos. Durante diecisiete a\~nos o m\'as se ense\~na al es\-tu\-diante a -aprobar, luego de golpe, cerca de la graduaci\'on, se le pide que haga -algo original. - -}\rightline{\box0} - -\bugonpage 395, lines 21 and 22 (1/12/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\parfillskip=0pt -Notice that the macros need to do their own checking for ligatures, and -they also take appropriate actions when a paragraph begins with an opening -quote. Since |\kern|\par} - -\bugonpage 399, line 1 (1/10/84) - -\ninepoint -{\parfillskip=0pt -Inside the output routine, |\box\footins| will now be a vbox of hboxes, and -\par} - -\bugonpage 399, line 9 (2/28/84) - -\ninepoint\indent -|.\hbox(7.6359+0.0)x269.62617 []| - -\bugonpage 407, line 4 (6/10/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\beginlinemode| and |\beginparmode| are defined to initiate these -modes; and another% -{\parfillskip=0pt\par} - -\bugonpage 408, line 15 (12/14/83) - -\noindent -| P. O. Box 1009, Haga Alto, CA 94321 USA}| - -\smallskip\noindent\ninepoint -[Also change the ZIP code in the return address on the envelope -illustrated at the bottom of page 405.] - -\bugonpage 409, line 5 (2/18/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\font\twelveit=cmti10 at 12pt % (a cheap substitute for cmti12)| - -\bugonpage 417, last six lines (8/25/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -^|\parskip| -of |0pt| |plus|~|.8pt| between adjacent entries, and since there is room for -more than 50 lines per column; therefore the |manmac| balancing routine tries -to make both the top and bottom baselines agree at the end of the index. -In applications where the glue is not so flexible it would be more -appropriate to let the right-hand column be a little short; the best -way to do this is probably to replace the command `|\unvbox3|' by -`|\dimen2=|^|\dp||3| |\unvbox3| |\kern-\dimen2| ^|\vfil|'. - -\bugonpage 422, lines 24--26 (2/9/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -(The last two lines use |\d@nger| and |\dd@nger|, which are non-|\outer| -equivalents of\/ |\danger| and |\ddanger|; such duplication is necessary -because control sequences of type ^|\outer| cannot appear within a |\def|.) - -\bugonpage 428, in the table of sixteen basic fonts (12/19/83) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[The special fonts called |cmi10| and |cmi7| and |cmi5| should really be -called |cmmi10| and |cmmi7| and |cmmi5|.] - -\bugonpage 433, last eight lines (8/17/84) - -\noindent -explained in Appendix~G\null. If you want to increase -the number of parameters past the number that actually appear in a font's -metric information file, you can assign new values immediately after that font -has been loaded. For example, if some font |\ff| with seven parameters -has just entered \TeX's memory, the command |\fontdimen13\ff=5pt| will set -parameter number~13 to $5\pt$; the intervening parameters, numbers 8--12, -will be set to zero. You can even give more than seven parameters to -^|\nullfont|, provided that you assign the values before any actual fonts -have been loaded. - -\bugonpage 445, line 6 (11/11/83) - -\ninepoint -\line{if $(a-{1\over2}\theta)- -\bigl(h(z)-v\bigr)<\varphi$, increase~$v$ by the difference. Finally -construct a vbox of} - -\bugonpage 449, line 12 (1/18/84) - -\line{immediately clear why the `n' should -be attached to the `e' in one case but not} - -\bugonpage 459, left column, line 2 (1/18/84) - -\eightpoint -al-Khw\^arizm\^\i, abu Ja`far Mu\d{h}ammad - -\bugonpage 460, index entry for Beethoven (8/16/84) - -\eightpoint -Change `von' to `van'. - -\bugonpage 461, third line in left column (8/25/84) - -\eightpoint The entry for |\box255| should not be indented. - -\bugonpage 461, index entry for boxed material (8/2/84) - -\eightpoint Add `{\it 420}'. - -\bugonpage 462, index entry for {\tt\char`\\colon} (11/16/83) - -\eightpoint Add page \underbar{359} to this list. - -\bugonpage 462, right column, third-last line (5/21/84) - -\eightpoint\indent -[Change `crochets' to `crotchets'; then move this entry down two lines.] - -\bugonpage 463, right column, line 16 (5/20/84) - -\eightpoint\indent -design size, 16--17, 213. - -\bugonpage 464, index entry for {\tt\char`\\dump} (1/10/84) - -\eightpoint Add page {\it 344\/} to this list. - -\bugonpage 464, right column, line 5 (1/5/84) - -\eightpoint -Dvo\v r\'ak, Anton\'\i n Leopold, 409. - -\bugonpage 464, index entry for {\tt\char`\\end} (8/25/84) - -\eightpoint Page number 264 should be underlined. - -\bugonpage 465, index entry for {\tt\char`\\everydisplay} (8/25/84) - -\eightpoint Add page {\it 326\/} to this list. - -\bugonpage 465, index entry for {\tt\char`\\filbreak} (7/3/84) - -\eightpoint Delete the reference to page number 355. - -\bugonpage 466, index entry for {\tt\char`\\footnote} (4/26/84) - -\eightpoint Page number 363 should be underlined. - -\bugonpage 467, index entry for {\tt\char`\\hidewidth} (7/3/84) - -\eightpoint Page number 354 should be underlined. - -\bugonpage 468, index entry for insertions (8/25/84) - -\eightpoint Add pages 115--117, 122--125 to this list. - -\bugonpage 469, index entry for {\tt\char`\\kern} (11/1/83) - -\eightpoint Add page {\it 256\/} to this list. - -\bugonpage 470, index entry for {\tt\char`\\limits} (11/3/83) - -\eightpoint Add page {\it 359\/} to this list. - -\bugonpage 472, right column, lines 10--11 (7/9/84) - -{\eightpoint -\indent -|\normalbaselines|\kern1pt, - {\it 325}, 349, $\underline{351}$, {\it 414--415}.\par -\baselineskip=9.9pt -\indent -|\normalbaselineskip|\kern1pt, - $\underline{349}$, {\it 414--415}.\par -} - -\bugonpage 472, index entry for {\tt\char`\\null} (7/3/84) - -\eightpoint Page number 351 should be underlined. - -\bugonpage 472, right column, line 28 (1/3/84) - -\eightpoint\indent -\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}|\nullfont|, 14, 153, 271, 433. - -\bugonpage 476, a new index entry (8/25/84) - -\eightpoint\indent -shifted output, {\sl see\/} |\hoffset|, |\voffset|. - -\bugonpage 476, index entry for shriek (8/25/84) - -\eightpoint It should not be capitalized. - -\bugonpage 478, index entry for \'Swierczkowski (9/15/84) - -\eightpoint -The middle name should be `S\l awomir'. - -\bugonpage 479, last seven lines in the left column (8/23/84) - -\eightpoint -{\baselineskip=9.9pt -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\tracingmacros|, $\underline{205}$, $\underline{212}$, 273, {\it329}. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\tracingonline|, 121, 212, 273, $\underline{303}$. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\tracingoutput|, $\underline{254}$, 273, {\it301--302}. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\tracingpages|, {\it112--114}, 124, 273, $\underline{303}$. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\tracingparagraphs|, {\it98--99}, 273, $\underline{303}$. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\tracingrestores|, 273, $\underline{301}$, $\underline{303}$. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\tracingstats|, 273, $\underline{300}$, $\underline{303}$, {\it383}. -} - -\bugonpage 479, index entry for underlined text (8/2/84) - -\eightpoint Add `{\sl see also\/} |\underbar|'. - -\bugonpage 480, index entry for {\tt\char`\\vbox} (11/1/83) - -\eightpoint Delete page 256 from this list. - -\bye - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.seven b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.seven deleted file mode 100644 index 0866189da51..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.seven +++ /dev/null @@ -1,821 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting - -\input manmac -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\today{\number\day\ - \ifcase\month\or - Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or - Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - \ \number\year} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\par}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting, 1991}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\tenpoint -\noindent This is a list of all corrections made to {\sl Computers \& -Typesetting}, Volumes A,~B, C, and D\null, between 1 January 1991 and -15 March 1992. -Corrections made to the softcover version of {\sl The \TeX book\/} are -the same as corrections to Volume~A\null. Corrections to the softcover -version of {\sl The \slMF\kern1ptbook\/} are the same as corrections -to Volume~C\null. Some of the corrections below have already been made in -reprintings of the books. Changes to Volume~B refer to the fourth printing -(1991), which differs markedly from earlier printings because it includes -all the revisions for \TeX3.0. Changes to Volume~D refer to the third -printing (1991), which differs markedly from earlier printings because -it includes all the revisions for \MF\kern1pt2.0. Changes to the mini-indexes -and master indexes of Volumes B and~D are not shown here unless they are -not obviously derivable from what has been shown. -Dozens of changes, too many to list -here, have been made to Volume~E because of recent upgrades to the -Computer Modern font source files. -Those changes, which affect only the digitization at -low resolution and the appearance of lowercase delta and -some characters in the math symbols -fonts (but not the {\tt TFM} files), are documented at -the end of file {\tt cm85.bug}. -\looseness=-1 - - % volume A - -\bugonpage A96, lines 9--11 (9/18/91) - -\ninepoint -Some ^{German} words traditionally change their spelling -when they are split between lines. For example, `backen' becomes `bak-ken' -and `Bettuch' becomes `Bett-tuch'. How can you instruct \TeX\ to produce -such effects? - -\bugonpage A178, line 17 (11/19/91) - -\ninepoint -If you say `|\phantom{|\<subformula>|}|' in any formula, plain -\TeX\ will do its\cutpar - -\bugonpage A286, bottom two lines and continuing into A287 (11/21/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -stands for zero or more \<assignment> -commands other than |\setbox|. -If the assignments are not followed by a \<character>, where -\<character> stands for any of the commands just discussed in the previous -paragraph, \TeX\ treats |\accent| as if it were |\char|, except that -the space factor is set to 1000. Otherwise the character that follows -the assignment is accented by the character that corresponds to the -\<8-bit number>. \ (The purpose of the intervening assignments is to -allow the accenter and accentee to be in different fonts.) \ If the -accent must be moved up or down, it is put into an hbox that is -raised or lowered. Then the accent is effectively superposed on the -character by means of kerns, in such a way that the width of the accent -does not influence the width of the resulting horizontal list. -Finally, \TeX\ sets |\spacefactor=1000|. - -\bugonpage A291, lines 6--8 (11/21/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -`|}|' may be followed by -optional \<assignment> commands other than |\setbox|, -after which `|$$|'~must conclude -the display. \TeX\ will insert the |\abovedisplayskip| and -|\belowdisplayskip| glue before and after the result of the alignment. - -\bugonpage A293, line 14 (9/18/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -explained in Appendix~G\null. \TeX\ -scans \<one optional space> after completing a displayed formula; this is -usually the implicit space at the end of a line in the input file. - -\bugonpage A311, bottom four lines (9/18/91) - -\ninepoint -\ansno12.7: 1000, except: 999 after |O|, |B|, |S|, |D|, and |J|; 1250 after the -comma; 3000 after the exclamation point, the right-quote marks, and the -periods. If a period had come just after the |B| (i.e., if the text had -said `|B. Sally|'), the space factor after that period would have -been~1000, not~3000. - -\bugonpage A314, lines 16--18 from the bottom (1/10/92) - -\ninepoint -\ansno14.8: |ba\ck/en| and |Be\ttt/uch|, where the macros |\ck/| and |\ttt/| -are defined by -\begintt -\def\ck/{\discretionary{k-}{k}{ck}} -\def\ttt/{tt\discretionary{-}{t}{}} -\endtt - -\bugonpage A354, line 8 (9/18/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\multispan#1{\omit\mscount=#1\relax\loop\ifnum\mscount>1 \sp@n\repeat}|% -\kern-10pt\null - -\bugonpage A356, line 11 from the bottom (9/23/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \else{\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char'30\hidewidth}}\fi}| - -\bugonpage A358, line 8 from the bottom (9/18/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\mathchardef\mapstochar="3237 \def\mapsto{\mapstochar\rightarrow}| - -\bugonpage A359, line 13 (11/4/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\overrightarrow#1{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr| - -\bugonpage A359, line 16 (11/4/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\overleftarrow#1{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr| - -\bugonpage A359, line 19 (11/4/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\overbrace#1{\mathop{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3pt}| - -\bugonpage A359, line 22 (11/4/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\underbrace#1{\mathop{\vtop{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr| - -\bugonpage A359, lines 7--14 from the bottom (1/11/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\lgroup{\delimiter"462833A } \def\rgroup{\delimiter"562933B }|% -\par\noindent -|\def\lmoustache{\delimiter"437A340 } \def\rmoustache{\delimiter"537B341 }|% - \kern-2pt\null\par\noindent -|\def\uparrow{\delimiter"3222378 } \def\Uparrow{\delimiter"322A37E }|% -\par\noindent -|\def\downarrow{\delimiter"3223379 } \def\Downarrow{\delimiter"322B37F }|% -\par\noindent -|\def\updownarrow{\delimiter"326C33F } \def\arrowvert{\delimiter"026A33C }|% -\par\noindent -|\def\Updownarrow{\delimiter"326D377 } \def\Arrowvert{\delimiter"026B33D } |% -\par\noindent -|\def\vert{\delimiter"026A30C } \def\Vert{\delimiter"026B30D } |% -\par\noindent -|\def\backslash{\delimiter"026E30F } \def\bracevert{\delimiter"077C33E }| - -\bugonpage A360, line 13 (11/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\phantom|, |\smash|, |\root|, and other -operations. (Actually |\phantom| and |\smash| are not perfect: They -assume that the current style is uncramped.) - -\bugonpage A360, line 2 from the bottom (11/4/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\c@ncel#1#2{\m@th\ooalign{$\hfil#1\mkern1mu/\hfil$\crcr$#1#2$}}| - -\bugonpage A361, top line (11/4/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\rlh@#1{\vcenter{\m@th\hbox{\ooalign{\raise2pt| - -\bugonpage A364, line 5 from the bottom (11/4/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def|^|\fmtname||{plain}\def\fmtversion{3.141}| - -\bugonpage A377, the bottom 17 lines (9/18/91) - -\eightpoint\noindent\hangindent\parindent\hangafter-3 -story: Macro |\stest| decides whether or not -a given token list register begins with -a \<space token> as defined in Chapter~24. If so, the macro -decides whether the token is explicit and/or funny and/or active. -\begintt -\newif\ifspace \newif\iffunny \newif\ifexplicit \newif\ifactive -\def\stest#1{\funnyfalse \expandafter\s\the#1! \stest} -\def\s{\global\explicitfalse \global\activefalse \futurelet\next\ss} -\def\ss{\ifcat\noexpand\next\stoken\let\nxt\sx\else\let\nxt\ns\fi\nxt} -\def\sx{\spacetrue\ifx\next\stoken\let\nxt\sss\else\let\nxt=\ssss\fi\nxt} -\long\def\sss#1 #2\stest{\def\next{#1}% - \ifx\next\empty \global\explicittrue \else\testactive#1\s\fi} -\long\def\ssss#1#2\stest{\funnytrue{\escapechar=\if*#1`?\else`*\fi\relax - \if#1\string#1\uccode`#1=`~ % we assume that ~ is an active character - \uppercase{\ifcat\noexpand#1}\noexpand~\global\activetrue - \else\global\explicittrue\fi - \else\testactive#1\s\fi}} -\long\def\ns#1\stest{\spacefalse} -\long\def\testactive#1#2\s{\expandafter\tact\string#1\s\tact} -\long\def\tact#1#2\tact{\def\next{#2}\ifx\next\xs\global\activetrue - \else\ifx\next\empty \global\activetrue\fi\fi} \def\xs{\s} -\endtt - -\bugonpage A444, lines 15--26 (3/26/91) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{\bf14.}If the current item is an Ord atom, -go directly to Rule~17 unless -all of the following are true: The nucleus is a symbol; the subscript -and superscript are both empty; the very next item in the math list is an -atom of type Ord, Op, Bin, Rel, Open, Close, or Punct; and the nucleus of the -next item is a symbol whose family is the same as the family in the present -Ord atom. In such cases the present symbol is marked as a text symbol. -If the font information shows a ligature between this symbol and the -following one, using the specified family and the current size, then -insert the ligature character and continue as specified by the font; -in this process, two characters may collapse into a single Ord -text symbol, and/or new Ord text characters may appear. If the font information -shows a kern between the current symbol and the next, insert a kern item -following the current atom. -As soon as an Ord atom has been fully processed for ligatures and kerns, -go to Rule~17. - -\bugonpage A446, lines 5 and 6 from the bottom (1/13/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent -are used to change the current style just as -in the first pass, so that both passes have the same value of~$C$ when -they work on any particular atom. - -\bugonpage A447, in the parameter usage table (1/13/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent[Delete the entry for `$\sigma_2$'; the entry for -`$\sigma_{17}$' moves down to the bottom of the left column.] - -\bugonpage A447, line 2 after the parameter usage table (1/13/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent -to parameters in arbitrary families: -Rule~17 uses |\fontdimen| parameter~2 (space) to de-\cutpar - -\bugonpage A467, entry for {\tt\char`\\hss} (9/18/91) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt\char`\\hss}, 71--72, {\it82--83}, 233, 283, 285, 290, 442. - -\bugonpage A467, new subentry under hyphenation (9/18/91) - -\eightpoint\indent\quad -suppressing, 93, 414, 424, 454. - -\bugonpage A476, right column (11/21/91) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt\char`\\setbox}, 66--67, 77, 81, $\underline{120}$, 276, 279, 286,\par -\indent\qquad 291, {\it386--392}. - - % volume B -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage B2, line 10 from the bottom (1/11/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]TeX,\]Version\]3.141\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \TeX\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B18, lines 21 and 22 (10/12/91) - -\tenpoint\noindent -must have an \\{xchr} equivalent in the local -character set. (This restriction applies only to preloaded strings, -not to those generated dynamically by the user.) - -\bugonpage B26, new line before fourth line from bottom (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{nl}: \\{integer};\quad$\{\,$new-line character to restore$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B26, bottom line and top 3 lines of B27 (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf else begin if\/} $\\{selector}>\\{pseudo}$ {\bf then}\par -\noindent\hskip50pt -{\bf begin} \\{print\_char}($s$); \ {\bf return};\quad - $\{\,$internal strings are not expanded$\,\}$\par\noindent\hskip50pt -{\bf end};\par\noindent\hskip40pt -{\bf if\/} ($\langle\,$Character $s$ is the current new-line - character{\sevenrm\kern.5em244}$\,\rangle$) {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip50pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{selector}<\\{pseudo}$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip60pt -{\bf begin} \\{print\_ln}; \ {\bf return}; \ -{\bf end};\par\noindent\hskip40pt -$\\{nl}\gets\\{new\_line\_char}$; \ $\\{new\_line\_char}\gets-1$;\quad - $\{\,$temporarily disable new-line character$\,\}$\par\noindent\hskip40pt -$j\gets\\{str\_start}[s]$;\par\noindent\hskip40pt -{\bf while} $j<\\{str\_start}[s+1]$ {\bf do}\par\noindent\hskip50pt -{\bf begin} $\\{print\_char}(\\{so}(\\{str\_pool}[j]))$; \ $\\{incr}(j)$; \ -{\bf end};\par\noindent\hskip40pt -$\\{new\_line\_char}\gets\\{nl}$; \ {\bf return};\par\noindent\hskip40pt -{\bf end}; - -\bugonpage B27, lines 9 and 10 (9/19/91) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 60.\quad}% -Control sequence names, file names, and strings constructed with -{\tt\char`\\string} might contain \\{ASCII\_code} values that can't -be printed using \\{print\_char}. Therefore we use -\\{slow\_print} for them: - -\bugonpage B27, lines 13--26 (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf var} $j$: \\{pool\_pointer};\quad$\{\,$current character code - position$\,\}$\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin if\/} $(s\ge\\{str\_ptr})\lor(s<256)$ {\bf then} \\{print}(s) -\par\noindent\hskip10pt {\bf else begin} $j\gets\\{str\_start}[s]$;\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf while} $j<\\{str\_start}[s+1]$ {\bf do}\par -\noindent\hskip30pt{\bf begin} $\\{print}(\\{so}(\\{str\_pool}[j]))$; \ - $\\{incr}(j)$;\par\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf end};\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf end};\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf end}; - -\bugonpage B28, line 8 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf else begin} \\{slow\_print}(\\{format\_ident}); \ \\{print\_ln}; - -\bugonpage B33, line 3 (1/11/92) - -\tenpoint\noindent -recursively. A similar interlock is provided by \\{set\_box\_allowed}. - -\bugonpage B33, new line to come after line 14 (1/11/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{set\_box\_allowed}: \\{boolean};\quad - $\{\,$is it safe to do a |\setbox| assignment?$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B33, new line to come after line 20 (1/11/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{set\_box\_allowed}\gets\\{true}$; - -\bugonpage B36, line 12 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf begin} \\{print\_nl}({\tt\char`\"You\]want\]to\]edit\]file\]\char`\"}); - \ \\{slow\_print}(\\{input\_stack}[\\{base\_ptr}].\\{name\_field}); - -\bugonpage B46, lines 9 and 10 (5/24/91) - -\tenpoint\noindent -arithmetic; see {\sl TUGboat \bf3},1 (March 1982), 10--27. (But the -routines cited there must be modified to allow negative glue ratios.) - -\bugonpage B47, lines 2 and 3 (5/24/91) - -\tenpoint\noindent -structures on a \\{memory\_word}, which contains either a (signed) integer, -possibly scaled, or a (signed) \\{glue\_ratio}, or a small number of -fields that are one half or one quarter of the size used\cutpar - -\bugonpage B177, lines 10 and 11 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} \\{print\_err}({\tt\char`\"Bad\]mathchar\char`\"});\par -\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{help2}({\tt\char`\"A\]mathchar\]number\]must\]be\]between\]0\]% - and\]32767.\char`\"}) - -\bugonpage B196, new lines after line 11 (1/13/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{align\_state}<1000000$ {\bf then}\quad - $\{\,$unmatched `|}|' aborts the line$\,\}$\par\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf begin repeat} \\{get\_token}; \ {\bf until} $\\{cur\_tok}=0$;\par -\noindent\hskip30pt$\\{align\_state}\gets1000000$; \ {\bf goto} \\{done};\par -\noindent\hskip30pt{\bf end}; - -\bugonpage B208, line 21 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin} \\{slow\_print}($a$); \ \\{slow\_print}($n$); \ - \\{slow\_print}($e$); - -\bugonpage B214, line 14 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin} \\{wlog}(\\{banner}); \\{slow\_print}(\\{format\_ident}); \ - \\{print}({\tt\char`\"\]\]\char`\"}); \ - \\{print\_int}(\\{day}); \ - \\{print\_char}({\tt\char`\"\]\char`\"}); - -\bugonpage B214, line 2 from the bottom (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -\\{print\_char}({\tt\char`\"(\char`\"}); \ -\\{incr}(\\{open\_parens}); \ -\\{slow\_print}(\\{name}); \ -\\{update\_terminal}; \ -$\\{state}\gets\\{new\_line}$; - -\bugonpage B234, line 22 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{print}({\tt\char`\"\]in\]font\]\char`\"}); \ -\\{slow\_print}(\\{font\_name}[$f$]); \ -\\{print\_char}({\tt\char`\"!\char`\"}); \ -\\{end\_diagnostic}(\\{false}); - -\bugonpage B267, lines 7 and 8 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{print\_nl}({\tt\char`\"Output\]written\]on\]\char`\"}); \ -\\{slow\_print}(\\{output\_file\_name});\par\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{print}({\tt\char`\"\](\char`\"}); \ -\\{print\_int}(\\{total\_pages}); \ -\\{print}({\tt\char`\"\]page\char`\"}); - -\bugonpage B296, new lines after line 8 of section 716 (1/11/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $f<0$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} \\{decr}($n$); \ $f\gets f+\oct{200000}$;\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf end}; - -\bugonpage B297, new lines after line 7 of section 717 (1/11/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf if\/} $f<0$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf begin} \\{decr}($n$); \ $f\gets f+\oct{200000}$;\par\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf end}; - -\bugonpage B348, bottom two lines (1/3/92) - -\tenpoint\noindent\hskip10pt -Up to three passes might be made through the paragraph in an attempt to find at -least one set of feasible breakpoints. On the first pass, we have -$\\{threshold}=\\{pretolerance}$ and $\\{second\_pass}=$\cutpar - -\bugonpage B364, line 20 (1/3/92) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 863.\quad} -The `{\bf loop}' in the following code is performed at most -thrice per call of \\{line\_break}, since\cutpar - -\bugonpage B377, insert new line after line 12 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{hyf\_bchar}:\enspace\\{halfword};\quad - $\{\,$boundary character after $c_n\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B378, line 12 from the bottom (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -$\\{hyf\_bchar}\gets\\{character}(s)$; \ -$c\gets\\{qo}(\\{hyf\_bchar})$; - -\bugonpage B378, line 9 from the bottom (1/10/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -$\\{hb}\gets s$; \ \\{incr}(\\{hn}); \ $\\{hu}[\\{hn}]\gets c$; \ -$\\{hc}[\\{hn}]\gets\\{lc\_code}(c)$; \ -$\\{hyf\_bchar}\gets\\{non\_char}$; - -\bugonpage B378, line 5 from the bottom (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf else if} $(\\{type}(s)=\\{kern\_node})\land(\\{subtype}(s)=\\{normal})$ - {\bf then} $\\{hb}\gets s$\par\noindent\hskip40pt - {\bf else goto} \\{done3}; - -\bugonpage B379, line 6 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$j\gets\\{hn}$; \ $q\gets\\{lig\_ptr}(s)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $q>\\{null}$ {\bf then} $\\{hyf\_bchar}\gets\\{character}(q)$; - -\bugonpage B379, new line between lines 14 and 15 (1/10/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{odd}(\\{subtype}(s))$ {\bf then} -$\\{hyf\_bchar}\gets\\{font\_bchar}[\\{hf}]$ {\bf else} -$\\{hyf\_bchar}\gets\\{non\_char}$; - -\bugonpage B379, line 19 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{hn}<\\{l\_hyf}+\\{r\_hyf}$ {\bf then goto} \\{done1}; \ -\quad$\{\,$\\{l\_hyf} and \\{r\_hyf} are always $\ge1\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B380, lines 9--11 from the bottom reduce to a single line (1/10/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$q\gets\\{link}(\\{hb})$; \ $\\{link}(\\{hb})\gets\\{null}$; \ -$r\gets\\{link}(\\{ha})$; \ $\\{link}(\\{ha})\gets\\{null}$; \ -$\\{bchar}\gets\\{hyf\_bchar}$; - -\bugonpage B436, lines 9 and 10 (3/15/92) - -\tenpoint -$$\\{cur\_r}=\cases{\\{character}(\\{lig\_stack}),&if $\\{lig\_stack}> - \\{null}$;\cr - \\{font\_bchar}[\\{cur\_font}],&otherwise;\cr}$$ -except when $\\{character}(\\{lig\_stack})=\\{font\_false\_bchar} - [\\{cur\_font}]$. Several additional global variables are needed. - -\bugonpage B438, line 13 from the bottom (3/15/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{cur\_q}\gets\\{tail}$; \ $\\{cur\_l}\gets\\{character}(\\{lig\_stack})$; - -\bugonpage B507, line 6 of section 1241 (1/11/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -\\{scan\_optional\_equals};\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} \\{set\_box\_allowed} {\bf then} -$\\{scan\_box}(\\{box\_flag}+n)$\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf else begin} \\{print\_err}({\tt\char`\"Improper\]\char`\"}); -\ \\{print\_esc}({\tt\char`\"setbox\char`\"});\par\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{help2}({\tt\char`\"Sorry,\]\char`\\setbox\]is\]not\]allowed\]after\]% -\char`\\halign\]in\]a\]display,\char`\"})\par\noindent\hskip20pt -({\tt\char`\"or\]between\]\char`\\accent\]% -and\]an\]accented\]character.\char`\"}); -\ \\{error};\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf end}; - -\bugonpage B511, new line inserted after line 3 (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -\\{flushable\_string}: \\{str\_number};\quad - $\{\,$string not yet referenced$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B512, new line inserted after line 3 of section 1260 (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{flushable\_string}\gets\\{str\_ptr}-1$; - -\bugonpage B512, the former line 6 of section 1260 (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf begin if\/} $\\{cur\_name}=\\{flushable\_string}$ {\bf then} -\par\noindent\hskip40pt{\bf begin} \\{flush\_string}; \ - $\\{cur\_name}\gets\\{font\_name}[f]$; \ {\bf end}; -\par\noindent\hskip30pt{\bf if\/} $s>0$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage B512, line 10 from the bottom (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{set\_font}:\enspace{\bf begin} -\\{print}({\tt\char`\"select\]font\]\char`\"}); \ -\\{slow\_print}(\\{font\_name}[\\{chr\_code}]); - -\bugonpage B514, line 9 (1/11/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -$\\{set\_box\_allowed}\gets\\{false}$; \ -\\{prefixed\_command}; \ -$\\{set\_box\_allowed}\gets\\{true}$; - -\bugonpage B515, line 19 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -\\{slow\_print}($s$); \ \\{update\_terminal}; - -\bugonpage B516, line 2 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin} \\{print\_err}({\tt\char`\"\char`\"}); \ - \\{slow\_print}($s$); - -\bugonpage B531, lines 19 and 20 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -\\{print\_nl}({\tt\char`\"Beginning\]to\]dump\]on\]file\]\char`\"}; \ -\\{slow\_print}(\\{w\_make\_name\_string}(\\{fmt\_file})); \ -\\{flush\_string};\par\noindent\hskip10pt -\\{print\_nl}({\tt\char`\"\char`\"}); \ -\\{slow\_print}(\\{format\_ident}) - -\bugonpage B533, line 29 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -{\bf begin} \\{print\_nl}({\tt\char`\"Transcript\]written\]on\]\char`\"}); \ -\\{slow\_print}(\\{log\_name}); \ -\\{print\_char}({\tt\char`\".\char`\"}); - -\bugonpage B538, line 13 (9/19/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -10:\enspace\\{slow\_print}($n$); - -\bugonpage B577, left column (12/23/91) - -\eightpoint\noindent[Add 798 to the index entries for `system dependencies'.] - - % volume C -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers - -\bugonpage C262, line 15 (3/26/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|string base_name, base_version; base_name="plain"; base_version="2.7";| - -\bugonpage C271, line 17 from the bottom (3/26/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| currentpen_path shifted (z.t_) withpen penspeck enddef;| - -\bugonpage C347, Bront''e entry (1/29/91) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[The accent was clobbered; her name should, of course, be Bront\"e. -Fix the entries for D\"urer, M\"obius, and Stravinsky in the same way.] - -\bugonpage C348, left column (1/11/92) - -\eightpoint\indent -compound statement, $\underline{155}$, 217. - -\bugonpage C353, right column (1/11/92) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt numeric}, 55, $\underline{56}$, {\it65}, 88. - -\bugonpage C354, miscellaneous entries in both columns (1/11/92) - -\eightpoint -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt openwindow}, $\underline{191}$--$\underline{193}$, 220, {\it277}, - {\it312--313}. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt or}, {\it65}, $\underline{170}$, 210, 237, 288--289. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt pair}, 55, $\underline{56}$, 65. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt path}, 55, $\underline{56}$, 171. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt pen}, 55, $\underline{56}$, {\it65}, 170. -\par\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt picture}, 55, $\underline{56}$, {\it114}. - -\bugonpage C356, right column (1/11/92) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt string}, 55, $\underline{56}$, 69. - -\bugonpage C357, right column (1/11/92) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt transform}, 55, $\underline{56}$, 57, 141--143, {\it160}, 266. - - % Volume D -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage D2, last line of section 2 (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]METAFONT,\]Version\]2.71\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \MF\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D102, line 15 from the bottom (11/1/91) - -\tenpoint\noindent -Then -$\\{eq\_type}(h(x))=\\{tag\_token}$ and $\\{equiv}(h(x))=p$, -where $p$~is a two-word value -node with\cutpar - -\bugonpage D188, lines 16 and 17 (1/24/92) - -\tenpoint\noindent -errors. Our subroutines also obey the identity $t[a,b]+t[b,a]=a+b$. - -\bugonpage D190, new copy before bottom four lines (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{x\_coord}(r)<\\{x\_coord}(\\{pp})$ {\bf then} - $\\{x\_coord}(r)\gets\\{x\_coord}(\\{pp})$\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf else if\/} $\\{x\_coord}(r)>\\{dest\_x}$ {\bf then} - $\\{x\_coord}(r)\gets\\{dest\_x}$;\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{left\_x}(r)>\\{x\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{left\_x}(r)\gets\\{x\_coord}(r)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $\\{right\_x}(\\{pp})>\\{x\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then} -$\\{right\_x}(\\{pp})\gets\\{x\_coord}(r)$; \ {\bf end};\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{right\_x}(r)<\\{x\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{right\_x}(r)\gets\\{x\_coord}(r)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $\\{left\_x}(\\{qq})<\\{x\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then} -$\\{left\_x}(\\{qq})\gets\\{x\_coord}(r)$; \ {\bf end}; - -\bugonpage D191, new copy before bottom two lines of section 416 (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{x\_coord}(s)<\\{x\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then} - $\\{x\_coord}(s)\gets\\{x\_coord}(r)$\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf else if\/} $\\{x\_coord}(s)>\\{dest\_x}$ {\bf then} - $\\{x\_coord}(s)\gets\\{dest\_x}$;\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{left\_x}(s)>\\{x\_coord}(s)$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{left\_x}(s)\gets\\{x\_coord}(s)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $\\{right\_x}(r)>\\{x\_coord}(s)$ {\bf then} -$\\{right\_x}(r)\gets\\{x\_coord}(s)$; \ {\bf end};\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{right\_x}(s)<\\{x\_coord}(s)$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{right\_x}(s)\gets\\{x\_coord}(s)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $\\{left\_x}(\\{qq})<\\{x\_coord}(s)$ {\bf then} -$\\{left\_x}(\\{qq})\gets\\{x\_coord}(s)$; \ {\bf end}; - -\bugonpage D194, lines 4 and 5 (1/24/92) - -\tenpoint\noindent[Delete those two lines; I no longer believe that the -assertion has been proved (although it might be true).] - -\bugonpage D194, lines 7--13 of section 424 (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{y\_coord}(r)<\\{y\_coord}(p)$ {\bf then} - $\\{y\_coord}(r)\gets\\{y\_coord}(p)$\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf else if\/} $\\{y\_coord}(r)>\\{dest\_y}$ {\bf then} - $\\{y\_coord}(r)\gets\\{dest\_y}$;\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{x\_coord}(p)+\\{y\_coord}(r)>\\{dest\_x}+\\{dest\_y}$ -{\bf then} $\\{y\_coord}(r)\gets\\{dest\_x}+\\{dest\_y}-\\{x\_coord}(p)$;\par -\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{left\_y}(r)>\\{y\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{left\_y}(r)\gets\\{y\_coord}(r)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $\\{right\_y}(p)>\\{y\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then} -$\\{right\_y}(p)\gets\\{y\_coord}(r)$; \ {\bf end};\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{right\_y}(r)<\\{y\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{right\_y}(r)\gets\\{y\_coord}(r)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $\\{left\_y}(q)<\\{y\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then} -$\\{left\_y}(q)\gets\\{y\_coord}(r)$; \ {\bf end}; - -\bugonpage D194, lines 8--11 from the bottom (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{right\_y}(r)<\\{y\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{right\_y}(r)\gets\\{y\_coord}(r)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $\\{left\_y}(q)<\\{y\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then} -$\\{left\_y}(q)\gets\\{y\_coord}(r)$; \ {\bf end}; - -\bugonpage D195, lines 3--9 of section 425 (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{y\_coord}(s)<\\{y\_coord}(r)$ {\bf then} - $\\{y\_coord}(s)\gets\\{y\_coord}(r)$\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf else if\/} $\\{y\_coord}(s)>\\{dest\_y}$ {\bf then} - $\\{y\_coord}(s)\gets\\{dest\_y}$;\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{x\_coord}(r)+\\{y\_coord}(s)>\\{dest\_x}+\\{dest\_y}$ -{\bf then} $\\{y\_coord}(s)\gets\\{dest\_x}+\\{dest\_y}-\\{x\_coord}(r)$;\par -\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{left\_y}(s)>\\{y\_coord}(s)$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{left\_y}(s)\gets\\{y\_coord}(s)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $\\{right\_y}(r)>\\{y\_coord}(s)$ {\bf then} -$\\{right\_y}(r)\gets\\{y\_coord}(s)$; \ {\bf end};\par\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{right\_y}(s)<\\{y\_coord}(s)$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{right\_y}(s)\gets\\{y\_coord}(s)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $\\{left\_y}(q)<\\{y\_coord}(s)$ {\bf then} -$\\{left\_y}(q)\gets\\{y\_coord}(s)$; \ {\bf end}; - -\bugonpage D195, lines 3--7 from the bottom if section 425 (1/24/92) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if\/} $\\{right\_y}(s)<\\{y\_coord}(s)$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{right\_y}(s)\gets\\{y\_coord}(s)$; \ -{\bf if\/} $\\{left\_y}(q)<\\{y\_coord}(s)$ {\bf then} -$\\{left\_y}(q)\gets\\{y\_coord}(s)$; \ {\bf end}; - -\bugonpage D289, lines 9 and 10 (11/1/91) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -$p\gets\\{dep\_list}(p)$; \ $r\gets\\{inf\_val}$;\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf repeat if\/} $\\{value}(\\{info}(p))\ge\\{value}(r)$ {\bf then}\par - -\bugonpage D486, line 18 (11/1/91) - -\tenpoint\noindent -The \\{label\_loc} -and \\{label\_char} arrays have been set up to record all the -starting addresses; we have\cutpar - - % volume E -\hsize=29pc -\def\dashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\kern-.05em}\mkern3.9mu\hbox{-\kern-.05em}}} - - - \bye - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.six b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.six deleted file mode 100644 index ad7444d8600..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.six +++ /dev/null @@ -1,528 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting - -\input manmac -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\today{\number\day\ - \ifcase\month\or - Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or - Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - \ \number\year} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\par}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting, 1990}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\tenpoint -\noindent This is a list of all corrections made to {\sl Computers \& -Typesetting}, Volumes A,~C, and E\null, between 30 September 1989 (when -the revisions for \TeX\ Version 3.0 and \MF\ Version 2.0 were made) and -December 31, 1990. -Corrections made to the softcover version of {\sl The \TeX book\/} are -the same as corrections to Volume~A\null. Corrections to the softcover -version of {\sl The \slMF\kern1ptbook\/} are the same as corrections -to Volume~C\null. Some of the corrections below have already been made in -reprintings of the books. Hundreds of changes, too many to list here, -have been made to Volumes B~and~D because of the upgrades to \TeX\ and -\MF\null. Readers who need up-to-date information on the \TeX\ and -\MF\ programs should refer to the |WEB| source files until new -printings of Volumes B~and~D are issued. \looseness=-1 - - % volume A - -\bugonpage A99, line 4 from the bottom (2/22/90) - -\ninepoint\indent -to be chosen because there was no feasible -way to keep total demerits small. - -\bugonpage A124, lines 18--21 (9/5/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -Floating insertions can be accommodated -as a special case of split insertions, by making each floating topinsert -start with a small penalty, and by having -zero as the associated |\floatingpenalty|; non-floating insertions -like footnotes are accommodated by associating larger penalties with -split insertions (see Appendix~B). - -\bugonpage A137, lines 2 and 3 from the bottom (11/9/90) - -{\eightssi -\rightline{and you shouldn't even be reading this manual,} -\rightline{which is undoubtedly all English to you.} -} - -\bugonpage A141, line 15 from the bottom (10/18/90) - -\tenpoint\noindent -Thus if you type `|$1\over2$|' (in a text) you get $1\over2$, namely style -$S$ over style~$S'$;\cutpar - -\bugonpage A156, line 2 (11/18/89) - -\ninepoint -Commands like |\mathchardef\alpha="010B| are used in -Appendix~B to define\cutpar - -\bugonpage A165, lines 2--3 (8/13/90) - -\ninepoint - Type the formula $\bf\bar x^{\rm T}Mx={\rm0}\iff x=0$, -using as few keystrokes as possible. -\ (The first `0' is roman, the second is bold. The superscript `T' is roman.) - -\bugonpage A171, lines 24--26 (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -formula produces a result exactly equivalent to -`|\left(|\<subformula>|\right)|', when the \<subformula> doesn't end -with Punct, except that the {delimiters} are forced to -be of the |\big| size regardless of the height and depth of the subformula. - -\bugonpage A193, lines 16--18 (12/2/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -line if you insert -`^|\noalign||{|^|\break||}|' -after the |\cr| for that line. You can prohibit {\sl all\/} breaks -in an |\eqalignno| if you set ^|\interdisplaylinepenalty||=10000|; or you -can enclose the whole works in a ^|\vbox|: - -\bugonpage A233, bottom 9 lines, and top three on next page (12/2/89) - -\danger The |\+| macro in Appendix~B works -by putting the \<text> for each column that's followed by~|&| -into an hbox as follows: -\begindisplay -|\hbox to |\<column width>|{|\<text>|\hss}| -\enddisplay -The ^|\hss| means that the text is normally flush left, and that it can -extend to the right of its box. Since |\hfill| is ``more infinite'' than -|\hss| in its ability to stretch, it has the effect of right-justifying or -centering as stated above. Note that |\hfill| doesn't shrink, but |\hss| -does; if the text doesn't fit in its column, it will stick out at the right. -You could cancel the shrinkability of |\hss| by adding ^|\hfilneg|; then -an oversize text would produce an overfull box. -You could also center some text by putting `|\hss|' before it and just -`|&|' after it; in that case the text would be allowed to extend to the -left and right of its column. - The last column of a |\+|~line (i.e., the column entry that is -followed by |\cr|) is treated differently: The -\<text> is simply put into an hbox with its natural~width.\looseness=-1 - -\bugonpage A254, line 5 from the bottom (10/5/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\vsize| hasn't changed, and if all insertions have been -held in place, the same page break\cutpar - -\bugonpage A286, lines 30--32 (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -reading and expanding this \cstok{par} -token, \TeX\ will see the \<vertical command> token again. \ (The current -meaning of the control sequence ^|\par| will be used; \cstok{par} might no -longer stand for \TeX's |\par| primitive.) - -\bugonpage A290, lines 12--13 (3/24/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -simply a single Ord atom without subscripts or superscripts, -or an Acc whose nucleus is an Ord, the -enclosing braces are effectively removed. - -\bugonpage A317, line 17 (5/17/90) - -\ninepoint -|\pretolerance=9999 \tolerance=9999 \parindent=0pt| - -\bugonpage A321, lines 16--17 (8/13/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss18.6.\enspace}\ignorespaces -|$\bf\bar x^{\rm T}Mx={\rm0}\iff x=0$|. \ (If you typed a space between -|\rm| and~|0|, you wasted a keystroke; but don't feel guilty about it.) - -\bugonpage A340, nonblank line 11 (3/13/90) - -\tenpoint\noindent -|\topglue 1in % This makes an inch of blank space (1in=2.54cm).| - -\bugonpage A342, line 6 (3/13/90) - -\tenpoint\noindent -|\topglue| but not |\hglue|. It does not -illustrate |\raggedright| setting of para-\cutpar - -\bugonpage A346, lines 20--21 (12/3/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -streams used by ^|\read| and ^|\write|, to math -^{families} used by ^|\fam|, to sets of hyphenation rules used by -^|\language|, and to insertions (which require -^|\box|, ^|\count|, ^|\dimen|, and ^|\skip| registers all having the -same number). - -\bugonpage A346, line 20 from the bottom (12/3/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -manent value. These macros use registers -|\count10| through |\count20| to hold the\cutpar - -\bugonpage A346, lines 8--13 from the bottom (12/3/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -number was allocated. The inside story of how allocation is actually performed -should be irrelevant when the allocation macros are used at a higher level; -you mustn't assume that |plain.tex| really does allocation in any -particular way. -\beginlines -|\count10=22 % this counter allocates \count registers 23, 24, 25, ...| -\endgroup - -\bugonpage A347, lines 2--5 (12/3/89) - -\ninepoint{\parindent=0pt -|\count19=0 % this counter allocates language codes 1, 2, 3, ...|\parbreak -|\count20=255 % this counter allocates insertions 254, 253, 252, ...|\parbreak -|\countdef\insc@unt=20 % nickname for the insertion counter|\parbreak -|\countdef\allocationnumber=21 % the most recent allocation|\parbreak -|\countdef|^|\m@ne||=22 \m@ne=-1 % a handy constant|\par} - -\bugonpage A347, new line after former line 17 (12/3/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\outer\def|^|\newlanguage||{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi}| - -\bugonpage A352, new line before line 6 from the bottom (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\topglue{\nointerlineskip \vglue-\topskip \vglue} % for top of page| - -\bugonpage A355, line 8 from the bottom (12/3/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \noindent{\bf#1.\enspace}{\sl#2\par}%| - -\bugonpage A363, lines 8--9 from the bottom (12/8/89) - -{\ninepoint\parindent=0pt -| \if@mid \dimen@=\ht0 \advance\dimen@ by\dp\z@ |% - |\advance\dimen@ by12\p@|\parbreak% -| \advance\dimen@ by\pagetotal \advance\dimen@ by-\pageshrink| -\par} - -\bugonpage A375, line 27 (10/30/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -depending on whether or not |\t|~contains -an asterisk. \ (Do you see why?) \ And here's\cutpar - -\bugonpage A393, lines 3--5 from the bottom (12/3/89) - -\ninepoint -|\hskip-.17em plus-3em minus.11em|\par -|\vadjust{}\penalty10000|\par -|\leaders\copy\dbox\hskip3.3\wd\dbox plus1fil minus.3\wd\dbox| - -\bugonpage A444, line 4 (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -Shift box~$x$ down by ${1\over2}\bigl(h(x)-d(x)\bigr) --a$, where $a=\sigma_{22}$, so that the operator character\cutpar - -\bugonpage A450, line 8 (12/3/89) - -\def\\#1{$_{\kern\scriptspace#1}$} -\ninepoint\indent -{\qquad\tt\\0h\\0e\\0n\\5a\\0t\\0 \\1n\\0a\\0 \\0n\\2a\\0t\\0 - \\1t\\0i\\0o\\0 \\2i\\0o\\0 \\0o\\2n\\0} - -\bugonpage A450, line 14 (12/3/89) - -\ninepoint -{\tt.\\0h\\0y$_3$p\\0h\\0e\\2n\\5a\\4t\\2i\\0o\\2n\\0.} - -\bugonpage A450, lines 19 and 20 (12/3/89) - -\ninepoint\vskip-10pt -\begindisplay -\tt\\0o\\2n\\0 -\\0o\\0n\\1c\\0 -\\1c\\0a\\0 -\\1n\\0a\\0 -\\0n\\2a\\0t\\0 -\\1t\\0i\\0o\\0 -\\2i\\0o\\0 -\\0o\\2n\\0 -\enddisplay -and this yields `{\tt\\0c\\0o\\2n\\1c\\0a\\0t\\0e\\1n\\2a\\1t\\2i\\0o\\2n\\0}', -i.e., `|con-cate-na-tion|'. - -\bugonpage A455, last lines before the quotes (11/30/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -sit yourself (even in restricted horizontal mode) by saying -^|\setlanguage|\<number>;\break - this changes the current language but it -does not change |\language|. Each what-\break -sit records the current -|\lefthyphenmin| and |\righthyphenmin|. - -\bugonpage A467, right column (12/3/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\hfilneg|, 72, 100, 233, 283, 285, 290, 397. - -\bugonpage A468, right column (12/2/89) - -\eightpoint -|\interdisplaylinepenalty|, {\it193}, 349, 362. - -\bugonpage A469, left column (12/3/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\language| (hyphenation method), 273, 346, $\underline{455}$. - -\bugonpage A469, right column (10/30/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\lefthyphenmin|, 273, {\it364}, $\underline{454}$, 455. - -\bugonpage A472, left column (12/3/89) - -\eightpoint -|\newlanguage|, 346, $\underline{347}$. - -\bugonpage A476, left column (10/30/89) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|\righthyphenmin|, 273, {\it364}, $\underline{454}$, 455. - -\bugonpage A479, new entry (3/13/90) - -\eightpoint -|\topglue|, {\it340}, $\underline{352}$. - -\bugonpage A480, right column (3/13/90) - -\eightpoint -|\vglue|, $\underline{352}$, {\it408}. - -\bugonpage A483, the Providence lines (10/8/89) - -\noindent[Change the first one to -\begintt -Providence RI 02940\kern.05em-9506, USA. -\endtt -Then the second one will be -\begindisplay -Providence RI 02940\kern.05em-9506, USA. -\enddisplay -The second line will also appear on page C361.] - - % volume B -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - - - % volume C -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers - -\bugonpage C11, replacement for second quotation at bottom of page (9/27/90) - -\begingroup - \eightpoint \let\tt=\ninett - \baselineskip 10pt - \parfillskip \z@ - \interlinepenalty 10000 - \leftskip \z@ plus 40pc minus \parindent - \let\rm=\eightss \let\sl=\eightssi - \everypar{\sl} - \def\par{\ifhmode\/\endgraf\fi}\obeylines -To anyone who has lived in a modern American city (except Boston) -at least one of the underlying ideas of ^{Descartes}' analytic geometry -will seem ridiculously evident. Yet, as remarked, -it took mathematicians all of two thousand years -to arrive at this simple thing. -\author ERIC TEMPLE ^{BELL}, {\sl Mathematics: Queen and Servant of % - Science\/} (1951) % p123 - -\endgroup - -\bugonpage C220, top line (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -modes you get into by hitting -`|S|', `|R|', or `|Q|', respectively, in response to error messages\cutpar - -\bugonpage C252, line 16 (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint\indent -| for i:=1 upto n_windows: display blankpicture inwindow i; endfor| - -\bugonpage C262, lines 19--21 (11/9/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -for commonly occurring idioms. -For example, `{\bf stop} |"hello"|' displays `|hello|' on the terminal and waits -until \<return> is typed. -\beginlines -|def |^|upto|| = step 1 until enddef; def |^|downto|| = step -1 until enddef;| -\endgroup - -\bugonpage C264, lines 4--6 from the bottom (3/24/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|vardef |^|counterclockwise|| primary c =|\par\noindent -| if turningcheck>0:|\par\noindent -| interim |^|autorounding||:=0;|\par\noindent -| if |^|turningnumber|| c <= 0: reverse fi fi c enddef;| - -\bugonpage C306, line 6 (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| ligtable "'": "'" =: oct"042", % close quotes| - -\bugonpage C309, second line from bottom (11/18/89) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| define_whole_vertical_blacker_pixels(vair,slab,| $\cdots$ |);| - -\bugonpage C315, line 9 from the bottom (1/2/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -units of printer's points): - -\bugonpage C329, line 25 (12/29/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -which can be used to specify a nonstandard file area -or directory name for the gray\cutpar - -\bugonpage C337, line 4 from the bottom (1/7/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\startfont{\font\testfont=\fontname \spaceskip=0pt| - -\bugonpage C347, left column (9/27/90) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Bell, Eric Temple, 11. - -\bugonpage C349, left column (9/27/90) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Descartes, Ren\'e, 6, 11, 19. - -\bugonpage C356, right column (9/27/90) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[remove the entry for Rex Stout.] - -\bugonpage C358, right column (9/27/90) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[remove the entry for Nero Wolfe.] - - % Volume D -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - - % volume E -\hsize=29pc -\def\dashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\kern-.05em}\mkern3.9mu\hbox{-\kern-.05em}}} - -\bugonpage Exiii, replacement for last four lines (4/30/90) - -\textindent{\bull}``AMS Euler---A new typeface for mathematics'' - by Donald~E. Knuth -and Hermann Zapf, {\sl Scholarly Publishing\/ \bf21} (1989), 131--157. -\ {\it The story of a design project that helps bridge the gulf between -mathematics and art.} - -\smallskip -\textindent{\bull}``Meta-Marks: - Preliminary studies for a Pandora's Box of shapes'' -by Neenie Billawala, Stanford Computer Science report 1259 (Stanford, -California, July 1989), 132~pp. -\ {\it Lavishly illus\-trated studies in parameter variation, -leading to the design of a new typeface called Pandora.} - - - -\bugonpage E325, line 13 (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf if} \\{serifs}: $x_{3r}=\max(x_{1r},{\rm hround}(x_1+.5\\{dot\_diam} - -.2\\{jut})-.5\\{tiny})$\par\noindent -{\bf else}: $x_3=x_1-.5$ {\bf fi}; - -\bugonpage E483, line 4 (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint -\rightline{\% Character codes \oct{000}--\oct{100} and \oct{133}--\oct{177} - are generated.} - -\bugonpage E544, line 5 (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hskip 3em\vdots\hskip2em\raise2pt\hbox{(the rest of the - program for `$\gamma$' in |greekl| comes here)} - -\bugonpage E557, line 9 (3/13/90) - -\ninepoint -\rightline{\sl`Nevermore---Ah nevermore.'\thinspace''} - -\bugonpage E558, line 21 (3/13/90) - -\eightpoint\noindent -|Clasp a rare and radiant maiden whom the angels name Lenore."| - -\bugonpage E570, lines 27--28 look better with proper skewchars (3/13/90) - -\begingroup -\tenpoint\bf -\textfont0=\tenbf \scriptfont0=\sevenbf -\font\boldi=cmmib10 \font\boldsy=cmbsy10 -\skewchar\boldi='177 \skewchar\boldsy='60 -\textfont1=\boldi -\textfont2=\boldsy -\noindent Here's some bold 10-point math: -${\hat A}^\Gamma_0 -+{\check B}^\Delta_1 --{\tilde C}^\Theta_2 -\times{\acute D}^\Lambda_3 -/{\grave E}^\Xi_4 -\oplus{\dot F}^\Pi_5 -\ominus{\ddot G}^\Sigma_6 -\otimes{\breve H}^\Phi_7 -\oslash{\bar I}^\Psi_8 -\odot{\vec J}^{\,\Omega}_9$. -\endgroup - - \bye - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.ten b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.ten deleted file mode 100644 index 9efa2a3e503..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.ten +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1289 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting - -\input manmac -\def\curl{\mathop{\rm curl}} -\def\cycle{{\rm cycle}}\indent -\def\dashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\thinspace-\kern-.05em}}} -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\today{\number\day\ - \ifcase\month\or - Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or - Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - \ \number\year} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\par}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting, 2000}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\tenpoint -\noindent This is a list of all substantial corrections made to {\sl Computers -\& Typesetting\/} from the mid-1990s until the first ``Millennium edition'' was -published at the end of the year 2000. -Corrections made to the softcover version of {\sl The \TeX book\/} are -the same as corrections to Volume~A\null. Corrections to the softcover -version of {\sl The \slMF\kern1ptbook\/} are the same as corrections -to Volume~C\null. Changes to the mini-indexes -and master indexes of Volumes B, D, and~E are not shown here unless they are -not obviously derivable from what has been shown. -\looseness=-1 - - % volume A - -\bugonpage A3, line 14 {(in certain printings only)} (9/6/00) - -\tenpoint\noindent -that -looks like {\tt\char'15} or {\tt\char'23}. - -\bugonpage A8, lines 14 and 15 (9/6/00) - -\tenpoint\noindent -that is not to be ignored. Notice that |\|\] is a control -sequence of the second kind, namely a control symbol, since there is a -single nonletter (\]) following\cutpar - -\bugonpage A43, line $-17$ (8/4/98) - -\tenpoint\noindent -into your manuscript, if the |b|-key on your keyboard is broken. \ -(An optional\cutpar - -\bugonpage A88, lines 14, 16, 18, and 21 (8/12/00) - -\tenpoint\noindent -[Insert two blank spaces between `{\tt blank space}' and `{\tt\char`\}}'] - -\bugonpage A96, lines 9 and 10 (8/6/98) - -\ninepoint\indent -Before 1998, some ^{German} words changed their spelling -when split between lines. For example, `backen' became `bak-ken' -and `Bettuch' sometimes became `Bett-\cutpar - -\bugonpage A107, line 2 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint -\line{\indent\spaceskip=.4em minus.35em -ually, you might be tempted to set -|\tolerance=10000|; this allows arbitrarily bad} - -\bugonpage A115, line $-19$ (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -If there's no room for such an insertion on this page, \TeX\ -will insert it at the top of\cutpar - -\bugonpage A119, line 15 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -of\/ |\dimen3|, assuming that |\dimen3| is positive. - -\bugonpage A182, middle line of the displayed commutative diagram (12/3/99) - -\ninepoint -\def\mapright#1{\smash{ - \mathop{\longrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}} -$$\matrix{ - 0&\mapright{}&{\cal O}_C&\mapright\pi& - \pi_*{\cal O}_D&\mapright\delta& - R^1f_*{\cal O}_V(-D)&\mapright{}&0\cr}$$ - -\bugonpage A233, line $-2$ (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -could avoid this by adding |\hskip| |0pt| |minus-1fil|; then -an oversize text would\cutpar - -\bugonpage A277, line 1 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\indent -\<code assignment>\is\<codename>\<8-bit number>\<equals>\<number> - -\bugonpage A277, line $-11$ (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Move this line, which defines \<at clause>, up to the top of the page.] - -\bugonpage A289, line 24 (2/3/97) - -\ninepoint\indent -\<math field>\is\<filler>\<math symbol>\alt\<filler>|{|\<math mode material>|}| - -\bugonpage A309, line 3 (8/12/97) - -\ninepoint -\ansno8.4: -|$|$_{3}$ |x|$_{11}$ |^|$_7$ |2|$_{12}$ |$|$_{3}$ |~|$_{13}$ \]$_{10}$ -\cstok{TeX} |b|$_{11}$ |v|$_{11}$ \]$_{10}$. The final space comes from -the\cutpar - -\bugonpage A313, line 24 (9/19/00) - -\ninepoint\noindent -stands for `|\par\vfill...|', so the next three commands are - -\bugonpage A313, line 27 (9/19/00) - -\ninepoint\indent -|{vertical mode: \par}| - -\bugonpage A318, lines 12 and 13 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hbox to\parindent{\hfil\bf15.8.\enspace}% -|\advance\dimen2 by\ifnum\dimen2<0 -\fi.5\dimen3|\parbreak -|\divide\dimen2 by\dimen3 \multiply\dimen2 by\dimen3| - -\bugonpage A325, line 22 (12/3/99) - -\ninepoint -| 0&\mapright{}&{\cal O}_C&\mapright\pi&| - -\bugonpage A337, line 3 from the bottom (9/6/00) - -\rightline{\eightss DONALD E. KNUTH, {\eightssi The \TeX book\/} (1984)} - -\bugonpage A348, lines 14--16 (8/6/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \def\@if#1{true}{\let#1=\iftrue}%|\par\noindent -| \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter|\par\noindent -| \def\@if#1{false}{\let#1=\iffalse}%|\par\noindent - -\bugonpage A356, line 21 (8/6/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\AA{\leavevmode\setbox0=\hbox{!}\dimen@=\ht0 \advance\dimen@ by-1ex| - -\bugonpage A356, lines 9--21 from the bottom (8/6/98) - -\ninepoint -{\parindent=0pt -|\def\S{\mathhexbox278} \def\P{\mathhexbox27B} \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}|\par -\smallskip -|\def\oalign#1{\leavevmode\vtop{\baselineskip0pt \lineskip.25ex|\par -| \ialign{##\crcr#1\crcr}}} \def\o@lign{\lineskiplimit=0pt \oalign}|\par -|\def\ooalign{\lineskiplimit=-\maxdimen \oalign} % chars over each other|\par -|{\catcode`p=12 \catcode`t=12 \gdef\\#1pt{#1}} \let\getf@ctor=\\|\par -|\def\sh@ft#1{\dimen@=#1 \kern\expandafter\getf@ctor\the\fontdimen1\font|\par -| \dimen@} % kern by #1 times the current slant|\par -|\def\d#1{{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{-1ex}.\hidewidth}}}|\par -|\def\b#1{{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{-3ex}%|\par -| \vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char'26}\vss}\hidewidth}}}|\par -|\def\c#1{{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\ifdim\ht0=1ex \accent'30 #1%|\par -| \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char'30\hidewidth}\fi}}|\par -|\def\copyright{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{c}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}}|\par -} - -\bugonpage A364, line 9 (8/9/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\makefootline{\baselineskip=24pt \lineskiplimit=0pt|\par\noindent -| \line{\the\footline}}| - - -\bugonpage A364, line 4 from the bottom (8/6/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\fmtversion{3.1415926} % identifies the current format| - -\bugonpage A447, bottom line (6/3/98) - -\rightline{\eightss--- JOHN SMITH, {\eightssi The Printer's Grammar\/}\enspace - (1755)} - -\bugonpage A450, lines 11--13 (4/12/98) - -\def\\#1{$_{\kern\scriptspace#1}$}% -\tenpoint\noindent -between `|e|' and `|n|' there are five relevant values -in this case (2~from {\tt\\0h\\0e\\2n\\0}, -0~from {\tt\\0h\\0e\\0n\\0a\\4}, -0~from {\tt\\0h\\0e\\0n\\5a\\0t\\0}, -1~from {\tt\\1n\\0a\\0}, -and 0~from {\tt\\0n\\2a\\0t\\0}); the maximum of these is~2. -The result of all the maximizations is - -\bugonpage A453, line 6 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -tion dictionary, except that plain \TeX\ blocks hyphens after the -very first letter or be-\cutpar - -\bugonpage A458, left column (9/6/00) - -\eightpoint -\leavevmode{\tt\rlap<\char`\_}, 45, 135, 368--369; {\sl see also\/} |\le|.\par -\leavevmode{\tt\rlap/=}, 45, 135, 368--369; {\sl see also\/} |\ne|.\par -\leavevmode{\tt\rlap>\char`\_}, 45, 135, 368--369; {\sl see also\/} |\ge|. - -\bugonpage A458, right column (7/5/99) - -\eightpoint -{\tt\char'13} and {\tt\char'14}, 135, 343, 368--369, 429;\par -al-Khw\^arizm\^\i, abu `Abd All\^ah Mu\d{h}ammad ibn M\^us\^a, 53. - -\bugonpage A464, right column (8/6/98) - -\eightpoint -\newbox\astbox \setbox\astbox=\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}} -\def\prim#1{\par\indent\copy\astbox{\tt\char`\\#1}} -\prim{edef}, {\it215--216}, 275, {\it328}, {\it373--374}. - -\bugonpage A466, right column (8/8/98) - -\eightpoint -|\getfactor|, {\it356}, $\underline{375}$, {\it398}. - -\bugonpage A467, right column (8/5/98) - -\eightpoint -\prim{hfilneg}, 72, 100, 283, 285, 290, 397. - -\bugonpage A469, left column (8/5/98) - -\eightpoint -italic type, 13--14, 100, 127, 165, 409, 428, 430. - -\bugonpage A469--A477, passim (5/13/98) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Add page 272 to the index entries for |\lastskip|, |\pagedepth|, -|\pagefilllstretch|,\hfil\break |\pagefillstretch|, |\pagefilstretch|, -|\pagegoal|, |\pageshrink|, |\pagestretch|, |\pagetotal|,\hfil\break -|\parshape|, |\prevdepth|, and |\spacefactor|.\par -\smallskip\noindent Also change `369' to `370' in the index entries for -|\lbrack|, |\lq|, |\rbrack|, |\rq|, |\sb|, and |\sp|.\par -\smallskip\noindent Also change `Luckombe, Philip' to `Smith, John'.\par - -\bugonpage A472, right column (8/6/98) - -\eightpoint -\prim{noexpand}, $\underline{209}$, $\underline{213}$, 215, 216, - {\it377}, {\it424}. - -\bugonpage A473, left column (8/6/98) - -\eightpoint -|\Orb| ( \Orb\ ), $\underline{356}$. - - % volume B -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage Bix, line 16 (1/16/00) - -\tenpoint\textindent{\bull}``Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-put-er'' -by Franklin Mark Liang, Stan-\cutpar - -\bugonpage Bxiv, line 13 (4/19/96) - -\tenpoint\noindent preprocessor converts these into numeric constants that are -256 or more. This\cutpar - -\bugonpage Bxiv, line $-1$ (4/19/96) - -\ninepoint\noindent This file contains one line per string, starting with -string number 256, then number 257,\cutpar - -\bugonpage Bxv, lines 10 and 11 (4/19/96) - -\ninepoint\noindent -In this case, occurrences of |""| in the |WEB| program will be replaced by -256; occurrences of |"This longer string"| will be replaced by 257. -The symbol |@$| stands for the numeric\cutpar - -\hsize=35pc -\bugonpage B2, line $-10$ (3/8/95) - -\def\RQ/{{\char'23}} % right quote in a string -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\RQ/This\]is\]TeX,\]% - Version\]3.14159\RQ/}$\quad$\{\,$printed when \TeX\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B169, line 13 (9/22/95) - -\tenpoint\noindent -something in a ``muskip'' register, or to one of the -three parameters \hbox{\tt\char`\\thinmuskip}, -\hbox{\tt\char`\\medmuskip},\cutpar - -\bugonpage B221, line 9 (3/4/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf define} $\\{non\_address}=0$\quad -$\{\,$a spurious \\{bchar\_label}$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B221, line 17 (3/4/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{font\_params}: {\bf array}[\\{internal\_font\_number}] {\bf of} - \\{font\_index};\quad$\{\,$how many font parameters are present$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B256, insert new line 12 before the bottom (3/7/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad -\\{glue\_temp}: \\{real};\quad $\{\,$glue value before rounding$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B258, line 11 before the bottom becomes four lines (3/7/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\tenbf 625.}\quad{\bf define} $\\{billion}\equiv - \\{float\_constant}(1000000000)$\par\noindent -{\bf define} $\\{vet\_glue}(\hbox{\tt\char`\#})\equiv - \\{glue\_temp}\gets\hbox{\tt\char`\#}$;\par\noindent -\qquad{\bf if\/} $\\{glue\_temp}>\\{billion}$ - {\bf then} $\\{glue\_temp}\gets\\{billion}$\par\noindent -\qquad{\bf else if\/} $\\{glue\_temp}<-\\{billion}$ - {\bf then} $\\{glue\_temp}\gets-\\{billion}$\smallskip\noindent -$\langle\,$Move right or output leaders{\sevenrm\kern.5em625}$\,\rangle\equiv$ - -\bugonpage B258, lines 3--6 from the bottom (3/7/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf begin} $\\{vet\_glue}(\\{float}(\\{glue\_set} - (\\{this\_box}))*\\{stretch}(g))$;\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad$\\{rule\_wd}\gets\\{rule\_wd}+ - \\{round}(\\{glue\_temp})$;\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf end};\par\noindent -\qquad\quad{\bf end}\par\noindent -\qquad{\bf else if\/} $\\{shrink\_order}(g)=\\{g\_order}$ - {\bf then}\par\noindent -\qquad\quad{\bf begin} $\\{vet\_glue}(\\{float}(\\{glue\_set} - (\\{this\_box}))*\\{shrink}(g))$;\par\noindent -\qquad\quad$\\{rule\_wd}\gets\\{rule\_wd}-\\{round}(\\{glue\_temp})$; - -\bugonpage B260, line 13 from the bottom (6/26/93) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{doing\_leaders}\gets\\{outer\_doing\_leaders}$; \ -$\\{dvi\_v}\gets\\{save\_v}$; \ -$\\{dvi\_h}\gets\\{save\_h}$; \ -$\\{cur\_v}\gets\\{base\_line}$; - -\bugonpage B261, insert new line after line 7 (3/7/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad -\\{glue\_temp}: \\{real};\quad $\{\,$glue value before rounding$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B262, lines 3--6 from the bottom (3/7/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf begin} $\\{vet\_glue}(\\{float}(\\{glue\_set} - (\\{this\_box}))*\\{stretch}(g))$;\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad$\\{rule\_ht}\gets\\{rule\_ht}+ - \\{round}(\\{glue\_temp})$;\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf end};\par\noindent -\qquad\quad{\bf end}\par\noindent -\qquad{\bf else if\/} $\\{shrink\_order}(g)=\\{g\_order}$ - {\bf then}\par\noindent -\qquad\quad{\bf begin} $\\{vet\_glue}(\\{float}(\\{glue\_set} - (\\{this\_box}))*\\{shrink}(g))$;\par\noindent -\qquad\quad$\\{rule\_ht}\gets\\{rule\_ht}-\\{round}(\\{glue\_temp})$; - -\bugonpage B264, line 22 (6/26/93) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip10pt -$\\{doing\_leaders}\gets\\{outer\_doing\_leaders}$; \ -$\\{dvi\_v}\gets\\{save\_v}$; \ -$\\{dvi\_h}\gets\\{save\_h}$; \ -$\\{cur\_h}\gets\\{left\_edge}$; - -\bugonpage B297, line 11 (3/7/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad $\\{width}(p)\gets\\{mu\_mult}(\\{width}(p))$; \ - $\\{subtype}(p)\gets\\{explicit}$; - -\bugonpage B309, line 7 (9/22/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad {\bf if} $\\{cur\_style}<\\{text\_style}$ {\bf then} - \quad$\{\,$display style$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B356, line $-5$ (3/4/95) - -\tenpoint\noindent -$\\{hang\_after}=1$, and $\\{hang\_indent}=0$. -Note that if $\\{hang\_indent}=0$, the value of $\\{hang\_after}$ is\cutpar - -\bugonpage B388, bottom line (3/4/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad {\bf if\/} $\\{bchar\_label}[\\{hf}]\ne\\{non\_address}$ {\bf then}\quad - $\{\,$put left boundary at beginning of new line$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B406, line 10 (5/1/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad$q\gets p$;\quad$\{\,$now node $q$ represents $p_1\ldots p_{l-1}\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B503, line 12 (3/4/95) - -\tenpoint\noindent -of the following procedure. (Exception: The tabskip -glue isn't trapped while preambles are being scanned.) - -\bugonpage B529, line 12 (3/4/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -\\{undump}(0)($\\{fmem\_ptr}-1$)(\\{bchar\_label}[$k$]);\par\noindent\quad -\\{undump}(\\{min\_quarterword})(\\{non\_char})(\\{font\_bchar}[$k$]); - -\bugonpage B531, line 2 (11/23/98) - -\tenpoint\noindent -from appearing again. - -\bugonpage B531, line 14 (11/23/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad \\{print\_int}(\\{year}); \ \\{print\_char}(|"."|); \ - \\{print\_int}(\\{month}); \ \\{print\_char}(|"."|); \ - \\{print\_int}(\\{day}); - -\bugonpage B534, insert new material between lines $-16$ and $-15$ (3/20/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad {\bf while} $\\{input\_ptr}>0$ {\bf do}\par\noindent -\qquad {\bf if\/} $\\{state}=\\{token\_list}$ {\bf then} \\{end\_token\_list} - {\bf else} \\{end\_file\_reading}; - -\bugonpage B534, line $-2$ (3/20/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad $\\{temp\_ptr}\gets\\{cond\_ptr}$; \ - $\\{cond\_ptr}\gets\\{link}(\\{cond\_ptr})$; \ - $\\{free\_node}(\\{temp\_ptr},\\{if\_node\_size})$; - -\bugonpage B535, line 9 (3/20/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad {\bf begin init for} $c\gets\\{top\_mark\_code}$ {\bf to} - \\{split\_bot\_mark\_code} {\bf do}\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad {\bf if\/} $\\{cur\_mark}[c]\ne\\{null}$ {\bf then} - $\\{delete\_token\_ref}(\\{cur\_mark}[c])$;\par\noindent -\qquad\quad \\{store\_fmt\_file}; \ {\bf return}; \ {\bf tini} - -\bugonpage B581, Zabala entry (8/19/00) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Zabala Salelles, Ignacio Andr\'es:\quad 2. - - % volume C -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers - -\bugonpage C17, lines 12 and 13 (9/6/00) - -\tenpoint -{\bf draw} $z_4\{\curl0\}\to z_2\{z_3-z_4\}\to\{\curl0\}\,z_3$;\par -{\bf draw} $z_4\{\curl2\}\to z_2\{z_3-z_4\}\to\{\curl2\}\,z_3$ - -\bugonpage C23, line $-7$ (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\indent -$x_1=ss=w-x_5$;\quad$y_3-y_1=\\{ygap}$ - -\bugonpage C69, line 17 (9/6/00) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|"abra"|, while -$p_1$ is `$(0,0)\to(3,3)$' and $p_2$ is `$(0,0)\to(3,3)\to\cycle$'. - -\bugonpage C94, line $-11$ (3/4/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -put -are assumed to have square pixels. But if, for -example, the {\bf mode\_def} sets\cutpar - -\bugonpage C107, line 15 (3/4/95) - -\ninepoint -{\bf labels}$(1a,1b,2a,2b,3a,3b,4a,4b,\,${\bf range} 1 {\bf thru} 36); - \ {\bf endchar\/}; - -\bugonpage C123, lines 21 and 22 (12/19/95) - -\chardef\circc=34 % rotated quartercircle -\def\chapno{ 14} \exno=2 % for exercise 14.3! -\dangerexercise -Use a {\sl rotated\/} quarter-circle to produce `{\manual\circc}\kern1pt' -in font position `{\tt c}'. - -\bugonpage C129, lines 6--17 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint -\beginsyntax -<path primary>\is<pair primary>\alt<path variable> - \alt[(]<path expression>[)] - \alt[reverse]<path primary> - \alt[subpath]<pair expression>[of]<path primary> -<path secondary>\is<pair secondary>\alt<path primary> - \alt<path secondary><transformer> -<path tertiary>\is<pair tertiary>\alt<path secondary> -<path expression>\is<pair expression>\alt<path tertiary> - \alt<path subexpression><direction specifier> - \alt<path subexpression><path join>[cycle] -<path subexpression>\is<path expression> - \alt<path subexpression><path join><path tertiary> -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C134, line 8 (3/4/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -of~$p$; if $t\le 0$, precontrol~$t$ of~$p$ is~$z_0$. -In particular, if $t$ is an integer, postcontrol~$t$ of~$p$\cutpar - -\bugonpage C139, illustration (8/5/98) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[Remove the labels {\tt 2r}, {\tt 2}, and {\tt 2l} below their dots.] - -\bugonpage C143, top two lines (3/4/95) - -\danger In order to have some transform variables to work with, it's necessary -to `^{hide}' some declarations and commands before giving the next |expr|s: - -\bugonpage C147, lines 14, 16, and 19 (9/6/00) - -\noindent -[Change `{\bf savepen}' to `{\it savepen}'.] - -\bugonpage C147, line 2 from the bottom (9/6/00) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\manual lmnj}'s {\bf penrazor} stands for -`{\bf makepen} $\bigl((-.5,0)\dashto(.5,0)\dashto \cycle\bigr)$', -and {\bf pensquare}\cutpar - -\bugonpage C171, line 19 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -(\<path tertiary>) and -(\<pair tertiary>). A pair expression is not considered to\cutpar - -\bugonpage C172, line 14 (8/5/98) - -\tenpoint\noindent -been evaluated and changed to numeric tokens before being -substituted for~$s$.\cutpar - -\bugonpage C175, line 23 (1/11/88) - -\ninepoint\noindent -expand into a sequence of tokens. \ -(The language {\eightrm{SIMULA67}} demonstrated that it is\cutpar - -\bugonpage C206, minor changes to lines $-19$ to $-5$ (3/4/95) - -\vbox to70mm{\ninepoint -\beginlines \advance\hsize.71pt -|Path at line 15, before subdivision into octants:| -|(1.53745,9.05345)..controls (1.53745,4.00511) and (5.75409,-0.00049)| -| ..(10.85147,-0.00049)..controls (16.2217,-0.00049) and (20.46255,4.51297)|% - \kern.5em\null -| ..(20.46255,9.94655)..controls (20.46255,14.99713) and (16.23842,19.00049)| - \kern-.71pt -| ..(11.13652,19.00049)..controls (5.77066,19.00049) and (1.53745,14.48491)|% - \kern.5em\null -| ..cycle| -\smallskip -|Cycle spec at line 15, after subdivision:| -|(1.53745,9.05345) % beginning in octant `SSE'| -| ..controls (1.53745,6.58786) and (2.54324,4.371)| -| ..(4.16621,2.74803) % segment 0| -|% entering octant `ESE'| -| ..controls (5.8663,1.04794) and (8.24362,-0.00049)| -| ..(10.85147,-0.00049) % segment 0| -|% entering octant `ENE'| -\endlines -$\ldots$ and so on; there are lots more numbers! What does this all mean? -Well, the first segment of the curve, from $(1.53745,9.05345)$ to -$(10.85147,-0.00049)$, -has been\cutpar} - -\bugonpage C207, minor changes to lines 1--23 (3/4/95) - -\ninepoint -\begingroup\let\HRULE=\hrule \def\hrule{\HRULE width\hsize} -\beginlines -|Cycle spec at line 15, after subdivision and autorounding:| -|(2,9.05348) % beginning in octant `SSE'| -| ..controls (2,6.50526) and (3.02194,4.22272)| -| ..(4.6577,2.58696) % segment 0| -|% entering octant `ESE'| -| ..controls (6.2624,0.98225) and (8.45786,0)| -| ..(10.85873,0) % segment 0| -|% entering octant `ENE'| -\endlines -Point $(1.53745,9.05345)$, where there was a vertical tangent, has been -rounded to $(2,9.05348)$; point $(10.85147,-.00049)$, where there was -\vadjust{\goodbreak}% -a horizontal tangent, has been rounded to $(10.85873,0)$; the intermediate -control points have been adjusted accordingly. \ (Rounding of $x$~coordinates -has been done separately from $y$~coordinates.) \ Finally, with -$\\{autorounding}=2$, additional adjustments are made so that the -$45^\circ$ transition point will occur at what \MF\ thinks is a good spot: -\beginlines -|Cycle spec at line 15, after subdivision and double autorounding:| -|(2,9.05348) % beginning in octant `SSE'| -| ..controls (2,6.6761) and (3.07103,4.42897)| -| ..(4.78537,2.71463) % segment 0| -|% entering octant `ESE'| -| ..controls (6.46927,1.03073) and (8.62749,0)| -| ..(10.85873,0) % segment 0| -|% entering octant `ENE'| -\endlines -(Notice that $4.78537+2.71463=7.50000$; when the slope -is~$-1$ at a transition point\cutpar -\endgroup - -\bugonpage C210, line $-7$ (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\indent\qquad\alt\<numeric token primary> - -\bugonpage C210, line $-2$ (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\indent\<numeric token primary>\is\<numeric token>\thinspace -{\tt/}\thinspace\<numeric token> - -\bugonpage C211, line 16 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\indent\qquad\alt\<numeric token primary not followed by -{\tt+} or {\tt-} or a numeric token> - -\bugonpage C213, lines 17--27 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint -\beginsyntax -<path primary>\is<pair primary>\alt<path variable>\alt<path argument> - \alt[(]<path expression>[)] - \alt[begingroup]<statement list><path expression>[endgroup] - \alt[makepath]<pen primary>\alt[makepath]<future pen primary> - \alt[reverse]<path primary> - \alt[subpath]<pair expression>[of]<path primary> -<path secondary>\is<pair secondary>\alt<path primary> - \alt<path secondary><transformer> -<path tertiary>\is<pair tertiary>\alt<path secondary> -<path subexpression>\is<path expression> - \alt<path subexpression><path join><path tertiary> -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C213, line $-4$ (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\indent -\<path expression>\is\<pair expression>\alt\<path tertiary> -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C234, line 6 (9/6/00) - -\ninepoint\noindent -line~$z_1\to z_5$ that bisects $z_4\to z_2$, so it starts out in a -south-by-southwesterly direction;\cutpar - -\bugonpage C246, line 5 of answer 14.15 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\indent -\qquad/ length(postcontrol $t$ of $p$ $-$ point $t$ of $p$) {\bf enddef\/}; - -\bugonpage C246, line 10 of answer 14.15 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\indent -\qquad/ length(precontrol $t$ of $p$ $-$ point $t$ of $p$) {\bf enddef\/}; - -\bugonpage C252, line $-6$ (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$h+o$ and $\\{bot}\,y_4=-o$, so nothing needs to be done there. -We should, however, say - -\bugonpage C257, large display on line 5 (3/4/95) - -\def\bb{$\,\left\{\vcenter\bgroup\halign\bgroup\hfil##\hfil\cr} -\def\ee{\crcr\egroup\egroup\right\}\,$} -\tenpoint\noindent -\bb|boolean|\cr|numeric|\cr|pair|\cr|path|\cr -|pen|\cr|picture|\cr|string|\cr|transform|\ee\<expression>; \ -\bb\<boolean>\cr\<numeric>\cr\<pair>\cr\<string>\cr\<transform>\ee - \bb|<|\cr|<=|\cr|=|\cr|<>|\cr|>=|\cr|>|\ee - \bb\<boolean>\cr\<numeric>\cr\<pair>\cr\<string>\cr\<transform>\ee; - -\bugonpage C261, line $-15$ (8/5/98) - -\tenpoint\textindent\bull {\it Hacks:\/} \ |gobble|, |gobbled|, |killtext|; \ -|capsule_def|; \ |numtok|. - -\bugonpage C286, line 15 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -isn't entirely expanded by {\bf expandafter\/}; only \MF's first -step in loop expansion\cutpar - -\bugonpage C299, line 2 (12/6/99) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\begindisplay -$\displaystyle t[u_1,\ldots,u_n]\;=\;\sum_{k=1}^n{n-1\choose k-1} - (1-t)^{n-k}t^{k-1}u_k,$ -\enddisplay - -\bugonpage C299, swap lines 11 and 12 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\begintt -def lbrack = hide(delimiters []) lookahead [ enddef; -let [[[ = [; let ]]] = ]; let [ = lbrack; -\endtt - -\bugonpage C306, line 1 (11/4/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| ligtable oct"013": "i" =: oct"016", "l" =: oct"017", % ffi and ffl| - -\bugonpage C311, line 2 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{fine}:=4-\\{eps}$, and $\\{breadth\_}[1]:=4-\\{eps}$. -\ (A small amount~\\{eps} has been subtracted\cutpar - -\bugonpage C323, line $-3$ (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -statement occurs, -the special string `|"title "|\thinspace\&\thinspace\<title>' -is output. \ (This is how the\cutpar - -\bugonpage C332, lines 22--24 (8/5/98) - -\ninepoint -\item{}be replicated so that the final -proofs will be \\{rep} times bigger than usual, and the pattern will be clipped -slightly at the edges so that discrete pixels can be seen plainly. - - -\bugonpage C341, line 23 (10/10/96) - -\ninepoint -\noindent|\def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\noboundary\char\n\noboundary}%| - -\bugonpage C346, left column (9/6/00) - -\eightpoint -|...| (bounded join), 18--19, 127, 248, $\underline{262}$.\par -|...| (truncation of displayed context), 44. - -\bugonpage C346, and throughout the index (3/7/95) - -\eightpoint\noindent -(Many index entries for rules of syntax in chapters 25--26 -should have been underlined) - -\bugonpage C350, left column (4/24/00) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Evetts, Leonard Charles, 153. - -\bugonpage C351, right column (9/22/97) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\llap{\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -|intersectiontimes|, $\underline{136}$, {\it178}, 213, {\it265}, {\it294}, -{\it298}. - -\bugonpage C353, right column (8/5/98) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\<numeric token atom>, {\it delete this entry}.\par\noindent -\<numeric token primary>, 72, $\underline{210}$. - -\bugonpage C354, left column (7/26/98) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Orwell, George (= Blair, Eric Arthur), 85. - -\bugonpage C355, right column (3/7/95) - -\eightpoint\noindent -|rt|, {\it23}, {\it77}, 80, {\it103}, 147, 151, $\underline{273}$. - -\bugonpage C361, lines 14--15 (4/29/97) - -\tenpoint -\begintt -email: {\tt TUG@tug.org} -internet: {\tt http://www.tug.org/} -} -\endtt - -\bugonpage C361, bottom five lines (4/29/97) - -\begingroup \def\TeX{T\kern-.2em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.000em X} -\baselineskip10pt -\rightline{\eightssi Don't delay, subscribe today! That address again is} -\rightline{\eightssi \TeX\ Users Group} -\rightline{\eightssi email: \eighttt TUG\char`\@ tug.org} -\rightline{\eightssi internet: \eighttt http://www.tug.org/} -\smallskip -\rightline{\eightss DONALD E. KNUTH, {\eightssi The \TeX book\/} (1996)} -\endgroup - - % Volume D -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage Dix, line ix (8/19/00) - -\tenpoint -\textindent{\bull}``Interfacing with graphic objects'' by -Ignacio Andr\'es Zabala Salelles,\cutpar - -\hsize=35pc - -\bugonpage D71, line 11 of section 178 (9/13/00) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\quad\qquad\qquad$\{$ previous \\{mem\_end}, \\{lo\_mem\_max}, - and \\{hi\_mem\_min} $\}$ - -\bugonpage D132, line 6 of section 291 (9/13/00) - -\tenpoint\noindent -$$=v_n+w_n\theta_0-u_n\bigl(v_1+w_1\theta_0-u_1(v_2+\cdots --u_{n-2}(v_{n-1}+w_{n-1}\theta_0-u_{n-1}\theta_0)\ldots{})\bigr),$$ - -\bugonpage D213, line 7 (9/14/00) - -\tenpoint\noindent -$(-y+\epsilon, -x+y+\epsilon\delta)$. We should therefore round as if our skewed coordinates -were $(x+\epsilon+\epsilon\delta,y-\epsilon)$\cutpar - -\bugonpage D349, line 4 of section 784 (9/14/00) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf procedure} \\{pack\_job\_name}($s\;$: \\{str\_number});\quad - $\{$ $s={}$|".log"|, |".gf"|, |".tfm"|, or \\{base\_extension} $\}$ - -\bugonpage D451, line 11 (9/14/00) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 1040}.\qquad The value of \\{cur\_mod} controls the \\{verbosity} in -the \\{print\_exp} routine: If it's \\{show\_code},\cutpar - -\bugonpage D464, bottom line (9/14/00) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{long\_help\_seen}: \\{boolean};\quad$\{$ has the long {\bf errmessage} - help been used? $\}$ - -\bugonpage D551, Zabala entry (8/19/00) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Zabala Salelles, Ignacio Andr\'es:\quad 812. - - % volume E -\hsize=29pc -\bugonpage Exiii, lines 3 and 4 from the bottom (7/17/98) - -\textindent{\bull}``Metamarks: -Preliminary studies for a Pandora's Box of shapes'' -by Neenie Billawala, Stanford Computer Science report 1256 (Stanford, -California,\cutpar - -\def\dashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\kern-.05em}\mkern3.9mu\hbox{-\kern-.05em}}} -\def\ddashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\kern-.05em}\mkern3.9mu - \hbox{-\kern-.05em}\mkern3.9mu\hbox{-\kern-.05em}}} - -\bugonpage E87, bottom line (6/4/98) - -\rightline{\eightss--- JOHN SMITH, {\eightssi The Printer's Grammar\/}\enspace - (1755)} % p129 - -\bugonpage E95, line 16 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\dashto z_{1r}\dashto z_{1l}\dashto{}$% - {\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} $(z_{3l}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E95, line 11 from the bottom (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\dashto z_{1r}\dashto z_{1l}\dashto{}$% - {\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} $(z_{3r}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E95, line 8 from the bottom (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf cmchar} |"Extensible vertical arrow--extension module"|; - -\bugonpage E97, line 8 from the bottom (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf cmchar} |"Extensible double vertical arrow--extension module"|; - -\bugonpage E113, line 9 (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_5=.5[x_4,x_6]$; \ $x_4-x_6=1.2u$; \ $\\{lft}\,x_{5r}=\hbox{hround} - (.5w-.5\\{curve})$; - -\bugonpage E113, line 10 from the bottom (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_5=.5[x_4,x_6]$; \ $x_4-x_6=4.8u$; \ $\\{lft}\,x_{5r}=\hbox{hround} - (.5w-.5\\{max\_size})$; - -\bugonpage E115, line 9 (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_5=.5[x_4,x_6]$; \ $x_4-x_6=1.2u$; \ $\\{lft}\,x_{5r}=\hbox{hround} - (.5w-.5\\{curve})$; - -\bugonpage E115, line 12 from the bottom (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_5=.5[x_4,x_6]$; \ $x_4-x_6=4.8u$; \ $\\{lft}\,x_{5r}=\hbox{hround} - (.5w-.5\\{max\_size})$; - -\bugonpage E147, lines 11--14 from the bottom (7/7/97) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{pos}_3(.8[\\{hair},\\{stem}],0)$; \ $\\{pos}_4(\\{vair},-90)$; \ - $\\{pos}_5(\\{hair},-180)$;\par\noindent -$\\{pos}_6(\\{vair},-270)$; \ ${pos}_7(\\{stem},-360)$; \ - $\\{pos}_8(\\{vair},-450)$; \ ${pos}_9(\\{hair},-540)$;\par\noindent -$x_0=x_1=x_9$; \ $\\{lft}\,x_{0l}=\hbox{hround}(1.5u-.5\\{hair})$; \ - $x_2=x_4=x_6=x_8=.5w-.25u$;\par\noindent -$\\{rt}\,x_{3r}=\hbox{hround}(w-1.75u)$; \ $\\{rt}\,x_{7r}=\hbox{hround}(w-u)$; - -\bugonpage E147, line 8 from the bottom (7/7/97) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$y_5=.5[y_4,y_6]$; \ $\\{top}\,y_{6r}-\\{bot}\,y_{4r}=\\{vstem}+\\{eps}$; \ -$\\{bot}\,y_8=-\\{oo}$; \ $y_7=y_9=.55[y_6,y_8]$; - -\bugonpage E165, line 6 (2/8/97) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$y_1+.5\\{hair}=h$; \ $x_1=x_2+.75u$; \ - $\\{pos}_1(\\{hair}+\\{dw},\hbox{angle}(2(x_1-x_2),y_1-y_2)+90)$; - -\bugonpage E165, line 10 (2/8/97) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_3=.5[x_2,x_4]$; \ $x_7-.25u=.5[x_6,x_8]$; \ - $\\{rt}\,x_{8r}=\hbox{hround}(w-.5u)$; - -\bugonpage E187, line 9 (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{lft}\, x_{1l}=\\{lft}\, x_{2l}=\hbox{hround}(.5w-.5\\{shaved\_stem})$; \ - $\\{top}\, y_1=h$; \ $\\{bot}\, y_2=0$; - -\bugonpage E189, line 8 (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{lft}\, x_{1l}=\\{lft}\, x_{2l}=\hbox{hround}(.5w-.5\\{shaved\_stem})$; \ - $\\{top}\, y_1=h$; \ $\\{bot}\, y_2=0$; - -\bugonpage E233, line 21 (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf path} $p$; \ -$\{\{${\bf interim} $\\{superness}:=\\{more\_super}$; \ - $p=\\{pulled\_super\_arc}_l(3,4)(\\{pull})\}\}$; - -\bugonpage E237, line 5 (8/6/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{lft}\,x_1={\rm hround}\,.5u$; \ $x_2=w-x_1$; \ - $y_1=y_2=\\{good}.y\,.7[\\{x\_height},\\{asc\_height}]$; - -\bugonpage E239, line 7 from the bottom (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{lft}\,x_{6r}=\hbox{hround}\, u$; \ -$x_7=3u$; \ $x_8=w-3.5u$; \ $\\{rt}\,x_{9l}=\hbox{hround}(w-u)$; - -\bugonpage E253, line 2 from the bottom (8/9/98) - -\ninepoint -\line{\quad$.\,.\,z_{3e}\{\\{down}\}\,.\,.\,\{z_{5l}-z_{4l}\}z_{4e} - \dashto z_{5e}\dashto z_{6e}$;\hfil \% stroke} - -\bugonpage E263, line 21 (5/10/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf path} $p$; \ -$\{\{${\bf interim} $\\{superness}:=\\{more\_super}$; \ - $p=\\{pulled\_super\_arc}_l(3,4)(\\{pull})\}\}$; - -\bugonpage E289, line 2 from the bottom (8/9/98) - -\ninepoint -\line{\quad$.\,.\,z_{3e}\{\\{down}\}\,.\,.\,\{z_{5l}-z_{4l}\}z_{4e} - \dashto z_{5e}\dashto z_{6e}$;\hfil \% stroke} - -\bugonpage E291, line 18 (3/6/95) - -\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em - \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em - /\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}} -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_4=\frac1/3[x_5,x_{3l}]$; \ $z_4=z_5+\\{whatever}*(15u,.1h)$; - -\bugonpage E297, line 17 (5/10/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf path} $p$; \ -$\{\{${\bf interim} $\\{superness}:=\\{more\_super}$; \ - $p=\\{pulled\_super\_arc}_l(3,4)(\\{pull})\}\}$; - -\bugonpage E303, line 17 (5/10/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf path} $p$; \ -$\{\{${\bf interim} $\\{superness}:=\\{more\_super}$; \ - $p=\\{pulled\_super\_arc}_l(3,4)(\\{pull})\}\}$; - -\bugonpage E309, line 7 from the bottom (5/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$y_{@0}=y_{@2l}-\\{bracket}-\\{eps}$; - -\bugonpage E313, line 7 from the bottom (5/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$y_{@0}=y_{@2l}+\\{bracket}+\\{eps}$; - -\bugonpage E319, line 8 (5/11/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{loop\_top}=$ {\bf if\/} \\{serifs}: - Vround .77$[\\{vair},\\{fudged.stem}]$ {\bf else}: \\{vair} {\bf fi}; - -\bugonpage E373, lines 5 and 6 from the bottom (7/13/97) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{top}\,y_{1r}=\hbox{vround}\, .95h+\\{oo}$; \ -$\\{top}\,y_{2r}=h+\\{oo}$; \ $y_3=.5h$;\par\noindent -\quad$\\{bot}\,y_{4r}=-\\{oo}$; \ -$\\{bot}\,y_{5r}=\hbox{vround}\,.08h-\\{oo}$; \ -$y_{5l}:=\\{good}.y\, y_{5l}$; \ $x_{5l}:=\\{good}.x\,x_{5l}$; - -\bugonpage E381, lines 11 and 12 from the bottom (7/13/97) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{top}\,y_{1r}=\hbox{vround}\, .93h+\\{oo}$; \ -$\\{top}\,y_{2r}=h+\\{oo}$; \ $y_3=.5h$;\par\noindent -\quad$\\{bot}\,y_{4r}=-\\{oo}$; \ -$\\{bot}\,y_{5r}=\hbox{vround}\,.07h-\\{oo}$; - -\bugonpage E389, bottom two lines (8/7/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad {\bf numeric} $\\{aa\_},\\{bb\_},\\{cc\_}$; - \ $\\{bb\_}=b/y$; \ $\\{cc\_}=c/y$; - \ $\\{aa\_}=a*a-\\{bb\_}*\\{bb\_}$;\par\noindent -\quad $(a*(\\{cc\_}\mathbin{++}\hbox{sqrt}\,\\{aa\_})-\\{bb\_}*\\{cc\_})/\\{aa\_}$ - {\bf enddef\/}; - -\bugonpage E423, line 17 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$x_{13}=x_{11}-.5$; \ $\\{top}\,y_{14r}=\min(\frac10/7\\{x\_height}+ - .5\\{bulb\_diam},h)+1$; \ $\\{top}\,y_{11}=\\{x\_height}$; - -\bugonpage E427, line 21 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$x_{23}=x_{21}-.5$; \ $\\{top}\,y_{24r}=\min(\frac10/7\\{x\_height}+ - .5\\{bulb\_diam},h)+1$; \ $\\{top}\,y_{21}=\\{x\_height}$; - -\bugonpage E431, lines 18 and 19 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf filldraw} $z_0\dashto(x_0,y_{2l})\dashto z_{1l}\{\\{right}\}\,.\,.\, - \{\\{left}\}z_{1r}$\par -\noindent\quad$\dashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3r}\,.\,.\,\{2(x_0-x_3),y_0-y_3\}z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E431, line 2 from the bottom (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\line{\quad -$\dashto z_{1l}\{\\{right}\}\,.\,.\,\{\\{left}\}z_{1r}\dashto - (x_0,y_{2r})\dashto{}$cycle;\hfill\% arrowhead and stem} - -\bugonpage E433, lines 13 and 14 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf filldraw} $z_0\dashto(x_0,y_{2l})\dashto z_{1l}\{\\{left}\}\,.\,.\, - \{\\{right}\}z_{1r}$\par -\noindent\quad$\dashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3l}\,.\,.\,\{2(x_0-x_3),y_0-y_3\}z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E433, line 2 from the bottom (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\line{\quad -$\dashto z_{1l}\{\\{left}\}\,.\,.\,\{\\{right}\}z_{1r}\dashto - (x_0,y_{2r})\dashto{}$cycle;\hfill\% arrowhead and stem} - -\bugonpage E463, line 15 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{1r}\,.\,.\,z_{1l}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3r}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E463, line 3 from the bottom (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{1r}\,.\,.\,z_{1l}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3l}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E465, line 16 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{1l}\,.\,.\,z_{1r}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3r}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E465, line 3 from the bottom (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{1l}\,.\,.\,z_{1r}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3l}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E467, line 18 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{1l}\,.\,.\,z_{1r}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3r}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E467, line 3 from the bottom (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{11l}\,.\,.\,z_{12r}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{13l}\{z_{19}-z_{13}\}\,.\,.\,z_{15r})$ - -\bugonpage E483, lines 12--14 from the bottom (3/6/95) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf beginarithchar}(oct$\,$|"004"|); \ -{\bf pickup} \\{fine}.\\{nib}; \ -{\bf pickup} \\{rule}.\\{nib};\par -\line{{\bf numeric} \\{del}; - \ $\\{del}=\\{dot\_size}-\\{currentbreadth}$;\hfill - \% $\\{currentbreadth}=\\{fine}$} -\noindent -$x_3-.5\\{del}=\\{good}.x(.5w-.5\\{del})$; - \ $\\{center\_on}(x_3)$;\par\noindent -$y_3+.5del=\\{good}.y(\\{math\_axis}+\\{math\_spread}[.5\\{x\_height} - ,.6\\{x\_height}]+.5\\{del})$; - -\bugonpage E485, bottom line (6/4/98) - -\rightline{\eightss--- JOHN SMITH, {\eightssi The Printer's Grammar\/}\enspace - (1755)} % p80 - -\bugonpage E489, line 4 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{lft}\,x_6={\rm hround}\,u$; \ $x_2=w-x_6$; \ $\\{top}\,y_8=h$; \ - $y_8-y_4=x_2-x_6$; - -\bugonpage E489, line 10 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{lft}\,x_6={\rm hround}\,u$; \ $x_2=w-x_6$; \ $\\{top}\,y_8=h$; \ - $y_8-y_4=x_2-x_6$; \ \\{circle\_points}; - -\bugonpage E491, line 3 from the bottom (3/6/95) - -\def\SH{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} % sharp sign for sharped units -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad $\\{spread}:=2\hbox{ceiling}(\\{spread}\SH*\\{hppp}/2)+\\{eps}$; - \ {\bf enddef\/}; - -\bugonpage E507, line 15 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{1r}\,.\,.\,z_{1l}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3r}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E507, line 3 from the bottom (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{11r}\,.\,.\,z_{11l}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{13l}\{z_{19}-z_{13}\}\,.\,.\,z_{15r})$ - -\bugonpage E509, line 17 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{1l}\,.\,.\,z_{1r}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3l}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E509, lines 3 and 4 from the bottom (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{1l}\,.\,.\,z_{1r}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3l}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E511, line 17 (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{1l}\,.\,.\,z_{1r}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3l}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E511, lines 3 and 4 from the bottom (8/8/98) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\ddashto z_{1l}\,.\,.\,z_{1r}\ddashto{}${\bf subpath} $(t,0)$ {\bf of\/} - $(z_{3l}\{z_9-z_3\}\,.\,.\,z_{5r})$ - -\bugonpage E541, bottom line (2/27/97) - -{\bf labels}\kern.05em$(1,2,3,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15)$; \ {\bf endchar}; - -\bugonpage E568, the example of {\tt cmtex8} (4/18/96) - -\eightpoint\indent -(The word `{\tt logician}' should not be hyphenated.) - -\bugonpage E574, left column (3/6/95) - -\eightpoint\indent -\\{currentbreadth}, 483, $\underline{545}$, 546. - -\bugonpage E575, right column (9/10/98) - -Holmes, Kris Ann, vi, vii. - -\bugonpage E576, right column (6/4/98) - -\eightpoint\noindent Delete the entry for Luckombe - -\bugonpage E579, left column (6/4/98) - -\eightpoint Smith, John, 87, 485. - - \bye diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 3a0d367f0ca..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1802 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting --- the most recent errata - -\tracingpages=1 -\input manmac -\def\.#1{\hbox{\tt#1}} -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\today{\number\day\ - \ifcase\month\or - Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or - Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - \ \number\year} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\endgraf}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting as of \today}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\tenpoint -\noindent This is a list of all substantial corrections made to {\sl Computers -\& Typesetting\/} since the beginning of 2014. -(More precisely, it lists errors corrected -since the 19th printing of Volume~A, the 9th printing -of Volume~B, the 8th printing of Volume~C, the 6th printing of Volume~D, -and the 7th printing of Volume~E. % 2012 for A-D, 2013 for E -But it omits changes that are ``purely cosmetic.'') -Corrections made to the softcover version of {\sl The \TeX book\/}, -beginning with its 32nd printing, are -the same as corrections to Volume~A\null. Corrections to the softcover -version of {\sl The \slMF\kern1ptbook}, beginning with its 11th printing, -are the same as corrections to Volume~C\null. Changes to the mini-indexes -and master indexes of Volumes B, D, and~E are not shown here unless they are -not obviously derivable from what has been shown. Some (or all) of these -errors have been corrected in the most recent printings. -\looseness=-1 - - % volume A - -\bugonpage A34, line 3 from the bottom (01/09/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -not, you can say -`\.{I\char`\\errorcontextlines=100} \.{\char`\\oops}' and try again. \ (That -will usually\cutpar - -\bugonpage A43, line 6 (07/24/14) - -\tenpoint\noindent -keyboard, or that have been -pre\"empted for formatting? - -\bugonpage A49, cummings quote (08/03/19) - -(delete the period at the end of the line) - -\bugonpage A66, line 3 from the bottom (08/26/17) - -\ninepoint -Such displays of box contents will be discussed further in -Chapters 12 and~27.\cutpar - -\bugonpage A105, lines 9--16 (01/16/21) - -\ddanger If you say \.{\char`\\vadjust\char`\{}$\langle\,$vertical -mode material$\,\rangle$\.{\char`\}} within a -paragraph, \TeX\ will use internal vertical mode to insert the specified -material into the vertical -list that encloses the paragraph, immediately after whatever line -contained the position of the \.{\char`\\vadjust}. For example, you can say -`\.{\char`\\vadjust\char`\{\char`\\kern1pt\char`\}}' -to increase the amount of space between lines of a -paragraph if those lines would otherwise come out too close together. \ (The -\vadjust{\kern1pt}author -did that in the current line, just to illustrate what happens.) \ Also, -if you want to make sure that a page break will occur immediately after a -certain line, you can say `\.{\char`\\vadjust\char`\{\char`\\eject\char`\}}' -anywhere in that line. - -\bugonpage A122, lines 3--8 (11/24/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\.{\char`\\count255}, \.{\char`\\dimen255}, \.{\char`\\skip255}, -\.{\char`\\muskip255}, and \.{\char`\\toks255} are -traditionally kept available for such purposes. Furthermore, plain \TeX\ -reserves \.{\char`\\dimen0} to \.{\char`\\dimen9}, -\.{\char`\\skip0} to \.{\char`\\skip9}, \.{\char`\\muskip0} to -\.{\char`\\muskip9}, and \.{\char`\\box0} to \.{\char`\\box9} -for ``scratchwork''; these registers -are never allocated by the \.{\char`\\new...}\null\ operations. We have seen that -\.{\char`\\count0} through \.{\char`\\count9} are special, -and \.{\char`\\box255} also turns out to -be special; so those registers should be avoided unless you know what you -are doing. - -\bugonpage A155, line 8 from the bottom (01/17/21) - -\ninepoint\indent -\.{\char`\\mathopen\char`\{\char`\\hbox\char`\{\char`\$\char`\\left\char`\#1}% -$\langle\,$strut$\,\rangle$\.{\char`\\right.\char`\$\char`\}\char`\}} - -\bugonpage A155, the bottom six lines (12/10/18) - -\ninepoint\noindent -dividual symbols; \.{\char`\\left}$\,\ldots\,$\.{\char`\\right} -constructions are treated as ``inner'' subformulas, which means that -they will be surrounded by additional space in certain circumstances. -All other subformulas are generally treated as ordinary symbols, -whether they are formed by \.{\char`\\overline} or -\.{\char`\\hbox} or \.{\char`\\vcenter} or -by simply being enclosed in braces. Thus, \.{\char`\\mathord} isn't really -a necessary part of the \TeX\ language; instead of typing -`\.{\char`\$1\char`\\mathord,234\char`\$}' you can get the same -effect from `\.{\char`\$1\char`\{,\char`\}234\char`\$}'. - -\bugonpage A158, line 19 (12/10/18) - -\ninepoint\indent -Inner\quad is an inner atom produced by - `\.{\char`\\left}$\,\ldots\,$\.{\char`\\right}'; - -\bugonpage A170, lines 18 and 19 (12/10/18) - -\ninepoint\noindent -subformulas delimited by \.{\char`\\left} and \.{\char`\\right} -are treated as type~Inner. The following table is -used to determine the spacing between pairs of adjacent atoms: - -\bugonpage A171, line 19 from the bottom (06/15/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -formula produces a result essentially equivalent to -`\.{\char`\\left(}$\langle\,$subformula$\,\rangle$\.{\char`\\right)}', -when\cutpar - -\bugonpage A215, line 16 from the bottom becomes two lines (10/13/20) - -\ninepoint -\item\bull Just after a token such as \.{\char`\$}$_3$ -that begins math mode, to see if -another token of category 3 follows. - -\bugonpage A222, lines 21--23 (01/16/21) - -\ninepoint -\halign{\indent#\hfil&\quad(see Chapter #)\hfil\cr -\.{\char`\\hbox}$\langle\,$box specification$\,\rangle$% - \.{\char`\{}$\langle\,$horizontal mode material$\,\rangle$\.{\char`\}}&12\cr -\.{\char`\\vbox}$\langle\,$box specification$\,\rangle$% - \.{\char`\{}$\langle\,$vertical mode material$\,\rangle$\.{\char`\}}&12\cr -\.{\char`\\vtop}$\langle\,$box specification$\,\rangle$% - \.{\char`\{}$\langle\,$vertical mode material$\,\rangle$\.{\char`\}}&12\cr -} - -\bugonpage A222, lines 11--13 from the bottom (01/16/21) - -\ninepoint\noindent -ter~15. The \.{\char`\\vsplit} operation -is also explained in Chapter~15. In math modes an additional -type of box is available: -\.{\char`\\vcenter}$\langle\,$box specification$\,\rangle$% - \.{\char`\{}$\langle\,$vertical mode material$\,\rangle$\.{\char`\}} -(see Chapter~17). - -\bugonpage A232, line 14 (01/10/21) - -\ninepoint\noindent -tabs outside; `\.{\char`\\global\char`\\settabs}' will not do what -you might think it should. - -\bugonpage A233, lines 3--5 (04/27/15) - -\tenpoint\noindent -Only two tabs are set in this case, because only two \.{\char`\&}'s -appear in the sample line. \ (A sample line usually -ends with~\.{\char`\&\char`\\cr}, as it does here, -because text material between the last tab and \.{\char`\\cr} -isn't used for anything.) - -\bugonpage A252, lines 5--7 (12/25/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -blank, and -the footline is normally a centered page number, but you can specify any -headline and footline that you want by changing the token lists -\.{\char`\\headline} and \.{\char`\\footline}. For example, - -\bugonpage A253, lines 7--9 from the bottom (10/27/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -\.{\char`\\everypar} or \.{\char`\\errhelp}, except that \TeX\ -retains the begin-group symbol~`\.{\char`\{}' at the beginning -and the end-group symbol~`\.{\char`\}}' at the end. These -grouping characters -help to keep the output routine from interfering with what -\TeX\ was doing\cutpar - -\bugonpage A256, line 19 (08/28/15) - -\ninepoint\indent -\tt \char`\\baselineskip=24pt \char`\\lineskiplimit=0pt - -\bugonpage A277, lines 9 and 10 from the bottom (08/26/17) - -\ninepoint\indent -$\langle\,$hyphenation assignment$\,\rangle$\is - \.{\char`\\hyphenation}$\langle\,$filler$\,\rangle$% - \.{\char`\{}$\langle\,$hyphenations$\,\rangle$\.{\char`\}}\par -\qquad \alt \.{\char`\\patterns}$\langle\,$filler$\,\rangle$% - \.{\char`\{}$\langle\,$patterns$\,\rangle$\.{\char`\}} - -\bugonpage A286, bottom two lines {(and affecting the top lines -of page 287)} (08/26/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -stands for zero or more \<assignment> -commands other than \.{\char`\\setbox}, possibly with \<filler>. -If the assignments are not followed by a \<character>, where -\<character> stands\cutpar - -\bugonpage A287, lines 11--17 (04/22/20) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{$\bull$} \.{\char`\\discretionary}% - \<disc text>\<disc text>\<disc text>.\enskip -A \<disc text> has the form -`\<filler>\.{\char`\{}\<horizontal mode material>\.{\char`\}}', -where the material is processed in restricted horizontal mode and -should contain only fixed-width things. -More precisely, the horizontal list formed by each -\<disc text> must consist only of characters, ligatures, -kerns, boxes, and rules; there should be no glue or penalty items, etc. -This command appends a discretionary item to the current list; see -Chapter~14 for the meaning of a discretionary item. The space factor is -not changed. - -\bugonpage A292, lines 8--10 (04/22/20) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{$\bull$} \.{\char`\\discretionary}% - \<disc text>\<disc text>\<disc text>.\enskip -This command has the same effect as in horizontal mode (see Chapter~25), but the -third \<disc text> must produce an empty list. - -\bugonpage A299, line 11 from the bottom (11/01/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -is corrupted or was prepared for a different version of \TeX. - -\bugonpage A305, bottom line (06/30/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -\tt \char`\\setbox0=\char`\\hbox\char`\{\char`\#1\char`\}% -\char`\\advance\char`\\dimen0 by -\char`\\wd0 \char`\}\rm. - -\bugonpage A309, line 2 becomes two lines (12/06/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -represent text entered from the user's terminal, or with -`\.{<insert>}', when they -represent text inserted during error recovery). - -\bugonpage A316, lines 17 and 18 from the bottom (09/03/15) - -\ninepoint\noindent -(The next line must also not be too tall.) -Here \.{\char`\\specialstar} is a box of height zero and depth -\.{\char`\\strutdepth}, -and it puts an asterisk in the left margin: - -\bugonpage A320, lines 5--9 from the bottom (06/27/15) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf 17.21.}\enspace Assigning \.{\char`\\delcode\char`\`\char`\{} -would not work to allow `\.{\char`\\left\char`\{}', because -the brace has category~1 and isn't a legal \<delim>. -Allowing brace delimiters would be a bad idea because it would -mess up other constructions, such as arguments to macros, and -components of alignments. Moreover, a user who -gets away with `\.{\char`\\left\char`\{}' -is likely to try also `\.{\char`\\bigl\char`\{}', which -fails miserably. - -\bugonpage A326, line 12 (08/26/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -its natural width. The \.{\char`\\hbox} version also invokes -\.{\char`\\everyhbox} and \.{\char`\\everymath}. - -\bugonpage A329, line 3 of answer 20.7 (05/15/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -the three tokens \.{!1}, \.{\char`\#2}, \.{[}$_1$; the -\<replacement text> consists of the six tokens -\.{\char`\{}$_1$, \.{\char`\#}$_6$,\cutpar - -\bugonpage A329, line 6 of answer 20.7 (05/15/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -is otherwise irrelevant. Thus, `\.{\char`\\def\char`\\!!1\char`\#2\char - `\#[\char`\{\char`\#\char`\#]!!\char`\#2]}' -would produce an essentially\cutpar - -\bugonpage A329, line 5 from the bottom of answer 20.7 (05/15/19) - -\ninepoint\indent -\.{!1<-x} - -\bugonpage A329, bottom line of answer 20.7 (05/15/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -final parameter in the parameter text; -`\.{!1}' would have been rendered `\.{\char`\#1}'. - -\bugonpage A332, lines 13 and 14 (08/26/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf 21.10.}\enspace If you say -`\.{\char`\{\char`\\let}\stretch -\.{\char`\\the=0\char`\\edef}\stretch -\.{\char`\\next}\stretch -\.{\char`\{\char`\\write}\stretch -\.{\char`\\cont}\stretch -\.{\char`\{}\<token list>\.{\char`\}\char`\}\char`\\next}\stretch -\.{\char`\}}', -the \.{\char`\\write} will be exercuted after -\.{\char`\\edef} expands everything except \.{\char`\\the}. - -\bugonpage A332, bottom line (11/15/19) - -\ninepoint\indent\quad -\tt \char`\\+\char`\&\char`\{\char`\\bf end\char`\};\char`\\cr \ - \char`\%\ note that the semicolon isn't bold - -\bugonpage A342, lines 12 and 13 (08/14/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -of plain \TeX\ format; but some of them are primitive (built in), -such as `\.{\char`\\par}' (end of -paragraph), `\.{\char`\\noindent}' (beginning of -non-indented paragraph), and `\.{\char`\/}' (italic\cutpar - -\bugonpage A345, lines 10--13 from the bottom (06/27/15) - -\ninepoint\noindent -Braces are used for grouping, when supplying -arguments to macros; so they cannot also be used as math delimiters, or as -arguments to macros such as \.{\char`\\big}. (One could change their catcodes -to~12, and use some other pair of characters for grouping; but that -would not be plain \TeX.) - -\bugonpage A346, lines 10--22 (11/24/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -number identification.) \ (2)~The registers -\.{\char`\\count255}, \.{\char`\\dimen255}, \.{\char`\\skip255}, -\.{\char`\\toks255}, and \.{\char`\\muskip255} -are freely available in the same way. -\ (3)~All assignments to the scratch registers whose numbers are -1,~3, 5, 7, and~9 should be \.{\char`\\global}; all assignments to the -other scratch registers (0,~2, 4, 6, 8,~255) should be non-\.{\char`\\global}. -\ (This prevents the phenomenon of ``save stack buildup'' discussed -in Chapter~27.) -\ (4)~Furthermore, it's possible to -use any register in a group, if you ensure that \TeX's grouping -mechanism will restore the register when you're done with the group, and -if you are certain that other macros will not make global assignments -to that register when you need it. \ (5)~But when a register is used -by several macros, or over long spans of time, it should be allocated -by \.{\char`\\newcount}, \.{\char`\\newdimen}, \.{\char`\\newbox}, -etc. \ (6)~Similar remarks -apply to input/output streams used by \.{\char`\\read} and \.{\char`\\write}, -to math families used by \.{\char`\\fam}, to sets of hyphenation rules used by -\.{\char`\\language}, and to insertions (which require -\.{\char`\\box}, \.{\char`\\count}, \.{\char`\\dimen}, -and \.{\char`\\skip} registers all having the -same number).\looseness=-1 - -\bugonpage A347, line 6 (06/30/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\tt \char`\\def\char`\\wlog\char`\{\char`\\immediate\char`\\write-1 \char`\} -\ \char`\%\ this will write on log file (only) - -\bugonpage A347, line 10 (11/24/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\tt \char`\\outer\char`\\def\char`\\newmuskip\char`\{\char`\\alloc@3% -\char`\\muskip\char`\\muskipdef\char`\\@cclv\char`\} - -\bugonpage A347, line 14 (11/24/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\tt \char`\\outer\char`\\def\char`\\newtoks\char`\{\char`\\alloc@5% -\char`\\toks\char`\\toksdef\char`\\@cclv\char`\} - -\bugonpage A350, lines 15 and 16 from the bottom (01/17/21) - -\ninepoint\noindent -format; it shouldn't cost much for people to acquire all the -fonts of plain \TeX\ in addition to the ones that they really want. Second, it -is desirable on many computer systems to\cutpar - -\bugonpage A364, line 5 from the bottom (01/14/21) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\tt \char`\\def\char`\\fmtversion\char`\{3.1415926535\char`\} -\ \char`\%\ identifies the current format - -\bugonpage A370, lines 11 and 12 (08/26/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -close as possible to the ASCII conventions. -\ (b)~Make sure that codes \oct{041}--\oct{046}, \oct{060}--\oct{071}, -\oct{136}, \oct{141}--\oct{146}, and \oct{160}--\oct{171} are present and that -each unrepresentable in-\cutpar - -\bugonpage A373, lines 21 and 22 (01/17/21) - -\ninepoint\noindent -and \.{\char`\\if...\char`\\fi} -tests, as well as special operations like \.{\char`\\the} -and \.{\char`\\input}, while the -latter category includes the primitive commands listed in Chapters~24--26. -The expansion of\cutpar - -\bugonpage A375, bottom three lines (06/30/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|$$\generaldisplay$$| to be invoked, with |\eq| defined to be $\alpha$. -Furthermore, when an equation number~$\beta$ is present, it should be stored -in |\eqn|, and the test |\ifeqno| should be true. -In such cases |\ifleqno| should distinguish |\leqno| from |\eqno|. -Here\cutpar - -\bugonpage A398, lines 4 and 5 (08/26/17) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\setbox2=\lastbox \setbox\footins=\vbox{\box2}|\par -\smallskip\noindent -since |\lastbox| will be the result of\/ |\rigidbalance|, which is an hbox. - -\bugonpage A407, line 5 from the bottom (06/30/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -| \interlinepenalty5000\def\par{\endgraf\penalty5000 }}| - -\bugonpage A413, line 11 from the bottom (05/14/19) - -\ninepoint\indent -The computer file |texbook.tex| that generated {\sl The \TeX book\/} begins -with a\cutpar - -\bugonpage A418, line 4 (05/14/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\TeX\ commands -that look like this in the file |texbook.tex|: - -\bugonpage A420, line 11 (06/30/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\bull{\vrule height.9ex width.8ex depth-.1ex \relax} % square bullet| - -\bugonpage A423, line 16 (06/30/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \vrule height6pt depth2pt width0pt \relax} % a strut for \insert\margin| - -\bugonpage A445, lines 10--14 (12/10/18) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{\bf 15e.} Enclose the vbox that was constructed in Rule 15c or 15d by -delimiters $(\lambda,\rho)$ -whose height plus depth is at least $\sigma_{20}$, if $C>T$, and at -least $\sigma_{21}$ otherwise. Shift the delimiters up or down so that they are -vertically centered with respect to the axis. Replace the generalized -fraction by an Ord atom whose nucleus is the resulting sequence of three boxes -($\lambda$, vbox, $\rho$). Go to rule~19. - -\bugonpage A446, the bottom three lines of Rule 19 become four lines (01/10/21) - -\ninepoint\noindent -atom and the right boundary item to -a Close atom. The entire resulting list now becomes the nucleus of an -Inner atom. \ (All of the calculations in this step are done with -$C$ equal to the starting style of the math list; style items in the -middle of the list do not affect the style of the right boundary item.) - -\bugonpage A454, lines 17 and 18 from the bottom (04/13/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -of the process; the trial word consists of all the letters found in admissible -items, up to a maximum of~63. Notice that all of these letters are in font~$f$. - -\bugonpage A458 and following, selected amendments to the index (01/18/21) - -\eightpoint -|[1]| (progress report), 23, $\underline{119}$.\par -|\aa| ( \aa\ ), {\it52}, $\underline{356}$.\par -|\AA| ( \AA\ ), {\it52}, $\underline{356}$.\par -\<disc text>, $\underline{287}$, 292.\par -\<general text>, $\underline{276}$, 279, 280.\par -\<horizontal mode material>, 278, 285, 287.\par -integral signs, {\sl see\/} |\int|, |\oint|, |\smallint|.\par -\<math mode material>, 287, 289--293.\par -|\null|, 311, {\it312}, {\it316}, {\it332}, {\it335}, $\underline{351}$, {\it354}, {\it360}--{\it362}, {\it419}.\par -|\o| ( \o\ ), {\it52}, $\underline{356}$.\par -|\O| ( \O\ ), {\it52}, $\underline{356}$.\par -programs, for computers, 38, 165, {\it234}.\par -repeating templates, {\sl see\/} periodic preambles.\par -replacement text, {\it200}--{\it204}, 212, 280, 300, 329.\par -right delimiters, {\sl see\/} closings.\par -struts, $\underline{82}$, 125, 131, 142, 155, 178, 245--247, 255, 329, 416, 422, 423.\par -\<vertical mode material>, 278, 280--282, 290. - - - % volume B -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\dts{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage Bv {(formerly Bvii)}, bottom two lines (01/15/21) - -\eightpoint\noindent -all of those changes. -I~now believe that the final bug was discovered on 22 October 2020 -and removed in version 3.141592653. % on 12 January 2021 -The finder's fee has converged to \$327.68. - -\hsize=35pc - -\bugonpage B2, line 10 from the bottom (01/15/21) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]TeX,\]Version\]3.141592653\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \TeX\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B4, line 8 of \S7 (04/02/17) - -\tenpoint\noindent -diagnostic information for \.{\char`\\tracingparagraphs}, -\.{\char`\\tracingpages}, and \.{\char`\\tracingrestores}. - -\bugonpage B21, lines 33 and 34 (04/02/17) - -\def\Oct#1{\hbox{\rm\char'23\kern-.2em\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant -\tenpoint\noindent -$[\Oct{41}\to\Oct{46},\Oct{60}% -\to\Oct{71},\Oct{136},\Oct{141}\to\Oct{146},\Oct{160}\to\Oct{171}]$ must be printable. -Thus, at least 80 printable characters are needed. - -\bugonpage B28, lines 3 and 4 (04/02/17) - -\tenpoint\noindent -not serious since we assume that this -part of the program is system dependent. - -\bugonpage B28, line 2 from the bottom (04/02/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf var} $k$: $0\dts23$;\quad$\{\,$index to current digit; we assume - that $\vert n\vert<10^{23}\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B35, line 2 of \S83 becomes two lines (06/27/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf loop begin} \\{continue}: {\bf if} $\\{interaction}\ne\\{error\_stop\_mode}$ - {\bf then return};\par -\noindent\qquad -\\{clear\_for\_error\_prompt}; \ \\{prompt\_input}(\.{"?\]"}); - -\bugonpage B36, line 11 of \S84 (07/03/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -\.{"E"}: {\bf if} $\\{base\_ptr}>0$ {\bf then if} - $\\{input\_stack}[\\{base\_ptr}].\\{name\_field}\ge256$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage B36, line 5 of \S85 becomes two lines (07/03/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf if} $\\{base\_ptr}>0$ {\bf then}\par -\noindent\qquad -{\bf if} $\\{input\_stack}[\\{base\_ptr}].\\{name\_field}\ge256$ {\bf then} -\\{print}(\.{"E\]to\]edit\]your\]file."} - -\bugonpage B40, line 5 from the bottom (08/07/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad -(\.{"Try\]to\]insert\]an\]instruction\]for\]me\](e.g.,\]% - \char`\`I\char`\\showlists\char`\'),"}) - -\bugonpage B58, lines 2 and 3 of \S136 (10/11/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -the values corresponding to `\.{\char`\\hbox\char`\{\char`\}}'. -The \\{sub\_type} -field is set to \\{min\_quarterword}, for historic reasons that are no -longer relevant. - -\bugonpage B88, line 16 (10/22/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -The mode is temporarily set to zero while processing \.{\char`\\write} texts. - -\bugonpage B102, lines 3 and following of \S241 (12/11/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -information, something special -is needed. The program here simply assumes that suitable values appear in -the global variables \\{sys\_time}, \\{sys\_day}, \\{sys\_month}, and -\\{sys\_year} (which are initialized to noon on 4 July 1776, -in case the implementor is careless). -\smallskip -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf procedure} \\{fix\_date\_and\_time};\par -\noindent\quad{\bf begin} -$\\{sys\_time}\gets12\ast60$; \ -$\\{sys\_day}\gets4$; \ -$\\{sys\_month}\gets7$; \ -$\\{sys\_year}\gets1776$;\quad -$\{\,$self-evident truths$\,\}$\par -\noindent\quad$\\{time}\gets\\{sys\_time}$;\quad - $\{\,$minutes since midnight$\,\}$\par -\noindent\quad$\\{day}\gets\\{sys\_day}$;\quad$\{\,$day of the month$\,\}$\par -\noindent\quad$\\{month}\gets\\{sys\_month}$;\quad$\{\,$month of the year$\,\}$\par -\noindent\quad$\\{year}\gets\\{sys\_year}$;\quad$\{\,$Anno Domini$\,\}$\par -\noindent\quad{\bf end}; - -\bugonpage B103, replacement for \S246 (12/11/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 246.}\quad Of course we had better declare a few more global variables, -if the previous routines are going to work. -\smallskip -\ninepoint\noindent -$\langle\,$Global variables {\sevenrm\kern.5em13}$\,\rangle+\equiv$\par -\noindent\\{old\_setting}: $0\dts\\{max\_selector}$;\par -\noindent\\{sys\_time}, \\{sys\_day}, \\{sys\_month}, \\{sys\_year}: \\{integer}; -\quad$\{\,$date and time supplied by external system$\,\}$ - -\goodbreak -\bugonpage B122, lines 9 and 10 of \S291 (10/12/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent\quad -The enclosing \.{\char'173} and \.{\char'175} characters of a macro -definition are omitted, but an output routine -will be enclosed in braces. - -\bugonpage B143, lines 2, 3, 4 become four lines (01/15/17) - -\tenpoint\noindent -routines that should be aborted, but we can sketch the -ideas here: For a runaway definition or a runaway balanced text, -we will insert a right brace; for a -runaway preamble, we will insert a special \.{\char`\\cr} token and a right -brace; and for a runaway argument, we will set \\{long\_state} to -\\{outer\_call} and insert \.{\char`\\par}. - -\bugonpage B188, line 8 (04/02/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf function} \\{str\_toks}$(b:\\{pool\_pointer})$: \\{pointer};\quad - $\{\,$converts \\{str\_pool}$[b\dts\\{pool\_ptr}-1]$ to a token list$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B192, line 17 (10/22/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf label} \\{found}, \\{continue}, \\{done}, \\{done1}, \\{done2}; - -\bugonpage B192, line 3 of \S474 (10/22/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad -{\bf begin} \\{continue}: \\{get\_token};\quad$\{\,$set \\{cur\_cmd}, - \\{cur\_chr}, \\{cur\_tok}$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B193, line 4 of \S476 (05/20/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf if} $\\{cur\_tok}<\\{left\_brace\_limit}$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage B193, line 10 of \S476 becomes two lines (10/22/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad -\\{help2}(\.{"I\char`\'m\]going\]to\]ignore\]the\]\#\]sign\]you\]just\]used,"})\par -\noindent\qquad -(\.{"as\]well\]as\]the\]token\]that\]followed\]it."}); -\\{error}; {\bf goto} \\{continue}; - -\bugonpage B196, line 5 from the bottom (02/17/18) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad\quad -\\{help1}(\.{"This\]\char`\\read\]has\]unbalanced\]braces."}); -$\\{align\_state}\gets1000000$; -$\\{limit}\gets0$; -\\{error}; - -\bugonpage B199, lines 1--3 of \S494 (10/25/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 494.} \ \ Here is a procedure that ignores text until coming to an \.{\char`\\or}, -\.{\char`\\else}, or \.{\char`\\fi} at the current level -of $\.{\char`\\if}\ldots\.{\char`\\fi}$ -nesting. After it has acted, \\{cur\_chr} will indicate the token that -was found, but \\{cur\_tok} will not be set (because this makes the -procedure run faster). - - -\bugonpage B214, lines 2--6 of \S536 (12/11/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf begin} \\{wlog}(\\{banner}); -\\{slow\_print}(\\{format\_ident}); -\\{print}(\.{"\]\]"}); -\\{print\_int}(\\{sys\_day}); -\\{print\_char}(\.{"\]"});\par -\noindent\quad -$\\{months}\gets\.{\char`\'JANFEBMARAPRMAYJUNJULAUGSEPOCTNOVDEC\char`\'}$;\par -\noindent\quad -{\bf for} $k\gets3\ast\\{sys\_month}-2$ {\bf to} $3\ast\\{sys\_month}$ -{\bf do} \\{wlog}(\\{months}[$k$]);\par -\noindent\quad -\\{print\_char}(\.{"\]"}); -\\{print\_int}(\\{sys\_year}); -\\{print\_char}(\.{"\]"}); -\\{print\_two}(\\{sys\_time} {\bf div} 60); -\\{print\_char}(\.{":"});\par -\noindent\quad -\\{print\_two}(\\{sys\_time} {\bf mod} 60); - -\bugonpage B214, line 2 of \S537 becomes two lines (10/29/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -command is being processed. -Beware: For historic reasons, this code foolishly conserves a tiny bit -of string pool space; but that can confuse the interactive `\.E' option. - -\bugonpage B214, bottom line (10/29/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf if} $\\{name}=\\{str\_ptr}-1$ {\bf then} -\ $\{\,$conserve string pool space (but see note above)$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B219, lines 18--20 of \S545 (09/19/19) - -\tenpoint\noindent -so-called boundary character of this font; -the value of \\{next\_char} need not lie between \\{bc} and~\\{ec}. -If the very last instruction of the \\{lig\_kern} array has $\\{skip% -\_byte}=255$, -there is a special ligature/kerning program for a boundary character at the -left, beginning at location $256\ast\\{op\_byte}+$\cutpar - -\bugonpage B282, line 1 {(and change lines 20--23 accordingly)} (04/02/17) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 682.} Each portion of a formula is classified as Ord, Op, Bin, Rel, Open, -Close, Punct, or Inner, for\cutpar - -\bugonpage B299, line 4 from the bottom of \S722 (10/06/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad\quad -{\bf begin} \\{char\_warning}(\\{cur\_f}, \\{qo}(\\{cur\_c})); -$\\{math\_type}(a)\gets\\{empty}$; -$\\{cur\_i}\gets\\{null\_character}$; - -\bugonpage B318, lines 16 and 17 of \S761 become one (03/25/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{fraction\_noad}: $s\gets\\{fraction\_noad\_size}$; - -\bugonpage B333, line 5 of \S793 becomes two lines (01/10/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$\\{cur\_loop}\gets\\{link}(\\{cur\_loop})$; -$\\{link}(p)\gets\\{new\_glue}(\\{glue\_ptr}(\\{cur\_loop}))$;\par -\noindent\quad -$\\{subtype}(\\{link}(p))\gets\\{tab\_skip\_code}+1$; - -\bugonpage B348, insert a new line after line 5 of \S826 (01/15/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad -{\bf stat if} $\\{tracing\_paragraphs}>0$ {\bf then} -\\{end\_diagnostic}(\\{true}); \ {\bf tats} - -\bugonpage B348, insert a new line to be the seventh line after the previous change (01/15/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad -{\bf stat if} $\\{tracing\_paragraphs}>0$ {\bf then} -\\{begin\_diagnostic}; \ {\bf tats} - -\bugonpage B377, line 6 (10/31/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{hn}: $0\dts64$; \ $\{\,$the number of positions occupied in \\{hc}; - not always a \\{small\_number}$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B417, mini-index (04/02/17) - -\eightpoint\noindent -The entry `\\{height}, \S981.' here and on many later -odd-numbered pages should be `$\\{height}=\rm macro$, \S135.' - -\bugonpage B522, line 3 of \S1306. (10/25/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -to be in the range $a\le x\le b$. -System error messages should be suppressed when undumping. - -\bugonpage B533, lines 5--8 of \S1333. (10/15/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -loop. -(Actually there's one way to get error messages, via \\{prepare\_mag}; -but that can't cause infinite recursion.)\par -\noindent\quad -If \\{final\_cleanup} is bypassed, this program doesn't bother to -close the input files that may still be open. - -\bugonpage B533, line 12 of \S1333. (11/29/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf begin} $\langle\,$Finish the extensions{\sevenrm\kern.5em1378}$\,\rangle$; -$\\{new\_line\_char}\gets-1$; - -\bugonpage B534, line 6 of \S1335. (11/29/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf begin} $c\gets\\{cur\_chr}$; -{\bf if} $c\ne1$ {\bf then} $\\{new\_line\_char}\gets-1$; - -\bugonpage B537, line 18 of \S1338 becomes two lines (10/05/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf begin} \\{clear\_terminal};\par -\noindent\quad -{\bf loop} - -\bugonpage B537, lines 11 and 12 from the bottom of \S1338 - become three lines (04/02/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad\qquad -{\bf begin goto} \\{breakpoint};\par -\noindent\qquad\qquad\quad$\{\,$go to every declared label at least once$\,\}$\par -\noindent\qquad\quad\\{breakpoint}: $m\gets0$; - \.{@\char`\{\char`\'BREAKPOINT\char`\'@\char`\}} - -\bugonpage B600, the bottom five lines (05/14/19) - -\tenpoint\noindent -they occupy in a typical production system -(executable code size for dark blocks, global data size for light blocks). -In this way the chart indicates a total of about -$12\times22=264${\ninerm K} bytes of memory, plus -$12\times10=120${\ninerm K} for the -dynamic memory region not shown explicitly. The dynamic memory -is often considerably larger in practice, because it is desirable to -accommodate large macro packages and large pages. - - - % volume C -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\dashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\thinspace-\kern-.05em}}} -\def\ddashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\thinspace-\thinspace-\kern-.05em}}} -\def\tension{\mathop{\rm tension}} -\def\controls{\mathop{\rm controls}} -\def\and{\,{\rm and}\,} - -\bugonpage Cx, line 4 from the bottom (06/14/20) - -\count255=1 -\def\diamondleaders{\global\advance\count255 by 1 - \ifodd\count255 \kern-10pt \fi - \leaders\hbox to 20pt{\ifodd\count255 \kern13pt \else\kern3pt \fi - .\hss}} -\line{\strut - \hbox to\parindent{\bf\hbox to 1em{\hss20}\hss}% - \rm More About Macros\diamondleaders\hfil\hbox to 2em{\hss175}} - -\bugonpage C39, lines 10 and 11 become three lines (07/04/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -that has already been designed. All you'll see is -`|(io.mf| |The| |letter| |O| |[79])|' or possibly only `|(io.mf| |[79])|', -followed by~`|*|'. Now the fun starts: You should type - -\bugonpage C68, lines 9, 28, 35, 36, 38 (11/11/17) - -\ninepoint -\halign{\indent\hbox to 160pt{\tt#\hfil}&\tt#\hfil\cr -uniformdeviate -100&-36.1628\cr -z slanted 1/6&(0.16667y+x,y)\cr -(a,b)zscaled(3,4)&(-4b+3a,3b+4a)\cr -(a,b)zscaled dir 30&(-0.5b+0.86603a,0.86603b+0.5a)\cr -(a,b)dotprod(3,4)&4b+3a\cr -} - -\bugonpage C72, lines 4--18 (07/16/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\beginsyntax -<numeric atom>\is<numeric variable> - \alt<numeric token primary> - \alt[(]<numeric expression>[)] - \alt[normaldeviate] - \alt[length]<string primary> - \alt[length]<path primary> - \alt[length]<pair primary> - \alt[angle]<pair primary> - \alt[xpart]<pair primary> - \alt[ypart]<pair primary> - \alt<numeric operator><numeric primary> -<numeric token primary>\is<numeric token>[/]<numeric token> - \alt<numeric token not followed by % - `{\tt/}$\thinspace\langle$numeric token$\rangle$'\thinspace> -<numeric primary>\is<numeric atom not followed by {[\char'133]<expression>[,]}> - \alt<numeric atom>[\char'133]<numeric expression>% - [,]<numeric expression>[\char'135] -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C76, lines 8--16 from the bottom (11/11/17) - -\newdimen\longesteq -\setbox0=\hbox{\indent$z_{12}-z_{11}=z_{14}-z_{13}$\quad} -\longesteq=\wd0 -\tenpoint\noindent \hangindent\longesteq \hangafter0 -tom edge of the type. -\ (With plain \MF's {\bf beginchar} each -character has a ``bounding box'' that runs from $(0,h)$ -at the upper left and $(w,h)$ at the upper right to $(0,-d)$ and~$(w,-d)$ -at the lower left and lower right; variable $d$ represents the depth of -the type. The values of $w$, $h$, and~$d$ might change from character to -character, since the individual pieces of type need not have the same size -in a computer-produced font.) - -\bugonpage C80, line 14 (06/13/20) - -\tenpoint\indent -\\{penpos}\<suffix>(\<unknown>,\thinspace\<known>). - -\bugonpage C83, line 16 (06/13/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -|### 0.5a=-c-0.5b+1.5| - -\bugonpage C83, line 19 (06/13/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -the only -dependent variable is now $d$, which equals $0.5c+0.75b+0.75$. \ (This is\cutpar - -\bugonpage C96, line 13 from the bottom (10/31/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -illustrates the -use of $u\0$, $s\0$, $\\{ht}\0$, \\{logo\_pen}, \\{leftstemloc}, $o$, -\\{xgap}, and \\{barheight}: - -\bugonpage C106, lines 19--21 (07/03/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -pixels. \ (Some typesetting -systems use both of these device-dependent amounts to alter their current -position on a page, just after typesetting each character. Other systems, -like typical |dvi| software associated with \TeX, assume that $\\{chardy}=0$ -but use \\{chardx}\cutpar - -\bugonpage C113, lines 5--11 from the bottom (07/20/20) - -\def\cycle{\hbox{\rm cycle}} -\ninepoint\noindent -\begindisplay -$s\0:=5\\{pt}\0$; \ {\bf define\_pixels}$(s)$; \ \% side of the square\cr -$z_1=(0,0)$; \ $z_2=(s,0)$; \ $z_3=(0,s)$; \ $z_4=(s,s)$;\cr -{\bf for} $k=1$ {\bf upto} 4: - $z[k+4]=z[k]+({2\over3}s,{1\over3}s)$; \ {\bf endfor}\cr -{\bf pickup pencircle} scaled $.4\\{pt}$; \ -{\bf draw} $z_5\dashto z_6\dashto z_8\dashto z_7\dashto \cycle$;\cr -{\bf pickup pencircle} scaled $1.6\\{pt}$; \ -{\bf erase draw} $z_2\dashto z_4\dashto z_3$;\cr -{\bf pickup pencircle} scaled $.4\\{pt}$; \ -{\bf draw} $z_1\dashto z_2\dashto z_4\dashto z_3\dashto \cycle$;\cr -{\bf for} $k=1$ {\bf upto} 4: - {\bf draw} $z[k]\dashto z[k+4]$; \ {\bf endfor}.\cr -\enddisplay - -\bugonpage C114, line 7 (07/20/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -{\bf for} $k=0$ {\bf upto} 4: \ $z[k]=\\{center}+(\\{radius},0)$ - rotated$(90+{360\over5}k)$; \ {\bf endfor} - -\bugonpage C128, lines 13 and 14 (06/13/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -changed. Plain \MF\ has a {\bf tensepath} operation -that does this. For example, {\bf tensepath}~\\{unitsquare}~$=$ -$(0,0)\ddashto(1,0)\ddashto(1,1)\ddashto(0,1)\ddashto\cycle$. - -\bugonpage C136, lines 18 and 19 (07/17/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -only -about 0.28 with respect to the initial and final directions; since \MF\ insists -that tensions be at least~0.75, this anomalous path could never have arisen -if the control\cutpar - -\bugonpage C155, line 7 (10/07/20) - -\tenpoint\indent -\<program>\is\<statement list>\<statement>\thinspace|end| - -\bugonpage C160, lines 7--9 (06/25/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -might produce a transcript -that includes the following diagnostic information: -\begintt -rotatedaround(EXPR0)(EXPR1)-> - shifted-(EXPR0)rotated(EXPR1)shifted(EXPR0) -\endtt - -\bugonpage C165, lines 5--7 from the bottom (11/11/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -(i.e., parameters in parentheses), -then we name zero or one or two undelimited parameters. -Then comes an `$=$'~sign, -followed by the replacement text, and {\bf enddef}. The `$=$'~sign might also -be~`$:=$'\thinspace; both mean the same thing. - -\bugonpage C171, lines 18--20 (08/16/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -Chapter~14's syntax rules for -\<path primary>, via \<pair primary>. -A pair expression is not considered to be -of type {\bf path} unless the path interpretation is the only~possibility. - -\bugonpage C176, line 7 from the bottom (07/09/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -\quad {\bf if} |@#|$(\\{x\_})\colon\ \\{tx\_} \ \hbox{\bf else}\colon\ - \\{fx\_}\ \hbox{\bf fi}$ - :=\ \\{x\_}\thinspace; {\bf endfor} - -\bugonpage C180, line 3 from the bottom (06/24/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -`$=$' or `$:=$' following {\bf let}. - -\bugonpage C187, line11 from the bottom (07/12/20) - -\ninepoint\indent\qquad -\alt|substring|\thinspace\<pair expression>\thinspace|of|\thinspace - \<string primary> - -\bugonpage C189, line 14 (06/13/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -`|! |' and followed -by~`|.|', followed by lines of context as in \MF's normal error\cutpar - -\bugonpage C200, line 12 from the bottom (08/27/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -$y_1=y_2=\\{good.y}(.5[-d,h]+1.1\\{pt})$; - -\bugonpage C202, line 17 from the bottom (06/13/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -command, -and it works only when the \\{penpos} angle is~0. If the \\{penpos} command -is\cutpar - -\bugonpage C210, bottom eight lines, and top ten lines of page C211 (07/16/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\beginsyntax -<numeric atom>\is<numeric variable>\alt<numeric argument> - \alt<numeric token primary> - \alt<internal quantity> - \alt[normaldeviate] - \alt[(]<numeric expression>[)] - \alt[begingroup]<statement list><numeric expression>[endgroup] - \alt[length]<numeric primary>\alt[length]<pair primary> - \alt[length]<path primary>\alt[length]<string primary> - \alt[ASCII]<string primary>\alt[oct]<string primary>\alt[hex]<string primary> - \alt<pair part><pair primary>\alt<transform part><transform primary> - \alt[angle]<pair primary> - \alt[turningnumber]<path primary>\alt[totalweight]<picture primary> - \alt<numeric operator><numeric primary> - \alt[directiontime]<pair expression>[of]<path primary> -<numeric token primary>\is<numeric token>[/]<numeric token> - \alt<numeric token not followed by % - `{\tt/}$\thinspace\langle$numeric token$\rangle$'\thinspace> -<numeric primary>\is<numeric atom not followed by {[\char'133]<expression>[,]}> - \alt<numeric atom>[\char'133]<numeric expression>% - [,]<numeric expression>[\char'135] -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C214, line 6 becomes two lines (07/17/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\beginsyntax -<future pen primary>\is<future pen argument> - \alt[pencircle] -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C214, line 6 from the bottom (07/12/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\beginsyntax - \alt[substring]<pair expression>[of]<string primary> -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C217, lines 20--25 (10/07/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\beginsyntax -<program>\is<statement list><non-title statement>[end] - \alt<statement list><non-title statement>[dump] -<statement list>\is<empty>\alt<statement>[;]<statement list> -<statement>\is<empty>\alt<title> - \alt<equation>\alt<assignment>\alt<declaration> - \alt<definition>\alt<compound>\alt<command> -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C219, line 25 (05/25/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -to see which of its subscripts and suffixes have occurred. -For example, if you're\cutpar - -\bugonpage C224, lines 7--9 from the bottom (12/21/18) - -\tenpoint\indent -|y4r=-0.9848thinn+259.00049|\par -|x4r=-0.08682thinn+144|\par -|y4=-0.4924thinn+259.00049| - -\bugonpage C226, lines 9 and 10 (11/01/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -This means that the preloaded base you have specified cannot be used, -because it is corrupted or was prepared for a different version of -\MF\kern-.03em. - -\bugonpage C228, line 27 (06/19/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -|l.94 endfor| - -\bugonpage C228, line 4 from the bottom (07/12/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -might want to review now.) \ -You probably also have a |proof| mode diagram: - -\bugonpage C234, line 4 of answer 4.6 (07/20/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -{\bf for} $k=1$ {\bf upto} 6: $z[k]'=.2[z[k],z_0]$; {\bf endfor} - -\bugonpage C241, line 2 (11/11/17) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\mode=cheapo; input cheaplogo10| - -\bugonpage C242, line 11 of answer 13.7 (07/20/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -{\bf for} $k=1$ {\bf upto} 4: - $z[k+4]=z[k]+({2\over3}s,{1\over3}s)$; \ {\bf endfor} - -\bugonpage C243, lines 7 and 8 (11/08/15) - -\ninepoint\indent -\indent {\bf draw} subpath$(k,k+1)$ of \\{star}; {\bf cullit};\par\indent -\indent {\bf undraw} subpath$(k+2,k+3)$ of \\{star} {\bf withpen} - \\{eraser}; {\bf cullit}; - -\bugonpage C243, line 3 of answer 13.11 (06/17/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -{\bf def overdraw expr} $c$ = {\bf begingroup save} \\{region}; - -\bugonpage C243, lines 12--16 of answer 13.11 (05/24/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\begindisplay -{\bf beginchar}$(\hbox{\tt"M"},1.25\\{in}\0,.5\\{in}\0,0)$; \ - {\bf pickup pencircle} scaled .4\\{pt};\cr -$z_1=(20,-13)$; \ $z_2=(30,-6)$; \ $z_3=(20,1)$; \ $z_4=(4,-7)$;\cr -\indent $z_5=(-12,-13)$; \ $z_6=(-24,-4)$; \ $z_7=(-15,6)$;\cr -{\bf path} $M$; $M=(\\{origin}\dts - z_1\dts z_2\dts z_3\dts z_4\dts z_5\dts z_6\dts z_7\dts$\cr -\indent$\\{origin}\dts -z_7\dts -z_6\dts -z_5\dts -z_4\dts - -z_3\dts -z_2\dts -z_1\dts\cycle)$\cr -\enddisplay - -\bugonpage C246, line 2 of answer 14.13 (08/16/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -path $z_0\dashto z_1$ is equivalent to `$z_0\dts -\controls1/3[z_0,z_1]\and2/3[z_0,z_1]\dts z_1$', and the\cutpar - -\bugonpage C247, line 1 of answer 15.5 (06/13/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf 15.5.}\enspace -{\bf beginchar}$(126,25u\0,\\{h\_height}\0+\\{border}\0,0)$; \ -|"Dangerous left bend"|; - -\bugonpage C247, replacement for answer 15.7 (07/21/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf 15.7.}\enspace -Replace lines 10 and 11 by -\begindisplay -{\bf pickup pencircle} scaled 3/4\\{pt} yscaled 1/3 rotated $-60$;\cr -{\bf draw} ($z_1\ldots p$) transformed $t$;\cr -{\bf addto} \\{currentpicture} {\bf also} \\{currentpicture}\cr -\qquad rotatedaround$\bigl((.5w,.5h)$ yscaled \\{aspect\_ratio}$,-180\bigr)$;\cr -\enddisplay - -\bugonpage C249, line 1 of answer 18.9 (08/02/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf 18.9.}\enspace -{\bf beginchar}\kern1pt(|"H"|$,13u\0,"ht"\0,0)$; \ - {\bf pickup} \\{broad\_pen}; - -\bugonpage C249, line 11 of answer 18.9 (08/02/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -{\bf filldraw} $\\{bot\_serif\_edge}_4$ - -\bugonpage C250, line 4 of answer 19.1 (04/19/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -because it saves a wee bit of time and because -`;'\ often belongs before {\bf endfor}. - -\bugonpage C250, replacement for answer 19.3 (07/12/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf 19.3.}\enspace -Yes, if and only if $n-{1\over2}$ is an even integer. -\ (Because ambiguous values are rounded upwards.) - -\bugonpage C251, replacement for answer 22.1 (07/12/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf 22.1}\enspace -(a) If and only if $n$ is an integer between 0 and 255. -(b) If and only if $s$ is a string of length~1. - -\bugonpage C254, lines 10--13 from the bottom become five lines (06/26/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\begintt -? H -I found no right delimiter to match a left one. So I've -put one in, behind the scenes; this may fix the problem. -|null -? -\endtt - -\bugonpage C260, the ``line'' after line 3 (06/14/20) - -\def\bb{$\,\left\{\vcenter\bgroup\halign\bgroup\hfil##\hfil\cr} -\def\ee{\crcr\egroup\egroup\right\}\,$} -\tenpoint\noindent -\bb|font_size|\cr|font_slant|\cr|font_normal_space|\cr - |font_normal_stretch|\cr|font_normal_shrink|\cr|font_x_height|\cr - |font_quad|\cr|font_extra_space|\ee -\bb|=|\cr\noalign{\kern-2pt}|:=|\cr\noalign{\kern-2pt}\<empty>\ee -\<numeric$\0$>; \ -\bb|ligtable|\<ligs/kerns>\cr|charlist|\<codes>\cr|extensible|\<codes>\cr - |fontdimen|\<info>\cr|headerbyte|\<info>\ee;\kern-10pt - -\bugonpage C261, lines 16 and 17 from the bottom (06/14/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -\bb|proofrule|\cr|screenrule|\ee|(|\<pair>|,|\<pair>|)|; \ -|makegrid(|\<numerics>|)(|\<numerics>|)|;\smallskip\noindent -|proofrulethickness| \<numeric$\0$>; \ |proofoffset| \<pair>. - -\bugonpage C266, lines 19 and 20 (07/04/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -You can say either `|incr|~|x|' or `|incr|~|(x)|', within -an expression; but neither of them are valid statements by themselves. - -\bugonpage C269, line 11 (01/10/21) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\smode="specmode"; mag=|\<magnification>|; input |\<font file name> - -\bugonpage C277, lines 15--19 (03/06/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|def openit = openwindow currentwindow from origen % and please correct|\par -\noindent -| to (screen_rows,screen_cols) at (-50,300) enddef; % "(-50,300)" too|\par -\noindent -|def showit_ = display currentpicture inwindow currentwindow enddef;|\par -\noindent -|def showit = openit; let showit=showit_; showit enddef; % first time only|\par -\kern3pt\hrule\medskip\noindent -Plain \MF\ has several other terse commands -similar to `{\bf openit}' and `{\bf showit}': - -\bugonpage C279, line 1 (11/11/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| blacker:=.1; % make pens a teeny bit blacker| - -\bugonpage C289, line 20 (10/07/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -|if {{(pair x) cand x>(0,0)}}: A else: B fi.| - -\bugonpage C291, line 18 (07/24/20) - -\ninepoint\indent -| save u_; setu_ u; let switch_ = if; if false: enddef.| - -\bugonpage C292, line 10 from the bottom (10/23/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -be known by saying `{\bf if} known $(p-q)$: $p=q$ {\bf else}:~{\bf false fi}'; -transforms could be handled\cutpar - -\bugonpage C293, lines 13 and 14 from the bottom (10/27/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$f(-1)$ is false! When $c\rightarrow0$, the quantity $a^3+b^3$ -approaches $-\infty$ when $c$~is positive, $+\infty$ when $c$~is -negative. An attempt to `\\{solve} $f(1,-1)$' will divide by zero and -come\cutpar - -\bugonpage C295, line 2 (07/04/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -`interpolate $(1,1)\dts(3,2)\dts(15,4)$ of~7' the approximate value 3.37. - -\bugonpage C299, bottom four lines of code become five (08/06/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\begintt -primarydef t Bernshtein nn = begingroup save r; r = - begingroup for n=nn downto 2: - for k=1 upto n-1: u_[[[k]]]:=t[[[u_[[[k]]],u_[[[k+1]]] ]]]; - endfor endfor u_[[[1]]] endgroup; numeric u_[[[]]]; - r endgroup enddef; -\endtt - -\bugonpage C299, line 5 after the code becomes two lines (08/06/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -brackets are nested inside of brackets. -However, the auxiliary variables `|u_[[[|$k$|]]]|' must not remain -independent at the end. - -\bugonpage C305, lines 14--18 (07/08/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|width_adj#:=0pt#; % width adjustment for certain characters|\par -\noindent -|serif_fit#:=0pt#; % extra sidebar near lowercase serifs| -\vskip-3pt\noindent\qquad\vdots\par\noindent -|low_asterisk:=false; % should the asterisk be centered at the axis?|\par -\noindent -|math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used?| - -\bugonpage C317, line 21 becomes two lines (11/11/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\beginsyntax -<label>\is<code label>\alt<code>[::]\alt[\\\\:] -<code label>\is\<code>[:] -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C318, lines 10--16 from the bottom (11/11/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\beginsyntax - \alt<code label><labeled code> -<extensible command>\is[extensible]<code label><four codes> -<four codes>\is<code>[,]<code>[,]<code>[,]<code> -\endsyntax -Notice that a \<code label> can appear in a {\bf ligtable}, {\bf charlist}, or -{\bf extensible} command. - These appearances are mutually exclusive: No code may be -used more than once as a label. Thus, for example, a character with a -ligature/kerning program cannot also be {\bf extensible}, nor can it be -in a {\bf charlist} (except as the final item). - -\bugonpage C333, line 29 (10/25/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| "if charcode>0:currentpicture:=currentpicture scaled mg;fi;"| - -\bugonpage C333, bottom two lines become one (11/11/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| if unknown scale: scale := max(1,round(pixels_per_inch/300)); fi| - -\bugonpage C339, line 3 (05/21/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -ing `\char'31', `\char'32', -`\char'33', and~`\char'34') and the uppercase letters (including -`\char'35', `\char'36', and~`\char'37') are\cutpar - -\bugonpage C341, line 14 from the bottom (11/11/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent -prints the |\table| and the |\text|; ^|\bigtest| gives -you the works, plus a mysterious word\cutpar - -\bugonpage C345 and following, selected amendments to the index (01/20/21) - -\eightpoint -*|,| (comma), 57, 72, 73, 129, 155, 165--167, 171, 211--213, 218, 317, 318.\par -`A', 10--11, 163, 164, 248, 302--303.\par -\<addto command>, 118, $\underline{220}$.\par -bell-shaped distribution, $\underline{183}$, 251.\par -|black|, 270, 332--333.\par -\<code> and \<code label>, $\underline{317}$.\par -concatenation, of paths, {\it70}--{\it71}, {\it123}, 127--129, $\underline{130}$, 137, {\it245}, {\it266}.\par -\quad of strings, {\it69}, 73, 84--85, $\underline{187}$, {\it278}, {\it286}, {\it312}.\par -*|directiontime|, {\it135}, $\underline{\it136}$, 211, 245, 265, {\it298}.\par -distance, 76, 84, {\sl see also\/} |length|.\par -|dotprod|, {\it68}--{\it69}, 178, {\it238}, 265.\par -efficiency, 39, 99, 116, 141, 144, 147, 228, 230, 234, 244, 264, 265, 277, 291, 297, 298.\par -empty option in {\bf for\/} list, 171, $\underline{172}$, {\it299}.\par -forbidden tokens, 173, $\underline{218}$--$\underline{219}$, 286.\par -*|from|, $\underline{191}$, 220, {\it252}, {\it277}, {\it312}.\par -Giotto di Bondone, 139.\par -independent variables, $\underline{81}$--$\underline{83}$, 88, 224, 226, 299.\par -|\init|, $\underline{337}$, 342.\par -internal quantities, 54--55, 88, 218, 262, 265--266.\par -*|inwindow|, $\underline{191}$, 220, {\it277}.\par -\<keep or drop>, $\underline{118}$, 220.\par -|labels|, {\it107}, $\underline{274}$, 327--328.\par -*|length|, {\it66}, {\it69}, 72, 210, 238.\par -*|ligtable|, {\it97}, {\it305}--{\it306}, $\underline{316}$--$\underline{317}$.\par -loops, 169, 171--173, 179, 226--227, 259, 290--291, 299.\par -`N', 184--185, 302--303.\par -\<numeric token primary>, 72, $\underline{211}$.\par -|o|, {\it23}, {\it34}, $\underline{93}$, 197, 200, 204, 240, 302.\par -`O', 32--37, 161, 199, 302--303.\par -overshoot, 23, 34, 93, 197, 200, 204, 302.\par -|penpos|, {\it26}--{\it29}, 37, 80, {\it103}, {\it162}, $\underline{273}$, 310.\par -pens, 21--29, 147--152, 297--298.\par -*|rotated|, {\it21}--{\it22}, {\it25}, 27, 44, {\it68}, 73, {\it107}, {\it114}, {\it117}, $\underline{141}$, 213, {\it238}.\par -|rule|, 274, 328.\par -*|scaled|, {\it21}--{\it23}, {\it68}, 73, $\underline{141}$, 213, 244, 291.\par -*|showstopping|, 211, 219, {\it227}, 230, {\it262}.\par -string expressions, {\it69}, 187--189, 258, 286.\par -\<suffix list>, $\underline{171}$, 236.\par -sum, of vectors, 9, {\it68}.\par -|test.mf|, 311--313.\par -\TeX, 1, 34, 40, 91, 96, 98, 101--103, 315, 336--343, 361.\par -text arguments, 219, 288--291, 299.\par -|.tfm|, 39, 315--321, 333, 335.\par -*|to|, $\underline{191}$, 220, {\it252}, {\it277}, {\it312}.\par -undelimited suffix parameters, $\underline{167}$, 176, 266, 270.\par -|undraw|, 113, 118, 120, {\it242}, $\underline{271}$.\par -|unitsquare|, {\it116}, 123--124, 128, 132, 136, $\underline{263}$.\par -*|unknown|, $\underline{170}$, 210.\par -unknown quantities, nonnumeric, 84--85, 143.\par -values, disappearance of, 56, 83, 88, 156--157, 177--178, 218, 239, 299.\par -\<vardef heading>, 165, $\underline{178}$.\par -*|xscaled|, {\it21}--{\it22}, {\it68}, 73, $\underline{141}$, 213, 244, 291.\par - - - - % Volume D -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage Dv, line 16 (01/16/21) - -\tenpoint\noindent -\kern12.5mm I believe that the final bug in \MF\ was discovered on January\cutpar - -\bugonpage Dv, bottom two lines (01/16/21) - -\eightpoint\noindent -corporates all of those changes. -I~now believe that the final bug was discovered on 03 July 2020 -and removed in version 2.71828182. % on 16 January 2021 -The finder's fee has converged to \$327.68. - -\hsize=35pc - -\bugonpage D2, last line of \S2 (01/15/21) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$$\hbox{{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\.{\char`\'This\]is\]METAFONT,\]Version\]2.71828182\char`\'}$\quad -$\{\,$printed when \MF\ starts$\,\}$}$$ - -\bugonpage D14, line 1 of \S30 (05/05/14) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 20.} \quad The \\{input\_ln} function brings the next line of input from the specified -file into available\cutpar - -\bugonpage D21, line 8 of \S47 (10/11/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -$g$: \\{str\_number};\quad$\{\,$the string just created$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D27, lines 3 and 4 of \S61 (04/02/17) - -\tenpoint\noindent -is not serious since we assume that this -part of the program is system dependent. - -\bugonpage D28, line 7 (04/02/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf var} $k$: $0\dts23$;\quad$\{\,$index to current digit; we assume - that $\vert n\vert<10^{23}\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D32, line 2 of \S78 becomes two lines (06/27/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf loop begin} \\{continue}: {\bf if} $\\{interaction}\ne\\{error\_stop\_mode}$ - {\bf then return};\par -\noindent\qquad -\\{clear\_for\_error\_prompt}; \ \\{prompt\_input}(\.{"?\]"}); - -\bugonpage D32, line 11 of \S79 (07/03/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -\.{"E"}: {\bf if} $\\{file\_ptr}>0$ {\bf then if} - $\\{input\_stack}[\\{file\_ptr}].\\{name\_field}\ge256$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage D33, line 5 of \S80 (07/03/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf if} $\\{file\_ptr}>0$ {\bf then}\par -\noindent\qquad -{\bf if} $\\{input\_stack}[\\{file\_ptr}].\\{name\_field}\ge256$ {\bf then} -\\{print}(\.{"E\]to\]edit\]your\]file."} - -\bugonpage D37, line 9 of \S93 (08/07/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad -(\.{"Try\]to\]insert\]an\]instruction\]for\]me\](e.g.,\]% - \char`\`I\]show\]x;\char`\'),"}) - -\bugonpage D82, line 2 from the bottom (09/19/19) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf define} $\\{boundary\_char}=41$\quad$\{\,$the boundary character for ligatures$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D85, lines 3 and 4 of \S194 {(and \S194 actually moves to page D86)} (12/11/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -information, something special -is needed. The program here simply assumes that suitable values appear in -the global variables \\{sys\_time}, \\{sys\_day}, \\{sys\_month}, and -\\{sys\_year} (which are initialized to noon on 4 July 1776, -in case the implementor is careless). - -\bugonpage D85, the final six lines of \S194 {(and \S194 actually moves to page D86)} (12/11/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf procedure} \\{fix\_date\_and\_time};\par -\noindent\quad{\bf begin} -$\\{sys\_time}\gets12\ast60$; \ -$\\{sys\_day}\gets4$; \ -$\\{sys\_month}\gets7$; \ -$\\{sys\_year}\gets1776$;\quad -$\{\,$self-evident truths$\,\}$\par -\noindent\quad$\\{internal}[\\{time}]\gets\\{sys\_time}\ast\\{unity}$;\quad - $\{\,$minutes since midnight$\,\}$\par -\noindent\quad$\\{internal}[\\{day}]\gets\\{sys\_day}\ast\\{unity}$;\quad$\{\,$day of the month$\,\}$\par -\noindent\quad$\\{internal}[\\{month}]\gets\\{sys\_month}\ast\\{unity}$;\quad$\{\,$month of the year$\,\}$\par -\noindent\quad$\\{internal}[\\{year}]\gets\\{sys\_year}\ast\\{unity}$;\quad$\{\,$Anno Domini$\,\}$\par -\noindent\quad{\bf end}; - -\bugonpage D86, replacement for \S196 (12/11/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 196.}\quad Of course we had better declare a few more global variables, -if the previous routines are going to work. -\smallskip -\ninepoint\noindent -$\langle\,$Global variables {\sevenrm\kern.5em13}$\,\rangle+\equiv$\par -\noindent\\{old\_setting}: $0\dts\\{max\_selector}$;\par -\noindent\\{sys\_time}, \\{sys\_day}, \\{sys\_month}, \\{sys\_year}: \\{integer}; -\quad$\{\,$date and time supplied by external system$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D97, line 2 of \S221 (05/26/17) - -\tenpoint\noindent -the definition of attribute nodes) that -it is convenient to let $\\{info}(p)=0$ stand for `\.{[]}'. - -\goodbreak -\bugonpage D148, line 7 (06/12/18) - -\tenpoint\noindent -but the $\log n$ factor is buried in our -implicit restriction on the maximum raster size.) The\cutpar - -\bugonpage D237, line 5 of \S513 (05/26/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf for} $n\gets0$ {\bf to} $\\{n1}-\\{n0}-1$ {\bf do} $\\{env\_move}[n]\gets\\{mm0}$; - -\bugonpage D250, line 2 of \S534 (05/26/17) - -\tenpoint\noindent -direction $\bigl(\\{right\_u}(p),\\{left\_v}(q)\bigr)$; -and there's a line of length $\ge\\{delta}$ from vertex~$q$ to vertex~$r$,\cutpar - -\bugonpage D296, line 11 (06/23/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -\\{name} points to the \\{eqtb} address of the macro -being expanded, if the current token list\cutpar - -\bugonpage D324, line 13 of \S713 (12/20/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad\quad -\\{help2}(\.{"After\]\char`\`exitif\]<boolean\]expr>\char`\'\]I\]expect\]to\]see\]a\]% -semicolon."}) - -\bugonpage D326, line 5 from the bottom (06/23/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad\qquad -$\{\,$invokes a user-defined sequence of commands$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D334, lines 1 and 2 of \S742 (10/25/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 742.} \ Here is a procedure that ignores text until coming to an {\bf elseif}, -{\bf else}, or {\bf fi} at the current level of {\bf if}$\,\ldots\,${\bf fi} -nesting. After it has acted, \\{cur\_mod} will indicate the token that -was found. - -\bugonpage D339, line 4 of \S757 (06/16/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent\quad -(A user who tries some shenanigan like `{\bf for} $\ldots$ {\bf let} {\bf endfor}' -will be foiled by the \\{get\_symbol}\cutpar - -\bugonpage D351, lines 2--7 of \S536 become five lines (12/11/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf begin} \\{wlog}(\\{banner}); -\\{slow\_print}(\\{format\_ident}); -\\{print}(\.{"\]\]"}); -\\{print\_int}(\\{sys\_day}); -\\{print\_char}(\.{"\]"});\par -\noindent\quad -$\\{months}\gets\.{\char`\'JANFEBMARAPRMAYJUNJULAUGSEPOCTNOVDEC\char`\'}$;\par -\noindent\quad -{\bf for} $k\gets3\ast\\{sys\_month}-2$ {\bf to} $3\ast\\{sys\_month}$ -{\bf do} \\{wlog}(\\{months}[$k$]);\par -\noindent\quad -\\{print\_char}(\.{"\]"}); -\\{print\_int}(\\{sys\_year}); -\\{print\_char}(\.{"\]"}); -\\{print\_two}(\\{sys\_time} {\bf div} 60); -\\{print\_char}(\.{":"});\par -\noindent\quad -\\{print\_two}(\\{sys\_time} {\bf mod} 60); - -\bugonpage D352, line 2 of \S793 becomes two lines (10/29/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -command is being processed. -Beware: For historic reasons, this code foolishly conserves a tiny bit -of string pool space; but that can confuse the interactive `\.E' option. - -\bugonpage D352, line 5 from the bottom (10/29/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf if} $\\{name}=\\{str\_ptr}-1$ {\bf then} -\ $\{\,$conserve string pool space (but see note above)$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D354, line 2 from the bottom (07/29/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -$\\{cur\_type}=\\{path\_type}$ means that \\{cur\_exp} points to the first -node of -a path; nobody else points\cutpar - -\bugonpage D469, lines 18--20 of \S1093 (09/19/19) - -\tenpoint\noindent -so-called boundary character of this font; -the value of \\{next\_char} need not lie between \\{bc} and~\\{ec}. -If the very last instruction of the \\{lig\_kern} array has $\\{skip% -\_byte}=255$, -there is a special ligature/kerning program for a boundary character at the -left, beginning at location $256\ast\\{op\_byte}+$\cutpar - -\bugonpage D469, line 30 of \S1093 (01/15/21) - -\tenpoint\noindent -tional halt; no ligature or kerning command is performed. - -\bugonpage D471, lines 20 and 21 (08/07/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{param}: {\bf array} $[1\dts\\{max\_font\_dimen}]$ {\bf of} -\\{scaled};\quad$\{\,${\bf fontdimen} parameters$\,\}$\par\noindent -\\{np}: $0\dts\\{max\_font\_dimen}$;\quad$\{\,$the largest {\bf fontdimen} parameter -specified so far$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D474, line 2 from the bottom (08/07/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad\qquad -\\{help1}(\.{"A\]colon\]should\]follow\]a\]headerbyte\]or\]fontdimen\]location."}); -\\{back\_error}; - -\bugonpage D508, line 3 of \S1189. (10/05/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent -to be in the range $a\le x\le b$. -System error messages should be suppressed when undumping. - -\bugonpage D516, line 6 (10/15/20) - -\tenpoint\noindent\quad -If \\{final\_cleanup} is bypassed, this program doesn't bother to -close the input files that may still be open. - -\bugonpage D519, line 17 (01/15/21) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -\\{fix\_date\_and\_time}; -$\\{init\_randoms}(\\{sys\_time}+\\{sys\_day}*\\{unity})$; - -\bugonpage D520, line 18 of \S1212 becomes two lines (10/05/20) - -\ninepoint\noindent\quad -{\bf begin} \\{clear\_terminal};\par -\noindent\quad -{\bf loop} - -\bugonpage D520, lines 11 and 12 from the bottom of \S1212 - become three lines (04/02/17) - -\ninepoint\noindent\qquad\qquad -{\bf begin goto} \\{breakpoint};\par -\noindent\qquad\qquad\quad$\{\,$go to every declared label at least once$\,\}$\par -\noindent\qquad\quad\\{breakpoint}: $m\gets0$; - \.{@\char`\{\char`\'BREAKPOINT\char`\'@\char`\}} - -\bugonpage D566, the bottom five lines (05/14/19) - -\tenpoint\noindent -they occupy in a typical production system -(executable code size for dark blocks, global data size for light blocks). -In this way the chart indicates a total of about -$8\times22=176${\ninerm K} bytes of memory, plus -$8\times15=120${\ninerm K} for the -dynamic memory region not shown explicitly. The dynamic memory -is often considerably larger in practice, because it is desirable to -accommodate large macro packages and large pictures. - - - % volume E -\hsize=29pc - -\newbox\shorthyf \setbox\shorthyf=\hbox{-\kern-.05em} -\mathchardef\period=`\. -{\catcode`\-=\active \global\def-{\copy\shorthyf\mkern3.9mu} - \catcode`\.=\active \global\def.{\period\mkern3mu}} -\def\8#1{\mathrel{\mathcode`\.="8000 \mathcode`\-="8000 - #1\unkern}} % `..' and `--' - - - \bye diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.three b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.three deleted file mode 100644 index d4a0afaccd8..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.three +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1898 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting - -\input manmac -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\par}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\noindent This is a list of all corrections made to {\sl Computers \& -Typesetting}, Volumes A--E\null, between the date of publication -(May, 1986) and 15~June 1987. -It also includes corrections made to -the softcover version of {\sl The \TeX book}, beginning with the -sixth printing (January 1986); these are the same as corrections to -Volume~A\null. Corrections to the softcover version of {\sl The -\slMF\kern1ptbook\/} are the same as corrections to Volume~C\null. - % volume A -\bugonpage A7, fourth line from the bottom (6/28/86) - -\tenpoint\line{% -since control sequences of the second kind always have exactly one -symbol after} - -\bugonpage A35, second-last line (1/31/87) - -\rightline{\eightssi He may run who reads.} -\smallskip -\rightline{\eightss--- HABAKKUK 2\thinspace:\thinspace2 (c.~600 B.C.)} -\smallskip -\rightline{\eightssi He that runs may read.} - -\bugonpage A43, lines 8--9 (8/23/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -of Appendix B\null, which defines |%| to be a special kind of symbol so that you -can use it for comments, defines the control sequence |\%| to mean -a percent sign. - -\bugonpage A45, lines 10--13 (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\TeX\ adds~64. Hence -code 127 can be typed |^^?|, and -the dangerous bend sign can be obtained by saying -|{\manual^^?}|. However, you must change the category code of character -127 before using it, since this character ordinarily has category~15 -(^{invalid}); say, e.g., |\catcode`\^^?=12|. -The |^^| notation is different from |\char|, because |^^|\cutpar - -\bugonpage A76, line 7 (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint -\noindent -and extra space; for example, these quantities are -$3.33333\pt$, $1.66666\pt$, $1.11111\pt$,\cutpar - -\bugonpage A83, bottom line (5/19/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent[This line should be flush right.] - -\bugonpage A111, 7th-last line, right-hand column (2/15/87) - -\ninepoint -if $b=10000$ and $-10000<p<10000$ and $q<10000$; - -\bugonpage A117, second-last line (6/10/87) - -\eightpoint -marks; sometimes also |$\|\||$| ($\Vert$). -You can say, e.g., `|\footnote\dag{...}|'. - -\bugonpage A124, lines 6--11 (2/26/87) - -\begingroup \def\n{\thinspace$n$} -\ninepoint\noindent -of insertion; an additional `|\penalty-10000|' item is assumed -to be present at the end of the vertical list, to ensure that a legal -breakpoint exists.) \ Let $u$ be the natural height plus depth of that -least-cost box, and let $r$ be the penalty associated with the optimum -breakpoint. Decrease $g$ by~$uf$, and increase $q$ by~$r$. \ (If -|\tracingpages||=1|, the log file should now get a cryptic message that says -`|% split|\n\ |to| $v$|,|$u$ |p=|$r$'. For~example, -\begintt -% split254 to 180.2,175.3 p=100 -\endtt -\endgroup - -\bugonpage A158, lines 6--8 (2/20/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent the -second atom, which has subscript~$i$; the superscripts are empty except for the -last atom, whose superscript is~$\overline{n+1}$. This superscript is -itself a math list consisting of one atom, whose nucleus is~$n+1$; and that -nucleus is a math list consisting of three atoms. - -\bugonpage A171, line 20 (1/26/86) - -\ninepoint\line{% -will be surrounded by more space than there would be -if that subformula were enclosed} - -\bugonpage A176, line 1 (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint -You can insert `|\noalign||{|$\langle$vertical mode -material$\rangle$|}|' just after any \kern-1pt|\cr| within\cutpar - -\bugonpage A248, line 17 (6/17/86) - -\ninepoint -`|&|' or `|\span|' or `|\cr|', it needs some way to decide which -alignment is involved.\cutpar - -\bugonpage A249, line 20 (6/17/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -line (see Chapter~8). -If you don't want a~|\cr| at the end of a certain line, -just type\cutpar - -\bugonpage A276, line 19 (1/27/86) - -\ninepoint\vskip-3pt -\beginsyntax - \alt^|\font|<control sequence><equals><file name><at clause> - \alt<global assignment> -\endsyntax -[The bottom line of p.~276 will now move to the top of p.~277.] - -\bugonpage A277, lines 31--32 (1/27/86) - -\ninepoint -\beginsyntax -<font assignment>\is^|\fontdimen|<number><font><equals><dimen> -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage A286, sixth-last line (4/28/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\sfcode| table as described in Chapter~12; characters numbered 128 -to~255 set the\cutpar - -\bugonpage A287, line 19 (2/15/87) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{$\bull$}|\-|.\enskip -This ``discretionary hyphen'' command is defined in Appendix H. - -\bugonpage A292, lines 9--10 (2/15/87) - -\ninepoint -\textindent{$\bull$}|\-|.\enskip -This command is usually equivalent to `|\discretionary{-}{}{}|'; the `|-|' is -therefore interpreted as a ^{hyphen}, not as a minus sign. -\ (See Appendix~H.) - -\bugonpage A308, lines 25--26 (6/1/87) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\def\appendroman#1#2#3{\edef#1{\csname|\parbreak -| \expandafter\gobble\string#2\romannumeral#3\endcsname}}| - -\bugonpage A312, lines 10--14 (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint -\ansno12.11: The interline glue will be zero, and the natural height is -$1+1-3+2=1\pt$ (because the depth of\/ |\box2| isn't included in the natural -height); so the glue will ultimately become |\vskip-1pt| when it's set. -Thus, |\box3| is $3\pt$ high, $2\pt$ deep, $4\pt$ wide. Its reference -point coincides with that of\/ |\box2|; to get to the reference point -of\/ |\box1| you go up $2\pt$ and right $3\pt$. - -\bugonpage A312, line 21 (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -up $4\pt$ to get to the upper left corner of -|\box4|; then down $-1.6\pt$, i.e., up $1.6\pt$, to\cutpar - -\bugonpage A319, line 20 (31/3/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -make ordinary periods act like |\cdot| symbols: Just define -|\mathcode`.| to be |"0201|,\cutpar - -\bugonpage A328, lines 18--19 (5/14/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -not performed -while the expansion is taking place, and the control sequences following -|\def| are expanded; so the result is an infinite string -\begintt -A\def A\def A\def A\def A\def A\def A\def A\def A... -\endtt - -\bugonpage A329, lines 14--15 (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint -\ansno20.5: The |##| feature is indispensable when the replacement text of -a definition contains other definitions. For example, consider - -\bugonpage A356, lines 6--7 (1/30/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \spaceskip=.3333em \xspaceskip=.5em\relax}|\hfil\break -|\def\ttraggedright{\tt\rightskip=0pt plus2em\relax}| - -\bugonpage A356, line 33 (6/1/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char'26}\vss}\hidewidth}}| - -\bugonpage A357, tenth-last line (10/13/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\let\sp=^ \let\sb=_ {\catcode`\_=\active \global\let_=\_}| - -\bugonpage A357, third-last and second-last lines (2/17/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\pr@m@s{\ifx'\next\let\nxt\pr@@@s \else\ifx^\next\let\nxt\pr@@@t|% -\hfil\break\strut -| \else\let\nxt\egroup\fi\fi \nxt}| - -\bugonpage A364, fifth-last line (1/30/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\fmtname{plain}\def\fmtversion{2.3} % identifies the current format| - -\bugonpage A368, bottom line (2/26/86) - -\ninepoint -\line{that includes the symbols -{\tentex\char'30},~{\tentex\char1}, {\tentex\char'32}, {\tentex\char'34}, -and~{\tentex\char'35}, and he finds that this makes it much more} - -\bugonpage A396, line 13 (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint -| \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=10000| - -\bugonpage A414, line 10 (3/4/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\font\titlefont=cmssdc10 at 40pt % titles in chapter openings| - -\bugonpage A427, line 7 (2/23/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -the author's book -{\sl Computer Modern Typefaces}.) - -\bugonpage A428, lines 18--20 (6/15/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -The first eight of these all have essentially the same layout; -but |cmr5| needs no ligatures, and many of the symbols of |cmti10| -have different shapes. -For example, the ^{ampersand} becomes an `^{E.T.}', and the -^{dollar} changes to ^{pound} ^{sterling}: - -\bugonpage A434, lines 25--28 (8/17/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -from |\nu|~($\nu$). Similarly, -|\varsigma|~($\varsigma$) should not be confused with |\zeta|~($\zeta$). -It turns out that |\varsigma| and |\upsilon| are almost never used in -math formulas; they are included in plain \TeX\ primarily because they are -sometimes needed in short Greek citations (cf.~Appendix~J). - -\bugonpage A447, line 32 (6/1/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -ters -also affect mathematical typesetting: -dimension parameters - \hbox{|\delimitershortfall|}\cutpar - -\bugonpage A455, new paragraph to follow line 9 (2/15/87) - -\begingroup -\hyphenpenalty=-1000 \pretolerance=-1 \tolerance=1000 -\doublehyphendemerits=-100000 \finalhyphendemerits=-100000 -\ddanger The control sequence ^|\-| is equivalent to -|\discretionary{\char|$\,h$|}{}{}|, where $h$ is the -^|\hyphenchar| of the current font, provided that $h$ lies -between 0 and~255. Otherwise |\-| is equivalent to |\discretionary{}{}{}|. - -\endgroup % end the special hyphenation conventions - -\bugonpage A457, left column, fifth-last line (2/17/87) - -\eightpoint\indent\qquad 155, 201, {\it 305}, 324, $\underline{357}$, 394--395; - -\bugonpage A458, left column, line 6 (2/15/87) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt\char`\\-} (discretionary hyphen), 95, 283, 287,\par -\indent\qquad 292, $\underline{455}$. - -\bugonpage A458, left column, near the bottom (5/19/87) - -\eightpoint {\tt!} (exclamation point), 51, -{\it 72}, 73, 75, {\it 169}. -\nobreak\medskip\noindent[This saves a line that otherwise would make -the index too long on page 481!] - -\bugonpage A458, right column, line 10 (11/27/86) - -\eightpoint {\tt\char`\~} -(tilde), 38, 51, 343, $\underline{353}$; {\sl see also\/} ties. - -\bugonpage A458, right column (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt\char`\\accent} (general accent), 9, 54, 86, 283, $\underline{286}$. - -\bugonpage A461, entry for boxes (3/16/87) - -\eightpoint boxes, 63--67, 77--83, 221--229. - -\bugonpage A461, entry for {\tt\char`\\centering} (1/28/86) - -\eightpoint {\tt\char`\\centering}, $\underline{347}$, 348, 362. - -\bugonpage A462, entry for \<code assignment> (1/27/86) - -\eightpoint \<code assignment>, $\underline{277}$. - -\bugonpage A464, left column, line 3 (2/15/87) - -\eightpoint -discretionary hyphens, 28, 95--96, 453, $\underline{455}$. - -\bugonpage A465, right column, line 8 (5/3/87) - -\eightpoint -expansion of expandable tokens, 212--216, 238, - -\bugonpage A466, entry for {\tt\char`\\font}, second line (1/27/86) - -\eightpoint \indent\qquad 271, $\underline{276}$. - -\bugonpage A466, new entry (2/3/87) - -\eightpoint \indent\<fontdef token>, $\underline{271}$. - -\bugonpage A467, entry for {\tt\char`\\hideskip} (1/28/86) - -\eightpoint {\tt\char`\\hideskip}, $\underline{347}$, 348, 354. - -\bugonpage A468, left column line 2 (2/15/87) - -\eightpoint\indent\qquad 351, 395, {\it 414}, 454, 455. - -\bugonpage A470, entry for {\tt manfnt} (1/15/86) - -\eightpoint {\tt manfnt}, 44, 408, 414. - -\bugonpage A471, entry for {\tt\char`\\medbreak} (10/13/86) - -\eightpoint {\tt\char`\\medbreak}, 111, 113, $\underline{353}$, - {\it355}, {\it419}, {\it422}. - -\bugonpage A471, entry for {\tt\char`\\moveright} (2/27/87) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt\char`\\moveright}, 80--81, {\it 221}, $\underline{282}$. - -\bugonpage A471, entry for Mozart, second line (3/19/86) - -\eightpoint \indent\qquad Gottlieb (= Theophilus = Amadeus), 409. - -\bugonpage A472, the entry for {\tt\char`\\not} (2/12/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[The overprinting here is intentional, since {\tt\char`\\not} is a -character of width zero. More than a dozen people have reported this -as an error, but it is not!] - -\bugonpage A477, entry for {\tt\char`\\span} (5/3/87) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt\char`\\span}, 215, 238, $\underline{243}$, {\it244}, $\underline{245}$, -248, 249,\par -\indent\qquad 282, {\it330}, 385. - -\bugonpage A479, entry for ties, second line (11/27/86) - -\eightpoint \indent\qquad {\it173}, 353, {\it404}. - -\bugonpage A480, changes to various entries (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint -\newbox\astbox \setbox\astbox=\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}} -\def\prim#1{\par\indent\copy\astbox{\tt\char`\\#1}} -\prim{underline}, {\it130--131}, 141, 291, $\underline{443}$. -\prim{unhbox}, 120, 283, $\underline{285}$, {\it354}, {\it356}, {\it361}, - {\it399}. -\prim{unhcopy}, 120, 283, $\underline{285}$, {\it353}. -\prim{unkern}, $\underline{280}$. -\prim{unpenalty}, $\underline{280}$. -\prim{unskip}, 222--223, $\underline{280}$, 286, {\it313}, {\it392}, - {\it418--419}. -\prim{unvbox}, 120, 254, $\underline{282}$, 286, {\it354}, {\it361}, - {\it363}, {\it364}, {\it392}, {\it399}, {\it417}. -\prim{unvcopy}, 120, $\underline{282}$, 286, {\it361}. -\prim{vadjust}, 95, 105, 109, 110, 117, 259, $\underline{281}$, 393, 454. -\prim{valign}, 249, 283, $\underline{285}$--$\underline{286}$, 302, - {\it335}, {\it397}. -\prim{vcenter}, 150--151, 159, 170, 193, 222, 242, -\prim{vfil}, 71, $\underline{72}$, 111, 256, 281, 286, 417. -\prim{vfill}, 24, 25, 71, $\underline{72}$, 256--257, 281, 286. -\prim{vfilneg}, $\underline{72}$, 111, 281, 286.\par -|\voidb@x|, $\underline{347}$, 348. - -\bugonpage A481, left column (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt\char`\\vss}, 71, $\underline{72}$, {\it 255}, 281, 286. - - % volume B -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\buginvol B, in general (7/28/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -[A number of entries were mistakenly omitted from the mini-indexes -on the right-hand pages. Here is a combined list of all the missing -items; you can mount it inside the back cover, say, as a secondary mini-index -when the first one fails\dots\ ] - -\nobreak\medskip -\setbox0=\vbox{\eightpoint \hsize=11pc \catcode`\_=\active \let_=\_ - \rightskip=0pt plus 100pt minus 10pt - \pretolerance 10000 - \hyphenpenalty 10000 \exhyphenpenalty 10000 - \noindent\vbox to1pt{}\par % 1pt = \topskip - \ninept - \def\{\hbox{\bf#1\/}} % boldface type for reserved words - \obeylines - \def\makeref #1 #2 #3#4 - {\nn=#2 \hangindent=1em \noindent\\{#1}% - \if#3:: \else\unhcopy\eqbox \fi#4, \S\number\nn.\par} - \makeref active_base 222 =$1$ - \makeref aux 213 =macro - \makeref begin_name 515 :\&{procedure} - \makeref big_switch 1030 =$60$ - \makeref choice_node 689 =$15$ - \makeref cur_boundary 271 :$0\to \\{save\_size}$ - \makeref cur_c 724 :\\{quarterword} - \makeref cur_group 271 :\\{group\_code} - \makeref cur_i 724 :\\{four\_quarters} - \makeref cur_level 271 :\\{quarterword} - \makeref do_extension 1348 :\&{procedure} - \makeref dvi_buf 595 :\&{array} - \makeref dvi_gone 595 :\\{integer} - \makeref dvi_limit 595 :\\{dvi\_index} - \makeref dvi_offset 595 :\\{integer} - \makeref dvi_ptr 595 :\\{dvi\_index} - \makeref end_graf 1096 :\&{procedure} - \makeref error 82 :\&{procedure} - \makeref error_stop_mode 73 =$3$ - \makeref font_base 12 =$0$ - \makeref font_info 549 :\&{array} - \makeref get_token 365 :\&{procedure} - \makeref glue_base 222 =$2626$ - \makeref half_buf 595 :\\{dvi\_index} - \makeref handle_right_brace 1068 :\&{procedure} - \makeref hash_base 222 =$258$ - \makeref head 213 =macro - \makeref hyf_distance 921 :\&{array} - \makeref hyf_next 921 :\&{array} - \makeref hyf_num 921 :\&{array} - \makeref index 302 =macro - \makeref inf 448 :\\{boolean} - \makeref init_col 788 :\&{procedure} - \makeref init_span 787 :\&{procedure} - \makeref input_ln 31 :\&{function} - \makeref interaction 73 :$0\to 3$ - \makeref limit 302 =macro - \makeref line_width 830 :\\{scaled} - \makeref macro_call 389 :\&{procedure} - \makeref main_control 1030 :\&{procedure} - \makeref mem 116 :\&{array} - \makeref mem_bot 12 =$0$ - \makeref mem_end 118 :\\{pointer} - \makeref mem_top 12 =macro - \makeref mlist_to_hlist 726 :\&{procedure} - \makeref mode 213 =macro - \makeref mode_line 213 =macro - \makeref more_name 516 :\&{function} - \makeref mu 448 :\\{boolean} - \makeref name 302 =macro - \makeref nest 213 :\&{array} - \makeref off_save 1064 :\&{procedure} - \makeref open_log_file 534 :\&{procedure} - \makeref output_active 989 :\\{boolean} - \makeref p 498 :\\{pointer} - \makeref param_stack 308 :\&{array} - \makeref pool_file 50 :\\{alpha\_file} - \makeref pool_ptr 39 :\\{pool\_pointer} - \makeref prefixed_command 1211 :\&{procedure} - \makeref prev_depth 213 =macro - \makeref prev_graf 213 =macro - \makeref prev_prev_r 830 :\\{pointer} - \makeref print_err 73 =macro - \makeref r 960 :\\{trie\_pointer} - \makeref reconstitute 906 :\&{function} - \makeref resume_after_display 1200 :\&{procedure} - \makeref save_ptr 271 :$0\to \\{save\_size}$ - \makeref save_stack 271 :\&{array} - \makeref scan_dimen 448 :\&{procedure} - \makeref scan_math 1151 :\&{procedure} - \makeref short_display 174 :\&{procedure} - \makeref show_node_list 182 :\&{procedure} - \makeref start 302 =macro - \makeref state 302 =macro - \makeref str_pool 39 :\&{packed}\ \&{array} - \makeref str_ptr 39 :\\{str\_number} - \makeref str_start 39 :\&{array} - \makeref tail 213 =macro - \makeref trap_zero_glue 1229 :\&{procedure} - \makeref trie 921 :\&{array} - \makeref trie_char 921 =macro - \makeref trie_link 921 =macro - \makeref trie_op 921 =macro - \makeref vlist_out 629 :\&{procedure} - \makeref write_loc 1345 :\\{pointer} - } -\hbox{\nsize=\ht0 \advance\nsize-\topskip - \divide\nsize by 3 \divide\nsize by\ninept - \multiply\nsize by\ninept \advance\nsize\topskip - \vsplit0 to\nsize \kern1pc - \msize=\ht0 \advance\msize-\topskip - \divide\msize by 2 \divide\msize by\ninept - \multiply\msize by\ninept \advance\msize\topskip - \vbox to\nsize{\vsplit0 to\msize\vss}\kern1pc - \vbox to\nsize{\box0\vss}} - -\buginvol B, in general (4/6/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent[The percent signs in all the comments (for example, -on pages 7 and 50) are in the wrong font! Change `{\tt\%}' to `\%'.] - -\bugonpage Bvi, bottom line, and top line of next page (10/12/86) - -{\hsize=29pc -\tenpoint\noindent -puter Science Report 1097 (Stanford, California, April 1986), 146~pp. -\ {\it The {\sltt WEB} programs for four utility programs that are -often used with \TeX: {\sltt POOLtype}, {\sltt TFtoPL}, -{\sltt PLtoTF}, and {\sltt DVItype}.} -\par} - -\bugonpage B2, line 32 (4/22/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]TeX,\]Version\]2.2\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \TeX\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B7, new line after line 25 (1/28/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if} $\\{max\_in\_open}\ge128$ {\bf then} $\\{bad}\gets6$; - -\bugonpage B13, first three lines (4/7/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -The `\\{name}' parameter, which is of type `{\bf packed array -$[\langle\\{any}\rangle]$ of \\{char}}', stands for the name of -the external file that is being opened for input or output. -Blank spaces that might appear in \\{name} are ignored. - -\bugonpage B14, line 30 (4/7/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 31.\quad}% -The \\{input\_ln} function brings the next line of input from the specified -file into available\cutpar - -\bugonpage B18, line 30 (5/22/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{str\_ptr}: \\{str\_number};\quad -$\{\,$number of the current string being created$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B21, first line of mini-index, right column (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint -\indent\\{pool\_name}\unhcopy\eqbox|"string"|, \S11. - -\bugonpage B34, lines 5--6 (6/14/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -to delete a token, and/or if some fatal error -occurs while \TeX\ is trying to fix a non-fatal one. But such recursion -is never more than two levels deep. - -\bugonpage B55, lines 12--13 (4/21/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if} $r=p$ {\bf then if} $\\{rlink}(p)\ne p$ {\bf then} - $\langle\,$Allocate entire node $p$ and {\bf goto} \\{found}% - {\sevenrm\kern.5em129}$\,\rangle$; - -\bugonpage B57, lines 25--28 (6/14/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -The first of these has $\\{font}=\\{font\_base}$, and its \\{link} -points to the second; -the second identifies the font and the character dimensions. -The saving feature about oriental characters is that most of them have -the same box dimensions. The \\{character} field of the first \\{char\_node} -is a ``\\{charext}'' that distinguishes between graphic symbols whose -dimensions are identical for typesetting purposes. (See the \MF\ manual.) -Such an extension of \TeX\ would not be difficult; further details are -left to the reader. - -\bugonpage B58, second line of section 136 (7/23/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -the values corresponding to `|\hbox{}|'. The \\{subtype} field is set to -\\{min\_quarterword}, since that's\cutpar - -\bugonpage B66, lines 2--8 (4/21/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -location is -more efficient than dynamic allocation when we can get away with it. For -example, locations \\{mem\_bot} to $\\{mem\_bot}+3$ are always used to store the -specification for glue that is `\hbox{\tt 0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}'. The -following macro definitions accomplish the static allocation by giving -symbolic names to the fixed positions. Static variable-size nodes appear -in locations \\{mem\_bot} through \\{lo\_mem\_stat\_max}, and static -single-word nodes appear in locations \\{hi\_mem\_stat\_min} through -\\{mem\_top}, inclusive. It is harmless to let \\{lig\_trick} and -\\{garbage} share the same location of \\{mem}. - -\bugonpage B67, line 23 (4/13/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -$\{\,$previous \\{mem\_end}, \\{lo\_mem\_max}, and \\{hi\_mem\_min}$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B71, line 17 (4/15/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin while} $p>\\{mem\_min}$ {\bf do} - -\smallskip\eightpoint\noindent[Now \\{null} can be removed from the mini-index.] - -\bugonpage B74, line 24 (4/15/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf procedure} \\{show\_node\_list}($p\;{:}\;\\{integer}$);\quad -$\{\,$prints a node list symbolically$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B74, line 33 (4/15/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf while} $p>\\{mem\_min}$ {\bf do} - -\bugonpage B84, line 12 (2/15/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{relax}=0$\quad$\{\,$do nothing ( {\tt\char`\\relax} )$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B86, third line of section 210 (8/23/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -that their special nature is easily discernible. -The ``expandable'' commands come first. - -\bugonpage B88, line 23 (5/22/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf procedure\/}\ $\\{print\_mode}(m:\\{integer})$;\quad -$\{\,$prints the mode represented by $m\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B93, lines 3--4 (8/17/86) - -{\tenpoint\parindent=1em -In the first region we have 128 equivalents for ``active characters'' that -act as control sequences, followed by 128 equivalents for single-character -control sequences. -\par} - -\bugonpage B130, ninth-last line (5/7/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -This variable has six possible values: - -\bugonpage B151, line 9 (4/22/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin if} $(\\{end\_line\_char}<0)\lor(\\{end\_line\_char}>127)$ - {\bf then} \\{incr}(\\{limit});\par\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf if} $\\{limit}=\\{start}$ {\bf then}\quad - $\{\,$previous line was empty$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B160, lines 17--20 (7/28/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 389.\quad}% -After parameter scanning is complete, the parameters are moved to the -\\{param\_stack}. Then the macro body is fed to the scanner; in other words, -\\{macro\_call} places the defined text of the control sequence at the -top of\/ \TeX's input stack, so that \\{get\_next} will proceed to read it -next. - -\bugonpage B200, top line (5/5/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent{\bf 495.\quad}% - When we begin to process a new {\tt\char`\\if}, we set -$\\{if\_limit}\gets\\{if\_code}$; then -if\/ {\tt\char`\\or} or {\tt\char`\\else} or {\tt\char`\\fi}\cutpar - -\bugonpage B217, lines 15--16 (6/14/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -|DVI| format. - -\bugonpage B224, lines 4--7 of section 560 (10/22/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -name and area strings \\{nom} and \\{aire}, and the -``at'' size~$s$. If $s$~is negative, it's the negative of a scale factor -to be applied to the design size; $s=-1000$ is the normal case. -Otherwise $s$ will be substituted for the design size; in this -case, $s$ must be positive and less than $2048\rm\,pt$ -(i.e., it must be less than $2^{27}$ when considered as an integer). - -\bugonpage B224, second-last line (4/28/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{done}: {\bf if} \\{file\_opened} {\bf then} \\{b\_close}(\\{tfm\_file});\par -\noindent\hskip10pt $\\{read\_font\_info}\gets g$; - -\bugonpage B255, mini-index at the bottom (4/15/87) - -\eightpoint -$\\{mag}=\rm macro$, \S236. - -\bugonpage B257, lines 11--13 (6/14/87) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf if} $c\ge\\{qi}(128)$ {\bf then} - \\{dvi\_out}(\\{set1});\par -\noindent\hskip20pt\\{dvi\_out}(\\{qo}($c$)); - -\bugonpage B260, lines 7--8 (4/15/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent\hskip10pt -In the case of \\{c\_leaders} (centered leaders), we want to increase \\{cur\_h} -by half of the excess space not occupied by the leaders; and in the -case of \\{x\_leaders} (expanded leaders) we increase\cutpar - -\bugonpage B267, mini-index at the bottom (4/15/87) - -\eightpoint -\\{cur\_s}: \\{integer}, \S616. -$\\{mag}=\rm macro$, \S236. -$\\{pop}=142$, \S586. - -\bugonpage B271, line 10 (8/23/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -which will be ignored in the calculations -because it is a highly negative number. - -\bugonpage B285, lines 23 and 24 (5/4/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -the current string would be `{\tt.\char`\^.\char`\_/}' -if $p$ points to the \\{ord\_noad} for $x$ in the (ridiculous) formula -`{\tt\char`\$\char`\\sqrt\char`\{a\char`\^\char`\{\char`\\mathinner\char`\{% -b\char`\_\char`\{c\char`\\over x+y\char`\}\char`\}\char`\}\char`\}\char`\$}'. - -\bugonpage B296, lines 3--5 (5/8/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -box~$b$ and -changes it so that the new box is centered in a box of width~$w$. -The centering is done by putting {\tt\char`\\hss} glue at the left and right -of the list inside $b$, then packaging the new box; thus, the -actual box might not really be centered, if it already contains -infinite glue. - -\bugonpage B346, line 19 (5/19/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{pass\_number}: \\{halfword};\quad -$\{\,$the number of passive nodes allocated on this pass$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B350, lines 36 and 37 (1/28/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$v$: \\{pointer};\quad -$\{\,$points to a glue specification or a node ahead of \\{cur\_p}$\,\}$ -\par\noindent -$t$: \\{integer};\quad -$\{\,$node count, if \\{cur\_p} is a discretionary node$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B353, lines 8--22 (1/28/87) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip10pt$s\gets\\{cur\_p}$;\par -\noindent\hskip10pt{\bf if} $\\{break\_type}>\\{unhyphenated}$ {\bf then} - {\bf if} $\\{cur\_p}\ne\\{null}$ {\bf then}\par -\noindent\hskip30pt$\langle\,$Compute the discretionary - \\{break\_width} values{\sevenrm\kern.5em840}$\,\rangle$;\par -\noindent\hskip10pt{\bf while} $s\ne\\{null}$ {\bf do}\par -\noindent\hskip30pt\vdots\hskip30pt [as before, but indented one less notch]\par -\noindent\hskip10pt{\bf end}; - -\bugonpage B354, line 6 (1/28/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -will be the background plus $l_1$, so the length from \\{cur\_p} to \\{cur\_p} -should be $\gamma+l_0+l_1-l$, -minus the length of nodes that will be discarded after the discretionary break. - -\bugonpage B354, lines 12--18 (1/28/87) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip10pt{\bf begin} $t\gets\\{replace\_count}(\\{cur\_p})$;\kern5pt - $v\gets\\{cur\_p}$;\kern5pt $s\gets\\{post\_break}(\\{cur\_p})$;\par -\noindent\hskip10pt{\bf while} $t>0$ {\bf do}\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf begin} $\\{decr}(t)$;\kern5pt - $v\gets\\{link}(v)$;\kern5pt - $\langle\,$Subtract the width of node $v$ from \\{break\_width}% - {\sevenrm\kern.5em841}$\,\rangle$;\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf end};\par -\noindent\hskip10pt{\bf while} $s\ne\\{null}$ {\bf do}\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf begin} $\langle\,$Add the width of - node $s$ to \\{break\_width} and increase $t$, unless it's - discardable{\sevenrm\kern.5em842}$\,\rangle$;\par - -\bugonpage B354, new line after line 21 (1/28/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if} $t=0$ {\bf then} $s\gets\\{link}(v)$;\quad - $\{\,$more nodes may also be discardable after the break$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B354, lines 26--34 (1/28/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Change `$s$' to `$v$' throughout this section (8 times).] - -\bugonpage B354, line 9 from the bottom (1/28/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent{\bf 842.\quad}% -\ninepoint$\langle\,$Add the width of - node $s$ to \\{break\_width} and increase $t$, unless it's - discardable{\sevenrm\kern.5em842}$\,\rangle\equiv$ - -\bugonpage B355, lines 1--3 (1/28/87) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip20pt$\\{hlist\_node},\\{vlist\_node},\\{rule\_node}$: - $\\{break\_width}[1]\gets\\{break\_width}[1]+\\{width}(s)$;\par -\noindent\hskip20pt\\{kern\_node}: {\bf if} $(t=0)\land - (\\{subtype}(s)\ne\\{acc\_kern})$ {\bf then} - $t\gets-1$\quad$\{\,$discardable$\,\}$\par -\noindent\hskip30pt{\bf else} $\\{break\_width}[1]\gets - \\{break\_width}[1]+\\{width}(s)$;\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf othercases} - \\{confusion}({\tt\char'42 disc2\char'42})\par -\noindent\hskip20pt{\bf endcases};\par -\noindent\hskip10pt$\\{incr}(t)$ - -\bugonpage B355, patches to mini-index at bottom (1/28/87) - -\eightpoint -$\\{acc\_kern}=2$, \S155.\par -$\\{incr}=\rm macro$, \S16.\par -$t$: \\{integer}, \S830.\par -$v$: \\{pointer}, \S830. - -\bugonpage B372, lines 12--14 (1/28/87) - -\ninepoint -\noindent\hskip40pt$\langle\,$Change discretionary to compulsory - and set $\\{disc\_break}\gets\\{true}${\sevenrm\kern.5em882}$\,\rangle$\par -\noindent\hskip30pt{\bf else if\/} $(\\{type}(q)=\\{math\_node})\lor - (\\{type}(q)=\\{kern\_node})$ {\bf then} $\\{width}(q)\gets0$; - -\bugonpage B380, fifth-last line (5/7/87) - -\begingroup\tenpoint\noindent\def\!{\kern-1pt}\def\.#1{\hbox{\tt#1}} -\.b and \.c, the two patterns with and without hyphenation are -$\.a\,\.b\,\.-\,\.{c\!d}\,\.{e\!f}$ and $\.a\,\.{b\!c}\,\.{d\!e}\,\.f$. -Thus the\cutpar\endgroup - -\bugonpage B386, lines 2--4 (5/21/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -hyphenation, -\TeX\ first looks to see if it is in the user's exception dictionary. If not, -hyphens are inserted based on patterns that appear within the given word, -using an algorithm due to Frank~M. Liang. - -\bugonpage B397, line 28 (5/21/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -$h=z-c$. It follows that location \\{trie\_max} will -never be occupied in \\{trie}, and we will have\cutpar - -\bugonpage B415, the mini-index (4/6/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent[Delete the spurious entry for `$c$'.] - -\bugonpage B419, mini-index entry for \\{c} (4/6/87) - -\eightpoint $c$: \\{integer}, \S994. - -\bugonpage B422, line 24 (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hskip20pt\\{prev\_p}: \\{pointer};\quad -$\{\,$predecessor of $p\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B435, line 16 (10/12/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hskip20pt$\\{width}(p)\gets\\{font\_info}[k].\\{sc}$;\quad -$\{\,$that's \\{space}$(f)\,\}$\par\noindent -\hskip20pt$\\{stretch}(p)\gets\\{font\_info}[k+1].\\{sc}$;\quad -$\{\,$and \\{space\_stretch}$(f)\,\}$\par\noindent -\hskip20pt$\\{shrink}(p)\gets\\{font\_info}[k+2].\\{sc}$;\quad -$\{\,$and \\{space\_shrink}$(f)\,\}$\par -\smallskip\eightpoint\noindent -[And the mini-index gets three new entries: -$\\{space}=macro$, \S558. -$\\{space\_shrink}=macro$, \S558. -$\\{space\_stretch}=macro$, \S558.] - -\bugonpage B495, lines 18 and 19 (2/15/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[delete these lines, since the cases cannot occur] - -\bugonpage B510, line 8 (12/15/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -({\tt"Pretend\]that\]you're\]Hercule\]Poirot:\]Examine\]all\]clues,"}) - -\bugonpage B527, new line to follow line 13 (6/17/86) - -{\tenpoint\parindent=1em -This program doesn't bother to close the input files that may still be open. -\par} - -\bugonpage B534, fourth-last line (5/4/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{write\_stream}(\hbox{\tt\char`\#})\equiv\\{info}( - \hbox{\tt\char`\#}+1)$\quad $\{\,$stream number (0 to 17)$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B544, left column (1/28/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\\{acc\_kern}:\quad$\underline{155}$, 191, 837, 842, 879, 1125.} - -\bugonpage B546, entry for \\{c} (4/6/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent[Add a reference to section $\underline{994}$.] - -\bugonpage B547, left column (4/7/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\\{char}:\quad 19, 26--27, 520, 534.} - -\bugonpage B547, left column (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{Chinese characters:\quad 134, 585.} - -\bugonpage B553, entry for \\{font\_base} (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent[Insert a reference to section 134.] - -\bugonpage B555, right column, new entry (10/25/86) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{{\tt Huge page...},\quad 641.} - -\bugonpage B556, entry for \\{incr} (1/28/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent[Add a reference to section 842.] - -\bugonpage B557, entry for \\{is\_char\_node} (1/28/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent[Delete the reference to section 881.] - -\bugonpage B557, right column (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{Japanese characters:\quad 134, 585.} - -\bugonpage B560, right column (1/28/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\\{max\_in\_open}:\quad$\underline{11}$, 14, 304, 328.} - -\bugonpage B561, left column, line 10 (4/15/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\qquad 169--172, 174, 178, 182, 1249, 1312, 1334.} - -\bugonpage B561, left column (5/1/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{{\tt Missing font identifier}:\quad 577.} - -\bugonpage B563, left column, line 2 (4/15/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\qquad 136, 145, 149--154, 164, 168--169, 175--176, 182,} - -\bugonpage B563, right column (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{oriental characters:\quad 134, 585.} - -\bugonpage B569, right column, in appropriate places (10/12/86) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\\{space}:\quad 547, $\underline{558}$, 752, 755, 1042.} -\leftline{\\{space\_shrink}:\quad 547, $\underline{558}$, 1042.} -\leftline{\\{space\_stretch}:\quad 547, $\underline{558}$, 1042.} - -\bugonpage B570, third-last line (1/28/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent\qquad - 786, 795, 809, 819--820, 822, 837, 842--844, 866, - -\bugonpage B571, right column (10/25/86) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{{\tt The following...deleted},\quad 641, 992, 1121.} - -\bugonpage B571, right column (4/7/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\\{text\_char}:\quad $\underline{19}$, 20, 25, 47.} - -\bugonpage B573, right column (5/1/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[Delete the entry for `{\tt Undefined font code}'.] - -\bugonpage B576, line 2 (1/28/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\langle\,$Add the width of - node $s$ to \\{break\_width} and increase $t$, unless it's - discardable{\sevenrm\kern.5em842}$\,\rangle$\par -\noindent\qquad {\eightpoint Used in section 840.} - -\bugonpage B591, line 6 from the bottom (1/28/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent - $\langle\,$Subtract the width of node $v$ from \\{break\_width}% - {\sevenrm\kern.5em841}$\,\rangle$\quad - {\eightpoint Used in section 840.} - - % volume C -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers - -\bugonpage C14, top two lines (3/16/87) - -\danger The recursive midpoint rule for curve-drawing was discovered in 1959 -by Paul de Casteljau, who showed that the curve could be described -algebraically by the remarkably simple formula - -\bugonpage C54, sixth-last to fourth-last lines (10/13/86) - -\ninepoint Jonathan H. Quick (a student) used `|a.plus1|' as the name -of a variable at the beginning of his program; later he said `|let| -|plus=+|'. How could he refer to the variable `|a.plus1|' after that? - -\bugonpage C76, line 14 (10/13/86) - -\tenpoint -\newdimen\longesteq -\setbox0=\hbox{\indent$z_{12}-z_{11}=z_{14}-z_{13}$\quad} -\longesteq=\wd0 -\noindent\hbox to \longesteq{\indent - $x_4=w-.01\\{in}$\hfil}% -Point 4 should be one-hundredth of an inch inside\cutpar - -\bugonpage C103, line 12 (10/12/86) - -\tenpoint -$\\{ht}\0=\\{body\_height}\0$; \ $.5[\\{ht}\0,-\\{dp}\0]=\\{axis}\0$; - -\bugonpage C105, line 13 (10/13/86) - -\ninepoint -The vertical line just to the right of the italic left parenthesis -shows the italic\cutpar - -\bugonpage C113, lines 20--27 (8/23/86) - -{\catcode`\@=\active -\def@#1@{\begingroup\def\_{\kern.04em - \vbox{\hrule width.3em height .6pt}\kern.08em}% - \ifmmode\mathop{\bf#1}\else\hbox{\bf#1\/}\fi\endgroup} -\danger The command `@erase@ @fill@ $c$' is an abbreviation for -`@cullit@; @unfill@~$c$; @cullit@'; this zeros out the pixel values inside -the cyclic path~$c$, and sets other pixel values to~1 if they were positive -before erasing took place. \ (It works because the initial @cullit@ makes -all the values 0 or~1, then the @unfill@ changes the values inside~$c$ -to 0 or negative. The final @cullit@ gets rid of the negative values, -so that they won't detract from future filling and drawing.) \ You can -also use `@draw@', `@filldraw@', or `@drawdot@' with `@erase@'; for example, -`@erase@ @draw@~$p$' is an abbreviation for `@cullit@; @undraw@~$p$; -@cullit@', which uses the currently-picked-up pen as if it were an -eraser applied to path~$p$. - -} - -\bugonpage C124, line 9 (6/17/86) - -\eightpoint -\noindent\hskip1.8in -$\\{branch}_2=\\{flex}((30,570),(10,590),(-1,616))$ - -\bugonpage C130, 3rd-last line (9/25/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\sl Geometry\/ \bf 1} (1986), 123--140]: Given a sequence - -\bugonpage C144, sixth line of the program (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hbox to\parindent{\hfil\sevenrm6\ \ \ }% -$y_2=.1h$; \ $\\{top}\,y_3=.4h$; - -\bugonpage C148, the line before the illustration (11/27/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -are polygons with 32 and 40 sides, respectively: - -\smallskip\noindent -[New illustrations are needed here, since \MF\ version 1.3 improves -the accuracy of pen polygons.] - -\bugonpage C149, 7th line after the illustration (10/24/86) - -\ninepoint -\line{$(200,y+100\pm\alpha)$, where -$\alpha=\sqrt5/4\approx0.559$. If we digitize these outlines and fill the} - -\bugonpage C178, second-last line (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -(If $t_3=t_1$~transum~$t_2$, then -$z$~transformed~$t_3=z$~transformed~$t_1+z$~transformed~$t_2$,\cutpar - -\bugonpage C198, fifth-last and fourth-last lines (10/13/86) - -\ninepoint\vskip-3pt -\begindisplay -$\\{top}\,y_2={\rm round}(\\{top}\,\beta)$. -\enddisplay -Such operations occur frequently in practice, so plain \MF\ provides -convenient\cutpar - -\bugonpage C212, lines 9--11 from the bottom (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint -\qquad - \alt\[point]\<numeric expression>\[of]\<path primary>\continuerule - \alt\[precontrol]\<numeric expression>\[of]\<path primary>\continuerule - \alt\[postcontrol]\<numeric expression>\[of]\<path primary> - -\bugonpage C233, lines 13--14 (2/15/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -one column of white -pixels, if the character is $2a$ pixels wide, because the right edge of -black pixels is specified here to have the $x$~coordinate $2a-1$. - -\bugonpage C247, lines 23--25 (11/27/86) - -\ninepoint -\ansno 16.2: - `{\bf pencircle} scaled 1.06060' is the diamond but -`{\bf pencircle} scaled 1.06061' is~the square. \ (This assumes that -$\\{fillin}=0$. If, for example, $\\{fillin}=.1$, the change doesn't -occur until the diameter is 1.20204.) \ The next change is at diameter -1.5, which\cutpar - -\bugonpage C262, lines 1--4 (7/28/86) - -\ninepoint -When we come to macros whose use has not yet been explained---for -example, somehow |softjoin| and |stop| never made it -into Chapters 1 through~27---we shall consider them from a user's -viewpoint. But most of the comments that follow are addressed to a -potential base-file designer. - -\bugonpage C266, line 16 (8/17/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -variables; they have the side effect of changing the variable's value. - -\bugonpage C276, line 26 (6/23/86) - -\ninepoint -\noindent -| if charic<>0: r((w+charic*hppp,h.o_),(w+charic*hppp,.5h.o_)); fi| - -\bugonpage C286, lines 24--26 (10/13/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -but \MF\ won't let you. And even if this had worked, it wouldn't have -solved the problem; it would simply have put |ENDFOR| into the -replacement text of |ast|, because expansion is inhibited when the -replacement text is being read. - -\bugonpage C290, line 1 (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint \noindent{\it 2.\enspace Fortuitous loops.\enspace}% -The `^{max}' and `^{min}' macros in Appendix~B make use of the fact\cutpar - -\bugonpage C298, third-last line (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint -$t[\,u_1,\ldots,u_n]\;=\;t\bigl[t[u_1,\ldots,u_{n-1}],t[u_2,\ldots,u_n]\,\bigr]$ - -\bugonpage C304, 14th-last line (2/15/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[replace this `|\smallskip|' by a |\smallskip| between lines!] - -\bugonpage C307, fifth-last line (12/7/86) - -\ninepoint -{\def\_{\kern.04em - \vbox{\hrule width.3em height .6pt}\kern.08em}% -\bf adjust\_fit}(\<left sidebearing adjustment>,\thinspace - \<right sidebearing adjustment>); - -\bugonpage C312, line 34 (10/12/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|params[2] = "sans_params"; fontname[2] = "cmssbx10";| - -\bugonpage C316, lines 19--21 (8/17/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -example, -`|(some| |charht| |values| |had| |to| |be| |adjusted| |by| |as| |much| -|as| |0.12pt)|' means that~you had too many different nonzero heights, but -\MF\ found a way to reduce the number to at most~15 by changing some of -them; none of them had to be\cutpar - -\bugonpage C319, line 3 (8/23/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -specified by saying, e.g., - -\bugonpage C321, line 6 (7/28/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| special "identifier " & font_identifier_;| - -\bugonpage C334, line 2 (6/23/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| currentpicture := currentpicture shifted-(1,1); pix := currentpicture;| - -\bugonpage C339, tenth-last line (2/4/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| Jackie K\=aren {\L}au\.ra Mar{\'\i}a N\H{a}ta{\l}{\u\i}e {\O}ctave| - -\bugonpage C343, second-last line (8/23/86) - -\rightline{\eightssi -the precise needs of a precise but limited intellectual goal.} - -\bugonpage C346, 2nd line of entry for `{\tt;}' (1/12/87) - -\eightpoint -\qquad 217, 223--224, 263, 312. - -\bugonpage C348, line 6 (6/17/86) - -\eightpoint -concatenation, of paths, {\eightit 70--71}, {\eightit 123}, 127, - -\bugonpage C348, just before `debugging' (3/16/87) - -\eightpoint -de Casteljau, Paul de Faget, 14. - -\bugonpage C348, right column (3/16/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[The entry for `|define_whole_vertical_blacker_pixels|' should be moved up -before the entry for `|define_whole_vertical_pixels|'.] - -\bugonpage C352, left column (6/1/87) - -\eightpoint\indent\hbox to0pt{\hss\lower1pt\hbox{*}}% -{\tt kern}, {\it 97}, {\it 316}, $\underline{317}$. - -\bugonpage C352, right column (3/8/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[The entry for `|lowres|' belongs before the entry for `|lowres_fix|'.] - -\bugonpage C353, left column (3/8/87) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[The entries for `|mode|' and `\<mode command>' belong before the entry -for `|mode_def|'.] - -\bugonpage C353, entry for {\tt mode\char`\_def} (8/17/86) - -\eightpoint -{\tt mode\char`\_def}, 94, 189, $\underline{\smash{\hbox{\it 270}}}$, -{\it 278--279}. - -\bugonpage C355, right column (4/15/86) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[The entry for `{\tt rulepen}' belongs before the entry for `rules'.] - -\bugonpage C355, right column (8/5/86) - -\eightpoint -{\tt screenstrokes}, 191, $\underline{277}$. - -\bugonpage C355, 2nd line of entry for `semicolons' (1/12/87) - -\eightpoint -\qquad 217, 223--224, 263, 312. - -\bugonpage C356, full names for the Stanfords (4/10/86) - -\eightpoint -Stanford, Amasa Leland, 340. - -Stanford, Jane Elizabeth Lathrop, 340. - - % Volume D -\hsize=35pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\buginvol D, in general (7/28/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -[A number of entries were mistakenly omitted from the mini-indexes -on the right-hand pages. Here is a combined list of all the missing -items; you can mount it inside the back cover, say, as a secondary mini-index -when the first one fails\dots\ ] - -\nobreak\medskip -\setbox0=\vbox{\eightpoint \hsize=11pc \catcode`\_=\active \let_=\_ - \rightskip=0pt plus 100pt minus 10pt - \pretolerance 10000 - \hyphenpenalty 10000 \exhyphenpenalty 10000 - \noindent\vbox to1pt{}\par % 1pt = \topskip - \ninept - \def\{\hbox{\bf#1\/}} % boldface type for reserved words - \obeylines - \def\makeref #1 #2 #3#4 - {\nn=#2 \hangindent=1em \noindent\\{#1}% - \if#3:: \else\unhcopy\eqbox \fi#4, \S\number\nn.\par} - \makeref add_or_subtract 930 :\&{procedure} - \makeref after 427 :\&{array} - \makeref arg_list 720 :\\{pointer} - \makeref b 580 :\\{pixel\_color} - \makeref bad_exp 824 :\&{procedure} - \makeref before 427 :\&{array} - \makeref begin_name 770 :\&{procedure} - \makeref bilin1 968 :\&{procedure} - \makeref binary_mac 863 :\&{procedure} - \makeref blank_rectangle 567 :\&{procedure} - \makeref boc_c 1162 :\\{integer} - \makeref boc_p 1162 :\\{integer} - \makeref cf 298 :\\{fraction} - \makeref clockwise 453 :\\{boolean} - \makeref ct 298 :\\{fraction} - \makeref cubic_intersection 556 :\&{procedure} - \makeref cur_pen 403 :\\{pointer} - \makeref cur_rounding_ptr 427 :$0\to \\{max\_wiggle}$ - \makeref cur_spec 403 :\\{pointer} - \makeref cur_x 389 :\\{scaled} - \makeref cur_y 389 :\\{scaled} - \makeref dely 557 :\\{integer} - \makeref dep_finish 935 :\&{procedure} - \makeref dep_list 587 =macro - \makeref dimen_head 1125 :\&{array} - \makeref dx 495 :\\{integer} - \makeref dy 495 :\\{integer} - \makeref d1 464 :$0\to 1$ - \makeref end_name 772 :\&{procedure} - \makeref eqtb 201 :\&{array} - \makeref error_stop_mode 68 =$3$ - \makeref firm_up_the_line 682 :\&{procedure} - \makeref get_next 667 :\&{procedure} - \makeref gf_buf 1152 :\&{array} - \makeref gf_offset 1152 :\\{integer} - \makeref gf_ptr 1152 :\\{gf\_index} - \makeref halfword 156 =$\\{min\_halfword}\to \\{max\_halfword}$ - \makeref hash 201 :\&{array} - \makeref index 629 =macro - \makeref input_ln 30 :\&{function} - \makeref interaction 68 :$0\to 3$ - \makeref j 357 :$0\to \\{move\_size}$ - \makeref known_pair 872 :\&{procedure} - \makeref limit 629 =macro - \makeref m_spread 357 :\\{integer} - \makeref materialize_pen 865 :\&{procedure} - \makeref max_allowed 403 :\\{scaled} - \makeref max_c 813 :\&{array} - \makeref max_link 813 :\&{array} - \makeref max_tfm_dimen 1130 :\\{scaled} - \makeref mem_top 12 =macro - \makeref mem 159 :\&{array} - \makeref memory_word 156 =\&{record} - \makeref more_name 771 :\&{function} - \makeref m1 464 :\\{integer} - \makeref n 580 :\\{screen\_col} - \makeref n_sin_cos 145 :\&{procedure} - \makeref name 629 =macro - \makeref negate_dep_list 904 :\&{procedure} - \makeref new_knot 871 :\&{function} - \makeref node_to_round 427 :\&{array} - \makeref n1 464 :\\{integer} - \makeref octant_dir 395 :\&{array} - \makeref o1 453 :\\{small\_number} - \makeref o2 453 :\\{small\_number} - \makeref paint_row 568 :\&{procedure} - \makeref param 1096 :\&{array} - \makeref param_stack 633 :\&{array} - \makeref path_length 916 :\&{function} - \makeref perturbation 1119 :\\{scaled} - \makeref phi 542 :\\{angle} - \makeref pool_ptr 38 :\\{pool\_pointer} - \makeref post_head 843 :\\{pointer} - \makeref pre_head 843 :\\{pointer} - \makeref print_err 68 =macro - \makeref print_macro_name 722 :\&{procedure} - \makeref quarterword 156 =$0\to 255$ - \makeref recycle_value 809 :\&{procedure} - \makeref row_transition 579 :\\{trans\_spec} - \makeref scan_text_arg 730 :\&{procedure} - \makeref scroll_mode 68 =$2$ - \makeref set_controls 299 :\&{procedure} - \makeref sf 298 :\\{fraction} - \makeref show_context 635 :\&{procedure} - \makeref sorted 325 =macro - \makeref st 298 :\\{fraction} - \makeref start 629 =macro - \makeref start_sym 1077 :\\{halfword} - \makeref str_pool 38 :\&{packed}\ \&{array} - \makeref str_ptr 38 :\\{str\_number} - \makeref str_start 38 :\&{array} - \makeref take_part 910 :\&{procedure} - \makeref tfm_changed 1130 :\\{integer} - \makeref tol 557 :\\{integer} - \makeref tt 843 :\\{small\_number} - \makeref tx 954 :\\{scaled} - \makeref txx 954 :\\{scaled} - \makeref txy 954 :\\{scaled} - \makeref ty 954 :\\{scaled} - \makeref tyx 954 :\\{scaled} - \makeref tyy 954 :\\{scaled} - \makeref unsorted 325 =macro - \makeref uv 557 :$0\to \\{bistack\_size}$ - \makeref xy 557 :$0\to \\{bistack\_size}$ - \makeref x1 542 :\\{scaled} - \makeref x2 542 :\\{scaled} - \makeref x3 542 :\\{scaled} - \makeref y1 542 :\\{scaled} - \makeref y2 542 :\\{scaled} - \makeref y3 542 :\\{scaled} - } -\hbox{\nsize=\ht0 \advance\nsize-\topskip - \divide\nsize by 3 \divide\nsize by\ninept - \multiply\nsize by\ninept \advance\nsize\topskip - \vsplit0 to\nsize \kern1pc - \msize=\ht0 \advance\msize-\topskip - \divide\msize by 2 \divide\msize by\ninept - \multiply\msize by\ninept \advance\msize\topskip - \vbox to\nsize{\vsplit0 to\msize\vss}\kern1pc - \vbox to\nsize{\box0\vss}} - -\buginvol D, in general (4/6/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent[The percent signs in all the comments (for example, -on pages 7 and 42) are in the wrong font! Change `{\tt\%}' to `\%'.] - -\bugonpage Dvii, line 9 (9/25/86) - -{\tenpoint\noindent\hsize=29pc -{\sl Discrete and Computational Geometry\/ \bf1} (1986), 123--140. -\ \it Develops the theory\cutpar} - -\bugonpage D2, line 27 (6/17/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]METAFONT,\]Version\]1.3\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \MF\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D18, line 30 (5/22/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{str\_ptr}: \\{str\_number};\quad -$\{\,$number of the current string being created$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D23, second line of mini-index, right column (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint -\indent\\{pool\_name}\unhcopy\eqbox|"string"|, \S11. - -\bugonpage D30, lines 33--34 (6/14/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -to delete a token, and/or if some fatal error -occurs while \MF\ is trying to fix a non-fatal one. But such recursion -is never more than two levels deep. - -\bugonpage D63, lines 13--14 (5/5/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[These two lines can be eliminated, since the variable \\{temp\_ptr} -is no longer used! If you delete them, also remove \S158 from the -list of sections where global variables are declared (pages D7 and D552), -and remove \\{temp\_ptr} from the index on page D540.] - -\bugonpage D66, line 6 (5/22/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf function\/}\ $\\{get\_node}(s:\\{integer})$: \\{pointer};\quad -$\{\,$variable-size node allocation$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D66, lines 31--32 (3/16/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -controlled -growth helps to keep the \\{mem} usage consecutive when \MF\ is -implemented on ``virtual memory'' systems. - -\bugonpage D67, lines 7--8 (4/21/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf if} $r=p$ {\bf then if} $\\{rlink}(p)\ne p$ {\bf then} - $\langle\,$Allocate entire node $p$ and {\bf goto} \\{found}% - {\sevenrm\kern.5em171}$\,\rangle$; - -\bugonpage D86, second line of section 198 (2/27/87) - -\noindent -Individual class numbers have no semantic -or syntactic significance, except in a few instances\cutpar - -\bugonpage D101, line 2 (3/16/86) - -\tenpoint\line{% -like `{\tt x}', or they can -combine the structural properties of arrays and records, like `{\tt x20a.b}'. -A} - -\bugonpage D102, line 24 (3/16/86) - -\tenpoint\line{\kern10pt -In other words, variables have a hierarchical structure that includes -enough threads running} - -\bugonpage D127, line 10 (5/5/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Variable $r$ can be eliminated, since it is not -used in this procedure! If you delete it, also remove $\underline{280}$ -from the corresponding index entry on page D536.] - -\bugonpage D129, line 15 (5/5/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[This line can be eliminated, since \\{sine} and \\{cosine} are not -used in this procedure! If you delete them, also remove $\underline{284}$ -from the corresponding index entries on pages D538 and D521.] - -\bugonpage D142, line 23 (4/24/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -$(7-\sqrt{28}\,)/12$; the worst case -occurs for polynomials like $B(0,28-4\sqrt{28},14-5\sqrt{28},42;t)$.) - -\bugonpage D178, third-last line (7/30/86) - -\tenpoint\line{\quad -The following code maintains the invariant relations -$0\le \\{x0}<\max(\\{x1},\\{x1}+\\{x2})$, $\vert\\{x1}\vert<2^{30}$,} - -\bugonpage D228, line 13 (7/30/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf while} $\\{max\_coef}<\\{fraction\_half}$ {\bf do} - -\smallskip\eightpoint\noindent -The mini-index at the bottom of the next page should also receive the following -new entry: -\smallskip\indent -$\\{fraction\_half}={\rm macro}$, \S105. - -\bugonpage D228, 10th-last line (5/5/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{right\_type}(p)\gets k$; -\smallskip -\noindent[Also eliminate `$q,$' seven lines above this, and delete -$\underline{497}$ from the index entry for \\{q} on page D536.] - -\bugonpage D248, lines 16--21 (11/27/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent\kern10pt -$\\{alpha}\gets\\{abs}(u)$;\kern5pt - $\\{beta}\gets\\{abs}(v)$;\par\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if} $\\{alpha}<\\{beta}$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\kern20pt -{\bf begin} $\\{alpha}\gets\\{abs}(v)$;\kern5pt - $\\{beta}\gets\\{abs}(u)$;\kern5pt -{\bf end};\quad$\{\,$now $\alpha=\max(\vert u\vert,\vert v\vert)$, - $\beta=\min(\vert u\vert,\vert v\vert)\,\}$\par\noindent\kern10pt -{\bf if} $\\{internal}[\\{fillin}]\ne0$ {\bf then}\par\noindent\kern20pt -$d\gets d-\\{take\_fraction}(\\{internal}[\\{fillin}], - \\{make\_fraction}(\\{beta}+\\{beta},\\{delta}))$;\par\noindent\kern10pt -$d\gets\\{take\_fraction}((d+4)\;{\bf div}\;8,\\{delta})$;\kern5pt -$\\{alpha}\gets\\{alpha}\;{\bf div}\;\\{half\_unit}$; - -\bugonpage D263, line 20 (3/16/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -instead of \\{false}, the other routines will simply log the fact -that they have been called; they won't\cutpar - -\bugonpage D268, line 2 (4/28/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -Given the number~$k$ of an open window, the pixels of positive -weight in \\{cur\_edges} will be shown\cutpar - -\bugonpage D301, line 6 of section 652 (5/5/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[This line can be eliminated, since variable $s$ is not -used in this procedure! If you delete it, also remove $\underline{652}$ -from the corresponding index entry on page D537; remove 652 from -the index entries for \\{param\_size} and \\{param\_start} on page D534; -and remove \\{param\_size} from the mini-index on page D301.] - -\bugonpage D376, lines 17 and 18 (11/14/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -[these two mysterious lines should be deleted] - -\bugonpage D380, line 11 (5/5/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[Variables $q$ and $r$ can be eliminated, since they are not -used in this procedure! If you delete them, also remove $\underline{862}$ -from the corresponding index entries on page D536.] - -\bugonpage D429, line 14 (5/5/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf begin} $p\gets\\{cur\_exp}$; -\smallskip -\noindent[Also eliminate line 12, and delete $\underline{985}$ from the -index entry for \\{vv} on page D543.] - -\bugonpage D455, line 5 (5/5/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[This line can be eliminated, since variable $t$ is not -used in this procedure! If you delete it, also remove $\underline{1059}$ -from the corresponding index entry on page D540; remove 1059 from -the index entries for \\{small\_number} and \\{with\_option} on pages D539 -and D544; and remove \\{with\_option} from the mini-index on page D455.] - -\bugonpage D463, line 10 (12/15/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt -({\tt"Pretend\]that\]you're\]Miss\]Marple:\]Examine\]all\]clues,"}) - -\bugonpage D465, lines 17--18 (6/14/87) - -\tenpoint\noindent -[Delete these two lines.] - -\bugonpage D474, 5th-last line (3/16/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -depths, or italic corrections) are sorted; -then the list of sorted values is perturbed, if necessary. - -\bugonpage D481, line 12 (6/17/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -\\{print\_nl}({\tt\char`\"Font\]metrics\]written\]on\]\char`\"});\kern5pt -\\{print}(\\{metric\_file\_name});\kern5pt -\\{print\_char}({\tt\char`\".\char`\"}); - -\noindent\hskip10pt\\{b\_close}(\\{tfm\_file}) - -\smallskip\eightpoint\noindent -The mini-index at the bottom of this page should also receive the following -new entry: -\smallskip\indent -\\{print\_char}: {\bf procedure}, \S58. - -\bugonpage D510, new line to follow line 5 (6/17/86) - -{\tenpoint\parindent=1em -This program doesn't bother to close the input files that may still be open. -\par} - -\bugonpage D510, just before the fifth-last line (8/5/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip30pt$\\{internal}[\\{fontmaking}]\gets0$;\quad -$\{\,$avoid loop in case of fatal error$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D520, right column (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{Chinese characters:\quad 1147.} - -\bugonpage D526, left column, lines 1--2 (7/30/86) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\indent\\{fraction\_half}:\quad - $\underline{105}$, 111, 152, 288, 408, 496, 543,} -\leftline{\indent\qquad 1098, 1128, 1141.} - -\bugonpage D526, left column, lines 6--7 (7/30/86) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\indent\qquad 478, 497, 499, 503, 530, 540, 547, 549, 599, 603,} -\leftline{\indent\qquad 612, 615, 815--816, 917, 1169--1170.} - -\bugonpage D528, right column (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{Japanese characters:\quad 1147.} - -\bugonpage D530, right column, line 45 (7/30/86) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\indent\\{max}:\quad$\underline{539}$, 543.} - -\bugonpage D533, right column (6/14/87) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{oriental characters:\quad 1147.} - -\bugonpage D535, right column, line 27 (6/17/86) - -\eightpoint -\leftline{\indent\qquad 1134, 1163--1165, 1182, 1194, 1200, 1205, 1213.} - -\bugonpage D547, bottom two lines (11/27/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[These lines, and the top two on the next page, should move down -so that they appear in alphabetical order just before `Compute -test coefficients'.] - % volume E -\hsize=29pc -\def\dashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\kern-.05em}\mkern3.9mu\hbox{-\kern-.05em}}} - -\bugonpage Exiii, lines 1--2 (7/28/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -February 11--13, 1984), 49. -\ {\it An example meta-character of the Devanagari alphabet, worked out -``online'' with the help of Matthew Carter.} - -\bugonpage Exiii, line 6 (7/28/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\it and western alphabets work also for Devanagari and Tamil.} - -\bugonpage E12, lines 15 and 19 (7/23/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent[change `17.32' to `17.28' in both places] - -\bugonpage E12, third-last line (12/18/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent[change `41' to `40'] - -\bugonpage E13, lines 3, 4, and 20 (12/18/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent[change `40' to `41', `48' to `47', `17' to `7'] - -\bugonpage E18, line 20 (7/23/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent[change `17.32' to `17.28'] - -\bugonpage E18, line 29 (12/9/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent[change `236' to `212' in the {\tt cmss9} column] - -\bugonpage E170, top illustration (11/2/86) - -\tenpoint\noindent[There should be no ``dish'' or depression in the -vicinity of point {\tt 3r}; the top edge of the character should be -straight. This error appears also in the other uses of `\\{no\_dish\_serif}' -throughout the book, since the illustrations were made before -`\\{no\_dish\_serif}' was added to the program. See page -E180~(twice at the top), E370~(twice), E374~(twice), E376~(twice), E378~(top), -E390~(bottom), E398~(top), E402~(top), E406~(top), E453~(twice).] - -\bugonpage E179, new line to be inserted after line 6 (10/13/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf if} $\\{shaved\_stem}<\\{crisp}.\\{breadth}$: - $\\{shaved\_stem}:=\\{crisp}.\\{breadth}$; {\bf fi} - -\bugonpage E219, line 29 (6/2/87) - -\ninepoint\line{\\{top} $y_1=h$; \ $x_1=x_2$; \ - {\bf filldraw stroke} $z_{1e}\dashto z_{2'e}$;\hfil\% stem} - -\bugonpage E279, seventh line from the bottom (7/20/86) - -\rightline{\eightssi that delicious but restrained humor which - her readers found so irresistible.} - -\bugonpage E301, new line to be inserted after line 28 (5/15/87) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if} $\\{lower\_side}>1.2\\{upper\_side}$: - $\\{upper\_side}:=\\{lower\_side}$; {\bf fi} - -\bugonpage E554, bottom half of page (12/18/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent[The letters will change slightly because of the -corrections to {\tt cmr17} noted on pages 12 and 13.] - -\bugonpage E561, line 3 (12/9/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent[The numerals should be `\thinspace -{\niness 0123456789}\thinspace' (i.e., 2/3 point less tall) -because of the correction made to page 18.] - -\bugonpage E562, line 9 (12/9/86) - -\ninepoint\noindent[The numerals should be `\thinspace -{\ninessi 0123456789\/}\thinspace' (i.e., 2/3 point less tall) -because of the correction made to page 18.] - -\bugonpage E572, entry for {\it breadth} (10/13/86) - -\eightpoint -{\it breadth}, 59, 75, 79, 91, 93, 179, 225, 233, - -\bugonpage E573, entry for {\tt cmcsc10} (8/17/86) - -\eightpoint -{\tt cmcsc10}, $\underline{30}$--$\underline{31}$, 567. - -\bugonpage E576, tenth-last line (5/15/87) - -\eightpoint -{\bf lowres\kern.04em\vbox{\hrule width.3em height .6pt}\kern.08em - fix}, 550. - \bye - Now here are some that I will make soon! - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.twelve b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.twelve deleted file mode 100644 index 8a7c291b490..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.twelve +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1709 +0,0 @@ -% Bugs (sigh) in Computers \& Typesetting - -\input manmac -\def\.#1{\hbox{\tt#1}} -\font\sltt=cmsltt10 -\font\niness=cmss9 -\font\ninessi=cmssi9 -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\hsize=29pc \onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\today{\number\day\ - \ifcase\month\or - Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or - Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - \ \number\year} - -\def\cutpar{{\parfillskip=0pt\endgraf}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl Computers \& Typesetting as of \today}} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\buginvol#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\penalty-1000\tenpoint - \hrule width\hsize - \line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Volume #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule width\hsize - \nobreak\medskip} -\def\slMF{{\manual 89:;}\-{\manual <=>:}} % slant the logo -\def\0{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} -\newcount\nn -\newdimen\nsize \newdimen\msize \newdimen\ninept \ninept=9pt -\newbox\eqbox \setbox\eqbox=\hbox{\kern2pt\eightrm=\kern2pt} - -\tenpoint -\noindent This is a list of all substantial corrections made to {\sl Computers -\& Typesetting\/} between the publication of the second ``Millennium Edition'' -at the close of the year 2001 and the beginning of the year 2014. -(More precisely, it lists errors corrected -in 16th to 19th printings of Volume~A, the 7th and 8th printings -of Volume~B, the 6th and 7th printings of Volume~C, the 4th and 5th printings -of Volume~D, and the 5th and 6th printings of Volume~E.) -Corrections made to the softcover version of {\sl The \TeX book\/}, -beginning with its 32nd printing, are -the same as corrections to Volume~A\null. Corrections to the softcover -version of {\sl The \slMF\kern1ptbook}, beginning with its 11th printing, -are the same as corrections to Volume~C\null. Changes to the mini-indexes -and master indexes of Volumes B, D, and~E are not shown here unless they are -not obviously derivable from what has been shown. All of these -errors have supposedly been corrected in more recent printings, unless -they were subsequently found to be wrong. -\looseness=-1 - - % volume A - -\bugonpage A7, line 4 from the bottom (01/15/04) - -\noindent -since control sequences of the second kind always have exactly one -symbol after\cutpar - -\bugonpage A123, line 7 from the bottom (02/27/08) - -\ninepoint\noindent -that it won't make the natural height-plus-depth -of\/ |\box|$\,n$ surpass |\dimen|$\,n$, when it~is\cutpar - -\bugonpage A124, lines 12 and 13 (02/27/08) - -\ninepoint\noindent -means that \TeX\ has tried to split an |\insert254| to height $180.2\pt$; -the natural height-plus-depth of the best such split is $175.3\pt$, -and the penalty for breaking there is~100.) - -\bugonpage A153, line 7 (01/03/14) - -\ninepoint\noindent -of three fonts: one for text size, one for -script size, and one for scriptscript size. The\cutpar - -\bugonpage A206, lines 12--17 (05/21/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -or alignment template -is also considered to be |\outer| in this sense; for example, a -file shouldn't end in the middle of a definition. If you are designing a -format for others to use, you can help them detect errors before too much -harm is done, by using |\outer| with all control sequences that should -appear only at ``quiet times'' within a document. For example, Appendix~B -defines |\proclaim| to be |\outer|, since a user shouldn't be stating a -theorem as part of a definition or argument or preamble. - - -\bugonpage A216, line 3 from the bottom (12/20/07) - -\ninepoint\indent|\openin|\<number>|=|\<file name> - -\bugonpage A290, lines 25--26 (02/24/08) - -\ninepoint\textindent{$\bull$} -\<leaders>\<box or rule>\<horizontal skip>.\enskip -Here \<horizontal skip> refers to one of the first five glue-appending -commands just mentioned; the formal syntax for \<leaders>\cutpar - -\bugonpage A292, line 15 (12/02/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -are defined as in the -second alternative of a \<math field>, are -recorded in a ``choice\cutpar - -\bugonpage A308, lines 25 and 26 (06/17/02) - -\ninepoint -\begintt -\def\appendroman#1#2#3{\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter - {\csname\expandafter\gobble\string#2\romannumeral#3\endcsname}} -\endtt - -\bugonpage A311, line 14 (12/02/02) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\def\\{\if\space\next\ % assume that \next is unexpandable| - -\bugonpage A311, line 17 (12/29/07) - -\ninepoint\indent -| \leavevmode\copy0\kern-\wd0\makelightbox}| - -\bugonpage A318, lines 24 and 25 (10/01/03) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss15.13.\enspace}% -Yes, in severe circumstances. (1)~Previous footnotes might - have left no room for any more footnotes on the page. -(2)~If |\vadjust{\eject}| occurs on the same line\cutpar - -\bugonpage A364, lines 12--15 from the bottom (02/29/08) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands=2 \tracingstats=2|\par\noindent -| \tracingpages=1 \tracingoutput=1 \tracinglostchars=1 |\par\noindent -| \tracingmacros=2 \tracingparagraphs=1 \tracingrestores=1 |\par\noindent -| \showboxbreadth=\maxdimen \showboxdepth=\maxdimen}|\par -\noindent -|\def\tracingall{\tracingonline=1 \loggingall}| - -\bugonpage A364, line 5 from the bottom (02/29/08) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\fmtversion{3.141592653} % identifies the current format| - -\bugonpage A373, lines 4 and 5 from the bottom (01/02/14) - -\ninepoint\noindent -And here's another solution (which may be faster, because -token list registers can be expanded more quickly than macros -on some implementations, using |\the|): - -\bugonpage A373, line 2 from the bottom (01/02/14) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\loop \ifnum\m>0 \t=\expandafter{\the\t*}\advance\m-1 \repeat| - -\bugonpage A399, line 18, through what used to be page A400, line 14 (02/26/08) - -\ninepoint -Finally, the reformatting of\/ |\box\footins| can be achieved easily with -an elegant technique suggested by David Kastrup, using the following -\TeX\ code within the |\output| routine: -\begindisplay -|\def\makefootnoteparagraph{\unvbox\footins|\cr -| \baselineskip=\footnotebaselineskip \removehboxes}|\cr -|\def\removehboxes{\unskip\setbox0=\lastbox|\cr -| \ifhbox0{\removehboxes}\unhbox0 \else\noindent \fi}|\cr -\enddisplay -The key idea here is |\removehboxes|, a macro that has the magical ability to -take a vertical box such as `|\vbox{\box1\box2\box3\removehboxes}|' and -transform it into -`|\vbox{\noindent\unhbox1\unhbox2\unhbox3}|'\kern-1pt, -if\/ |\box1|, \kern-2pt|\box2|, and -|\box3| are hboxes. Notice how |\removehboxes| introduces braces so that -\TeX's {save stack} will hold all of the hboxes before they are unboxed. Each -level of recursion in this routine uses one cell of input stack space and -three cells of save stack space; thus, it is generally safe to do more than -100 footnotes without exceeding \TeX's capacity. - -In our application there is no interline glue within |\box\footins|, -so the |\unskip| command could be deleted from |\removehboxes|. - -Incidentally, the |\unskip| and |\lastbox| operations have running -times of the approximate form -$a+mb$, where $m$~is the number of items on the -list preceding the glue or box that is removed. Hence |\removehboxes| has a -running time of order $n^2$ when it removes $n$~boxes. -But the constant~$b$ is so small that -for practical purposes it's possible to think of\/ |\unskip| and -|\lastbox| as almost instantaneous. - -\bugonpage A416, lines 18--22 (06/08/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent\beginlines -|\def\leftheadline{\hbox to \pagewidth{\spaceskip=0pt| -| \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the baseline| -| \llap{\tenbf\folio\kern1pc}% folio to left of text| -| \tenit\rhead\hfil}} % running head flush left| -|\def\rightheadline{\hbox to \pagewidth{\spaceskip=0pt\vbox to 10pt{}%| -\endlines - -\bugonpage A418, line 8 from the bottom (12/13/11) - -\ninepoint\noindent\beginlines -| \def\\{#3} \advance\hsize by -18mm| -\endlines - -\bugonpage A418, line 3 from the bottom (12/13/11) - -\ninepoint\noindent\beginlines -| \halign{\line{\titlefont\hss##}\\#4\unskip\\}| -\endlines - -\bugonpage A442, lines 7 and 8 from the bottom (01/03/14) - -\def\rule#1.{\smallskip\textindent{\bf#1.}\ignorespaces} -\ninepoint\textindent{\bf 3.}% -If the current item is a style change, set $C$ to the specified -style and move on to the next item. - -\bugonpage A450, lines 14--16 from the bottom (12/19/02) - -\begingroup\def\\#1{$_{\kern\scriptspace#1}$} -\indent\qquad{\tt s\\1tic - \\1exp x\\3p pi\\3a \\2i\\1a i\\2al \\2id \\1do \\1ci \\2io ou\\2 \\2us} -\medskip\noindent -(where subscripts that aren't shown are zero), and this yields -$$\centerline{% -\tt.\\0s\\0u\\1p\\0e\\0r\\1c\\0a\\0l\\1i\\0f\\0r\\0a\\0g\\1i\\0l\\4i% -\\0s\\1t\\2i\\0c\\1e\\0x\\3p\\2i\\3a\\0l\\2i\\1d\\0o\\1c\\2i\\0o\\2u\\2s\\0.}$$ -\endgroup - -\bugonpage A458, left column (01/11/07) - -\eightpoint\noindent -|\\|, 38, {\it356}, {\it378}, {\it418}. - -\bugonpage A459, left column (03/17/06) - -\eightpoint\noindent -angle brackets ( $\langle\,\rangle$ ), 59, {\it146--147}, 150,~156,\par -\noindent\qquad $\underline{268}$, 420, 437; - {\sl see also\/} |\langle|, |\rangle|. - -\bugonpage A461, left column (02/24/08) - -\eightpoint\noindent -|\boxit|, 223, 331. - -\bugonpage A468, right column (02/26/08) - -\eightpoint\noindent -interline glue, 78--79, $\underline{80}$, 104, 105, 125, 221,\par -\noindent\qquad 245, 263, 281--282, 335, 352, 399, 409. - -\bugonpage A469, left column (02/26/08) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Kastrup, David Friedrich, 399. - -\bugonpage A470, left column (01/21/03) - -\eightpoint\noindent -|\loggingall|, $\underline{364}$. - -\bugonpage A477, right column (06/08/07) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\llap{*}|\spaceskip|, 76, 274, {\it317}, {\it356}, {\it416}, 429. - -\bugonpage A479, right column (09/11/07) - -\eightpoint\noindent -|\undefined|, 350, 384. - -\bugonpage A483, line 5 from the bottom (11/18/03) - -\eightpoint -\rightline{\eightss--- HIERONYMUS HORNSCHUCH, % - {\eightrm'}$O\mkern-1mu\rho\mkern1mu\vartheta o\mkern1mu % - \tau\upsilon\pi o\gamma\mkern-1mu % - \rho\alpha\phi\acute\iota\alpha\varsigma$\enspace(1608)} - - % volume B -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage Bv, page number change (12/27/11) - -\eightpoint\noindent[For consistency with Volumes A, C, and E, the -preface now begins on page v instead of page~vii. This change was first -made in the ninth printing.] - -\bugonpage Bv {(formerly Bvii)}, bottom two lines (01/06/14) - -\eightpoint\noindent -all of those changes. -I~now believe that the final bug was discovered on 14 September 2008 -and removed in version 3.14159265. -The finder's fee has converged to \$327.68. - -\bugonpage Bxiii {(formerly Bxv)}, line $-7$ (12/27/11) - -\ninepoint\noindent -Format specs have no effect on the corresponding Pascal program, but they -do influence\cutpar - -\hsize=35pc - -\bugonpage B2, line 10 from the bottom (01/02/14) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hskip10pt -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]TeX,\]Version\]3.14159265\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \TeX\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B3, new paragraph to follow line 9 (12/20/02) - -\tenpoint\noindent\quad -Incidentally, Pascal's standard \\{round} function can be problematical, -because it disagrees with the IEEE floating-point standard. -Many implementors have -therefore chosen to substitute their own home-grown rounding procedure. - -\bugonpage B21, lines 33 and 34 (09/11/07) - -\def\Oct#1{\hbox{\rm\char'23\kern-.2em\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant -\tenpoint\noindent -$[\Oct{41}\to\Oct{46},\Oct{60}% -\to\Oct{71},\Oct{136},\Oct{141}\to\Oct{146},\Oct{160}\to\Oct{171}]$ must be printable. -Thus, at least 81 printable characters are needed. - -\bugonpage B109, line 16 (01/06/14) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf begin} $\\{print\_esc}(\.{"csname"})$; -$\\{print\_esc}(\.{"endcsname"})$; -$\\{print\_char}(\.{"\ "})$; -{\bf end} - -\bugonpage B114, line 25 (09/11/07) - -\def\#{\hbox{\tt\char`\#}} % parameter sign -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf define} $\\{save\_index}(\#)\equiv\\{save\_stack}[\#].\\{hh}.\\{rh}$\quad - $\{\,$\\{eqtb} location or token or \\{save\_stack} location$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B139, line 20 (12/19/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf begin while} $(\\{state}=\\{token\_list}) \land - (\\{loc}=\\{null}) \land (\\{token\_type}\ne\\{v\_template})$ {\bf do}\par -\noindent\qquad\\{end\_token\_list};\quad$\{\,$conserve stack space$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B144, line 14 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad\\{cat}: $0\to\\{max\_char\_code}$;\quad$\{\,$\\{cat\_code}(\\{cur\_char}), usually$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B153, lines 2 and 3 (09/11/07) - -\tenpoint\noindent -In fact, these three procedures account for almost every use of \\{get\_next}. - -\bugonpage B161, line 19 (12/19/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf while} $(\\{state}=\\{token\_list}) \land - (\\{loc}=\\{null}) \land (\\{token\_type}\ne\\{v\_template})$ {\bf do}\par -\noindent\qquad\\{end\_token\_list};\quad$\{\,$conserve stack space$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B163, line 29 (12/19/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{long\_state}\gets\\{call}$; -$\\{cur\_tok}\gets\\{par\_token}$; -$\\{ins\_error}$; -{\bf goto} \\{continue}; - -\bugonpage B172, lines 2--6 from the bottom (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf else if\/} $m=\\{vmode}$ {\bf then} \\{scanned\_result}(\\{prev\_depth})(\\{dimen\_val})\par\noindent -\quad{\bf else} \\{scanned\_result}(\\{space\_factor})(\\{int\_val}) - -\bugonpage B178, line 4 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{cur\_val}\gets0$; -$\\{cur\_val\_level}\gets\\{int\_val}$; -$\\{radix}\gets0$; -$\\{cur\_order}\gets\\{normal}$; - -\bugonpage B184, line 9 from the bottom (04/18/07) - -\tenpoint\noindent -and denominator sum to 32768 or less. -According to the definitions here, $\rm2660\,dd\approx1000.33297\,mm$;\kern-6.6pt\cutpar - -\bugonpage B206, line 14 (10/30/02) - -\tenpoint\noindent -used input files like \.{webmac.tex}. - -\bugonpage B206, new paragraph to follow line 22 (12/20/02) - -\tenpoint\noindent\quad -The following procedures don't allow spaces to be part of -file names; but some users seem to like names that are spaced-out. -System-dependent changes to allow such things should probably -be made with reluctance, and only when an entire file name that -includes spaces is ``quoted'' somehow. - -\bugonpage B227, new line to precede line 23 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf if} $(\\{nw}=0)\lor(\\{nh}=0)\lor(\\{nd}=0)\lor(\\{ni}=0)$ - {\bf then} \\{abort}; - -\bugonpage B256, line 25 (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\\{cur\_glue}: \\{real};\quad$\{\,$glue seen so far$\,\}$\par\noindent -\qquad\\{cur\_g}: \\{scaled};\quad$\{\,$rounded - equivalent of \\{cur\_glue} times the glue ratio$\,\}$\par\noindent -\quad{\bf begin} $\\{cur\_g}\gets0$; - $\\{cur\_glue}\gets\\{float\_constant}(0)$;\par\noindent -\quad$\\{this\_box}\gets\\{temp\_ptr}$; - $\\{g\_order}\gets\\{glue\_order}(\\{this\_box})$; - $\\{g\_sign}\gets\\{glue\_sign}(\\{this\_box})$; - -\bugonpage B258, line 5 from the bottom (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf begin} $g\gets\\{glue\_ptr}(p)$; - $\\{rule\_wd}\gets\\{width}(g)-\\{cur\_g}$; - -\bugonpage B258, bottom line (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf begin} $\\{cur\_glue}\gets\\{cur\_glue}+\\{stretch}(g)$; - $\\{vet\_glue}(\\{float}(\\{glue\_set}(\\{this\_box}))*\\{cur\_glue})$;\par -\noindent\qquad\qquad$\\{cur\_g}\gets\\{round}(\\{glue\_temp})$; - -\bugonpage B259, line 4 (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf begin} $\\{cur\_glue}\gets\\{cur\_glue}-\\{shrink}(g)$; - $\\{vet\_glue}(\\{float}(\\{glue\_set}(\\{this\_box}))*\\{cur\_glue})$;\par -\noindent\qquad\qquad$\\{cur\_g}\gets\\{round}(\\{glue\_temp})$; - -\bugonpage B259, new line to precede old line 7 (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{rule\_wd}\gets\\{rule\_wd}+\\{cur\_g}$; - -\bugonpage B260, line 21 (12/19/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad{\bf else begin} $\\{lx}\gets\\{lr}$ {\bf div} $(\\{lq}+1)$; - -\bugonpage B261, line 9 (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\\{cur\_glue}: \\{real};\quad$\{\,$glue seen so far$\,\}$\par\noindent -\qquad\\{cur\_g}: \\{scaled};\quad$\{\,$rounded - equivalent of \\{cur\_glue} times the glue ratio$\,\}$\par\noindent -\quad{\bf begin} $\\{cur\_g}\gets0$; - $\\{cur\_glue}\gets\\{float\_constant}(0)$;\par\noindent -\quad$\\{this\_box}\gets\\{temp\_ptr}$; - $\\{g\_order}\gets\\{glue\_order}(\\{this\_box})$; - $\\{g\_sign}\gets\\{glue\_sign}(\\{this\_box})$; - -\bugonpage B262, line 10 from the bottom (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf begin} $g\gets\\{glue\_ptr}(p)$; - $\\{rule\_ht}\gets\\{width}(g)-\\{cur\_g}$; - -\bugonpage B262, line 6 from the bottom (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf begin} $\\{cur\_glue}\gets\\{cur\_glue}+\\{stretch}(g)$; - $\\{vet\_glue}(\\{float}(\\{glue\_set}(\\{this\_box}))*\\{cur\_glue})$;\par -\noindent\qquad\qquad$\\{cur\_g}\gets\\{round}(\\{glue\_temp})$; - -\bugonpage B262, line 2 from the bottom (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf begin} $\\{cur\_glue}\gets\\{cur\_glue}-\\{shrink}(g)$; - $\\{vet\_glue}(\\{float}(\\{glue\_set}(\\{this\_box}))*\\{cur\_glue})$;\par -\noindent\qquad\qquad$\\{cur\_g}\gets\\{round}(\\{glue\_temp})$; - -\bugonpage B263, new line to precede old line 2 (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{rule\_ht}\gets\\{rule\_ht}+\\{cur\_g}$; - -\bugonpage B264, line 10 (12/19/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad{\bf else begin} $\\{lx}\gets\\{lr}$ {\bf div} $(\\{lq}+1)$; - -\bugonpage B266, line 29 (09/11/07) - -\tenpoint\noindent -$\\{total\_pages}\ge65536$, the \.{DVI} file will lie. And if -$\\{max\_push}\ge65536$, the user deserves whatever chaos might ensue. - -\bugonpage B279, line 19 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\\{p}: \\{pointer};\quad$\{\,$a new glue node$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B288, lines 18--20 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{left\_noad}: {\bf begin} \\{print\_esc}(\.{"left"}); - \\{print\_delimiter}(\\{delimiter}($p$));\par\noindent -\quad{\bf end};\par\noindent -\\{right\_noad}: {\bf begin} \\{print\_esc}(\.{"right"}); - \\{print\_delimiter}(\\{delimiter}($p$)); - -\bugonpage B290, line 12 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf begin if\/} $s=\\{text\_size}$ {\bf then} - \\{print\_esc}(\.{"textfont"}); - -\bugonpage B299, line 9 (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad\quad{\bf if\/} $\\{type}(r)=\\{kern\_node}$ {\bf then} - \quad$\{\,$unneeded italic correction$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B332, line 6 (12/19/02) - -\tenpoint\noindent -is being scanned, or when no alignment preamble is active. - -\bugonpage B332, line 8 (12/19/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf begin if\/} $(\\{scanner\_status}=\\{aligning}) \lor - (\\{cur\_align}=\\{null})$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage B336, line 11 from the bottom (10/13/03) - -\tenpoint\noindent -$j-i+\\{min\_quarterword}$ in their -\\{link} fields. The values of $w_{ii}$ were initialized to -\\{null\_flag},\cutpar - -\bugonpage B342, lines 5 and 6 (09/11/07) - -\tenpoint -In restricted horizontal mode, the \\{clang} part of \\{aux} is undefined; -an over-cautious Pascal runtime system may complain about this. - -\bugonpage B343, line 25 (01/02/13) - -\noindent -should begin in the -sequence of line numbers, in case hanging indentation or \.{\char`\\parshape} -is in\cutpar - -\bugonpage B416, line 22 (02/29/08) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf if\/} $\\{count}(t)=1000$ {\bf then} $t\gets\\{height}(r)$ -\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf else} $t\gets\\{x\_over\_n}(\\{height}(r),1000)*\\{count}(t)$; -\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad\\{print\_scaled}$(t)$ - -\bugonpage B438, lines 1--3 (09/11/07) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf1035.\quad}If \\{link}(\\{cur\_q}) is nonnull when \\{wrapup} is invoked, -\\{cur\_q} points to -the list of characters that were consumed while building the ligature -character~\\{cur\_l}. - -\bugonpage B438, lines 19 and 20 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad\qquad{\bf begin if\/} $\\{link}(\\{cur\_q})>\\{null}$ {\bf then} -\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad\qquad\quad{\bf if\/} $\\{character}(\\{tail})=\\{qi}( - \\{hyphen\_char}[\\{main\_f}])$ {\bf then} $\\{ins\_disc}\gets\\{true}$; - -\bugonpage B438, line 4 from the bottom (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{link}(\\{tail})\gets\\{lig\_stack}$; -$\\{tail}\gets\\{lig\_stack}$\quad$\{\,$\\{main\_loop\_lookahead} is next$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B439, line 3 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $\\{main\_p}>\\{null}$ {\bf then} - \\{tail\_append}(\\{main\_p});\quad$\{\,$append a single character$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage B440, new line to follow line 9 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $\\{cur\_r}=\\{non\_char}$ {\bf then goto} - \\{main\_loop\_wrapup}; - -\bugonpage B452, line 18 (28/03/11) - -\noindent\\{hmode}, where the latter two are used to denote - \.{\char`\\vbox} and \.{\char`\\hbox}, respectively. - -\bugonpage B455, lines 3 and 4 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $((\\{cur\_cmd}=\\{hskip})\land(\\{abs}(\\{mode})\ne\\{vmode})) - \lor ((\\{cur\_cmd}=\\{vskip})\land(\\{abs}(\\{mode})=\\{vmode}))$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage B472, new paragraph to follow line 10 (12/20/02) - -\tenpoint\noindent\quad -A devious user might force an \\{endv} command to occur just about anywhere; -we must defeat such hacks. - -\bugonpage B472, replacement for what used to be line 13 (12/20/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf begin} $\\{base\_ptr}\gets\\{input\_ptr}$; - $\\{input\_stack}[\\{base\_ptr}]\gets\\{cur\_input}$;\par\noindent -\quad{\bf while} $(\\{input\_stack}[\\{base\_ptr}].\\{index\_field}\ne - \\{v\_template}) \land{}$\par\noindent -\quad\qquad $(\\{input\_stack}[\\{base\_ptr}].\\{loc\_field}= - \\{null}) \land {}$\par\noindent -\quad\qquad $(\\{input\_stack}[\\{base\_ptr}].\\{state\_field}= - \\{token\_list})$ {\bf do} \\{decr}(\\{base\_ptr});\par\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $(\\{input\_stack}[\\{base\_ptr}].\\{index\_field}\ne - \\{v\_template}) \lor {}$\par\noindent -\quad\qquad $(\\{input\_stack}[\\{base\_ptr}].\\{loc\_field}\ne - \\{null}) \lor {}$\par\noindent -\quad\qquad $(\\{input\_stack}[\\{base\_ptr}].\\{state\_field}\ne - \\{token\_list})$ {\bf then}\par\noindent -\qquad\\{fatal\_error}(\hbox{\tt\char'23(interwoven\]alignment\]preambles\]% - are\]not\]allowed)\char'23});\par\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $\\{cur\_group}=\\{align\_group}$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage B505, line 19 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad(\.{"since\]the\]result\]is\]out\]of\]range."});\par\noindent -\qquad{\bf if\/} $p\ge\\{glue\_val}$ {\bf then} - \\{delete\_glue\_ref}(\\{cur\_val});\par\noindent -\qquad\\{error}; {\bf return}; - -\bugonpage B506, line 1 (10/13/03) - -\tenpoint\noindent -{\bf 1237.\quad}Here we use the fact that the consecutive codes -$\\{int\_val}\to\\{mu\_val}$ and -$\\{assign\_int}\to$\cutpar - -\bugonpage B520, line 8 (06/25/04) - -\tenpoint\noindent -says, -for example, `\.{(preloaded format=plain 1982.11.19)}', showing the year, -month, and day\cutpar - -\bugonpage B535, new line to follow line 11 (09/11/07) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad{\bf if\/} $\\{last\_glue}\ne\\{max\_halfword}$ {\bf then} - \\{delete\_glue\_ref}(\\{last\_glue}); - -\bugonpage B578, new entry (06/04/06) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Trabb Pardo, Luis Isidoro, 2. - - % volume C -\hsize=29pc -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\ddashto{\mathrel{\hbox{-\thinspace-\thinspace-\kern-.05em}}} -\def\tension{\mathop{\rm tension}} -\def\controls{\mathop{\rm controls}} -\def\and{\,{\rm and}\,} - -\bugonpage Cxi, line 4 (05/20/07) - -\line{\hbox to\parindent{\bf\hbox to 1em{\hss27}\hss}% - \rm Recovery from Errors\leaders\hbox to 20pt{\kern13pt.\hss}\hfil - \hbox to 2em{\hss223}} - -\bugonpage C11, line 11 (10/11/01) - -\noindent -the area below the bar to the area above it equal to -$(\sqrt5+1)/2\approx1.61803$, the\cutpar - -\bugonpage C29, illustration for exercise 4.11 (09/09/01) - -\noindent -[points 2 and 5 should not be labeled twice] - -\bugonpage C32, line 5 from the bottom (01/04/14) - -\noindent -\hbox to\parindent{\hfil\sevenrm20\ \ }% -| penpos1(stem,15); penpos2(.9stem,12); penpos3(stem,10);| - -\bugonpage C36, line 5 from the bottom (01/05/14) - -\noindent -line~12, where it -says `|x1l|', not `|x11|' or~`|xll|'); be sure to distinguish between\cutpar - -\bugonpage C55, lines 5 and 6 (01/05/14) - -\ninepoint\noindent -suffixed or subscripted. -Thus, the syntax rule for \<variable> -should actually be replaced by a slightly more complicated pair of rules: - - -\bugonpage C129, line 16 (02/21/08) - -\ninepoint\beginsyntax -<path subexpression>\is<path expression not ending with direction specifier>\kern-5pt\null -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C130, lines 13--15 from the bottom (09/13/03) - -\ninepoint\noindent -point but not after it, the -nonempty one is duplicated in a similar way. A~basic path join -`$\to\controls u\and v\to$' specifies explicit control points that -override any direction specifiers that may immediately surround it. - -\bugonpage C137, lines 5--7 from the bottom (02/21/08) - -\danger Let's conclude this chapter by applying what we've learned about -paths to a real-life example. The {\sl Journal of Algorithms\/} was -published for many years by Academic Press, and its cover page carried the -following logo, which was designed\cutpar -\enddanger - -\bugonpage C137, bottom two lines (02/21/08) - -\ninepoint\noindent -A \MF\ program to produce this logo made it possible for the editors -of the journal to use it on letterheads in their correspondence. -Here is one way to do that job,\cutpar -% actually the MS now says "to write that program," and the -% correction therefore extends to page C138 - -\bugonpage C156, line 15 from the bottom (09/09/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -be the values they had upon entry to the group.) - -\bugonpage C159, lines 12--15 (12/01/06) - -\begintt -def --- = ..tension infinity.. enddef; -\endtt -it makes `$z_1\ddashto z_2$' become -`$z_1\to\tension\\{infinity}\to z_2$'. -The {replacement text} can be any sequence of tokens not including -`{\bf enddef}\kern1pt'; or it can include entire subdefinitions like -`{\bf def}~$\ldots$~{\bf enddef}\kern1pt', according to certain rules -that we shall explain later. - -\bugonpage C171, line 16 from the bottom (06/18/02) - -\tenpoint -\<loop>\is\<loop header>|:|\<loop text> {\tt endfor} - -\bugonpage C179, line 7 from the bottom (09/09/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -next time \MF\ gets to the end of an input line, it will stop reading -from the\cutpar - -\bugonpage C180, lines 14--16 (04/25/03) - -\ninepoint\noindent -digits should be a -file name that works in essentially the same way on all installations of -\MF\kern-.03em\null. Uppercase letters are considered to be distinct from their -lowercase counterparts, on many systems. - -\bugonpage C180, new line to be inserted 4 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\item\bull -When \MF\ is reading the symbolic tokens to be saved by {\bf save}. - -\bugonpage C203, line 12 from the bottom (04/25/03) - -\ninepoint\hbox to 237pt{point~3 at the right of the triangle -might digitize into a} - -\bugonpage C213, line 26 (02/21/08) - -\ninepoint\beginsyntax -<path subexpression>\is<path expression not ending with direction specifier>\kern-5pt\null -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage C226, line 23 (02/21/08) - -\ninepoint\noindent following nineteen things will be mentioned: - -\bugonpage C226, new line to be second from the bottom (02/21/08) - -\ninepoint\indent|independent variables|\qquad(distinct numeric variables) - -\bugonpage C236, line 7 from the bottom (01/05/14) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hbox to\parindent{\hss\bf 7.4.\enspace}False. -After `|newinternal x;|' you can't say `|x|\<tag>' in a \<suffix list>. - -\bugonpage C246, line 12 (02/21/08) - -\ninepoint\noindent -is performed whenever \MF\ uses the last two alternatives -in the definition\cutpar - -\bugonpage C250, lines 13 and 14 (02/19/08) - -\ninepoint\noindent\hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss19.3.\enspace}% -Yes, if and only if $n-{1\over2}$ is a nonnegative even integer. -\ (Because ambiguous values are rounded upwards.) - -\bugonpage C250, line 12 from the bottom (04/25/03) - -\ninepoint\noindent -following \<boolean primary>.) - -\bugonpage C286, line 25 (09/09/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -problem; it would simply have put |ENDFOR| into the -replacement text of |asts|, because\cutpar - -\bugonpage C289, line 7 (09/09/01) - -\vskip-6pt\ninepoint\begintt -if if pair x: x>(0,0) else: false fi: A else: B fi. -\endtt - -\bugonpage C292, line 10 from the bottom (09/09/01) - -\ninepoint\noindent -be known by saying `{\bf if\/} known $p-q$: $p=q$ {\bf else}:~{\bf false} -{\bf fi}'; transforms could be handled\cutpar - -\bugonpage C293, line 5 from the bottom (04/25/03) - -\ninepoint\noindent -given angle~$\phi$. We can consider -the common angle~$\theta$ of $z_{1r}-z_{1l}$ and $z_{0r}-z_{0l}$ to be\cutpar - -\bugonpage C315, line 15 from the bottom (04/25/03) - -\ninepoint\noindent -`b' was shipped out.) \ The second letter,~`o', is placed -in a second little box adjacent\cutpar - -\bugonpage C325, bottom line (02/29/08) - -\rightline{\eightss--- CAROLUS LINN\AE US, - {\eightssi Philosophia Botanica\/}\enspace(1751)} - -\bugonpage C332, line 4 from the bottom (04/25/03) - -\ninepoint\noindent -(The proofsheet resolution will be 50 pixels per inch, because {\it cheapo\/} -has 200 pixels per\cutpar - -\bugonpage C346, left column (06/18/02) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\llap{*}|:|, 169, 171, 317--319. - -\bugonpage C346, right column (07/09/01) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\llap{*}|angle|, {\it29}, {\it67}, $\underline{72}$, {\it107}, -{\it135}, 211, {\it238}. - -\bugonpage C346, right column (10/04/04) - -\eightpoint\noindent -arccosine, arcsine, arctangent, {\sl see\/} |angle|. - -\bugonpage C351, right column (02/21/08) - -\eightpoint\noindent -independent variables, $\underline{81}$--$\underline{83}$, 88, 224, 226. - -\bugonpage C352, right column (02/29/08) - -\eightpoint\noindent -Linn\'e, Carl von (= Linn\ae us, Carolus), 325. - -\bugonpage C355, right column (02/29/08) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\llap{*}|save|, $\underline{155}$--$\underline{156}$, {\it160}, 173, - {\it178}, 180, 218,\par -\noindent\qquad{\it236}, {\it244}, {\it296}, 299. - - % Volume D -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode - -\bugonpage Dv, page number change (12/27/11) - -\eightpoint\noindent[For consistency with Volumes A, C, and E, the -preface now begins on page v instead of page~vii. This change was first -made in the sixth printing.] - -\bugonpage Dv {(formerly Dvii)}, bottom two lines (01/06/14) - -\eightpoint\noindent -corporates all of those changes. -I~now believe that the final bug was discovered on 03~June 2008, -and removed in version 2.7182818. -The finder's fee has converged to \$327.68. - -\bugonpage Dxiii {(formerly Dxv)}, line $-7$ (12/27/11) - -\ninepoint\noindent -Format specs have no effect on the corresponding Pascal program, but they -do influence\cutpar - -\hsize=35pc -\parindent=1em - -\bugonpage D2, line $-17$ (01/03/14) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf define} $\\{banner}\equiv\hbox{\tt\char'23}$% -{\tt This\]is\]METAFONT,\]Version\]2.7182818\char'23}\quad -$\{\,$printed when \MF\ starts$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D2, lines 4 and 5 from the bottom (12/23/02) - -\tenpoint\noindent -types; there are no `{\bf var}' parameters, except in the case of files -or in the system-dependent \\{paint\_row} procedure; -there are no tag fields on variant records; there are no \\{real} variables; -no procedures are declared local to other procedures.) - -\bugonpage D16, new paragraph to follow line 26 (06/25/04) - -The first line is special also because it may be read before \MF\ has -input a base file. In such cases, normal error messages cannot yet -be given. The following code uses concepts that will be explained later. -(If the Pascal compiler does not support non-local {\bf goto}, the -statement `{\bf goto} \\{final\_end}' should be replaced by something that -quietly terminates the program.) - -\bugonpage D22, line 26 (09/11/07) - -\noindent -ASCII codes $[\Oct{60}\to\Oct{71},% -\Oct{136},\Oct{141}\to\Oct{146}]$ -must be printable. - -\bugonpage D31, line 29 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -This is the only nontrivial {\bf goto} statement in the -whole program. It is used when there is no\cutpar - -\bugonpage D42, replacement for lines 8--13 (12/23/02) - -\tenpoint\noindent\quad -Notice that if 64-bit integer arithmetic were available, -we could simply compute $(2^{29}*p+\nobreak q)\allowbreak\, -\hbox{\bf div}\,(2*q)$. -But when we are restricted to Pascal's 32-bit arithmetic we -must either resort to multiple-precision maneuvering -or use a simple but slow iteration. The multiple-precision technique -would be about three times faster than the code adopted here, but it -would be comparatively long and tricky, involving about sixteen -additional multiplications and divisions. - -\bugonpage D43, line 20 (12/23/02) - -\tenpoint\noindent -language or 64-bit substitute is advisable. - -\bugonpage D44, lines 24--26 (12/23/02) - -\tenpoint\noindent\quad -Once again it is a good idea to use 64-bit arithmetic if -possible; otherwise \\{take\_scaled} will use more than 2\% of the running time -when the Computer Modern fonts are being generated. - -\bugonpage D58, line 16 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\hskip5em{\bf if\/} $\\{j\_random}=0$ {\bf then} \\{new\_randoms} - {\bf else} \\{decr}(\\{j\_random}) - -\bugonpage D63, line 21 (06/25/04) - -Locations of \\{mem} between \\{mem\_min} and \\{mem\_top} may be dumped as -part -of preloaded base\cutpar - -\bugonpage D75, line 13 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf define} $\\{fi\_or\_else}=2$\quad$\{\,$delimiters for conditionals - ({\bf elseif\/}, {\bf else}, {\bf fi})$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D76, line 5 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf define} $\\{type\_name}=30$\quad$\{\,$declare a type - ({\bf numeric}, {\bf pair}, etc.)$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D77, line 16 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf define} $\\{lig\_kern\_token}=76$\quad$\{\,$the operators - `{\bf kern}' and `\.{=:}' and `\.{=:\char'174}', etc.$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D98, bottom two lines (06/25/04) - -\noindent -They consist of zero or more parameter tokens followed -by a code for the type of macro. - -\bugonpage D101, line 3 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -\MF\ user assigns a type to a variable like \.{x20a.b} by saying, for -example, `\.{boolean} \.{x[]a.b}'. - -\bugonpage D102, lines 10--16 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -variable that is relevant -when no attributes are attached to the parent. The \\{attr\_head} node -has the fields of either -a value node, a subscript node, or an attribute node, depending on what -the parent would be if it were not structured; but the subscript and -attribute fields are ignored, so it effectively contains only the data of -a value node. The \\{link} field in this special node points to an attribute -node whose \\{attr\_loc} field is zero; the latter node represents a collective -subscript `\.{[]}' attached to the parent, and its \\{link} field points to -the first non-special attribute node (or to \\{end\_attr} if there are none). - -\bugonpage D102, lines 7 and 8 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\noindent -$\\{subscr\_head}(\\{q1})=\\{qq1}$; -\\{qq} is a three-word ``attribute-as-value'' node with -$\\{type}(\\{qq})=\break\\{numeric\_type}$ -(assuming that \.{x5} is numeric, because \\{qq} represents `\.{x[]}' -with no further\break - attributes), $\\{name\_type}(\\{qq})=\\{structured\_root}$, -$\\{attr\_loc}(\\{qq})=0$, $\\{parent}(\\{qq})=p$,\cutpar - -\bugonpage D103, line 6 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -The value of variable \.{x20b} -appears in node~$\\{qqq2}=\\{link}(\\{qqq1})$, as you can well imagine. -Similarly, the value of `\.{x.a}' appears in node $\\{q2}=\\{link}(\\{q1})$, -where $\\{attr\_loc}(\\{q2})=h(a)$ and $\\{parent}(\\{q2})=p$. - -\bugonpage D114, line 12 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -\qquad Such save stack entries are generated by {\bf save} commands. - -\bugonpage D120, line 3 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -[delete the line `The code here \dots', since the - code {\it doesn't\/} use the stated fact] - -\bugonpage D126, line 10 (06/25/04) - -\tenpoint\noindent -If $\theta_0$ is supposed to have a given value $E_0$, we simply -define $C_0=1$, $D_0=0$, and $R_0=E_0$.\cutpar - -\bugonpage D138, line 11 from the bottom (10/26/06) - -\tenpoint\noindent -for the bisected interval are $z'_0=z_0$ -and $z''_0=z_0+(Z'_1+Z'_2+\cdots+Z'_n)/2^{l+1}$. - -\bugonpage D142, line 3 (06/25/04) - -\tenpoint\noindent -out to hold if and only if $x_0\le x_1$ and $x_2\le x_3$, and either -$x_1\le x_2$ or $(x_1-x_2)^2\le(x_1-x_0)(x_3-x_2)$.\cutpar - -\bugonpage D142, line 8 (10/26/06) - -\tenpoint\noindent\quad -For example, if we start with $(x_1-x_0,x_2-x_1,x_3-x_2)= -(X_1,X_2,X_3)=(7,-16,39)$, the\cutpar - -\bugonpage D142, lines 21--23 (06/25/04) - -\tenpoint\noindent -monotonic -cubic, then $B(x_0,x_1,x_2,x_3;{1\over2})$ is always between -$.06[x_0,x_3]$ and $.94[x_0,x_3]$; and it is impossible for $\bar x$ -to be within~$\epsilon$ of such a number. Contradiction! -(The constant .06 is actually $(2-\sqrt3\,)/4$; the worst case -occurs for polynomials like $B(0,2-\sqrt3,1-\sqrt3,3;t)$.) - -\bugonpage D177, line 18 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{cur\_x},\\{cur\_y}$: \\{scaled};\quad$\{\,$outputs of \\{skew}, - \\{unskew}, and a few other routines$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D182, lines 27--29 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -{\bf399.\quad}If - the segment numbers on the cycle are $t_1$, $t_2$, \dots, $t_m$, -and if $m\le\\{max\_quarterword}$, -we have $t_{k-1}\le t_k$ except for at most one value of~$k$. If there are -no exceptions, $f$ will point to $t_1$; otherwise it will point to the -exceptional~$t_k$. - -\bugonpage D184, line 18 (12/21/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\\{chopped}: \\{integer};\quad -$\{\,$positive if data truncated, negative if data dangerously large$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D184, line 25 (12/21/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $(\\{internal}[\\{autorounding}]>0)\land(\\{chopped}=0)$ - {\bf then} \\{xy\_round}; - -\bugonpage D184, line 27 (12/21/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $(\\{internal}[\\{autorounding}]>\\{unity})\land - (\\{chopped}=0)$ {\bf then} \\{diag\_round}; - -\bugonpage D184, line 32 (12/21/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad{\bf if\/} $(\\{internal}[\\{autorounding}]\le0)\lor(\\{chopped}\ne0)$ - {\bf then} \\{print\_spec}({\tt\char`",\]after\]subdivision\char`"}) - -\bugonpage D185, lines 15--19 (12/21/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf define} \\{procrustes}({\tt\char`#})${}\equiv{}${\bf if\/} - $\\{abs}(\.\#)\ge\\{dmax}$ {\bf then}\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad\quad{\bf if\/} $\\{abs}(\.\#)>\\{max\_allowed}$ {\bf then}\par -\noindent\qquad\qquad\qquad{\bf begin} $\\{chopped}\gets1$;\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad\qquad{\bf if\/} $\.\#>0$ {\bf then} $\.\#\gets\\{max\_allowed}$ - {\bf else} $\.\#\gets-\\{max\_allowed}$;\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad\qquad{\bf end}\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad\quad{\bf else if\/} $\\{chopped}=0$ {\bf then} - $\\{chopped}\gets-1$ - -\bugonpage D185, old line 22 (12/21/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$p\gets\\{cur\_spec}$; $k\gets1$; $\\{chopped}\gets0$; - $\\{dmax}\gets\\{half}(\\{max\_allowed})$; - -\bugonpage D185, old line 28 (12/21/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $\\{chopped}>0$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage D196, lines 3--8 (06/25/04) - -The first job is to fix things so that $x(t)$ plus the horizontal -pen offset is an integer multiple of the -current ``granularity'' when the derivative $x'(t)$ crosses through zero. -The given cyclic path contains regions where $x'(t)\ge0$ and regions -where $x'(t)\le0$. The \\{quadrant\_subdivide} routine is called into action -before any of the path coordinates have been skewed, but some of them -may have been negated. In regions where $x'(t)\ge0$ we have $\\{right\_type}=% -\\{first\_octant}$ or $\\{right\_type}=\\{eighth\_octant}$; in regions where -$x'(t)\le0$, -we have $\\{right\_type}=\\{fifth\_octant}$ or $\\{right\_type}=\\{fourth% -\_octant}$. - -\bugonpage D196, lines 15 and 16 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -current pen might be unsymmetric in such a way that $x$ coordinates -should round dif-\break ferently in different parts of the curve. -These considerations imply that round$(x_0)$\cutpar - -\bugonpage D200, line 4 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -and that there are similar ways to address other important offsets.\par -\smallskip\ninepoint -[Also delete the definitions of \\{north\_south\_edge}, etc., -on lines 11--15; those definitions are never used.] - -\bugonpage D212, line 18 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -at $(x_0,y_0)$ and ends at $(x_1,y_1)$, it's possible to -prove (by induction on the length of the truncated\cutpar - -\bugonpage D216, bottom line (06/25/04) - -\noindent -we list it twice (with coordinates -interchanged, so as to make the second octant look like\cutpar - -\bugonpage D217, lines 2--10 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -$$\tabskip\centering -\halign to\hsize{$\hfil#\;\mapsto\;{}$\tabskip=0pt& -$#\hfil$&\quad in the #\hfil\tabskip\centering\cr -w_2\;w_2\;w_2&(-5,6)\;(-5,6)\;(-5,6)\cr -\noalign{\vskip\belowdisplayskip -\vbox{\noindent\strut as the list of transformed and skewed offsets to use -when curves that travel in the second octant. Similarly, we will have\strut} -\vskip\abovedisplayskip} -w_2\;w_2\;w_2&(7,-6)\;(7,-6)\;(7,-6)&third;\cr -w_2\;w_2\;w_3\;w_3&(-7,1)\;(-7,1)\;(-3,2)\;(-3,2)&fourth;\cr -w_3\;w_3\;w_3&(3,-2)\;(3,-2)\;(3,-2)&fifth;\cr -w_3\;w_3\;w_0\;w_0&(-3,1)\;(-3,1)\;(1,0)\;(1,0)&sixth;\cr -w_0\;w_0\;w_0&(1,0)\;(1,0)\;(1,0)&seventh;\cr -w_0\;w_0\;w_0&(-1,1)\;(-1,1)\;(-1,1)&eighth.\cr}$$ - -\bugonpage D218, lines 2 and 3 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -count followed by pointers to the eight offset lists, followed -by an indication of the pen's range of values. - -\bugonpage D218, line 15 (06/25/04) - -The \\{link} field of a pen header node should be \\{null} if and only if -the pen is a single point. - -\bugonpage D227, line 11 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -\\{endpoint}. The cubics all have -monotone-nondecreasing $x(t)$ and $y(t)$. - -\bugonpage D228, lines 4--7 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\noindent -In odd-numbered octants, the numerator and denominator of this fraction -will be nonnegative; in even-numbered octants they will both be nonpositive. -Furthermore we always have $0=s_0\le s_1\le\cdots\le s_n=\infty$. The goal of -\\{offset\_prep} is to find an offset index~$k$ to associate with -each cubic, such that the slope $s(t)$ of the cubic satisfies - -\bugonpage D231, line 7 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $\\{abs}(\\{du})\ge\\{abs}(\\{dv})$ {\bf then}\quad $\{\, - s_{k-1}\le1$ or $s_k\le1\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D231, line 16 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -and return towards $s_{k-1}$ or $s_k$, -respectively, yielding another solution of $(*)$. - -\bugonpage D246, line 4 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\noindent -dinate fields. Hence, for example, -the point $\bigl($$\\{x\_coord}(p)-\\{left\_v}(q),\\{y\_coord}(p)+% -\\{right\_u}(p)$$\bigr)$ -also\cutpar - -\bugonpage D248, lines 14 and 15 (01/06/14) - -\noindent -the $x$-axis at the point -$\bigl((a^2-b^2)\sin\theta\cos\theta/\rho\bigr)+i\rho$, where -\vadjust{\vskip1pt}% -$\rho=\sqrt{(a\sin\theta)^2+(b\cos\theta)^2}$. It reaches -furthest to the right of~the $y$-axis at the point -$\sigma+i(a^2-b^2)\sin\theta\cos\theta/\sigma$, where -$\sigma=$\cutpar - -\bugonpage D248, line 24 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad{\bf else begin} $\\{beta}\gets\\{minor\_axis}$; - $\\{gamma}\gets\\{major\_axis}$; - $\\{theta}\gets0$; - -\bugonpage D251, line 1 (01/06/14) - -\noindent -{\bf536.\quad}Only the coordinates need to be copied, not the class numbers -and other stuff. At this point either $\\{link}(p)$ or -$\\{link}(\\{link}(p))$ is \\{null}. - -\bugonpage D251, line 10 (01/06/14) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{done1}: {\bf if\/} $(\\{link}(p)\ne\\{null})$ {\bf then} -$\\{free\_node}(\\{link}(p),\\{knot\_node\_size})$;\hfil\break -\null\quad$\\{link}(p)\gets s$; -$\\{beta}\gets-\\{y\_coord}(h)$; - -\bugonpage D256, line 2 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\noindent -we have $2^lu_{\min}=2^lu_0+U_{\min}$, etc.; the condition for overlap -reduces to - -\bugonpage D261, line 5 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{tol}: \\{integer};\quad$\{\,$bound on the uncertainty in the overlap test$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D262, lines 26 and 27 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\quad$\\{uv}\gets\\{uv}+\\{int\_packets}$;\quad$\{\,$switch - from \\{l\_packets} to \\{r\_packets}$\,\}$\par\noindent -\qquad\quad$\\{decr}(\\{cur\_tt})$; - $\\{xy}\gets\\{xy}-\\{int\_packets}$;\quad$\{\,$switch - from \\{r\_packets} to \\{l\_packets}$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D262, line 11 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad$\\{xy}\gets\\{xy}+\\{int\_packets}$;\quad$\{\,$switch - from \\{l\_packets} to \\{r\_packets}$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D274, line 15 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf begin if\/} $\\{serial\_no}>\\{el\_gordo}-\\{s\_scale}$ - {\bf then}\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad\quad$\\{overflow}(\.{"independent\]variables"}, - \\{serial\_no}\mathbin{\hbox{\bf div}}\\{s\_scale})$;\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad$\\{type}(\#)\gets\\{independent}$; - $\\{serial\_no}\gets\\{serial\_no}+\\{s\_scale}$; - $\\{value}(\#)\gets\\{serial\_no}$; - -\bugonpage D309, line 21 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -{\bf670.\quad}We go to \\{restart} instead of to \\{switch}, -because we might enter \\{token\_state} after the error\cutpar - -\bugonpage D314, line 6 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\noindent -\\{macro\_def} or \\{iteration}). - -\bugonpage D330, line 1 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -{\bf728.\quad}A {\bf suffix} or {\bf text} parameter will have been scanned as -a token list pointed to by \\{cur\_exp},\cutpar - -\bugonpage D354, lines 15 and 16 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\noindent\hangindent 3em -$\\{cur\_type}=\\{unknown\_boolean}$ means that \\{cur\_exp} points to a -capsule node that is in -a ring of equivalent booleans whose value has not yet been defined. - -\bugonpage D354, lines 11 and 12 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\noindent\hangindent 3em -$\\{cur\_type}=\\{unknown\_string}$ means that \\{cur\_exp} points to a -capsule node that is in -a ring of equivalent strings whose value has not yet been defined. - -\bugonpage D354, lines 7 and 8 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\noindent\hangindent 3em -$\\{cur\_type}=\\{unknown\_pen}$ means that \\{cur\_exp} points to a -capsule node that is in -a ring of equivalent pens whose value has not yet been defined. - -\bugonpage D355, lines 1 and 2 (06/25/04) - -\noindent\hangindent 3em -$\\{cur\_type}=\\{unknown\_path}$ means that \\{cur\_exp} points to a -capsule node that is in -a ring of equivalent paths whose value has not yet been defined. - -\bugonpage D355, lines 5 and 6 (06/25/04) - -\noindent\hangindent 3em -$\\{cur\_type}=\\{unknown\_picture}$ means that \\{cur\_exp} points to a -capsule node that is in -a ring of equivalent pictures whose value has not yet been defined. - -\bugonpage D355, lines 21 and 22 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -$\\{cur\_type}=\\{token\_list}$ means that \\{cur\_exp} points to a linked list -of tokens. - -\bugonpage D356, lines 2--3 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -nodes have $\\{name\_type}=\\{capsule}$, -and their \\{type} field is one of the possibilities for \\{cur\_type} -listed above. -Also $\\{link}\le\\{void}$ in capsules that aren't part of a token list. - -\bugonpage D368, line 13 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\\{my\_var\_flag}: $0\to\\{max\_command\_code}$;\quad$\{\,$initial - value of \\{var\_flag}$\,\}$ - -\bugonpage D378, line 9 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\quad{\bf begin} $\\{cur\_type}\gets\\{known}$; - $\\{cur\_exp}\gets0$; - $\\{free\_node}(q,\\{dep\_node\_size})$; - -\bugonpage D380, line 12 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad\qquad{\bf begin} $\\{type}(r)\gets\\{known}$; - $\\{value}(r)\gets0$; - $\\{free\_node}(p,\\{dep\_node\_size})$; - -\bugonpage D390, lines 2 and 3 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -by a previous operation. We must maintain -the value of $\\{right\_type}(q)$ in cases such as\break -`|..{curl2}z{0,0\}..|'. - -\bugonpage D437, line 1 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -{\bf996.\quad}And \\{do\_assignment} is similar to \\{do\_equation}: - -\bugonpage D439, line 10 becomes two lines (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad{\bf begin} $\\{nonlinear\_eq}(v,\\{cur\_exp},\\{false})$; - $\\{cur\_type}\gets t$; - {\bf goto} \\{done}; - -\bugonpage D443, line 11 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\\{done}: {\bf if\/} $\\{eq\_type}(x)\mathbin{\hbox{\bf mod}}\\{outer\_tag} - \ne\\{tag\_token}$ {\bf then} - $\\{clear\_symbol}(x,\\{false})$; - -\bugonpage D452, line 9 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -though they don't necessarily correspond to primitive tokens. - -\bugonpage D476, line 12 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad{\bf if\/} $\\{nl}-\\{skip\_table}[c]>128$ {\bf then} - -\bugonpage D483, line 7 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{max\_tfm\_dimen}\gets16\ast\\{internal}[\\{design\_size}]-1 - -\\{internal}[\\{design\_size}]\mathbin{\hbox{\bf div}}\Oct{10000000}$; - -\bugonpage D483, lines 15--17 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad{\bf if\/} $x>0$ {\bf then} - $x\gets\\{max\_tfm\_dimen}$ {\bf else} - $x\gets-\\{max\_tfm\_dimen}$;\par\noindent -\qquad{\bf end};\par\noindent -\quad$x\gets\\{make\_scaled}(x\ast16,\\{internal}[\\{design\_size}])$; - -\bugonpage D496, line 2 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -a pointer to -an edge structure. Its mission is to describe the positive pixels -in \.{GF} form,\cutpar - -\bugonpage D500, line 16 (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\quad$\\{selector}\gets\\{old\_setting}$; - $\\{gf\_out}(\\{cur\_length})$; - $\\{gf\_string}(0,\\{make\_string})$; - $\\{decr}(\\{str\_ptr})$; - -\bugonpage D506, lines 8--10 (06/25/04) - -\noindent -\MF\ it says, -for example, `\.{(preloaded base=plain 1984.2.29)}', showing the year, -month, and day that the base file was created. We have $\\{base\_ident}=0$ -before \MF's tables are loaded. - -\bugonpage D514, line 14 from the bottom (06/25/04) - -\noindent -\.{CMMF}, should also be provided for commonly used bases such as \.{cmbase}. - - % volume E -\hsize=29pc - -\newbox\shorthyf \setbox\shorthyf=\hbox{-\kern-.05em} -\mathchardef\period=`\. -{\catcode`\-=\active \global\def-{\copy\shorthyf\mkern3.9mu} - \catcode`\.=\active \global\def.{\period\mkern3mu}} -\def\8#1{\mathrel{\mathcode`\.="8000 \mathcode`\-="8000 - #1\unkern}} % `..' and `--' - -\bugonpage E1, line 3 (01/06/06) - -\tenpoint\noindent -Zillions of alphabets can be generated by the programs in this book. -All\cutpar - -\bugonpage E6, lines 16--19 (12/29/04) - -\textindent\bull - {\it square\_dots\/} tells whether dots should be square, not rounded;\smallskip -\textindent\bull - {\it hefty\/} tells whether weight-reducing strategies should be used;\smallskip -\textindent\bull\hangindent\parindent - {\it monospace\/} tells whether the characters should all be forced to - have the same width; - -\bugonpage E7, line 11 (12/21/02) - -\ninepoint\indent -\\{hair}, \\{vair}, \\{stem}, \\{curve}, \\{ess}, \\{flare}, \\{dot\_size}, - \\{bar}, \\{slab}, - -\bugonpage E7, line 14 (12/21/02) - -\ninepoint\indent -\\{crisp}, \\{tiny}, \\{fine}; -\medskip\noindent -and \\{thin\_join} should not be less than \\{fine}. - -\bugonpage E19, line 19 (11/07/01) - -\tenpoint -\line{\\{cap\_notch\_cut}\hskip 0pt plus1.5fil46/36\hfil31/36\hfil25/36\hfil -24/36\hfil22/36\hskip0pt plus3fil25/36} - -\bugonpage E41, line 8 (12/21/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent\mathchardef\AM="2026 % ampersand -\quad$\\{extra\_endchar}\gets\\{extra\_endchar}\AM - \.{\char`"charcode:=charcode+code\char`\_offset;"}$; - -\bugonpage E53, line 7 (12/21/02) - -\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em - \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em - /\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}} -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf numeric} \\{mid\_thickness}; - $\\{mid\_thickness}={\rm Vround}$ \frac1/3[$\\{vair},\\{stem}$]; - -\bugonpage E125, line 6 from the bottom (07/10/05) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{top}\,y_1=\\{top}\,y_6=h$; $z_2=.5[z_3,z_1]+\\{bend}$; - -\bugonpage E125, line 3 from the bottom (07/10/05) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf draw} $z_1-\\{flourish\_change}\{\\{up}\}+(0,.15\\{asc\_height}) - \{\\{up}\}$\par -\line{\quad$\8{...}\{\\{right}\}(z_1+(2u,0))\8{---}z_6\8{...}\{\\{down}\}z_7$; - \hfil\% upper bar} - -\bugonpage E146, also pages 164 and 540 (02/08/03) - -\eightpoint\noindent -[The labels on the new illustrations of beta, omega, and spadesuit -are too large, and the resolution of the shapes is too small.] - -\bugonpage E147, line 11 from the bottom (04/23/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$x_0=x_1=x_9$; $\\{lft}\,x_{0r}={\rm hround}(1.5u-.5\\{hair})$; -$x_2=x_4=x_6=x_8=.5w-.25u$; - -\bugonpage E147, line 8 from the bottom (04/23/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$y_5=.5[y_4,y_6]$; $\\{top}\,y_{6r}-\\{bot}\,y_{4r}=\\{vstem}+\\{eps}$; - $\\{bot}\,y_{8r}=-\\{oo}$; $y_7=y_9=.55[y_6,y_8]$; - -\bugonpage E149, line 8 from the bottom (04/23/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$y_5+.1\\{x\_height}=y_7=.5[y_6,y_8]$; $\\{bot}\,y_{6r}=-\\{oo}$; - -\bugonpage E157, line 11 (02/29/08) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\line{{\bf filldraw} $z_{1l}\8{--}z_{2l}\8{...}(x_3,y_{2l})\8{...}z\8{--} - z_{1r}\8{--}\rm cycle$;\hfil\% stem} - -\bugonpage E161, line 7 from the bottom (04/23/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -$\\{top}\,y_{1r}=\\{x\_height}+\\{oo}$; $y_2=y_4=.5[y_1,y_3]$; - $\\{bot}\,y_{3r}=-\\{oo}$; - -\bugonpage E209, line 3 (12/29/04) - -\ninepoint -\rightline{\% This lowercase italic alphabet was prepared by D. E. Knuth - in December, 1979,} - -\bugonpage E377, lines 3 and 4 from the bottom (12/22/02) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\qquad {\bf path} \\{p\_}; $\\{p\_}=z_{\$\$l}\{z_{@1}-z_{\$\$l}\}\8{...} - \\{darkness}[z_{@1},.5[z_{@2},z_{\$\$l}]]\8{...}z_{@2}$\par\noindent -\qquad\quad$\8{---}z_{\$l}\8{--}z_{\$r}\8{--}z_{@0}\8{--}z_{\$\$r}\8{--}% - {\rm cycle}$;\par\noindent -\qquad{\bf if\/} $(y_{\$\$}>y_\$) \ne ({\rm ypart}\,\hbox{\bf precontrol}\,1 - \,\hbox{\bf of\/}\,\\{p\_} > {\rm ypart}\,\hbox{\bf postcontrol}\,1\, - \,\hbox{\bf of\/}\,\\{p\_})$:\par\noindent -\qquad\quad$\\{p\_}=z_{\$\$l}\{z_{@1}-z_{\$\$l}\}\8{...} - \\{darkness}[z_{@1},.5[z_{@2},z_{\$\$l}]]$\par\noindent -\qquad\qquad$\8{---}z_{\$l}\8{--}z_{\$r}\8{--}z_{@0}\8{--}z_{\$\$r}\8{--}% - {\rm cycle}$;\ {\bf fi}\par\noindent -\line{\qquad {\bf filldraw} \\{p\_};\hfil \% arm and beak} - -\bugonpage E379, lines 17 and 18 become one line (01/06/14) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf else}: $\\{rt}\,x_{6r}={\rm hround}(w-1.5u)$; -$y_{6}=y_{5l}+\\{eps};$ {\bf fi} - -\bugonpage E379, bottom line of the program (01/06/14) - -\def\SH{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} % sharp sign for sharped units -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf math\_fit}$(0,\\{ic}\SH-2.5u\SH)$; -{\bf penlabels}$(0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7)$; -{\bf endchar}; - -\bugonpage E489, bottom line (06/25/04) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{\bf labels}$(1,2,3,4,5,6)$; {\bf endchar};\hfil\break -[Labels `\.5' and `\.6' should also be added to - the lower illustration on page E488.] - -\bugonpage E545, line 11 from the bottom (12/29/04) - -\parindent=36pt -The most important general routine in |cmbase| is probably the {\it pos}\cutpar - -\bugonpage E551, line 3 from the bottom (12/29/04) - -\noindent quantities needed in the |calu| -programs are also established at this time. - - -\bugonpage E577, right column (12/23/02) - -\eightpoint\noindent -\\{p\_}\kern1pt, 305, 377.\par\noindent -{\bf padded}, 103--111, 117--121, $\underline{549}$. - -\bugonpage E578, left column (12/23/02) - -\eightpoint\noindent -{\bf postcontrol}, 347, 377.\par\noindent -{\bf precontrol}, 347, 377. - - \bye diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.two b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.two deleted file mode 100644 index 74dde877267..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errata.two +++ /dev/null @@ -1,491 +0,0 @@ -% More bugs (sigh) in The TeXbook - -\input manmac -\proofmodefalse -\raggedbottom -\output{\onepageout{\unvbox255\kern-\dimen@ \vfil}} - -\def\rhead{Bugs in {\tensl The \TeX book}, second printing} -\def\bugonpage#1(#2) \par{\bigbreak\tenpoint - \hrule\line{\lower3.5pt\vbox to13pt{}Page #1\hfil(#2)}\hrule\nobreak\medskip} - -\noindent This is a list of all corrections made to {\sl The \TeX book\/} -since the second printing. If your copy doesn't say `{\sl\kern-1pt Second -printing (October 1984)\/}' on the copyright page, you should also look at -the previous bug list. In fact, the most important corrections to the -first printing were discovered first, so they've already been~made. - -\bugonpage 23, line 16 (10/13/84) - -\tenpoint\indent -|This is TeX, Version 1.0 (preloaded format=plain 83.7.15)| - -\bugonpage 33, line 32 (10/21/84) - -The bottom line shows how far \TeX\ has gotten until now in the -|story|{\parfillskip=0pt\par} - -\bugonpage 41, lines 7 and 8 (10/8/85) - -\ddanger The twin operations ^|\uppercase||{|\<token list>|}| and -^|\lowercase||{|\<token list>|}| go through a given token list and convert -all of the character tokens to their\parfillskip=0pt\enddanger - -\bugonpage 57, line 17 (1/6/86) - -|dd|\quad didot point ($\rm1157\,dd=1238\,pt$) - -\bugonpage 61, lines 17--19 (12/18/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|depth|, |em|, |ex|, -|fil|, |height|, |in|, |l|, |minus|, |mm|, |mu|, |pc|, |plus|, -|pt|, |scaled|, |sp|, |spread|, |to|, |true|, |width|. ^^{reserved words} -\ (See Appendix~I for references to the contexts in which each of these is -recognized as a keyword.) - -\bugonpage 67, append a new exercise (1/19/85) - -\exno=5 \def\chapno{11} -\gdef\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em - \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em - /\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}} - -\ddangerexercise Construct a |\frac| macro such that `|\frac1/2|' yields -`\frac1/2'. - -\bugonpage 130, line 15 (4/17/85) - -\beginmathdemo -|$y'''_3+g'^2$|&y'''_3+g'{}^2\cr -\endmathdemo - -\bugonpage 170, line 5 (5/28/85) - -\ninepoint -\line{tall, unslanted -letter; and so on. But two of the examples involve corrections that were} - -\bugonpage 194, lines 13--15 should be centered better (10/22/84) - -\ninepoint -$$\displaylines{\hfill x\equiv x;\hfill\llap{(1)}\cr - \hfill\hbox{if}\quad x\equiv y\quad\hbox{then}\quad - y\equiv x;\hfill\llap{(2)}\cr - \hfill\hbox{if}\quad x\equiv y\quad\hbox{and}\quad - y\equiv z\quad\hbox{then}\quad - x\equiv z.\hfill\llap{(3)}\cr}$$ - -\bugonpage 215, lines 9 and 10 from the bottom (12/23/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -general format -is the same as for |\def| and |\gdef|, but \TeX\ blindly expands the tokens -of the replacement text according to the expansion rules above. For -example, consider - -\bugonpage 233, lines 15--19 (1/19/85) - -\medskip -\settabs\+\indent&10\frac1/2 lbs.\qquad&\it Servings\qquad&\cr -\+&\negthinspace\it Weight&\it Servings& - {\it Approximate Cooking Time\/}*\cr -\smallskip -\+&8 lbs.&6&1 hour and 50 to 55 minutes\cr -\+&9 lbs.&7 to 8&About 2 hours\cr -\+&9\frac1/2 lbs.&8 to 9&2 hours and 10 to 15 minutes\cr -\+&10\frac1/2 lbs.&9 to 10&2 hours and 15 to 20 minutes\cr - -\bugonpage 236, lines 18--21 (1/19/85) - -\ninepoint -$$\vbox{\openup2pt -\halign{\hfil\bf#&\quad\hfil\it#\hfil&\quad\hfil#\hfil& - \quad\hfil#\hfil&\quad#\hfil\cr -Squab&Poussin&2&\frac3/4 to 1&Broil, Grill, Roast\cr -Broiler&Poulet Nouveau&2 to 3&1\frac1/2 to 2\frac1/2&Broil, Grill, Roast\cr -Fryer&Poulet Reine&3 to 5&2 to 3&Fry, Saut\'e, Roast\cr -Roaster&Poularde&5\frac1/2 to 9&Over 3&Roast, Poach, Fricassee\cr}}$$ -[This change should also be made at the bottom of page 237.] - -\bugonpage 236, fifth-last line (1/19/85) - -\ninepoint -| Squab&Poussin&2&\frac3/4 to 1&Broil, Grill, Roast\cr| - -\bugonpage 237, line 25 (10/10/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -saying `^|\tabskip||=|\<glue>'. For example, -let's do the poultry table again, but with the{\parfillskip=0pt\par} - -\bugonpage 265, bottom line (11/6/85) - -[insert a comma after `{\eightss LEONTIEF}'.] - -\bugonpage 271, line 8 (11/12/85) - -\ninepoint -\beginsyntax -<fil unit>\is[fil]\alt<fil unit>[l] -\endsyntax - -\bugonpage 280, lines 7 and 8 (1/8/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -\<4-bit number>.\enskip -The specified output stream is opened or closed, for use in |\write| -commands, as explained in Chapter~21. - -\bugonpage 300, lines 5--10 [changed for version 1.3] (11/25/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -what part of \TeX's memory has become overloaded; -one of the following fourteen things will be mentioned: -\begindisplay -|number of strings|\qquad(names of control sequences and files)\cr -|pool size|\qquad(the characters in such names)\cr -|main memory size|\qquad(boxes, glue, breakpoints, token lists, - characters, etc.)\cr -\enddisplay - -\bugonpage 300, lines 23--29 [changed for version 1.3] (11/25/84) - -\danger If you have a job that doesn't overflow \TeX's capacity, yet -you want to see just how closely you have approached the limits, -just set ^|\tracingstats| to a positive value before the end of your -job. The log file will then conclude with a report on your actual -usage of the first eleven things named above (i.e., the number of strings, -\dots, the save size), in that order. ^^{stack positions} -Furthermore, if you set |\tracingstats| equal to 2~or~more, \TeX\ -will show its current memory usage whenever it -does a ^|\shipout| command. Such statistics are broken into two -parts; `|490&5950|' means, for example, that 490 words are being used -for ``large'' things like boxes, glue, and -breakpoints, while 5950 words are being used for ``small'' things like -tokens and characters. - -\bugonpage 302, line 14 (10/8/85) - -\begintt -.\tenrm || (ligature ---) -\endtt - -\bugonpage 305, line 26 (12/24/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -sentable as |^^M|. Asking \TeX\ to |\show\^^M| -\looseness-1 -produces the response `|>| |\^^M=macro:->\|\]|.|'. - -\bugonpage 306, line 10 (7/1/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -no ``^{explicit kerns},'' and an italic correction is an -explicit kern.) \ But the italic correction may be too much (especially in an -italic font); |shelf{|^|\kern||0pt}ful| is often best. - -\bugonpage 308, line 25 (3/25/85) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\def\appendroman#1#2#3{\edef#1{\def\noexpand#1{\csname| - -\bugonpage 311, insert a new answer (1/19/85) - -\ninepoint -\ansno11.6: - |\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em|\parbreak -|\raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em|\parbreak -|/\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}| - -\smallskip\noindent[This causes answer 12.8 to move to page 312; -answer 12.16 also moves to page 313.] - -\bugonpage 320, lines 17--20 (8/10/85) - -\ninepoint -\ansno17.16: - |\def\sqr#1#2{{\vcenter{\vbox{\hrule height.#2pt|\parbreak - | \hbox{\vrule width.#2pt height#1pt \kern#1pt|\parbreak - | \vrule width.#2pt}|\parbreak - | \hrule height.#2pt}}}}| - -\bugonpage 327, lines 26--33 (10/22/84) - -\ninepoint -\ansno19.16: - |$$\displaylines{\hfill x\equiv x;\hfill\llap{(1)}\cr|\parbreak - | \hfill\hbox{if}\quad x\equiv y\quad\hbox{then}\quad|\parbreak - | y\equiv x;\hfill\llap{(2)}\cr|\parbreak - | \hfill\hbox{if}\quad x\equiv y\quad\hbox{and}\quad|\parbreak - | y\equiv z\quad\hbox{then}\quad|\parbreak - | x\equiv z.\hfill\llap{(3)}\cr}$$|\par\medskip\noindent -There's also a trickier solution, which begins with -\begintt -$$\displaylines{x\equiv x;\hfil\llap{(1)}\hfilneg\cr -\endtt - -\bugonpage 330, line 29 (11/15/85) - -\ninepoint\indent -|\edef\next#1#2{\def#1{\b#2\d}} \next\a\c| - -\bugonpage 332, lines 17--24 (1/19/85) - -\ninepoint -\begintt -\settabs\+\indent&10\frac1/2 lbs.\qquad&\it Servings\qquad&\cr -\+&\negthinspace\it Weight&\it Servings& - {\it Approximate Cooking Time\/}*\cr -\smallskip -\+&8 lbs.&6&1 hour and 50 to 55 minutes\cr -\+&9 lbs.&7 to 8&About 2 hours\cr -\+&9\frac1/2 lbs.&8 to 9&2 hours and 10 to 15 minutes\cr -\+&10\frac1/2 lbs.&9 to 10&2 hours and 15 to 20 minutes\cr -\endtt - -\bugonpage 332, lines 33--35 (1/19/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -proofs. \ (You weren't supposed to think of this, -but it has to be mentioned.) \ See exercise 11.\fracexno\ for the `|\frac|' -macro; it's better to say `\frac1/2' than `$1\over2$', in a cookbook.\par -Another way to treat this table would be to display it in a vbox, instead -of including a first column whose sole purpose is to specify indentation. - -\bugonpage 337, line 28 (11/12/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent |\nextnumber|. Quick should put `|\relax|' -at the end of his macro. \ (The {keywords} |l|,{\parfillskip=0pt\par} - -\bugonpage 357, lines 35 and 36 (1/8/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\*{\discretionary{\thinspace\the\textfont2\char2}{}{}}| - -\bugonpage 357, last two lines (4/17/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\pr@m@s{\ifx'\next\let\next\pr@@@s|% - | \else\ifx^\next\let\next\pr@@@t|\par\noindent -| \else\let\next\egroup\fi\fi \next}|\par\noindent -|\def\pr@@@s#1{\prim@s} \def\pr@@@t#1#2{#2\egroup}| - -\bugonpage 358, lines 8--12 (1/23/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\hbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9muh}}|\hfil\break\null -|\def\surd{{\mathchar"1270}}|\hfil\break\null -|\def\angle{{\vbox{\ialign{$\m@th\scriptstyle##$\crcr|\hfil\break\null -| \not\mathrel{\mkern14mu}\crcr \noalign{\nointerlineskip}|\hfil\break\null -| \mkern2.5mu\leaders\hrule height.34pt\hfill\mkern2.5mu\crcr}}}}| - -\bugonpage 359, lines 7--8 (1/22/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\ddots{\mathinner{\mkern1mu\raise7pt\vbox{\kern7pt\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu|% -\hfil\break\null -| \raise4pt\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise1pt\hbox{.}\mkern1mu}}| - -\bugonpage 360, line 22 (1/22/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \mkern5mu \raise.6\dimen@\copy\rootbox \mkern-10mu \box0}| - -\bugonpage 361, line 3 (3/27/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\buildrel#1\over#2{\mathrel{\mathop{\kern0pt #2}\limits^{#1}}}| - -\bugonpage 361, lines 19--20 (1/22/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\bmod{\mskip-\medmuskip \mkern5mu|\hfil\break\null -| \mathbin{\rm mod} \penalty900 \mkern5mu \mskip-\medmuskip}| - -\bugonpage 361, line 27 (5/1/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\matrix#1{\null\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m@th| - -\bugonpage 361, bottom line (5/1/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \null\;\vbox{\kern\ht1\box2}\endgroup}| - -\bugonpage 362, line 9 (5/1/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\eqalign#1{\null\,\vcenter{\openup1\jot \m@th| - -\bugonpage 362, lines 17--29 (8/10/85) - -{\parindent=0pt\ninepoint -|\def\@lign{\tabskip=0pt\everycr={}} % restore inside \displ@y|\par -|\def|^|\displaylines||#1{\displ@y|\parbreak% -| \halign{\hbox to\displaywidth{|% - |$\hfil\@lign\displaystyle##\hfil$}\crcr|\parbreak% -| #1\crcr}}| -\smallbreak -|\def|^|\eqalignno||#1{\displ@y \tabskip=|^|\centering|\parbreak% -| \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip=0pt|\parbreak% -| &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip=\centering|\parbreak% -| &\llap{$\@lign##$}\tabskip=0pt\crcr|\parbreak% -| #1\crcr}}|\par -|\def|^|\leqalignno||#1{\displ@y \tabskip=\centering|\parbreak% -| \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip=0pt|\parbreak% -| &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip=\centering|\parbreak% -| &\kern-\displaywidth\rlap{$\@lign##$}\tabskip=\displaywidth\crcr|\parbreak% -| #1\crcr}}| -\par} - -\bugonpage 363, line 9 (5/12/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\footnote#1{\let\@sf=\empty % parameter #2 (the text) is read later| - -\bugonpage 364, line 3 (3/23/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\plainoutput{\shipout\vbox{\makeheadline\pagebody\makefootline}%| - -\bugonpage 364, fifth-last line (9/15/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\def\fmtname{plain}\def\fmtversion{2.0} % identifies the current format| - -\bugonpage 399, eighth-last line (2/11/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -| \baselineskip=\footnotebaselineskip\noindent\unhbox0\par}| - -\bugonpage 401, line 5 (1/29/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -{|\fontdimen| parameters to qualify as a math symbol font). -(2)~Set all the font identifiers\parfillskip=0pt\par} - -\bugonpage 414, line 10 (12/17/84) - -\ninepoint\noindent -|\font\titlefont=cmssdc40 % titles in chapter openings| - -%\bugonpage 420, line 9 (10/3/85) -% -%\ninepoint\noindent -%|\def\AmSTeX{$\cal A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.075em| -% that change comes under `font data', explained away below - -\bugonpage 444, bottom line (1/10/85) - -\ninepoint\noindent -depth $d(z)+v$, consisting -of box~$x$ followed by an appropriate kern followed by box~$z$. - -\bugonpage 461, entry for character codes (11/6/85) - -\eightpoint -Add `{\sl see also\/} category codes'. - -\bugonpage 463, entries for {\tt dd}, Didot, and didot (1/6/86) - -\eightpoint -Remove the circumflex accents. - -\bugonpage 466, left column (1/19/85) - -\eightpoint -fractions, 67, 139--143, 152, 170, 179,\par -\qquad 186, 444--445.\par -\quad huge, 196.\par -\quad slashed form, 67, 139--140, 233, 236. - -\bugonpage 467, index entry for {\tt\char`\\hsize} (6/14/85) - -\eightpoint -Add a reference to page {\it 60}. - -\bugonpage 469, index entry for {\tt\char`\\kern} (7/1/85) - -\eightpoint -Add a reference to page {\it 306}. - -\bugonpage 469, index entry for kerns (7/1/85) - -\eightpoint -Add a reference to page 306. - -\bugonpage 469, new entry (11/12/85) - -\eightpoint -|l| after |fil|, $\underline{271}$, 337. - -\bugonpage 469, second line on the right (9/13/85) - -\eightpoint -%\def\LaTeX{L\kern-.25em\raise.7ex\hbox{a}\kern-.05em\TeX} % old style -{L\kern -.36em\raise.6ex\hbox{\sixrm A}\kern-.15em\TeX}, 137. - -\bugonpage 470, index entries for {\tt\char`\\longleftarrow} - thru {\tt\char`\\Longrightarrow} (10/5/84) - -\eightpoint -The references to page 358 should be underlined (seven times). - -\bugonpage 475, index entry for punctuation in formulas (4/29/85) - -\eightpoint -Add a reference to page 161. - -\bugonpage 476, index entry for {\tt\char`\\scriptspace} (8/10/85) - -\eightpoint -Change `445' to `445--446'. - -\bugonpage 478, first and last lines (10/11/84) - -\noindent Delete the last line in the right-hand column -(since it appears on page 479), and add the following line -at the top of the left-hand column (since it was dropped by mistake -from the second printing): - -\smallskip -\eightpoint styles of math formatting, 140--141, 441--447. - -\bugonpage 478, new entry after tabbing (5/28/85) - -\eightpoint -tables, {\sl see\/} alignments, tabbing. - -\bugonpage 478, tabskip entries (3/25/85) - -\eightpoint\noindent Instead of `237--239' and `237--238' it should say -`$\underline{237}$--$\underline{239}$' twice. - -\bugonpage 481, the entry for {\tt\char`\\widetilde} (9/23/85) - -\eightpoint -Page 359 should be underlined. - -\bugonpage 483, lines 16--17 (1/19/85) - -|P.O. Box 9506|\parbreak -|Providence RI 02940-9506, USA.| - -\bugonpage 483, lines 22--23 (1/19/85) - -P.O. Box 9506\par -Providence RI 02940-9506, USA. - -\bigskip -\hrule -\bigskip\noindent\tenrm -Note: The next printing will use the ``real'' Computer Modern fonts -instead of the ``almost'' Computer Modern fonts. Therefore many of -the line breaks will be slightly different. Also, the font-related -numerical data on pages 27, 29, 66, 75, 76, 79, 88, 98, 99, 112, 113, 310, -314, 396, 399, 409, 420, and 459 will be different. However, these -differences need not be listed here, because the old book was correct with -respect to the old fonts. - -\bye diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errorlog.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errorlog.tex deleted file mode 100644 index dfb201b7377..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/errorlog.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2946 +0,0 @@ -% Appendix to the Errors of TeX paper (updated) -% Section numbers now adjusted to TeX 3.0 equivalents -% NB: tab marks are significant in this file, they signal continuation lines -%\magnification=\magstephalf -%\pageno=35 -\input logmac -* 10 Mar 1978 -L1. Rename a few external variables to make their first six letters unique. -D2. Initialize \\{escape_char} to $-1$, not 0 [it will be set to the - first character input]. @240 -L3. Fix bug: The test `$\\{id}<\O{200}$' was supposed to distinguish one-letter - identifiers from longer (packed) ones, but negative values of - \\{id} also pass this test. @356 -B4. Fix bug: I wrote `{\bf while} $\alpha\land(\beta\lor\gamma)$' when I meant - `{\bf while} $(\alpha\land\beta)\lor\gamma$'. @259 -R5. Initialize the input routines in |INITEX| [at this time a short, - separate program not under user control], in case errors occur. @1337 -E6. Don't initialize \\{mem} in |INITEX|, it wastes time. @164 -B7. Change `\\{new_line}' [which denotes a lexical scanning state] to - `\\{next_line}' [which denotes - \\{carriage_return} and \\{line_feed}] in print commands. -F8. Include additional test `$\\{mem}[p] \ne 0\; \land$' in \\{check_mem}. @168 -M9. Fix inconsistency between the \\{eq_level} conventions of \\{macro_def} and - \\{eq_define}. @277 -# About six hours of debugging time today. -# |INITEX| appears to work, - and the test routine got through \\{start_input}, - \\{chcode} [the \TeX78 command for assigning a \\{cat_code}], - \\{get_next}, and \\{back_input} the first time. -* 11 Mar 1978 -I10. Insert space before `|(|' on terminal when opening a new file. @537 -F11. Put `$p\gets \\{link}(p)$' into the loop of \\{show_token_list}, - so that it doesn't loop forever. @292 -L12. Shift the last item found by \\{scan_toks} into the \\{info} field. - [With |SAIL| all packing of fields was done by arithmetic operations, - not by the compiler.] @474 -B13\>12. Fix the previous bugfix: I shifted by the wrong amount. @474 -I14. Add a feature that prints a warning when the end of a file page occurs within - a macro definition or call. [System dependent.] @336 -# Unintended bugs in my test routine [a format intended eventually to typeset - {\sl The Art of Computer Programming\/}] helped check out the - error recovery mechanisms. - For example, I had `|\lft{#}|' instead of `|\lft{##}|' inside a macro, - and three cases of improper |{|~and~|}| nesting. -F15. Add the forgotten case `\\{set_font}:' to \\{eq_destroy}. @275 -C16. Change |\require| to |\input|. @376 -F17. Add code for the case $\\{cur_cmd}=0$ [later known as the case - `$\,t\ge\\{cs_token_flag}$'] when scanning a tokenlist. @357 -# That's the first ``big'' error I've spotted so far. -I18. Introduce a `|d|' option in the error routine, to facilitate debugging. @84 -L19. Assign a floating-point constant \\{ignore_depth} to \\{prev_depth}, - instead of assigning the integer constant \\{flag} - [since \\{prev_depth} is type \\{real} in \TeX78]. @215 -I20. Improve the readability and spacing of \\{show_node_list} output. @182,187 -F21. Set the variable $v$ before using the {\bf case} construction in - \\{show_node_list}, because there's one case where $v$ - didn't receive a value [as part of the field unpacking]. @182 -# About seven hours today. -* 12 Mar 1978 -# One hour to enter yesterday's corrections and recompile. -# At this point \TeX\ correctly located further unintended syntax errors - in |acphdr| [the test file]. -I22. Insert \\{debug_help} into \\{succumb}, giving a chance to look at memory - before the system dies. @93 -D23. Use \\{eq_destroy} wherever necessary in \\{unsave}. @283 -L24. Change `$t \gets (t-1)$ mod 8' to `$t \gets (t-1)$ land~7' in \\{id_name}, - since |SAIL| has $-1$~mod~$8 = -1$. [At this time, \\{id_name} is a - routine that unpacks control sequence names, according to a scheme - that will become obsolete after change \#422.] -S25. Remove the space that appears at end of paragraph. - (I hadn't anticipated that.) @816 -L26. Throw away unwanted \\{line_feed} after getting a \\{carriage_return} - in response to \\{in_chr_w} [a system routine for - input from the terminal]. @83 -B27. Delete spurious call to \\{flush_list} in \\{end_token_list}. @324 -# Why did I make such a silly mistake? -F28. Fix bug in \\{get_x_token}: I forgot to say `\\{macro_call}' (which is the - main point of that routine)! @380 -# While tracking that bug down, I found out incidentally that kerning is okay. -# Also \TeX\ correctly caught an error |0p| for |0pt|. -L29. Fix bug in \\{scan_spec} ({\bf while} instead of {\bf repeat}). @404 -M30. Make the table entries for |\hfill| and |\hskip| consistent with the - program conventions. @1058 -L31. Disable unforeseen coercion: When \\{scan_spec} put \\{hsize} on - \\{save_stack}, the value changed from \\{real} to \\{integer}. @645 -I32. Use `|*|' instead of `|-1.0|' for running dimensions - of rules in \\{show_node_list}. @176 -D33. Clear \\{mem}[\\{head}] to null in \\{push_nest} [in \TeX82, this - will be done by \\{get_avail}]. @216 -# A vrule link got clobbered because I forgot to do this. -I34. Translate ASCII control codes to special form when displaying them. @48,68 -# Ligatures work, but \\{show_node_list} showed them funny. -F35. Remember to clear parameters off \\{save_stack} in \\{package} routine. @1086 -# About eight hours today. -* 13 Mar 1978 -D36. Introduce a new variable \\{hang_first} [later the sign of \\{hang_after}]. @849 -E37\>36. Simplify the new code, realizing that if $\\{hang_indent}=0$ then - \\{hang_first} is irrelevant. @848 -# Time sharing is very slow today, so I'm mostly reading technical reports while - waiting\/ {\bf three hours} for compiler, editor, and loading routine. -# I'm not counting this as debugging time! -# (Came back in the evening.) -P38. Spruce up the comments in the \\{line_break} routine, which appears to be - almost working. @813 -D39. Rethink the setting of \\{best_line}; it's 1 too high in many cases. - [The final line of a paragraph was handled in a treacherous way.] @874 -D40. Compute proper initialization for - \\{prev_depth} when beginning an |\hbox| - with a paragraph inside. [This refers to a special `paragraph box' - construction, used when an hbox of specified size becomes overfull; - \TeX78 doesn't have the concept of internal vertical mode.] @1083 -D41. Also initialize \\{tail} in that case. @1083 -M42. Also put the result of line-breaking into the correct list. -T43. Fix a typo in the \\{free_node} routine (`\\{link}' not `\\{llink}'); - by strange chance it had been harmless until today. @130 -F44. Fix bug: \\{post_line_break} forgot to set \\{adjust_tail}. @889 -D45. Update \\{act_width} properly when looking for end of word while - line breaking. @866 -B46. Repair the ``tricky'' part of \\{get_node}: I used the \\{info} field - when I meant to say \\{llink}. @127 -# Now the |\corners| macro of |acphdr| works! [See |\setcornerrules| - in {\sl The \TeX book}, page 417.] -D47. Reset \\{contrib_tail} properly in \\{build_page}. @995 -T48. Fix typo (|-| for |+|) in computation of \\{page_total}. @1004 -S49. Change the page-breaking logic: \TeX\ reached \\{fire_up} with - $\\{best_page_break}=\\{null}$ in one case, - since the badness was too bad. @1005 -M50. Perform the operation \\{delete_token_ref}(\\{top_mark}) only when - $\\{top_mark}\ne0$. @1012 -F51. Make \\{scan_toks} omit the initial |{| of an |\output| routine. @473 -I52. Insert a comma to make memory usage statistics look better. @639 -# About seven good hours of debugging today. -# Tomorrow will be first-output day (I hope). -* 14 Mar 1978 -# (Came in evening after sleeping most of day, to get computer at better time.) -# (Some day we will have personal computers and will live more normally.) -# 8:30pm, began to enter corrections to yesterday's problems. -I53. Issue an error message for non-character in filename or in font name. @771 -I54. Display `|...|' for omitted stuff in \\{show_context} routine. @643 -L55. Watch out for the |SAIL| syntax `$\alpha+\beta\mathbin{\rm lsh}\gamma$'; - it doesn't shift $\alpha+\beta$ left (only $\beta$). @464 -# That error was very hard to track down; it created a spurious link field - and sent $\\{hash}[0]=\null$|\beta| to the scanner! -# I could have found this bug an hour sooner if I had looked at the correct - stack entries for \\{name} and \\{token_type}. -D56. Show the correct page number when tracing pages before output is shipped. @638 -F57. Remember to nullify a box after using it. @1079 -I58. Issue an error message if\/ |\box255| isn't consumed by the output routine. @1015 -# I'm having trouble with the |BAIL| debugger; - it makes an illegal memory reference and dies, - when single-stepping past the entry to recursive procedures - \\{hlist_out} and \\{vlist_out}. So I have to reload and be careful - to go thru these procedures at high speed. -P59. Fix bug in comment (memory parameter description said $\ge$ not $\le$). @11 -B60. Fix typo in definition of rule output (said $x,y$ not $\\{x0},\\{y0}$). - [This part of the code went away when |DVI| files were introduced.] -B61. Correct the embarrassing bug in shellsort, where I said `$\le\\{str}[k]$' - not `$\le t$'. - [The first \TeX\ had to sort all output by vertical position on page.] -M62. Make \\{start_input} set up \\{job_name} in the form needed by \\{shipout}; - it uses obsolete conventions. @532,537 -L63. Insert |(| and |)| into the |SAIL| macro definition of \\{new_string}. - [This macro was for pre-|DVI| output.] -M64. Unscramble the parameters of \\{out_rule}: - The declaration was $(\\{x0},\\{y0},\\{x1},\\{y1})$ - while the call was $(\\{x0},\\{x1},\\{y0},\\{y1})$. -# 4:30am, \TeX's first page is successfully output! -# (It was `|\titlepage\setcpage1\corners\eject\end|'.) -* 15 Mar 1978 -# 10:30pm. Today I'm instrumenting the line-breaking routine and putting it - through a bunch of tests. -# (The inserted instrumentation had bugs that won't be mentioned here.) -C65. Don't abort the job when \\{eq_destroy} redefines a - \TeX\ control sequence. @275 -# The first word of a paragraph won't be hyphenated \dots\ so be it! -T66. Fix the typo in \\{line_break} that spoils the test for - `letters in the same font'. @896 -# The effect of that typo was to suppress all hyphenation attempts. -B67\>25. Replace the space at paragraph end by fillglue, not by zero. @816 -L68. Pack the hyphen character properly into its node. @582 -T69. Fix a typo (`{\tentex\char'30}' for `|+|') - in the computation of \\{break_width}. @838 -M70. Change the |\end| maneuver; the present code doesn't end the job, - since I forgot that \\{back_input} uses \\{cur_tok}. @1054 -A71. Add a parameter to \\{try_break}, since the width is different at - a discretionary hyphen. [This problem will be solved differently in \TeX82, - when discretionaries become much more general.] @840 -F72. Bypass kern nodes in pre-hyphenation. @896 -F73. Supply code for the forgotten case `$<$ |"a"|' in pre-hyphenation. - [This case was later generalized to a test of \\{lc_code}.] @897 -B74. Change $\\{mem}[q]$ to $\\{prev_break}(q)$ in the - reverse-linking loop. @878 -# (Such blunders. Am I getting feeble-minded?) -A75. Introduce special logic for \\{eject_penalty}; I was wrong - to think that forced ejection was exactly like an - infinitely negative penalty. @851 -A76. Use $(1+b)^2-p^2$ when computing demerits with $p<0$. @859 -# 6:30am. The line-breaking algorithm appears to be working fine - and efficiently. - On small measures (about 20 characters per line), it gives overfull boxes - instead of spaced out ones. Surprising but satisfactory. -* 16 Mar 1978 -# 9pm. The plan for tonight is to test page breaking and more paragraphing. -G77. Insert `|\topskip|' glue at beginning of page. @1001 -I78. Add `|\pausing|' feature. @363 -M79. Fix discrepancy: In \\{make_accent} I called \\{vpackage} - with a pointer to the first list item, but \\{vpackage} itself assumes - that the parameter is a pointer to that pointer. [The - \\{vpackage} of \TeX82 will be different.] @668 -# I checked for other lapses like that. Result: 14 calls OK, 12 NG. -M80. Create a new temporary list head location, \\{hold_head}, since there's - a case where \\{vpackage} is improperly called with - parameter \\{temp_head}. [At this time \\{vpackage} uses \\{temp_head} - to make a list of all insertions found.] @1014 -# 11:30pm. The machine is tied up again. -F81. Write code to handle charnodes in vlists; I forgot that I'd decided - to allow them. [Later I prohibited them again!] @669 -F82. Combine the page lists before pruning off glue - in \\{fire_up}; otherwise the pruning doesn't go far enough. @1017 -B83\>25. Fix typo where line-breaking starts: `\\{fill_glue}' should be - `\\{new_glue}(\\{fill_glue})'. @816 -I84. Add |/q| to |xspool| command (cosmetic change). [This changes a system - command that causes \TeX\ output to be printed on the Xerox Graphics - Printer (XGP), the progenitor of future laser printers; - the |/q| option says that the queue of printing requests should be - displayed on the user's terminal.] @642 -E85. Don't write a form feed after the last page of output. @642 -# To fix this, I reorganized \\{ship_out}, and it became simpler. -T86. Correct a typo (`{\tentex\char'30}' for `|+|') in the \\{vlist_node} case - within \\{hlist_out}. [The output routines were quite different - at this time, because output went directly to the XGP.] @622 -I87. Change the message `|completed page|' to `|Completed for page|'. @638 -B88\>48. Fix yet another typo in the computation of \\{page_total}: My original - code said $\\{stretch}(p)$ instead of $\\{stretch}(q)$ (terrible). @1004 -P89. Document the dirty trick about \\{bot_mark}'s reference count. - [That trick is, fortunately, no longer useful.] @1016 -A90. Rethink the algorithm for contributing an insertion: The original code - tests for a page break after incrementing the totals but - before the \\{contrib_list} is updated. [\TeX78 handles insertions - in a hardwired manner that will be greatly generalized in \TeX82.] -F91. Fix \\{get_node} again: - After the variable memory overflows, control falls through to \\{found} - instead of going to the \\{overflow} call. @125 -# I spent several hours tracking down that data structure bug! -B92. Change \\{new_line} to \\{next_line} in yet another print command (see \#7). -A93\>75. Amend the line-breaking algorithm: - |\break| in paragraph doesn't work with really bad breaks. @851 -# A problem to be diagnosed tomorrow: Each time I run the test program, - the amount of memory in use grows by 13 cells not returned. -# Seven hours tonight. -* 17 Mar 1978 -G94. Introduce \\{dead_cycles} to keep |\end| active until \\{ship_out} - occurs. @1054 -E95. Don't call \\{line_break} with an empty list. @1096 -S96. Take proper account of the (infinite) fillglue when computing - the width of a paragraph line preceding a display. @1146 -M97. Add a new parameter to \\{hpack} so that \\{line_break} won't be called - at the wrong time. - [This is for the soon-to-be-obsolete feature described in \#40.] -L98. Give a warning message if there's an |\hfill| in the middle of a paragraph; - fillglue upsets the line breaker, - because floating-point calculations don't have sufficient accuracy. @868 -# I spent an hour looking for another bug in \TeX, but the following one was in \MF: - The \\{xgp_height} data in fonts had been supplied wrong. -# It took two hours to recompile 32 fonts with proto-\MF. -R99. Make \\{show_node_list} and \\{show_token_list} - more robust in the presence of software bugs. @182 -D100\>97. Do not remove nodes with \\{eject_penalty}, - when the new parameter to \\{hpack} is \\{true}. -E101\>97. Put a fast exit into \\{hpack}; e.g., at glue nodes, test `{\bf if} - \\{paragraphing} $\land$ $\langle$current width is large$\rangle$'. -# 2am. I have to go to bed ``early'' tonight. -* 18 Mar 1978 -# 3:30pm. (Saturday) -I102. Add a parameter to \\{check_mem} (to suppress display unless needed). @167 -G103. Introduce a user-settable parameter |\maxdepth|, and - pass it as a parameter to \\{vpackage}. @668 -# I realized the need for |\maxdepth| while fixing insertions (see \#90). -G104. Introduce a user-settable parameter for \\{line_break}: The constant - 2.0 in my original algorithm becomes |\jpar| - [later |\tolerance|], to be set like |\tracing|. @828 -D105. Reclaim the \\{eject_penalty} nodes removed during line-breaking. @879 -# (Those were the 13 extra nodes reported on Thursday.) -# The \\{init_align} procedure worked right the first time! -# Also \\{init_row}, \\{init_col}. But then\thinspace\dots -S106. Rethink the command codes: \\{endv} in a token list has too high a - code for the assumptions of \\{get_next}. @207 -A107. Add a \\{prev_cmd} variable for processing delimited macro parameters; - the original algorithm loses track of braces. - [The rules will change slightly in \TeX82, and - \\{rbrace_ptr} will take on a similar function.] @400 -S108. Make the \\{get_next} routine intercept |&| and |\cr| tokens. @342 -# I'd thought I could just put |&| and |\cr| into - \\{big_switch} [i.e., in the stomach of \TeX, not the eyes]; - that was a great big mistake. -R109. Make more error checks on \\{endv}; e.g., it must not occur in - a macro definition or call. @780 -S110\>108. No, rethink alignments again; the new program still fails! @768 -# For the first time I can glimpse the - hairiness of alignment in general (e.g., `|\halign{\u#\v&...|' - when |\u| and |\v| are defined to include |&|'s and possible - alignments themselves). -# I think there's a ``simple'' solution, by considering only whether - an alignment is currently active [in \S342]. -# 11:30pm. Went to bed. -* 19 Mar 1978 -# Woke up with ``better'' idea on how to handle |&| and |\cr|. -# (Namely, to consider a special kind of\/ |\def| whose parameters don't interrupt - on |&|'s and |\cr|'s.) -# But replaced this by a much better idea (to introduce \\{align_state}). -# 11pm. Began to use computer. Performed major surgery - (inserting \\{align_state} and updating the associated routines - and documentation). -D111. Pop the alignment stacks in \\{fin_align}. @800 -T112\>110. Fix a (newly inserted) typo in \\{show_context}. @314 -D113\>110. Set \\{align_state} false when a live |&| or |\cr| is found. - [Originally \\{align_state} was of type \\{boolean}.] @789 -I114. Insert |\cr| when `|}|' occurs prematurely in an alignment. @1132 -M115. Remember to record \\{glue_stretch} when packaging an unset node. @796 -# I had a mistake in |acphdr| definition of\/ |\quoteformat|; also extra spaces. -# My first test programs, used before today, were contrived to test macro - expansion, line-breaking, and page layout. -# Next I'm using a test program based on Volume 2. -C116. Make carriage-return, space, and tab equivalent for macro matching. @348 -F117. Omit the reference count node when displaying a mark. @176 -B118. Correct a silly slip: I wrote `\\{type_displacement}' instead of - `\\{value_displacement}' when packing data in a penalty node. @158 -M119. Don't go to \\{build_page} after seeing |\noindent|; \TeX\ isn't - ready for that. - [In the original program, this was an instance of a bad {\bf goto}.] @1091 -# I had undesired spaces coming thru the scanner in my macro definitions - of\/ |\tenpoint| [see {\sl The \TeX book}, page 414]. -# 4am. \TeX\ now knows enough to typeset page 1 of Volume 2! -# Also it did its first ``math formula'' (namely `|$X$|') without crucial error. -# (Except that the italic correction was missing for some reason.) -D120. Remember to decrement \\{cur_level} in \\{fin_align}. [The routines will - eventually become more general and use \\{unsave} here.] @800 -D121. Remember to increment \\{cur_level} in error corrections by - \\{handle_right_brace}. [A better procedure will be adopted later.] @1069 -T122. Fix a typo: (`|{|' instead of `|}|') in error message for $\\{mmode}+ - \\{math_shift}$. @1065 -R123\>99. Make \\{show_noad_list} more robust and more like the new - \\{show_node_list}. [The routines will be combined in \TeX82.] @690 -L124. Fix a typo in \\{char_box}: should say \\{font_info_real}. - [In \TeX78 a single array - is used for both \\{real} and \\{integer}; in \TeX82 things will be - \\{scaled}.] @554 -B125. Fix typos in the definitions of \\{default_rule_thickness} and - \\{big_op_spacing}; they shouldn't start at \\{mathex}(7). @701 -B126. Reverse the \\{before} and \\{after} conventions in math nodes. @1196 -# I had them backwards; this turned - hyphenation on just before math, and off just after it! -# Seven and a half hours debugging today. - Got through the test program a little more. - But \TeX\ blew up on `|$Y+1$|'; tomorrow I hope to find out why. -* 20 Mar 1978 -# 8pm. I decided to work next on a super-hairy formula. -C127. Change `|\ascii|' to `|\cc|' (character code). [This name will change again - later, to `|\char|'.] @265 -E128. Don't bother to store a penalty node at the beginning of |$$| when - the paragraph-so-far fits on a single line, since such a penalty - has already been stored. [These conventions will change later, and - the |\predisplaypenalty| will always be stored.] @1203 -S129. Avoid reference to \\{tail} in \\{build_page}, - if $\\{nest_ptr}>0$. @995 -B130. Correct a silly - slip in \\{math_comp} (the exact opposite of what I did in \#118). @1158 -B131. Rectify my mental lapse in \\{make_fraction}; I said \\{nucleus} instead of - \\{thickness}. @743 -F132. Mask off the math class when scanning delimiters. @1160 -C133. Allow an optional space after |\def{...}|. [This decision - will be retracted later.] @473 -# My test example is so complicated it causes the semantic stacks to overflow! -L134. Don't test for no pages output by looking at the channel status. @642 -T135. Fix typo in definition of\/ |\mathop| (\\{open_noad} not \\{op_noad}). @1156 -A136. Rewrite \\{fin_mlist}, because `|\left(...\above...\right)|' doesn't - parse correctly; the |\left| goes into the numerator, - the |\right| into the denominator. @1184 -B137. Correct the use of \\{depth_threshold} in \\{print_subsidiary_data}: - Simple fields get shown while others look empty. @692 -I138\>78. Return the carriage before showing the first line of a new file - when pausing. @538 -M139. Fix bug: The call \\{show_noad_list}(\\{mem}[|..|]) should be - \\{show_noad_list}(|..|), in the \\{incompleat_noad} case - of \\{show_activities}. @219 -# 3am. The whole messy formula has been parsed correctly into a tree. -# The easy part is done, now comes the harder part. -F140. Don't shift single characters down in \\{make_op}. @749 -D141. Make \\{clean_box} return a box (as its name implies), not an hlist. @720 -# Font info still isn't quite right, it has the wrong value of \\{quad}. -A142. Retain the italic correction when doing \\{rebox}; - can make $\\{glue_set}\ne0$ a flag for this. [A better - solution will be adopted later.] @715 -B143. Fix the bug that makes \\{rebox} bomb out: $\\{value}(p)$ should be - $\\{value}(\\{mem}[p])$. @715 -# 6am; ten hours today. \TeX\ didn't do |$\pi\over2$| correctly, but was close. -# I found that the \\{rebox} problem (\#142) went away when I fixed the - \\{clean_box} problem (\#141); but I - will leave the extra stuff about $\\{glue_set} \ne 0$ - in the program anyway, just for weird cases. -E144. Omit extra levels of boxing when possible in \\{clean_box}. @721 -# (To do this, I need to face the \\{rebox} problem anyway.) -* 21 Mar 1978 -# 10pm. The computer is rather heavily loaded tonight. -F145. Don't forget \\{thickness} when making a square-root sign (see \#131). - [The rule thickness will later be derived from the character height.] @737 -L146. Define $p$ local to the \\{make_fraction} routine. @743 -# Unwittingly using the global $p$ was a disaster. -I147. Don't show the amount of \\{glue_set} when it's zero. @186 -D148\>142. Make \\{glue_set} nonzero in the result of \\{var_delimiter}. @706 -F149. Fix bug: The \\{math_glue} function didn't return any result. @716 -T150. Fix typo in \\{char_box} ($c$ not $w$); this caused a subscripted~$P$ to come - out the same width as an unsubscripted~$P$. [Later changes in the rules - will move this computation to \S755.] @709 -P151\>144. Revise \\{clean_box} to do operations that are needed - often because of the \\{rebox} change. @720 -D152. Use the new \\{clean_box} to avoid a bug in |\sqrt{\raise...}|. @737 -Q153. Change the definition of\/ |\not| so that it's a relation - (which will butt against the following relation). [All math - symbols and Greek letters are defined in |INITEX| at this - time, not in a changeable format definition.] -I154. Give error message `{\tt Large delimiter must be - in mathex font}', instead of calling \\{confusion}, - since the error can occur. - [This particular error is impossible in \TeX82.] @706 -F155. Change the use of $p$ in \\{var_delimiter}; it isn't always set when I say - {\bf goto} \\{found}. @706 -# Another font problem now surfaced: The mathex meta-font didn't compute \TeX\ info - in a machine-independent way. - (It took two hours to correct this.) -D156. Don't forget to set $\\{type}(b)$ in all relevant cases of - \\{var_delimiter}. @708 -B157. Use the correct sign convention for \\{shift_amount} in \\{hpackage}. @653 -F158. Always kern by \\{delta} when there's no superscript. @755 -M159. Declare \\{space_table} to be $[0\,.\,.\,6,0\,.\,.\,6]$ - not $[0\,.\,.\,7,0\,.\,.\,7]$; otherwise its entries are - pre\-loaded into the wrong positions. [The \\{space_table} in \TeX78 is - $7\times7$; it will become $8\times8$ in \TeX82, - represented as a string called \\{math_spacing}.] @764 -C160. Use a negative value, not zero, to represent a null delimiter. - [Actually zero will come back again later.] @685 -C161\>127. Change |\cc| to |\char|. @265 -L162. Don't use tricky subtraction on packed data when changing $q$ to - an \\{ord_noad} in \\{mlist_to_hlist}; subtraction isn't always safe. @729 -B163. Fix two typos in the \\{space_table} (|*| for |0|). @764 -F164. Initialize \\{cur_size} everywhere (I forgot it in two places). @703 -A165. Reset \\{op_noad} before resetting \\{bin_noad}. @728 -F166. Treat $\\{display_style}+\\{cramped}$ the same as \\{display_style} - inside \\{make_op}. @749 -B167. Shift the character correctly in the non-|\displaystyle| case of - \\{make_op}. @749 -# Still another font problem: The italic corrections are wrong because - the corresponding array was declared \\{real} in proto-\MF\ (and - italic corrections were used in nonstandard way in |mathex|). -B168. Use \\{depth} instead of \\{height} in \\{var_delimiter}. - [Later, both were used.] @714 -Q169. Skew the accents according to the font \\{slant}. [Soon retracted.] @741 -# At this point I think nearly all the math routines have been exercised. -# Tomorrow they should work! -# Eight hours debugging today. -* 22 Mar 1978 -# (Wednesday, but actually Thursday: - I began at midnight because I was proofreading a paper.) -# I checked out the font access tables, slowly (i.e., all the |\mathcode| - and special-character name entries were catalogued). -Q170\>169. Do {\bf not\/} consider slants after all in the math accent - routine, since slanted math letters are put differently into fonts. @741 -B171. Don't use $q$ for two different things simultaneously - in \\{make_math_accent}. @738 -F172. Fix bug in \\{compact_list} (I forgot to advance the loop variable). - [This procedure became unnecessary in \TeX82.] -M173. Avoid conflict between \\{var_delimiter} and \\{mlist_to_hlist}, which - want to use \\{temp_head} simultaneously. @713 -T174. Fix bad typo in \\{overbar} routine ($b$ for $p$). @705 -# Finally \TeX\ got to \\{after_math} after dealing with that - hairy formula\thinspace\dots -T175. Fix another bad typo: $p$ for $b$ this time. @1199 -L176. Insert more parentheses (twice) because of `|lsh|' precedence - in |SAIL|. @1199 -M177\>36. Use the new hanging-indentation conventions when formatting displayed - equations. @1199 -Q178. Recompute penalties so that break is allowed after \\{punct_noad}s. @761 -F179. Center the large delimiters vertically. @749 -Q180. Round all rule sizes (up) before drawing them. @589 -Q181. Provide more space over $x$ in $\sqrt x$, and more space atop vincula. - @705,737 -Q182. Make large delimiters large enough to cover formula height - (important for subscripts, superscripts). @762 -I183. Insert |/ntn=33| on XGP prompt message so that complex math - won't blow the device driver. [See \#84.] -P184\>161. Update the comment about the meaning of\/ |\char|, since it - can be used in math mode. @208 -# Six hours today. -* 23 Mar 1978 -# 11pm, Maundy Thursday. -C185\>104. Make |\tracing| and |\jpar| follow block structure. @283 -# It took me two hours to enter yesterday's corrections, - because the changes were so numerous. -M186. Fix bad call on \\{begin_token_list} when marks are to be scanned. @396 -# Now the formula looks like it should, modulo problems in fonts. -Q187. Prevent an exponent from going below baseline + xheight/4. @758 -B188. Change \\{quad} to \\{math_quad} when finishing a display - (several places). @1199 -A189. Don't use \\{append_to_vlist} when putting an |\eqno| box on a separate - line, because the page shouldn't break at glue there. - [Later, the \\{append} will be used but preceded by an - infinite penalty.] @1205 -S190. Increase the input \\{stack_size}; \TeX\ may need to back up a lot. @11 -A191. Don't assume that $p$ always points to a glue node when - a page is broken. @1017 -A192. Use \\{epsilon} in \\{scan_spec} (I had used a different - small constant). [This was a kludge to avoid the extra - parameter later called \\{exactly} or \\{additional}.] @645 -R193. Introduce a new procedure \\{scan_positive_length}, to prevent - negative or zero lengths in \\{scan_rule_spec}. - [This restrictive rule will be ``overruled'' later.] @463 -B194. Fix ridiculous bug in the leaders routine of \\{vlist_out}: - I had the initialization {\sl inside\/} the loop! @635 -L195. Eliminate confusion between the two temp variables named $h$; - one is \\{real} and the other is \\{integer}. @629 -F196. Include forgotten case (\\{leader_node}) in \\{hlist_out}. - [Type \\{leader_node} will be absorbed - into \\{glue_node} in \TeX82.] @622 -F197. Don't forget to compute \\{x0} in variable horizontal rules. @624 -# Seven and a half hours today. -# \TeX\ seems to be ready to tackle my test file based on Volume 2. -S198. Calculate \\{y00} in horizontal rules as an integer number of pixels - from the baseline, so that the baseline doesn't jump. @589 -* 25 Mar 1978 -# 2am Saturday. (Might as well drop Friday.) -D199\>185. Make \\{def_code} consistent with the new |\tracing| conventions. - [Many tracing options are packed into a single - parameter called |\tracing|.] @1233 -R200\>185. Don't allow users to change nonexistent things like |\catcode1000|. @1232 -F201\>110. Reset \\{align_state} at beginning of \\{init_align}. @774 -F202. Don't forget \\{scan_left_brace} after |\noalign|. @785 -F203\>110. Set $\\{cur_cs}\gets 0$ in \\{get_next}, after |\cr| - causes a switch to the $\langle v_j\rangle$ template. @342 -# Ouch, that was a big bad bug, which took me three hours to find - (since I thought \TeX's low-level scanning mechanism was working). -# Note to myself: I\/ {\bf knew\/} it would be cleaner to define \\{get_next} - so that it sets \\{cur_cs} to zero every time it begins [i.e., - in \S341, where this change will in fact be made in \TeX82]. - But I had avoided this on grounds of efficiency in the inner loop. - Well, now I have earned this tiny bit of efficiency. -D204. Prohibit the first word of an unavailable node from becoming negative. - [The storage allocator of \TeX78 uses - a negative value to signify a node that is available, just as - `$\\{link}=\\{max_halfword}$' will signal availability in \TeX82.] @124 -# That was another bad one, it's not my night. -# At least I'm developing more subtle diagnostic techniques. -M205. Remember to un-negate the top \\{save_stack} entry - when \\{handle_right_brace} finishes an \\{insert_group}. - [This routine was completely revised in \TeX82.] @1100 -F206\>185. Initialize |\jpar| [i.e., |\tolerance|]. @240 -B207. Correct the display of insertion nodes by \\{show_node_list}. @188 -R208. Prevent \\{show_token_list} from generating really long strings - when in a loop. @292 -D209. Increase the reference count of \\{bot_mark} when - \\{vpackage} finds it. [This was later the job of \\{fire_up}.] @1016 -M210. Remember that the tokenlist for a mark ends with a |}|. @1101 -D211. Don't let \\{vpackage} lose the top insert. (It fails when - the very first item is a |\topinsert|.) @1014 -A212. And when that stupid code is corrected, make it handle - insertions first-in-first-out. @1018 -# Seven hours today. -* 26 Mar 1978 -# Easter Sunday, will work till sunrise. -I213. Add an `|i|' feature to the \\{error} recovery routine. @87 -I214. Include a prompt. @87 -C215. Ignore space after |\noalign{...}|. @1133 -# Otherwise, things are going well tonight; - I'm finding more bugs in my test program than in \TeX. -# The `|i|' feature is proving to be very helpful. -# I increased the size of \\{mem} - (now $\\{lo_mem_max}=3500$, $\\{mem_max}=10000$). -# In fact I just needed to increase it again - (now $\\{lo_mem_max}=4500$, $\\{mem_max}=11000$). -R216. Make |INITEX| output \\{mem_top} for consistency checking. @1307 -A217. Calculate the size of delimiters by considering the enclosed formula's - distance from the axis, not from the baseline. @762 -# I'm having trouble with a |SAIL| compiler bug; I must rearrange the program, - more or less at random, until it - compiles correctly. I hope the bug isn't more severe than it appears. -D218\>210. Don't put a new group on \\{save_stack} if a null mark is expanded. - [\TeX82 will remove the `|}|' from the mark text.] @386 -# I had to redo the typewriter-style font since its width tables were wrong. -# And I increased low-memory size again to 5500, then 6500. -# Finally the entire test program was \TeX ed. Happy Easter! Six hours today. -* 27 Mar 1978 -# Beginning at 2:30am. -A219. Move |\vcenter| processing to the first pass of \\{mlist_to_hlist}; - otherwise the height, depth, subscripts, etc., are way off. @733 -C220. Omit space after closing |$$|. @1200 -# Spacing is wrong in the formula $Y_1+\cdots+Y_k$; I have to rethink the use - of three dots. -G221. Make conditional thin space available to user as |\|{\tentex\char'34}. - [Later will retract this.] @226 -Q222. Introduce |\dispaskip| and |\dispbskip| [later called - |\abovedisplayshortskip| and |\belowdisplayshortskip|]. @226 -# Reminder: I need to test line-breaking with embedded math formulas. -I223. Make sure that $\\{interaction}\ne\\{error_stop_mode}$ - in the `|Whoa|' error [\\{fatal_error}]. @93 -B224. Fix a big mistake in the \\{style_node} routine (which points to a glue spec, - not to glue itself); somehow this didn't cause trouble yesterday. - [In \TeX78, style nodes double as placeholders for math glue - like thin spaces.] @732 -C225. Make |\fntfam| obey group structure. [\TeX78's |\fntfam| operation - is a combination of \TeX82's - |\textfont|, |\scriptfont|, and |\scriptscriptfont|.] @1234 -# At this point the test routine for Volume 2 works perfectly. -# But I will change the page width in order to check harder cases. -Q226\>178. Disable automatic line breaks after punctuation in math - (e.g., consider $f(x,y)$). @761 -S227. Represent italic corrections as boxes, not glue, so that they won't be broken. - [The |\kern| command doesn't exist yet.] @1113 -# Eight hours today. -B228. Fix a bug that just clobbered the memory: Call \\{free_avail}, not - \\{free_node}, in the \\{ins_node} case of \\{vpackage}. - [This logic will change completely in \TeX82.] @1019 -* 29 Mar 1978 -# (Wednesday) Again beginning at 2:30am. -Q229. Put still more space above and below fraction lines in displayed - formulas. @746 -G230\>189. Install an infinite penalty feature, which positively suppresses breaks; - use it in displayed formulas whose |\eqno| doesn't fit. @1205 -F231. Call \\{build_page} after finishing a display; and don't - go to the |\noindent| routine because of the next remark. @1200 -S232. Put |\parskip| glue just before a paragraph, not just after - (since it interferes with a penalty after). @1091 -# Although the test program gives correct output, it generates 46 locations - of variable-size memory and 280 of one-word memory that are not freed. -F233. Recycle the ulists and vlists in \\{fin_align}. @801 -M234\>25. Fix bug when deleting space at end of paragraph: - \\{delete_glue_ref}(\\{cur_node}) not - \\{delete_glue_ref}(\\{value}(\\{cur_node})). @816 -# There's also a more mysterious type of uncollected garbage, - a \\{fraction_noad} corresponding to - |$p\choose$|, an \\{incompleat_noad} not completed. -# Couldn't find that one, so I recompiled with \#233 and \#234 corrected. -# Now it gains just 10 locations of variable-size memory and 7 of the other kind. -I235. Extend \\{search_mem} to search \\{eqtb} also. @255 -D236\>143. Fix bug in \\{rebox} when $\\{list_ptr}(b)=0$. @715 -# The seven one-word nodes were generated by this bug; - \\{rebox}\kern-1pt\ put them onto a linked list starting with - $\\{mem}[0]$, growing at the far end! -D237. Remember to complete each \\{incompleat_noad}. @1184 -# This solved the other mystery. I had never noticed that my test output - was actually wrong: |$p\choose k$| came out as `$k$'. -# After these corrections, the test routine worked\thinspace\dots\ I feel - that \TeX\ is now pretty well debugged - (except perhaps for error recovery)---it's time to celebrate! -* 1 Apr 1978 -I238. Don't quit after file lookup fails. @530 -* 2 Apr 1978 -P239. Add \\{\TeX_font_area}, so that it's easier to change the - default library area associated with a device. @514 -* 3 Apr 1978 -L240. Insert parentheses again, to cope with the precedence of\/ |lsh| - when packing data. (See \#55 and \#176.) @1114 -# I had never tried $\\{hmode}+\\{discretionary}$ before! -M241. Remember that \\{back_error} requires \\{cur_tok} to be set. - (Problem can arise during error recovery on parameter |#|$n$ - with $n$ out of range.) @476 -* 4 Apr 1978 -I242. Add a deletion feature to the \\{error} routine. @88 -* 5 Apr 1978 -Q243. Reset \\{space_factor} after |\/| [this was later rescinded] - and after math in text. @1196 -* 10 Apr 1978 -G244\>104. Replace |\jpar| and |\tracing| by a new primitive |\chpar| for parameters. - It allows a user to change those quantities as well as the penalties for - hyphens, relations, binary ops, widows. @209 -* 14 May 1978 -# Beginning to typeset a real book (Volume 2, second edition), not just a test. -Q245. Make math in text end with spacing as if it were - followed by punctuation. [This rule will soon be rescinded.] @760 -F246. Insert |\times| into the hash table; I left it out by mistake. - [It will eventually move into |plain.tex|.] -C247. Change the names of Scandinavian accents from |\o|, |\oslash|, - |\Oslash| to |\a|, |\o|, |\O|. [This will also move to |plain|.] -* 17 May 1978 -B248. Fix a silly bug that hasn't been tweaked until today: - `|\halign to size|' [obsolete in \TeX82] used \\{vsize} - instead of \\{hsize}. @645 -* 19 May 1978 -G249. Add a |\topbaseline| feature [later called |\topskip|]. @1001 -Q250\>245. Subtract the math spacing change of May 14. @760 -A251. Skip past blanks in the \\{scan_math} procedure. [This blank-skipping - will eventually go into \\{scan_left_brace}.] @403 -I252. Introduce a \\{missing_brace} routine [later generalized] to improve - error recovery in $\\{mmode}+\\{math_shift}$, when the top - of \\{save_stack} isn't a \\{math_shift_group}. @1065 -Q253. Adjust the math spacing between closing parentheses and - Ord, Op, Open, Punct. @764 -Q254. Make the underline go further under. @735 -S255\>96. Compute the proper natural width when a displayed equation follows - a paragraph whose fillglue has been deleted by \\{line_break}. @1146 -* 20 May 1978 -A256. Fix the spurious value of \\{prev_depth} inside alignments. @775 -S257. Consider (and defeat) the following scenario: - The u and v lists are built in \\{init_align} using \\{temp_head}; - then while scanning `|\tabskip 2pt\rt{...}|' the macro |\rt| is expanded, - clobbering \\{temp_head}. @779 -# That bug was more subtle than usual. -Q258. Add the parameter \\{num3}, so that the positioning of\/ |\atop| - can be different from that for fractions. @700 -Q259. Add new parameters \\{delim1} and \\{delim2}, so that - |\comb| can use fixed size delimiters, not computed as with |\left|. @748 -* 22 May 1978 -C260\>221. Change |\|{\tentex\char'34} to |\|{\tentex\char'35} and introduce - |\|{\tentex\char'34} as the negative of\/ |\|{\tentex\char'35}. - [Later obsolete.] @226 -L261. Fix the display of negative penalty nodes; \\{show_node_list} is confused - when a negative value has been packed into the middle of a word. @194 -# Memory overflow just occurred with $\\{lo_mem_max}=7500$ and $\\{mem_max}=16384$. - So I have to go to 15-bit pointers. (A problem on 32-bit machines?) -* 23 May 1978 -Q262. Add a new parameter \\{big_op_spacing5}, for - extra space above and below limits of big displayed operators. @751 -F263. Initialize \\{incompleat_noad} in |$$\halign{...}$$|. @775 -# That was another heretofore-untested operation. How much of the code - has not yet been exercised? -F264\>238. Close the file when doing lookup-failure recovery. @27 -I265. Improve the error recovery for `|Extra &|'. @792 -R266. The top piece must be calculated mod 128 in \\{var_delimiter}, - to guarantee a valid subscript range. [Obsolete in \TeX82.] @546 -B267\>252. Fix a blunder in new \\{missing_brace} code. @1065 -B268\>262. Fix a blunder in new code for limits on display operators. @751 -* 26 May 1978 -Q269. Don't insert a new penalty after an explicit penalty in math mode. @767 -# The hash table overflowed; I ought to make it much bigger. -R270\>110. Avoid possible bad memory references in alignment - when there is erroneous input after |\cr|. [Instead of - \\{extra_info}, the value of \\{cur_align} in \TeX78 is negated, - because we need only distinguish |\cr| from |&|.] @789 -S271. Make the dimension parameters like |\hsize| all global, so that they can - be set in the |\output| routine. @279 -# This led to major simplifications, also to major surgery. -# [But it was a kludgy decision, overruled in \TeX82.] -D272\>94. Don't forget to set the type of the new null box in the |\end| routine. @1054 -* 27 May 1978 -# The data overflowed memory again, both low and high, doing Section 3.3.2. -R273\>184. Mask off extra bits of\/ |\char| in math mode, - to avoid bad memory references. @1151 -B274. Zero out the negative |\medmuskip| in script styles. @732 -* 29 May 1978 -S275. Be prepared to handle an undefined control sequence during \\{get_x_token}. - (Can fix this by brute force, using \\{get_token} instead of \\{get_next}.) - @380 -D276. Correct the superscript shift when a single character is raised. @758 -R277\>184. Mask off all but 7 bits in |\char| routine, - to avoid space-factor index out of range. @435 -# More memory capacity overflows. -E278\>22. Fix \TeX's overflow stop so that I don't have to wait for loading of the - |BAIL| debug routines. [System dependent.] @93 -F279. Remember to adjust the page number - when a file page ends in mid-macro. [System dependent.] @306 -* 5 Jun 1978 -R280. Make sure that the arguments of positioning commands don't overflow - their field size. @610 -I281. Report the excess amount when giving an overfull box warning. @666,677 -* 7 Jun 1978 -Q282. Use $\ge$ instead of $>$ as termination criterion in \\{var_delimiter}. @714 -R283. Disallow |\eject| in math mode. [In \TeX78, |\eject| is - distinct from |\break|; in horizontal mode it includes - \TeX82's `|\vadjust{\break}|'.] @1102 -Q284. Don't put too much clearance above |\sqrt| in text style. @737 -* 9 Jun 1978 -G285\>110. Make \\{align_state} an integer variable, not \\{boolean}, - so that |\eqalign| can be within another |\eqalign|. @309 -C286. A |\mark| should expand its input. @1101 -* 10 Jun 1978 -E287. Provide for preloading of fonts. @1320 -L288. Close the output file before switching to edit the input file with - the `|e|' option. @84 -E289. Return adjustments found by \\{hpack} to free storage if - they're not used. [Later, \\{hpack} will detach them only - when they're used.] @655 -Q290. Strive for consistency between \\{make_under} and \\{make_over}. - @735 -* 18 Jun 1978 -B291\>236. Fix a serious error in \\{rebox} - (`$b$' instead of `$\\{list_ptr}(b)$'). @715 -# Strange that such a bug would now surface for the first time! -C292. Remove |\deg| from |INITEX|, since macros suffice. -Q293. Add an extra hyphenation penalty for two hyphenated lines in a row. @859 -* 19 Jun 1978 -S294. Introduce the `\\{no_new_control_sequence}' switch. Among other things, - this will prevent an undefined control sequence following \\{scan_math} - from clobbering the save stack. @259 -* 20 Jun 1978 -L295. Change the badness test - `$\\{glue}\le0.0$' to `$\\{glue}\le0.0001$'. [\TeX82 will avoid such - problems by calculating badness without floating point arithmetic.] @99 -R296. Force \\{badness} to be at most $10^{19}$. @108 -I297. Add \\{end_template} for better error recovery in alignments. @375 -E298\>287. Make |INITEX| more like the real \TeX; my simple scheme for - font preloading was no good because it left thousands of `dead' - words in memory. @8 -E299. Economize disk space by using internal arrays in load - modules that aren't being reinitialized. [System dependent.] -E300. Move the declaration of \\{mem} to the semantics module, so that the - object code will be more efficient. [System dependent. The code of - \TeX78 was divided into separately compiled modules for syntax, - semantics, output, extensions, and general organization.] -* 21 Jun 1978 -# Today I'm working on the user manual. -C301. Disallow |\input| except in vertical mode. [I will change this in - \TeX82, treating |\input| as a case of expansion.] @378 -I302. Add error recovery for \\{endv} and \\{par_end} occurring in math mode. - @1047 -G303. Generalize |\ifT| to |\if T|. @506 -* 22 Jun 1978 -F304. Preload the |\bullet| [later done by |plain.tex|]. -D305\>256. Get the correct \\{prev_depth} at the beginning of an alignment. @775 -C306. Change |\eject| so that it ejects only once. @1000 -* 14 Jul 1978 -I307. Look in standard area if a file isn't found in the user's area. @537 -I308. Echo all online inputs in the transcript file. @71 -* 19 Jul 1978 -Q309. Equalize spacing when only one of numerator/denominator is big. @745 -Q310. Prevent subscript from getting too high above baseline. @757 -R311. Avoid infinite loop when stack overflows: \\{push_input} should say - `{\bf if} $\\{input_ptr}\ge\\{stack_size}\;\land\;\\{interaction}= - \\{error_stop_mode}$'. @321 -* 22 Jul 1978 -C312. Make |\quad| meaningful outside math mode. (All fonts must - be generated again!) @558 -I313. Show the nesting level at the end of \\{show_activities}. - [But I decided not to do this in \TeX82.] @218 -C314. Put in |\>| [namely, |\mskip\medmuskip|; - \TeX78 already has |\|{\tentex\char'35}, for conditional |\thinmuskip|, - as well as the negative amounts |\<|,~|\|{\tentex\char'34}]. - Change the name of vector accent from |\>| to |\b|. [Math spacing - operators will become much more general in \TeX82.] @716 -* 25 Jul 1978 -Q315\>94. Give the correct |\hsize| and |\vsize| to the null boxes created - at |\end|. @1054 -A316\>94. And don't ``append'' them. [Later this was changed, so - that it would work better with generalized output routines.] @1054 -I317\>297. Remove the control sequence |\endv|, - since error recovery is now better. @375 -I318. Define another mode of tracing: It says `|OK|' and stops after - |\showlists|. @1298 -Q319\>244. Give better defaults to parameters. [Later done by |plain.tex|.] @209 -I320. Allow more bits in the packed representation of\/ |\showboxdepth|. @238 -I321. Scan past delimiters and/or dimensions when recovering from - ambiguous fractions. @1183 -R322. Reduce accent numbers modulo 128 or 512, depending on the - mode. @1165 -I323. Include a warning, `|(\end occurred on level ...)|'. @1335 -* 28 Jul 1978 -# (I'm writing Chapter 27 of the manual: `Recovery From Errors'.) -I324. Improve the error message in \\{scan_digit}. [This procedure will change - its name to \\{scan_eight_bit_int}, when the number of registers - increases from 10 to~256.] @433 -I325. Don't report overfull boxes if they're less than .1~point - over. @666,677 -I326. Give the user extra chances to define the font, if \\{read_font_info} - is unsuccessful. @560 -I327. Change default recovery for bad parameter number from |#1| to |##|, since - |#1| won't always work and since |##| is probably intended. @479 -I328. Omit the |"Negative?"| message on things like \\{scan_char_num}. @435 -I329. Improve error recovery when a large delimiter isn't in family~3. - [Obsolete.] -I330. Give a more appropriate error message when the input is `|$\right|'. @1192 -# Currently \TeX\ says `|Missing $|'! -I331. Call \\{back_input} before the error message in \\{back_error}, - not afterwards. @327 -* 1 Aug 1978 -I332. Give an appropriate warning when there's no input file and the user - types `|e|'. @84 -L333. Increase the system pushdownlist size so that the manual will compile. - [Procedures \\{hlist_out} and \\{vlist_out} can recurse deeply.] -# Yesterday I distributed 45 preliminary copies of the manual; today I - took out the ``debugging hooks'' and put \TeX\ up as a system program. -* 2 Aug 1978 -# I'm typing Volume 2 again (currently in Section 4.2.2). Culture shock! -G334. Introduce a |\ragged| parameter, to indicate a degree of raggedness. - [Previously, ragged-right setting was performed when the - |\tolerance|/100 was odd! Eventually a better approach, - with |\rightskip| and such things, will be discovered.] @886 -Q335. Omit the `widow penalty' in one-line paragraphs. @890 -* 5 Aug 1978 -G336. Generalize |\pageno| to |\count|\<digit>. @236 -D337\>285. Update \\{align_state} when recovering from `|Missing {|' and - `|Extra }|' errors. @1069,1127 -I338. Show ``runaway'' tokens, making it easier to pinpoint an error. @306 -* 22 Aug 1978 -G339. Add |\predisplaypenalty|. @1203 -I340. Clarify error messages; they should indicate when something has been - inserted, etc. @1064 -* 23 Aug 1978 -I341\>114. Substitute `|Extra }|' for the losing `|Missing \cr|' error message. @1069 -I342\>213. Go past online insertions in \\{show_context}. @311 -Q343. Exact no penalty for breaking one line before a display. @1145 -I344\>338. Check for runaways at end of file. @362 -I345. Give error message when a macro argument begins with |}|. @395 -* 24 Aug 1978 -L346\>213. Remove extra line-feed in \\{show_context} after printing insertions. - [System dependent.] @318 -* 25 Aug 1978 -Q347. Leave no glue at top of page, even after |\eject|. @997 -* 27 Aug 1978 -P348. Adopt Guy Steele's new version of the \TeX\ source files. [He has - recently made a copy and modified it by introducing - compile-time switches for MIT conventions as an alternative to SUAI. - This is the first time that \TeX\ is being ported to another site; - additional switches for PARC, TENEX, TOPS10, and TOPS20 will be - added later, using the Steele style.] -* 1 Sep 1978 -Q349. Don't pass over leader nodes in the \\{try_break} background - computation. [At this time, leaders have not yet been - unified with glue.] @837 -Q350\>82. Prune away all penalties at the top of a page. @997 -* 4 Sep 1978 -I351\>338. Include `|\|' in error message about a runaway argument. @306 -* 8 Sep 1978 -# I just remade all the fonts, with increased ligature field size. -B352\>350. Insert a necessary {\bf goto} statement in the first branch of - the new penalty routine within \\{build_page}. @997 -* 30 Sep 1978 -M353\>338. Make the token list for runaway arguments meaningful outside - of \\{macro_call}. (I just had a runaway argument ending with - `|\lcm|', which turned out to be the - control sequence in hashtable location 0.) @371 -R354. Avoid infinite loop when recovering from |$$| in - restricted horizontal mode. @1138 -L355. Fix two hyphenation bugs related to |-ages|, |-ers|. - [A completely new algorithm for hyphenation will go into \TeX82.] -Q356. Add |-est| to hyphenation routine; - also disable |puz-zled| and |rat-tled|, etc. -* 4 Oct 1978 -G357. Add new primitive |\vtop|. @1087 -Q358. Treat implicit kerns properly after discretionary hyphens have been - inserted. @914 -* 4 Nov 1978 -Q359. Forget the half quad originally required at left and right when - centering displayed equations without equation numbers. @1202 -* 11 Nov 1978 -R360. Don't let the postamble come out empty. [This could occur if no fonts were - selected.] @642 -* 15 Nov 1978 -C361. Allow optional space after digit in \\{scan_int} routine. @444 -* 17 Nov 1978 -R362. Make the \\{check_mem} procedure slightly more robust. @167 -* 20 Nov 1978 -C363. Make the |\par| in a |\def| match the |\par| that comes automatically with - a blank line. (Suggested by Terry Winograd.) @351 -G364. Add new parameter |\mathsurround| for spacing before and after - math in text. @1196 -G365. Extend |\advance| to allow increase by other than unity. [At this - time it applies only to the ten |\count| registers, and it is - called |\advcount|.] @1238 -* 25 Nov 1978 -G366. Add a new primitive: |\unskip|. @1105 -G367. Add new primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase|. @1288 -* 28 Nov 1978 -M368\>338. Don't let |\mark| and \\{macro_call} interfere with each other's - \\{scanner_status}. @306 -M369. Omit extra |}| after \\{show_node_list} shows a |\mark|, - since the right brace is already there. (See \#210.) @176 -G370. Add a new primitive suggested by Terry Winograd: |\xdef|. @1218 -* 29 Nov 1978 -S371. Delete a space following |\else{...}| also in the - false case. [\TeX78 uses braces, not |\fi|, for conditionals.] -D372\>320. Make |\tracing| set |\showboxbreadth| as advertised. @198 -F373. Account properly for kerns in width calculations of \\{line_break}. - @866 -Q374\>364. Delete a \\{math_node} at the beginning of a line. @148 -A375\>339. Guarantee that |\predisplaypenalty=10000| will suppress page breaking - before a display. @1005 -* 6 Dec 1978 -L376. Change the file opening statement to allow lines up to 150 characters long. - [System dependent.] -* 16 Jan 1979 -F377\>365. Initialize \\{negative} properly in the |\advance| routine - with a |\count| as argument. @440 -* 20 Jan 1979 -R378. Try to keep complex, buggy preambles of alignments from - crashing the program. @789 -* 17 Feb 1979 -I379\>376. Give more detailed information when warning about a - long line being broken. [System dependent; - the buffer size in \TeX78 is very limited.] -L380. Declare $p$ local to \\{try_break}, for the ``rare'' case code. - [My original program included the following comment: - ``This case can arise only in weird circumstances due to - changing line lengths, and the code may in fact never be executed.'' - Later Michael Plass will discover that variable line lengths require an - entirely different algorithm, using \\{last_special_line}.] - @847 -F381\>334. Don't omit the raggedness correction when the - last line of paragraph has to shrink. [Obsolete in \TeX82.] -* 22 Feb 1979 -F382\>363. Don't forget to return from \\{get_x_token} after finding |\par|. @351 -Q383. Add a new parameter: |\lineskiplimit|. @679 -C384. Change the syntactic sugar: - `|\hbox par|' replaces `|\hjust to ...{overfull}|'. [This vastly improves on - the old idea (see \#40), but there still is no internal vertical mode.] -C385. Introduce new names |\hbox| and |\vbox| for |\hjust| and |\vjust|. @1071 -G386. Add a new condition: |\ifpos|. [It will later be - generalized to |\ifnum| and |\ifdim|.] @513 -G387. Add |vu| and |\varunit|. [\TeX82 will eventually allow arbitrary - internal dimensions as units of measure.] @453 -G388\>312. Add an |em| unit. @455 -C389. Legalize |\hbox spread |\<negative dimension> [since \\{scan_spec} - no longer uses the sign as a flag]. @645 -* 10 Mar 1979 -C390\>370. Make \\{scan_toks} expand |\count| during |\xdef|. [This will - change later when |\the| and |\number| are introduced.] @367 -* 23 Mar 1979 -Q391. Put only 100000\thinspace pt stretch at the end of a paragraph instead of - 10000000000\thinspace pt. - [In \TeX78, ``infinite'' glue is actually finite but large; in the - language of \TeX82 we would say that |\parfillskip|, which is - not yet user-settable, is being changed to be like |\hfil| instead of - like |\hfill|.] @816 -Q392. Treat the last line of a paragraph more consistently with - the other lines (e.g., when |\hfil| appears in mid-paragraph), by - effectively inserting \\{inf_penalty} at the end. @816 -* 31 Mar 1979 -S393. Ensure that penalty nodes aren't wiped out, in weird cases where - breaks occur at penalties that normally disappear. @879 -* 27 Apr 1979 -A394. Correct the page number count when files begin with an empty page. - [System dependent.] -G395. Allow the \\{math_code} table to be changeable via |\chcode|. - [In \TeX82, |\chcode| will split into |\mathcode| and |\catcode|.] @1232 -I396\>332. Don't accept `|e|' after an error message if not - inputting from a file. @84 -* 29 May 1979 -F397. Don't call \\{end_file_reading} if you haven't already invoked - \\{begin_file_reading}; this could happen when trying to - recover from an error in \\{start_input}.@537 -* 7 Jun 1979 -A398\>306. Be sure to eject two pages, - when |\eject| comes just at the time another break is preferable - (e.g., when the page has just become too full). @1005 -* 27 Jun 1979 -I399\>354. Don't say `|You can't do that in math mode|' when the user - says `|$$|' in restricted horizontal mode! @1138 -* 30 Jun 1979 -G400. Add |wd|, |dp|, |ht| dimension units. @455 -I401\>307. Don't try the system area for file names whose area is explicitly - indicated. @537 -* 1 Jul 1979 -G402. Allow letters as (ASCII) numbers [without the |`| marker introduced - later]. @442 -* 2 Jul 1979 -F403. Fix a |\gdef| bug: If the control sequence was never defined before - [this later became the \\{restore_zero} option], - don't remove it at group end. @282 -* 16 Jul 1979 -I404\>320. Update \\{show_noad_list} to be like \\{show_node_list}. - [The two routines, originally separate, will be merged in \TeX82.] @238 -* 18 Jul 1979 -G405. Extend capacity from 32 fonts to 64 fonts if desired. @134 -Q406. Add new \\{extra_space} parameter to all text fonts (requested - by Frances Yao). @558 -F407. Make each \\{node_noad} print properly in \\{show_noad_list}. @183 -Q408. Make |\jpar| allow any break if it is 1000000 or more. - [In \TeX82, a |\tolerance| of 10000 or more allows any break.] @851 -* 23 Jul 1979 -E409. Introduce new primitives |\hfil|, |\vfil|, |\hfilneg|, |\vfilneg|. @1058 -G410. Add |\ifmmode|. @501 -G411. Add |\firstmark|. @1012,1016 -C412. Allow break at leaders (horizontal mode only). @149 -* 25 Jul 1979 -I413\>213. Revise \\{error} so that online insertions work properly - after end-of-file errors. @336 -B414\>411. Change `{\bf if} $\\{first_mark}\ne0$' to - `{\bf if} $\\{first_mark}\ge0$' [because $-1$ - is used to indicate `not yet given a value']. @1012 -* 28 Jul 1979 -C415\>370. Stop |\xdef| from expanding control sequences after |\def|'s. - [This decision will be rescinded later, after several more years of - experience with macro expansion will suggest better ways to cure - the problem.] @366 -I416. Change symbolic printout for control symbols. [System dependent.] @49 -L417\>308. Avoid linefeeds in the transcript file. [System dependent.] -C418\>370. Expand |\topmark|, etc., in |\xdef|. @366 -* 4 Aug 1979 -B419\>413. Fix an error introduced recently: |\par| was suddenly - omitted at end of page. [System dependent.] -* 11 Aug 1979 -P420. Change error messages that use |SAIL| characters not in - standard ASCII. @360 -* 28 Aug 1979 -D421\>411. Move the command `$\\{first_mark}\gets-1$' from \\{vpackage} - to \\{fire_up}. @1012 -S422\>403. Correct a serious |\gdef| bug: - Control sequences don't obey a last-in-first-out - discipline, so \TeX\ loses things from the hash table when deleting a - control sequence. @259 -# To fix this, I either need to restrict \TeX\ (so that - |\gdef| can be used inside a group only for control sequences already - defined on the outer level) or need to change the hash table algorithm. - Although all applications of \TeX\ known to me will agree to the - former restriction, I've chosen the latter alternative, because it gives me - a chance to improve the language: Control sequences - of arbitrary length will now be recognized. -D423. Make sure that \\{unsave} cannot call \\{eq_destroy} - with a value from the upper part of \\{eqtb}. @282 -# I noticed this long-standing bug while fixing \#422. It had very - low probability of causing damage (e.g., it required a certain field - of a floating-point number to have a certain value), but it would have - been devastating on the day it first showed up! -* 29 Aug 1979 -F424. Call \\{eq_destroy} when a control sequence is |\gdef|'ed - after being |\def|'ed. @283 -F425\>418. Treat the first token consistently - when |\topmark| and its cousins are expanded in \\{scan_toks}. @477 -# Now I've checked things pretty carefully and I think \TeX\ is ``fully debugged.'' -* 25 Jan 1980 -I426\>338. Display runaway alignment preambles. @306 -G427. Introduce active characters (one-stroke control sequences). - [I don't yet go - all the way: The meanings of `|x|' and `|\x|' have to be identical.] @344 -* 7 Feb 1980 -F428\>314. Fix a glaring omission: Op space |\>| was - never implemented in math mode! @716 -* 25 Feb 1980 -G429. Add a new dimension `|ex|' (for units of xheight). @455 -* 3 Mar 1980 -C430\>427. Allow the control sequence |\:| to be redefined - [it was the `select font' operator]; - this allows the character |:| to be active. [Obsolete.] -* 23 Mar 1980 -# An extend-\TeX-for-the-eighties party: -G431. Add a new |\copy| feature. @204 -G432. Add a new |\unbox| feature. @1110 -G433. Add a new |\open| feature [later |\openout|]. @1351 -G434. Add a new |\send| feature [later |\write|]. @1352 -G435. Add a new |\leqno| feature, requested by MDS. @1204 -G436. Add a new |\ifdimen| feature [later |\ifdim|]. @513 -C437. Make |\|\<space> in vertical mode begin a paragraph. @1090 -G438. Add a new |\font| feature [replacing the silly previous convention that - a font must be defined when it is first selected]. @1256 -G439. Add new |\parval| and |\codeval| features [later - |\the|\thinspace\<whatever>\thinspace]. @413 -C440\>427. Don't let active characters gobble the following space. @344 -G441\>208. Add a new parameter to govern amount of token list dumped. [Obsolete.] @295 -G442. Add a new |\linebreak| feature [later replaced by |\break|]. @831 -* 25 Mar 1980 -# (Still working on the above, also thought of more.) -G443. Add a new |\mskip| feature. @716 -G444. Add a new |\newname| feature (soon changed to |\let|). @1221 -G445\>430. Allow any control sequence to be redefined. @275 -I446. Send the output to the user's current file area, even when - input comes from elsewhere. @532 -* 27 Mar 1980 -Q447. Compute the xheight for accents in math mode from - family~1, not family~3. [Obsolete.] -* 28 Mar 1980 -Q448. Increase minimum clearance between subscript and superscript. @759 -* 29 Mar 1980 -Q449\>222. When a display follows a display, the second should have the - `shortskip' glue. @1146 -* 4 Apr 1980 -A450\>445. Look at current token meanings when trying to recognize - |\tabskip| in alignment preambles. @782 -* 23 Apr 1980 -I451. Estimate the length of printed output, for the new - priority feature on our XGP device driver. [System dependent.] -C452\>434. Break long |\send| lines - into pieces so that the file can be read in again. [System dependent.] -* 19 May 1980 -Q453\>182. Don't make |\left| and |\right| delimiters too large; they - need to be only 90\% of the enclosed size. [This eventually - became |\delimiterfactor|.] @762 -* 21 May 1980 -G454. Add a new |\pagebreak| feature [later |\vadjust{\break}|]. @655 -* 13 Jun 1980 -# Today I'm beginning to overhaul the line-breaking routine, - and I'll also install miscellaneous goodies. -G455. Allow a radical sign to be in different font positions. @737 -E456. Clear empty tokenlists off input stacks to allow deeper recursions - (suggested by Jim Boyce's macros for chess positions). @325 -G457. Make |\spaceskip| and |\parfillskip| changeable. @1228 -G458. Add a new parameter |\rfudge| (per request of Zippel) [later |\mag|]. @288 -G459. Add a new parameter |\loose| [later |\looseness|]; - now parameters are allowed to take negative values. @875 -E460. Remove the variable \\{just_par}. [Obsolete; it was the \\{real} equivalent - of an \\{integer}]. -* 14 Jun 1980 -Q461. Install new line-breaking routines, including |\parshape|. - (These major changes are introduced as Michael Plass - and I write our article.) @813 -G462. Add a new parameter |\exhyf| [later |\exhyphenpenalty|]. @869 -* 16 Jun 1980 -S463\>444. Change conventions in \\{eqtb} so that glue is distinguishable - from other equivalents. @275 -A464\>444. Don't expand |\b| in |\xdef{\d\b{...}}| after |\let\d=\def|. - [Obsolete.] -D465\>444. Avoid creating dead storage when doing \\{unsave} in certain regions. @275 -* 17 Jun 1980 -C466. Allow negative dimensions in rules. @138 -* 19 Jun 1980 -B467\>463. Make the new test for glue at the outer level of \\{show_eqtb}. @252 -* 27 Jun 1980 -Q468\>453. Don't let |\left| and |\right| become too small for big matrices. - [This eventually became |\delimitershortfall|.] @762 -* 3 Aug 1980 -Q469. Don't move extra-wide, numbered equations flush left unless - they begin with glue. @1202 -* 15 Sep 1980 -M470\>461. Say `$\ge\\{fz}$' instead of `$>\\{fz}$' in the pre-hyphenation - routine; I'd forgotten my definition of \\{fz} [a variable used to test - for a sequence of lowercase letters in the same font]. @897 -R471\>395. Check the range of the index in |\chcode| before saving the old value. - @1232 -* 18 Sep 1980 -D472\>457. Don't forget to increase the reference count to |\parfillskip|, - or it will mysteriously vanish. @816 -* 19 Sep 1980 -C473\>412. Make leaders break like glue in both horizontal and vertical modes. - @149 -Q474\>364. Make |\mathsurround| break properly at left and right end of lines. - @879 -* 13 Oct 1980 -I475\>461. Remove spurious overfull boxes generated when the looseness criterion - fails. [Obsolete.] -A476\>461. Redesign the iteration for looseness; breakpoints were not chosen - optimally. @875 -E477\>461. Avoid storing a lot of breakpoints when they are dominated by - others. @836 -B478\>366. Don't say `\\{cur_node}' when you mean `\\{mem}[\\{cur_node}]'. @1105 -Q479\>461. Prefer the oldest break to the youngest break - when two break nodes have the same total demerits. @836 -L480\>461. Don't make badness too big for floating-point calculations, - when forced to make an overfull box. [Obsolete.] -* 10 Dec 1980 -R481. Make it impossible to get unmatched `|}|' in a delimited macro - argument. @392 -G482. Add new |\topsep| and |\botsep| features. [These are \TeX78's - way to put space at the edge of inserts, - replaced in \TeX82 by the |\skip| register corresponding - to an |\insert| class.] @1009 -* 6 Jan 1981 -P483. Install new routines for reading the font metrics, using Ramshaw's - |TFM| files instead of\/ |TFX| files. @539 -I484. Abort after reporting 100 errors, if not pausing on errors. @82 -G485. Add new |\spacefactor| and |\specskip| and |\skip| primitives. - [At this time we write `|\specskip3=10pt|' and `|\skip3|' for what - will become `|\skip3=10pt|' and `|\hskip\skip3|' in \TeX82.] @1060 -G486\>366. |\unskip| is now allowed in internal vertical mode. @1105 -* 26 Jan 1981 -B487\>482. Don't say `\\{mem}[$q$]' when you mean `$q$'. (See \#143 and \#478.) @1009 -* 27 Feb 1981 -I488\>417. Put some linefeeds back into the transcript file, in order - to prevent overprinting in listings. [System dependent.] -G489. Add a new |\dpenalty| feature [later |\postdisplaypenalty|]. @1205 -G490. Add the dimension |cc| for European users. @458 -C491. Make \\{scan_keyword} match uppercase letters as alternatives - to lowercase ones (suggested by Barbara Beeton's experiments - with |\uppercase|). @407 -I492. Add nonstop mode so that overnight batch processing is possible. @73 -* 2 Mar 1981 -S493\>422. Fix a still more serious |\gdef| bug: The generality - of\/ |\gdef| almost makes it a crime to - forget {\sl any\/} control sequence names, ever! (The previous bug was - only the tip of an iceberg.) @259 -I494. Issue warning message at the end of a file page if nesting level isn't zero. - [System dependent.] -* 5 Mar 1981 -I495. Keep track of maximum memory usage, for statistical - reporting. [Obsolete.] @125 -Q496\>350. Prune away glue and penalties at top of page after marks, sends, - inserts. @1000 -G497. Allow |\mark| in horizontal mode. [Later it will - be |\vadjust{\mark...}|.] @655 -C498. Allow optional space before a required left brace, e.g., |\if AA {...}|. - [See \#251.] @403 -I499. Issue an incomplete |\if| error, to help catch a bad |\if|. @336 -* 17 Mar 1981 -I500\>494. Omit the warning message at end of a file page unless - the nesting level has changed on that page. [System dependent.] -Q501\>310. Fix the spacing when there is a very tall subscript with - a superscript. @759 -* 20 Mar 1981 -S502\>371. Make space-eating after |\else| fully consistent between the - true and false cases. [Obsolete.] -* 24 Mar 1981 -B503\>496. Change \\{glue_spec_size} to \\{ins_spec_size} - in \\{vpackage} [where insertions are done]. [Obsolete.] -* 5 Apr 1981 -B504\>501. Fix a typo (`|+|' instead of `|-|') in the new subscript code; - this shifted certain subscripts down instead of up. @759 -* 18 Apr 1981 -G505. Make leaders with rules of specified size act like variable rules. - @626,635 -* 29 Apr 1981 -A506\>461. Don't consider $\\{badness}>\\{threshold}$ at a line |\break| - except in an emergency. @854 -* 13 Jul 1981 -C507\>402. Allow other characters as numbers. @442 -R508\>294. Avoid dead storage if a \\{no_new_control_sequence} error occurs. - [Obsolete.] @259 -G509. Add a new |\ifx| feature. @507 -G510. Add new features |\xleaders| and |\cleaders|. @626,635 -* 14 Jul 1981 -S511\>507. Amend the new code for constants; - the `|.|' in `|.5|' is thought to mean \O{056}! @442 -L512\>507. And fix an egregious blunder in that code: New commands at the - end of a procedure are ignored when earlier statements - exit via {\bf return}. @442 -* 4 Aug 1981 -P513. Accept alphabetic codes for all online error recovery options, - instead of insisting on control codes like line feed or form feed. - [The original error-recovery codes were suggested by the - conventions of the |SAIL| compiler.] @84 -G514. Add a new |\thebox| feature [later |\lastbox|]. @1079 -* 7 Aug 1981 -G515. Add |fil|, |fill|, and |filll| as units for glue stretching - or shrinking. @454 -I516. Suppress the overfull box error when shrinkage amount is negative. @664 -* 9 Aug 1981 -Q517. Let unset boxes inherit the size of their parent in alignments. @810 -* 12 Apr 1982 -F518. Make |INITEX| dump out the \\{font_dsize} array needed by - the new |DVI| output module. @1322 -* 1 May 1982 -S519\>151. Fix \\{clean_box} so that \\{mlist_to_hlist} cannot make - $\\{link}(q)=0$ and $\\{type}(q)=\\{glue_node}$. @720 -# [That was the historic final change to \TeX78. All subsequent entries - in this log refer to \TeX82.] -* 15 Jul 1982 -# Finished draft of test program and began debugging about 1430 - [2:30\thinspace pm]. Taking my time. -BX1. Change \\{eqtb}[\\{cur_font}] to \\{eqtb}[\\{cur_font_loc}]. @232 -# Not logging changes to the exposition. -# Compile time is about 2 minutes CPU, times 5 for time-sharing; - add another half minute for linking and loading. -# Hash table and \\{get_next} seem to be working, with no changes needed! -# Time out 1630--1815 for Jill's birthday party. -LX2. Insert {\bf begin} \dots~{\bf end} around \\{dump_int} macro. @1305 -IX3. Print two blank spaces before date in \\{open_log_file}. @536 -AX4. Update $x$ and \\{var_used} outside the {\bf for} loop. @1311 -BX5. Change {\bf if} $=$ to {\bf if} $\ne$ as loop exit condition. @1315,1316 -# The |TRIP| test should preload more fonts. -LX6. Insert {\bf begin} \dots~{\bf end} around statistics output. @1334 -FX7. Must \\{get_x_token} when scanning a number. @445 -IX8. Interactive \\{debug_help} needs to print a newline. @1338 -FX9. Include \\{ignore_spaces} and \\{math_accent} in \\{print_cmd_char} cases. @266 -IX10. Don't call \\{confusion} when \\{print_cmd_char} sees unknown code. @298 -# Compiler bug causes stack overflow. Retiring for the night at 2145. -* 16 Jul 1982 -# Starting at 0700; DRF has fixed the compiler. -RX11. Allow arbitrary integer parameters in diagnostic print routines. @237,699 -TX12. Say \\{cur_tok}, not \\{cur_val}, when you mean \\{cur_tok}. @440 -FX13. Make |\pause| effective also on first line of a file. @538 -FX14. Show context after online deletion. @88 -IX15. Bypass reference count when \\{debug_help} shows a token list. @1339 -BX16. Change `{\bf case} $p$' to `{\bf case} \\{type}($p$)'. @1000 -FX17. Fix timing of \\{print_ln} when scrolling help messages. @90 -PX18. Make \\{other_char} the default category for ASCII control codes too. @232 -AX19. Use special scanning method for font number in \\{new_font}. @1257 -# Eating lunch, 1020--1035, while the machine slowly recompiles everything. -FX20. Don't forget to increase $k$ in the {\bf while} loop. @355 -DX21. Adjust \\{limit} properly after line changed when pausing. @363 -FX22. Remember to return a value in \\{new_spec} and \\{new_penalty}. @151,158 -# Now stepping through \\{line_break} in simple case. -AX23. Don't prune unwanted nodes if $\\{cur_p}=\\{null}$. @877 -FX24. Print a closing parenthesis when displaying glue nodes. @189 -SX25. Use \\{last}, not \\{limit}, in \\{term_input}; else error prompt causes - trouble when $\\{state}=\\{token_list}$. @71,87 -DX26. Set $\\{first}\gets\\{limit}+1$ after \\{init_terminal}. @331 -DX27. Make sure \\{set_trick_count} is always performed. @317 -* 17 Jul 1982 -IX28. Add new diagnostic feature |\tracingcommands|. @299,1031 -# Debugging of system-dependent code not shown in this log. -# Tangling \TeX\ now takes 1.75 minutes; about 75K bytes, 108K tokens. -# Redundant semicolon sends Pascal compiler into infinite loop! -FX29. Initialize $\\{passive}\gets\\{null}$. @864 -AX30. Fix pseudoprinting when the line is empty. @318 -EX31. Merge adjacent free areas of dynamic memory before dumping. @131 -FX32. Print the word |mode| in \\{print_mode}. @211 -IX33. Improve message and help in case of weird error. @415 -GX34. Allow optional space after |\def| and similar constructions. @473 -MX35. Declare \\{alpha} to be integer in \\{read_font_info}. @560 -AX36. Fix timing of \\{back_input} in \\{scan_dimen}. @448 -IX37. Back up after missing number error. @446 -IX38. Show the `|at|' size that is considered improper. @1259 -IX39. Streamline the dialog in \\{debug_help}. @1338 -MX40. Take output of \\{the_toks} from the advertised place. @467,1297 -TX41. Say \\{trie_fix}($q$), not \\{trie_fix}($p$). @959 -SX42. Decrease low limit of \\{error_count} to $-1$. @76 -* 18 Jul 1982 -FX43. Clear initial reference count of macro definitions. @473 -AX44. Fix timing of \\{back_input} in \\{scan_glue}. @461 -BX45. Use \\{cur_val_level}, not \\{cur_val}, when checking levels. @461 -BX46. Multiply |fil| units by $2^{16}$ for correct scaling. @454 -BX47. Don't confuse \\{glue_base} with \\{skip_base}. @1237 -AX48. Fix \\{print_scaled} so that 0.01 doesn't come out |0.1|. @103 -IX49\>X28. Show mode changes when tracing commands. @299 -LX50. Don't say {\bf if} $(n=0)\lor(\,\ldots\;\hbox{\bf div}\;n)$ in Pascal. @105 -BX51. Don't confuse \\{box_flag} with \\{box_code}. @1075 -SX52. Reset \\{offset} on \\{print_ln} even in \\{no_print} mode. @57 -SX53. Fix restarting of interrupts after \\{big_switch}. @1031 -LX54. Don't loop {\bf for} $k\gets a$ {\bf to} $b-1$ when $b=0$ if $k$ is - declared nonnegative. -IX55. Put `|=|' sign into the \\{format_ident}. @1328 -SX56. Allow $r$ to be any integer in \\{get_node}. @125 -IX57. Don't put the output of \\{print_file_name} in quotes. @518 -IX58. Say `|dumped|' after dumping. @1311 -EX59. Eliminate unnecessary initialization code. @1332 -LX60. Get the file reading started right when beginning to undump. @1308 -IX61. Give forlorn message if format file can't be loaded. @1303 -FX62. Assign value to \\{cur_val} after glue arithmetic. @1239,1240 -* 19 Jul 1982 -LX63. Don't say {\bf if} $p>\\{max}\lor\\{free}[p]$ in Pascal. @169 -AX64. Fix memory-undump logic; loops are out of phase with input. @1312 -BX65. Undump \\{hyph_word}[$j$], not \\{hyph_word}[$k$]. @1325 -# At last |trip.fmt| loads without bombing out. -PX66. Remove assignment of array to array, not allowed by IBM Pascal - (Susan Plass). @167 -PX67. Simplify an expression that's too big for IBM Pascal (Susan Plass). @1009 -AX68. Go to \\{contribute}, not \\{done}, after insertions. @1000 -IX69. Decrease \\{depth_threshold} if there's not enough string space. @198 -IX70. Show rules as `{\tt\char`\|}' in short displays. @175 -IX71. Don't show null glue in short displays. @175 -SX72. Set $\\{job_name}\gets0$ as part of output initialization. @528 -SX73. Don't complain of infinite shrinkage on |0pt minus 0fil|. @825,976,1009 -IX74. Use different prompt at beginning when accepting a file name. @37 -FX75. Reset \\{last_glue} on nonglue nodes. @996 -BX76. Remember to call \\{error} after printing |OK|. @1293 -LX77. Insert {\bf begin} \dots{ \bf end} around program text of section. @1025 -FX78. Define the |\shipout| primitive. @1071,1073 -AX79. Introduce \\{write_loc} analogous to \\{par_loc}. @1344,1371 -FX80. Dump and undump \\{par_loc} and \\{write_loc}. @1313,1314 -FX81. Allow \\{the} in \\{scan_the} [later \\{scan_something_internal}]. @413 -EX82. Interchange command codes $\\{the}:=:\\{number}$ [later \\{convert}]. @210 -BX83. Don't confuse \\{breadth} with \\{depth}. @236 -IX84. Add string printing feature to \\{debug_help}. @1339 -FX85. Set $\\{state}\gets\\{mid_line}$ in \\{begin_file_reading}. @328 -# Time out 2105--2200 to pick up Jenny from driving lesson. -LX86. Keep $c\le127$ when deleting 99 tokens. @88 -SX87. Don't check for \\{str_room} error when $\\{selector}=\\{new_string}$. @1328 -* 21 Jul 1982 -IX88. Gather more statistics: String usage, font info, hyphen exceptions, stacks. @1334 -DX89\>X79. Initialize \\{write_loc} from \\{cur_val}, not from \\{cs_ptr}. @1344 -FX90. Remember to pack file name for |\open|. @1374 -SX91\>X34. Defuse |\outer| test before scanning optional space after `|}|'. @473 -SX92. Don't allow \\{prepare_mag} to cause errors after \\{jump_out}. @84 -# The first page of |DVI| output is {\sl perfect\/}! Pause to play piano. -BX93. Don't confuse \\{dimen_base} with \\{scaled_base}. @1237 -DX94. Initialize $\\{link}(\\{page_head})\gets\\{null}$ when beginning a page. @991 -SX95. Correct \\{cur_height} more often, since \\{max_depth} might be negative. @972,973 -AX96. Calculate page dimensions properly after vertical kerns. @973 -SX97. Install new \\{page_contents} logic to handle interaction between - insertions and |\topskip|. @987,1008 -SX98. Allow \\{top_skip} glue to be a valid breakpoint. @1001 -FX99. Don't forget to count \\{dyn_used} in inner loop [erroneous analysis - retracted later]. @1034 -FX100. Set $p\gets q$ after migration step. @655 -FX101. Clear \\{prev_graf} to zero at start of paragraph. @1091 -LX102. Put parens into negated \\{leader_flag} macro. @1078 -# Time out 1720--1920 for John's birthday dinner. -DX103. Scale \\{best_height} when adjusting \\{page_goal}. @1010 -AX104. Simplify logic of split insertions; three states become two. @981,1019,1020 -MX105. Don't omit first character when showing a macro argument. @400 -RX106. Prevent clobberage if macros have too many parameters. @390 -* 22 Jul 1982 -IX107. Tell how many |DVI| bytes were output. @642 -IX108\>X88. Adjust for singular or plural statistics. @1320,1334 -SX109\>X98. Consider \\{page_head} a glue node, to inhibit unwanted break. @988 -DX110. Introduce \\{new_skip_param} to keep reference counts updated. @679,969,1001 -DX111. Record the correct size of new insertion after it's split. @1010 -DX112. Use \\{free_node}, not \\{flush_node_list}, when recycling insertion - nodes. @1022 -SX113. Make online insertions work after \\{get_next} is interrupted. @87,324,343 -BX114. Print newline on interruption stop. @98 -SX115\>X34. Put space before \\{end_write_token}. @1371 -BX116. Don't confuse \\{glue_order} with \\{stretch_order}. @838 -TX117. Set $\\{max_dimen}\gets\hbox{\it'7777777777\/}$, not {\it'777777777}. @421 -MX118. Make |\global\textfont| legal. @1211 -BX119. Fetch |\the\textfont| with \\{equiv}, not \\{fam_font}. @415 -BX120. Call $\\{new_ligature}(f,l,\ldots)$ not $(f,c,\ldots)$. @1035 -RX121. Make \\{show_box} work on random garbage. @174,177 -DX122. Count reference to \\{zero_glue} from \\{cond_math_glue}. @1171 -* 23 Jul 1982 -RX123. Allow $\\{avail}=\\{null}$ when undumping. @1312 -BX124\>X110. Set $\\{width}(\\{glue_ptr}(p))$, not $\\{width}(p)$. @679 -AX125. Put \\{begin_file_reading} inside the \\{start_input} loop. @537 -BX126\>X116. Don't confuse \\{glue_stretch} with \\{stretch_order} [the previous - fix went only half\-way]. @838 -BX127. Negate $x$ when calculating badness of shrinkage. @667,678 -LX128\>X121. Remove dangling {\bf else} that parses wrong. @174 -IX129\>X28. Print newline before |{|, not after |}|, when tracing commands. @299 -IX130. Remove colon from overfull box messages. @663,675 -DX131\>X97. Compute \\{page_goal} properly when the first box arrives after - inserts. @1001 -BX132. Don't confuse \\{page_size} [now \\{page_goal}] with \\{best_size}. @1017 -AX133. Put heldover insertions at front of contribution list. @1023 -SX134\>X88. Output stats before closing |DVI| file, since the latter - decreases \\{font_ptr}. @1333 -TX135. Don't call a |\vbox| an |\hbox|. @674 -TX136. Fix misplaced {\bf end} caused by editing error. @675 -* 24 Jul 1982 -DX137. Don't \\{eq_destroy} any paragraph shape when \\{par_shape} is null. @275 -IX138. Omit blank before |\message| at the beginning of a line. @1280 -AX139\>X104. Don't try to split an insertion when \\{best_node} isn't the - split one. @1021 -LX140. Correct another case of `{\bf if} $x\land y$' misunderstood by Pascal. - @1021 -IX141. Provide diagnostic info about insertions via |\showlists|. @986 -IX142. Add `|inside a group|' to clarify a warning message. @1335 -IX143. Report \\{prev_depth} on a separate line in |\showlists|. @219 -SX144. Back up input to avoid unexpected clobberage of \\{cur_tok}. @1090 -# Wow what a bug: \\{new_graf} calls \\{build_page}, which invokes the - output routine, after which `\/{\bf goto} \\{reswitch}' is a {\sl disaster}. -DX145. Add insertion glue to \\{page_so_far} instead of subtracting it from - the goal. @1009 -IX146. Put extra blank line before overfull box warning. @660 -CX147. Define break at kern consistently between horizontal and vertical lists. @973,1000 -DX148. Renumber so that math nodes are nondiscardable. @147 -TX149. Correct the \\{char_kern} macro: |#|, not $f$. @557 -FX150. Decrease $l$ after reconstituting discretionary break. @916 -EX151. Simplify the hyphen routine, knowing that $\\{link}(s)=\\{null}$. @918 -FX152. Initialize $r\gets q$ in discretionary destruction routine. @883 -* 25 Jul 1982 -AX153. Don't add interline penalty after last line of paragraph. @890 -IX154. Adjust spacing in diagnostic messages. @245 -DX155. Avoid simultaneous use of \\{temp_head} by \\{prune_page_top} and the - page builder. @1017 -FX156. Clear the \\{post_break} field of simple discretionaries. @916 -AX157. Split \\{offset} into independent variables \\{term_offset}, - \\{file_offset}. @54,57,58 -# Am freezing current program as version $-0.25$; a week of TUG lectures - begins tomorrow. -* 5 Aug 1982 -IX158. The `|.err|' file should be `|.log|' instead. @534 -GX159. Allow |\special| strings to contain more than 256 bytes. @585,1368 -MX160\>X99. Undo ``correction'' to a non-bug. @1034 -IX161. Suggest |\&| in help message for unexpected |&|. @1128 -GX162. Make `|E|' a standard option for exiting. @84 -GX163. Restore the use of dead cycles \`a la \TeX78. @1024,1054 -# The previous six changes were suggested during discussions with \TeX82 class. -SX164. Fix global variable conflict between \\{open_log_file} and \\{new_font}. @1257 -CX165. Allow optional `|=|' when assign to font parameter. @1253 -FX166. Set \\{cur_val} after increasing the number of font parameters. @580 -DX167. Set \\{hash_brace} when matching `|{|'. @476 -IX168\>X88. Clarify meaning of statistics printed. @1334 -GX169. Change |DVI| format to include design size. @602,1260 -DX170. Introduce \\{def_ref} for \\{runaway} messages. @306 -MX171. Restore \\{cur_cs} before calling \\{scan_toks}. @1226 -AX172\>X157. Update \\{print_nl} to dual offset conventions. @62 -AX173\>X163. Move endgame logic inside \\{main_control}, because the output - routine becomes active. @1054 -* 6 Aug 1982 -CX174. Allow |INITEX| to load format files. @1337 -EX175. Conserve input stack space by deleting finished token lists. @325 -IX176\>X74. Print the opening `|**|' in the transcript file. @534 -# Now ready to try breaking new ground in |TRIP|. -SX177. Preserve \\{align_state} from tokens deleted online. @88 -DX178. Set $t$ in all branches of \\{scan_toks}. @473 -SX179. Change `$\\{cur_cmd}\le\\{right_brace}$' to `$\\{cur_tok}\le - \\{right_brace_limit}$'; otherwise |\relax| gets through. @477 -CX180. Allow optional |=| when setting |\spacefactor|; disallow zero. @1243 -BX181. Change \\{vpackage}(\\{head}) to \\{vpackage}(\\{link}(\\{head})). @796 -# Shades of 1978! -LX182. Insert missing {\bf begin} \dots{ \bf end}. @798 -* 7 Aug 1982 -LX183. Keep \\{trie_max} declared in non-|INITEX| [later rescinded]. @950 -DX184. Watch out for empty token list when copying. @466 -DX185. Free unused reference count slot when defining |\everypar|. @1226 -GX186\>X163. Introduce |\maxdeadcycles|. @1012 -# I believe the \\{line_break} routine has passed its test perfectly. -SX187. Don't put discretionary after |-| inside a discretionary. @1039 -CX188. Change `|\minus|' to `|\minusthe|' [this feature retracted later]. @413 -BX189. Change \\{cur_p} to $r$ (three places). @875 -AX190. Increase range of \\{hc} to \\{halfword}; otherwise end-of-word mark - might match a vacant entry in the trie. @892 -FX191. Initialize $b$ in \\{shift_case} routine. @1288 -EX192. Don't back up if a space follows a decimal fraction. @452 -BX193. Don't confuse \\{glue_base} with \\{dimen_base}. @1145 -LX194. Guard against anomalous floating-point values in glue display. @186 -* 8 Aug 1982 -SX195. Avoid infinite loop when |\outer| leads to runaways. @339 -# I worked on that problem about two hours before fixing it. -IX196. Move final \\{debug_help} to \\{succumb}, except in batch mode. @93 -RX197. Insert kern after spanned box, to defeat access to floating point. @808 -* 9 Aug 1982 -CX198. Include |\leftskip| and |\rightskip| in displayed equations [rescinded - later]. @1199 -IX199. Trace line-break computations if $\\{tracing_stats}>2$. @846,856 -DX200. Keep \\{prev_p} up to date when passing a string. @867 -# Now stepping through math stuff; a lot is working. -DX201. Set $\\{link}(p)\gets z$ when making a fraction. @747 -CX202. Don't reset space factor when beginning |\valign|. @775 -IX203. Don't show glue setting if $\\{glue_sign}=\\{normal}$. @186 -DX204. Clear \\{glue_stretch} and \\{glue_shrink} when creating an unset box. @801 -BX205. Do \\{vpack} in hmode and vice versa when aligning. @804 -AX206. Remove fallacious call to \\{confusion} after alignment in display. @1206 -AX207. Don't test $\\{mode}=\\{vmode}$ in display, test $\\{nest_ptr}=1$. @1145 -FX208. Show an \\{inner_noad} as well as the other types. @690,696 -DX209. Renumber \\{mu_glue} and \\{cond_math_glue} so that the glue display logic - works. @149 -BX210. Don't confuse \\{cur_size} with \\{cur_style}. @703 -FX211. Advance $p\gets q$ during second pass over mlist. @761 -IX212. Add helpful hint about |\tracingonline=1|. @1293 -TX213. Delete spurious statement left from sloppy editing. @710 -DX214. Change the subtype when \\{mskip} becomes \\{hskip}. @732 -FX215. Don't forget to use the remainder when computing math glue. @716 -IX216\>X199. Improve paragraph diagnostics using \\{short_display}. @857 -IX217\>X199. Introduce \\{artificial_badness} for better diagnostics. @854,856 -* 11 Aug 1982 -AX218. Introduce \\{char_box} subroutine so that \\{var_delimiter} adds italic - correction. @709 -SX219. Save font and char in local variables of \\{make_math_accent}, since - it can be recursive. @738 -FX220. Call \\{error} after decrying an invalid character. @346 -* 12 Aug 1982 -IX221\>X199. Install new format for showing break nodes. @846 -# I have been testing \\{line_break} and I think it's working fine. -BX222. Change $q$ to $p$, in order to catch empty alignments. @812,1206 -SX223. Disallow third part of discretionary in math mode. @1120 -DX224. Don't change \\{tail} if discretionary third part is empty. @1120 -IX225. Say |nonscript|, not |non_script|. @189 -SX226. Inhibit math if |\scriptfont3| is improper. @1195 -IX227\>X199. Introduce {\tt\@}|firstpass| and {\tt\@}|secondpass| comments. @863 -TX228. Change $p$ to $r$ when you mean $r$. @1204 -IX229\>X108. Say |page|, not |pages|, if there's only |1|. @642 -IX230. Insert space before |[]| on truncated |\showlists|. @182 -* 28 Aug 1982 -# Back from vacation after having looked at hardcopy listing of |TRIP| test. -GX231. Allow |dm| as a unit [later |.5dm1| will be |.5\dimen1|]. @455 -IX232\>X108. Singularize |prevgraf 1 lines|. @219 -IX233. Omit trailing zero count registers when showing completed page numbers. @638 -LX234. Avoid clobbering $a$ by introducing a new local variable $t$. @986 -DX235\>X216. Fix diagnostic printing of discretionaries. @858 -IX236. Don't show unset stretch/shrink that's zero. @185 -CX237\>X198. Make |\halign| in displays consistent with other displays. (Namely, - ignore |\leftskip| and |\rightskip| in nonaligned displays; - respect the paragraph shape in aligned displays.) @800,1199 -IX238. Parenthesize `|If you're confused ...|'. @403 -IX239. Say `|\fraction|', not `|\xabovex|'. @697 -FX240. Remember to {\bf return} when you should. @1153 -PX241. Use absolute value to make sure {\bf div} is unambiguous. @737 -BX242\>X218. Don't confuse depth with height. @709 -BX243. Use $\\{delta}-\\{height}$, not $\\{height}-\\{delta}$. @736 -BX244. Increase \\{shift_down} to increase the clearance. @745 -IX245. Don't back up after improper use of |\the|. @428 -IX246. Don't give |0pt| as the default result when looking for \\{tok_val}. @428 -FX247. Initialize \\{second_indent} in the easy case. @848 -FX248. Package the equation number. @1204 -QX249. Don't resort to $v\gets\\{max_dimen}$ when glue doesn't stretch or - shrink. @1148 -IX250. Insert newline before showing current |\botmark|. -FX251. Call \\{error} after giving error message. @784 -AX252. Change implementation of |\number|; it should \\{scan_int}, not - something internal. @471 -PX253. Introduce symbolic constants like \\{format_area_length}. @524 -PX254. Change \\{quit} to \\{jump_out}, since some compilers treat \\{quit} - as a reserved word. @81 -LX255. Add more parentheses to get proper parsing. @1260 -IX256. Say |please| in order to be friendly (or at least polite). @360 -BX257. Don't confuse \\{cur_vcmd} with \\{cur_chr}. @508 -IX258. Use |&| instead of |!| to specify a preloaded format. @1337 -TX259\>X177. Correct |s3| to |s4|. @88 -GX260. Introduce new primitive |\mathchardef|, to save space and time. @1224 -CX261. Use the |[]| convention for noads as well as nodes. @692 -TX262. Correct spelling in call to \\{primitive}: |\xatopx| should be |\xoverx| - [later renamed, thank goodness]. @1178 -* 30 Aug 1982 -RX263. Don't fetch \\{link}(\\{null}) in malformed list. @175 -SX264. Initialize \\{align_state} at a better time so that \\{align_peek} - doesn't see |&| or |\span|. @785,791 -SX265. Outlaw preamble interfering with $\\{align_state}=0$. @789 -CX266. Add level of grouping to alignment to tabskip locality. @774 -FX267. Check \\{align_state} when scanning $\langle u_j\rangle$. @783 -AX268. Move `\\{unsave}; \\{new_save_level}' from \\{main_control} into - \\{fin_col}. @791,1131 -SX269\>X180. Remember \\{cur_chr} when you're looking for optional `|=|'. @1243 -TX270. Change $q$ to $r$ [in code now obsolete]. @804 -IX271. Disable interrupts during \\{back_error} so that help messages aren't - clobbered. @327 -SX272. Introduce \\{slow_print} for printing control sequences. @60 -IX273. Initialize \\{del_code}(|"."|$)\gets0$ for error recovery. @240 -SX274. Call \\{end_file_reading} before calling \\{check_outer_validity}. @362 -IX275. Don't delete an extra `|}|' when |\par| will help find a runaway. @395 -* 31 Aug 1982 -BX276. Don't confuse \\{thin_muskip} with \\{thin_muskip_code}. @413 -FX277\>X266. Recover from error if new \\{align_group} ends abnormally. @1132 -IX278. Recover from error if |\par| occurs when $\\{align_state}<0$. @1094 -CX279. Make |\hskip\the\thinmuskip| and |\mskip\the\baselineskip| erroneous. @413 -GX280. Add |\muskip| and |\setmuskip| analogs to |skip| and |\setskip|. @413,1228 -EX281. Don't output |pop| right after |push|. @601 -# The |TRIP| test looks right; now to test for wasted memory. -# When memory should be empty I find $\\{dyn_used}=18$, $\\{var_used}=267$. -* 1 Sep 1982 -# Made special |MEMTEX| program, designed to track all memory allocation. -DX282. Delete reference to \\{last_glue} when a page is packaged. @1017 -IX283. Include \\{save_stack} in the \\{search_mem} debugging routine. @285 -CX284. Disallow |\vfill| in restricted horizontal mode. @1095 -# Most of the memory locations I thought were wasted were actually in good use. -# Total 192 hours (approx) debugging time so far since July 15. -* 2 Sep 1982 -# Now looking at all zero counts in profile and extending |TRIP|. -EX285. Simplify the creation of |vtop| boxes. @1087 -CX286. Set $\\{space_factor}\gets1000$ after |\hbox|. @1076 -PX287. Introduce preamble into |DVI| format. @617 -SX288. Give special \\{chr_code} to |\relax|. @265 -IX289. Don't show `|(null)|' when token list is null, just show nothing. @295 -EX290. Delete the procedure \\{write_name_string}, which is never used. -CX291. Rename |\xabovex| to |\abovewithdelims|; do the same for - |\xatopx| and |\xoverx|. @1178 -QX292. Improve \\{clean_box} so that it recognizes cleanliness better. @720 -IX293. Report a |Missing delimiter| more meaningfully. @1161 -RX294. Give \\{endv_token} a \\{chr} code of 128 so that it will end a file name. @289 -RX295. Test present of math fonts {\sl after\/} parsing an mlist, not - before. @1138,1195 -IX296. Omit `|recent contributions|' and/or `|current page|' when they are - empty. @218,986 -IX297. Display what \TeX\ has deleted after improper discretionary list - has arisen. @1121 -IX298. Show what math character was undefined. @723 -IX299. Improve the |Incompatible magnification| error; break it into two lines. @288 -DX300. Put new cases into \\{flush_node_list}, to recycle mlist noads. @698 -* 6 Sep 1982 -FX301\>X300. Insert a necessary `{\bf goto} \\{done}' in that new material. @698 -# It took two hours to diagnose that {\bf goto} problem. -TX302\>X295. Change `|2|' to `|3|' in help message for extension fonts. @1195 -IX303. Add a special note if material is being held over for the next output. @986 -RX304. Divide before multiplying in \\{make_left_right}, to avoid overflow. @762 -IX305. Introduce the \\{box_error} routine. @992 -FX306. Clear \\{arith_error} after overflow has been reported. @460 -BX307\>X249. Don't confuse \\{stretch} with \\{glue_stretch}. @1148 -DX308. Set $\\{glue_sign}\gets\\{normal}$ when packaging with glue ratio - zero. @558,664 -AX309. Test for overflow before attaching the sign. @448 -# That all worked! Now trying |min_quarterword| negative. -LX310. Take absolute value before applying {\bf mod} in \\{new_trie_op}. @944 -LX311. Say $\\{qi}(c)$, not $c$, when testing |TFM| flags [now obsolete]. @573 -LX312. Initialize \\{token_ref_count}(\\{def_ref}) to \\{null}, not zero. @473 -LX313. Change the type of \\{vsplit} parameter $n$ from \\{quarterword} to - \\{eight_bits}. @977 -LX314. Initialize \\{null-delimiter} different form \\{null_character}. @685 -LX315. Insert \\{qi} twice in \\{scan_delimiter}. @1160 -FX316. Insert \\{qi} in \\{scan_math}. @1151 -FX317. Insert \\{qo} in \\{fetch}. @722,723 -FX318. Insert \\{qi} in \\{set_math_char}. @1155 -FX319. Insert \\{qi} in \\{math_ac}. @1165 -FX320. Insert \\{qo} in \\{mlist_to_hlist}. @755 -IX321. Use brackets around 8-bit characters in \\{print_ASCII}. @68 -IX322. Include \\{hyph_list} in the \\{search_mem} debugging routine. @933 -# Now compiling non-|INITEX| to try an industrial-strength version. -LX323. Add {\bf return} to \\{final_cleanup}, because some Pascal compilers - insist that each label be used. @1335 -DX324. Compute \\{par_token} when undumping. @1314 -* 11 Sep 1982 -IX325. Emit newline before file name, if near end of line. @537 -CX326. Define |\ifx| for arbitrary tokens. @507 -* 12 Sep 1982 -IX327. Don't ask users to type |x| twice before exiting. @84 -GX328. Install new features |\openin|, |\read|, |\ifeof|, |\closein|; rename - existing |\open|, |\send|, |\close| to be |\openout|, |\write|, - |\closeout|. @209,313,1275 -GX329. Install new feature |\expandafter|. @368 -PX330. Change the default file area from `|<TeX>|' to `|TeXinputs:|'. @574 -* 13 Sep 1982 -GX331. Install new feature |\string|. @472 -AX332. Remove spurious space printed by \\{sprint_cs}. @263 -# All tests passed now! But when I played with the system I found another bug - (undetected by |TRIP|): -FX333. Set $r\gets s$ after matching macro parameter tokens. @397 -* 16 Sep 1982 -IX334\>X199. Introduce serial numbers in line-break records, improving - readability and independence. @846 -IX335. Don't abort when \\{file_name_size} is exceeded. @519 -* 17 Sep 1982 -IX336. Remove unwanted period from font capacity message. @567 -* 18 Sep 1982 -GX337\>X329. Make |\expandafter| more powerful by moving it from semantics - to syntax [i.e., from stomach to mouth]. @368 -* 19 Sep 1982 -IX338. Improve error recovery for `|Missing number|'. @415 -* 22 Sep 1982 -QX339. Suppress italic correction between letters in math mode except in math - fonts. @752 -* 24 Sep 1982 -PX340. Define $\\{null}=\\{mem_bot}$, not \\{min_halfword}, because there's - a reference to \\{link}(\\{null}) in \\{try_break}. @115 -DX341. Initialize $\\{str_start}[0]\gets0$. @47 -IX342. Avoid blank space at beginning of line. @638 -DX343. Set type of new box in math mode to \\{ord_noad}, not \\{inner_noad}. @1076 -* 28 Sep 1982 -# Here are the first changes made to the preliminary listing of \TeX82 that was - published by the \TeX\ project earlier this month. -F520. Insert the missing cases \\{letter} and \\{other_char} after - \\{x_token} looks ahead. @1038 -C521. Change `|\pause|' to `|\pausing|'. @236 -D522. Reset \\{overfull_rule} when determining tabskip glue. @804 -A523. Fix the logic for scanning |\ifcase| [in obsolete syntax---everything - is still done with braces since `|\fi|' doesn't exist yet]. @509 -* 30 Sep 1982 -I524. Change |"0.0"| to |"?.?"| (suggested by DRF). @186 -* 2 Oct 1982 -Q525. Use conditional thin spacing next to `Inner' noads. @764 -Q526. Make thick spaces conditional. @766 -* 4 Oct 1982 -P527. Increase \\{trie_size} from 7000 to 8000, because of Frank Liang's improved - (but longer) hyphenation patterns. @11 -* 6 Oct 1982 -F528\>X330. Change the string lengths to match the new \\{\TeX_format_default}. @520 -# Version 0 of \TeX\ is being released today! -* 8 Oct 1982 -B529. Fix a blunder: I decreased $h$ mod a quarterword when it should have - been decreased mod \\{trie_op_hash_size} (HWT). @944 -* 9 Oct 1982 -P530\>X258. Fix a typo (`|!|' not `|&|') in the |WEB| documentation. @524 -F531. Remember to call \\{initialize} if a different format was preloaded - (Max D{\'\i}az). @1337 -# Version 0.1 incorporates the above changes. -* 12 Oct 1982 -G532. Add the `|\immediate|' feature, by popular request. @1375 -# Version 0.2 incorporates this (somewhat extensive) change. -* 13 Oct 1982 -P533. Introduce new |WEB| macros so that \\{glue_ratio} is more easily changed. @109 -# I began writing {\sl The \TeX book\/} today: edited the old preface and - searched in the library for quotations. -* 14 Oct 1982 -B534. Change the type of \\{hd} to \\{eight_bits}; it's - not a \\{quarterword} (HWT). @649 -S535\>X281. Revise the optimization of\/ |DVI| commands: It's not always safe to eliminate - \\{pop} when the preceding byte is \\{push}, since |DVI| commands - have variable length! (Embarrassing oversight caught by DRF.) @601 -* 15 Oct 1982 -C536. Test `$\\{prev_depth}>\\{ignore_depth}$', not `$\ne$'. @679 -# Version 0.3 incorporates the above changes. -* 16 Oct 1982 -P537. Omit definition of \\{align_size}; it's never used (Bill Scherlis). @11 -I538. Inhibit error messages when packaging box 255. @1017 -* 21 Oct 1982 -A539\>X145. Subtract $\\{width}(q)$ from \\{page_goal}, don't add it to - $\\{page_so_far}[1]$. @1009 -# Version 0.4 incorporates the above changes. -* 22 Oct 1982 -P540. Increase the amount of lower (variable-size) memory from 12000 to 13000, - since the \TeX\ program listing now needs about 11500. [At this time - there still is a fixed boundary between upper and lower memory.] @12 -G541. Add a new parameter |\boxmaxdepth|. @1086 -# Version 0.5 incorporates the above changes. -* 26 Oct 1982 -B542. Fix an off-by-one error caught by Gabi Kuper and HWT. - (I forgot `${}+1$'). @1317 -B543. Fix the spacing of displayed control sequences: \\{print_cs} should base its - decision on $\\{cat_code}(p-\\{single_base})$, not $\\{cat_code}(p)$. @262 -# The |TRIP| test detected this bug, but I didn't notice. -* 27 Oct 1982 -S544. Set \\{math_type} before saying $\\{fetch}(\\{nucleus}(q))$, since - fetching can have a side effect. @752 -* 28 Oct 1982 -G545. Install a major change: Fonts now have identifiers instead of code letters. - Eliminate the `|\:|' primitive, and give corresponding new - features to `|\the|'. @209 -# Actually I began making these changes on October 26, but I needed two days - to debug them and to put Humpty Dumpty together again. -# At this time I'm also drafting macros for typesetting {\sl The \TeX book}. -# The above changes have been incorporated into Version 0.6. -* 30 Oct 1982 -# After years of searching, I've finally found a definitive definition of - the printer's point; and (unfortunately) my previous conjecture was - wrong. The truth is that $\rm83\,pc=35\,cm$, exactly; - so I am changing \TeX\ to conform. -C546. Revise unit definitions for the `real' printer's point. @458,617 -# Version 0.7 incorporates the above. -* 1 Nov 1982 -# Oops! Retract error \#546, and retract \TeX\ Version 0.7; - the source of my information about points was flaky after all. - My original suppositions were correct, - as confirmed by NBS Circular 570. -* 4 Nov 1982 -C547. Revise the definition of |dd|, conforming to the definitive value - shown me by Chuck Bigelow. @458 -R548\>545. Introduce ``frozen'' copies of - font identifiers, to be returned by |\the\font|, so that font - manipulation is more robust. @1257 -* 5 Nov 1982 -D549. Reset \\{looseness} and paragraph shape when beginning a |\vbox|. @1083 -* 6 Nov 1982 -D550. De-update \\{align_state} when braces are in constants. @442 -I551\>X294. Improve error recovery for bad alignments. @1127 -# Today I wrapped up Chapters 4 and 5. -* 8 Nov 1982 -G552. Give more power to |\let|: the right-hand side needn't be a control - sequence. @1221 -I553. Amend \\{show_context} to say - `$(\\{base_ptr}=\\{input_ptr})\lor{}$'; otherwise undefined control - sequences can be invisible in unusual cases (John Hobby). @312 -A554. Compute demerits more suitably by adding a penalty squared, instead of - adding penalties before squaring. @859 -# Previously a slightly loose hyphenated line followed by a decent line - was considered worse than a decent hyphenated line followed by - a quite loose line. -* 10 Nov 1982 -E555. Save a bit of buffer space by declaring \\{pool_file} only in - |INITEX|. @50 -* 11 Nov 1982 -I556. Introduce a new context indicator to clarify \TeX's scanning state: - A special type - called \\{backed_up} is distinguished from other kinds of \\{inserted} - lists; it is called `recently read' or `to be read again', while - others are called `inserted'. @314 -I557. Append a comment, `|treated as zero|', to the missing-number message. @446 -I558. Ignore the settings of\/ |\hfuzz| or |\vfuzz| if\/ |\hbadness| or |\vbadness| - is less than 100. @666,677 -* 13 Nov 1982 -# Major surgery on the program is planned for today, because of new ideas - suggested by correspondence with MDS and other macro writers. -G559. Introduce a new |\tokens| register; this will be useful and easy to add, - since \TeX\ already can handle |\everypar| and |\output|. @1227 -C560\>X34. Change \\{get_x_token} to \\{get_token} when scanning an optional - space; then a construction like - |\def\foo{...}\foo| won't complain that |\foo| is undefined. @443 -# This change was retracted when it was being debugged, because it could - cause \\{endv} to abort the job. Then it was re-established again - when I found that \\{endv} needed to be more robust anyway. - [But it was eventually rescinded again.] -G561. Make |\span| mean `expand' in a preamble. @782 -E562. Use three separate {\bf if\/} tests instead of - `$\land$' in the inner loop of \\{get_next}, to gain efficiency. @342 -R563. Introduce \\{get_r_token} so that assignments have uniform error - messages and so that frozen equivalents cannot be changed. @1215 -# I gave a few variables more mnemonic names as I made these changes. -C564. Move conditional statements from the semantics (`stomach') part of - \TeX\ to the syntax (`mouth') part, by introducing `|\fi|'. - Also introduce |\csname| and |\endcsname|. @372,489\hbox{--}500 -# This makes macros much more predictable and logical, but it is by far - the most drastic change ever made to \TeX. The program began to come - back to life only after three days of solid hacking. -# Several other things were cleaned up as part of this change - because it is now more natural to handle them differently. - For example, a null control sequence has now become more logical. -# The result of all this is called Version 0.8. -* 18 Nov 1982 -# Today I resumed writing Chapter 8. Tomorrow I'm $\,2^{14}$ days old! -* 21 Nov 1982 -F565. Declare $c$ as a local variable for hyphenation (DRF). @912 -E566. Omit the ``first pass'' and try hyphenations immediately, - if\/ |\pretolerance| is negative (suggested by DRF). @863 -R567. Don't ship out incredibly huge pages; they might foul up - |DVI| files. @641 -* 2 Dec 1982 -G568. Add new features |\everymath| and |\everydisplay|. @1139,1145 -G569. Add a new feature |\futurelet|. @1221 -# The changes above have been incorporated into Version 0.9 of \TeX. -* 7 Dec 1982 -G570. Add a new |\endinput| primitive (suggested by FY). @362,378 -* 8 Dec 1982 -I571. Try \\{off_save}, if\/ |\par| occurs in restricted horizontal mode. - (This avoids embarrassment if \TeX\ says `type a command or - say |\end|', then when you type |\end| it says you can't!) - [However, I soon retracted this change.] @1094 -* 21 Dec 1982 -A572. Redefine |\relax| so that its \\{chr} field exceeds 127. (This facilitates - the test for end in \\{scan_file_name}.) @265 -F573\>566. Call \\{begin_diagnostic} when omitting - the first pass of line breaking. @863 -A574. Fix the logic of glue scanning: In |\hskip-1pt plus2pt| the minus should - apply only to the |1pt|. @461 -* 23 Dec 1982 -I575. Renumber the decimal codes in paragraph statistics for loose and tight - lines; they were ordered backwards. @817 -C576. Treat a paragraph that ends with leaders like a paragraph that - ends with glue. @816 -C577. Allow commas as alternates to radix points, for Europeans. @438 -C578. Change |\hangindent| to a normal dimension parameter. [It had been - a combination of\/ |\hangindent| and |\hangafter|, with special - syntax.] @247 -G579. Make |\prevgraf| accessible to users. @422,1244 -G580. Split |\clubpenalty| off from |\widowpenalty|. @890 -# I'm typing Chapter 14 while making these changes. -* 24 Dec 1982 -S581. Use \\{back_input} instead of {\bf goto} \\{reswitch} when - inserting |\par|, because |\par| may have changed. @1095 -* 25 Dec 1982 -# It's 10pm after a very Merry Christmas! -I582\>X328. Don't prompt for a new file name if\/ |\openin| doesn't find a file. @1275 -G583. Add a new |\jobname| primitive. @472 -I584. Give the user a way to delete the dollar sign, when \TeX\ decides - to insert one. @1047 -C585. Allow optional equals after |\parshape|, and implement |\the\parshape|. - @423,1248 -* 26 Dec 1982 -I586. Add an \\{if_line_field} to the condition stack entries, - so that more informative error messages can be given. @489 -D587\>549. Introduce a \\{normal_paragraph} procedure, since initialization is needed - also within |\insert|, |\vadjust|, |\valign|, |\output|. @1070 -* 27 Dec 1982 -G588. Give users access to |\pagetotal| and |\pagegoal|. (Analogous to - \#679 and \#585, but simpler.) @1245 -I589\>X199. Introduce |\tracingpages|, allowing users to see - page-optimization calculations. Also split |\tracingparagraphs| off from - |\tracingstats|. @987,1005,1011 -# The changes above have been incorporated into Version 0.91 of \TeX. -* 31 Dec 1982 -P590. Break the \\{build_page} procedure into two parts, by extracting - the section now called \\{fire_up}. [This is necessary because - some Pascal compilers, notably for IBM mainframes, cannot - deal with large procedures.] @1012 -S591\>564. Make |\ifodd1\else| legal by introducing \\{if_code}. @489 -Q592. Improve alignments when columns don't occur: Don't append null boxes - for columns missing before |\cr|, and zero out the tabskip - glue after nonpresent columns. @802 -I593. Make the error message about overfull alignment more intelligible. - @801,804 -# The changes above have been incorporated into Version 0.92 of \TeX82, - which was the last version of 1982, - completed at 11:59pm on December 31. -* 3 Jan 1983 -# Today I'm beginning to write Chapter 15, and - planning the |\output| routine of |plain.tex|. -C594\>X186. Change the logic of \\{its_all_over}; use \\{max_dead_cycles} - here too, instead of the fixed constant~100. @1054 -F595\>X34. Don't forget to \\{pop_nest} when an insert is empty. Also disallow - optional space after |\insert|$\,n\,$|{...}|. @1100 -* 4 Jan 1983 -C596\>541. Use the |\boxmaxdepth| that's declared inside a |\vbox| when packaging it. - @1086 -C597. Rename |\groupbegin| and |\groupend| as |\begingroup| and - |\endgroup|. @265 -G598\>594. Make |\deadcycles| accessible to users. @1246 -Q599. Base the split insertions on natural height plus depth, not - on \\{delta}. @1010 -# The changes above have been incorporated into Version 0.93. -* 6 Jan 1983 -D600. Add \\{push_math} to handle a case where I forgot - to clear \\{incompleat_noad}. (This long-standing bug was - unearthed today by Phyllis Winkler.) @1136 -G601\>588. Add |\pageshrink|, etc., too. @1245 -G602. Introduce new parameters |\floatingpenalty|, |\insertpenalties|. Also - adopt a new internal representation of insertion nodes, - so that |\floatingpenalty|, |\splittopskip| and |\splitmaxdepth| - can be stored with each insertion. @140,1008 -* 7 Jan 1983 -Q603. Improve the rules for entering \\{new_line}, in particular - when the end-of-line character is active. @343 -* 9 Jan 1983 -Q604. Distinguish between implicit and explicit kerns. @155,896 -C605. Change the name |\ignorespace| to |\ignorespaces|. @265 -C606\>560. Don't omit a blank space after |\def|, |\message|, |\mark|, etc.; - the previous hodge-podge of rules is impossible to learn. @473 -# The above changes appear in Version 0.94. -* 12 Jan 1983 -# Beginning to write the chapters on math today. -G607. Add a new feature: active characters in math mode. @1151 -* 15 Jan 1983 -A608. Fix a surprise bug: `|$1-$|' treated the |-| as binary. @729 -D609. Initialize \\{space_factor} inside discretionaries. @1117 -* 16 Jan 1983 -F610. Fix an incredibly embarrassing bug: I forgot to update \\{spotless} in the - \\{error} routine! -# While fixing this, I decided to change - \\{spotless} to a more general \\{history} variable, as suggested - by IBMers who want a return code. @76,82,1335 -I611. Replace two calls of \\{confusion} by attempts at error recovery, in places - where `|This can't happen|' could actually happen. @1027,1372 -* 18 Jan 1983 -R612. Introduce the \\{normalize_selector} routine - to protect against startup anomalies - when the transcript file isn't open. Also make \\{open_log_file} - terminate in some cases. @92,535 -R613\>591. Insert |\relax|, not a blank space, to cure infinite - loop like |\ifeof\fi| (LL). @510 -G614. Change the old |\limitswitch| to |\limits|, |\nolimits|, and - |\displaylimits|. Incidentally, this fixes a bug in the former - positioning of integral signs. @682,749 -C615. Give a |\char| in math mode its inherited |\mathcode|. @1151 -Q616\>525. Make underline, overline, radical, vcenter, accent noads and |{...}| - all revert to type Ord instead of type Inner. Introduce a new primitive - |\mathinner|. (This fixes the spacing, which - got worse in some ways after change \#525.) @761 -# I'm working on Appendix G today. -* 19 Jan 1983 -G617. Introduce a |\mathchoice| primitive. @1174 -C618. Move |\input| from the stomach to the mouth. @378 -C619\>X260. Introduce |\chardef|, analogous to |\mathchardef|. @1038,1224 -G620. Change |\unbox| to |\unhbox| and |\unvbox|; also add |\unhcopy|. @1110 -C621. Consider |\spacefactor|, |\pagetotal|, etc., as part of - \\{prefixed_command}, even though they are always global. @1211 -* 20 Jan 1983 -C622. Switch modes when |\hrule| occurs in horizontal mode or |\vrule| - in vertical. @1090,1094 -G623. Add a new |\globaldefs| feature. @1211 -* 21 Jan 1983 -E624. Optimize the code, in places where it's important (based on - frequency counts of \TeX\ usage - accumulated during the past week): Introduce \\{fast_get_avail} - and \\{fast_store_new_token}; reduce procedure-call overhead - in \\{begin_token_list}, \\{end_token_list}, \\{back_input}, - \\{flush_node_list}; change some tests from `{\bf if} $a\land b$' to - `{\bf if}~$a$ {\bf then if}~$b$'. @122,371 -* 22 Jan 1983 -E625. Save space in math lists: Don't insert penalties within restricted - horizontal mode; simplify trivial boxes. @721,1196 -S626. Fix a surprising oversight in the \\{rebox} routine: - Ensure that $b$ isn't a vbox. @715 -C627\>545. Make |\nullfont| a primitive, so that \\{cur_font} always - has a value. (This is a dramatic improvement over \TeX78, where a - missing font was a fatal error called `|Whoa|'!) @552 -* 24 Jan 1983 -I628\>586. List all incomplete |\if|'s when the job ends. @1335 -* 29 Jan 1983 -C629\>552. Change initialization of \\{align_state} so that |\halign\bgroup| - works. @777 -* 30 Jan 1983 -D630\>625. Be sure to test `\\{is_char_node}($q$)' when checking for a trivial - box. @721 -# By extraordinary coincidence, this bug was caught when somebody - used font number~11 ($=\\{kern_node}$) in the second character - of a list of length~2! -I631\>X168. Improve format for stats at end of run, as suggested by DRF. @1334 -# The changes above have been incorporated into Version 0.95. -C632. Don't ignore the space after a control symbol (except `|\ |'). @354 -P633. Remove all trailing spaces at the right of input lines, - so that there's perfect compatibility with IBM systems that - extend short lines with spaces. @31 -* 3 Feb 1983 -I634. Assume that a \\{math_accent} was intended, after giving an error - message in the case $\\{mmode}+\\{accent}$. @1165 -G635. Add new primitives |\iftrue| and |\iffalse|. @488 -* 6 Feb 1983 -A636\>X304. Improve the accuracy of fixed-point arithmetic when - calculating sizes for |\left| and |\right|. (I had started by - dividing \\{delimiter_factor}, not \\{delta1}, by 500.) @762 -* 12 Feb 1983 -C637. Change the name |\delimiterlimit| to |\delimitershortfall|. @248 -C638. Make |\abovewithdelims..| equivalent to |\above|; change the - order of operands so that delimiters precede the dimension. @1182 -C639\>607. Remove the kludgy math codes introduced earlier; - make |\fam| a normal integer parameter and allow |\mathcode| - to equal $2^{15}$. @1233 -R640. Don't let |\spacefactor| become more than $2^{15}$. @1233,1243 -# I finished drafting Chapter 17 today. -* 14 Feb 1983 -I641\>639. Replace octal output (\\{print_octal}) by hexadecimal (\\{print_hex}) - so that math codes are clearer. @67 -F642\>619. Don't forget \\{char_given} in the \\{math_accent} routine. @1124 -* 17 Feb 1983 -C643\>622. Switch modes when |\halign| occurs in horizontal mode, or |\valign| - in vertical mode. @1090,1094 -* 18 Feb 1983 -I644. Add a new feature |\tracingrestores|. This requires a new procedure called - \\{show_eqtb}, whose code can be - interspersed with the \\{eqtb} definitions. @252 -* 25 Feb 1983 -I645\>622. Suggest using |\leaders| when the user tries a horizontal rule - in restricted horizontal mode. @1095 -* 27 Feb 1983 -I646. Specify the range of source lines, when giving warning messages - for underfull or overfull boxes in alignments. @662,675 -# Why did it take me all day to type the middle part of Chapter 18? -* 4 Mar 1983 -G647. Introduce a new feature |\xcr| (suggested by LL). [Changed later to - `|\crcr|'.] @785 -I648\>631. Subtract out \TeX's own string requirements from the stats. @1334 -* 6 Mar 1983 -G649. Add new features |\everyhbox| and |\everyvbox|. @1083,1167 -* 9 Mar 1983 -R650\>X295. Avoid accessing \\{math_quad} when the symbol fonts aren't known - to be present. @1199 -P651\>533. Introduce \\{float} and \\{unfloat} macros to aid portability (HWT). @109 -C652. Introduce new names |\abovedisplayskip| and |\belowdisplayskip| for - the old |\dispskip|; also |\abovedisplayshortskip| and - |\belowdisplayshortskip| for the old |\dispaskip| and |\dispbskip|. @226 -* 10 Mar 1983 -C653. Unbundle |\romannumeral| from |\number| (suggested by FY). @468 -* 12 Mar 1983 -C654. Ignore leading spaces in \\{scan_keyword}. @407 -* 14 Mar 1983 -E655\>631. Use \\{write} and \\{write_ln} directly when printing stats. @1334 -* 16 Mar 1983 -Q656\>602. Refine the page-break cost function (introducing `\\{deplorable}', - which is not quite `\\{awful_bad}'), after suggestion by LL. @974,1005 -# The changes above have been incorporated into Version 0.96. -* 18 Mar 1983 -G657. Add a new feature |\everyjob| suggested by FY. @1030 -* 19 Mar 1983 -I658. Don't treat left braces specially when showing macros. @294 -C659. Ignore blanks that would otherwise become undelimited arguments. @393 -* 21 Mar 1983 -F660\>X280. Make |\lastskip| handle \\{mu_glue} as well as ordinary glue. @424 -C661\>561. Expand only one level in a preamble |\span|. @782 -* 22 Mar 1983 -C662. Let a single |#| suffice in |\tokens|, |\message|, etc. (The previous rule, - in which |##| was always required as in macros, was a loser especially - in |\write| where you had to say |####|!) @477 -C663\>X328. Require the keyword `|to|' in |\read|. (This will avoid the common error - of an incomplete constant when no space appears - before the |\cs|.) Also allow terminal - I/O as a default when a stream number is out of range. @482,1225,1370 -* 26 Mar 1983 -C664. Replace |\ifeven|\<countnumber> by |\ifodd|\<number>, for better - consistency of language. @504 -S665\>564. Introduce the \\{change_if_limit}, to overcome a big surprise - bug relating to |\if\if aabc\fi|. @497 -# Such examples show that \\{cur_if} might not be current, - in my original implementation. -* 28 Mar 1983 -G666\>X326. Tolerate non-characters as arguments to |\if| and |\ifcat|. @506 -C667. Change `|absent|' to `|void|', a better word. @487 -C668. Clear the \\{shift_amount} in |\lastbox|, since I don't - want to figure out what it means in all cases. @1081 -* 29 Mar 1983 -I669. Wake up the terminal before giving an error message. (This - means a special \\{print_err} procedure is introduced.) - (Suggested by DRF.) @34,73 -* 1 Apr 1983 -# Today I finished Chapter 21 (boxes) and began to draft Chapter 22 (alignments). -G670. Allow periodic preambles in alignments. @793 -C671. Make |\leaders| line up according to the smallest - enclosing box. @627,636 -Q672. Allow hyphenation after whatsits (e.g., after items for an index). @896 -* 2 Apr 1983 -Q673. Call \\{build_page} when |\par| occurs in vertical mode. @1094 -C674. Clear \\{aux} in \\{init_row}, for tidyness. @786 -* 4 Apr 1983 -C675. Let digits switch families in math mode. @232 -* 7 Apr 1983 -Q676\>602. Refine the test for not splitting an insertion. @1008 -* 8 Apr 1983 -C677\>647. Rename |\xcr| as |\crcr|, at LL's request. @780 -* 9 Apr 1983 -# Took a day off and had a chance to help print a sample page on - a 150-year-old letterpress in Murphys, California. -* 11 Apr 1983 -I678. Recover more sensibly after a runaway preamble. @339 -* 12 Apr 1983 -C679\>X328. Make |\read| span several input lines, if necessary to get - balanced braces. @482 -* 14 Apr 1983 -S680. Fix a subtle bug found by JS: \S882 can make $q$ a \\{char_node}, - so we need to test `{\bf if} $\lnot\\{is_char_node}(q)$'. - [Actually I discovered much later that the real bug was - to omit `{\bf else}' at this point.] @881 -* 15 Apr 1983 -C681. Make |\uppercase| and |\lowercase| apply to all characters, regardless - of category. @1289 -# 7:30am. After working all night, I completed a draft of the manual thru - Chapter 22, for distribution to volunteer readers. -# 5pm. The changes above have been incorporated into Version 0.97. -* 17 Apr 1983 -R682. Change `\\{small_number}' to `$0\,.\,.\,65$' in the - hyphenation routine (DRF). @901 -I683. Flush patterns in the input when the user tries |\patterns| - outside of\/ |INITEX| (suggested by DRF). @1252 -# Tomorrow I fly to England, where I'll lecture and write a paper about - `Literate Programming' [{\sl Comp.~J. \bf27} (1984), 97--111]. -* 14 May 1983 -I684\>663. Improve the behavior of\/ |\read| from terminal - (suggested by Todd Allen at Yale). - [I'd forgotten to implement the extended stream numbers in \#663. - Also, the prompt is now omitted if $n<0$.] @484 -* 18 May 1983 -I685. Restrict |\write| $n$ to the transcript file only, if $n<0$. @1350 -C686\>X188. Unify the syntax for registers and internal quantities. (Remove - primitives called `|\insthe|' and `|\minusthe|'; rename - \\{scan_the} to \\{scan_something_internal}, and change its - interface accordingly; clean up command codes generally.) @209,413 -G687. Introduce new parameters |\hoffset|, |\voffset|. @617 -* 24 May 1983 -G688. Introduce a new parameter |\everycr| (suggested by MDS). @774,799 -# Many macro writers and preliminary-manual readers have been requesting - new features; I'll try to keep the language as concise and consistent - as possible. -* 25 May 1983 -G689. Introduce |\countdef|, |\dimendef|, etc.\ (suggested by DRF long ago, - easy now in view of \#686). @1224 -G690. Introduce |\advance|, |\multiply|, |\divide| (suggested by FY). @1240 -G691. Introduce |\hyphenchar|; this requires a new command - \\{assign_font_int}, plus minor changes to about 15 modules. @915 -G692. Introduce |\skewchar| (easy because of \#691). @741 -G693. Introduce |\noexpand|. (I had difficulty thinking of how to - implement this one!) @358,369 -G694. Introduce |\meaning|. @296 -G695\>X231. Remove `|dm|' and `|vu|'; allow the more general `|.5\hsize|'. @455 -C696. Change `|\texinfo| $f$ $n$' to `|\fontdimen| $n$ $f$'. @578 -* 27 May 1983 -G697. Add a new feature |\afterassignment| (suggested by ARK). @1269 -C698\>619. Adjust the timing so that commands like `|\chardef\xx=5\xx|' - behave sensibly. @1224 -* 28 May 1983 -C699. Ignore `|\relax|' as if it were a space, in math mode and in a few other - places where |\relax| would otherwise be erroneous. @404 -Q700. Improve |\mathaccent| spacing with respect to subscripts - and superscripts (suggested by HWT). @742 -* 30 May 1983 -C701\>598. Terminate a job only when $\\{dead_cycles}=0$. @1054 -# The changes above constitute Version 0.98. -* 3 Jun 1983 -# I finished the draft of Chapter 23 (output routines) today. -G702. Allow |\mark| and |\insert| and |\vadjust| in restricted - horizontal mode, and also in math mode. (This is a comparatively - big change, triggered by the fact that |\mark| in a display - presently causes \TeX\ to crash with `|This can't happen|'!) - The global variable \\{adjust_tail} is introduced. @796,888,1085 -* 6 Jun 1983 -G703\>695. Replace (and generalize) the previous uses of\/ |ht|, |wd|, and |dp| - in dimensions by introducing the new control sequences - |\ht|, |\wd|, and |\dp|. @1247 -I704. Display sub-parts of noads with the symbols |^| and |_| instead of - |(| and~|[|. @696 -C705\>694. Allow |A..F| in hex constants to be \\{other_char} as well as - \\{letter}. @445 -* 7 Jun 1983 -E706\>654. Remove an instance of \<Scan optional space>, since it's now - redundant. @457 -C707. Legalize |\mkern\thinmuskip| and |\mkern5\thinmuskip|. @456 -C708. Clean up the treatment of optional spaces in numerical specifications. @455 -# A construction like |2.5\space\space\dimen0| was previously - valid after `|plus|' or `|minus|' only! -# I'm obviously working on Chapter~24 today. -C709\>545. Allow `|\font|' as a \<font identifier> for the current font. @577 -C710\>623. Don't make |\gdef| global when $\\{global_defs}<0$. @1218 -E711. Produce \\{zero_glue} as the outcome of - |\advance\spaceskip by-\spaceskip|. @1229 -I712. Make |\show| do something appropriate for every possible token. @1294 -G713\>559. Replace the (single) |\tokens| parameter by an array of - 256 token registers. @230 -C714. Allow |\indent| in math mode; also make |\valign| in math mode produce the - `|Missing|~|$|' error. @1046,1093 -E715. Remove redundant code: There's no need to check \\{cur_group} - or call \\{off_save} when starting alignments or equation numbers - in displays. @1130,1142 -* 8 Jun 1983 -C716. Disallow |\openout-1| and |\closeout-1|. @1350 -C717. Disallow |\lastbox| in math mode. @1080 -* 9 Jun 1983 -I718. Call \\{back_error}, not \\{error}, when |\leaders| aren't followed by - proper glue. @1078 -D719. Initialize for a possible paragraph, after |\noalign| - in a |\valign|. @785 -* 10 Jun 1983 -C720\>708. Expand the optional space after an ASCII constant. @442 -* 12 Jun 1983 -C721. Set $\\{space_factor}\gets1000$ after a rule or a - constructed accent. @1056,1123 -* 14 Jun 1983 -D722. Correct a serious blunder: Set $\\{disc_width}\gets0$ before testing - if $s$ is null (caught by JS). @869 -# This is a real bug that existed since the beginning! - It showed up on page~37 of the - Version~0 |TRIP| manual, but I didn't notice the problem. -C723\>708. Make optional spaces after \<dimen> like those after \<number>. @448 -C724\>568. Insert \\{every_display} before calling \\{build_page}. @1145 -I725\>648. Report \TeX's capacity on overflow errors in a way that's - fully consistent with other statistical reports. @42 -* 17 Jun 1983 -C726. Make all |\tracing| decisions on the basis of $\ge$ versus $<$, - not $\ne$ versus~$=$. @581 -# Today I finished the draft of Chapter 27 (the last chapter)! -# The changes above were released as Version 0.99 on June 19, 1983. -* 20 Jun 1983 -C727. Set |\catcode`\%=14| in |INITEX|. @232 -C728\>587. Call \\{normal_paragraph} when |\par| occurs in vertical mode. @1094 -# Once again I'm retiring about 8am and awaking about 4pm. -* 21 Jun 1983 -C729\>558. Don't append an overfull rule solely because of\/ |\hbadness|. @666 -R730. Don't allow the glue-ratio of shrinking to be less than~$-1$. @810,811 -* 22 Jun 1983 -B731\>653. Declare the parameter to \\{print_roman_int} to be of type \\{integer}, - instead of \\{nonnegative_integer} (found by Debby Clark). @69 -C732\>690. Make the keyword `|by|' optional (suggested by LL). @1236 -* 24 Jun 1983 -I733. Say `|preloaded|' when announcing \\{format_ident}. @1328 -* 25 Jun 1983 -R734. Add extra boxes and - glue to the output of alignment. [This thwarts possible attempts - at trickery by which system-dependent glue set values - computed by |\span| could have gotten into \TeX's registers by - things like |\valign| and |\vsplit|. It also has the advantage - of perfect accuracy in alignment of vertical rules.] @809 -C735. Make leaders affect the height or width of the enclosing boxes. @656,671 -# Today I'm mainly installing a much-improved format for change files - in |WEB| programs (suggested by DRF). -* 28 Jun 1983 -C736. Permit |\unskip| in vertical mode when we know that it does nothing. @1106 -* 1 Jul 1983 -E737\>700. Avoid redundant boxes when things like `|{\bf A}|' occur in math. @1186 -G738. Add a `|scaled|' feature to |\font| input. @1258 -D739\>700. Remember to correct \\{delta} when an accented box changes. @742 -* 2 Jul 1983 -R740.Introduce \\{bypass_eoln}, to remove anomalous behavior on input files - of length~1. (Suggested by DRF after the problem was discovered by LL). @31 -* 4 Jul 1983 -G741. Allow codes like |^^b| as well as |^^B|. @352,355 -G742. Introduce new parameters |\escapechar|, |\endlinechar|, |\defaulthyphenchar|, - and |\defaultskewchar|, to make \TeX\ less dependent on the - character set. (This affects many modules, since a lot of - error messages must be broken up so that they use \\{print_esc}.) -* 7 Jul 1983 -P743. Use a system-dependent function \\{erstat} when opening or closing - files (suggested by DRF). @27 -* 11 Jul 1983 -# The computer is back up after more than 50 hours down time - (due to air conditioning failure). -I744. Show total glue in the output of\/ |\tracingpages|. @985 -R745. Guard against insertion into an hbox. @993 -C746. Legalize the assignment \<tokenvar>=\<tokenvar>. @1227 -I747. Introduce a new parameter |\errhelp|. @1283 -F748\>623. Don't forget to check \\{global_defs} when |\tabskip| is changed. @782 -* 12 Jul 1983 -C749. Allow an |\outer| macro to appear after |\string|, |\noexpand|, - and |\meaning| (Todd Allen). @369,471 -C750. Make `|\the|' an expandable control sequence (i.e., move it - from the stomach to the throat); this cleans up - several annoying glitches. @367 -C751\>620. Allow |\unhbox| and |\unhcopy| in math mode if the box is void. @1110 -* 13 Jul 1983 -# I lectured for four hours at the TUG meeting today after very little sleep! -* 16 Jul 1983 -# The following were suggested by TUG meeting discussions. -L752. Round the value of \\{default_rule} more properly: It should be 26215. @463 -Q753\>700. Fix |\mathaccent| again; it's still not right! - The final height should be the maximum of - the height of accented letter without superscript and - the height of unaccented letter with superscript. @742 -G754. Add a new feature |\newlinechar|. @59 -G755. Allow boxes and rules in discretionaries (suggested by somebody - from Hewlett-Packard). @1121 -I756\>X28. Show all token expansions, not just macros, - when |\tracingcommands|. @367 -C757. Allow |\char| in a |\hyphenation| list. @935 -G758. Introduce a new feature |\aftergroup|; it can be implemented with - \\{save_stack}. @326 -C759. Run the running dimensions to alignment boundaries (suggested - by ARK). @806 -* 17 Jul 1983 -R760. Zero out \\{hyf} values at the edges, so that - weird pattern data cannot lead to Pascal range checks. @965 -R761\>X190. Decrease the |hc| codes for hyphenation, so that code~127 cannot - possibly be matched. @937,962 -C762\>672. Allow whatsits after hyphenatable words. @899 -C763\>604. Represent an italic correction as an explicit kern. @1113 -* 18 Jul 1983 -C764. Allow lowercase letters in file names. @519 -I765. Change the message `|No output file|' to: `|No pages of output|'. @642 -I766. Confirm that a quiet mode is being entered, when error - interaction ends with |Q|, |R|, or |S| (suggested by ARK). @86 -# Version 0.999 was finally installed today; a new program listing has - been printed. -# From now on, I plan to keep all section numbers unchanged. -# I'm done writing Appendix~H; beginning to revise Chapter~20. -* 25 Jul 1983 -C767\>663. Allow space after `|to|' in the |\read| command (FY). @1215 -# To bed at 1pm today. -* 27 Jul 1983 -S768\>665. Stack the current type of\/ |\if|; this precaution is necessary - in general (FY). @498 -# To bed at 2pm today. -* 29 Jul 1983 -E769. Avoid putting a control sequence in the hash table - when it occurs after |\ifx|. (Requested by Math Reviews people.) @507 -# Finished a version of {\sl The \TeX book\/} lacking only Appendices - D, E, and~I, for distribution to interested readers. -# To bed at 10:30pm, planning to arise regularly at 6am for a change. -* 31 Jul 1983 -I770\>766. Call \\{update_terminal} when going quiet (HWT). @86 -* 1 Aug 1983 -C771. Don't put an empty line at the end of an |\input| file! (This simplifies - the rules and the program, and also gets around a bug that occurred - at the end of files with $\\{end_line_char}<0$.) @362 -# The changes above went into Version 0.9999, which was widely distributed. -* 16 Aug 1983 -B772\>665. Rectify a ridiculous gaffe: I initialized $q$ every time the loop - of \\{change_if_limit} was performed! (Found by FY.) @497 -I773\>648. Distinguish `|string|' from `|strings|' when reporting statistics. @1334 -A774. Introduce \\{lx}, to correct a bug in |\xleader| computations - (found by FY). @627 -* 20 Aug 1983 -F775. Don't forget to apply |\/| to ligatures. @1113 -# Today I began to read all previous issues of {\sl TUGboat}, in preparation for - Appendix~D. -* 27 Aug 1983 -I776. Add debugging hack number~16, to help catch subtle data structure bugs. @1339 -E777. Remove redundant setting and resetting of \\{name_in_progress}. @531 -S778\>618. Suppress |\input| during a font size spec; otherwise - \\{cur_name} is clobbered (found by MDS). @1258 -G779. Introduce new conditionals |\ifhbox| and |\ifvbox|. @505 -* 29 Aug 1983 -D780\>750. Test for an empty list, if emptiness will mess up the data structure. - (Found by Todd Allen.) @478 -E781\>624. Use \\{fast_store_new_token} in another place for efficiency. @466 -I782. Say `|has only|' instead of `|has|'. @579 -# These changes yield Version 0.99999, used only at Stanford. -* 30 Aug 1983 -C783. Make funny blank spaces showable. @298 -* 31 Aug 1983 -C784\>754. Make |\newlinechar| affect \\{print_char}, not just \\{print}. @58 -* 4 Sep 1983 -G785. Add new features |\lastkern|, |\lastpenalty|, |\unkern|, |\unpenalty|. - @424,996,1105 -# OK, Appendix D is finished!! -# The above changes have been installed in Version 0.999999. -* 17 Sep 1983 -P786\>548. Don't bother making duplicate font identifiers; that - was overkill, not really needed. @1258 -# Will this be the historic last change to \TeX? -* 18 Sep 1983 -I787. Correct a minor inconsistency, `|display|' not `|displayed|'. @211 -* 20 Sep 1983 -C788\>604. Treat the kerns inserted for accents as explicit kerns. @1125 -* 26 Sep 1983 -I789. Change `|log|' to `|transcript|' in several messages. @535,1335 -# The index was finished today; I mailed the entire {\sl \TeX book\/} to - Massachusetts for final proofreading before publication. -* 1 Oct 1983 -D790. Prevent uninitialized trie positions in case of overflow - (found by Bernd Schulze). @944 -* 7 Oct 1983 -# Henceforth our weekly `\TeX\ lunch' meetings will be called `\MF\ lunch'. -# DRF begins to produce {\sl The \TeX book\/} on our APS phototypesetter. -* 14 Oct 1983 -P791\>633. Ignore spaces at the ends of lines also in |TEX.POOL| (found - by DRF). @52 -D792\>610. Initialize the \\{history} variable at \\{start_here} (DRF). @1332 -* 18 Oct 1983 -I793. Extend \\{runaway} to catch runaway text (suggested by FY). @306 -D794. Reset \\{cur_cs} after \\{back_input}, not after scanning the - `|=|' (found by FY). @1226 -* 24 Oct 1983 -I795\>638. Change the error recovery for bad delimiters, in accordance with - the changed syntax. (Found by Barry Smith.) @1183 -* 9 Nov 1983 -E796. Optimize the code a bit more, based on empirical frequency data gathered - during September and October: In \S45, use the fact that the - result is almost always true. In \S380, delete `{\bf while} - \\{true} {\bf do}' since many compilers implement that badly. - Rewrite \S852 to avoid calling \\{badness} in the most common case. - @45,380,852 -* 3 Dec 1983 -F797. Don't forget to call |error| after the message has been - given (noticed by Gabi Kuper). @500 -# Version 1.0 released today incorporates all of the above. -* 9 Dec 1983 -# Dinner party with 36 guests to celebrate \TeX's coming of age. -* 2 Feb 1984 -S798\>786. Reinstall |\font| precautions that I thought were unnecessary. - I overlooked many problematic possibilities, like - `|{\font\a=x| |\global\a}| |\the\font|' - and `|\font\a=x| |\font\b=x| |\let\b=\undefined| |\the\a|', etc. - (Found by Mike Urban.) The new remedy involves removal of the - \\{font_ident} array and putting the identifiers into a frozen - part of the hash table; so there's a sprinkling of corrections - in lots of modules. But basically the change is quite conservative, - so it shouldn't spawn any new bugs (it says here). @222,267,1257 -* 9 Feb 1984 -S799. Remove the possibility of double interrupt, in a scenario - found by Clint Cuzzo. @1031 -* 12 Feb 1984 -Q800. Improve spacing in a formula like |$(A,<)$|. @764 -* 13 Feb 1984 -A801. Avoid a bad {\bf goto}, as diagnosed by Clint Cuzzo and George O'Connor. - (Must not go directly to \\{switch}.) @346 -E802. Conserve string pool space by not storing file name in two - guises (suggested by DRF). @537 -* 26 Feb 1984 -I803. Make scaled output look cleaner by printing fewer decimals whenever - this involves no loss of accuracy. (Suggested by \MF\ development.) @103 -* 2 Mar 1984 -R804. Maintain 17-digit accuracy, not 16; now - constants like `|.00000762939453126pt|' will round correctly. @452 -* 16 Mar 1984 -R805. Plug a loophole that permitted recursion in \\{get_next}, by disallowing - deletions in \\{check_outer_validity}. @336 -* 24 Mar 1984 -I806. Open the terminal before trying to wake it up, when the program starts bad. - @1332 -* 27 Mar 1984 -R807. Check that $k<63$, to avoid the - |\patterns{xxx...xxxdxxxdxxx}| anomaly found by Jacques D\'esarm\'enien. @962 -* 11 Apr 1984 -F808. Supply code for the missing case \\{adjust_node} in \\{copy_node_list}. @206 -# Yoicks, how could serious bugs like that have escaped detection? -* 11 Jun 1984 -D809\>627. Initialize \\{char_base}, etc., for \\{null_font}. - (Found by Nick Briggs.) @552 -R810. Clear the \\{buffer} array initially (Briggs). @331 -* 21 Jun 1984 -C811. Look ahead for ligature or kern after a |\chardef|'d item - (D\'esarm\'enien). @1038 -* 4 Jul 1984 -R812. Make the quarterword constraint explicit with a - new `\\{bad}' case (19). @111 -* 7 Jul 1984 -E813. Optimize \\{firm_up_the_line} slightly, - to be consistent with the \MF\ program. @363 -* 8 Jul 1984 -I814. Give additional diagnostics when |\tracingmacros>1|. @323 -# The changes above were incorporated in Version 1.1, released July 9, 1984. -* 27 Jul 1984 -I815. Say `|see| |the| |transcript| |file|' after handling offline |\show| - commands. (Suggested by \MF.) @1298 -* 20 Oct 1984 -I816. Allow `|0|' in response to error prompts. @84 -# Those two changes led to Version 1.2. -* 25 Nov 1984 -R817. Don't forget to check for \\{null} before looking at subfields - of a node. (This was ``dirty Pascal,'' with two quarterword 0's - read as a halfword.) @846 -R818. Ditto in another place! @939 -E819. Remove the fixed-at-compile-time - partition between lower and upper memory. @116,125,162 -# This major change in memory management - completes Version 1.3, which was published in preliminary - looseleaf form as `\TeX: The Program'. -* 20 Dec 1984 -R820. Keep the \\{node_size} field from overflowing if the lower part of memory - is too large. @125 -# That was another bug in existence from the beginning! -* 5 Jan 1985 -I821. Improve the missing-format-file error (DRF). @524 -* 7 Jan 1985 -I822. Update the terminal right away so that the welcoming message will - appear as soon as possible (DRF). @61 -* 23 Jan 1985 -I823. Convey more uncertainty in the - help message at times of \\{confusion}. @95 -I824\>610. Improve the \\{history} logic in the \\{warning_issued} case. @245 -* 18 Feb 1985 -P825\>810. Stick to standard Pascal: Don't - use \\{first} in a {\bf for} loop. [Some procedures ``threaten'' it - globally, according to British Standard 6192, section 6.8.3.9.] - (Pointed out by CET.) @331 -* 11 Apr 1985 -S826. Prevent nonexistent characters from being output by - unusual combinations of ligatures and hyphenation. @915 -* 15 Apr 1985 -L827\>819. Compute memory usage correctly in |INITEX|; the previous number - was wrong because of a |WEB| text macro without parentheses (DRF). @164 -* 16 Apr 1985 -E828. Speed up \\{flush_list} by not calling \\{free_avail} (DRF). @123 -* 17 Apr 1985 -A829\>788. Introduce a special kind of kern for accent positioning; - it must not disappear after a line break. @837,879,1125 -* 18 Apr 1985 -R830\>755. Prevent |\lastbox| and |\unkern| from removing discretionary replacements. - @1081,1105 -# That completes Version 1.4. -* 26 Apr 1985 -C831. Don't try \\{\TeX_area} if a nonstandard file area has been specified - (DRF). @537 -# That was \#401 in \TeX78; I never learn! -* 30 Apr 1985 -C832\>754. Eliminate the limitation on |\write| length; the reason for it - has disappeared (Nancy Tuma). @1370 -* 8 May 1985 -D833\>819. Allocate two words for the head of the \\{active} list (CET). @162 -* 11 May 1985 -I834. Change \\{wterm} to \\{wterm_ln} after a bad beginning (Bill Gropp). @1332 -E835\>806. Don't open the terminal twice (CET). @1332 -* 22 May 1985 -R836. Test for \\{batch_mode} after trying to open the transcript file, - not before (DRF). @92 -R837. Be prepared for string pool overflow while reading the command line! - (This bug was first found in \MF, when it could occur more easily.) @525 -* 7 Aug 1985 -A838. Fix a bug in |\edef\foo{\iffalse\fi\the\toks0}|: \TeX\ should stay in the - loop when expanding non-|\the|. (Found by Dan Brotsky.) @478 -# The above changes were incorporated in Version 1.5. -* 27 Nov 1985 -C839\>764. Make `|plain|' a lowercase name, for consistency with the manual. @521 -I840\>669. Wake up the terminal for |\show| commands. @1294,1297 -# The above changes were incorporated in Version 2.0, which was published - as Volume~B of the {\sl Computers \& Typesetting\/} series. -* 15 Dec 1986 -I841. Punctuate the Poirot help message more carefully. @1283 -* 28 Jan 1987 -R842. Make sure that \\{max_in_open} doesn't exceed 127 (DRF). @14 -D843\>680. Don't allow a |\kern| to be clobbered at the end of a pre-break list - when a discretionary break is taken. (A missing `{\bf else}' was the - source of the error, diagnosed incorrectly before.) @881 -D844. Take account of discarded nodes when computing the background width - after a discretionary. @840 -# That was the first really serious bug detected for more than 17 months! I found it - while experimenting with right-to-left extensions. -# Version 2.1 was released on January 26, 1987. -* 5 Feb 1987 -E845. Remove cases in \\{shorthand_def} that cannot occur (found by Pat Monardo). @1224 -* 14 Apr 1987 -R846. Improve robustness of data structure display - when debugging (Ronaldo Am\'a). @174,182 -* 21 Apr 1987 -E847. Make the storage allocation algorithm more elegant and efficient. @127 -* 22 Apr 1987 -A848\>742. Calculate the empty-line condition properly when \\{end_line_char} is - absent. @360 -# The previous three changes were found while I was teaching a class based - on Volume~B; they led to Version 2.2. -* 28 Apr 1987 -E849. Avoid closing a file when \TeX\ knows that it isn't open (JS). @560 -* 3 Aug 1987 -S850. Clean up unfinished output if it's necessary to - \\{jump_out} (Klaus Guntermann). @642 -# That makes Version 2.3; subsequent version numbers won't be logged here. -* 19 Aug 1987 -A851. Indent rules properly in cases like\hfil\break - |\hangindent=1pt$$\halign{...\cr\noalign{\hrule}}$$|. @806 -* 20 Aug 1987 -S852. Introduce \\{co_backup} because of cases like - |\hskip 0pt plus 1fil\ifdim| (Alan Guth). @366 -* 9 Nov 1987 -S853. Change the calculation for number of leader boxes, so that - it won't be too sensitive to roundoff error near exact multiples - (M. F. Bridgland). @626 -* 17 Nov 1987 -A854. Replace my stupid algorithm - for fixed-point multiplication of negatives (WGS). @572 -* 12 Dec 1987 -B855. Fix a typo in the initialization of hyphenation tables (PB). @952 -# That error was almost completely harmless, thus undetectable, - except if some |\lccode| is~1 and no |\patterns| are given. -* 23 Dec 1987 -S856\>564. Be more cautious when ``relaxing'' a previously undefined |\csname|; - you might be inside a group (CET). @372 -* 20 Apr 1988 -S857. Make sure \\{temp_head} is well-formed whenever it can be - printed in a ``runaway'' message: Consider constructions like - |\outer\def\a0{}\a\a| (Silvio Levy). @391 -* 24 Apr 1988 -S858\>618. Avoid conflicting use of the string pool in constructions like - |\def\\#1{}\input a\\\z| (Robert Messer). @260 -* 10 May 1988 -R859. Amend the |\patterns| data structure when $\\{trie_min}=0$ - (PB). @951,953 -* 25 May 1988 -R860. Guarantee that \\{trie_pointer} cannot be out of range. @923 -S861\>618. Avoid additional bugs like \#858 in constructions - like |\input a\romannumeral1|, etc. @464,465,470 -R862\>618. Prevent similar string pool confusion that could occur - during the processing of |**\input\romannumeral6|. @525 -* 19 Jun 1988 -S863\>819. Prevent a negative dividend from rounding upward, - causing a loop (CET). @126 -E864\>819. Adopt a smoother allocation strategy when - memory is nearly gone (CET). @126 -* 20 Jun 1988 -D865\>852. Initialize \\{cur_order}, now that it's being backed up - (Tsunetoshi Hayashi). @439 -* 6 Nov 1988 -S866\>612. Disable \\{fatal_error} in \\{prompt_input}, so that - \\{open_log_file} can use it safely (Tim Morgan). @71 -S867\>836. Force terminal output whenever \\{open_log_file} fails. @535 -* 14 Dec 1988 -P868\>866. Restore \\{fatal_error} in \\{prompt_input}, but don't - let it be unsafe for \\{open_log_file}. @92,534 -* 23 Jan 1989 -D869. Give $q$ a legal value when recovering from ``infinite shrinkage'' - error. @976,1004 -* 17 Feb 1989 -D870\>758. Avoid spurious error message for |\aftergroup\relax\dump| by avoiding - inaccessible |\aftergroup| tokens (FM and Rainer Sch\"opf). @280 -* 20 Mar 1989 -R871. Don't refer to \\{link}(\\{null}) even when it ``can't happen'' - (PB). @791 -* 7 Jun 1989 -S872. Avoid confusion from |$$\begingroup\halign{#\cr}$$| (FM). @1130 -* 20 Jun 1989 -S873. Put fraction digits into dynamic memory, not the global \\{dig} array, - because of constructions like |.5\ifdim.6| (FM). @452 -* 17 Jul 1989 -S874. Prevent embarrassing attempts to report errors before the string - mechanism has been fully initialized, for example when the - command line exceeds the buffer size (WGS). @31 -* 16 Aug 1989 -M875. Allow integer products to be 31 bits long (FM). @105 -* 31 Aug 1989 -C876\>441. Increase the number of tokens shown by \\{token_show} - (J. Lavagnino). @295 -S877. Avoid confusion from |$$\begingroup\eqno$$| (FM). @1140 -# The recent TUG meeting turned out to be an extend-\TeX-for-the-nineties - party! I agreed that some extensions for non-English languages - ought to be made while I still knew how to do them. (In other words, - I broke my firm commitment to keeping \TeX\ completely stable; - but in this case nobody objected.) The following eleven changes - were coded during the month of September. -* 30 Sep 1989 -G878. Install major change allowing general 8-bit code input. @38,352 -G879. Install major change allowing multiple hyphenation tables - (M. Ferguson). @923 -G880. Introduce new parameters |\lefthyphenmin| and |\righthyphenmin|. @923 -G881. Introduce major new ligature capabilities including implicit - boundary characters. @908,1037 -G882. Install new |\inputlineno| feature suggested by MDS. @424 -G883. Install new |\holdinginserts| feature suggested by FM. @1014 -G884. Install new |\badness| feature. @424,664 -G885. Install new |\emergencystretch| feature. @863 -G886. Install new |\errorcontextlines| feature suggested by FM. @311 -S887. Recover from anomaly when hyphenation |char_warning| clobbers - |old_setting|. @863 -P888. Make it easier to change the format extension (Don Hosek). @520,1328 -* 16 Oct 1989 -R889. Avoid range check in null font with |bc=256| (PB). @565 -* 22 Nov 1989 -S890\>856. Prevent \\{save_stack} conflicts in - |{\hbox\expandafter{\csname\endcsname}}| and\kern-3pt\break - similar constructions (WGS). @645,1117 -S891\>858. System-dependent parts of file names must be addressed relatively, - not absolutely (FM and Rainer Sch\"opf). @516,517 -* 3 Dec 1989 -G892\>880. Allow different hyphenmins in the same paragraph (M. Ferguson). @1376 -S893. Distinguish |\par| from characters on |\if| tests. (MVL). @334 -S894\>378. Alignments need to be more robust against malicious - attacks (MVL). @782 -C895. Don't let kerns in discretionaries disappear at breaks (MVL). @869 -Q896\>881. Make the new hyphenation reconstruction procedure less cautious, - so that it doesn't lose hyphens found by the old method. @914 -* 11 Dec 1989 -D897\>879. Make an undumped trie dumpable again (PB). @1325 -* 18 Dec 1989 -G898\>588. Allow access to page totals in |\output| routines - (FM and Chris Rowley). @421 -* 22 Jan 1990 -R899\>611. Recognize more cases of unbalanced |\output| (CET). @1026 -* 29 Jan 1990 -S900\>758. Make |\aftergroup| work properly after |\eqno| (Michael Downes). - @1194 -* 1 Feb 1990 -S901\>878. Fix one more case of \\{end_line_char_inactive} (WGS). @360 -* 22 Feb 1990 -R902. Don't lose the last active node when total demerits are very high (FM). - @836,854 -* 13 Mar 1990 -D903. Doublecheck math fonts after making equation number (MVL). @1194 -D904. Don't forget to rule out charnodes before testing \\{type} (MVL). - @805,1202 -* 23 Mar 1990 -F905\>881. Don't change the font of punctuation preceding a hyphenated word - (Scott C. Allendorf). @903 -I906. Balance the parentheses shown on the terminal during normal runs. @1335 -E907. Optimize |\ifx\p\q| after |\let\p=\q| (MVL). @508 -S908. Treat migration properly in displays (MVL). @1199,1205 -# We're now up to Version 3.0; I sincerely hope all bugs have been found. -* 11 May 1990 -F909\>881. Initialize |\nullfont| ligature parameters (Lance Carnes). @552 -* 22 July 1990 -S910\>579. Treat |\prevgraf| as zero within |\write| (Bogus\l aw Jackowski). - @422 -* 26 July 1990 -S911. Report `|l.1|' when first line of file overflows buffer - (George Russell). @538 -* 5 December 1990 -S912\>878. Translate unprintable characters in font identifiers (WGS). @63 -* 28 December 1990 -R913. Avoid range check when there are 65536 or more pages (Eberhard Mattes). - @642 -* 20 September 1991 -I914\>878. Improve error message for |\mathchar| out of range. @436 -S915\>878. Retain unprintable internal strings in 8-bit form (FM). @59 -S916\>881. Retain right punctuation context for ligature reconstruction - (problem found by Brian Hamilton Kelly). @903 -* 10 January 1992 -S917\>881. Also avoid producing a double kern at boundary (CET). @897 -S918. Disallow |\setbox| where it doesn't work (Robert Hunt). @1241,1270 -S919. Robustify |\mskip| and |\mkern| in presence of negative quad (WGS). - @716,717 -S920\>679. Defend against `|}{|' in |\read| (Michael Downes). @483 -E921\>798. Save string memory if font occurs repeatedly (Bogus\l aw Jackowski). - @1260 -S922\>784. Don't let |\newlinechar| interrupt unprintable expansion (Bernd - Raichle). @59,60 -* 7 February 1992 -D923\>881. Restore |cur_l| properly when boundary character doesn't exist - (Mattes and Raichle). @1036 -* 17 July 1992 -C924\>892. Use current language at beginning of horizontal mode (Rainer - Sch\"opf and CET). @1091,1200 -* 17 December 1992 -R925\>879. Avoid (harmless) range errors (Philip Taylor and CET). @934,960 -* 25 February 1993 -C926\>881. Protect kerns inserted by boundary characters (William Baxter). - @837,866 -S927\>917. Don't let boundary kern disappear after hyphenation. @897 -* 26 June 1993 -R928\>668. Avoid potential future bug (Peter Breitenlohner). @628,637 -* 17 December 1993 -S929\>881. Boundary character representation shouldn't depend on the font - memory size (Berthold Horn). @549,1323 -* 10 March 1994 -R930. Huge font parameter number may exceed array bound (CET). @549 -* 4 September 1994 -F931\>926. Math kerns are explicit (Walter Carlip). @717 -R932. Avoid overflow on huge real-to-integer conversion. @625,634 -* 19 March 1995 -R933. Avoid spurious reference counts in format files (PB). @1335 -* 23 November 1998 -R934. Make sure that \TeX\ is certifiably Y2K-safe. @1328 -* 12 July 1999 -A935\>255. |\xleaders| often drops the final box (Hiroshi Nakashima). @627,636 -* 30 August 2001 -R936. Don't allow a million unbalanced braces followed by |\cr| - outside of any alignment (Ralf Roth). @789 -R937. Don't allow end-template except at end of template (Roth). @325,1131 -* 30 September 2002 -Q938. Improve rounding of glue during output (M. F. Bridgland). @625,634 -* 18 March 2008 -F939. Forgot to goto the proper error recovery (DRF). @395 -E940. Avoid a case of dirty Pascal and speed up inner loop. @1035 -R941. Forget reference to \\{last_glue} in format file (DRF). @1335 -R942. Glue reference not updated after overflow error (DRF). @1236 -B943. Muglue in |\leaders| had wrong units; now disallowed (DRF). @1078 -E944. Speedup of ligatures and kerns at end of a word (DRF). @1039 -R945. Another sanity check of TFM files for security (DRF). @565 -I946. Give better size data for unmagnified insertions. @986 -* 6 January 2014 -C947. Space after |\csname\endcsname| to match other spaces. (Oleg Bulatov) @262 -* 15 January 2021 -I948. Don't pause on errors when tracing paragraphs (Udo Wermuth). @826 -S949. Don't try to interact when in |\batchmode| (Xiaosa Zhang). @83 -S950. Don't try to edit when no file is active (Xiaosa Zhang). @84 -R951. Take date and time sometimes from system, not user (Udo Wermuth). @241,536 -B952. Don't allow implicit left brace after |#| (Udo Wermuth). @476 -R953. After nine parameters, must delete offending tokens (Bruno Le Floch). @476 -D954. Garbage visible in buffer after file ends prematurely (DRF). @486 -R955. Force nonexistent characters to have null specs (DRF). @722 -C956. Don't mark fraction noads as temporarily Inner (DRF). @761 -Q957. Reset |\newlinechar| before logging the stats (Udo Wermuth). @1333,1335 -\relax -\bye - -Up to a point it is better to let the snags [bugs] be there -than to spend such time in design that there are none -(how many decades would this course take?). --- A M Turing - Proposals for Development in the Mathematics Division - of an Automatic Computing Engine (ACE) - Report E882, Executive Committee, National Physical Laboratory (NPL) - 1945; reprinted in April 1972 as NPL report Com Sci 57 - page 18 - quoted by Carpenter and Doran in The Computer Journal 20 (1977), 273. - -DRF David Fuchs -HWT Howard Trickey -FY Frank Yellin -LL Leslie Lamport -JS Jim Sterken -ARK Arthur Keller -CET Chris Thompson -FM Frank Mittelbach (added subsequent to publication of paper) -PB Peter Breitenlohner (ditto) -WGS Wayne G. Sullivan (ditto) -MVL Marc van Leeuwen (ditto) -MDS Michael D. Spivak (ditto) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/logmac.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/logmac.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 8719efc497d..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/errata/logmac.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,107 +0,0 @@ -% macros for the appendix to "Errors of TeX" paper -\input manmac -\voffset=-.3in -\catcode`\^=7 % disable the indexing stuff -\font\sltt=cmsltt9 -\font\logosl=logosl9 -\ninepoint -\vsize=48pc \pageheight=\vsize -\hsize=33.5pc - -\def\\{\bgroup\catcode`_=\active\identifier} -{\catcode`_=\active \global\let_=\_} -\def\identifier#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}\egroup} % italic type for identifiers - -\newdimen\codesize \setbox0=\hbox{\enspace M} \codesize=\wd0 -\setbox0=\hbox{\thinspace\S1111\kern\codesize} \rightskip=\wd0 -\newdimen\itemnosize \setbox0=\hbox{\bf999} \itemnosize=\wd0 -\setbox0=\hbox{$999\mapsto{}$\kern\itemnosize\enspace} \parindent=\wd0 -\newdimen\datemar \setbox0=\hbox{\bf 15 Mar 1977} -\datemar=\hsize \advance\datemar-\wd0 \divide\datemar2 -\newdimen\hangamount \hangamount=\parindent \advance\hangamount 1em -\everypar{\global\hangindent=\hangamount} -\parfillskip=-\rightskip -\finalhyphendemerits=0 -\interlinepenalty=100 -\smallskipamount=3pt plus 2pt -\def\smallbreak{\fin\penalty-50\smallskip} - -\newbox\predec % for predecessor "mapsto" info -\newbox\code % for the code letter -\newbox\texsec % for TeX section numbers -\newbox\cbox % the symbol used on commentlines -\newbox\dbox % empty box used after datelines -\setbox\dbox=\hbox to\datemar{} -\setbox\cbox=\hbox to\itemnosize{\hfil$\bullet$} - -\newif\ifnothing \newif\ifnobreak -\def\fin{\ifnothing\nothingfalse\else\endgroup - \unskip\nobreak\hfil\penalty500\enspace\null\nobreak\hfil\box\texsec - \box\code\endgraf\ifnobreak\nobreakfalse\nobreak\fi\fi} - -\catcode`\ =12 % tabs are ordinary characters -\catcode`@=\active % @ signs denote a TeX section reference -{\obeylines \gdef@#1 - {\global\setbox\texsec=\hbox{\S$#1$}\lookahead}} -\chardef\@=`\@ -{\catcode`X=\active \gdef X{\X}} -\def\X{{\eightbf X}} -\def\lightX{\hbox{\eightrm X}} -\def\>#1\relax{\global\setbox\predec=\hbox{\let\X=\lightX - $#1\mapsto{}$}} % previous bug ref - -\def\checkvalid#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1!\endcsname\okay\else\invalidcode\fi} -\def\okay{\okay} -\def\makevalid#1{\expandafter\let\csname#1!\endcsname=\okay} -\makevalid A % algorithm -\makevalid B % blunder -\makevalid C % cleanup -\makevalid D % data structure -\makevalid E % efficiency -\makevalid F % forgotten case -\makevalid G % generalization -\makevalid I % interaction -\makevalid L % language -\makevalid M % mismatch -\makevalid P % program organization -\makevalid Q % quality -\makevalid R % robustness -\makevalid S % surprise -\makevalid T % typo - -\def\lookahead{\futurelet\next\looky} % we'll do this at end of every line -\def\looky{\if\next \let\cont\continuationline % tab mark - \else\if\next*\let\cont\dateline % asterisk - \else\if\next##\let\cont\commentline % sharp sign - \else\if\next\relax\let\cont\endit % \relax (gets us out) - \else\let\cont\dataline\fi\fi\fi\fi\cont} % otherwise should be a code letter -\def\continuationline { } % insert space if a tab mark starts the next line -\def\dateline* {\smallbreak\begingroup\bf\hfill\nobreaktrue - \global\setbox\code=\copy\dbox} -\def\dataline#1{\fin\checkvalid#1% - \global\setbox\code=\hbox to\codesize{\enspace - \hskip0pt plus 3fil\rm#1\hskip0pt plus1fil}% - \begingroup\rm\catcode`X=\active\itemnumber} -\def\itemnumber#1.{\catcode`X=11\setbox0=\hbox to\itemnosize{\bf\hss#1\relax}% - \setbox2=\hbox{\bf#1\relax}\ifdim\wd2>\wd0 \setbox0=\box2 \fi - \textindent{\hfil\box\predec\box0}} -\def\commentline{\fin\afterassignment\begincomment\let\next} -\def\begincomment{\begingroup\let\tt=\sltt - \let\MF=\slMF\sl\textindent{\hfil\copy\cbox}} - -\def\leftheadline{\hbox to \hsize{% - \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the baseline - {\tenrm\folio\kern1pc}% folio to left of text - \hfil\eightrm D. \ E. \ KNUTH\hfil% running head - }} -\def\rightheadline{\hbox to \hsize{% - \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the baseline - \hfil\eightrm THE \ ERRORS \ OF \ \TeX\hfil% running head - {\kern1pc\tenrm\folio}% folio to right of text - }} - -\def\O#1{\hbox{\rm\char'23\kern-.2em\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant -\def\slMF{{\logosl META}\-{\logosl FONT}} - -\def\endit{\fin\catcode`\^^M=5\let\par=\endgraf} -\let\par=\lookahead \obeylines \nothingtrue diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/tex/glue.web b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/tex/glue.web deleted file mode 100644 index add1903b506..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/tex/glue.web +++ /dev/null @@ -1,421 +0,0 @@ -% This program by D. E. Knuth is not copyrighted and can be used freely. -% It was written on 18 Dec 1981 and revised on 24 May 1991. - -% Here is TeX material that gets inserted after \input webmac -\def\PASCAL{Pascal} -\font\eightrm=cmr8 - -\def\title{GLUE} -\def\topofcontents{\null - \titlefalse % include headline on the contents page - \def\rheader{\mainfont\hfil \contentspagenumber} - \vfill - \centerline{\titlefont Fixed-Point Glue Setting} - \vfill} -\def\botofcontents{\vfill - \centerline{\hsize 6in\baselineskip9pt - \vbox{\eightrm\baselineskip9pt\noindent - The preparation of this report - was supported in part by the National Science - Foundation under grants IST-7921977 and MCS-7723728; - by Office of Naval Research grant N00014-81-K-0330; - and by the IBM Corporation. `\TeX' is a - trademark of the American Mathematical Society.}}} - -@* Introduction. -If \TeX\ is being implemented on a microcomputer that does 32-bit -addition and subtraction, but with multiplication and division restricted to -multipliers and divisors that are either powers of~2 or positive -integers less than~$2^{15}$, it can still do the computations associated -with the setting of glue in a suitable way. This program illustrates one -solution to the problem. - -Another purpose of this program is to provide the first ``short'' example -of the use of \.{WEB}. - -@ The program itself is written in standard \PASCAL. It begins with a -normal program header, most of which will be filled in with other parts of this -``web'' as we are ready to introduce them. -@^program header@> - -@p program GLUE(@!input,@!output); - type @<Types in the outer block@>@; - var @<Globals in the outer block@>@; - procedure initialize; {this procedure gets things started} - var @<Local variables for initialization@>@; - begin @<Set initial values@>; - end; - -@ Here are two macros for common programming idioms. - -@d incr(#) == #:=#+1 {increase a variable by unity} -@d decr(#) == #:=#-1 {decrease a variable by unity} - -@* The problem and a solution. -We are concerned here with the ``setting of glue'' that occurs when a -\TeX\ box is being packaged. Let $x_1$, \dots,~$x_n$ be integers whose sum -$s=x_1+\cdots+x_n$ is positive, and let $t$ be another positive integer. -These $x_i$ represent scaled amounts of glue in units of sp (scaled -points), where one sp is $2^{-16}$ of a printer's point. The other -quantity $t$ represents the total by which the glue should stretch or -shrink. Following the conventions of \TeX82, we will assume that the -integers we deal with are less than $2^{31}$ in absolute value. - -After the glue has been set, the actual amounts of incremental glue space -(in~sp) will be the integers $f(x_1)$, \dots,~$f(x_n)$, where $f$ is a -function that we wish to compute. We want $f(x)$ to be nearly proportional -to~$x$, and we also want the sum $f(x_1)+\cdots+f(x_n)$ to be nearly -equal to~$t$. If we were using floating-point arithmetic, we would simply -compute $f(x)\equiv(t/s)\cdot x$ and hope for the best; but the goal here -is to compute a suitable~$f$ using only the fixed-point arithmetic operations -of a typical ``16-bit microcomputer.'' - -The solution adopted here is to determine integers $a$, $b$, $c$ such that -$$f(x)=\bigl\lfloor 2^{-b}c\lfloor 2^{-a}x\rfloor\bigr\rfloor$$ -if $x$ is nonnegative. Thus, we take $x$ and shift it right by $a$~bits, -then multiply by~$c$ (which is $2^{15}$ or less), and shift the product -right by $b$~bits. The quantities $a$, $b$, and~$c$ are to be chosen -so that this calculation doesn't cause overflow and so that $f(x_1)+\cdots -+f(x_n)$ is reasonably close to~$t$. - -The following method is used to calculate $a$ and~$b$: -Suppose $$y=\max_{1\le i\le n}\vert x_i\vert\,.$$ -Let $d$ and $e$ be the smallest integers such that $t<2^ds$ and $y<2^e$. -Since $s$ and~$t$ are less than~$2^{31}$, we have $-30\le d\le31$ and -$1\le e\le31$. An error message is given if $d+e\ge31$; in such a case -some $x_m$ has $\vert x_m\vert\ge 2^{e-1}$ and we are trying to change -$\vert x_m\vert$ to $\vert(t/s)x_m\vert\ge2^{d+e-2}\ge2^{30}$~sp, which -\TeX\ does not permit. (Consider, for example, the ``worst case'' situation -$x_1=2^{30}+1$, $x_2=-2^{30}$, $t=2^{31}-1$; surely we need not bother -trying to accommodate such anomalous combinations of values.) On the other -hand if $d+e\le31$, we set $a=e-16$ and $b=31-d-e$. Notice that this choice -of~$a$ guarantees that $\lfloor2^{-a}\vert x_i\vert\rfloor<2^{16}$. We will -choose~$c$ to be at most~$2^{15}$, so that the product will be less -than~$2^{31}$. - -The computation of $c$ is the tricky part. -@^hairy mathematics@> -The ``ideal'' value for $c$ would be $\rho=2^{a+b}t/s$, since $f(x)$ should -be approximately $(t/s)\cdot x$. Furthermore it is better to have $c$ slightly -larger than~$\rho$, instead of slightly smaller, since the other operations -in $f(x)$ have a downward bias. Therefore we shall compute $c=\lceil\rho\rceil$. -Since $2^{a+b}t/s<2^{a+b+d}=2^{15}$, we have $c\le2^{15}$ as desired. - -We want to compute $c=\lceil\rho\rceil$ exactly in all cases. There is no -difficulty if $s<2^{15}$, since $c$ can be computed directly using the -formula $c=\bigl\lfloor(2^{a+b}t+s-1)/s\bigr\rfloor$; overflow will not -occur since $2^{a+b}t<2^{15}s<2^{30}$. - -Otherwise let $s=s_12^l+s_2$, where $2^{14}\le s_1<2^{15}$ and $0\le s_2<2^l$. -We will essentially carry out a long division. Let $t$ be ``normalized'' -so that $2^{30}\le2^ht<2^{31}$ for some~$h$. Then we form the quotient and -remainder of $2^ht$ divided by~$s_1$, -$$ 2^ht=qs_1+r_0, \qquad 0\le r_0<s_1.$$ -It follows that $2^{h+l}t-qs=2^lr_0-qs_2=r$, say. If $0\ge r>-s$ we have -$q=\lceil2^{h+l}t/s\rceil$; otherwise we can replace $(q,r)$ by -$(q\pm1,r\mp s)$ repeatedly until $r$ is in the correct range. It is not -difficult to prove that $q$ needs to be increased at most once and decreased -at most seven times, since $2^lr_0-qs_2<2^ls_1\le s$ and since -$qs_2/s\le(2^ht/s_1)(s_2/2^ls_1)<2^{31}/s_1^2\le8$. Finally, we have -$a+b-h-l=-1$ or~$-2$, since $2^{28+l}\le2^{14}s=2^{a+b+d-1}s\le2^{a+b}t< -2^{a+b+d}s=2^{15}s<2^{30+l}$ and $2^{30}\le2^ht<2^{31}$. Hence -$c=\lceil2^{a+b-h-l}q\rceil=\lceil{1\over2}q\rceil$ or~$\lceil{1\over4}q\rceil$. - -An error analysis shows that these values of $a$, $b$, and $c$ work -satisfactorily, except in unusual cases where we wouldn't expect them to. -@^error analysis@> -When $x\ge0$ we have -$$\eqalign{f(x)&=2^{-b}(2^{a+b}t/s+\theta_0)(2^{-a}x-\theta_1)-\theta_2\cr -&=(t/s)x+\theta_02^{-a-b}x-\theta_12^at/s-2^{-b}\theta_0\theta_1-\theta_2\cr}$$ -where $0\le\theta_0,\theta_1,\theta_2<1$. Now $0\le\theta_02^{-a-b}x -<2^{e-a-b}=2^{d+e-15}$ and $0\le\theta_12^at/s<2^{a+d}=2^{d+e-16}$, and -the other two terms are negligible. Therefore $f(x_1)+\cdots+f(x_n)$ differs -from~$t$ by at most about $2^{d+e-15}n$. Since $2^{d+e}$ is larger than -$(t/s)y$, which is the largest stretching or shrinking of glue after expansion, -the error is at worst about $n/32000$ times as much as this, so it is quite -reasonable. For example, even if fill glue is being used to stretch -20 inches, the error will still be less than $1\over1600$ of an inch. - -@ To sum up: Given the positive integers $s$, $t$, and $y$ as above, we -set $$a\gets\lfloor\lg y\rfloor-15,\qquad b\gets29-\lfloor\lg y\rfloor- -\lfloor\lg t/s\rfloor,\qquad\hbox{and}\qquad c\gets\lceil2^{a+b}t/s\rceil.$$ -The implementation below shows how to do the job in \PASCAL\ without using -large numbers. - -@ \TeX\ wants to have the glue-setting information in a 32-bit data type -called |glue_ratio|. The \PASCAL\ implementation of \TeX82 has |glue_ratio -=real|, but alternative definitions of |glue_ratio| are explicitly allowed. - -For our purposes we shall let |glue_ratio| be a record that is packed with -three fields: The |a_part| will hold the positive integer |a+16|, the -|b_part| will hold the nonnegative integer~|b|, and the |c_part| will hold -the nonnegative integer~|c|. When the formulas above tell us to take -|b>30|, we might as well set |c:=0| instead, because |f(x)| will be -zero in all cases when |b>30|. Note that we have only about 25 bits of -information in all, so it should fit in 32 bits with ease. - -@<Types...@>= -@!glue_ratio=packed record - @!a_part: 1..31; {the quantity |e=a+16| in our derivation} - @!b_part: 0..30; {the quantity |b| in our derivation} - @!c_part: 0..@'100000; {the quantity |c| in our derivation} - end; -@!scaled = integer; {this data type is used for quantities in sp units} - -@ The real problem is to define the procedures that \TeX\ needs to -deal with such |glue_ratio| values: -(a)~Given scaled numbers |s|, |t|, and~|y| as above, to compute the -corresponding |glue_ratio|. -(b)~Given a nonnegative scaled number~|x| and a |glue_ratio|~|g|, to -compute the scaled number~|f(x)|. -(c)~Given a |glue_ratio|~|g|, to print out a decimal equivalent of -|g| for diagnostic purposes. - -The procedures below can be incorporated into \TeX82 via a change file -without great difficulty. A few modifications will be needed, because -\TeX's |glue_ratio| values can be negative in unusual cases---when the -amount of stretchability or shrinkability is less than zero. Negative -values in the |c_part| will handle such problems, if proper care is -taken. The error message below should either become a warning message -or a call to \TeX's |print_err| routine; in the latter case, an -@^error message@> -appropriate help message should be given, stating that glue cannot -stretch to more than 18~feet long, but that it's OK to proceed with -fingers crossed. - -@*Glue multiplication. -The easiest procedure of the three just mentioned is the one that is -needed most often, namely, the computation of~|f(x)|. - -\PASCAL\ doesn't have built-in binary shift commands or built-in exponentiation, -although many computers do have this capability. Therefore our arithmetic -routines use an array called `|two_to_the|', containing powers of~two. -Divisions by powers of two are never done in the programs below when the -dividend is negative, so the operations can safely be replaced by right -shifts on machines for which this is most appropriate. (Contrary to popular -opinion, the operation `|x div 2|' is not the same as shifting |x| -right one binary place, on a machine with two's complement arithmetic, -when |x| is a negative odd integer. But division -{\it is\/} equivalent to shifting when |x| is nonnegative.) - -@<Globals...@>= -@!two_to_the: array[0..30] of integer; {$|two_to_the|[k]=2^k$} - -@ @<Local variables for init...@>= -@!k:1..30; {an index for initializing |two_to_the|} - -@ @<Set init...@>= -two_to_the[0]:=1; -for k:=1 to 30 do two_to_the[k]:=two_to_the[k-1]+two_to_the[k-1]; - -@ We will use the abbreviations |ga|, |gb|, and |gc| as convenient -alternatives to \PASCAL's \&{with} statement. The glue-multiplication -function |f|, which replaces several occurrences of the `|float|' macro -in \TeX82, is now easy to state: - -@d ga==g.a_part -@d gb==g.b_part -@d gc==g.c_part - -@p function glue_mult(@!x:scaled;@!g:glue_ratio):integer; - {returns |f(x)| as above, assuming that |x>=0|} -begin if ga>16 then x:=x div two_to_the[ga-16] {right shift by |a| places} -else x:=x*two_to_the[16-ga]; {left shift by |-a| places} -glue_mult:=(x*gc) div two_to_the[gb]; {right shift by |b| places} -end; {note that |b| may be as large as 30} - -@*Glue setting. -The |glue_fix| procedure computes |a|, |b|, and |c| by the method -explained above. \TeX\ does not normally compute the quantity~|y|, but -it could be made to do so without great difficulty. - -This procedure replaces several occurrences of the `|unfloat|' macro in -\TeX82. It would be written as a function that returns a |glue_ratio|, -if \PASCAL\ would allow functions to produce records as values. - -@p procedure glue_fix(@!s,@!t,@!y:scaled; var@!g:glue_ratio); -var @!a,@!b,@!c:integer; {components of the desired ratio} -@!k,@!h:integer; {$30-\lfloor\lg s\rfloor$, $30-\lfloor\lg t\rfloor$} -@!s0:integer; {original (unnormalized) value of |s|} -@!q,@!r,@!s1:integer; {quotient, remainder, divisor} -@!w:integer; {$2^l$, where $l=16-k$} -begin @<Normalize |s|, |t|, and |y|, computing |a|, |k|, and |h|@>; -if t<s then b:=15-a-k+h@+else b:=14-a-k+h; -if (b<0) or (b>30) then - begin if b<0 then write_ln('! Excessive glue.'); {error message} -@^error message@> - b:=0; c:=0; {make |f(x)| identically zero} - end -else begin if k>=16 then {easy case, $s_0<2^{15}$} - c:=(t div two_to_the[h-a-b]+s0-1) div s0 {here |1<=h-a-b<=k-14<=16|} - else @<Compute |c| by long division@>; - end; -ga:=a+16; gb:=b; gc:=c; -end; - -@ @<Normalize |s|, |t|, and |y|, computing |a|, |k|, and |h|@>= -begin a:=15; k:=0; h:=0; s0:=s; -while y<@'10000000000 do {|y| is known to be positive} - begin decr(a); y:=y+y; - end; -while s<@'10000000000 do {|s| is known to be positive} - begin incr(k); s:=s+s; - end; -while t<@'10000000000 do {|t| is known to be positive} - begin incr(h); t:=t+t; - end; -end {now $2^{30}\le t=2^ht_0<2^{31}$ and $2^{30}\le s=2^ks_0<2^{31}$, - hence $d=k-h$ if $t/s<1$} - -@ @<Compute |c| by long division@>= -begin w:=two_to_the[16-k]; -s1:=s0 div w; -q:=t div s1; -r:=((t mod s1)*w)-((s0 mod w)*q); -if r>0 then - begin incr(q); r:=r-s0; - end -else while r<=-s0 do - begin decr(q); r:=r+s0; - end; -if a+b+k-h=15 then c:=(q+1) div 2 @+else c:=(q+3) div 4; -end - -@*Glue-set printing. -The last of the three procedures we need is |print_gr|, which displays a -|glue_ratio| in symbolic decimal form. Before constructing such a procedure, -we shall consider some simpler routines, copying them from an early -draft of the program \TeX82. - -@d unity==@'200000 {$2^{16}$, represents 1.0000} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!dig:array[0..15] of 0..9; {for storing digits} - -@ An array of digits is printed out by |print_digs|. - -@p procedure print_digs(@!k:integer); {prints |dig[k-1]| \dots |dig[0]|} -begin while k>0 do - begin decr(k); write(chr(ord('0')+dig[k])); - end; -end; - -@ A nonnegative integer is printed out by |print_int|. - -@p procedure print_int(@!n:integer); {prints an integer in decimal form} -var @!k:0..12; {index to current digit; we assume that $0\le n<10^{12}$} -begin k:=0; -repeat dig[k]:=n mod 10; n:=n div 10; incr(k); -until n=0; -print_digs(k); -end; - -@ And here is a procedure to print a nonnegative |scaled| number. - -@p procedure print_scaled(s:scaled); - {prints a scaled real, truncated to four digits} -var k:0..3; {index to current digit of the fraction part} -begin print_int(s div unity); {print the integer part} -s:=((s mod unity)*10000) div unity; -for k:=0 to 3 do - begin dig[k]:=s mod 10; s:=s div 10; - end; -write('.'); print_digs(4); -end; - -@ Now we're ready to print a |glue_ratio|. Since the effective multiplier -is $2^{-a-b}c$, we will display the scaled integer $2^{16-a-b}c$, taking -care to print something special if this quantity is terribly large. - -@p procedure print_gr(@!g:glue_ratio); {prints a glue multiplier} -var @!j:-29..31; {the amount to shift |c|} -begin j:=32-ga-gb; -while j>15 do - begin write('2x'); decr(j); {indicate multiples of 2 for BIG cases} - end; -if j<0 then print_scaled(gc div two_to_the[-j]) {shift right} -else print_scaled(gc*two_to_the[j]); {shift left} -end; - -@* The driver program. -In order to test these routines, we will assume that the |input| file -contains a sequence of test cases, where each test case consists of the -integer numbers $t$, $x_1$, \dots,~$x_n$, 0. The final test case should -be followed by an additional zero. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!x:array[1..1000] of scaled; {the $x_i$} -@!t:scaled; {the desired total} -@!m:integer; {the test case number} - -@ Each case will be processed by the following routine, which assumes -that |t| has already been read. - -@p procedure test; {processes the next data set, given |t| and~|m|} -var @!n: 0..1000; {the number of items} -k:0..1000; {runs through the items} -y:scaled; {$\max_{1\le i\le n}\vert x_i\vert$} -@!g:glue_ratio; {the computed glue multiplier} -@!s:scaled; {the sum $x_1+\cdots+x_n$} -@!ts:scaled; {the sum $f(x_1)+\cdots+f(x_n)$} -begin write_ln('Test data set number ',m:1,':'); -@<Read $x_1,\ldots,x_n$@>; -@<Compute |s| and |y|@>; -if s<=0 then write_ln('Invalid data (nonpositive sum); this set rejected.') -else begin @<Compute |g| and print it@>; - @<Print the values of $x_i$, $f(x_i)$, and the totals@>; - end; -end; - -@ @<Read $x_1,\ldots,x_n$@>= -begin n:=0; -repeat incr(n); read(x[n]); -until x[n]=0; -decr(n); -end - -@ @<Compute |s| and |y|@>= -begin s:=0; y:=0; -for k:=1 to n do - begin s:=s+x[k]; - if y<abs(x[k]) then y:=abs(x[k]); - end; -end - -@ @<Compute |g| and print it@>= -begin glue_fix(s,t,y,g); {set |g|, perhaps print an error message} -write(' Glue ratio is '); print_gr(g); -write_ln(' (',ga-16:1,',',gb:1,',',gc:1,')'); -end - -@ @<Print the values of $x_i$, $f(x_i)$, and the totals@>= -begin ts:=0; -for k:=1 to n do - begin write(x[k]:20); - if x[k]>=0 then y:=glue_mult(x[k],g) - else y:=-glue_mult(-x[k],g); - write_ln(y:15); - ts:=ts+y; - end; -write_ln(' Totals',s:13,ts:15,' (versus ',t:1,')'); -end - -@ Here is the main program. -@^main program@> - -@p begin initialize; -m:=1; -read(t); -while t>0 do - begin test; - incr(m); read(t); - end; -end. - -@*Index. Here are the section numbers where various identifiers are used in the -program, and where various topics are discussed. - - - - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/web/webman.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/web/webman.tex deleted file mode 100644 index e4781c1da77..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/knuth/web/webman.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1674 +0,0 @@ -% WEB user manual -- last updated by D E Knuth on 4 Dec 89 -\input webmac -\parskip 0pt plus 1pt -\def\RA{\char'31 } % right arrow -\def\hang{\hangindent 4em\ignorespaces} -\font\ninerm=cmr9 -\font\ninett=cmtt9 -\font\eighttt=cmtt8 -\let\mc=\ninerm % medium caps for names like SAIL -\def\PASCAL{Pascal} -\font\quoterm=cmssq8 -\font\quoteit=cmssqi8 -\def\pb{\.{|...|}} -\def\lpile{\def\cr{\hfill\endline}\matrix} % I only use \lpile by itself - -\outer\def\section #1.{\penalty-50\vskip 12pt plus 3pt minus 3pt - \noindent{\bf #1.}\quad\ignorespaces} - -\def\lheader{\mainfont\the\pageno\hfill\sc\runninghead\hfill} -\def\rheader{\hfill\sc\runninghead\hfill\mainfont\the\pageno} -\def\runninghead{{\tentt WEB} USER MANUAL} - -% This verbatim mode assumes that no ? appears in the text being copied. -\def\verbatim{\begingroup - \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12 } \dospecials - \parskip 0pt \parindent 0pt - \catcode`\ =13 \catcode`\^^M=13 - \tt \catcode`\?=0 \verbatimdefs \verbatimgobble} -{\catcode`\^^M=13{\catcode`\ =13\gdef\verbatimdefs{\def^^M{\ \par}\let =\ }} % - \gdef\verbatimgobble#1^^M{}} - \centerline{\titlefont The {\ttitlefont WEB} System - of Structured Documentation} - -\vskip 15pt plus 3pt minus 3pt -\noindent This memo describes how to write programs in the -\.{WEB} language; and it also includes the full \.{WEB} documentation for -\.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE}, the programs that read \.{WEB} input and produce -\TeX\ and \PASCAL\ output, respectively. The philosophy behind \.{WEB} is -that an experienced system programmer, who wants to provide the best -possible documentation of software products, needs two things -simultaneously: a language like \TeX\ for formatting, and a language like -\PASCAL\ for programming. Neither type of language can provide the best -documentation by itself. But when both are appropriately combined, we -obtain a system that is much more useful than either language separately. - -The structure of a software program may be thought of as a ``web'' that is -made up of many interconnected pieces. To document such a program, we want -to explain each individual part of the web and how it relates to its -neighbors. The typographic tools provided by \TeX\ give us an opportunity -to explain the local structure of each part by making that structure -visible, and the programming tools provided by \PASCAL\ make it possible -for us to specify the algorithms formally and unambiguously. By combining -the two, we can develop a style of programming that maximizes our ability -to perceive the structure of a complex piece of software, and at the same -time the documented programs can be mechanically translated into a working -software system that matches the documentation. - -Since \.{WEB} is an experimental system developed for internal use within -the \TeX\ project at Stanford, this report is rather terse, and it assumes -that the reader is an experienced programmer who is highly motivated to -read a detailed description of \.{WEB}'s rules. Furthermore, even if a -less terse manual were to be written, the reader would have to be warned -in advance that \.{WEB} is not for beginners and it never will be: The -user of \.{WEB} must be familiar with both \TeX\ and \PASCAL. When one -writes a \.{WEB} description of a software system, it is possible to make -mistakes by breaking the rules of \.{WEB} and/or the rules of \TeX\ and/or -the rules of \PASCAL. In practice, all three types of errors will occur, -and you will get different error messages from the different language -processors. In compensation for the sophisticated expertise needed to cope -with such a variety of languages, however, experience has shown that -reliable software can be created quite rapidly by working entirely in -\.{WEB} from the beginning; and the documentation of such programs seems -to be better than the documentation obtained by any other known method. -Thus, \.{WEB} users need to be highly qualified, but they can get some -satisfaction and perhaps even a special feeling of accomplishment when -they have successfully created a software system with this method. - -To use \.{WEB}, you prepare a file called \.{COB.WEB} (say), and then you -apply a system program called \.{WEAVE} to this file, obtaining an output -file called \.{COB.TEX}. When \TeX\ processes \.{COB.TEX}, your output -will be a ``pretty printed'' version of \.{COB.WEB} that takes appropriate -care of typographic details like page layout and the use of indentation, -italics, boldface, etc.; this output will contain extensive cross-index -information that is gathered automatically. You can also submit the same -file \.{COB.WEB} to another system program called \.{TANGLE}, which will -produce a file \.{COB.PAS} that contains the \PASCAL\ code of your \.{COB} -program. The \PASCAL\ compiler will convert \.{COB.PAS} into -machine-language instructions corresponding to the algorithms that were so -nicely formatted by \.{WEAVE} and \TeX. Finally, you can (and should) -delete the files \.{COB.TEX} and \.{COB.PAS}, because \.{COB.WEB} contains -the definitive source code. Examples of the behavior of \.{WEAVE} and -\.{TANGLE} are appended to this manual. - -Besides providing a documentation tool, \.{WEB} enhances the \PASCAL\ -language by providing a rudimentary macro capability together with the -ability to permute pieces of the program text, so that a large system can -be understood entirely in terms of small modules and their local -interrelationships. The \.{TANGLE} program is so named because it takes a -given web and moves the modules from their web structure into the order -required by \PASCAL; the advantage of programming in \.{WEB} is that the -algorithms can be expressed in ``untangled'' form, with each module -explained separately. The \.{WEAVE} program is so named because it takes -a given web and intertwines the \TeX\ and \PASCAL\ portions contained in -each module, then it knits the whole fabric into a structured document. -(Get it? Wow.) Perhaps there is some deep connection here with the fact -that the German word for ``weave'' is ``{\it web\/}'', and the -corresponding Latin imperative is ``{\it texe\/}''! - -It is impossible to list all of the related work that has influenced the -design of \.{WEB}, but the key contributions should be mentioned -here.\quad (1)~Myrtle Kellington, as executive editor for ACM -publications, developed excellent typographic standards for the -typesetting of Algol programs during the 1960s, based on the original -designs of Peter Naur; the subtlety and quality of this influential work -can be appreciated only by people who have seen what happens when other -printers try to typeset Algol without the advice of ACM's copy -editors.\quad(2)~Bill McKeeman introduced a program intended to automate -some of this task [Algorithm 268, ``Algol~60 reference language editor,'' -{\sl CACM \bf8} (1965), 667--668]; and a considerable flowering of such -programs has occurred in recent years [see especially Derek Oppen, -``Prettyprinting,'' {\sl ACM TOPLAS \bf2} (1980), 465--483; G.~A. Rose and -J. Welsh, ``Formatted programming languages,'' {\sl SOFTWARE Practice -\char`\&\ Exper.\ \bf11} (1981), 651--669].\quad(3)~The top-down style of -exposition encouraged by \.{WEB} was of course chiefly influenced by Edsger -Dijkstra's essays on structured programming in the late 1960s. The less -well known work of Pierre-Arnoul de Marneffe [``Holon programming: A -survey,'' Univ.\ de Liege, Service Informatique, Liege, Belgium, 1973; 135 -pp.\null] also had a significant influence on the author as \.{WEB} was -being formulated.\quad(4)~Edwin Towster has proposed a similar style of -documentation in which the programmer is supposed to specify the relevant -data structure environment in the name of each submodule [``A convention -for explicit declaration of environments and top-down refinement of -data,'' {\sl IEEE Trans.\ on Software Eng.\ \bf SE--5} (1979), 374--386]; -this requirement seems to make the documentation a bit too verbose, -although experience with \.{WEB} has shown that any unusual control -structure or data structure should definitely be incorporated into the -module names on psychological grounds.\quad(5)~Discussions with Luis -Trabb~Pardo in the spring of 1979 were extremely helpful for setting up a -prototype version of \.{WEB} that was called \.{DOC}.\quad (6)~Ignacio -Zabala's extensive experience with \.{DOC}, in which he created a full -implementation of \TeX\ in \PASCAL\ that was successfully transported to -many different computers, was of immense value while \.{WEB} was taking -its present form.\quad(7)~David~R. Fuchs made several crucial suggestions -about how to make \.{WEB} more portable; he and Arthur~L. Samuel -coordinated the initial installations of \.{WEB} on dozens of computer -systems, making changes to the code so that it would be acceptable to -a wide variety of \PASCAL\ compilers.\quad(8)~The name \.{WEB} itself -was chosen in honor of my wife's mother, Wilda Ernestine Bates. - -The appendices to this report contain complete \.{WEB} programs for the -\.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} processors. A study of these examples, together -with an attempt to write \.{WEB} programs by yourself, is the best way -to understand why \.{WEB} has come to be like it is. - \section General rules. -A \.{WEB} file is a long string of text that has been divided into -individual lines. The exact line boundaries are not terribly crucial, and -a programmer can pretty much chop up the \.{WEB} file in whatever way seems -to look best as the file is being edited; but string constants and control -texts must end on the same line on which they begin, since this convention -helps to keep errors from propagating. The end of a line means -the same thing as a blank space. - -Two kinds of material go into \.{WEB} files: \TeX\ text and \PASCAL\ text. -A programmer writing in \.{WEB} should be thinking both of the -documentation and of the \PASCAL\ program that he or she is creating; -i.e., the programmer should be instinctively aware of the different -actions that \.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} will perform on the \.{WEB} file. -\TeX\ text is essentially copied without change by \.{WEAVE}, and it is -entirely deleted by \.{TANGLE}, since the \TeX\ text is ``pure -documentation.'' \PASCAL\ text, on the other hand, is formatted by -\.{WEAVE} and it is shuffled around by \.{TANGLE}, according to rules that -will become clear later. For now the important point to keep in mind is -that there are two kinds of text. Writing \.{WEB} programs is something -like writing \TeX\ documents, but with an additional ``\PASCAL\ mode'' -that is added to \TeX's horizontal mode, vertical mode, and math mode. - -A \.{WEB} file is built up from units called {\sl modules\/} that are more -or less self-contained. Each module has three parts: - -\yskip\item{1)} A \TeX\ part, containing explanatory material about what -is going on in the module. - -\item{2)} A definition part, containing macro definitions that serve as -abbreviations for \PASCAL\ constructions that would be less comprehensible -if written out in full each time. - -\item{3)} A \PASCAL\ part, containing a piece of the program that -\.{TANGLE} will produce. This \PASCAL\ code should ideally be about a -dozen lines long, so that it is easily comprehensible as a unit and so -that its structure is readily perceived. - -\yskip\noindent The three parts of each module must appear in this order; -i.e., the \TeX\ commentary must come first, then the definitions, and -finally the \PASCAL\ code. Any of the parts may be empty. - -\eject % page break inserted Dec 88 - -A module begins with the pair of symbols `\.{@\ }' or `\.{@*}', where -`\.{\ }' denotes a blank space. A module ends -at the beginning of the next module (i.e., at the next -`\.{@\ }' or `\.{@*}'), or at the end of the file, whichever comes first. -The \.{WEB} file may also contain material that is not part of any module -at all, namely the text (if any) that occurs before the first module. -Such text is said to be ``in limbo''; it is ignored by \.{TANGLE} -and copied essentially verbatim by \.{WEAVE}, so its function is to -provide any additional formatting instructions that may be desired in the -\TeX\ output. Indeed, it is customary to begin a \.{WEB} file with -\TeX\ code in limbo that loads special fonts, defines special macros, -changes the page sizes, and/or produces a title page. - -Modules are numbered consecutively, starting with 1; these numbers appear -at the beginning of each module of the \TeX\ documentation, and they appear -as bracketed comments at the beginning of the code generated by that -module in the \PASCAL\ program. - -Fortunately, you never mention these numbers yourself when you are writing -in \.{WEB}. You just say `\.{@\ }' or `\.{@*}' at the beginning of each -new module, and the numbers are supplied automatically by \.{WEAVE} and -\.{TANGLE}. As far as you are concerned, a module has a -{\sl name\/} instead of a number; such a name is specified by writing -`\.{@<}' followed by \TeX\ text followed by `\.{@>}'. When \.{WEAVE} -outputs a module name, it replaces the `\.{@<}' and `\.{@>}' by -angle brackets and inserts the module number in small type. Thus, when you -read the output of \.{WEAVE} it is easy to locate any module that is -referred to in another module. - -For expository purposes, a module name should be a good description of the -contents of that module; i.e., it should stand for the abstraction -represented by the module. Then the module can be ``plugged into'' one or -more other modules in such a way -that unimportant details of its inner workings -are suppressed. A module name therefore ought to be long enough to convey -the necessary meaning. Unfortunately, however, it is laborious to type -such long names over and over again, and it is also difficult to specify a -long name twice in exactly the same way so that \.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} -will be able to match the names to the modules. To ameliorate this difficulty, -\.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} let you abbreviate a module name -after its first appearance in the \.{WEB} file; you can type simply -`\.{@<$\alpha$...@>}', where $\alpha$ is any string that is a prefix of -exactly one module name appearing in the file. For example, `\.{@<Clear -the arrays@>}' can be abbreviated to `\.{@<Clear...@>}' if no other module -name begins with the five letters `\.{Clear}'. Module names must otherwise -match character for character, except that consecutive blank spaces and/or -tab marks are treated as equivalent to single spaces, and such spaces are -deleted at the beginning and end of the name. Thus, `\.{@< Clear { }the -arrays @>}' will also match the name in the previous example. - -We have said that a module begins with `\.{@\ }' or `\.{@*}', but we -didn't say how it gets divided up into a \TeX\ part, a definition part, -and a \PASCAL\ part. The definition part begins with the first appearance -of `\.{@d}' or `\.{@f}' in the module, and the \PASCAL\ part begins with -the first appearance of `\.{@p}' or `\.{@<}'. The latter option `\.{@<}' -stands for the beginning of a module name, which is the name of the module -itself. An equals sign (\.=) must follow the `\.{@>}' at the end of this -module name; you are saying, in effect, that the module name stands for -the \PASCAL\ text that follows, so you say `$\langle\,$module -name$\,\rangle=\null$\PASCAL\ text'. Alternatively, if the \PASCAL\ part -begins with `\.{@p}' instead of a module name, the current module is said -to be {\sl unnamed}. Note that module names cannot appear in the -definition part of a module, because the first `\.{@<}' in a module -signals the beginning of its \PASCAL\ part. But any number of module names -might appear in the \PASCAL\ part, once it has started. - -The general idea of \.{TANGLE} is to make a \PASCAL\ program out of these -modules in the following way: First all the \PASCAL\ parts of unnamed -modules are copied down, in order; this constitutes the initial -approximation $T_0$ to the text of the program. (There should be at least -one unnamed module, otherwise there will be no program.) Then all module -names that appear in the initial text $T_0$ are replaced by the \PASCAL\ -parts of the corresponding modules, and this substitution process -continues until no module names remain. Then all defined macros are -replaced by their equivalents, according to certain rules that are -explained later. The resulting \PASCAL\ code is ``sanitized'' so that it -will be acceptable to an average garden-variety \PASCAL\ compiler; i.e., -lowercase letters are converted to uppercase, long identifiers are -chopped, and the lines of the output file are constrained to be at most 72 -characters long. All comments will have been removed from this \PASCAL\ -program except for the meta-comments delimited by `\.{@\{}' and -`\.{@\}}', as explained below, and except for the module-number comments -that point to the source location where each piece of the program text -originated in the \.{WEB} file. - -If the same name has been given to more than one module, the \PASCAL\ text -for that name is obtained by putting together all of the \PASCAL\ parts in -the corresponding modules. This feature is useful, for example, in a -module named `Global variables in the outer block', since one can then -declare global variables in whatever modules those variables are -introduced. When several modules have the same name, \.{WEAVE} assigns the -first module number as the number corresponding to that name, and it -inserts a note at the bottom of that module telling the reader to `See -also sections so-and-so'; this footnote gives the numbers of all the other -modules having the same name as the present one. The \PASCAL\ text -corresponding to a module is usually formatted by \.{WEAVE} so that the -output has an equivalence sign in place of the equals sign in the \.{WEB} -file; i.e., the output says `$\langle\,$module -name$\,\rangle\equiv\null$\PASCAL\ text'. However, in the case of the second -and subsequent appearances of a module with the same name, this `$\equiv$' -sign is replaced by `$\mathrel+\equiv$', as an indication that the \PASCAL\ -text that follows is being appended to the \PASCAL\ text of another -module. - -The general idea of \.{WEAVE} is to make a \.{TEX} file from the \.{WEB} -file in the following way: The first line of the \.{TEX} file will be -`\.{\\input webmac}'; this will cause \TeX\ to read in the macros that -define \.{WEB}'s documentation conventions. The next lines of the file -will be copied from whatever \TeX\ text is in limbo before the first -module. Then comes the output for each module in turn, possibly -interspersed with end-of-page marks. Finally, \.{WEAVE} will generate a -cross-reference index that lists each module number in which each \PASCAL\ -identifier appears, and it will also generate an alphabetized list -of the module names, as well as a table of contents that -shows the page and module numbers for each ``starred'' module. - -What is a ``starred'' module, you ask? A module that begins with `\.{@*}' -instead of `\.{@\ }' is slightly special in that it denotes a new major -group of modules. The `\.{@*}' should be followed by the title of this -group, followed by a period. Such modules will always start on a new page -in the \TeX\ output, and the group title will appear as a running headline -on all subsequent pages until the next starred module. The title will also -appear in the table of contents, and in boldface type at the beginning of -its module. Caution: Do not use \TeX\ control sequences in such titles, -unless you know that the \.{webmac} macros will do the right thing with -them. The reason is that these titles are converted to uppercase when -they appear as running heads, and they are converted to boldface when they -appear at the beginning of their modules, and they are also written out to -a table-of-contents file used for temporary storage while \TeX\ is -working; whatever control sequences you use must be meaningful in all -three of these modes. - -The \TeX\ output produced by \.{WEAVE} for each module consists of -the following: First comes the module number (e.g., `\.{\\M123.}' -at the beginning of module 123, except that `\.{\\N}' appears in place of -`\.{\\M}' at the beginning of a starred module). Then comes the -\TeX\ part of the module, copied almost verbatim except as noted -below. Then comes the definition part and the \PASCAL\ part, formatted -so that there will be a little extra space between them if both are -nonempty. The definition and \PASCAL\ parts are obtained by inserting -a bunch of funny looking \TeX\ macros into the \PASCAL\ program; these -macros handle typographic details about fonts and proper math spacing, -as well as line breaks and indentation. - -When you are typing \TeX\ text, you will probably want to make frequent -reference to variables and other quantities in your \PASCAL\ code, and you -will want those variables to have the same typographic treatment -when they appear in your text as when they appear in your -program. Therefore the \.{WEB} language allows you to get the effect of -\PASCAL\ editing within \TeX\ text, if you place `\.|' marks before and -after the \PASCAL\ material. For example, suppose you want to say something -like this: -$$\hbox{The characters are placed into \\{buffer}, which is a -\&{packed} \&{array} $[1\to\|n]$ \&{of} \\{char}.}$$ -The \TeX\ text would look like this in your \.{WEB} file: -$$\.{The characters are placed into |buffer|, which is a |packed -array [1..n] of char|.}$$ -And \.{WEAVE} translates this into something you are glad you didn't have -to type: -$$\lpile{\.{The characters are placed into \\\\\{buffer\},}\cr - \.{which is a \\\&\{packed\}{ }\\\&\{array\}{ }\$ - [1\\to\\|n]\${ }\\\&\{of\}{ }\\\\\{char\}.}\cr}$$ -Incidentally, the cross-reference index that \.{WEAVE} would make, in -the presence of a comment like this, would include -the current module number as one of the index entries for \\{buffer} -\vadjust{\eject}% page break inserted Dec 88 -and \\{char}, even though \\{buffer} and \\{char} -might not appear in the \PASCAL\ part of -this module. Thus, the index covers references to identifiers in -the explanatory comments as well as in the program itself; you will -soon learn to appreciate this feature. However, the identifiers -\&{packed} and \&{array} and \|n\ and \&{of\/} would not be indexed, -because \.{WEAVE} does not make index entries for reserved words or -single-letter identifiers. Such identifiers are felt to be so ubiquitous -that it would be pointless to mention every place where they occur. - -Speaking of identifiers, the author of \.{WEB} thinks that -\\{IdentifiersSeveralWordsLong} look terribly ugly when they mix -uppercase and lowercase letters. He recommends that -\\{identifiers\_several\_words\_long} be written with underline characters -to get a much better effect. The actual identifiers sent to the \PASCAL\ -compiler by \.{TANGLE} will have such underlines removed, and \.{TANGLE} -will check to make sure that two different identifiers do not become -identical when this happens. (In fact, \.{TANGLE} even checks that -the first seven characters of identifiers are unique, when lowercase -letters have been converted to uppercase; the number seven in this -constraint is more strict than \PASCAL's eight, and it can -be changed if desired.) The \.{WEAVE} processor will properly -alphabetize identifiers that have embedded underlines -when it makes the index. - -Although a module begins with \TeX\ text and ends with \PASCAL\ text, we -have noted that the dividing line isn't sharp, since \PASCAL\ text can be -included in \TeX\ text if it is enclosed in `\pb'. Conversely, \TeX\ text -also appears frequently within \PASCAL\ text, because everything in -comments (i.e., between left and right braces) is treated as \TeX\ text. -Furthermore, a module name consists of \TeX\ text; thus, a \.{WEB} file -typically involves constructions like `\.{if} \.x \.= \.0 \.{then} -\.{@<Empty} \.{the} \.{|buffer|} \.{array@>}' where we go back and forth -between \PASCAL\ and \TeX\ conventions in a natural way. - \section Macros. -A \.{WEB} programmer can define three kinds of macros to make the programs -shorter and more readable: - -\yskip\hang`\.{@d} \\{identifier} \.= \\{constant}' defines a {\sl numeric\/} -macro, allowing \.{TANGLE} to do rudimentary arithmetic. - -\yskip\hang`\.{@d} \\{identifier} \.{==} \PASCAL\ text' defines a {\sl -simple\/} macro, where the identifier will be replaced by the \PASCAL\ text -when \.{TANGLE} produces its output. - -\yskip\hang`\.{@d} \\{identifier}\.{(\#) ==} \PASCAL\ text' defines a -{\sl parametric\/} macro, where the identifier will be replaced by the \PASCAL\ -text and where occurrences of \.{\#} in that \PASCAL\ text will be -replaced by an argument. - -\yskip\noindent In all three cases, the identifier must have length greater -than one; it must not be a single letter. - -Numeric macros are subject to the following restrictions:\quad -(1)~The identifier must -be making its first appearance in the \.{WEB} file; -a numeric macro must be defined before it is used.\quad -(2)~The right-hand side of the numeric definition must be made entirely from -integer constants, numeric macros, preprocessed strings (see below), and -plus~signs or minus signs. No other operations or symbols are allowed, -not even parentheses, except that \PASCAL-like comments (enclosed in -braces) can appear. Indeed, comments are recommended, since it is usually -wise to give a brief explanation of the significance of each identifier as -it is defined.\quad -(3)~The numeric value must be less than $2^{15}=32768$ in absolute value. -(For larger values, you can use `\.{==}' in place of~`\.=', thus making use -of a simple macro instead of a numeric one. Note, however, that simple -macros sometimes have a different effect. For example, consider the three -definitions `\.{@d n1=2 @d n2=2+n1 @d n3==2+n1}'; then `\.{x-n2}' will -expand into `\.{x-4}', while `\.{x-n3}' will expand into `\.{x-2+2}' which -is quite different! It is wise to include parentheses in non-numeric -macros, e.g., `\.{@d n3==(2+n1)}', to avoid such errors.) - -When constants are connected by plus signs or minus -signs in a \PASCAL\ program, \.{TANGLE} does the arithmetic before putting -the constant into the output file. Therefore it is permissible to say, for -example, `\&{array} $[0\,.\,.\,\\{size}-1]$' if \\{size} has been declared -as a macro; note that \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this kind of compile-time -arithmetic if \\{size} is a \&{constant} quantity in the program. Another -use of \.{TANGLE}'s arithmetic is to make \&{case} statement labels such -as `$\\{flag}+1$' legitimate. Of course, it is improper to change \.{2+2} -into \.4 without looking at the surrounding context; many counterexamples -exist, such as the phrases `\.{-2+2}', `\.{x/2+2}', and `\.{2+2E5}'. The -program for \.{TANGLE}, in the appendix, gives precise details about this -conversion, which \.{TANGLE} does only when it is safe. - -The right-hand sides of simple and parametric macros -are required to have balanced parentheses, and the \PASCAL\ texts of -modules must have balanced parentheses too. Therefore when the argument -to a para\-metric macro appears in parentheses, both parentheses -will belong to the same \PASCAL\ text. - -The appendices to this report contain hundreds of typical examples of the -usefulness of \.{WEB} macros, so it is not necessary to dwell on the -subject here. However, the reader should know that \.{WEB}'s apparently -primitive macro capabilities can actually do a lot of rather surprising -things. Here is a construction that sheds further light on what is -possible: After making the definitions -$$\catcode`\#=12 -\lpile{\.{@d two\_cases(#)==case j of 1:#(1); 2:#(2); end}\cr -\.{@d reset\_file(#)==reset(input\_file@\&#)}\cr}$$ -one can write `\.{two\_cases(reset\_file)}' and the resulting \PASCAL\ -output will be -$$\.{case j of 1:reset(input\_file1); 2:reset(input\_file2); end}$$ -(but in uppercase letters and with \.\_'s removed). -The `\.{@\&}' operation used here joins together two adjacent tokens -into a single token, as explained later; otherwise the \PASCAL\ file would -contain a space between \.{input\_file} and the digit that followed it. -This trick can be used to provide the effect of an array of files, if you -are unfortunate enough to have a \PASCAL\ compiler that doesn't allow such -arrays. Incidentally, the cross-reference index made by \.{WEAVE} from -this example would contain the identifier \\{input\_file} but it would not -contain \\{input\_file1} or \\{input\_file2}. Furthermore, \.{TANGLE} -would not catch the error that \.{INPUTFILE1} and \.{INPUTFILE2} both -begin with the same nine letters; one should be more careful when using -`\.{@\&}'! But such aspects of the construction in this trick are -peripheral to our main point, which is that a parametric macro name without -arguments can be used as an argument to another parametric macro. - -Although \.{WEB}'s macros are allowed to have at most one parameter, the -following example shows that this is not as much of a restriction as it -may seem at first. Let \\{amac} and \\{bmac} be any parametric macros, and -suppose that we want to get the effect of -$$\catcode`\#=12 -\.{@d cmac(#1,#2) == amac(#1) bmac(#2)}$$ -which \.{WEB} doesn't permit. The solution is to make the definitions -$$\catcode`\#=12 -\lpile{\.{@d cmac(#) == amac(#) dmac}\cr -\.{@d dmac(#) == bmac(#)}\cr}$$ -and then to say `\.{cmac(x)(y)}'. - -There is one restriction in the generality of \.{WEB}'s parametric -macros, however: the argument to a para\-metric macro must not come from -the expansion of a macro that has not already been ``started.'' For -example, here is one of the things \.{WEB} cannot handle: -$$\catcode`\#=12 -\lpile{\.{@d arg == (p)}\cr -\.{@d identity(#) == #}\cr -\.{@p identity arg}\cr}$$ -In this case \.{TANGLE} will complain that the \.{identity} macro is not -followed by an argument in parentheses. - -The \.{WEB} language has another feature that is somewhat similar to a -numeric macro. A {\sl preprocessed string\/} is a string that is like -a \PASCAL\ string but delimited by double-quote marks (\.") instead of -single-quotes. Double-quote marks inside of such strings are indicated by -giving two double-quotes in a row. If a preprocessed string is -of length one (e.g., \.{"A"} or \.{""""}), it will be treated by \.{TANGLE} -as equivalent to the corresponding ASCII-code integer (e.g., \.{65} or -\.{34}). And if a preprocessed string is not of length one, it will be -converted into an integer equal to 256 or more. A {\sl string pool\/} -containing all such strings will be written out by the \.{TANGLE} -processor; this string pool file consists of string 256, then string 257, -etc., where each string is followed by an end-of-line and prefixed by two -decimal digits that define its length. Thus, for example, the empty string -\.{""} would be represented in the string pool file by a line containing -the two characters `\.{00}', while the string \.{"""String"""} would be -represented by `\.{08"String"}'. A given string appears at most once in -the string pool; the use of such a pool makes it easier to cope with -\PASCAL's restrictions on string manipulation. The string pool ends with -`\.{*nnnnnnnnn}', where \.{nnnnnnnnn} is a decimal number -called the {\sl string pool check sum}. If any string changes, the check -sum almost surely changes too; thus, the `\.{@\$}' feature -described below makes it possible for a program to assure itself that it -is reading its own string pool. - -Here is a simple example that combines numeric macros with preprocessed -strings of length one: -$$\lpile{\.{@d upper\_case\_Y = "Y"}\cr -\.{@d case\_difference = -"y"+upper\_case\_Y}\cr}$$ -The result is to define -$\\{upper\_case\_Y}=89$, $\\{case\_difference}=-32$. - \section Control codes. -We have seen several magic uses of `\.{@}' signs in \.{WEB} files, and it -is time to make a systematic study of -these special features. A \.{WEB} {\sl control code\/} -is a two-character combination of which the first is `\.@'. - -Here is a complete list of the legal control codes. The letters $L$, $T$, -$P$, $M$, $C$, and/or $S$ following each code indicate whether or not that -code is allowable in limbo, in \TeX\ text, in \PASCAL\ text, in module -names, in comments, and/or in strings. A bar over such a letter means -that the control code terminates the present part of the \.{WEB} file; for -example, $\overline L$ means that this control code ends the limbo material -before the first module. - -\def\@#1[#2] {\yskip\hangindent 2em\noindent\.{@#1\unskip - \spacefactor1000{ }}$[#2]$\quad} -\def\oP{\overline P} -\def\oT{\overline T\mskip1mu} - -\@@ [C,L,M,P,S,T] A double \.@ denotes the single character `\.@'. This is -the only control code that is legal in limbo, in comments, and in strings. - -\@\ [\overline L,\oP,\oT] This denotes the beginning of a new -(unstarred) module. A tab mark or end-of-line (carriage return) -is equivalent to a space when it follows an \.@ sign. - -\@* [\overline L,\oP,\oT] This denotes the beginning of a new starred -module, i.e., a module that begins a new major group. The title of the new -group should appear after the \.{@*}, followed by a period. As explained -above, \TeX\ control sequences should be avoided in such titles unless -they are quite simple. When \.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} read a \.{@*}, they -print an asterisk on the terminal -followed by the current module number, so that the user -can see some indication of progress. The very first module should be starred. - -\@d [\oP,\oT] Macro definitions begin with \.{@d} (or \.{@D}), followed by -the \PASCAL\ text for one of the three kinds of macros, as explained -earlier. - -\@f [\oP,\oT] Format definitions begin with \.{@f} (or \.{@F}); they cause -\.{WEAVE} to treat identifiers in a special way when they appear in -\PASCAL\ text. The general form of a format definition is `\.{@f} \|l \.{==} -\|r', followed by an optional comment enclosed in braces, where \|l and \|r -are identifiers; \.{WEAVE} will subsequently treat identifier \|l as it -currently treats \|r. This feature allows a \.{WEB} programmer to invent -new reserved words and/or to unreserve some of \PASCAL's reserved -identifiers. The definition part of each module consists of any number of -macro definitions (beginning with \.{@d}) and format definitions (beginning -with \.{@f}), intermixed in any order. - -\@p [\oP,\oT] The \PASCAL\ part of an unnamed module begins with \.{@p} -(or \.{@P}). This causes \.{TANGLE} to append the following \PASCAL\ code -to the initial program text $T_0$ as explained above. The \.{WEAVE} -processor does not cause a `\.{@p}' to appear explicitly in the \TeX\ -output, so if you are creating a \.{WEB} file based on a \TeX-printed -\.{WEB} documentation you have to remember to insert \.{@p} in the -appropriate places of the unnamed modules. - -\@< [P,\oT] A module name begins with \.{@<} followed by \TeX\ text followed -by \.{@>}; the \TeX\ text should not contain any \.{WEB} control codes -except \.{@@}, unless these control codes appear in \PASCAL\ text that -is delimited by \pb. The module name may be abbreviated, after its first -appearance in a \.{WEB} file, by giving any unique prefix followed by \.{...}, -where the three dots immediately precede the closing \.{@>}. No module name -should be a prefix of another. Module names may not appear in \PASCAL\ -text that is enclosed in \pb, nor may they appear in the definition part -of a module (since the appearance of a module name ends the definition -part and begins the \PASCAL\ part). - -\@\' [P,T] This denotes an octal constant, to be formed from the -succeeding digits. For example, if the \.{WEB} file contains `\.{@\'100}', -the \.{TANGLE} processor will treat this an equivalent to `\.{64}'; -the constant will be formatted as ``\O{100}'' in the \TeX\ output -produced via \.{WEAVE}. You should use octal notation only for positive -constants; don't try to get, e.g., $-1$ by saying `\.{@\'777777777777}'. - -\@" [P,T] A hexadecimal constant; `\.{@"D0D0}' tangles to \.{53456} and -weaves to `\H{D0D0}'. - -\@\$ [P] This denotes the string pool check sum. - -\@\{ [P] The beginning of a ``meta comment,'' i.e., a comment -that is supposed to appear in the \PASCAL\ code, is indicated by -\.{@\{} in the \.{WEB} file. Such delimiters can be used as -isolated symbols in macros or modules, but they should be properly nested -in the final \PASCAL\ program. The \.{TANGLE} processor will convert -`\.{@\{}' into `\.\{' in the \PASCAL\ output file, unless -the output is already part of a meta-comment; in the latter case -`\.{@\{}' is converted into `\.[', since \PASCAL\ does not allow -nested comments. The \.{WEAVE} processor outputs `\.{@\{}'. -Incidentally, module numbers are automatically inserted -as meta-comments into the \PASCAL\ program, in order to help correlate the -outputs of \.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} (see Appendix~C\null). Meta-comments -can be used to put conditional text into a \PASCAL\ program; this helps to -overcome one of the limitations of \.{WEB}, since the simple macro -processing routines of \.{TANGLE} do not include the dynamic evaluation of -boolean expressions. - -\@\} [P] The end of a ``meta comment'' is indicated by `\.{@\}}'; this is -converted either into `\.\}' or `\.{]}' in the \PASCAL\ output, according -to the conventions explained for \.{@\{} above. -The \.{WEAVE} processor outputs `\.{@\}}'. - -\@\& [P] The \.{@\&} operation causes whatever is on its left to be -adjacent to whatever is on its right, in the \PASCAL\ output. No spaces or -line breaks will separate these two items. However, the thing on the left -should not be a semicolon, since a line break might occur after a semicolon. - -\@\^ [P,T] The ``control text'' that follows, up to the next -`\.{@>}', will be entered into the index together with the identifiers of -the \PASCAL\ program; this text will appear in roman type. For example, to -put the phrase ``system dependencies'' into the index, you can type -`\.{@\^system dependencies@>}' in each module -that you want to index as system dependent. A control text, like a string, -must end on the same line of the \.{WEB} file as it began. Furthermore, -no \.{WEB} control codes are allowed in a control text, not even -\.{@@}. (If you need an \.{@} sign you can get around this restriction by -typing `\.{\\AT!}'.) - -\@. [P,T] The ``control text'' that follows will be entered into the index -in \.{typewriter} \.{type}; see the rules for `\.{@\^}', which is analogous. - -\@: [P,T] The ``control text'' that follows will be entered into the index -in a format controlled by the \TeX\ macro `\.{\\9}', which the user -should define as desired; see the rules for `\.{@\^}', which is analogous. - -\@t [P] The ``control text'' that follows, up to the next `\.{@>}', will -be put into a \TeX\ \.{\\hbox} and formatted along with the neighboring -\PASCAL\ program. This text is ignored by \.{TANGLE}, but it can be used -for various purposes within \.{WEAVE}. For example, you can make comments -that mix \PASCAL\ and classical mathematics, as in `$\\{size}<2^{15}$', by -typing `\.{|size < @t\$2\^\{15\}\$@>|}'. A control text must end on the -same line of the \.{WEB} file as it began, and it may not contain any -\.{WEB} control codes. - -\@= [P] The ``control text'' that follows, up to the next `\.{@>}', will -be passed verbatim to the \PASCAL\ program. - -\@\\ [P] Force end-of-line here in the \PASCAL\ program file. - -\@! [P,T] The module number in an index entry will be underlined if `\.{@!}' -immediately precedes the identifier or control text being indexed. This -convention is used to distinguish the modules where an identifier is -defined, or where it is explained in some special way, from the modules -where it is used. A~reserved word or an identifier of length one will not -be indexed except for underlined entries. An `\.{@!}' is implicitly inserted -by \.{WEAVE} just after the reserved words \&{function}, \&{procedure}, -\&{program}, and \&{var}, and just after \.{@d} and \.{@f}. But you should -insert your own `\.{@!}' before the definitions of types, constants, -variables, parameters, and components of records and enumerated types that -are not covered by this implicit convention, if you want to improve the -quality of the index that you get. - -\@? [P,T] This cancels an implicit (or explicit) `\.{@!}', so that the next -index entry will not be underlined. - -\@, [P] This control code inserts a thin space in \.{WEAVE}'s output; it is -ignored by \.{TANGLE}. Sometimes you need this extra space if you are using -macros in an unusual way, e.g., if two identifiers are adjacent. - -\@/ [P] This control code causes a line break to occur within a \PASCAL\ -program formatted by \.{WEAVE}; it is ignored by \.{TANGLE}. Line breaks -are chosen automatically by \TeX\ according to a scheme that works 99\%\ -of the time, but sometimes you will prefer to force a line break so that -the program is segmented according to logical rather than visual criteria. -Caution: `\.{@/}' should be used only after statements or clauses, not in -the middle of an expression; use \.{@|} in the middle of expressions, in -order to keep \.{WEAVE}'s parser happy. - -\@| [P] This control code specifies an optional line break in the midst of -an expression. For example, if you have a long condition between \&{if} and -\&{then}, or a long expression on the right-hand side of an assignment -statement, you can use `\.{@|}' to specify breakpoints more logical than -the ones that \TeX\ might choose on visual grounds. - -\@\# [P] This control code forces a line break, like \.{@/} does, -and it also causes a little extra white space to appear between the lines at -this break. You might use it, for example, between procedure definitions or -between groups of macro definitions that are logically separate but within -the same module. - -\@+ [P] This control code cancels a line break that might otherwise be -inserted by \.{WEAVE}, e.g., before the word `\&{else}', if you want to -put a short if-then-else construction on a single line. It is ignored by -\.{TANGLE}. - -\@; [P] This control code is treated like a semicolon, for formatting -purposes, except that it is invisible. You can use it, for example, after -a module name when the \PASCAL\ text represented by that module name ends -with a semicolon. - -\yskip\noindent -The last six control codes (namely `\.{@,}', `\.{@/}', `\.{@|}', -`\.{@\#}', `\.{@+}', and `\.{@;}') have no effect on the \PASCAL\ -program output by \.{TANGLE}; they merely help to improve the readability -of the \TeX-formatted \PASCAL\ that is output by \.{WEAVE}, in unusual -circumstances. \.{WEAVE}'s built-in formatting method is fairly good, but -it is incapable of handling all possible cases, because it must deal with -fragments of text involving macros and module names; these fragments do -not necessarily obey \PASCAL's syntax. Although \.{WEB} allows you to -override the automatic formatting, your best strategy is not to worry -about such things until you have seen what \.{WEAVE} produces automatically, -since you will probably need to make only a few corrections when you are -touching up your documentation. - -Because of the rules by which every module is broken into three parts, -the control codes `\.{@d}', `\.{@f}', and `\.{@p}' are not allowed to occur -once the \PASCAL\ part of a module has begun. - \section Additional features and caveats. - -1. The character pairs `\.{(*}', `\.{*)}', `\.{(.}', and `\.{.)}' are -converted automatically in \PASCAL\ text as though they were -`\.{@\{}', `\.{@\}}', `\.[', and `\.]', respectively, except -of course in strings. Furthermore in certain installations of \.{WEB} that -{\def\\#1#2{`{\tentex\char'#1#2}'}% -have an extended character set, the characters \\32, \\34, \\35, \\30, -\\36, \\04, \\37, \\05, and \\06} -can be typed as abbreviations for -`\.{<>}', `\.{<=}', `\.{>=}', `\.{:=}', `\.{==}', `\.{and}', `\.{or}', -`\.{not}', and `\.{in}', respectively. However, the latter abbreviations -are not used in the standard versions of \.{WEAVE.WEB} and \.{TANGLE.WEB} -that are distributed to people who are installing \.{WEB} on other -computers, and the programs are designed to produce only standard ASCII -characters as output if the input consists entirely of ASCII characters. - -2. If you have an extended character set, all of the characters listed -in Appendix C of {\sl The \TeX book\/} can be used in strings. But you should -stick to standard ASCII characters if you want to write programs that will -be useful to all the poor souls out there who don't have extended -character sets. - -3. The \TeX\ file output by \.{WEAVE} is broken into lines having at most -80 characters each. The algorithm that does this line breaking is unaware -of \TeX's convention about comments following `\.\%' signs on a line. When -\TeX\ text is being copied, the existing line breaks are copied as well, -so there is no problem with `\.\%' signs unless the original \.{WEB} file -contains a line more than eighty characters long or a line with \PASCAL\ -text in \pb\ that expands to more than eighty characters long. Such lines -should not have `\.\%' signs. - -4. \PASCAL\ text is translated by a ``bottom up'' procedure that -identifies each token as a ``part of speech'' and combines parts of speech -into larger and larger phrases as much as possible according to a special -grammar that is explained in the documentation of \.{WEAVE}. It is easy to -learn the translation scheme for simple constructions like single -identifiers and short expressions, just by looking at a few examples of -what \.{WEAVE} does, but the general mechanism is somewhat complex because -it must handle much more than \PASCAL\ itself. Furthermore the output -contains embedded codes that cause \TeX\ to indent and break lines as -necessary, depending on the fonts used and the desired page width. For -best results it is wise to adhere to the following restrictions: - -\yskip\itemitem{a)}Comments in \PASCAL\ text should appear only after -statements or clauses; i.e., after semicolons, after reserved words like -\&{then} and \&{do}, or before reserved words like \&{end} and \&{else}. -Otherwise \.{WEAVE}'s parsing method may well get mixed up. - -\itemitem{b)}Don't enclose long \PASCAL\ texts in \pb, since the -indentation and line breaking codes are omitted when the \pb\ text is -translated from \PASCAL\ to \TeX. Stick to simple expressions or -statements. - -\yskip -5. Comments and module names are not permitted in \pb\ text. After a `\.|' -signals the change from \TeX\ text to \PASCAL\ text, the next `\.|' that is -not part of a string or control text ends the \PASCAL\ text. - -6. A comment must have properly nested occurrences of left and right -braces, otherwise \.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} will not know where the comment -ends. However, the character pairs `\.{\\\{}' and `\.{\\\}}' do not count -as left and right braces in comments, and the character pair `\.{\\|}' -does not count as a delimiter that begins \PASCAL\ text. (The actual rule -is that a character after `\.\\' is ignored; hence in `\.{\\\\\{}' the -left brace {\sl does\/} count.) At present, \.{TANGLE} and \.{WEAVE} treat -comments in slightly different ways, and it is necessary to satisfy both -conventions: \.{TANGLE} ignores `\.|' characters entirely, while \.{WEAVE} -uses them to switch between \TeX\ text and \PASCAL\ text. Therefore, a -comment that includes a brace in a string in \pb---e.g., `\.{\{{ }look at -this |"\{"| \}}'---will be handled correctly by \.{WEAVE}, but \.{TANGLE} -will think there is an unmatched left brace. In order to satisfy both -processors, one can write `\.{\{{ }look at this \\leftbrace\\{ }\}}', after -setting up `\.{\\def\\leftbrace\{|"\{"|\}}'. - -7. Reserved words of \PASCAL\ must appear entirely in lowercase letters -in the \.{WEB} file; otherwise their special nature will not be recognized -by \.{WEAVE}. You could, for example, have a macro named \\{END} and it -would not be confused with \PASCAL's \&{end}. - -However, you may not want to capitalize macro names just to distinguish them -from other identifiers. Here is a way to unreserve \PASCAL's reserved word -`\&{type}' and to substitute another word `\&{mtype}' in the \.{WEB} file. -$$\vbox{\halign{\tt #\hfil\cr -@d type(\char'43) == mem[\char'43].t\cr -@d mtype == t \char'100\char'46{} y \char'100\char'46{} p - \char'100\char'46{} e\cr -@f mtype == type\cr -@f type == true\cr}}$$ -In the output of \.{TANGLE}, the macro \.{mtype} now produces `\.{TYPE}' -and the macro \.{type(x)} now produces `\.{MEM[X].T}'. In the output of -\.{WEAVE}, these same inputs produce \&{mtype} and \\{type}(\|x), -respectively. - -8. The \.{@f} feature allows you to define one identifier to act like -another, and these format definitions are carried out sequentially, as the -example above indicates. However, a given identifier has only one printed format -throughout the entire document (and this format will even be used before -the \.{@f} that defines it). The reason is that \.{WEAVE} operates in two -passes; it processes \.{@f}'s and cross-references on the first pass and -it does the output on the second. - -9. You may want some \.{@f} formatting that doesn't correspond to any -existing reserved word. In that case, \.{WEAVE} could be extended in a -fairly obvious way to include new ``reserved words'' in its vocabulary. -The identifier `\&{xclause}' has in fact been included already as a -reserved word, so that it can be used to format the `\&{loop}' macro, -where `\&{loop}' is defined to be equivalent to `\&{while \\{true} do}'. - -10. Sometimes it is desirable to insert spacing into \PASCAL\ code that is -more general than the thin space provided by `\.{@,}'. The \.{@t} feature -can be used for this purpose; e.g., `\.{@t\\hskip 1in@>}' will -leave one inch of blank space. Furthermore, `\.{@t\\4@>}' can be -used to backspace by one unit of indentation, since the control sequence -\.{\\4} is defined in \.{webmac} to be such a backspace. (This -control sequence is used, for example, at the beginning of lines that -contain labeled statements, so that the label will stick out a little at -the left.) - -11. \.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} are designed to work with two input files, -called \\{web\_file} and \\{change\_file}, where \\{change\_file} contains -data that overrides selected portions of \\{web\_file}. The resulting merged -text is actually what has been called the \.{WEB} file elsewhere in this -report. - -Here's how it works: The change file consists of zero or more ``changes,'' -where a change has the form `\.{@x}$\langle$old lines$\rangle$\.{@y}$\langle$% -new lines$\rangle$\.{@z}'. The special control codes \.{@x}, \.{@y}, \.{@z}, -which are allowed only in change files, must appear at the beginning of a line; -the remainder of such a line is ignored. -The $\langle$old lines$\rangle$ represent material that exactly matches -consecutive lines of the \\{web\_file}; the $\langle$new lines$\rangle$ -represent zero or more lines that are supposed to replace the old. Whenever -the first ``old line'' of a change is found to match a line in the -\\{web\_file}, all the other lines in that change must match too. - -Between changes, before the first change, and after the last change, -the change file can have any number of lines that do not begin with -`\.{@x}', `\.{@y}', or~`\.{@z}'. Such lines are bypassed and not used for -matching purposes. - -This dual-input feature is useful when working with a master \.{WEB} file -that has been received from elsewhere (e.g., \.{TANGLE.WEB} or -\.{WEAVE.WEB} or \.{TEX.WEB}), when changes are desirable to customize the -program for your local computer system. You will be able to debug your -system-dependent changes without clobbering the master web file; and once -your changes are working, you will be able to incorporate them readily -into new releases of the master web file that you might receive from time -to time. - \section Appendices. -The basic ideas of \.{WEB} can be understood most easily by looking at -examples of ``real'' programs. Appendix~A shows the \.{WEB} input that -generated modules 55--59 of the \.{WEAVE} program; Appendix~B shows the -corresponding \TeX\ code output by \.{WEAVE}; and Appendix~C shows excerpts -from the corresponding \PASCAL\ code output by \.{TANGLE}. - -The complete webs for \.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} appear as the bulk of this -report, in Appendices D and~E. The reader should first compare Appendix~A -to the corresponding portion of Appendix~D; then the same material should -be compared to Appendices B and~C. Finally, if time permits, the reader may -enjoy studying the complete programs in Appendices D and~E, since \.{WEAVE} -and \.{TANGLE} contain several interesting aspects, and since an attempt -has been made in these appendices to evolve a style of programming that -makes good use of the \.{WEB} language. - -Finally, Appendix F is the `\.{webmac}' file that sets \TeX\ up to accept -the output of \.{WEAVE}; Appendix~G discusses how to use some of its macros -to vary the output formats; and Appendix~H discusses what needs to be done -when \.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} are installed in a new operating environment. - \section Performance statistics. -The programs in Appendices D and E will optionally keep statistics on -how much memory they require. Here is what they once printed out when -processing themselves: - -\def\pstat#1#2#3 -#4{\yskip\noindent\.{#1} applied to \.{#2} (cpu time #3 sec)\par -\halign{\quad\tt##\hfil\cr#4}} - -\pstat{TANGLE}{TANGLE}{15} -{Memory usage statistics:\cr -456 names, 215 replacement texts;\cr -3396+3361 bytes, 6685+7329+5805 tokens.\cr} - -\pstat{TANGLE}{WEAVE}{30} -{Memory usage statistics:\cr -692 names, 339 replacement texts;\cr -4576+4294 bytes, 10184+9875+9150 tokens.\cr} - -\pstat{WEAVE}{TANGLE}{45} -{Memory usage statistics: 478 names, 2045 cross references, 4159+3729 bytes;\cr -parsing required 684 scraps, 1300 texts, 3766 tokens, 119 levels;\cr -sorting required 34 levels.\cr} - -\pstat{WEAVE}{WEAVE}{65} -{Memory usage statistics: 737 names, 3306 cross references, 4896+4962 bytes;\cr -parsing required 684 scraps, 1300 texts, 3766 tokens, 119 levels;\cr -sorting required 73 levels.\cr} - -\yskip\noindent The cpu time for \PASCAL\ to process \.{TANGLE.PAS} was -approximately 13 seconds, and \.{WEAVE.PAS} took approximately 26 seconds; -thus the tangling time was slightly more than the compiling time. The cpu -time for \TeX\ to process \.{TANGLE.TEX} was approximately 500 seconds, -and \.{WEAVE.TEX} took approximately 750 seconds (i.e., about 7 -seconds per printed page, where these pages are substantially larger than -the pages in a normal book). All cpu times quoted are for a DECsystem-10. - -\def\K{{\mc K}} -The file \.{TANGLE.WEB} is about 125\K\ characters long; \.{TANGLE} -reduces it to a file \.{TANGLE.PAS} whose size is about 42\K\ characters, -while \.{WEAVE} expands it to a file \.{TANGLE.TEX} of about 185\K\null. -The corresponding file sizes for \.{WEAVE.WEB}, \.{WEAVE.PAS}, and -\.{WEAVE.TEX} are 180\K, 89\K, and 265\K. - -The much larger file \.{TEX.WEB} led to the following numbers: - -\pstat{TANGLE}{TEX}{110} -{Memory usage statistics:\cr -3750 names, 1768 replacement texts;\cr -41895+41053 bytes, 42378+45074+41091 tokens.\cr} - -\pstat{WEAVE}{TEX}{270} -{Memory usage statistics: 3412 names, 19699 cross references, - 37900+40232 bytes;\cr -parsing required 685 scraps, 1303 texts, 3784 tokens, 104 levels;\cr -sorting required 52 levels.\cr} - -\yskip\noindent -\PASCAL\ did \.{TEX.PAS} in about 75 seconds; \TeX\ did \.{TEX.TEX} -in about 3600. - % Here is a quotation that could not really be omitted - -\vfill - -{\baselineskip9pt -\halign to\hsize{\hfil\quoteit#\tabskip 0pt plus 100pt& - \hfil\quoteit#\tabskip 0pt\cr -O, what a tangled web we weave& - O, what a tangled WEB we weave\cr -When first we practise to deceive!& - When \TeX\ we practise to conceive!\cr -\noalign{\vskip 2pt} -\quoterm ---SIR WALTER SCOTT, {\quoteit Marmion} 6:17 (1808)& - \quoterm ---RICHARD PALAIS (1982)\cr -}} -\eject - \def\runninghead{APPENDIX A --- {\tentt WEB} FILE FORMAT} -\section Appendix A. -This excerpt from \.{WEAVE.WEB} produced modules 55--59 in Appendix~D. -Note that some of the lines are indented to show the program structure. -The indentation is ignored by \.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE}, but users find -that \.{WEB} files are quite readable if they have some such indentation. - -\vskip 6pt -\begingroup \def\tt{\eighttt} \baselineskip9pt -% Note to myself: I had to remove SAIL characters from the file here! -% Also tabs replaced by double-space. The changes were made in WEAVE source. -\verbatim -@* Searching for identifiers. -The hash table described above is updated by the |id_lookup| procedure, -which finds a given identifier and returns a pointer to its index in -|byte_start|. The identifier is supposed to match character by character -and it is also supposed to have a given |ilk| code; the same name may be -present more than once if it is supposed to appear in the index with -different typesetting conventions. -If the identifier was not already present, it is inserted into the table. - -Because of the way \.{WEAVE}'s scanning mechanism works, it is most convenient -to let |id_lookup| search for an identifier that is present in the |buffer| -array. Two other global variables specify its position in the buffer: the -first character is |buffer[id_first]|, and the last is |buffer[id_loc-1]|. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!id_first:0..long_buf_size; {where the current identifier begins in the buffer} -@!id_loc:0..long_buf_size; {just after the current identifier in the buffer} -@# -@!hash:array [0..hash_size] of sixteen_bits; {heads of hash lists} - -@ Initially all the hash lists are empty. - -@<Local variables for init...@>= -@!h:0..hash_size; {index into hash-head array} - -@ @<Set init...@>= -for h:=0 to hash_size-1 do hash[h]:=0; - -@ Here now is the main procedure for finding identifiers (and index -entries). The parameter |t| is set to the desired |ilk| code. The -identifier must either have |ilk=t|, or we must have -|t=normal| and the identifier must be a reserved word. - -@p function id_lookup(@!t:eight_bits):name_pointer; {finds current identifier} -label found; -var i:0..long_buf_size; {index into |buffer|} -@!h:0..hash_size; {hash code} -@!k:0..max_bytes; {index into |byte_mem|} -@!w:0..ww-1; {row of |byte_mem|} -@!l:0..long_buf_size; {length of the given identifier} -@!p:name_pointer; {where the identifier is being sought} -begin l:=id_loc-id_first; {compute the length} -@<Compute the hash code |h|@>; -@<Compute the name location |p|@>; -if p=name_ptr then @<Enter a new name into the table at position |p|@>; -id_lookup:=p; -end; - -@ A simple hash code is used: If the sequence of -ASCII codes is $c_1c_2\ldots c_m$, its hash value will be -$$(2^{n-1}c_1+2^{n-2}c_2+\cdots+c_n)\,\bmod\,|hash_size|.$$ - -@<Compute the hash...@>= -h:=buffer[id_first]; i:=id_first+1; -while i<id_loc do - begin h:=(h+h+buffer[i]) mod hash_size; incr(i); - end -?endgroup % end of verbatim mode -\endgroup -\vfill\eject - \def\runninghead{APPENDIX B --- TRANSLATION BY {\tentt WEAVE}} -\section Appendix B. -This excerpt from \.{WEAVE.TEX} corresponds to Appendix A. - -% I've inserted \vfill's here at the blank lines, to squeeze this on one page! -\begingroup \def\tt{\eighttt} \baselineskip9pt -\verbatim -?vfill?verbatimgobble -\N55. Searching for identifiers. -The hash table described above is updated by the \\{id\_lookup} procedure, -which finds a given identifier and returns a pointer to its index in -\\{byte\_start}. The identifier is supposed to match character by character -and it is also supposed to have a given \\{ilk} code; the same name may be -present more than once if it is supposed to appear in the index with -different typesetting conventions. -If the identifier was not already present, it is inserted into the table. -?vfill?verbatimgobble -Because of the way \.{WEAVE}'s scanning mechanism works, it is most convenient -to let \\{id\_lookup} search for an identifier that is present in the % -\\{buffer} -array. Two other global variables specify its position in the buffer: the -first character is $\\{buffer}[\\{id\_first}]$, and the last is $\\{buffer}[% -\\{id\_loc}-1]$. -?vfill?verbatimgobble -\Y\P$\4\X9:Globals in the outer block\X\mathrel{+}\S$\6 -\4\\{id\_first}: \37$0\to\\{long\_buf\_size}$;\C{where the current identifier -begins in the buffer}\6 -\4\\{id\_loc}: \37$0\to\\{long\_buf\_size}$;\C{just after the current -identifier in the buffer}\7 -\4\\{hash}: \37\&{array} $[0\to\\{hash\_size}]$ \1\&{of}\5 -\\{sixteen\_bits};\C{heads of hash lists}\2\par -\fi -?vfill?verbatimgobble -\M56. Initially all the hash lists are empty. -?vfill?verbatimgobble -\Y\P$\4\X16:Local variables for initialization\X\mathrel{+}\S$\6 -\4\|h: \37$0\to\\{hash\_size}$;\C{index into hash-head array}\par -\fi -?vfill?verbatimgobble -\M57. \P$\X10:Set initial values\X\mathrel{+}\S$\6 -\&{for} $\|h\K0\mathrel{\&{to}}\\{hash\_size}-1$ \1\&{do}\5 -$\\{hash}[\|h]\K0$;\2\par -\fi -?vfill?verbatimgobble -\M58. Here now is the main procedure for finding identifiers (and index -entries). The parameter \|t is set to the desired \\{ilk} code. The -identifier must either have $\\{ilk}=\|t$, or we must have -$\|t=\\{normal}$ and the identifier must be a reserved word. -?vfill?verbatimgobble -\Y\P\4\&{function}\1\ \37$\\{id\_lookup}(\|t:\\{eight\_bits})$: \37\\{name% -\_pointer};\C{finds current identifier}\6 -\4\&{label} \37\\{found};\6 -\4\&{var} \37\|i: \37$0\to\\{long\_buf\_size}$;\C{index into \\{buffer}}\6 -\|h: \37$0\to\\{hash\_size}$;\C{hash code}\6 -\|k: \37$0\to\\{max\_bytes}$;\C{index into \\{byte\_mem}}\6 -\|w: \37$0\to\\{ww}-1$;\C{row of \\{byte\_mem}}\6 -\|l: \37$0\to\\{long\_buf\_size}$;\C{length of the given identifier}\6 -\|p: \37\\{name\_pointer};\C{where the identifier is being sought}\2\6 -\&{begin} \37$\|l\K\\{id\_loc}-\\{id\_first}$;\C{compute the length}\6 -\X59:Compute the hash code \|h\X;\6 -\X60:Compute the name location \|p\X;\6 -\&{if} $\|p=\\{name\_ptr}$ \1\&{then}\5 -\X62:Enter a new name into the table at position \|p\X;\2\6 -$\\{id\_lookup}\K\|p$;\6 -\&{end};\par -\fi -?vfill?verbatimgobble -\M59. A simple hash code is used: If the sequence of -ASCII codes is $c_1c_2\ldots c_m$, its hash value will be -$$(2^{n-1}c_1+2^{n-2}c_2+\cdots+c_n)\,\bmod\,\\{hash\_size}.$$ -?vfill?verbatimgobble -\Y\P$\4\X59:Compute the hash code \|h\X\S$\6 -$\|h\K\\{buffer}[\\{id\_first}]$;\5 -$\|i\K\\{id\_first}+1$;\6 -\&{while} $\|i<\\{id\_loc}$ \1\&{do}\6 -\&{begin} \37$\|h\K(\|h+\|h+\\{buffer}[\|i])\mathbin{\&{mod}}\\{hash\_size}$;\5 -$\\{incr}(\|i)$;\6 -\&{end}\2\par -\U section~58.\fi -?endgroup -\endgroup -\eject - \def\runninghead{APPENDIX C --- TRANSLATION BY {\tentt TANGLE}} -\section Appendix C. -The \.{TANGLE} processor converts \.{WEAVE.WEB} into a syntactically -correct (but not very pretty) \PASCAL\ program \.{WEAVE.PAS}. -The first three and last two lines of output are shown here, together with the -lines of code generated by modules 55--62 and the environments of -those lines. There are 1559 lines in all; the notation -`\.. \\. \\.' stands for portions that are not shown. - -Note that, for example, the code corresponding to -module 55 begins with `\.{\{55:\}}' and ends with `\.{\{:55\}}'; -the code from modules 59--62 has been tangled into the code from module 58. - -\vskip6pt -\verbatim -{2:}{4:}{$C-,A+,D-}{[$C+,D+]}{:4} -PROGRAM WEAVE(WEBFILE,CHANGEFILE,TEXFILE);LABEL 9999;CONST{8:} -MAXBYTES=45000;MAXNAMES=5000;MAXMODULES=2000;HASHSIZE=353;BUFSIZE=100; - . . . -TOKPTR:0..MAXTOKS;{MAXTOKPTR,MAXTXTPTR:0..MAXTOKS;}{:53}{55:} -IDFIRST:0..LONGBUFSIZE;IDLOC:0..LONGBUFSIZE; -HASH:ARRAY[0..HASHSIZE]OF SIXTEENBITS;{:55}{63:}CURNAME:NAMEPOINTER; - . . . -PROCEDURE INITIALIZE;VAR{16:}I:0..127;{:16}{40:}WI:0..1;{:40}{56:} -H:0..HASHSIZE;{:56}{247:}C:ASCIICODE;{:247}BEGIN{10:}HISTORY:=0;{:10} - . . . -TOKPTR:=1;TEXTPTR:=1;TOKSTART[0]:=1;TOKSTART[1]:=1;{MAXTOKPTR:=1; -MAXTXTPTR:=1;}{:54}{57:}FOR H:=0 TO HASHSIZE-1 DO HASH[H]:=0;{:57}{94:} -SCANNINGHEX:=FALSE;{:94}{102:}MODTEXT[0]:=32;{:102}{124:}OUTPTR:=1; - . . . -IF R=0 THEN XREF[P]:=XREFPTR ELSE XMEM[R].XLINKFIELD:=XREFPTR;END;{:51} -{58:}FUNCTION IDLOOKUP(T:EIGHTBITS):NAMEPOINTER;LABEL 31; -VAR I:0..LONGBUFSIZE;H:0..HASHSIZE;K:0..MAXBYTES;W:0..1; -L:0..LONGBUFSIZE;P:NAMEPOINTER;BEGIN L:=IDLOC-IDFIRST;{59:} -H:=BUFFER[IDFIRST];I:=IDFIRST+1; -WHILE I<IDLOC DO BEGIN H:=(H+H+BUFFER[I])MOD HASHSIZE;I:=I+1;END{:59}; -{60:}P:=HASH[H]; -WHILE P<>0 DO BEGIN IF(BYTESTART[P+2]-BYTESTART[P]=L)AND((ILK[P]=T)OR((T -=0)AND(ILK[P]>3)))THEN{61:}BEGIN I:=IDFIRST;K:=BYTESTART[P];W:=P MOD 2; -WHILE(I<IDLOC)AND(BUFFER[I]=BYTEMEM[W,K])DO BEGIN I:=I+1;K:=K+1;END; -IF I=IDLOC THEN GOTO 31;END{:61};P:=LINK[P];END;P:=NAMEPTR; -LINK[P]:=HASH[H];HASH[H]:=P;31:{:60};IF P=NAMEPTR THEN{62:} -BEGIN W:=NAMEPTR MOD 2; -IF BYTEPTR[W]+L>MAXBYTES THEN BEGIN WRITELN(TERMOUT); -WRITE(TERMOUT,'! Sorry, ','byte memory',' capacity exceeded');ERROR; -HISTORY:=3;JUMPOUT;END; -IF NAMEPTR+2>MAXNAMES THEN BEGIN WRITELN(TERMOUT); -WRITE(TERMOUT,'! Sorry, ','name',' capacity exceeded');ERROR;HISTORY:=3; -JUMPOUT;END;I:=IDFIRST;K:=BYTEPTR[W]; -WHILE I<IDLOC DO BEGIN BYTEMEM[W,K]:=BUFFER[I];K:=K+1;I:=I+1;END; -BYTEPTR[W]:=K;BYTESTART[NAMEPTR+2]:=K;NAMEPTR:=NAMEPTR+1;ILK[P]:=T; -XREF[P]:=0;END{:62};IDLOOKUP:=P;END;{:58}{66:} -FUNCTION MODLOOKUP(L:SIXTEENBITS):NAMEPOINTER;LABEL 31;VAR C:0..4; - . . . -WRITE(TERMOUT,'(That was a fatal error, my friend.)');END;END{:263}; -END.{:261} -?endgroup -\vfill\eject - \pageno=200 % take account of the page numbers for App's D and E. - \def\runninghead{APPENDIX F --- MACROS FOR FORMATTING} -\section Appendix F: The \.{webmac.tex} file. -This is the file that extends ``plain \TeX'' format in order to support the -features needed by the output of \.{WEAVE}. - -\vskip6pt -\verbatim -% standard macros for WEB listings (in addition to PLAIN.TEX) -\xdef\fmtversion{\fmtversion+WEBMAC4.0} % identifies current set of macros -\parskip 0pt % no stretch between paragraphs -\parindent 1em % for paragraphs and for the first line of Pascal text - -\font\eightrm=cmr8 \let\sc=\eightrm % NOT a caps-and-small-caps font! -\let\mainfont=\tenrm -\font\titlefont=cmr7 scaled\magstep4 % title on the contents page -\font\ttitlefont=cmtt10 scaled\magstep2 % typewriter type in title -\font\tentex=cmtex10 % TeX extended character set (used in strings) - -\def\\#1{\hbox{\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % italic type for identifiers -\def\|#1{\hbox{$#1$}} % one-letter identifiers look a bit better this way -\def\{\hbox{\bf#1\/}} % boldface type for reserved words -\def\.#1{\hbox{\tentex % typewriter type for strings - \let\\=\BS % backslash in a string - \let\'=\RQ % right quote in a string - \let\`=\LQ % left quote in a string - \let\{=\LB % left brace in a string - \let\}=\RB % right brace in a string - \let\~=\TL % tilde in a string - \let\ =\SP % space in a string - \let\_=\UL % underline in a string - \let\&=\AM % ampersand in a string - #1}} -\def\#{\hbox{\tt\char`\#}} % parameter sign -\def\${\hbox{\tt\char`\$}} % dollar sign -\def\%{\hbox{\tt\char`\%}} % percent sign -\def\^{\ifmmode\mathchar"222 \else\char`^ \fi} % pointer or hat -% circumflex accents can be obtained from \^^D instead of \^ -\def\AT!{@} % at sign for control text - -\chardef\AM=`\& % ampersand character in a string -\chardef\BS=`\\ % backslash in a string -\chardef\LB=`\{ % left brace in a string -\def\LQ{{\tt\char'22}} % left quote in a string -\chardef\RB=`\} % right brace in a string -\def\RQ{{\tt\char'23}} % right quote in a string -\def\SP{{\tt\char`\ }} % (visible) space in a string -\chardef\TL=`\~ % tilde in a string -\chardef\UL=`\_ % underline character in a string - -\newbox\bak \setbox\bak=\hbox to -1em{} % backspace one em -\newbox\bakk\setbox\bakk=\hbox to -2em{} % backspace two ems - -\newcount\ind % current indentation in ems -\def\1{\global\advance\ind by1\hangindent\ind em} % indent one more notch -\def\2{\global\advance\ind by-1} % indent one less notch -\def\3#1{\hfil\penalty#10\hfilneg} % optional break within a statement -\def\4{\copy\bak} % backspace one notch -\def\5{\hfil\penalty-1\hfilneg\kern2.5em\copy\bakk\ignorespaces}% optional break -\def\6{\ifmmode\else\par % forced break - \hangindent\ind em\noindent\kern\ind em\copy\bakk\ignorespaces\fi} -\def\7{\Y\6} % forced break and a little extra space - -\let\yskip=\smallskip -\def\to{\mathrel{.\,.}} % double dot, used only in math mode -\def\note#1#2.{\Y\noindent{\hangindent2em\baselineskip10pt\eightrm#1~#2.\par}} -\def\lapstar{\rlap{*}} -\def\startsection{\Q\noindent{\let\*=\lapstar\bf\modstar.\quad}} -\def\defin#1{\global\advance\ind by 2 \1\&{#1 }} % begin `define' or `format' -\def\A{\note{See also section}} % crossref for doubly defined section name -\def\As{\note{See also sections}} % crossref for multiply defined section name -\def\B{\mathopen{\.{@\{}}} % begin controlled comment -\def\C#1{\ifmmode\gdef\XX{\null$\null}\else\gdef\XX{}\fi % Pascal comments - \XX\hfil\penalty-1\hfilneg\quad$\{\,$#1$\,\}$\XX} -\def\D{\defin{define}} % macro definition -\def\E{\cdot10^} % exponent in floating point constant -\def\ET{ and~} % conjunction between two section numbers -\def\ETs{, and~} % conjunction between the last two of several section numbers -\def\F{\defin{format}} % format definition -\let\G=\ge % greater than or equal sign -\def\H#1{\hbox{\rm\char"7D\tt#1}} % hexadecimal constant -\let\I=\ne % unequal sign -\def\J{\.{@\&}} % TANGLE's join operation -\let\K=\gets % left arrow -\let\L=\le % less than or equal sign -\outer\def\M#1.{\MN#1.\ifon\vfil\penalty-100\vfilneg % beginning of section - \vskip12ptminus3pt\startsection\ignorespaces} -\outer\def\N#1.#2.{\MN#1.\vfil\eject % beginning of starred section - \def\rhead{\uppercase{\ignorespaces#2}} % define running headline - \message{*\modno} % progress report - \edef\next{\write\cont{\Z{#2}{\modno}{\the\pageno}}}\next % to contents file - \ifon\startsection{\bf\ignorespaces#2.\quad}\ignorespaces} -\def\MN#1.{\par % common code for \M, \N - {\xdef\modstar{#1}\let\*=\empty\xdef\modno{#1}} - \ifx\modno\modstar \onmaybe \else\ontrue \fi \mark{\modno}} -\def\O#1{\hbox{\rm\char'23\kern-.2em\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant -\def\P{\rightskip=0pt plus 100pt minus 10pt % go into Pascal mode - \sfcode`;=3000 - \pretolerance 10000 - \hyphenpenalty 10000 \exhyphenpenalty 10000 - \global\ind=2 \1\ \unskip} -\def\Q{\rightskip=0pt % get out of Pascal mode - \sfcode`;=1500 \pretolerance 200 \hyphenpenalty 50 \exhyphenpenalty 50 } -\let\R=\lnot % logical not -\let\S=\equiv % equivalence sign -\def\T{\mathclose{\.{@\}}}} % terminate controlled comment -\def\U{\note{This code is used in section}} % crossref for use of a section -\def\Us{\note{This code is used in sections}} % crossref for uses of a section -\let\V=\lor % logical or -\let\W=\land % logical and -\def\X#1:#2\X{\ifmmode\gdef\XX{\null$\null}\else\gdef\XX{}\fi % section name - \XX$\langle\,$#2{\eightrm\kern.5em#1}$\,\rangle$\XX} -\def\Y{\par\yskip} -\let\Z=\let % now you can \send the control sequence \Z -\def\){\hbox{\.{@\$}}} % sign for string pool check sum -\def\]{\hbox{\.{@\\}}} % sign for forced line break -\def\=#1{\kern2pt\hbox{\vrule\vtop{\vbox{\hrule - \hbox{\strut\kern2pt\.{#1}\kern2pt}} - \hrule}\vrule}\kern2pt} % verbatim string -\let\~=\ignorespaces -\let\*=* - -\def\onmaybe{\let\ifon=\maybe} \let\maybe=\iftrue -\newif\ifon \newif\iftitle \newif\ifpagesaved -\def\lheader{\mainfont\the\pageno\eightrm\qquad\rhead\hfill\title\qquad - \tensy x\mainfont\topmark} % top line on left-hand pages -\def\rheader{\tensy x\mainfont\topmark\eightrm\qquad\title\hfill\rhead - \qquad\mainfont\the\pageno} % top line on right-hand pages -\def\page{\box255 } -\def\normaloutput#1#2#3{\ifodd\pageno\hoffset=\pageshift\fi - \shipout\vbox{ - \vbox to\fullpageheight{ - \iftitle\global\titlefalse - \else\hbox to\pagewidth{\vbox to10pt{}\ifodd\pageno #3\else#2\fi}\fi - \vfill#1}} % parameter #1 is the page itself - \global\advance\pageno by1} - -\def\rhead{\.{WEB} OUTPUT} % this running head is reset by starred sections -\def\title{} % an optional title can be set by the user -\def\topofcontents{\centerline{\titlefont\title} - \vfill} % this material will start the table of contents page -\def\botofcontents{\vfill} % this material will end the table of contents page -\def\contentspagenumber{0} % default page number for table of contents -\newdimen\pagewidth \pagewidth=6.5in % the width of each page -\newdimen\pageheight \pageheight=8.7in % the height of each page -\newdimen\fullpageheight \fullpageheight=9in % page height including headlines -\newdimen\pageshift \pageshift=0in % shift righthand pages wrt lefthand ones -\def\magnify#1{\mag=#1\pagewidth=6.5truein\pageheight=8.7truein - \fullpageheight=9truein\setpage} -\def\setpage{\hsize\pagewidth\vsize\pageheight} % use after changing page size -\def\contentsfile{CONTENTS} % file that gets table of contents info -\def\readcontents{\input CONTENTS} - -\newwrite\cont -\output{\setbox0=\page % the first page is garbage - \openout\cont=\contentsfile - \global\output{\normaloutput\page\lheader\rheader}} -\setpage -\vbox to \vsize{} % the first \topmark won't be null - -\def\ch{\note{The following sections were changed by the change file:} - \let\*=\relax} -\newbox\sbox % saved box preceding the index -\newbox\lbox % lefthand column in the index -\def\inx{\par\vskip6pt plus 1fil % we are beginning the index - \write\cont{} % ensure that the contents file isn't empty - \closeout\cont % the contents information has been fully gathered - \output{\ifpagesaved\normaloutput{\box\sbox}\lheader\rheader\fi - \global\setbox\sbox=\page \global\pagesavedtrue} - \pagesavedfalse \eject % eject the page-so-far and predecessors - \setbox\sbox\vbox{\unvbox\sbox} % take it out of its box - \vsize=\pageheight \advance\vsize by -\ht\sbox % the remaining height - \hsize=.5\pagewidth \advance\hsize by -10pt - % column width for the index (20pt between cols) - \parfillskip 0pt plus .6\hsize % try to avoid almost empty lines - \def\lr{L} % this tells whether the left or right column is next - \output{\if L\lr\global\setbox\lbox=\page \gdef\lr{R} - \else\normaloutput{\vbox to\pageheight{\box\sbox\vss - \hbox to\pagewidth{\box\lbox\hfil\page}}}\lheader\rheader - \global\vsize\pageheight\gdef\lr{L}\global\pagesavedfalse\fi} - \message{Index:} - \parskip 0pt plus .5pt - \outer\def\:##1, {\par\hangindent2em\noindent##1:\kern1em} % index entry - \let\ttentry=\. \def\.##1{\ttentry{##1\kern.2em}} % give \tt a little room - \def\[##1]{$\underline{##1}$} % underlined index item - \rm \rightskip0pt plus 2.5em \tolerance 10000 \let\*=\lapstar - \hyphenpenalty 10000 \parindent0pt} -\def\fin{\par\vfill\eject % this is done when we are ending the index - \ifpagesaved\null\vfill\eject\fi % output a null index column - \if L\lr\else\null\vfill\eject\fi % finish the current page - \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil - \def\rhead{NAMES OF THE SECTIONS} - \message{Section names:} - \output{\normaloutput\page\lheader\rheader} - \setpage - \def\note##1##2.{\hfil\penalty-1\hfilneg\quad{\eightrm##1 ##2.}} - \linepenalty=10 % try to conserve lines - \def\U{\note{Used in section}} % crossref for use of a section - \def\Us{\note{Used in sections}} % crossref for uses of a section - \def\:{\par\hangindent 2em}\let\*=*\let\.=\ttentry} -\def\con{\par\vfill\eject % finish the section names - \rightskip 0pt \hyphenpenalty 50 \tolerance 200 - \setpage - \output{\normaloutput\page\lheader\rheader} - \titletrue % prepare to output the table of contents - \pageno=\contentspagenumber \def\rhead{TABLE OF CONTENTS} - \message{Table of contents:} - \topofcontents - \line{\hfil Section\hbox to3em{\hss Page}} - \def\Z##1##2##3{\line{\ignorespaces##1 - \leaders\hbox to .5em{.\hfil}\hfil\ ##2\hbox to3em{\hss##3}}} - \readcontents\relax % read the contents info - \botofcontents \end} % print the contents page(s) and terminate -?endgroup -\vfill\eject - \def\runninghead{APPENDIX G --- NOTES ON FORMATTING} -\section Appendix G: How to use \.{WEB} macros. -The macros in \.{webmac} make it possible to produce a variety of formats -without editing the output of \.{WEAVE}, and the purpose of this appendix -is to explain some of the possibilities. - -\def\point#1.{\yskip\indent#1.\quad\ignorespaces} - -\point 1. Three fonts have been declared in addition to the standard fonts of -\.{PLAIN} format: You can say `\.{\{\\sc STUFF\}}' to get {\sc STUFF} -in small caps; and you can select the largish fonts \.{\\titlefont} -and \.{\\ttitlefont} in the title of your document, where \.{\\ttitlefont} -is a typewriter style of type. - -\point 2. When you mention an identifier in \TeX\ text, you normally call -it `\.{|identifier|}'. But you can also say `\.{\\\\\{identifier\}}'. The -output will look the same in both cases, but the second alternative -doesn't put \\{identifier} into the index, since -it bypasses \.{WEAVE}'s translation from \PASCAL\ mode. - -\point 3. To get typewriter-like type, as when referring to `\.{WEB}', you -can use the `\.{\\.}' macro (e.g., `\.{\\.\{WEB\}}'). In the argument to -this macro you should insert an additional backslash before the symbols -listed as `special string characters' in the index to \.{WEAVE}, i.e., -before backslashes and dollar signs and the like. -A `\.{\\\ }' here will result in the visible space symbol; to get an -invisible space following a control sequence you can say `\.{\{\ \}}'. - -\point 4. The three control sequences \.{\\pagewidth}, \.{\\pageheight}, -and \.{\\fullpageheight} can be redefined in the limbo section at the -beginning of your \.{WEB} file, to change the dimensions of each page. -The standard settings -$$\lpile{\.{\\pagewidth=6.5in}\cr - \.{\\pageheight=8.7in}\cr - \.{\\fullpageheight=9in}\cr}$$ -were used to prepare the present report; \.{\\fullpageheight} is -\.{\\pageheight} plus room for the additional heading and page numbers at -the top of each page. If you change any of these quantities, you should -call the macro \.{\\setpage} immediately after making the change. - -\point 5. The \.{\\pageshift} macro defines an amount by which right-hand -pages (i.e., odd-numbered pages) are shifted right with respect to -left-hand (even-numbered) ones. By adjusting this amount you may be -able to get two-sided output in which the page numbers line up on -opposite sides of each sheet. - -\point 6. The \.{\\title} macro will appear at the top of each page -in small caps. For example, Appendix~D was produced after saying -`\.{\\def\\title\{WEAVE\}}'. - -\point 7. The first page usually is assigned page number 1. -To start on page 16, with contents -on page 15, say this: `\.{\\def\\contentspagenumber\{15\}} -\.{\\pageno=\\contentspagenumber} \.{\\advance\\pageno by 1}'. (Appendix~D -was generated that way.) - -\point 8. The macro \.{\\iftitle} will suppress the header line if it is -defined by `\.{\\titletrue}'. The normal value is \.{\\titlefalse} -except for the table of contents; thus, the contents -page is usually unnumbered. - -Two macros are provided to give flexibility to the table of -contents: \.{\\topofcontents} is invoked just before the contents -info is read, and \.{\\botofcontents} is invoked just after. -For example, Appendix~D was produced with the following definitions: -$$\lpile{\.{\\def\\topofcontents\{\\null\\vfill}\cr - \.{ { }\\titlefalse \% include headline on the contents page}\cr - \.{ { }\\def\\rheader\{\\mainfont Appendix D\\hfil 15\}}\cr - \.{ { }\\centerline\{\\titlefont The \{\\ttitlefont WEAVE\}{ }processor\}}\cr - \.{ { }\\vskip 15pt \\centerline\{(Version 4)\}{ }\\vfill\}}\cr}$$ -Redefining \.{\\rheader}, which is the headline for right-hand pages, -suffices in this case to put the desired information at the top of the -contents page. - -\point 9. Data for the table of contents is written to a file that -is read after the indexes have been \TeX ed; there's one line of data -for every starred module. For example, when Appendix~D was being generated, -a file \.{CONTENTS.TEX} containing -$$\lpile{\.{\\Z \{{ }Introduction\}\{1\}\{16\}}\cr - \.{\\Z \{{ }The character set\}\{11\}\{19\}}\cr}$$ -and similar lines was created. The \.{\\topofcontents} macro could -redefine \.{\\Z} so that the information appears in another format. - -\point 10. Sometimes it is necessary or desirable to divide the output of -\.{WEAVE} into subfiles that can be processed separately. For example, -the listing of \TeX\ runs to more than 500 pages, and that is enough to -exceed the capacity of many printing devices and/or their software. -When an extremely large job isn't cut into smaller pieces, the entire -process might be spoiled by a single error of some sort, making it -necessary to start everything over. - -Here's a safe way to break a woven file into three parts: -Say the pieces are $\alpha$, -$\beta$, and $\gamma$, where each piece begins with a starred module. -All macros should be defined in the opening limbo section of $\alpha$, -and copies of this \TeX\ code should be placed at the -beginning of $\beta$ and of $\gamma$. In order to process the parts -separately, we need to take care of two things: The starting page -numbers of $\beta$ and $\gamma$ need to be set up properly, and -the table of contents data from all three runs needs to be -accumulated. - -The \.{webmac} macros include two control sequences \.{\\contentsfile} and -\.{\\readcontents} that facilitate the necessary processing. We include -`\.{\\def\\contentsfile\{CONT1\}}' in the limbo section of $\alpha$, and -we include `\.{\\def\\contentsfile\{CONT2\}}' in the limbo section of -$\beta$; this causes \TeX\ to write the contents data for $\alpha$ and $\beta$ -into \.{CONT1.TEX} and \.{CONT2.TEX}. Now in $\gamma$ we say -$$\.{\\def\\readcontents\{\\input CONT1 \\input CONT2 \\input CONTENTS\}};$$ -this brings in the data from all three pieces, in the proper order. - -However, we still need to solve the page-numbering problem. One way to -do it is to include the following in the limbo material for $\beta$: -$$\lpile{\.{\\message\{Please type the last page number of part 1: \}}\cr - \.{\\read -1 to \\temp \\pageno=\\temp \\advance\\pageno by 1}\cr}$$ -Then you simply provide the necessary data when \TeX\ requests -it; a similar construction is used at the beginning of $\gamma$. - -This method can, of course, be used to divide a woven file into -any number of pieces. - -\point 11. Sometimes it is nice to include things in the index that are -typeset in a special way. For example, we might want to have an -index entry for `\TeX'. \.{WEAVE} provides two simple ways to -typeset an index entry (unless the entry is an identifier or a reserved word): -`\.{@\^}' gives roman type, and `\.{@.}' gives typewriter type. -But if we try to typeset `\TeX' in roman type by saying, e.g., -`\.{@\^\\TeX@>}', the backslash character gets in the way, -and this entry wouldn't appear in the index with the T's. - -The solution is to use the `\.{@:}' feature, declaring a macro that -simply removes a sort key as follows: -$$\.{\\def\\9\#1\{\}}$$ -Now you can say, e.g., `\.{@:TeX\}\{\\TeX@>}' in your \.{WEB} file; \.{WEAVE} -puts it into the index alphabetically, based on the sort key, and -produces the macro call `\.{\\9\{TeX\}\{\\TeX\}}' which will ensure that -the sort key isn't printed. - -A similar idea can be used to insert hidden material into module -names so that they are alphabetized in whatever way you might wish. -Some people call these tricks ``special refinements''; others call -them ``kludges''. - -\point 12. The control sequence \.{\\modno} is set to the number of the -module being typeset. - -\point 13. If you want to list only the modules that have changed, -together with the index, put the command `\.{\\let\\maybe=\\iffalse}' in -the limbo section before the first module of your \.{WEB} file. It's -customary to make this the first change in your change file. - -\point 14. To get output in languages other than English, redefine the -macros \.{\\A}, \.{\\As}, \.{\\ET}, \.{\\ETs}, \.{\\U}, \.{\\Us}, -\.{\\ch}, \.{\\fin}, and \.{\\con}. \.{WEAVE} itself need not be changed. - -\vfill\eject - \def\runninghead{APPENDIX H --- GETTING STARTED} -\section Appendix H: Installing the \.{WEB} system. -Suppose you want to use the \.{WEB} programs on your computer, and suppose -that you can't simply borrow them from somebody else who has the same -kind of machine. Here's what to do: - -\yskip -\def\step(#1){\par\hangindent 2em\noindent\hbox to 2em{\hfil(#1) }\ignorespaces} -\step(1) Get a tape that contains the files \.{WEAVE.WEB}, \.{TANGLE.WEB}, -\.{TANGLE.PAS}, and \.{WEBMAC.TEX}. The tape will probably also contain an -example change file \.{TANGLE.CH}. -\step(2) Look at the sections of \.{TANGLE} that are listed under ``system -dependencies'' in the index of Appendix~E above, and figure out what changes -(if any) will be needed for your system. -\step(3) Make a change file \.{TANGLE.CH} that contains the changes of~(2); -do not change your copy of \.{TANGLE.WEB}, leave it intact. (The -rules for change files are explained at the end of the manual just before -the appendices; you may want to look at the example change file that -arrived with your copy of \.{TANGLE.WEB}. It's also a good idea to -define all the ``switches'' like \&{debug} and \&{gubed} to be null in your -first change files; then you can sure that your compiler will handle -all of the code.) -\step(4) Make the changes of (2) in your copy of \.{TANGLE.PAS}. (If these -changes are extensive, you might be better off finding some computer -that already has \.{TANGLE} running, and making the new \.{TANGLE.PAS} -from \.{TANGLE.WEB} and your \.{TANGLE.CH}.) -\step(5) Use your \PASCAL\ compiler to convert your copy of \.{TANGLE.PAS} -to a running program \.{TANGLE}. -\step(6) Check your changes as follows: Run \.{TANGLE} on \.{TANGLE.WEB} -and your \.{TANGLE.CH}, yielding $\.{TANGLE.PAS}'$; make a running -program $\.{TANGLE}'$ by applying \PASCAL\ to -$\.{TANGLE.PAS}'$; run $\.{TANGLE}'$ on \.{TANGLE.WEB} and -your \.{TANGLE.CH}, yielding $\.{TANGLE.PAS}''$; and check -that $\.{TANGLE.PAS}''$ is identical to -$\.{TANGLE.PAS}'$. Once this test has been passed, you have got a -working \.{TANGLE} program. -\step(7) Make a change file \.{WEAVE.CH} analogous to (3), but this time -consider the system-dependent parts of \.{WEAVE} that are listed in -the index to Appendix~D. -\step(8) Run \.{TANGLE} on \.{WEAVE.WEB} and your \.{WEAVE.CH}, obtaining -\.{WEAVE.PAS}. -\step(9) Use \PASCAL\ on \.{WEAVE.PAS} to make a running \.{WEAVE} program. -\step(10) Run \.{WEAVE} on \.{TANGLE.WEB} and \.{TANGLE.CH} to produce -\.{TANGLE.TEX}. -\step(11) Run \TeX\ on \.{TANGLE.TEX}, obtaining a listing analogous to -Appendix~E. This listing will incorporate your changes. -\step(12) Run \.{WEAVE} on \.{WEAVE.WEB} and your \.{WEAVE.CH} to produce -\.{WEAVE.TEX}. -\step(13) Run \TeX\ on \.{WEAVE.TEX}, obtaining a listing analogous to -Appendix~D that incorporates your changes. - -\yskip\noindent -This description assumes that you already have a working \TeX82 system. -But what if you don't have \TeX82? Then you start with a tape that also -contains \.{TEX.WEB} and \.{plain.tex}, and you refer to a hardcopy -listing of the \TeX82 program corresponding to \.{TEX.WEB}. Between steps -(10) and (11) you do the following: - -\yskip -\def\substep(10.#1){\par\hangindent 4em\noindent - \hbox to 4em{\hfil(10.#1) }\ignorespaces} -\substep(10.1) Make a change file \.{TEX.CH} to fix the system dependent -portions of \.{TEX.WEB}, in a manner analogous to step~(2). Since \TeX\ is -a much more complex program than \.{WEAVE} or \.{TANGLE}, there are more -system-dependent features to think about, but by now you will be good at -making such modifications. Do not make any changes to \.{TEX.WEB}. -\substep(10.2) Make an almost-copy of your \.{TEX.CH} called \.{INITEX.CH}; -this one will have the `\&{init}' and `\&{tini}' macros redefined in order -to make the initialization version of \TeX. It also might have smaller -font memory and dynamic memory areas, since \.{INITEX} doesn't need as -much memory for such things; by setting the memory smaller in \.{INITEX}, -you guarantee that the production system will have a ``cushion.'' -\substep(10.3) Run \.{TANGLE} on \.{TEX.WEB} and \.{INITEX.CH}, obtaining -\.{INITEX.PAS} and \.{TEX.POOL}. -\substep(10.4) Run \PASCAL\ on \.{INITEX.PAS}, obtaining \.{INITEX}. -\substep(10.5) Run \.{INITEX} on \.{TEX.POOL}, during which run you type -`\.{plain}' and `\.{\\dump}'. This will produce a file \.{plain.fmt} -containing the data needed to initialize \TeX's memory. -\substep(10.6) Run \.{TANGLE} on \.{TEX.WEB} and the \.{TEX.CH} of (10.1), -obtaining \.{TEX.PAS}. -\substep(10.7) Run \PASCAL\ on \.{TEX.PAS}, obtaining \.{VIRTEX}. -\substep(10.8) If your operating system supports programs whose core images -have been saved, run \.{VIRTEX}, type `\.{\&plain}', then save the core image -and call it \TeX. Otherwise, \.{VIRTEX} will be your \TeX, and it will -read `\.{plain.fmt}' (or some other \.{fmt} file) each time you run. - -\yskip -This 21-step process may seem long, but it is actually an oversimplification, -since you also need fonts and a way to print the device-independent files -that \TeX\ spews out. On the other hand, the total number of steps is not -quite so large when you consider that \.{TANGLE}-followed-by-\PASCAL\ and -\.{WEAVE}-followed-by-\TeX\ may be regarded as single operations. - -If you have only the present report, not a tape, you will have to prepare -files \.{WEAVE.WEB} and \.{TANGLE.WEB} by hand, typing them into the -computer by following Appendices D and E. Then you have to simulate the -behavior of \.{TANGLE} by converting \.{TANGLE.WEB} manually into -\.{TANGLE.PAS}; with a good text editor this takes about six hours. Then -you have to correct errors that were made in all this hand work; but still -the whole project is not impossibly difficult, because in fact the entire -development of \.{WEAVE} and \.{TANGLE} (including the writing of the -programs and this manual) took less than two months of work. - \vfill\end |